The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink AboutSouthold Animal Shelter Contract C . """i':' ;, "s ....... . ~slgn it' amed Sp~'Ciiiii;;'ts inAnimal Inc. Care Facility Engineering 866.DL1.7078 INDOOR AIR QUALITY TOLL FREE HVAC 860.889.7078 T NOISE CONTROL 860.204.0419 FLIGHTING ELECTRICAL 116 MAIN STREET PLUMBING NORWICH, CT 06360 FIRE PROTECTION WWW.DESIGNlEARNED.COM . . . SOUTHOLD ANIMAL SHELTER . PECONIC LANE PECONIC, NY . ARCHITECTURAL AND ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS . . CONFORMED COPY. . CONTRACT "e" . . . SOUTHOLD ANIMAL SHELTER TABLE OF CONTENTS . BIDDING REQUIREMENTS, CONTRACT FORMS, AND CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT . SECTION 00100 SECTION 001 10 SECTION 00125 SECTION 00130 SECTION 00150 SECTION 00300 SECTION 003 10 SECTION 00325 SECTION 00350 INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS NYS WAGE RATES STANDARD INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS GENERAL CONDITIONS CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT PROPOSAL FORM PACKAGE QUALIFICATION FOR BIDDERS CONTRACT AGREEMENT QUESTIONS PAGE . PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION] GENERAL REQUIREMENTS . SECTIONOlIOO SECTION 01300 SECTION 01325 SECTION 01600 SECTION 01700 SECTION 01732 SECTION 01780 SECTION 01810 SUMMARY ADMINISTRA TNE REQUIREMENTS CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS WASTE MANAGEMENT CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS COMMISSIONING . DIVISION 2 SITE WORK SECTION 02772 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION DEMOLITION CLEARING AND GRUBBING SHORING AND BRACING SITE PREPARATION CLEAN GRANULAR FILL SCREENEDSUBANGULARSTONE CRUSHED BLUESTONE REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT OF UNSUITABLE MATERIAL UNCLASSIFIED EXCA VA TION AND GRADING PVC WATER PIPE AND FITTINGS WATER MAIN HYDRANTS WATER SERVICE & REDUCED PRESSURE ZONE DEVICE WATER PIPING COMPLETION SEPTIC SYSTEMS GEOTEXTILE FILTER FABRIC 80Z. POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVe) PIPE CORRUGATED POLYETHYLENE PIPE (SMOOTH INTERIOR) STORM DRAINAGE PAVEMENT SUBBASE PREP ARA TION RECYCLED PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE AGGREGATE BASE COURSE CONCRETE CURB . SECTION 02040 SECTION 02050 SECTION 02150 SECTION 02160 SECTION 02200 SECTION 02222 SECTION 02231 SECTION 02233 SECTION 02315 SECTION 02320 SECTION 02512 SECTION 02518 SECTION 02522 SECTION 02525 SECTION 02540 SECTION 02595 SECTION 02623 SECTION 02624 SECTION 02630 SECTION 02722 SECTION 02723 . . . . -------- ---- . SECTION 02775 CONCRETE WALKS SECTION 02780 UNIT PAVERS SECTION 02788 CAST-IN-PLACE TACTILE PANELS SECTION 02820 VINYL CHAIN LINK FENCE AND GATES . SECTION 02832 STEEL LANDSCAPE EDGING SECTION 02862 SITE ELECTRIC SECTION 02911 TOPSOIL DIVISION 3 CONCRETE SECTION 03100 MASONRY . SECTION 03300 CONCRETE DIVISION 4 SECTION 04270 GLASS BLOCK . DIVISION 5 METALS SECTION 05120 STRUCTURAL STEEL DIVISION 6 WOOD AND PLASTIC . SECTION 06060 DIMENSIONAL LUMBER SECTION 06400 ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK SECTION 06600 PLASTIC FABRICATIONS DIVISION 7 THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION . SECTION 07133 THERMAL PLASTIC SHEET WATERPROOFING SECTION 07210 BUILDING INSULATION SECTION 07311 ASPHALT SHINGLE ROOFING SYSTEM ALT. 2 SECTION 07410 METAL ROOF . SECTION 07450 FIBER-REINFORCED CEMENTITIOUS PANELS SECTION 07723 RIDGE AND SOFFIT VENTS SECTION 07910 JOINT SEALERS DIVISION 8 DOORS AND WINDOWS . SECTION 08 II 0 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES SECTION 08160 METAL SLIDING GLASS DOORS SECTION 08410 ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS SECTION 08510 STEEL WINDOWS AND DOORS SECTION 08520 ALUMINUM WINDOWS . SECTION 08620 UNIT SKYLIGHTS SECTION 08710 FINISH HARDWARE SECTION 08810 GLAZING . . t. -ACORDm CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE I DATE (MM/DDIYYYY) 04/11/07 PRODUCER THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION Cool Insuring Agency Inc ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE 784 Troy Schenectady Road HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BYTHE POLICIES BELOW. Latham, NY 12110 518783.2665 INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC# INSURED INSURER A Harleysville Worcester Insurance Co 26182 WHM Plumbing & Heating Contractors tnc INSURER B: Harleysville Insurance Co. of New Yo 33235 6H Enterprise Dr. INSURER c: Harleysville Worcester Insurance Co 26182 East Setauket, NY 11733 INSURER D: Hartford Life Ins CO INSURER E: Client#. 22976 WHMPLUMBIN COVERAGES THE POUCIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. AGGREGATE LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. I~.ijf NSR~ TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER PJlk~~~9~r6f~~\E P~~flf~~~~N LIMITS A ~NERAL LIABILITY GL3J9017 02/11/07 02/11/08 EACH OCCURRENCE .1 000 000 X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY ~~~~fi~JOE~ENTE~nce\ .300 000 I CLAIMS MADE [K] OCCUR MED EXP (Anyone person) .15 000 A X Contractual Liab PERSONAL & ADV INJURY .1 000 000 - GENERAL AGGREGATE .2 000 000 ~'L AGG~E~E LIMIT APAS PER: PRODUCTS. COMP/OP AGG .2 000 000 POLICY X j~8T LOC c ~TOMOBILE LIABILITY BA3J9017 02111/07 02111/08 COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT ~ ANY AUTO (Eaaccio'ent) '1,000,000 ~ ALL OWNED AUTOS BODILY INJURY (Per person) . ~ SCHEDULED AUTOS ~ HIRED AUTOS BODILY INJURY . ~ NON-OWNED AUTOS (Peraccio'enl) - PROPERTY DAMAGE . (Peraccidenl} ~RAGE L1ABIUTY AUTO ONLY - EA ACCIDENT . ANY AUTO OTHER THAN EA ACC . AUTO ONLY: AGG . A ~ESS/UMBRELLA LIABILITY BE3J9017 02111/07 02111/08 EACH OCCURRENCE .5 000 000 X OCCUR 0 CLAIMS MADE AGGREGATE .5 000 000 . ~ DEDUCTIBLE . X RETENTION . . WORKERS COMPENSATION AND SEPARATE I we S!t~QJ IOJ~- EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY CERTIFICATE ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE EL. EACH ACCIDENT . OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? ISSUED EL DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE $ If yes, describe under SPECIAL PROVISIONS below EL DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT . B OTHER Property CF3J9017 02111/07 02111/08 C Equip/Install Fit C13J9017 02111/07 02111/08 0 Disabilitv P64550A4AA 01101/07 Continuous Statutorv DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS I LOCATIONS I VEHICLES / EXCLUSIONS ADDED BY ENDORSEMENT I SPECIAL PROVISIONS Project: Plumbing & Fire Sprinkler work at Southold Animal Shelter. Town of Southold is an additional insured for work done by or on behalf of the named insured by contract. CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION Town of South old 53095 Main Road PO Box 1179 Southold, NY 11971 SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING INSURER WILL ENDEAVOR TO MAIL -30..... DAYS WRITIEN NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT, BUT FAILURE TO DO SO SHALL IMPOSE NO OBLIGATION OR LLABllITY OF ANY KIND UPON THE INSURER, ITS AGENTS OR ACORD 25 (2001/08) 1 of 2 #S229394/M226584 ?4't~ STLJ @ ACORD CORPORATION 1988 . . IMPORTANT If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must be endorsed. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). DISCLAIMER The Certificate of Insurance on the reverse side of this form does not constitute a contract between the issuing insurer(s), authorized representative or producer, and the certificate holder, nor does it affirmatively or negatively amend, extend or alter the coverage afforded by the policies listed thereon. ACORD 25-5 (2001/08) 2 012 #S229394/M226584 STATE OF NEW YORK WORKERS' COMPENSATION BOARD CERTIFICATE OF PARTICIPATION IN WORKERS' COMPENSA nON GROUP SELF-INSURANCE la. Legal Name and Address of Business Participating in Group 1 d. Business Telephone Number of Business referenced in box Self-Insurance (Use Street Address Only) "la" 631-473-3568 WHM Plumbing & Heating Contractors, Inc. 6H Enterprise Drive Ie. NYS Unemployment Insurance Employer Registration East Setauket, NY 11733 Number of Business referenced in box "la" 20613053 lb. Effective Date of Membership in the Group Certificate Period: 1/1/07 To 1/1/08 Certificate Number: 004000350355107 Ie. The Proprietor, Partners or Executive Officers are If. Federal Employer Identification Number of Business [';'J included (Only check box if all partners/officers included) referenced in box" 1 a" o all excluded or certain partners/officers excluded 112731372 2. Name and Address of the Entity Requesting Proof of Coverage 3. Name and Address of Group Self-Insurer (Entity Being Listed as Certificate Holder) Town of Southold Contractors Compensation Trust 53095 Main Rd; PO Box 1179 10 British American Blvd Southold, NY 11971 Latham, NY 12110 This certifies that the business referenced above in box "Ia" is complying with the mandatory coverage requirements of the New York State Workers' Compensation Law as a participating member of the Group Self-Insurer listed above in box "3" and participation in such group self-insurance is still in force. The Group Self-Insurer's Administrator will send this Certificate of Participation to the entity listed above as the certificate holder in box "2". The Group Self-Insurer's Administrator will notify the above certificate holder within 10 days IF the membership of the participant listed in box "Ia" is terminated. (These notices may be sent by regular mail.) Otherwise, this Certificate is valid for a maximum of one year from the date certified by the group self-insurer. rr this certificate is no longer valid according to the above guidelines and the business referenced in box "1 a" continues to be named on a permit, license or contract issued by the certificate holder, the business must provide the certificate holder either with a new certificate or other authorized proof the business is complying with the mandatOlY coverage requirements of the New York State Workers' Compensation Law. Under penalty of perjury, I certify that I am an authorized representative ofthe Group Self-Insurer referenced above and that the business referenced in box "la" has the coverage as depicted on this form. Certified by: Anthony J. Mashuta (Print name of authorized representative of the Group Self-Insurer) Certified by: ~ ?- nt~ 01/01/2007 (Signature) (Date) Title: Authorized Representative Telephone Number: (518) 783-2665 GSI-1 05.2 (2-02) WORKERS' COMPENSATION LAW '. WORKERS' COMPENSATION LAW Section 57 Restriction on issue of permits and the entering into contracts unless compensation is secured. I. The head of a state or municipal department, board, commission or office authorized or required by law to issue any permit for or in connection with any work involving the employment of employees in a hazardous employment defined by this chapter, and notwithstanding any general or special statute requiring or authorizing the issue of such permits, shall not issue such permit unless proof duly subscribed by an insurance carrier is produced in a form satisfactory to the chair, that compensation for all employees has been secured as provided by this chapter. Nothing herein, however, shall be construed as creating any liability on the part of such state or municipal department, board, commission or office to pay any compensation to any such employee if so employed, 2. The head of a state or municipal department, board, commission or office authorized or required by law to enter into any contract for or in connection with any work involving the employment of employees in a hazardous employment defined by this chapter, notwithstanding any general or special statute requiring or authorizing any such contract, shall not enter into any such contract unless proof duly subscribed by an insurance carrier is produced in a form satisfactory to the chair, that compensation for all employees has been secured as provided by this chapter. Please Note: This Certificate is valid only through the policy dates indicated above, OR a maximum of one year after this form is approved by the authorized representatives of the group Self-Insurer. At the expiration of those dates, ifthe business continues to be named on a permit or contract issued by the above government entity, the business must provide that government entity with a new Certificate. The business must also provide a new Certificate upon notice of cancellation or change in status of the policy. GSI-l05.2 (2-02) Reverse THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS I BOND NO. 0115180 AlA Document A312 Performance Bond Any singular reference to Contractor, Surety, Owner or other party shall be considered plural where applicable. CONTRACTOR (Name and Address): W.H.M. PLUMBING & HEATING CONTRACTORS, INC. 6 H Enterprise Drive East Setauket, New York 11733 SURETY (Name and Principal Place of Business): BERKLEY REGIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY 60 East 42nd Street, Suite 1524 New York, NY 10165 OWNER (Name and Address): TOWN OF SOUTHOLD 53095 Main Road South old, New York 11971 CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT Date: Amount: **Three Hundred Forty Three Thousand Nine Hundred Thirty Nine and no cents** ($343,939.00**) Description (Name and location): Town of Southold Animal Shelter, Contract "C" Plumbing BOND Date (Not earlier than Construction Contract Date): Jnne 26, 2007 Amount: **Three Hundred Forty Three Thousand Nine Hundred Thirty Nine and no cents** ($343,939.00**) Modifications to this Bond: IXI None 0 See Page 3 (Any additio a l SURETY Company: BERKLEY R CONTRACTOR A5 Company: W.H.M. PLUMBIN (Corporate Seal) ING CONTRACTORS, INC. Signature: Name and Tit dliam H. MaulT resident (FOR INFORMATION ONLY-Name, Address and Telephone) AGENT or BROKER: OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE (Architect, Engineer or JAMES L. SMITH AGENCY INC. other party): 261 Mountainview Ave. Nyack, New York 10960 AlA DOCUMENI' A312 . PERFORMANCE BONO AND PAYMENT BOND. DECEMBER 1964 ED. . AlA . THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITEcrs, 1735 NEW YORI( AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 THIRD PRINTINC . MARCH 1987 A312-1914 1 1 The Contractor and the Surety, jointly and severally, bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns to the Owner for the performance of the Construction Contract, which is incorporated herein by reference. 2 If the Contractor performs the Construction Contract, the Surety and the Contractor shall have no obligation under this Bond, except to participate in conferences as provided in Subparagraph 3.1. 3 If there is no Owner Default, the Surety's obligation under this Bond shall arise after: 3.1 The Owner has notified the Contractor and the Surety at its address described in Paragraph 10 below that the Owner is considering declaring a Contractor Default and has requested and attempted to arrange a conference with the Contractor and the Surety to be held not later than fifteen days after receipt of such notice to discuss methods of performing the Construc- tion Contract. If the Owner, the Contractor and the Surety agree, the Contractor shalf be allowed a reason- able time to perform the Construction Contract, but such an agreement shall not waive the Owner's right, if any, subsequently to declare a Contractor Default; and 3.2 The Owner has declared a Contractor Default and formally terminated the Contractor's right to complete the contract. Such Contractor Default shall not be de- clared earlier than twenty days after the Contractor and the Surety have received notice as provided in Sub- paragraph 3.1; and 3.3 The Owner has agreed to pay the Balance of the Contract Price to the Surety in accordance with the terms of the Construction Contract or to a contractor selected to perform the Construction Contract in accor- dance with the terms of the contract with the Owner. 4 When the Owner has satisfied the conditions of Para- graph 3. the Surety shall promptly and at the Surety's ex- pense take one of the following actions: 4.1 Arrange for the Contractor, with consent of the Owner, to perform and complete the Construction Contract; or 4.2 Undertake to perform and complete the Construc- tion Contract itself, through its agents or through inde- pendent contractors; or 4.3 Obtain bids or negotiated proposals from qualified contractors acceptable to the Owner for a contract for performance and completion of the Con. struction Contract, arrange for a contract to be pre- pared for execution by the Owner and the contractor selected with the Owner's concurrence, to be secured with performance and payment bonds executed by a qualified surety equivalent to the bonds issued on the Construction Contract, and pay to the Owner the amount of damages as described in Paragraph 6 in ex- cess of the Balance of the Contract Price incu rred by the Owner resulting from the Contractor's default; or 4.4 Waive its right to perform and complete, arrange for completion, or obtain a new contractor and with reasonable promptness under the circumstances: .1 After investigation, determine the amount for which it may be liable to the Owner and, as soon as practicable after the amount is deter- mined, tender payment therefor to the Owner; or .2 Deny liability in whole or in part and notify the Owner citing reasons therefor. 5 If the Surety does not proceed as provided in Paragraph 4 with reasonable promptness, the Surety shall be deemed to be in default on this Bond fifteen days after receipt of an additional written notice from the Owner to the Surety demanding that the Surety perform its obligations under this Bond, and the Owner shall be entitled to enforce any remedy available to the Owner. If the Surety proceeds as provided in Subparagraph 4.4, and the Owner refuses the payment tendered or the Surety has denied liability, in whole or in part, without further notice the Owner shall be entitled to enforce any remedy available to the Owner. 6 After the Owner has terminated the Contractor's right to complete the Construction Contract; and if the Surety elects to act under Subparagraph 4.1, 4.2, or 4.3 above, then the responsibilities of the Surety to the Owner shall not be greater than those of the Contractor under the Construction Contract, and the responsibilities of the Owner to the Surety shall not be greater than those of the Owner under the Construction Contract. To the limit of the amount of this ,Bond, but subject to commitment by the Owner of the Balance of the Contract Price to mitigation of costs and damages on the Construction Contract, the Sure- ty is obligated without duplication for: 6.1 The responsibilities of the Contractor for correc- tion of defective work and completion of the Construe. tion Contract; 6.2 Additional legal, design professional and delay costs resulting from the Contractor's Default, and .re- suiting from the actions or failure to act of the Surety under Paragraph 4; and 6.3 liquidated damages, or if no liquidated damages are specified in the Construction Contract, actual dam- ages caused by delayed performance or non-perfor. mance of the Contractor. 7 The Surety shall not be liable to the Owner or others for obligations of the Contractor that are unrelated to the Con- struction Contract, and the Balance of the Contract Price shall not be reduced or set off on account of any such unrelated obligations. No right of action shall accrue on this Bond to any person or entity other than the Owner or its heirs, executors, administrators or successors. 8 The Surety hereby waives notice of any change, includ- ing changes of time, to the Construction Contract or to related subcontracts, purchase orders and other obliga- tions. 9 Any proceeding, legal or equitable, under this Bond may be instituted in any court of competent jurisdiction in the location in which the work or part of the work is located and shall be instituted within two years after Contractor Default or within two years after the Contractor ceased working or within two years after the Surety refuses or fails to perform its obligations under this Bond, whichever oc- curs first, If the provisions of this Paragraph are void or prohibited by law, the minimum period of limitation avail- AlA DOCUMENT A312. PERfORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND. DECEMBER 1964 EO. . AlA i8I THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE Of ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 THIRD PRINTING. MARCH 1987 A312.1984 2 able to sureties as a defense in the jurisdiction of the suit shall be applicable. 10 Notice to the Surety. the Owner or the Contractor shall be mailed or delivered to the address shown on the sig- nature page. 11 When this Bond has been furnished to comply with a statutory or other legal requirement in the location where the construction was to be performed, any provision in this Bond conflicting with said statutory or legal requirement shall be deemed deleted herefrom and provisions con. forming to such statutory or other legal requirement shall be deemed incorporated herein. The intent is that this Bond shall be construed as a statutory bond and not as a common law bond. 12 DEFINITIONS 12.1 Balance of the Contract Price: The total amount payable by the Owner to the Contractor under the Construction Contract after all proper adjustments have been made, including allowance to the Con. MODIFICATIONS TO THIS BOND ARE AS FOLLOWS: tractor of any amounts received or to be received by the Owner in settlement of insurance or other claims for damages to which the Contractor is entitled, re- duced by all valid and proper payments made to or on behalf of the Contractor under the Construction Con- tract. 12.2 Construction Contract: The agreement between the Owner and the Contractor identified on the sig+ nature page, including all Contract Documents and changes thereto. 12.3 Contractor Default: Failure of the Contra€;1:or, which has neither been remedied nor waived, to per- form or otherwise to comply with the terms of the Construction Contract. 12.4 Owner Default: Failure of the Owner, which has neither been remedied nor warved, to pay the Con- tractor as required by the Construction Contract or to perform and complete or comply with the other terms thereof. (Space is provided below for additional signatures of added parties, other than those appearing on the cover page.) CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL Company: (Corporate Seal) Signature: Name and Title: Address: N/A SURETY Company: (Corporate Seal) Signature: Name and Title: Address: N/A AlA DOCUMENT A312 . PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND. DECEMBER 1984 ED. . AlA 8 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORI( AVE., N.W., ,WASHINGTON, D.C. 2000fj THIRD PRINTING. MARCH 1987 A312.1914 3 Acknowledgment of Corporation Sial<: af New York &S.: C.owtty af Suffolk ) On thi. r21t4- day of June . 2007 belUre me: pc:n<mally """'" William H. Mauff 10 me kno1.m, who, being by m" duly lWOI]I. did dq>oo<: und ay thai "" n:sido:. in 39 Fairwav. Port Jefferson, New York 11777 thul he i. President of tbe W.H.M. PLUMBING & HEATING CONTRACTORS. INC. Ih< o:orporaIion dc&cribod in and which e-.-w.:d the: IIla.chcd il1llltumcnL; Ihal he knows the: corporale lICI.I oflh<: aaid corporation; Iha1Ihc seal affixed 141 said instrumc:nl is such wrpo<1le sc:aJ; ItId thll it W"IO affixed by ordcroflh<: Board afDiJ=lano afsaid ourpand.iun. and Ihal "" .igned hiI name Iherelo hy like OC"dcr. Acknowledgment 0 JANICE FLYNN Notary Public, State of New York Qualified in Suffolk County No.01FL5052452 ^4 Commission Expires November 27, 202.J Sute af New York C",unly af Rockland 55.: ) <it Ibis 26th day of June . 2007 befare me pcxsooally """'" James L. Smith 141 me: knawn. who, being by me: duly swom, d.id depose and 8Il,Ytbotb:illn Attorney-in-fact af BERKLEY REGIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY Ih< oorporatioo dcocribcd in llIId which cxeoulcd th" within inlIIrwncnI; IhaI he knaws Ih< oarparatc _I af ..id ~arpcnl:icar. tblllb:>,.,.I affixed 10 the within imttument illKICb corporale seal, aod that be aigned Ih< said m.tralCleal and affixed lh.lII1id leal.. AlIamcy-in-FlcI by authorilY afthe Board ofDircoton afsaid corporation lad by outhority oftbia alii". under the Standing Rcaclutian thc:n:forc. NOLary:~ t ~ RENEE L. HALPERIN Notary Public. State of New Yark No. 4825558 Qualified in Rocklent/f~~wIO commiSSion expires Inquiry and Notification Rider Berkley Surety Group, Inc. manages all of the surety business of the following affiliated companies: Acadia Insurance Company, Berkley Regional Insurance Company, Carolina Casualty Insurance Company, Union Standard Insurance Company and the companies of Continental Western Group. To verify the authenticity of this bond please call: (973) 549-1700 or Telefax (973) 301-4869 Any written notices, inquiries, claims or demands to the surety on the bond to which this Rider is attached should be directed to: Berkley Surety Group, Inc. 325 Columbia Turnpike Suite 203 Florham Park, NJ 07932 Attention: Surety Claims Department Or Telefax: (866) 408-2421 Please include with all notices the bond number and the name of the principal on the bond. Where a claim is being asserted please set forth generally the basis of the claim. In the case of a payment or performance bond please identify the project to which the bond pertains. t!> BERKLEY SURETY GROUP BERKLEY REGIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY STATEMENT, DECEMBER 31, 2006 (AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS) STATUTORY BALANCE SHEET Admitted Assets Bonds Common & Preferred Stocks Cash & Short Term Investments Premiums Receivable Other Assets $ 1,043,006 648,051 118,517 326,098 266.644 Total Admitted Assets $ 2.402.316 Liabilities & Surplus Loss & LAE Reserves Unearned Premium Reserves Other Liabilities $ 1,079,621 594,358 63.371 Total Liabilities $ 1.737.350 Capital Stock Additional Paid In Capital Unassigned Surplus 4,000 347,723 313.243 $ 664,966 Total Policvholders' Sumlus $ 2.402.316 Total Liabilities & Sumlus Officers: Directors: President: Treasurer: Sr. Vice President: Vice President: Vice President: Corporate Secretary: William Robert Berkley Robert Floyd Buehler Eugene George Ballard Robert Paul Cole Clement Patrick Patalio Ira Seth Lederman William Robert Berkley Eugene George Ballard Robert Paul Cole William Robert Berkley, Jr. Ira Seth Lederman Clement Patrick Patalio James Gerald Shiel Paul James Hancock Robert C. Hewitt No. 302 POWER OF ATTORNEY BERKLEY REGIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY WILMINGTON, DELAWARE NOTICE: The warning fOWld elsewhere in this Power of Attorney affects the validity thereof. Please review carefuIly. KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that BERKLEY REGIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY (the "Company"), a corporation duIy organized and existing Wlder the laws of the State of Delaware, having its principal office in Greenwich, Connecticut, has made, constituted and appointed, and does by these presents make, constitute and appoint: James L. Smith or Ronald E. Fogliani of James L. Smith Agency, Inc. of Nyack, New York its true and lawful Agent and Attorney-in-Fact, with fuIl power and authority hereby conferred in its name, place and stead, to execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver: any and ail bonds and undertakings providing that no single obligation shail exceed Fifteen Million and 00/100 Doilars ($15,000,000.00) and to bind the Company thereby as fully and to the same extent as if such bonds had been duIy executed and acknowledged by the regularly elected officers of the Company at its principal office in their own proper persons. This Power of Attorney shaIl be construed and enforced in accordance with, and governed by, the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of laws thereof. This Power of Attorney is granted pursuant to the following resolutions which were duly and validly adopted at a meeting of the Board of Directors of the Company held on August 21, 2000: "RESOLVED, that the proper officers of the Company are hereby authorized to execute powers of attorney authorizing and qualifying the attorney-in-fact named therein to execute bonds, Wldertakings, recognizances, or other suretyship obligations on behalf of the Company, and to affix the corporate seal of the Company to powers of attorney executed pursuant hereto; and futther RESOLVED, that such power of attorney limits the acts of those named therein to the bonds, Wldertakings, recognizances, or other suretyship obligations specifically named therein, and they have no authority to bind the Company except in the manner and to the extent therein stated; and futther RESOLVED, that such power of attorney revokes all previous powers issued on behalf of the attorney-in-fact named; and futther RESOLVED, that the signature of any authorized officer and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to any power of attorney or certification thereof authorizing the execution and delivery of any bond, Wldertaking, recognizance, or other suretyship obligation of the Company; and such signature and seal when so used shall have the same force and effect as though manuaIly affixed. The Company may continue to use for the purposes herein stated the facsimile signature of any person or persons who shall have been such officer or officers of the Company, notwithstanding the fact that they may have ceased to be such at the time when such instruments shall be issued." IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Comp~ny has caused these presents to be signed and attested by its appropriate officers and its corporate seal hereWlto affixed this ~ day of J ~ ' 2005. ::es~/if Ira S. Lederman Senior Vice President & Secretary Chairman and President WARNING: THIS POWER !NV ALID IF NOT PRINTED ON BLUE "BERKLEY" SECURITY PAPER. B (Seal) STATE OF CONNECTICUT ) ) ss: COUNTY OF FAIRFIELD ) Sworn to before me, a Notary Public in the State of Connecticut, this 2'1- day of ~~ ' 2005, by William R. Berkley and Ira S. Lederman who are sworn to me to be the Chairman and President, and the Senior Vice President an Secretary, respectively, of Berkley Regional Insurance Company. EILEEN K. KILLEEN ~ X- _ ~ NOTARY PUBLIC Notary Public, State of Connecticut MY COMMISSION EXPIRES 6130/2007 CERTIFICATE I, the undersigned, Assistaot Secretary of BERKLEY REGIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY, DO HEREBY CERTIFY that the foregoing is a true, correct and complete copy of the original Power of Attorney; that said Power of Attorney has not been revoked or rescinded and that the authority of the Attorney-In-Fact set forth therein, who executed the bond or undertaking to which this Power of Attorney is attached, is in full force and effect as of this date. <r.ven under my hand and seal of the Company, this 26 thday of (Seal) June ,2007 . ~~ #-- John F. rs THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS I BOND NO. 0115180 AlA Document A312 Payment Bond Any singular reference to Contractor, Surety, Owner or other party shall be considered plural where applicable. CONTRACTOR (Name and Address): SURETY (Name and Principal Place of Business): W.H.M. PLUMBING & HEATING CONTRACTORS, INC. BERKLEY REGIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY 6 H Enterprise Drive 60 East 42nd Street, Suite 1524 East Setauket, New York 11733 New York, NY 10165 OWNER (Name and Address): TOWN OF SOUTH OLD 53095 Main Road South old, New York 11971 CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT Date: Amount: **Three Hundred Forty Three Thousand Nine Huudred Thirty Nine and no cents** ($343,939.00**) Description (Name and location): Town orSouthold Animal Shelter, Contract "e" Plumbing BOND Date (Not earlier than Construction Contract Date): June 26, 2007 Amount: **Three Hundred Forty Three Thousand Nine Hundred Thirty Nine and no cents** ($343,939.00**) Modifications to this Bond: ~ None 0 See age 6 CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIP Company: W.H.M. PLUMBING & EA SURETY Company: BERKLEY R Signature: Name and Title: Signature: Name and Title: (FOR INFORMATI AGENT or BROKER: JAMES L. SMITH AGENCY INC. 261 Mountainview Ave. Nyack, New York 10960 ONi Y-Name, Address and Telephone) OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE (Architect, Engineer or other party): AlA DOCUMENT A312. PEKFORMANa BOND AND PAYMENT BONO. DECEMBER 19&4 ED. . AlA e lHE AMERICAN INSTlTUTt OF ARCHITECTS. 1735 NEW YORK AVE., N.W., WMHINGTON, D.C. 20006 THIRD PRINTING . ~RCH 1987 A312.1. 4 1 The Contractor and the Surety, jointly and severally, bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns to the Owner to pay for labor, materials and equipment furnished for use in the perfor- mance of the Construction Contract, which is incorpo- rated herein by reference. 2 With respect to the Owner, this obligation shall be null and void if the Contractor: 2.1 Promptly makes payment, directly or indirectly, for all sums due Claimants, and 2.2 Defends, indemnifies and holds harmless the Owner from claims, demands, liens or suits by any person or entity whose claim, demand, lien or suit is for the payment for labor, materials or equipment fur- nished for use in the performance of the Construction Contract, provided the Owner has promptly notified the Contractor and the Surety (at the address described in Paragraph 12) of any claims, demands, liens or suits and tendered defense of such claims, demands, liens or suits to the Contractor and the Surety, and provided there is no Owner Default. 3 With respect to Claimants, this obligation shall be null and void if the Contractor promptly makes pay- ment. directly or indirectly, for all sums due. 4 The Surety shall have no obligation to Claimants under this Bond until: 4.1 Claimants who are employed by or have a direct contract with the Contractor have given notice to the Surety (at the address described in Paragraph 12) and sent a copy, or notice thereof, to the Owner, stating that a claim is being made under this Bond and, with substantial accuracy. the amount of the claim. 4.2 Claimants who do not have a direct contract with the Contractor: .1 Have furnished written notice. to the Con- tractor and sent a copy, or notice thereof, to the Owner, within 90 days after having last performed labor or last furnished materials or equipment included in the claim stating. with substantial accuracy, the amount of the claim and the name of the party to whom the materials were furnished or supplted or for whom the labor was done or performed; and .2 Have either received a rejection in whole or in part from the Contractor, or not received within 30 days of furnishing the above no- tice any communication from the Contractor by which the Contractor has indicated the claim will be paid directly or indirectly; and .3 Not having been paid within the above 30 days, have sent a written notice to the Surety (at the address described in Paragraph 12) and sent a copy, or notice thereof, to the Owner, stating that a claim is being made under this Bond and enclosing a copy of the previous written notice furnished to the Contractor. 5 If a notice required by Paragraph 4 is given by the Owner to the Contractor or to the Surety, that is suffi- cient compliance. 6 When the Claimant has satisfied the conditions of Paragraph 4, the Surety shall promptly and at the Surety's expense take the following actions: 6.1 Send an answer to the Claimant, with a copy to the Owner, within 45 days after receipt of the claim, stating the amounts that are undisputed and the basis for challenging any amounts that are disputed. 6.2 Payor arrange for payment of any undisputed amounts. 7 The Surety's total obligation shall not exceed the amount of this Bond, and the amount of this Bond shall be credited for any payments made in good faith by the Surety. 8 Amounts owed by the Owner to the Contractor under the Construction Contract shall be used for the perfor- mance of the Construction Contract and to satisfy claims, if any, under any Construction Performance Bond. By the Contractor furnishing and the Owner accepting this Bond, they agree that all funds earned by the Contractor in the performance of the Construction Contract are dedicated to satisfy obligations of the Contractor and the Surety under this Bond, subject to the Owner's prior- ity to use the funds for the completion of the work. 9 The Surety shall not be liable to the Owner, Claimants or others for obligations of the Contractor that are unrelat- ed to the Construction Contract. The Owner shall not be liable for payment of any costs or expenses of any Claim- ant under this Bond, and shall have under this Bond no obl~ gations to make payments to, give notices on behalf of, or otherwise have obligations to Claimants under this Bond. 10 The Surety hereby waives notice of any change, including changes of time, to the Construction Contract or to related subcontracts, purchase orders and other obligations. 11 No suit or action shall be commenced by a Claimant under this Bond other than in a court of competent juris- diction in the location in which the work or part of the work is located or after the expiration of one year from the date (1) on which the Claimant gave the notice required by Subparagraph 4.1 or Clause 4.2.3, or (2) on which the last labor or service was performed by anyone or the last mate-- rials or equipment were furnished by anyone under the Con- struction Contract, whichever of (1) or (2) first occurs. If the provisions of this Paragraph are void or prohibited by law, the minimum period of limitatk>n available to sureties as a defense in the jurisdiction of the suit shall be applicable. 12 Notice to the Surety, the Owner or the Contractor shall be mailed or delivered to the address shown on the signature page. Actual receipt of notice by Surety, the Owner or the Contractor, however accomplished, shall be sufficient compliance as of the date received at the address shown on the signature page. 13 When this Bond has been furnished to comply with a statutory or other legal requirement in the location where the construction was to be performed, any provision in this Bond conflicting with said statutory or legal requirement shall be deemed deleted herefrom and provisions con- forming to such statutory or other legal requirement shall be deemed incorporated herein. The intent is that this AlA DOCUMENT A311- PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND. DECEMBER 1984 ED. - AlA- THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 17JS NEW YORK AVE., NW.. WASHINGTON. D.C. 20006 THIRD PRINTING - MARCH 1'J87. A312-1'll14 5 Bond shall be construed as a statutory bond and not as a common law bond. 14 Upon request by any person or entity appearing to be a potential beneficiary of this Bond, the Contractor shall promptly furnish a copy of this Bond or shall permit a copy to be made. 1S DEFINITIONS 15.1 Claimant: An individual or entity having a direct contract with the Contractor or with a subcontractor ot the Contractor to furnish labor, materials or equip- ment for use in the performance of the Contract. The intent of this Bond shall be to include without limita- tion in the terms "labor, materials or equipment" that part of water, gas, power, light heat, oil, gasoline, telephone service or rental equipment used in the MODIFICATIONS TO THIS BOND ARE AS FOLLOWS: Construction Contract, architectural and engineering services required for performance of the work ot the Contractor and the Contractor's subcontractors, and all other items for which a mechanic's lien may be asserted in the jurisdiction where the labor, materials or equipment were furnished. 15.2 Construction Contract: The agreement between the Owner and the Contractor identified on the sig- nature page, including all Contract Documents and changes thereto. 1S.3 Owner Default: Failure ofthe Owner, which has neither been remedied nor waived, to pay fhe Con- tractor as required by the Construction Contract or to perform and complete or comply with the other terms thereof. (Space is provided below for additional signatures of added parties, other than those appearing on the cover page.) CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL Company: (Corporate Seal) Signature: Name and Title: Address: N/A SURETY Company: (Corporale Seal) Signature: Name and Title: Address: N/A AlA. DOCUMENT 4312 a PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND. DECEMBER 1984 ED. . AlA ~ THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C 20006 THIRD PRINTING. MARCH 1987 A312-1984 6 Acknowledgment of Corporation SIaLc of New York I 85.: C.ounty of Suffolk I On this ..2/,rI- <!My or June . 2007 bcJilro me pmIOl1&lIy """'" William H. Mauff to mo knmon, who, being by m" duly lWOIJl, did dq>usc un<! ...y thai "" =ide.. in 39 Fairwav. Port Jefferson, New York 11777 ; thol ho il Presirlpnt of d)C W.H.M. PLUMBING & HEATING CONTRACTORS. INC. the: corporation dca<:ribod in and which ex.ccut.:d the: aUs.ohcd il1lllnum:m; dlal hu knows the: uorporale llUI! of the ....d oorporaIion; thallhc _I affixud 10 said inslrulllCJ11 is such wrporalc seal; and thai i& w.. 110 ..ro"cd by order of the: Board of Dirculono or said uurponoLiun, and Ihal "" .iguoo his namu doeru'o by liko oeda-. Acknowledgment 0 JANICE FLYNN Notary Public. State of New York Qualified in Suffolk County No.01FL5052452 Commission Expires November 27. 2oIL9 Slate of New York ('.cunlyof Rockland &S.: ) Onlbis 26th day of June . 2007 before me pc:rsolllllly CIUl1C James L. Smith 10 me knOlOtl, who, b.:ing by me duly 1W0<tl, did dq>osc: and 8IlYlbotbcillo Attorney-in-fact of BERKLEY REGIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY the:oocporaIion described in iIIld which CXCOUIcd Ihe within inoIrumcnl; lhat h. kno,,", the: oarpcn1c _I of ..id .crponatiaD:lIuIl1bcoad alIixcdlotbcwilhin insIrumI::nI is lIUch oarpcn1cacal. &ad Iha1 "" aigncd the:....d ia'leameat and affi"ed the said leal.. AIIomcy-in-FltI by authorily oflhc Board ofDircoton oflaid corporation aad by wthorily oflhia oIlio. under the Standing Rcaolulian therefo.... NuIary~ILJ II '/ ~O~ RENEE L. HALPERIN Notary Public, Stale of New York No. 4825558 Qualified in Rockland Ctnty " Commission Expires q, ~, (0 "Z"a> Inquiry and Notification Rider Berkley Surety Group, Inc. manages all of the surety business of the following affiliated companies: Acadia Insurance Company, Berkley Regional Insurance Company, Carolina Casualty Insurance Company, Union Standard Insurance Company and the companies of Continental Western Group. To verify the authenticity of this bond please call: (973) 549-1700 or Telefax (973) 301-4869 Any written notices, inquiries, claims or demands to the surety on the bond to which this Rider is attached should be directed to: Berkley Surety Group, Inc. 325 Columbia Turnpike Suite 203 Florham Park, NJ 07932 Attention: Surety Claims Department Or Telefax: (866) 408-2421 Please include with all notices the bond number and the name of the principal on the bond. Where a claim is being asserted please set forth generally the basis of the claim. In the case of a payment or performance bond please identify the project to which the bond pertains. t!> BERKLEY SURETY GROUP . . ." BERKLEY REGIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY STATEMENT, DECEMBER 31, 2006 (AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS) STATUTORY BALANCE SHEET Admitted Assets Bonds Common & Preferred Stocks Cash & Short T enn Investments Premiums Receivable Other Assets $ 1,043,006 648,051 118,517 326,098 266.644 Total Admitted Assets $ 1.402316 Liabilities & Surplus Loss & LAE Reserves Unearned Premium Reserves Other Liabilities $ 1,079,621 594,358 63371 Total Liabilities $ 1.737350 Capital Stock Additional Paid In Capital Unassigned Surplus 4,000 347,723 313.243 $ 664,966 Total Policvholders' Surnlus $ 2.402316 Total Liabilities & Suru1us Officers: Directors: President: Treasurcr: Sr. Vice President: Vice President: Vice President: Corporate Secretary: William Robert Berkley Robert Floyd Buehler Eugene George Ballard Robert Paul Cole Clement Patrick Patafio Ira Seth Ledennan William Robcrt Berkley Eugene George Ballard Robert Paul Cole William Robert Berkley, Jr. Ira Seth Ledennan Clement Patrick Patafio James Gerald Shiel Paul James Hancock Robert C. Hewitt No. 302 .. POWER OF ATTORNEY BERKLEY REGIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY WILMINGTON, DELA WARE NOTICE: The warning found elsewhere in this Power of Attorney affects the validity thereof. Please review carefully. KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that BERKLEY REGIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY (the "Company"), a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, having its principal office in Greenwich, Connecticut, has made, constituted and appointed, and does by these presents make, constitute and appoint: James L. Smith or Ronald E. Fogliani of James L. Smith Agency, Inc. of Nyack, New York its true and lawful Agent and Attorney-in-Fact, with full power and authority hereby conferred in its name, place and stead, to execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver: any and all bonds and undertakings providing that no single obligation shall exceed Fifteen Million and 00/100 Dollars ($15,000,000.00) and to bind the Company thereby as fully and to the same extent as if such bonds had been duly executed and acknowledged by the regularly elected officers of the Company at its principal office in their own proper persons. This Power of Attorney shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and governed by, the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of laws thereof. This Power of Attorney is granted pursuant to the following resolutions which were duly and validly adopted at a meeting of the Board of Directors of the Company held on August 21, 2000: "RESOL VEO, that the proper officers of the Company are hereby authorized to execute powers of attorney authorizing and qualifying the attorney-in-fact named therein to execute bonds, undertakings, recoguizances, or other suretyship obligations on behalf of the Company, and to affix the corporate seal of the Company to powers of attorney executed pursuant hereto; and further RESOL VEO, that such power of attorney limits the acts of those named therein to the bonds, undertakings, recoguizances, or other suretyship obligations specifically named therein, and they have no authority to bind the Company except in the manner and to the extent therein stated; and further RESOL VEO, that such power of attorney revokes all previous powers issued on behalf of the attorney-in-fact named; and further RESOL VEO, that the siguature of any authorized officer and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to any power of attorney or certification thereof authorizing the execution and delivery of any bond, undertaking, recoguizance, or other suretyship obligation of the Company; and such signature and seal when so used shall have the same force and effect as though manually affixed. The Company may continue to use for the purposes herein stated the facsimile signature of any person or persons who shall have been such officer or officers of the Company, notwithstanding the fact that they may have ceased to be such at the time when such instruments shall be issued." IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Comp~ny has caused these presents to be sigued and attested by its appropriate officers and its corporate seal hereunto affixed this ~ day of J ~ ' 2005. Attest: ~Berkley. e ional Insurance COll1l'any By~/!J Ira S. Lederman illia R. B ey Senior Vice President & Secretary Chairman and President WARNING: THIS POWER INVALID IF NOT PRINTED ON BLUE "BERKLEY' SECURITY PAPER. (Seal) STATE OF CONNECTICUT) ) ss: COUNTY OF FAIRFIELD ) Sworn to before me, a Notary Public in the State of Connecticut, this 21f- day of ~~, 2005, by William R. Berkley and Ira S. Lederman who are sworn to me to be the Chairman and President, and the Senior Vice President an Secretary, respectively, of Berkley Regional Insurance Company. EILEEN K. KILLEEN ~ )L _ ~ NOTARY PUBLIC Notary Public, State of Connecticut MY COMMISSION EXPIRES 6/3012007 CERTIFICATE I, the undersigned, Assistant Secretary of BERKLEY REGIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY, DO HEREBY CERTIFY that the foregoing is a true, correct and complete copy of the original Power of Attorney; that said Power of Attorney has not been revoked or rescinded and that the authority of the Attorney-in-Fact set forth therein, who executed the bond or undertaking to which this Power of Attorney is attached, is in full force and effect as of this date. Given under my hand and seal of the Company, this26th day of June ~7 7~ John F. ers (Seal) . DIVISION 9 FINISHES SECTION 09210 SPRAY APPLIED ACOUSTICAL CEMENT PLASTER . SECTION 09212 SPRAY ACOUSTICAL FINISH SECTION 09250 GYPSUM AND CEMENT WALLBOARD SECTION 09670 FLUID-APPLIED FLOORING SECTION 09900 PAINTING SECTION 09965 SPECIAL COATINGS . DIVISION 10 SPECIALTIES SECTION 10400 SIGNAGE DIVISION 11 EQUIPMENT . SECTION 11000 MODULAR KENNEL SYSTEMS SECTION 11200 CAGING FURNISHINGS SECTION 11250 CAT CONDO CAGING SECTION 11400 ANIMAL BATHING EQUIPMENT SECTION 11458 DISAPPEARING LADDERS DIVISION 12 FURNISHINGS . 12330 MANUFACTURED CASEWORK DIVISION 13 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION SECTION 13851 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM . SECTION 13910 FIRE PROTECTION BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS SECTION 13925 FIRE SUPPRESSION SPRINKLERS DIVISION 15 MECHANICAL . SECTION 15065 MOTORS FOR MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SECTION 15072 VIBRATION ISOLATION SECTION 15075 MECHANICAL IDENTIFICATION SECTION 15082 PIPING INSULATION SECTION 15086 DUCT INSULATION SECTION 15145 PLUMBING PIPING SECTION 15146 PLUMBING SPECIALTIES . SECTION 15182 HYDRONIC PIPING SECTION 15410 PLUMBING FIXTURES SECTION 15415 RESTROOM PLUMBING FIXTURES SECTION 15430 PLUMBING EQUIPMENT SECTION 15735 PACKAGED ROOFTOP AIR CONDITIONING UNITS . SECTION 15810 DUCTS SECTION 15820 DUCT ACCESSORIES SECTION 15835 POWER VENTILATORS SECTION 15850 AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS SECTION 15950 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING . . . DIVISION 16 ELECTRICAL SECTION 16060 GROUNDING AND BONDING SECTION 16070 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS . SECTION 16075 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION SECTION 16123 BUILDING WIRE AND CABLE SECTION 16131 CONDUIT SECTION 16138 BOXES SECTION 16139 CABINETS AND ENCLOSURES SECTION 16140 WIRING DEVICES . SECTION 16155 EQUIPMENT WIRING SECTION 16411 ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKERS SECTION 16412 ENCLOSED SWITCHES SECTION 16413 ENCLOSED TRANSFER SWITCHES SECTION 16443 PANELBOARDS SECTION 16510 INTERIOR LUMINAIRES . SECTION 16520 EXTERIOR LUMINAIRES SECTION 16721 TELEPHONE SERVICE, P A THW A YS, AND WIRING SECTION 16781 TELEVISION DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM TESTS . 01-1203.11 FLUSH OUTSWING COMMERCIAL STEEL DOOR, MIAMI DADE 04-0303.03 H16 FULL GLAZED STEEL ENTRY DOOR, STEELCRAFT, MIAMI DADE 04-0603.03 ALUMINUM SLIDING GLASS DOOR, YKK, MIAMI DADE . 04-0227.03 35H ALUMINUM OUTSWING DOOR, YKK, MIAMI DADE 05-03 I 7.03 YHS 50TU ALUMINUM STOREFRONT SYSTEM, YKK 03-1211.02 YOW-225H ALUMINUM FIXED WINDOW (L.M.I) 03-1006.07 YOW-225H ALUMINUM PROJECT OUT . WINDOW, YKK 04-0805.01 VELUX SERIES FCM 4646 FIXED SKYLIGHT NER-216 UNIT SKYLIGHTS 06-0110.07 HATTERAS SHINGLE CUTS . . . . . . . I. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. II. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. . . . . . . . . DOCUMENT 00100- INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS TNDFX Receipt and Opening of Bids Form, Preparation and Presentation of Proposal Bid Security Qualifications of Bidders Rejection of Bids Bidders Responsibility Construction Terms and Conditions Security for Faithful Performance Bid Reservations Non-Collusive Statement Addenda and Interpretations Method of Award Single Price Bid Analysis Municipal Exempt Status Labor Law Wage Rates Insurance Required by the Town of South old Quantities MBE\WBE-EEO Requirements . DOCUMENT 00100- iNSTRUCTiONS TO BIDDERS 1. RF.l:EIPT ANn OPENINr. OF RIDS . The Town of Southold invites bids on the forms herein provided for the TOWN OF SOUTHOLD ANIMAL SHELTER construction in Southold,New York. Sealed bids shall be received by the Town Clerk of the Town of Southold at 53095 Main Road, Southold, New York no later than 10:00 AM, Thursday March 22, 2007 at which time they will be opened and publicly read aloud. . . All bids received after the time stated for the opening in the Notice to Bidders may not be considered and will be returned unopened to the bidder. The bidder assumes the risk of any delay in the mail or in the handling of the mail by employees of the Town. Whether sent by mail or by means of personal delivery, the bidder assumes responsibility for having his bid deposited on time at the place specified. Faxed bids will not be accepted. 2. FORM, PREPARATION ANn PRESENTATION OF PROPOSAL . The Proposal Form as issued by the Town Clerk shall be completely filled in, in black ink or typed on the original bid form. No photocopies will be accepted. All blank spaces for bid prices must be filled in, in both words and figures, with a total or gross sum for which the bid is made. All lines must have an indication of the bidder's response whether it be "0", "N/A", "No Charge", or a dollar figure. All lines must be filled in to indicate bidder's acknowledgement of the request. Bids that do not have all applicable lines filled in on the bid proposal form may be disqualified as a non-responsive bid. We cannot assume there is "no charge" when lines are left empty. Bids that contain any omission, erasure, alteration, addition or items not called for in the itemized bid form or that contain irregularities of any kind will not be accepted. In case of discrepancy between the unit price and total amount bid for any item, the unit price, as expressed in words, shall govern. . . The following two items will automatically render a bid unacceptable to the Town of South old: a. Failure to sign bid proposal page. b. Failure to include necessary bid security deposit (as required). It shall be fully understood that any deviations from the inclusion of the above items will be grounds to see the bid as non-compliant and will not be considered for award. . 3. BID SECIJRITY . (a) The Bid must be accompanied by a certified check on a solvent bank or trust company with its principal place of business in New York State, or an acceptable bid bond, in an amount equal to not less than five percent (5%) of the total amount bid, made payable to the Town of Southold (herein identified as Owner), as assurance that the bid is made in good faith. The certified checks or bid bonds of unsuccessful bidders will be returned after execution of the Contract between the Owner and the successful bidder; the certified check or bid bond of the successful bidder will be retained until filing and approval of the Performance Bond and until completion of five percent (5%) of the work under the Contract. . (b) The successful bidder, upon his failure or refusal to execute and deliver the Contract and . 2 DOCUMENT 00100- INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS . bonds required within ten (10) days after the date of notice of the acceptance of his bid, shall forfeit to the Owner, as liquidated damages for such failure or refusal, the security he deposited with his bid. . 4. QlJATJFWATTON1'; OF BmnRR1'; (a) Forms for qualifications of bidders, giving evidence of sufficient facilities, equipment, experience and financial ability to insure completion of the work are provided with the bid specification package, and shall be filled out by the contractor and returned with the bid submission. (b) Information contained in any statement of financial ability shall be not more than ~ ~ old at the time of submission. (c) The Town reserves the right to make such investigation as it may deem necessary or advisable to determine any bidder's ability to do the work, and the bidder shall furnish to the Town, on request, all data and information pertinent thereto. The Town reserves the right to reject any bid if such investigation fails to satisfY the Town that the bidder is fully qualified to do the work. Financial instability of a bidder may be cause for non-award. . . 5. RF..ffiCTTON OF RID1'; . (a) The TOWN BOARD reserves the right to reject any bid if the evidence submitted in the qualifications statement or an investigation of such bidder fails to satisfY the TOWN BOARD that such bidder is properly qualified to carry out the obligations of the Contract and to complete the work contemplated therein. Conditional bids will be considered informal and will be rejected. . (b) The TOWN BOARD reserves the right to reject any and all bids, in whole or in part, to waive any informality in any or all bids, and to accept the bid or part thereof which it deems most favorable to the Town after all bids have been examined and/or checked. 6. BIDnF.RS RF.1';PON1';TRTT ,TTV . (a) Bidders are cautioned not to submit bids until after having inspected the site of the proposed improvement and having made themselves familiar with local conditions. The attention of persons intending to submit bids is specifically called to the paragraph of the Contract which debars a Contractor from pleading misunderstanding or deception because of estimates or quantities, character, location or other conditions surrounding the same. Special attention is called to the notes on the Plans or in the itemized form of bid, which are made a part of this Contract, which may alter or revise the Specifications for the particular contract. . (b) No representation is made as to the existence or nonexistence of groundwater, which may in any way impede the civil engineering work, proposed to be accomplished. Each civil engineering bidder shall fully inform himself as to groundwater and sub-surface conditions prior to submitting his bid. (c) The submission of a bid will be construed to mean that the bidder is fully informed as to the extent, cost, and character of the materials, labor, and equipment required to complete the proposed job in accordance with the Plans and Specifications, including all other expenses . . 1 . . DOCUMENT 00100- INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS incidental thereto. . (d) Bidders must examine the Plans and Specifications and exercise their own judgement as to the nature and amount of the whole of the work to be done, and for the bid prices, must assume all risks of variance by whomsoever made in computation or statement of amounts or quantities necessary to fully complete the work in strict compliance with the Contract Documents. . (e) The Bidder shall assume all risks and responsibility and shall complete the work in whatever material and under whatever conditions he may encounter or create, without extra cost to the Town. . (f) No pleas of ignorance or misunderstanding of conditions that exist or that may hereafter exist, or of conditions or difficulties that may be encountered in the execution of the work under this Contract, as a result of failure to make the necessary examinations and investigations, will be to fulfill in every detail all of the requirements of the Contract Documents, or will be accepted as a basis for any claims whatsoever for extra compensation, or for an extension of time. . 7. CONSTRIJc.TION TF.RMS ANn CONnlnONS The successful bidder is warned that the work specified in the Conditions of Contract, together with the Instructions to Bidders, Proposal Form, General Conditions, Plans, Specifications and instructions of the Engineer or his duly authorized representative will be rigidly enforced. . 8. SF,ClJRITVFOR FAlTHFlTl, PFRFORMANCF ANn MAlNTFNANCF . The: ~1~~p,~~f111 hickle:r ~h~ 11 hp. Tf~qll1rp.c1 to p.xp.~lItf': ::t Pe:rfOnTI::tn(';f': Rono f".qll::t 1 to- one: hlmnrf':n percent (100%) of the amount hid, such bonds to be executed by a New York licensed insurance carrier/surety company with an A rating or better from A.M. Best & Co. and acceptable to the Owner; or bonds secured by collateral; or securities approved by the Owner. The Performance Bond shall be written so as to remain in full force and effect as a maintenance bond for a period of not less than one (I) year after the date offroal acceptance of the work. . The successful bidder, upon failure to execute and deliver the bonds required within ten (10) days after the date of notice of award, shall forfeit to the Owner, as liquidated damages for such failure or refusal, the security deposited with his bid, and he will be liable for and he agrees to pay to the Owner on demand, the difference between the price bid and the price for which such contract shall subsequently be relet including the cost of such reletting less the amount of such deposit. No plea of mistake in such accepted bid shall be available to the bidder for recovery of his deposit or as a defense to any action upon accepted bid unless said mistake can be proven by documentary evidence acceptable to the Town. . After approval of the bonds and execution of the Contract and after ten (10) percent of the work has been completed, the bid security accompanying the bid will be returned. . 9. RID RFSF,RV A nONS . 4 DOCUMENT 00100- INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS . Bids submitted shall remain in effect for forty-five (45) days past the date of bid opening. This period may be extended, for the benefit of the Town, by mutual agreement between the Bidder and the Town Clerk. . 10. NON-rOT.r ,TJSTVF, ST A TF,MRNT The form of non-collusion bidding certification contained in the proposal package must be executed by the Bidder and submitted with the proposal. The submission of this statement certifies that the prices in this bid have been arrived at independently without collusion, consultation, communication, or agreement for the purpose of restricting competition, as to any matter relating to such prices with any other bidder or with any competitor. . 11. ADDF.NnA ANn TNTF,RPRF,TATTONS . Every request for information or interpretation of the Contract Documents or Drawings must be addressed in writing via mail, fax or email to: John T. Burgess, BS, MS Design Learued, Inc. 116 Main Street Norwich, CT 06360 860-889-7078 (phone) 860-204-0419 (fax) johnburgess@designiearued.com . . To be given any consideration, requests for information must be received at least five (5) days prior to the date fixed for the opening of bids. Any such interpretations or supplemental instructions will be in the form of written addenda, and will be mailed, faxed or emailed to all prospective bidders. The failure of any bidder to receive any such addenda will not relieve the bidder of any obligation under his bid as submitted. Any addenda so issued shall become part of the Contract Documents. . 12. MF,THOD OF A WARD The bid will be awarded to the lowest responsive, responsible bidder, as will best promote the public interest, taking into consideration the reliability of the bidder, the quality of the materials, equipment, or supplies to be furnished, and conformity with the specifications. . 13. STN(;U: PRWF, RID ANAT.YSTS . In the event a single bid is received, the Town will conduct a price analysis of the bid price prior to the award of the contract. 14. MTTNWTPAT. F,XF,MPT STATTJS . ~ . . DOCUMENT 00100- INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS The Town is exempt from the payment of Federal, State and local taxes. Taxes must not be included in proposal prices. . 15. LAROR LAW . The Contractor and each and every subcontractor performing work at the site of the project to which this Contract relates shall comply with the applicable provisions of the Labor Law, as amended, of the State of New York. Attention is called to certain provisions of the Labor Law, as set forth in the Conditions of Contract, Paragraph II, which are hereby referred to and made a part hereof. 16. WAGE RATES . The rates of wages determined by the New York State Industrial Commissioner pursuant to the Labor Law, which shall be paid on this project, are set forth herein following the Instructions to Bidders. . Contractors and subcontractors are required to submit to the Town, within thirty days after issuance of the first payroll, and every thirty days thereafter, a transcript of the original payroll records, subscribed and afftrmed as true under the penalties of PeIjury. 17. TNSTJRANr.F, RE(}TJTRRD RV THR TOWN OF SOTJTHOLD . The successful bidder will be required to procure and pay for the following types of insurance, as set forth in more detail herein following the Instructions to Bidders in the Standard Insurance requirements Section. (a) Comprehensive Automobile Policy (b )Comprehensive General Liability (c) Excess/Umbrella Insurance (d)Workmen's Compensation Insurance (e) Disability Insurance and Unemployment Insurance . 18. (}TJANTTTTF,S . Any quantities set forth in the bid specifications are approximations only. No guarantee is made for any quantities stated. Payment shall be on the basis of actual quantities supplied or the actual work done at the unit prices quoted. . 19. MRFJWRF -RF,O RF,(}TJTRF,MENTS . This contract is subject to the provisions of Article 15-A of the Executive Law. Therefore, the winning bidder may be required to submit an MBEIWBE Equal Employment Opportunity Program and a Utilization Program within ten days of being notifted of award, and make good faith efforts to achieve goals established by the Town of Southold and the New York State Environmental Facilities Corporation for the participation of various business enterprises as Sub- Contractors and Suppliers on the Contract will be required. . Ii DOCUMENT 00100- INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS . 20. MITT ,TTPT ,I<: PRTMI<: r.ONTRACTOR RTODTNG (WWK'S T ,A WI A. . Wick's Law requires that certain public work projects exceeding $50,000 in total cost will require that bids be snbmitted by separate contractors for Construction, Heat Ventilation and Air Conditioning (HV AC), plumbing and electrical. These categories represent 4 subdivisions of the construction document package. B. . The Contractors shall submit to the Engineer in writing, with the bid form, for his approval, the names and addresses of any additional subcontractors necessary for site work, concrete, masonry, metal stud framing & drywall, painting, flooring, steel erector, etc. c. . See attached 9.3 "Multiple Prime Contracts Guide" for further information on Wick's Law. . . . . . . 7 . . . <""-'~~' l~';:'''t J.~ed s}liitili;k /It JI...Irml/Inc. c...... FtzcHilJ1 EIW~t:l'iItg 866DLL7078 INDOOR AIR QUALITY TOLL FREE HV AC NOISE CONTROL 860.869.7078 T LIGHTING 860.204.0419 F ELECTRICAL 116 MAIN STREET PLUMBING NORWICH. CT 06360 FIRE PROTECTION WWWDESIGNLEARNED.COM . SOUTHOLD ANIMAl. SHELTER ADDENDUM #1 - ITEMS MONDAY. MARCH 12, 2007 . ALLOWANCES Arm CHANGE ORDERS: Project is new construction with very detailed plans. Contractors aTe expected to provide questions involving any additional sCTViccs, optious, equipment, finishes, or coordination during the bidding process and bidding lime period. Contractor~ are expected to provide a comple~, finished, operating building without Change Order~. . Change Orders ",ill be considered only for ebanges to the design requested by the client S,PF.CIFlCATJON SECTION 03100 - EXTERIOR CONCREn;; MASONRY ASSEMBLIES: . a.) There arc only 16 pages to Section 03100 ("End ofSeetion" not indicated). b.) 1.2 Summary 'T' #1; No "Unit Masonry Interior Assembly" section was provided by the structural engineer. This referencc should bave been deleted.... "please disregard. c.) 1.2 Summary "I" #2: The "Cast Stone" Section was replaced by the "Glass Unit Masom:y" Section as Section 04720.. . .please dislegard any reference to Section 04720 "Cast Stone". ".. . SHOWER STALL SrECJJ1lCATlON: The fixture schedule listed on P-l calls out and Oasis shower stall. This model is to be replaced by the Florestone uni~ Model 40-40H, included in the specifications "cut sheets" .ection. The Florestone model is ADA eompliant whereas Oa~is doe. not cany any units with the required ADA designation. . 8MT (rOWER WASHER) SPECIFICATION: The fixture schedule on P-l calls out for two (2) 600-WC-Y central pumping unit~ to supply the five (5) interiot and two (2) exterior remote station hook-ups as shown on the plumbing drawings (P-3). . After djsc~~ions with an SMT representative it was decided that the two 600- we. Y units would be replaced with one (1) SMi-600-REK unit equipped with a two tiered compressor unit allowing simultaneo~ cleaning st multiple stations. The remmc stations themselves bave been leplaccd with the following models: . Model 3()()'1698: Surface Mt. remote, top entry, SS tubing supply, bottom port (fot 5 interior stations) Model 3()()'5217: Recessed remote for New Masonry, Top Entry, S8 tubing supply, wi grippers (for 2 exterior stations). Page 1 of2 MF?MliF.fl,r;: AMF.RTCArv BOARDING K&NNF../....... AS,SQCfATlQN. HrIM,1NK SOClBrrOF TIIH WltrEDS7'ATES . . . <.<.1 r~~". es. ~f "U;j . d '..~ e ij;k7il1i1l.11t Anbtud Inc. c...~ F<n:/lIJy liJtgtM.-rlng 866.DLI.7078 INDOOR AIR QUALITY TOLL FREE HVAC NOISE CONTROL 880.889.7078 T LIGHTING 860.204.0419 F ELECTRICAL 118 MAIN STREET PLUMBING NORWICH. CT 06~60 FIRE PROTECTION WWW.DESIGNLEARNED.COM . SOUTHOLD ANIMAL SHELTER ADDENDUM #1 - ITEMS MONDAY. MARCH 12. 2007 PAt,E 20F2 . SPECIFIC UTlLllY StRVICK RESPONSIBILITIES: Contractors will be responsible for building utility connections as descnbed in Contracls A-D of the Specifications provided with the bidding documents. Any fees to the utility companies will be paid directly by the Town. AU utility connections will be installed in accordance with details provided in the bidding drawings and as defined on the Itemized Proposal Forms. . TRENCH DRAIN INSTALLATION: . Plumbing contractor shall be responsible for installing drain connections for the trench drain system and will have to coordinate with the concrete contractor to set the trenches according to manufactnrer's specifications. It is the responsibility of the concrete contractor to fill in around trenches and slope the floor accordingly. The trench drains are typically set in a concrete footing prior to the fmal slab pour and finish work. . . . . MeM8F.hS: AUJrR1Cf//lI BOARDING KENNElS ASSOCIATION. IIUMA,V!!. SOCIErr OF THE UNITEDSTATF.S . . . IT'S;\y: '..;J~.'..-~.....,.s~' .' d '"~,.. '.. 'e S~~bJA_In.c. C,,""Ftteill(pE,,~ 866,OlL7078 INDOOR AIR QUALITY TOLL FREE HVAC NOISE CONTROL 880.889.7078 T LIGHTING 860.204.0419 F ELECTRICAL 116 MAIN STREET PLUMBING NORWICH. CT 06360 FIRE PROTECTION WWN.DESIGNLEARNED.CDM . SOUTHOLD ANIMAL SHEL 'fER ADDENDUM #2 ITEMS MONDAY. MARCH 19. 2007 . UNDER SLAB V AfQR BARRIOR: -DRAWING 40 AND 43 CALLS OUT ~OR 6 MIL POL YETHELENE -CoNCRETE SPECIFICATION SECTION 03300 (PG. 5, 2.2 A) OF-TAILS A REIJIlFORCBD VAPORRETAROER -SECTION 071.33 Ml!NlIONS TIIERMAL PLASTIC SHEET WATERPROOFING . CLARIFICATION OF WHAT TO USF. WHERE IS REQUIRF..D. . RESPONSE: THF: MINIMUM REQUllleMF,NTS ARE 6MlL IN ACCOIlDANCE WITH SECTION /9/1 OF NYS BC THRO(KiHOUT. ADDITIONAL REQUIlIeMFWrS WILL BE AT SUGGesnoN OF MANUl'Acn.mER FOR PIIOPER peRFORMANCE OF ANY PRODUCTS CHOSEN BY CONTRAcroR (CONCReTE AND FLOORING). STRUCTIlRAL ENGINEER WOULD PREFER THAT7ffE Rl!JNFORCED VAPOR RETARDf,R AS DESCRIBED IN CONCRETE SPECS. seCTION 03300 (PAGE S. PARAGRAPH 2.2A)BE PRICE/) FOR T1/IS PROJECT. SECTION 03300 FLOOR FlN1SHKS: . THJS SECTIONS MAKES REFERNCE TO SEVERAL TYPES OF FLOOR FJNISHF-8: 1.) INTEGAAI-COLOR (CONCRET13 ADMlXTUkES) PART 2.1 F 2.) PIGMENTED MINllR.AL DRY SHAKE ROOR HARD&"NER, FART 2.5 3,) SL1PR~.sISTANT AGGREGATE FINISH PART 2.6 CLARlPICATION ON WHERE THESE FlNISHES WIl.LBE INSTAl-LED, II'THEY WILL liB INSTAUED.AND WHBTHER ANY CONFLICT WITH PROPOSED FLOORING DESIGNA TJONS. . RESPONS1j; TN THE DESIGN FOR BASE BID, ALL FLOORS WILL BE COVERED WITH EPOXY FLOORING. IN1'EGRAL COLOR FOR FWOR WILL ONLY 1IF. USED IF TIlE EPOXY FI.OOR IS ELIMINJl7'lW THE SUP RESISTANCI' NEEDS TO MEETCOJJES, AND WILL BE USED ON/,Y IF rHE PRODUCT seLECTED DOES NOT MEE1' CODEREQUIREMF.NTS. KENNEL CAGING: . I.) THERE APPEAR TO BE REFeRF..NCES TO BOTI'I STAIN1..~S STEEL ANI) OAL\'FNIZED FOR THE K1lN1'I!lL CAGING M^ TERIALS. WHAT TYPE WILL BE REQUIRlIlJ FOR BIDDJNG PURPOSES? REgPON\\.F...:. THE INDooRlOClTJ)OOR KEWNEL RUNS Wf(.I. BF. GA.LVANIZED. THE CAGING (SUCH AS FOR CAT AND DOG ISOI.ATlON ROOMS /,~ STAIN1.ESS STEEL. STAINI-ESS STEEL RUNS MAY RF. US7'ED AS AN OP.T10N. . MEMBERS; A~F.Rlr.AN hOARDING KENNrmJ As.~ClATrON. IJUM4NF. SOClr:1!OF THE.' UN1TEDSTATp..,ft 10f5 . . . '1--1:'<" I"~)jsfl> L~~~ed sjiiiJ!iidI.I.1n A,,_ln~. elm' FodlUy E.g1..-<rIiIc 866.DLI. T076 INDOOR AIR QUALITY TOLL FREE HVAC NOISE CONTROL 860.889.7078 T LIGHTING 660,204,0419 F ELECTRICAL 116 MAIN STREET PLUMBING NORWICH. CT 06360 FIRE PROIeCTION WWW.DESIGNLEARNED.COM . 2.) ARE THE PROTECTIVE COVERS fOR THE TRENCH DRAINS PART OF THE CAGlNO UNITS TIlEMSElVes OR IS THIS A. SEPNl.ATB ITfM'I . REsrotl,'ill; T.KE/'NEl WAS CON'MeTED AND THB COVERS CAN 81'; INCLUDED AS PART OF THE CAGING SYSTEM, BIDS SHOULD INCLUDe THB TRENCH COVERS AS PART OF CAGING COSTS. 3,) PLEASE CLARIFY IF ALL KEJ\'NEl PARTITIONS ARE TO RI'.c:EIVE TOP PANELS, . RESroNS!t ALLlNDOOR KEMVEL RUNS ARE TO RtiCEIYE TOP PANEU, THE EXTERIOR RUNS ARE TO HAVE THE VERTICAL PANELS E,rrEND TO mE ROOF. SEE DtiTAlT. #1 ON A5.3 Epoxy FLOORING: . THE FWlD APPLIED FLoORING SECTION 09670 OUTLINES SEVERAL TYPES OF EPOxY FlNlSHES. SOME ARE Y. INCH APPLICATIONS WHILE OTHERS ARe 1/8 INCH. SOME CALl~ FOR BROADCASTING, OTHERS DO NOT. PLEASB VER1I'Y WHAT EPOxY FLOORING OPTION IS TO BE PRICED FOR RIDDING. . REsPONSE: TTiE PReFERRED ONtiS ARE EITHER AMERlCAN HI-TECTi FLOORfNG, DUE TO ITS PRO VF,;NABIUrr TO BRIDGE EXPANSION JOINTS AND KEY-GAR/), ASIT IS THE ONLY NONToxrc VERSION. SAMPLl!: INSTALLATIONS NEED TO BE PROVIDED. BRIDGING CONTROUEXPANSTONJOlNTS. COVE DETAlT.AT WALL AND ABIUTY TO EXTEND UP THE WALL ARE 17fEFAVORED FEATURES. IN ALL CASES SAMPLE APPLiCATIONS WILL BE REQUIRED TO ENSURE SUITABILITY AND ABIL/TYTD BE SUCCESSFULLY APPLIED TO SLAB ON GRADElWALLAPPUCATIONS. BROADCASTTNG IS NOT REQUIR.ED UNLESS NECESSARY FOR SUP RESlSTANCti, WALL FlNISRF-S: . ROOMS 18 AND 19 APPEAR TO HAVE CONFLICTS WITH INTEGRALLY COLORED CMU ON HALF OF THE WALL AND NON- COLORED NRG BLOCK ON THE OTHER HALF. PU,ASE CONfolRM WHAT IS TO BE DONE IN THESE AREAS WHERE WALL FINISRRS ARE NOT UNIFORVL . RESPONSE: ALL THE CMU! NRG RLoas TiA VE INTEIJRAL COLOR. Two COUJRS ARE USED. WHTCH ARE DETAILED IN THE FINISH SCllEDULJ3, WHEN THE TWO cor.ORS BUTTA T A CORNER DETAILS ON ,14.2 rLWSTRATE THIi/11 JUNCTURE. . MEMBERS: AMF;RICAN BOARDING KENNF;lR A.'i.'iOCllfTION. HUMtlN~ .....OCIETr OF rHE (IN1TF..DSTATES 201'5 . . . ,:}~.,;Wystgn .1!deamed ;~/.InA_a/lnc. C_F.clll/yEn~ 66B.DLI.ror8 INDOOR AIR QUALITY TOLL FREE HVAC NOISE CONTROL 880.889.7078 T LIGHTING 860.204.0419 F ELECTRICAL 116 MAIN STREET PLUMBING NORWICH. CT 08360 FIRE PROTECTION WWW.DESIGNLEARNED.COM . W ASltERS AND DRYERS: MODEl. NUMBERS LISTED IN nUMBING SCHEDUI.8 01( P.I ARE NOT CURR.ENT. MA YTAO liAS RECINTL Y UPDATED MODEL DESIGNATIONS. ALTEF<.NATE MODELS ARE LISTED BEtDW AND SHOULD BE PRICED ACCO"'-DINGL Y. . RESPONSE: THE I'LUMBrNG FIXTURE SCHElJUr.E LiSTS 17fE FOI.WWING WASHER AND DRYER SPECIFICA170NS: . COMM. WASHER: MAYTAGMFR35PN COMM. DRYER: MAITAOMDGSOMNV RES. WASHIi:R: MAYTAGMAH7500AWW RES. DRYER: M;lYTAG MDG7500AWW PLEASE I1EPLACE THeSE MODELS WTTH THIi: FOLLOWING CU[lftIwr rlNl7S FOR BIDDING PU1!POSES: . COMM. WASHER: MAYT'AGMFMOP/v COMM. .DRmI/: MAYl'AOMDG5!PN 11.1'05. WASHER: M;lITA(;MAH6S00AWW RES. DRYER: MAYTAGMDG5500AWW SITE AND Urn..1TV QUESTIONS: . 1.) WHO IS RESPONSlBt8 FOR WATER D1SrRffiUnON (w ^ TER MA TN, HYDRANT) AND GAS PIPING WITH ALL REI.A TEll WORK; TRENCHING AND SITE WORK, ASPHAI. Y RESroRA TION SHOWN ON DM WINGs?(WD-l mau WD-3) B,,8SPONSE: SEE PROPOSAL FORMS AND PT-ANS: CONTRACT 3 !TOM #3 " CONTRACT' 3 ITEM #2 - PLUMBING CONTRACTOR BID ITEM (SEf..lreM DliSCIllP170N) INTERNAL PLUMBING INCLUDES AU iNTEkNAL GAS PIPING. KEY SPAN TO INSTAf..f. SERVICE PIP/NG. BUILDING CONNEC170N TO MAW BY PLUMBER. . 2.) WHO HAS RlJSPONSl13ILITY FOR HAIR TRAP wITH 6" CLASS 2400 PIVE FROM SEPTIC TANK SHOWN ON C.OO4 DRA WJNO? . RESPONSE: SEE CONTlUCT A -ITEM#9 PROPOSEDSANfTARY SYSTEM . MEMlUifl:j; AMERICAN hOAltDrNG KF.NNm..~ ASSOCIATION. fI{fMANF. SOCIETY OF THF. (l,VTTlmSTArns 30f5 . , , ........1. rA:.~;...'.";;:.. ~ '. (f> L!d~Slgn ~~amed Sj/r.t!_I~A_Inc. C..r~ Fl1dIIty E1lgI~Kri;rg 866.Dll,7078 INDOOR AIR QUAliTY TOLL FREE HVAC NOISE CONTROL 860.869.7078 T liGHTING 880.204.0419 F EU"CTRICAl 116 MAIN STREET PLUMBING NORWICH. CT 06360 FIRE PROTECTION WWW.DESIGNlEARNEO.COM , 3.) WHERF. IS THE STARTlNG POINT FOR TIlE NEW ORA VEL DRIVEWAY FOR ACCESSING TO SITE OF GC WORK? IT WILL BE AFTER N8W SECURITY ENTRY GA TE TO P ARKlNG SPACES'/ . RESPONSE: ReA BEDDING IS SPECIFlF.D AS] 3,000 SF .. THISINCLUDW THF. NEW GRA VE~ ORfVEWA r EXTENDING SOVTHERNLY 10 TIlE EXISTIN(jASPI/AULT PAVEMENT LOCATED SOU7HOF TIlE NEW HYDRANT. 4.) WHERE IS THE STARTING POINT FOR ReA BEDDING FOR ASPHAULT (NIC) PARKING LOT'/ END OF CONCRETE CURB SHOWN ON C.003 ORAWING? . Response: UMITS OF ReA YEDDING FOR ASPHAULT IS TIlE AREA WI/ERE THE PUBLIC PARKING IS LOCATED. THE F.ND OF CONCRETE CUR81S NOTED AS AREA A. THE REMAINING CURB. +/- 60 L.F, WILL BE CONSTRUCTED WITHIN THE LiMns OF AREA B. THE EXISTING FACILiTY MUST BE DEMOLISHED BEFORE THIS CURBING CAN BE INSTALLED, . 5.) WIIO IS RF.5PONSIBLE FOR TH8 CIRCLED FENCE AT THR NORtHWEST CORNER SHOWN ON DRAWING C.003? Response: THIS ITEM IS NT.C 6.) WHO IS RESPONSIIlLE FOR THE ASPHAULT STRIPFING SHOWN ON DRAWING C.003? . Response, THIS ITEM IS NJ. C. 7.) WHO IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE FRONT FENCE ANI)(lATE AT THIl DUMl'STllRSHOWN ON A.OOl DRAWING? .. Response; THIS ITEM IS N.J. C. 8.) WHO IS R8SPONSIBLE FOR THE GROUND WORKI'OR THE FLAG POLE? LII{E!]XU V ATlON AND CONCRETE WORK. Response: THIS ITEM IS NJ. C. tl . Mt::MRP.RS: AUERICAN BOARf:IINO l(~NNP:}.S ASS(}C1A1ION, lIUMANE socrmop1'1IF. llNlTED.\'TArES 40f5 . . . 1[:,:\'........... Ii; j ,~.l1ll.~Slgn -- ~c . d ,,-l1Jeame sfildigliall! Ani_,lne, CIlI'C FIldIUy E~gln...rl"g 866.DlL7078 INDOOR AIR QUALITY TOll FREE HV AC NOISE CONTROL 660.669.7076 T liGHTING 860.204,0419 F ELECTRICAL 116 MAIN STREET PWMBING NORWICH, CT 06360 FIRE PROTECTION WWW.DESIGNlEARNED.CDM . r"'J;:I<CH DRAIN SYSTEM' PLUMBING CON-rRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL TRENCH DRAIN MATERJAI.S AI<D OVERSEBING PROPER lNSTALLTlQN WHICH INCLUI)l!S SETTING TRRNCH RilNS PRIOR TO FINAL CONCRETE POUR AND SLOPING OF KENNEL RUNS PERFORMED BY CONCRETE CONTRACTOR, . . . . . . . MfiMlJERS: AM~RIC:AN BOARDiNG K../rNNEL.'iASSOCIATlON. HUMANE SOCIETY OF TTlE UNITED srl11'l~S 5of5 . . . ~l-ts" ; :'.I~' )';;'c"lgn . co!. -." ""~ce' ed 'C;.' am .L~'" S~I' btA.,,_1 Inc. e.."" F",,/li1Jl EngI...~riItt 866.DLI.7078 INDOOR AIR QUALITY TOLL FREE HV AC NOISE CONTROL 86o.ea9~7078 T LIGHTING 860.204.0419 F ELECTRICAL 116 MAIN STREET PLUMBING NORWICH, CT 06360 FIRE PROTECTION WWW~DESIGNLEARNED.COM . SOUTHOLD ANIMAL SHELTER AOO.ENDUM #3 ITEMS WEDNESDAY, MARCH 21., 2007 . ELJi;C'J'~ICALALT~RNATIS: . ALTHOllGH AL TRRNA TF.5 WF.RF. NOT INCLUDED ON THE PROPOSAL FORM ITSELF, DRAWING E.l CALLS OIlT FOR SEPARATE PRICING FOR A SOUND SYSTEM, BACK-UP GFNF.RA TOR AND A VISUA L COMMUNlCATIONS SYSTEM fOR K:llNNEL STAFF. ON ORA WING B-3 mERE IS A "CONCEALED WIRING" NOTE REQUESTING ALTERNATE PRICING FOR WIRING IN SPECIFIC AREAS TO BE CONCF.ALF.n. THR PRICINCl FOR CONCEALING THIS WJR!NCl SHOULD INCLUD~ A WIRE MOLDING CREDIT THAT wOIn.n OTHRRWlS1'. NRflO TO 8E UTILIZBD. TJ;:LtCOMI\ol{;NIC,\TIONS: . SCOPE FOR CATV ANn TF.I.RCOM SF.RVICF.: TO THE 1l1.l1l..OlNG IS DESCRIllED IN CONTRACT "D" OF THE SPECIFICA110NS. SPECIfiCATION SECTIONS 16781 AND 16721 ALSO OETAILTELECOMMUNICATlON REQUlIREMENTS FOR THIS PROJllC'J'. THE RLECTRICAl. SCOPE OF WORK ON DRAWING E-I AND ORA WING R-5 cr..llARCY DeSCRmF. AND ILLUSTRATE WHAT is EXPECTED FOR BIDDINC; PlJR1'OSES. EL~CTRlCALREQUIREMIlNTS FOR RPZ HEATIR: . THE HEATER FOR THE HOTBox! RPZ WlI,l_llE A Fl,QOR MODEl.. HCHSIOOO-120 (wrl'l':I/SAFE-T- COVER.COM/HEATERS/INDEX.PHP) RECOMMENDED fOR THE SArE-T-COVER MODEL 800LU880.AL ENCLOSURE. THIS IS A 1000 W HF-ATER ANn WlU, R.EQUIRll A 12 GAUGE,11lHW/THWN, 75-DEGREE CABLE RUN TO THE BOX IN ~ INCH CONDUIT. WIRING AND CONDUIT INSTALLATION SPECWICA TION SECTIONS SHOULD BE R~FERENCED FOR APPROPR.IA TE TRRl'iCHl"lG AND lNSTAU..A nON PROClJDURES. THE HF.A TER WITHIN THE. RPZ BNCLOSURE WILL BE CIRCUITED TO PANELP1 SPACE 39. ED-] AND E-2 SF.RVICK CONl'Ucr: . AMEND E-2 TO MATCH ED-l WITH (2) 4-lNclI RIGID METAL CONDUiT EACH CONTAINING 350 KCMIL. THE SERVICE ENTRANCE CONDUlT TRENCH DETAIL ON E-2 IS COR.RECT BUT THE 3-INCH METALCONOUTT SHOUJ,D 13F. CHANGED TO 4 INCH. THE Sl"lGl.E r..\NE DIAGRAM ON .c-2 HAS I311EN MODJFIED TO REFLECT Tins ADJUSTMENT AND IS A 1-rACHEn AS A PDF. LOCATIONS OF CONOAUD WIRING AL nRNATt: . As DESCRmED IN THE Er..ECTRICAL ALTERNATES RESFONSE, TIlE "CONCEALED WIRING" NOTE ON DRAWINc.; E.3 SPECIFIES WHICH ROOMS ARE TO BE PRICED WITH OPTlONAU;ONCEALED WIRING. . MEAlB/:.'RS.- AMir:RICAoV BOARDING k'ENNELS A,'l.'tOCIAn(JN, HUMAN.': SnOF.TYOF rue UNTTI!osr"n's 1 of2 . . . rG~Je..stgned -g L,;;.eam si~itls 10 A";,,,1l1 Inc. e"", FdCill9> EHgln.,riJJg 866.DLI.7078 INDOOR AIR QUALITY TOLL FREE HVAC NOISE CONTROL 860.889.7078 T LIGHTING 860.204.0419 F ELECTRICAL 116 MAIN STREET PLUMBING NORWICH, CT 06360 FIRE PROTECTION WWW.DE5IGNLEARNED.COM . F)RF. Al.ARM'N01'E: . ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ANn INSTALl.. FOUR (4) IlEA T DETECTORS AND THREE (3) SMOKE OETECTORS ABOVE SUSPENDED CEILINGS, AND IN ACCESSIBLE SPACES, INCLUlJlJ'G THE ATTIC MECHANICAL SPAe" WHERE REQUIRED BY NFP A, BlIII.OINQ, STATE ANn I.OCAl. conES, THE AUTHORITY HA VINe JURISDICTION, AND PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRlTCTIONS, loCATE DETECTORS ON SITE WITH FIRE MARSHAL, SUBMIT SKETCH TO np$IGN L..EARNED lNC FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO INSTALLA nON. ATlTC POWER AND LIGHTING: . ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE AND INSTALL SIX (6) CONVENIENCE OUTLETS, EVENLY SP A(;ED, IN THE ATTIC ARM POR MAINTF.NANCEOP MECHANICAl.lTNlTS. WIRE AU. OUTlllTS TO LOCAL CIRCUITS. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL TWELVE (12) CHAIN HUNG, FOUR-FOOT FLuORESCENT FIXTURES, IlVENL Y SPACED, IN THF. ATTIC SPACES. LIGHTS MAY liE WIRED ON UP TO llIREE SWITCHED CIRCUlTS. PROVIDE EACH CIRCUlT, THREE MAXTMUM, WITH A SINGT ,F. POl,S SWITCH LQCA TED NEAR RACH ENTRANCE. WIRE AU. I.JGHTS TO tOCArJ CJR.ClJITS. SPRINKLER AS PART OF THE PLUMBING BID: . AFTER A DISCUSSION WITH THE TOViN ENGINEER IT WAS DlJCIDED THAT, ALTHOUGH BIDS WIll BE ACCEPTED fOR PLUM8ING WITH THE SPRINKI.ER SYSTfJM EXCI.umm, IT IS IN THE HF.ST TNTF.RF.5T FOR THE BIDDRRS TO mCWDE A !310 FOR THE FIRE SUPPRE.5SION SYSTI!.M AS PART Of A COMPLETE PLUMBING CONTRACT BID. AS SUCH, THERE WILL BE NO PENALTY FOR NOT INCLUDING THE FlRE SUPPRESSTON IN ONES PLUM8IN0!3ID BUT IlIDlJERS NEED TO UNDERST"'ND THAT, DUE TO BtJD<IETARY CONSIDERATIONS, 'rHo FIRE SUPPRESSION MAY NEED TO BE BROKEN OUT AS A SEPARATE ENTITY PRIOR TO AWARDING TIlE PROJECT. . TRENCH W ASHDOWN MIXING V ALVli:: . DRAWING P.3 SHOWS THE SOl.ENOID V AT.VE ANn TIMER SUPPl.YING W ATF.R TO THE TRRNCH WASHOQVI'N NOZZLE CONNECTED ONLY TO THE HOT WATER. SUPPI. Y. Al:rHOUGH THIS IS ACCEPTABLE, WE WOULD PREFER TO (NeLllDE A MIXTN(TVAT,NF., ANOCONNF.-CTrON TO cot,_n W^TBR TO RE ARLF. TO AOIUST THE TEMPF.RATIJRE OF THlS WATER. TIns WIll REDUCE HUMIDITY AND PROVIDE NERGY SAVINGS. THERE IS A DETAIL ATTACHED SHOWING AN ACCEPTABLE MIXING VALVa FOR nllS APPLICATION. . . MEMBERS: AM!i.R.IC."'A~ BOARDING Kr<:NNfil..,t; AS.'iO::It!TION. HrlMAN,~ SO('JRrY O~ Tf./i: I!NlTF.D SrATF.S 20f2 . . . .....Jf:'Sb 6> ;._.[J. [Vl~Slgn d '~~ame S/ii&tf.'lShtAnl1lUl! Inc. e.."" F_ity Eltfllttltrllf/i 866.DLl7078 INDOOR AIR QUALITY TOLL FREE HVAC NOISE CONTROL 860.889.7078 T LIGHTING 860.204.0419 F ELECTRICAL 116 MAIN STREET PLUMBING NORWICH, CT 06360 FIR~ PROTECTION WWW.D~SIGNLEARN~D.COM . SOUTHOLD ANIMAL SHELTER ADDENDUM #4 ITEMS TtJESDA Y. MARCH 27. 2007 NRG BLQCKALTERNATE: . DUE TO THE DIFrrCUL TIES IN AQUffilNG ACCURATE PRICING FO~ TIO; NRG IlI.OCK AS WEI.I. AS COMPUCA TIONS ARISING FROM nlJi: I.OGISTICS OF FAB~ICATlNG THE UNITS IN TIlE NORTHEAST, AN ALTERNATE METHOD OF CONSTRUCTION IS AVAILABLE TIIAT WOULD J.lJi: C01lfI'''~ARI.~ TQ THE NRG BLOCK WITHOUT HAVING TO PIU:'ARRICATE THE RLQCKS INDIVIDUALLY OFFSI'tE. IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT BIDDJi:RSI'....OVIDE PRICING FOR A STANDARD 12 INCH BLOCK J.lUII.DING WITH POLYMASTE~ IN~EcrED INSULATION (WWW.POLYMASTER.COM1. THE POI,YMASTER PRODUCT IS A GREEN PRODUCT, BIODJi:GRADAIlLt, fl..AMJi CI.ASS I. WITH SOUND DJ;;AnEN'IN'G PROPERTlJi:S. BLOCK AND WYTHF. CAVITY FILL WILL PROVIDE A 22 R-V ALUE. . FOR MORE INfORMATION ON THE POI. YMASTI1R PRODU(;T, THE FOLLO\HNG CONTACTS ARE RECOMMEDED: . MR. ROBERT Fox AT POI. YMASTll~, TN. ...... ...865-966-3005 THE~MCO FOAM, IA................................. ..319-385-1535 PLEASE IITTL'ZJ;; TH~ ATTACHED ~EVI~D CONTRACT A PROPOSAL FORM FOR BIDDING. THE POLYMASTER PRODUCT IS LISTED AS ALTERNATE #7. A SPECH1CATION SIl!;;!;;T FROM POl.YM"''rrE~ IS ALSO INCLUDED WITH TIllS ADDENDUM. . LIGHTING CLARIFICATIONS: . FIXTURE A REQUIRES 4 UNITS TO BE SURFACED MOUNl1'-O, THE REMAINDER ARE TO BE PENDAN'r HUNG WITH CABLING. FIXTURENISTO BE TII~ 14 LOLVER, 3 I_AMP, 90% DOWN EYE-QLB: EYS414FR332120P3 16 ME SURFACE MOUNT (ON DROPPED CEILING SURFACES). WITH THE REMAINDER BEING SUSPENDED BY CABUNG (OPTION WCCC60**). THE OPTIONAL MOTION SENSOR CAN BE USED ON THESE FIXTt:RES IN PUCE OF TI-IE TORK PASSIVE INFRARED UNITS IN TIIB SCHE.PULE. FIXTURE D SHOULD HAVE A DIMMING BALLAST, CODE DIM, NOT THE U BALLAST CODE, IN TliE MODEL NUMBER. LIGHTWEIGHT NRG BLOCK: . ANCHOR PRODUCTS HAS STATED TIlAT THE L1GI-lTWETOHTNRG BLOCKS ARE ONLY AVAILABLE IN GREY, RESPON'SE: THE ARCHITECT HAD ASSUMED NORMAL WEIGHT FOR NRG BUX;K, THUS 'rHE COLOR STILL STANDS. THE ARCHTTllCT HAD DTSCUSSED COLOR OPTIONS WITH TIlE MANUFACTURER PREVIOUSLY. . MEUf!ERS; AMeRICAN nOARDfNO Kf.NN'€1,s ASSOCIATION, HUMANE SOClSTr OF Tl-fP. UNITED S11f1:t:Y lofJ7 . . . '\.nJ~~~sfgn CJ [t;eamed ,,-=-. In ~i"A_ C. c..'" Fnd1ity E.g/nroi.g 888.DL1.7078 INDOOR AIR QUALITY TOLL FREE HVAC NOISE CONTROL 860.889.7078 T LIGHTING 880204.0419 F ELeCTRICAL 118 MAIN STREET PLUMBING NORWICH. CT 06360 FiRE PROTECTiON WWW.OESIGNLEARNED.COM . BID FORM CLARIFICATIONS: 1.) OPTION 4: DllUjTB MASONRY COA TIN(1 CALl$ FOR A SF DEDUCT FOR INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR CLEAR COATINGS. THESE ARE TWO DIFFERENT PRODUCTS WITH DIFFERENT PRJCING. INTERIOR IS CC-l AND CC-2. EXTERiOR IS WR-1. . RESPONSE' OPTION 4 MASONRY MAY 8E SPLIT IF SO DESIRED, IT IS POSSIBLE THAT THE SAME COATING CAN BE USED FOR D011-1 INSTANCES. 2.) OPTION 8: REMOVE Cr..ASSRooM 12 is ASKING POR A SF DEDUCT. IF DEDUCTING THE ENTIRE CLASSROOM, WHY AND HOW WOULD THIS BE A SF cosT? . REsPONSE: OPTION 8 REMOVE CLASSROOM 12 MAY 13E A LUMP SUM. 3.) ACCORDING TO THe MANUFACTURER OP THE PREFERREDAMEIlICAN Hl-T~CH EPOXY FLOORING. THE COVE BASE SPECIFlCED IS LIMITED TO A MAXIMlIM or 6" NOT 18" AND 80" AS CALLED FOR ON THE ORA WINGS. EPW IS CALLED OUT IN SECTION 09965 aUT IS NOT SPHC1FICA1.1.Y DESIGN A TED ON THE DRAWINGS. . RF-~PONSE: IT WAS THE ARCHIlllCT'S IINOnF<STANDING THAT THE TROWELLED VERSION OF AMERICAN HI-TECH COULD IlE APPLIED TO THE WALL. IF THE MANll'ACTTJRER HAS A CONCERN, OTHER EPOXIES APPROVED BY THE MANUFACTURER FOR W AU, APPI..leA nON, PROOlJ(;TS IDENTIFIED AS EPW IN 09965 OR SOLID SUR.FACE fA NllLS M A v allllSllD AS A SUBSTITUTE. ALL PRODUCT SELECTIONS Will. 1IF. RTlQUIRED TO HAVE TEST INSTALLATIONS ON ACTUAL SUBSTRATES.- CAPABLE Of BEING POWER WASHED, NON-SCRATCH, TILE-LIKE SURFACE Tlmm..y ADHl!RRn TO SURSTRATl!. . 4.) THE FOLLOWING ITEMS, ALTERNATES AND OPTIONS LISTED IN CONTRACT A ARE REQUP"sTEO TO BE PRICRD ON A SF BASIS: . ITEM # .16: Epoxy Fl.ooRINGfW ALl. COATING ATL.# I; WALKWAY PAVERS ALT. # 4: ALTERNATE ACOUSTIC MA TBRIAI.- PYRQ(~ ALT. # 5; SCREENED SUBANGULAR STONE PAVEMENT On. # 1: CRUSHllD BWESTOm W AI,KWA vs OPT.#3: ADDiDELETEEPOXYFLOORING OPT. #4: DELETE CLEAR MASONRY COATING . CONTRACTORS MAY FIND SOME ITEMS DIFFICULT TO PRICE ON A SQUARE FOOT BASIS. R~srONS~: A LUMP SUM AMOllNTFOR mE TOTAL SQUARE FOOTAGE REQUlRllO WILL al; ACCl!,PTABUl FOR aIODING. . M€M8I!1?S: AM/.~k'CIIN ROA~T)'Nf3 T(€NNF.tSASSOClATfON. HUMAN!; SOClETY OP1'H8 UNIiFU>STA"':S 2 of 17 . . . ~c" '., 1..F~\'.~st JLJ .... 19J1 d '?J -<, . arne sjiiillllll';'/IIAn_lric, C.."" F"dl/ty E",mterlng 866.IJLI.7078 INDOOR AIR QUALITY TOLL rR~E HVAC NOISE CONTROL 860.889.7078 T LIGHTING 860.204.0419 F ELECTRICAL 116 MAIN STREET PLUMBING NORWICH, CT 06360 FIRE PROTECTION WWW.DESIGNLEARNED.COM . 5.) OPTION #5 ASKS FOR COST ESTJMA TES FOR El1llERADDING OR DECREASING TJ'I.I3I>ENGTH OF THE K"NNlJt IN FOUI\ FOOT INCREMENTS (THE W1I)TH OF A SINGL" CAGING UNIT). CONTRACTOI\S ARE EXl'ECTED TO SUBMIT ^ SINGLE VALUE FOR El'rHER ADDING 4 FEET OR SUBTI\hCTING FOUR FIlET FROM THl;. PCANN!jD Kl3NNEL. THE COST OF ArlDlN(; 4' 01\ SUBTRACTING 4' FROM THe PI ANNRD NUMBRR ()F RuNS SHOULD BE PROPORTIONAL IN TERMS OF COST AND SAVINGS. . 6.) OPTION #9 IS REQUES1'ING PRICING FOR THE REMOVAL OR ADDITION OF SKYLIGHTS ON A SQUAI\E FOOT BASIS. CONTRACTORS MAY FIND THESE WINDOWS mFFICUI.T TO PRICE ()N A SQUARE FOOT BASIS. . RESFONSE: WE REALIZE THIS MAYBE DIFFICULT TO PRICE IN nIls MANNlJR. TH~ INT~1:!I COMMRNT WITHIN OPTION #9 AI.I.OWS CONTRACTORS TO PROVIOE PRICING FOR THE INDIVIDUAL SKYLIGHT UNITS AS liSTED IN TJ-IE SKYliGHT SCHEDULE ON DRAWING A 7.1 RAnTER TR~N ON ^ SQUARE FOOT 8ASIS. THERE ARE BASICALLY 4 SKYLIGHT SIZES WITH CORRESPONDING SHADE TYPES LISTED. COST TO INCLUDE TIlE REPLACEMENT OF WlNOOw WITH FUU. WEU. OR ROOF CONSTRUCTION AND FINISHES. . . . . . MEM1JERS.' AMF.RfCA"I BOI.RDfNr. KEHNFJSAs,r;;OClATlON. HUMANE SOOETYOF71fE (INfrED STATP.S 3of17 . . . SPEC~ D~ . ~ Poly master. '''_'1uf;a:tinl} FIlJ"m~ 1. Product Name Polymastere R-liOl foaned-lr>-P1ace Insulation . 2. M<:mufacturer Palymcster, Inc. 10623 Lexington Drive Knoxville, TN 37932.32"(1 (BOO) 5llCJ..3626 (865) 966-3005 fox: (865) 675-3300 E-mail: info@polymaster.com wwwpo/ymo"er.com . . 3. Product Description BASIC USE Polymaster R.50 jO toom insublion . a cost- effective, environmentally friendly thermal and acoustical hsulafing moterial designed for use in cav~y. concrete block or frame walls. II can be used in new or rettof~ com- mercial, residential and iOOJs1TioI applications. Polymaster foam can be used to insuk:rle concrete block by USi1g top or ~de pressure fill toctnlques. tt provides hghe. R-values than inserts or vermiOJlite ond . easier '0 instal. Polymaster insulotion con be Irl;talled In Xl' - 12 (3 . 4 m) lifts during construction. 6'. 8' ond 12' (152 203 and 305 rnm) block can be aa~1y fil~ in boIh running bond ar stocked config- uranons. Pressure fill applications require holes as small as 5/8" (15.9 mm) and no larger than I' ('.l5A mm) drifted dJ'ectly into the 'nasorwy. Foam will fill the cavity up 10 12 (4 m) in e~her v..moo direction from the hole. Pressure filing generates a complete fill of the core and head joints as the application progresses do"",,, the run of the wall. PoIymaster toam completely fils the cavtty between double wal~ fcsda wal. or Inter- nal/external cosmetic walls. produci:lg excel- IGnt sealing around mtlngs, condu~, fixtures and pipe cl"oses. while 51111 oilowing the wan to weep as OO'I\tructed.1I con provide R-values comparable to. or h'gher than, rigk:J board insulotion. PolymDSter . acceptable for use IJnder meny fire code!;, Commercial struc:tues can be easly retrofit 'Mth Palymcster foomed-i".pla<:a insulation to improve thermal and aCOllSticcl properNes. tt . . . . provk'Jes ",gh R-vaiJes ond enhances the comfort and efficiency oj the building. Palyrnaster ocn be installed 8O~ly. making it a co~-effectrle dloice. especiolly for Wldlngs that walk! requfe ertensWe renovation with a-her typ~s of Insulon~n, Superior R.volues can be obtained by pumping POlymc,ter foam into "'"Ie frame w<1 stlid cav~y. ff eliminate; deflCiendes com. monly found with some I1sulallon products, such os seffiing. collapsing and thanmi drift. (X)MPOSi1lQN 8< MATERIALS Polymaster R-501 is a 3-part polvmer foomed- jr.-place plasfic hsulalion consisting of a pro- prietary dry powder resin nixed with a cata- lyst and foamed with nitrogen or compressed a,r. ll1e foam hardens trlOugh a cherrjcaf process similar to that of epoxy resin. Complete drying requires n hours or more, deperding on loccl environmental conditions. Palymaster ~ shipped In dry powder torm and has a J year shelf lITe. UMlfATIONS Paymaster foam should not be UIed in wall cavities which Wll not per~ water vapor ttansmlsslon during the initial n hour curng period. 4. Technical Data APFtlCA8LE STANDARDS A$TM hternaflorlll . ASlM C518 Standard lest Method for steady-state Heat ll1ermal Tronsmissioo Properties by Means of the Heal Row Apparatus , ASTM C1363 Standard Test Method for the ThelTT1(ll Perfolman08 of Building Assemblies by Means of a Hot Box Apparatus (replaces ASTM (236) . ASTM D2842 Standard Tes' Method for Water Absorption at Rigid Celluiar Plmes , ASlM E84 standard Test Method for Surloce BurrJng Characteristics of 8uilding Moteria~ 'ASTM E90 Standard Test Method for LaboI'atary Measurement of pjrtlome Sound Transmission Loss of Bukling Partitions and Bements . ASTM E96 Standard Test Methods 'or water Vapar Tronsm.~oo of MaterioO . ASTM Em Standard Test Mefh~ tor Fife Tests of Building Construction and Matarials . ASTM E413 Staooard Oassificalion for Ilotirlg Sound Insulation ~ BUILDING INSULATION 07210 Poiymoster, Ino. Typied ntclofioo tactniQJo for PoIy""",.r R-SOI !NV1RONMENTAL CONSlDBlAllONS Polymaster fl.501 foam insulation ~ tiodegrod- able." ;; shipped in recyclable packaging. PHVSICAUCHEMICAl fOOIlERllES . lhermd properties K.volu.. and ~value per inch thickness at 25 dagr_ F (...\ degrees C) (ASTM C51il) - K-vaiue 0.216 SM(1t' . h . 'f) (0.37 W/(m x 1<)). R-value 4.63 fl' x h . 'flBtu (0.81 m' x KfW) . lhermai properties K.vr;Uo rnd ~.value per inch ttic'me.. at 75 degrees f (24 degrees C) (ASTM C518) - K-vdue 1l.244 Btu/(ff' x h x 'f) (042 W I(m x K)). R-va!ue 4,0</ It' x h x 'flBtu (D.72rrr, KNIl . Water vapor tronsmission (ASTM E'I6) - 4.655 grr:m./hr . It' . Permaonce (ASTM E'I6) - 6.631 (381 ng/(Pa x s x m')) perrr.f1nch . Water vapor absorption (ASTM D28<l2) - D% by vol""" of 2a hours, 01 25 oegees F (-4 degrees C), at 100% relotive numd"rty , Shmkoge. 2% maxffiJrn ~ Corrosivity ~ Noncorrosive , AsbestO$ Or gloss fiber content - None . Off-gasSng Of odors - None , Formo1dehyde Of CfC content - None . Biodegrodotility. Biodegrodoble Test reporn are ava~b1e upon request. RRE P1RfORMANCE , Surlace burning characteristics (A,TM [8a) . flamespreod 25. smoke deveoped ao. thickness l' (25A rrm). Building code sur. foes burning classificotbn: Ooss I or Closs A !iAiCo^r^IM<7:'dWl\(J.SPIf.;fMOf'\I~II,'II'''' IrorIJorrvn<rn"""'" ""'........ 1"",11... I..',!..lil ~.I"f.(<..ctI.IA 1<<rMt .:on(~':)ltll1o:.dl,jIjQI~~ gl n~ C'-'I1IItflltllM ~rj,:Oll,)m 1N;IIMn TIll ~ '...../1 w!"'I~ ~itw\ """ 1'tI'~.d...~!,(I'W' iI 'f1"'1'I"Ilf.'hl ~ 'lIl11r+rlOWlflXV. 0llM Rqjld C'onslNl:lbn LlalO.,"!Ibm 1/INfwd. (J.ReedCo~ Do" . . . SPEC~ D~ . . . .- Poly"""!'" team completely ffl~ CMU cavit"'. . . 4 !"Out fire resistarce rated masonry wall design - Standard 8" (203 rnm). lJ5 pet (1682 kg/m') density bloc\( ..ith 3(J.~'l\ grouted celis, See NCMA TEl< 7-IA lQQQ SOUND PERfORMANCE Wl1e~ tested according to ASlM 0113. 3 1/2' (89 rrm) slud frame cavity we!! hove octievad a reting of STC 44, When tested according to ASlM E90, 3 1/2' (89 mm) stud trame cavity "'alis have adieved a rating of STC ~2, 5, Installation PREPARATORY WORK Handle and $tore prOdUct according to Polym:J5ter recommendations. Eh<ure cores or $poCel are free of mortar or other restTiclions to fhe free now of foom insulofbn. Verify that 01 work within the woll voids" comp€hi> prior to instoDation, /lJJow masorvy onorIar to set p1ior to installing insulation. Sew the I'T1O$t aesthetically pleasing locations tor foam i~ection, induding Ioo:rtions to be concealed where possible. sud1 os: mosonry joirts, wythe side of walls and covered side of wolis. ~ p'e.~ure fr] instonation, drill liii tdes nto CMU cores. Drm hole $~e: mininum diameter 5/8' (15.9 rrm). maximum diamat"" I" (25A mm). MIDIODS Install foam insulation in CMU cores to a un;' fonm density using the pressure f. rmfhod or the top flU mGthod. Complotely f~ 01 spaces. aevice$ and vdd$. If pressure fill method is used, 111 and pont drll holes in mosonry unit~ IlAth mortar afte! instolkJlien. . . . . BUILDING INSULATION 07210 PoIymaste:, Inc, Verify insulation density of Meh foam botd1 by random sampling 01 foam betore installation, RII a 1 gal (3.6 L) noroeoling plastic bag with foam. The bag weiglil ~II be between 285 - 325l1ams, Verify complete filing of voido by drilling Of removal of block face. Rn and pdnt drill holes Ie masonry wilh mortar aft.r impection, Correct any foam instdlalion found Ie be noncompliant with manufocturer's rea~ire- mem, Complete installation recommenda- tiOf1$ are avaiable frem the manufacturer, PIlECAIJlIONS Do not in;lall foam mulation wher product temperature Is below 50 degrees F (10 degrees C). B\J1LDING CODES Comply with the reqJ~ements of qlpiicable code /Jr~dictlans, t\:IIvmoster R.SOI appiod In wythe ::ovity 6. Availability 8< Cost AVAllABiUTY Potymaster is avallaJje fhrOUQh a network of OJthari~ed in;lallers. CorIact marufa~ur<lr for more information. COST Budget instaUed cost infalmotian may be oIotainecl 11001 the manufacturer. 7. Warranty Contoct manufacturer for compleh~ wertanty detoi~, 8. Maintenance No $peclflc malntencnce " req.lired. 9. Technical Servico$ Rectory trahed service pmanneJ offer design OS$I$tance and tecl1ricallUpport. For tedi~;. cal assistance, contact Palymaster or on author~ed Poiymaster R-501 installer. 10. Filing Systems . Rrs! Source'" . MANU-SPEC'" . Add~lanat product information is avaioble from the marufacturer upon request, %;l S'tt...l.)/\I^t.. ,1"1(1 /A"Nll.!!!',.-.'" \'lI..~ArIld lTodM"l:ll'kI orRrl>.?d lMi'"" he.. PI!' I.,....~~ :;!'EC.0/I1,.. r:.ll"l\1l corlClPTllIQ IhD IK:ltQnal "'II' (lf11-.Cr:,\\ltlk;.l!<:i1~t~ltY.j~I,I"''InI!t.UMd''''hlhMpPm'I:/IIQI1.Tr'IIr.'IlnlIac:tucr~I~'''''~(I..;~\<<Jt:V..l1JI.~Ct'',*h\,f<;lkil'lr;.:.r(1. ~~~I~~VioO, e Reed Construction D.la . Eliot Spitzer, Governor NYS ~l1flj1l!nt of Labor nWorkforce \ ftftNew Yor~ Put us to \wrk for you M. Patricia Smith, Acting, Commissioner : . . Town of Southold John Burgess, Project Engineer Design Learned 116 Main Street Norwich CT 06360 Schedule Year Date Requested PRC# 2006 through 2007 01/24/2007 2007000596 . . Location Project 10# Project Type Peconic Lane Constructing a new 7,000 sf animal shelter to replace older structure. Complete architectural, civil, MEP. (Larger facility proposed in 2006, redesigned due to budgetary constraints) . . PREVAILING WAGE SCHEDULE FOR ARTICLE 8 PUBLIC WORK PROJECT Attached is the current schedule(s) of the prevailing wage rates and prevailing hourly supplements for the project referenced above. A unique Prevailing Wage Case Number (PRC#) has been assigned to the schedule(s) for your project. . . The schedule is effective from July 2006 through June 2007. All updates, corrections, posted on the 1 st business day of each month, and future copies of the annual determination are available on the Department's website www.labor.state.ny.us. Updated PDF copies of your schedule can be accessed by entering your assigned PRC# at the proper location on the website. : It is the responsibility of the contracting agency or its agent to annex and make part, the attached schedule, to the specifications for this project, when it is advertised for bids and lor to forward said schedules to the successful bidder(s), immediately upon receipt, in order to insure the proper payment of wages. . Please refer to the "General Provisions of Laws Covering Workers on Public Work . Contracts" provided with this schedule, for the specific details relating to other responsibilities of the Department of Jurisdiction. Upon completion or cancellation of this project, enter the required information and mail OR fax this form to the office shown at the bottom of this notice, OR fill out the electronic . version via the NYSDOL website. . NOTICE OF COMPLETION I CANCELLATION OF PROJECT Date Completed: Date Cancelled: . . Name & Title of Representative: 2 Phone: (518) 457-5589 Fax: (518) 485-1870 W. Averell Harriman State Office Campus. Bldg. 12. Room 130, Albany, NY 12240 www.iabor.state.ny.us . PW 200 PWAsk@labor.state.ny.us . . I General Provisions of Laws Covering Workers on Article 8 Public Work Contracts Iltroduction The Labor Law requires public work contractors and subcontractors to pay laborers, workers, or mechanics employed in the performance of a public work contract not less than the prevailing rate of wage and supplements (fringe benefits) in the locality where the work is performed. . . Responsibilities of the Department of Jurisdiction A Department of Jurisdiction (Contracting Agency) includes a state department, agency, board or commission: a county, city, town or village; a school district, board of education or board of cooperative educational services; a sewer, water, fire, improvement and other district corporation; a public benefit corporation; and a public authority awarding a public work contract. . . I The Department of Jurisdiction (Contracting Agency) awarding a public work contract MUST obtain a Prevailing Rate Schedule listing the hourly rates of wages and supplements due the workers to be employed on a public work project. This schedule may be obtained by completing and forwarding a "Request for wage and Supplement Information" form (PW 39) to the Bureau of Public Work. The Prevailing Rate Schedule MUST be included in the specifications for the contract to be awarded and is deemed part of the public work contract. Upon the awarding of the contract, the law requires that the Department of Jurisdiction (Contracting Agency) furnish the following infonmation to the Bureau: the name and address of the contractor, the date the contract was let and the approximate dollar value of the contract. To facilitate compliance with this provision of the Labor Law, a copy of the Department's "Notice of Contract Award" fonm (PW 16) is provided with the original Prevailing Rate Schedule. The Department of Jurisdiction (Contracting Agency) is required to notify the Bureau of the completion or cancellation of any public work project. The Department's PW 200 fonm is provided for that purpose. Hours . . . . No laborer, worker, or mechanic in the employ of a contractor or subcontractor engaged in the perfonmance of any public IOrk project shall be permitted to work more than eight hours in any day or more than five days in any week, except in lases of extraordinary emergency. The contractor and the Department of Jurisdiction (Contracting Agency) may apply to the Bureau of Public Work for a dispensation permitting workers to work additional hours or days per week on a particular public work project. Wages and Supplements The wages and supplements to be paid and/or provided to laborers, workers, and mechanics employed on a public work project shall be not less than those listed in the current Prevailing Rate Schedule for the locality where the work is performed. If a prime contractor on a public work project has not been provided with a Prevailing Rate Schedule, the contractor must notify the Department of Jurisdiction (Contracting Agency) who in turn must request an original Prevailing Rate Schedule form the Bureau of Public Work. Requests may be submitted by: mail to NYSDOL, Bureau of Public Work, State Office Bldg. Campus, Bldg. 12, Rm. 130, Albany, NY 12240; Fax to Bureau of Public Work (518) 485-1870; or electronically at the NYSDOL website www.labor.state.ny.us. Upon receiving the original schedule, the Department of Jurisdiction (Contracting Agency) is REQUIRED to provide complete copies to all prime contractors who in turn MUST, by law, provide copies of all applicable county schedules to each subcontractor and obtain from each subcontractor, an affidavit certifying such schedules were received. If the original schedule expired, the contractor may obtain a copy of the new annual determination from the NYSDOL website www.labor.state.ny.us. The Commissioner of Labor makes an annual determination of the prevailing rates. This determination is in effect from July 1 st through June 30th of the following year. The annual determination is available on the NYSDOL website www.labor.state.ny.us. I . . . . Payrolls and Payroll Records J Every contractor and subcontractor MUST keep original payrolls or transcripts subscribed and affirmed as true under penalty of perjury. Payrolls must be maintained for at least three (3) years from the project's date of completion. At a minimum, payrolls must show the following information for each person employed on a public work project: Name, -:Iassification(s) in which the worker was employed, Hourly wage rate(s) paid, Supplements paid or provide, and Daily and leekly number of hours worked in each classification. Every contractor and subcontractor shall submit to the Department of Jurisdiction (Contracting Agency), within thirty (30) days after issuance of its first payroll and every thirty (30) days thereafter, a transcript of the original payrolls, subscribed and affirmed as true under penalty of perjury. The Department of Jurisdiction (Contracting Agency) shall receive and maintain such payrolls. . . In addition, the Commissioner of Labor may require contractors to furnish, with ten (10) days of a request, payroll records sworn to as their validity and accuracy for public work and private work. Payroll records include, by are not limited to time cards, work description sheets, proof that supplements were provided, cancelled payroll checks and payrolls. Failure to provide the requested information within the allotted ten (10) days will result in the withholding of up to 25% of the contract, not to exceed $100,000.00. If the contractor or subcontractor does not maintain a place of business in New York State and the amount of the contract exceeds $25,000.00, payroll records and certifications must be kept on the project worksite. : . . The prime contractor is responsible for any underpayments of prevailing wages or supplements by any subcontractor. All contractors or their subcontractors shall provide to their subcontractors a copy of the Prevailing Rate Schedule specified in the public work contract as well as any subsequently issued schedules. A failure to provide lhese schedules by a contractor or subcontractor is a violation of Article 8, Section 220-a of the Labor Law. All subcontractors engaged by a public work project contractor or its subcontractor, upon receipt of the original schedule and any subsequently issued schedules, shall provide to such contractor a verified statement attesting that the subcontractor has received the Prevailing Rate Schedule and will payor provide the applicable rates of wages and supplements specified therein. (See NYS Labor Laws, Article 8 . Section 220-a). Determination of Prevailing Wage and Supplement Rate Updates Applicable to All Counties . . The wages and supplements contained in the annual determination become effective July 1 st whether or not the new determination has been received by a given contractor. Care should be taken to review the rates for obvious errors. Any corrections should be brought to the Department's attention immediately. It is the responsibility of the public work contractor to use the proper rates. If there is a question on the proper classification to be used, please call the district office located nearest the project. Any errors in the annual determination will be corrected and posted to the NYSDOL website on the first business day of each month. Contractors are responsible for paying these updated rates as well, retroactive to July 1 st. When you review the schedule for a particular occupation, your attention should be directed to the dates above the column of rates. These are the dates for which a given set of rates is effective. To the extent possible, the Department posts rates in its possession that cover periods of time beyond the July 1st to June 30th time frame covered by a particular annual determination. Rates that extend beyond that instant time period are informational ONLY and may be updated in future annual determinations that actually cover the then appropriate July 1 st to June 30th time period. Withholding of Payments . . : I When a complaint is filed with the Commissioner of Labor alleging the failure of a contractor or subcontractor to payor provide the prevailing wages or supplements, or when the Commissioner of Labor believes that unpaid wages or supplements may be due, payments on the public work contract shall be withheld from the prime contractor in a sufficient amount to satisfy the alleged unpaid wages and supplements, including interest and civil penalty, pending a final determination. . . When the Bureau of Public Work finds that a contractor or subcontractor on a public work project failed to payor provide the requisite prevailing wages or supplements, the Bureau is authorized by Sections 220-b of the Labor Law to so notify the financial officer of the Department of Jurisdiction (Contracting Agency) that awarded the public work contract. Such officer MUST then withhold or cause to be withheld from any payment due the prime contractor on account of such contract the amount indicated by the Bureau as sufficient to satisfy the unpaid wages and supplements, including interest and any civil penalty that may be assessed by the Commissioner of Labor. The withholding continues until there is a final determination of the underpayment by the Commissioner of Labor or by the court in the event a legal proceeding is instituted for review of the determination of the Commissioner of Labor. . . The Department of Jurisdiction (Contracting Agency) shall comply with this order of the Commissioner of Labor or of the court with respect to the release of the funds so withheld. Summary of Notice Posting Requirements The current Prevailing Rate Schedule must be posted in a prominent and accessible place on the site of the public work project. The prevailing wage schedule must be encased in, or constructed of, materials capable of withstanding adverse weather conditions and be titled "PREVAILING RATE OF WAGES" in letters no smaller than two (2) inches by two (2) inches. . . Every employer providing workers. compensation insurance and disability benefits must post notices of such coverage in the format prescribed by the Workers. Compensation Board in a conspicuous place on the jobsite. Every employer subject to the NYS Human Rights Law must conspicuously post at its offices, places of employment, or employment training centers, notices furnished by the State Division of Human Rights. Employers liable for contributions under the Unemployment Insurance Law must conspicuously post on the job site notices furnished by the NYS Department of Labor. ~ . . I Apprentices . . ;mployees cannot be paid apprentice rates unless they are Individually registered in a program registered with the NYS tommissioner of Labor. The allowable ratio of apprentices to journeyworkers in any craft classification can be no greater than the statewide building trade ratios promulgated by the Department of Labor and included with the Prevailing Rate Schedule. An employee listed on a payroll as an apprentice who is not registered as above or is performing work outside the classification of work for which the apprentice is indentured, must be paid the prevailing journeyworker's wage rate for the classification of work the employee is actually performing. NYSDOL Labor Law, Article 8, Section 220-3, require that only apprentices individually registered with the NYS Department of Labor may be paid apprenticeship rates on a public work project. No other Federal or State Agency of office registers apprentices in New York State. Persons wishing to verify the apprentice registration of any person must do so in writing by mail, to the NYSDOL Office of Employability Development / Apprenticeship Training, State Office Bldg. Campus, Bldg. 12, Albany, NY 12240 or by Fax to NYSDOL Apprenticeship Training (518) 457 -7154. All requests for verification must include the name and social security number of the person for whom the information is requested. The only conclusive proof of individual apprentice registration is written verification from the NYSDOL Apprenticeship Training Albany Central office. Neither Federal nor State Apprenticeship Training offices outside of Albany can provide conclusive registration information. It should be noted that the existence of a registered apprenticeship program is not conclusive proof that any person is registered in that program. Furthermore, the existence or possession of wallet cards, identification cards, or copies of state forms is not conclusive proof of the registration of any person as an apprentice. . . . . : Interest and Penalties In the event that an underpayment of wages and/or supplements is found: Interest shall be assessed at the rate then in effect as prescribed by the Superintendent of Banks pursuant to section 14-a of the Banking Law, per annum from the date of underpayment to the date restitution is made. - A Civil Penalty may also be assessed, not to exceed 25% of the total of wages, supplements, and interest due. : j Debarment . . Any contractor or subcontractor and/or its successor shall be ineligible to submit a bid on or be awarded any public work contract or subcontract with any state, municipai corporation or public body for a period of five (5) years when: - Two (2) willful determinations have been rendered against that contractor or subcontractor and/or its successor within any consecutive six (6) year period. - There is any willful detemination that involves the falsification of payroll records or the kickback of wages or supplements. Criminal Sanctions . . Willful violations of the Prevailing Wage Law (Article 8 and Article 9 of the Labor Law) constitute a misdemeanor punishable by fine or imprisonment, or both. Discrimination . . No employee or applicant for employment may be discriminated against on account of age, race, creed, color, national origin, sex, disability or marital status. No contractor, subcontractor nor any person acting on its behalf, shall by reason of race, creed, color, disability, sex or national origin discriminate against any citizen of the State of New York who is qualified and available to perform the work to which the employment relates (NYS Labor Law, Article 8, Section 220-e(a)). No contractor, subcontractor, nor any person acting on its behalf, shall in any manner, discriminate against or intimidate any employee on account of race, creed, color, disability, sex, or national origin (NYS Labor Law, Article 8, Section 220- e(b) ). . . The Human Rights Law also prohibits discrimination in employment because of age, marital status, or religion. There may be deducted from the amount payable to the contractor under the contract a penalty of $50.00 for each calendar day during which such person was discriminated against or intimidated in violation of the provision of the contract (NYS Labor Law, Article 8, Section 220-e(c) ). . . The contract may be cancelled or terminated by the State or municipality. All monies due or to become due thereunder I may be forfeited for a second or any subsequent violation of the terms or conditions of the anti-discrimination sections of the contract (NYS Labor Law, Article 8, Section 220-e(d) ). Every employer subject to the New York State Human Rights Law must conspicuously post at its offices, places of employment, or employment training centers notices furnished by the State Division of Human Rights. Workers' Compensation . . In accordance with Section 142 of the State Finance Law, the contractor shall maintain coverage during the life of the contract for the benefit of such employees as required by the provisions of the New York State Workers' Compensation Law. A contractor who is awarded a public work contract must provide proof of workers' compensation coverage prior to being allowed to begin work. The insurance policy must be iS1;ued by a company authorized to provide workers' compensation coverage in New York State. Proof of coverage must be on form C-105.2 (Certificate of Workers' Compensation Insurance) and must name this agency as a certificate holder. If New York State coverage is added to an existing out-of-state policy, it can only be added to a policy from a company . authorized to write workers' compensation coverage in this state. The coverage must be listed under item 3A of the . information page. . . The contractor must maintain proof that subcontractors doing work covered under this contract secured and maintained a workers' compensation policy for all employees working in New York State. Every employer providing worker's compensation insurance and disability benefits must post notices of such coverage in the format prescribed by the Workers' Compensation Board in a conspicuous place on the jobsite. : Unemployment Insurance Employers liable for contributions under the Unemployment Insurance Law must conspicuously post on the jobsite notices furnished by the New York State Department of Labor. I . . . . . . . . . . Eliot Spitzer, Governor NYSDopal'tm41nt of Laber QWorkforce \~eW Yor~ Put US to worl< for you M. Patricia Smith, Acting, Commissioner . . . . Town of Southold John Burgess, Project Engineer Design Learned 116 Main Street Norwich CT 06360 Schedule Year Date Requested PRC# 2006 through 2007 01/24/2007 2007000596 . . Location Project 10# ProjectT ype Peconic Lane . . Constructing a new 7,000 sf animal shelter to replace older structure. Complete architectural, civil, MEP. (Larger facility proposed in 2006, redesigned due to budgetary constraints) Notice of Contract Award . . New York State Labor Law, Article 8, Section 220.3a requires that certain information regarding the awarding of public work contracts, be furnished to the Commissioner of Labor. One "Notice of Contract Award" (PW 16, which may be photocopied), MUST be completed for EACH prime contractor on the above referenced project. Upon notifying the successful bidder(s) of this contract, enter the required information and mail OR fax this form to the office shown at the bottom of this notice, OR fill out the electronic version via the NYSDOL website. . . Contractor Information All information must be supplied Federal Employer Identification Number: . . Name: Address: . . City: State: Zip: Amount of Contract: $ Approximate Starting Date: I I Contract Type: [] (01) General Construction [] (02) HeatingNentilation [] (03) Electrical [] (04) Plumbing [] (05) Other : . . Approximate Completion Date: I I . . Phone: (518) 457-5589 Fax: (518) 485-1870 W. Averell Harriman State Office Campus, Bldg. 12, Room 130, Albany, NY 12240 www.labor.state.ny.us . PW16 PWAsk@labor.state.ny.us . . I To all State Departments, Agency Heads and Public Benefit Corporations IMPORTANT NOTICE REGARDING PUBLIC WORK ENFORCEMENT FUND . . Budget Policy & Reporting Manual 8-610 . . Public Work Enforcement Fund effective date December 7, 2005 . . 1. Purpose and Scope: I This Item describes the Public Work Enforcement Fund (the Fund, PWEF) and its relevance to State agencies and public benefit corporations engaged in construction or reconstruction contracts, and announces the recently-enacted increase to the percentage of the dollar value of such contracts that must be deposited into the Fund. This item also describes the roles of the following entities with respect to the Fund: : New York State Department of Labor (DOL), . The Office of the State of Comptroller (OSC), and State agencies and public benefit corporations. 2. Background and Statutory References: . . DOL uses the Fund to enforce the State's Labor Law as it relates to contracts for construction or reconstruction as defined in subdivision two of Section 220 of the Labor Law. State agencies and public benefit corporations participating in such contracts are required to make payments to the Fund. Chapter 511 of the Laws of 1995 (as amended by Chapter 513 of the Laws of 1997, Chapter 655 of the Laws of 1999, Chapter 376 of the Laws of 2003 and Chapter 407 of the Laws of 2005) established the Fund. . . 3. Procedures and Agency Responsibilities: . . The Fund is supported by transfers and deposits based on the value of contracts for construction and reconstruction, as defined in subdivision two of Section 220 of the Labor Law, into which all State agencies and public benefit corporations enter. Chapter 407 of the Laws of 2005 increased the amount required to be provided to this fund to .10 of one-percent of the total cost of each such contract, to be calculated at the time agencies or public benefit corporations enter into a new contract or if a contract is amended. The provisions of this bill became effective August 2, 2005. : . . To all State Departments, Agency Heads and Public Benefit Corporations IMPORTANT NOTICE REGARDING PUBLIC WORK ENFORCEMENT FUND I OSC will report to DOL on all construction-related ("D") contracts approved during the month, including contract amendments, and then DOL will bill agencies the appropriate assessment monthly. An agency may then make a determination if any of the billed contracts are exempt and so note on the bill submitted back to DOL. For any instance where an agency is unsure if a contract is or is not exempt, they can call the Bureau of Public Work at the number noted below for a determination. Payment by check or journal voucher is due to DOL within thirty days from the date of the billing. DOL will verify the amounts and forward them to OSC for processing. . . For those contracts which are not approved or administered by the Comptroller, monthly reports and payments for deposit into the Public Work Enforcement Fund must be provided to the Administrative Finance Bureau at the DOL within 30 days of the end of each month or on a payment schedule mutually agreed upon with DOL. Reports should contain the following information: . . . . Name and billing address of State agency or public benefit corporation; State agency or public benefit corporation contact and phone number; Name and address of contractor receiving the award; Contract number and effective dates; Contract amount and PWEF assessment charge (if contract amount has been amended, reflect increase or decrease to original contract and the adjustment in the PWEF charge); and Brief description of the work to be performed under each contract. I I Checks and Journal Vouchers, payable to the "New York State Department of Labor" should be sent to: Department of Labor Administrative Finance Bureau-PWEF Unit Building 12, Room 464 State Office Campus Albany, NY 12240 . . Any questions regarding billing should be directed to NYSDOL's Administrative Finance Bureau-PWEF Unit at (518) 457-3624 and any questions regarding Public Work Contracts should be directed to the Bureau of Public Work at (518) 457-5589. : . . s . . I Prevailing Wage Rates for 07/01/2006 - 06/30/2007 Last Published on Jan 01 2007 Published by the New Yark State Department of Labor PRC Number 2007000596 Introduction to the Prevailing Rate Schedule .Mormation About Prevailing Rate Schedule . This information is provided to assist you in the interpretation of particular requirements for each classification of worker contained in the . attached Schedule of Prevailing Rates. Classification It is the duty of the Commissioner of Labor to make the proper classification of workers taking into account whether the work is heavy and highway, building, sewer and water, tunnel work, or residential, and to make a determination of wages and supplements to be paid or provided. It is the responsibility of the public work contractor to use the proper rate. If there is a question on the proper classification to be used, please call the district office located nearest the project. District office locations and phone numbers are listed below. . . Paid Holidays Paid Holidays are days for which an eligible employee receives a regular day's pay, but is not required to perform work. If an employee works on a day listed as a paid holiday, this remuneration is in addition to payment of the required prevailing rate for the work. actually performed. Overtime I Overtime holiday pay is the premium pay that is required for work performed on specified hoiidays. It is only required where the employee actually performs work on such holidays. The applicable holidays are listed under HOLIDAYS: OVERTIME. The required rate of pay for these covered holidays can be found in the OVERTIME PAY section listings for each classification. I Supplemental Benefits I Particular attention should be given to the supplemental benefit requirements. Although in most cases the payment or provision of supplements is for each hour worked, some classifications require the payment or provision of supplements for each hour paid (including paid holidays on which no work is performed) and/or may require supplements to be paid or provided at a premium rate for premium hours worked. '1ffective Dates Jvhen you review the schedule for a particular occupation, your attention should be directed to the dates above the column of rates. These are the dates for which a given set of rates is effective. The rate listed is valid until the next effective rate change or until the new annual determination which takes effect on July 1 of each year. All contractors and subcontractors are required to pay the current Qrevailing rates of wages and supplements. If you have any questions please contact the Bureau of Public Work or visit the New York State Department of labor website (www.labor.state.ny.us)forcurrentwage rate information. Apprentice Training Ratios . . The following are the allowable ratios of registered Apprentices to Journey-workers. For example, the ratio 1:1,1:3 indicates the allowable initial ratio is one Apprentice to one Joumeyworker. The Joumeyworker must be in place on the project before an Apprentice is allowed. Then three additional Joumeyworkers are needed before a second Apprentice is allowed. The last ratio repeats indefinitely. Therefore, three more Journeyworkers must be present before a third Apprentice can be hired, and so on. Please call Apprentice Training Central Office at (518) 457-6820 if you have any questions. I I Title (Trade) boilermaker Mason Carpenter Electrical (Outside) Lineman Electrician (Inside) Elevator/Escalator Construction & Modernizer Glazier Insulation & Asbestos Worker Iron Worker laborer Op Engineer Painter Plumber & Steamfitter Ratio I 1:1,1:4 1:1.1:4 1:1,1:4 1:1,1:2 1:1,1:3 1:1,1:2 1:1,1:3 1:1,1:4 1:1,1:6 1:1,1:3 1:1,1:5 1:1,1:3 1:1,1:3 : Page 11 Prevailing Wage Rates for 07/01/2006 - 06/30/2007 Last Published on Jan 01 2007 Published by the New Yark State Department of Labor PRe Number 2007000596 I Roofer Sheet Metal Worker Sprinkler Fitter 1:1,1:2 1:1,1:3 1:1,1:2 If you have any questions concerning the attached schedule or would like additional information, please contact the nearest BUREAU of PUBLIC WORK District Office or write to: . . New York State Department of Labor Bureau of Public Work State Office Campus, Bldg. 12 Albany, NY 12240 . . District Office Locations: Telephone # Bureau of Public Work - Albany Bureau of Public Work - Buffalo 518-457-2744 FAX # 518-485-0240 716-847-7650 516-794-3518 212-352-6580 585-258-4708 315-428-4671 315-793-2514 914-997-9523 518-485-1870 I Bureau of Public Work - Garden City Bureau of Public Work - New York City Bureau of Public Work - Rochester 716-847-7159 516-228-3915 Bureau of Public Work - Syracuse Bureau of Public Work - Utica 212-352-6088 585-258-4505 315-428-4056 I Bureau of Public Work - White Plains 315-793-2314 914-997-9507 518-457-5589 Bureau of Public Work - Central Office I . . I : I Page-t2 : I Prevailing Wage Rates for 07/01/2006 - 06/30/2007 Last Published on Jan 01 2007 Suffolk County General Construction Published by the New York State Department of Labor PRC Number 2007000596 Suffolk County ~sbestos Worker , 01/01/2007 . -JOB DESCRIPTION Asbestos Worker . ENTIRE COUNTIES . Bronx, Kings, Nassau, New York, Queens, Richmond, Suffolk WAGES Per hour: DISTRICT 9 07/01/2006 12/01/06 . . Abestos Worker Removal&Abatement Only' $ 26.45 $27.45 I 'NOTE - On mechanical systems that are NOT to be SCRAPPED. EXCEPT for Re-roofing refer to Roofing Catagory. SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS Journeyman Removal&Abatement Oniy $ 8.25 OVERTIME PAY See (B) on OVERTIME PAGE HOLIDAY Paid: See (1) on HOLIDAY PAGE Overtime: See (5, 6) on HOLIDAY PAGE NOTE: Easter Paid at Time and One-half IF worked REGISTERED APPRENTICES Apprentice Removal&Abatement Only: 1000 hour terms at the following percentage of Journeyman's rates. 15t 2nd 3rd 4th 78% 80% 83% 89% ALL other removal and/or abatement refer fa Building Laborer Catagory I I Jupplemental Benefits: (per Hour worked) Apprentice Removal&Abatement Only Same % as for Wage of $ 8.25 9-12a - Removal Only . . Boilermaker 01/01/2007 JOB DESCRIPTION Boilermaker DISTRICT 4 ENTIRE COUNTIES Bronx, Dutchess, Kings, Nassau, New York, Orange, Putnam, Queens. Richmond, Rockland, Suffolk, Sullivan, Ulster, Westchester WAGES Per Hour: I 07/01/2006 Boilermaker SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS Per Hour: $41.85 07/01/2006 : Journeymen $ 8.27 + 48% of the Hourly Wage I OVERTIME PAY See (0, 0) on OVERTIME PAGE HOLIDAY Paid: See (8,16,23,24) on HOLIDAY PAGE 'vertime: See (4, 6,11,12,15,25) on HOLIDAY PAGE REGISTERED APPRENTICES (1/2) Year Terms at the following pecentage of Journeyman's Wage : 1st 65% 2nd 65% 3rd 70% 4th 75% 5th 80% 6th 85% 7th 90% 8th 95% Page 13 Prevailing Wage Rates for 07/01/2006 - 06/30/2007 Last Published on Jan 01 2007 Published by the New Yark State Department of Labor PRC Number 2007000596 Suffolk County I Supplemental Benefits Per Hour: 07/01/2006 Apprentices $ 8.27 + 48% of the Hourly Wage . . 4-5 Carpenter 01/01/2007 JOB DESCRIPTION Carpenter DISTRICT 9 ENTIRE COUNTIES Bronx, Kings, Nassau, New York, Queens, Richmond, Rockland, Westchester PARTIAL COUNTIES Orange: South of but including the following, Waterloo Mills, SlateHill; New Hampton, Goshen, Blooming Grove, Mountainville, east to the Hudson River. Putnam: South of but including the following, Cold Spring, TompkinsCorner, Mahopac, Croton Falls, east to Connecticut border. Suffolk: West of Port Jefferson and Patchoque Road to Route 112 tothe Atlantic Ocean. WAGES Per hour: . . I 07/01/2006 Core Drilling: Driller Assistant Driller $ 29.56 24.59 I Note: Hazardous Waste Pay Differential: For Level C, an additional 10% above wage rate per hour For Level B, an addltional1 0% above wage rate per hour For Level A, an additional 10% above wage rate per hour Note: When required to work on water: an additional $ 0.50 per hour. SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS Per hour paid: I Driller Assistant $10.36 10.36 OVERTIME PAY OVERTIME: HOLIDAY HOLIDAY: Paid: Overtime: . . See (B,E,K",P,R"") on OVERTIME PAGE. See (5,6) on HOLIDAY PAGE. " See (5,6) on HOLIDAY PAGE. "" See (8,10,11,13) on HOLIDAY PAGE. I Assistant: One (1) year increments at the following percentage of Assistant wages. This is not an apprenticeship for Driller. 1st Year 70% 2nd Year 80% 3rd Year 90% 4th Year 100% 9-1536-CoreDriller I Carpenter 01/01/2007 JOB DESCRIPTION Carpenter ENTIRE COUNTIES Bronx, Kings, Nassau, New York, Queens, Richmond, Suffolk, Westchester WAGES Per Hour: 07/0112006 DISTRICT 9 I Timberman $ 42.09 SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS Page 14 I I Prevailing Wage Rates for 07/01/2006 - 06/30/2007 Last Published on Jan 01 2007 Per hour paid: Published by the New York State Department of Labor PRe Number 2007000596 Suffolk County . rurneyman JVERTIME PAY See (B, E, E2, Q) on OVERTIME PAGE HOLIDAY Paid: $ 2501 : See (18,19) on HOLIDAY PAGE. Paid: for 1st & 2nd yr. Apprentices See (5,6,11,13,16,18,19,25) : Overtime: See (5,6,11,13,16,18,19,25) on HOLIDAY PAGE. REGISTERED APPRENTICES Wages per hour: ( 1 ) year terms: 1st.' $ 17.37 2nd. $ 21.04 3rd. $ 26.54 4th. $ 32.04 I Supplemental benefits per hour: Apprentices $ 18.05 9-1536 I Carpenter 01/01/2007 JOB DESCRIPTION Carpenter DISTRICT 9 ENTIRE COUNTIES Bronx, Kings, Nassau, New York, Putnam, Queens, Richmond, Rockland, Suffolk, Westchester "AGES ,Jer hour: 07/01/2006 I Building Millwright $ 46.25 SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS Per hour paid: : Journeyman $ 27.34 OVERTIME PAY See (B, E, E2, Q) on OVERTIME PAGE HOLIDAY Paid: See (18,19) on HOLIDAY PAGE. I Paid: for 1 st & 2nd yr. Apprentices See (5,6,11,13,16,18,19,25) Overtime See (5,6,11,13,16,18,19,25) on HOLIDAY PAGE. REGISTERED APPRENTICES Wages per hour: : (1) year terms: 1st. $ 25.06 2nd. $ 29.55 3rd. $ 34.23 4th. $ 43.02 Supplemental benefits per hour: I I) year terms: 1st. $ 18.78 2nd. $ 20.48 3rd. $ 22.86 4th. $ 25.56 I Page 15 Prevailing Wage Rates for 07/01/2006 - 06/30/2007 Last Published on Jan 01 2007 Published by the New York State Department of Labor PRC Number 2007000596 Suffolk County I 9-740.1 Carpenter 01/0112007" JOB DESCRIPTION Carpenter DISTRICT g ENTIRE COUNTIES Bronx, Dutchess, Kings, Nassau, New York, Orange, Putnam, Queens, Richmond, Rockland, Suffolk, Westchester WAGES Per hour: 07/01/2006 : Marine Construction: Marine Diver $ 55.20 : M.D.Tender 41.85 SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS Per hour paid: I Journeyman $25.01 OVERTIME PAY See (B, E, E2, Q) on OVERTIME PAGE HOLIDAY Paid: See (18,19) on HOLIDAY PAGE. I Paid: for 1st & 2nd yr. Apprentices See (5,6,10,11,13,16,18,19) Overtime: See (5,6,10,11,13,16,18,19) on HOLIDAY PAGE. REGISTERED APPRENTICES Wager per hour: I (1) yearterms: 1st $18.80 2nd $ 22.83 3rd $ 28.87 4th $ 34.92 : Supplemental benefrt.s per hour: Apprentices $18.05 9-1456MC Carpenter 01/01/2007 : JOB DESCRIPTION Carpenter DISTRICT 9 ENTIRE COUNTIES Bronx, Dutchess, Kings, Nassau, New York, Orange, Putnam, Queens, Richmond, Rockland, Suffolk, Westchester WAGES Per hour: 07/01/2006 : Carpet/Resilient Floor Coverer $ 45.66 SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS Per hour paid: I Journeyman $ 25.01 OVERTIME PAY See (B, E, Q) on OVERTIME PAGE Page 16 I I Prevailing Wage Rates for 07/0112006 - 06/30/2007 Last Published on Jan 01 2007 Published by the New York State Department of Labor PRe Number 2007000596 Suffolk County HOLIDAY Paid: See (18, 19)on HOLIDAY PAGE. : "aid: for 1 st & 2nd yr. Apprentices See (5,6,11,13,16,18,19,25) Overtime: See (5,6,11,13,16,18,19,25) on HOLIDAY PAGE. REGISTERED APPRENTICES Wage per hour: : (1) year terms: 1st. $18.80 2nd. $22.82 3rd. $28.86 4th. $34.90 Supplemental benefits per hour: I Apprentices $18.05 9-2287 Carpenter 01/01/2007 I JOB DESCRIPTION Carpenter DISTRICT g ENTIRE COUNTIES Bronx, Dutchess, Kings, Nassau, New York, Orange, Putnam, Queens, Richmond, Rockland, Suffolk, Westchester WAGES Per hour: 07/01/2006 I 1iledriver Jockbuilder $ 45.68 45.68 SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS Per hour paid: I Journeyman $ 25.01 OVERTIME PAY See (B, E2, 0) on OVERTIME PAGE HOLIDAY Paid: See (18,19)on HOLIDAY PAGE. I Paid: for 1st & 2nd yr. Apprentices See (5,6,11,13,16,18,19,25) I Overtime: See (5,6,11,13,16,18,19,25) on HOLIDAY PAGE. REGISTERED APPRENTICES Wages per hour: (1 )year terms: 1st. $ 18.80 2nd. $ 22.83 3rd. $ 28.87 4th. $ 34.92 I jupplemental benefits per hour: Apprentices $18.05 9-1456 I Carpenter - Buildin~ I Heavv&Hi~hway 01/01/2007 Page 17 Prevailing Wage Rates for 07/01/2006 - 06/30/2007 Last Published on Jan 01 2007 JOB DESCRIPTION Carpenter - Building / Heavy&Highway ENTIRE COUNTIES Nassau, Suffolk WAGES Per Hour: Published by the New York State Department of Labor PRC Number 2007000596 Suffolk County DISTRICT 4 I 07/01/2006 I Building $ 34.27 Heavy Highway 34.27 SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS Per Hour: I Journeyman $ 28.42 OVERTIME PAY See (B, E, QJ on OVERTIME PAGE HOLIDAY Paid: See (18, 19) on HOLIDAY PAGE Overtime: See (5, 6,16,23,24,25) on HOLIDAY PAGE REGISTERED APPRENTICES One(1) Year Terms at the following pecentage of Journeymans Wage I 1st 40% 2nd 55% 3rd 65% 4th 75% I Suppiemental Benefits Apprentice(s) $15.50 4-Reg.Council Nass/Sull I Electrician 01/01/2007 JOB DESCRIPTION Electrician ENTIRE COUNTIES Nassau, Suffolk WAGES Per Hour: DISTRICT 4 07/01/2006 I Tree Trimmer! Line Clearance Specialist SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS Per Hour: $ 23.87 07/01/2006 : 17% of Wage Rate, Plus $ 4.88 per Hour OVERTIME PAY See (B, E, P, T) on OVERTIME PAGE HOLIDAY Paid: See (5, 6, 8, g, 10, 11, 16) on HOLIDAY PAGE Overtime: See (1) on HOLIDAY PAGE : 4-1 049/T ree Electrician 01/01/2007 I JOB DESCRIPTION Electrician ENTIRE COUNTIES Nassau, Suffolk WAGES Per Hour: DISTRICT 4 07/01/2006- 06/01/2007 Page 18 : I Prevailing Wage Rates for 07/01/2006 - 06/30/2007 Last Published on Jan 01 2007 Published by the New York State Department of Labor PRC Number 2007000596 Suffolk County 05/31/2007 '"ephone & Intergrated Tele-Data Systems Journeyman $ 31.40 $ 31.80 . . . . "PLEASE NOTE" This rate classification applies to ALL Voice,Data & Video work.: Excluding Fire Alarm Systems and Energy Managment Systems (HVAC Controls), in those cases the regular Electrician rate applies. To ensure proper use of this rate please call the Garden City District Office at (516)228-3915. SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS Per Hour: 07/0112006- 06/01/2007 05/31/2007 Journeyman 47.5% of Hourly Wage plus $ 3.06 47.5% of Hourly Wage plus $ 3.90 , OVERTIME PAY See (B, E, E2, Q) on OVERTIME PAGE HOLIDAY Paid: See (1) on HOLIDAY PAGE Overtime: See (5, 6,15,16,25) on HOLIDAY PAGE 4-25tela , Electrician 01/01/2007 JOB DESCRIPTION Electrician ENTIRE COUNTIES Nassau, Suffolk t~~;u~: DISTRICT 4 I 07/01/2006- 05/31/2007 06/01/2007 Journeyman Electrical Maintenance $ 34.45 $ 34.90 "PLEASE NOTE" . Applicable to "EXISTING ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS" . including, but not limited to TRAFFIC SIGNALS & STREET LIGHTING. Not used for addons. SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS Per Hour: 07/01/2006- 05/31/2007 06/0112007 I Journeyman 35.5% of Wage plus $ 4.52 / hour 35.5% of Wage plus $ 5.28 / hour : OVERTIME PAY See (B, E2, H) on OVERTIME PAGE HOLIDAY Paid: See (1) on HOLIDAY PAGE Overtime: See (5, 6,15,16,25) on HOLIDAY PAGE REGISTERED APPRENTICES One(1) Year Term(s) at the following Percentage of Journeyman(s) Wage: I 1stYr ,40% 2ndYr 50% 3rdYr 60% 4th Yr 70% 5th Yr 80% Supplemental Benefits per hour Apprentice(s) 35.5% of Wage plus $ 4.52 / 35.5% of Wage plus $ 5.28 / Page 19 : Prevailing Wage Rates for 07/01/2006 - 06/30/2007 Last Published on Jan 01 2007 Published by the New York State Department of Labor PRC Number 2007000596 Suffolk County , hour hour 4-25m Electrician 01/01/200;' JOB DESCRIPTION Electrician ENTIRE COUNTIES Nassau, Suffolk WAGES Per Hour: DISTRICT 4 . . 07/01/2006 Electrician Fire Alarm HV AC Controls $ 44.00 44.00 44.00 . . PUMP & TANK WORK Journeyman $ 35.20 SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS Per Hour: 07/01/2006 , Journeyman 44.5% of hourly wage plus $ 6.93 OVERTIME PAY See (B, E, Q) on OVERTIME PAGE HOLIDAY Paid: See (1) on HOLIDAY PAGE Overtime: See (5, 6,15,16,25) on HOLIDAY PAGE REGISTERED APPRENTICES One(1) Year Terms at the following Pereetage of Journeyman(s) Wage , , 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 35% 40% 45% 50% 60% 70% Supplementai Benefits per hour . . Apprentiee(s) 1st Term 15% of hourly wage plus $ 3.89 . 2nd Term 24% of . hourly wage plus $ 4.78 3rd Term 44.5% of hourly wage . plus $ 6.93 . 4th Term 44.5% of hourly wage plus $ 6.93 5th Term 44.5% of I hourly wage pius $ 6.93 6th Term 44.5% of hourly wage plus $ 6.93 4-25 : Page 20 I Prevailing Wage Rates for 07/01/2006 - 06/30/2007 Last Published on Jan 01 2007 Electrician Lineman Published by the New York State Department of Labor PRC Number 2007000596 Suffolk County 01/01/2007 : pB DESCRIPTION Electrician Lineman ENTIRE COUNTIES Nassau, Suffolk WAGES For Utility Distribution & Transmission Line Construction DISTRICT 4 Per Hour: 07/01/2006- 04/01/2007 03/31/2007 : Lineman/Splicer $ 38.10 $ 39.50 Marerial Man 33.15 34.37 Heavy Equip. Operator 30.48 31.60 Groundman 22.86 32.70 Flagman 17.16 17.78 I Undergrond Natural Gasline Mechanic (2" or Less) 07/01/2006 Journeyman U.G.Mech. $ 31.81 SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS , Per Hour: Utility Distribution & Transmission Line Construction 07/01/2006- 04/01/2007 03/31/2006 , {II Classifications 24% of Wage 24% of Wage Rate, Plus Rate, Plus $ 6.12 $ 6.40 Underground Natural Gas Mechanic . 07/01/2006 . Journeyman U.G.Mech. 12% of Wage Rate, Plus $ 5.96 . . OVERTIME PAY See (B, Q) on OVERTIME PAGE Use Codes (B,G,P) for Natural Gas Mechanic HOLIDAY Paid: See (5, 6, 8, 16, 23, 25, 26) on HOLIDAY PAGE Overtime: See (1) on HOLIDAY PAGE REGISTERED APPRENTICES 1000 hour Periods at the following Percentage of Journeyman's Wage. . . 1st. 2nd. 3rd. 4th. 5th. 6th. 7th. 60% 65% 70% 75% 80% 85% 90% 4-1049 Line/Gas Elevator Constructor 01/01/2007 I JOB DESCRIPTION Elevator Constructor ,NTIRE COUNTIES Bronx, Kings, Nassau, New York, Queens, Richmond, Suffolk PARTIAL COUNTIES Rockland: Entire County except for the Township of Stony Point Westchester: Entire County except for the Townships of Bedford, Lewisboro, Cortland, Mt. Kisco, North Salem, Pound Ridge, Somers and Yorktown. DISTRICT 9 : Page 21 Prevailing Wage Rates for 07/01/2006 - 06/30/2007 Last Published on Jan 01 2007 WAGES Per hour: Elevator Constructor Elevator Constructor Modern. & Service SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS Per hour: Elevator Constructor Modern.lService OVERTIME PAY Constructor. See ( C, 0 ) on OVERTIME PAGE. Modern.lServ.See ( B, H ) on OVERTIME PAGE. When a service contract requires two 8-hour shifts, Mon-Sat, worker assigned to each of the double shifts shall work 8 hours per day, 6 days , per week for a total of 48 hours. Worker shall be paid for 52 hours at single rate. Any worker who works less than 48 hours shall have his premium prorated. HOLIDAY Paid: See (5, 6, 9, 11, 15, 16,25) on HOLIDAY PAGE Overtime: See (5, 6, 9, 11, 15, 16,25) on HOLIDAY PAGE REGISTERED APPRENTICES WAGES: Per Hour One (1) year ternns at the following rate Elevator Constructor 1st Term 2nd Term 3rd Term 4th Term Modern.lService 1st Term 2nd Term 3rd Term 4th T ernn Suppiemental Benefits per hour paid: One (1) year term at the following dollar amount Elevator Constructor: 1st Term 2nd Term 3rd T ernn 4th Term Modern! & Service: 1st Term 2nd Term 3rd Term 4th Term 07/01/06 03/17/07 , $19.83 $24.19 $28.59 $32.99 $20.70 $25.29 $29.89 $34.99 $19.83 $19.43 $22.97 $26.50 , $20.70 $20.24 $23.92 $27.60 . . $15.93 $17.40 $16.41 $17.92 $17.20 $18.80 $18.00 $19.66 I $15.85 $16.49 $16.14 $16.82 $16.88 $17.50 $17.62 $18.18 9-1 I 01/01/2007 Glazier JOB DESCRIPTION Glazier ENTIRE COUNTIES Bronx, Dutchess, Kings, Nassau, New York, Orange, Putnam, Queens, Richmond, Rockland, Suffolk, Sullivan, Ulster, Westchester WAGES Per hour: Glazier DISTRICT 9 I 07/01/2006- 04/30/2007 05/01/2007 $41.45 Additional Page 22 : Scaffolding $ 42.45 Published by the New York State Department of Labor PRC Number 2007000596 Suffolk County $ 2.15 per hour worked I Prevailing Wage Rates for 07/01/2006 - 06/30/2007 Last Published on Jan 01 2007 Repair & Maintenance: I Glazier $ 24.60 $ 25.35 Repair & Maintenance- All repair & maintenance work on a particular building, whenever performed. where the total cumulative contract value is under $100,000.00. SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS Per hour paid:Overtime rate shown in parenthisis I Journeyman.... $19.90 Glazier Repair & Maintenance: OVERTIME PAY OVERTIME: $11.79 $11.89 I See (C",D"O) on OVERTIME PAGE. I * Denotes if an optional 8th hour is required same will be at the regular rate of pay. If 9th hour is worked then both hours or more ( 8th and 9th or more) will be at the double time rate of pay. "" For Repair & Maintenance see ( B,F, P) on overtime page. HOLIDAY Paid: See (1) on HOLIDAY PAGE Overtime: See (5, 6, 16, 25) on HOLIDAY PAGE The Following are paid holidays for the Repair&Maintenance Class:New Years day, Presidents day, Memorial day, Independents day, Labor day, Thanksgiving day, day after Thanksgiving, and Christmas day. jEGISTERED APPRENTICES )"age per hour: I (1) year terms at the following wage rates. 1st term... 2nd temn... 3rdterm... 4th term... $14.21 $ 20.75 $ 24.89 $ 33.17 I Supplementai Benefits: (Per hour worked) I 1st term.... 2nd term.... 3rdterm.... 4th term.. $9.13 $13.62 $14.87 $ 17.39 I 9-1281 (De9 NYC) Heat & Frost Insulator 01/01/2007 I JOB DESCRIPTION Heat & Frost Insulator ENTIRE COUNTIES Bronx, Kings, Nassau, New York, Queens, Richmond, Suffolk "'AGES ~er hour: DISTRICT 9 07/01/2006- 12/31/2006 01/01/2007 Insulating Only $ 43.61 $ 45.11 I Page 23 Prevailing Wage Rates for 07/01/2006 - 06/30/2007 Last Published on Jan 01 2007 Published by the New York State Department of Labor PRC Number 2007000596 Suffolk County I SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS Per Hour: Journeyman Insulating Only $ 25.62 $ 25.62 OVERTIME PAY See (A, D, 0, V) on OVERTIME PAGE HOLIDAY Paid: See (1) on HOLIDAY PAGE Overtime: See (5, 6,11,15,16,25,26) on HOLIDAY PAGE REGISTERED APPRENTICES Wages: I I Apprentice Insuiating Only: 1 year terms at the foliowing percentage of Journeyman's rates. 1st 40% 2nd 60% 3rd 70% 4th 80% I Supplemental Benefits per hour: Apprentice Insuiating Only Same % as for Wage of $ 25.62 Same % as for Wage of $ 25.62 I 9-12 Ironworker 01/01/20oi I JOB DESCRIPTION Ironworker ENTIRE COUNTIES Bronx, Kings, Nassau, New York, Queens, Richmond, Suffolk, Westchester WAGES Wages: (per Hour) DISTRICT 9 Structural.. Riggers..... Machinery Movers... Machinery Erectors. 07/01/06 $37.65 37.65 37.65 37.65 I SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS Per Hour: I Journeyman.. $44.88 OVERTIME PAY OVERTIME: I See (B',E",Q,V) on OVERTIME PAGE. . Time and one-half shali be paid for ali work in excess of (8) eight hours at the end of a work day to a maximum of two hours on any regular work day (the ninth (9th) and tenth (10th) hours of work) and double time shali be paid for ali work thereafter. .. Time and one-half shall be paid for ali work on Saturday up to eight (8) hours and double time shall be paid for ali work thereafter. HOLIDAY Paid: See (1) on HOLIDAY PAGE Overtime: See (5, 6, 8,18,19) on HOLIDAY PAGE REGISTERED APPRENTICES I Page 24 I , Prevailing Wage Rates for 07/01/2006 - 06/30/2007 Last Published on Jan 01 2007 Wages per hour: Six month term at the following wage rate. Published by the New York State Department of Labor PRe Number 2007000596 Suffolk County 1st $19.90 2nd 20.50 3rd 20.50 4th 21.10 5th 21.10 6th 21.10 , Supplemental Benefits: (per hour paid). $32.58" " Applies to all apprentices. , 9-40/361-Str Ironworker 01/01/2007 , JOB DESCRIPTION Ironworker ENTIRE COUNTIES Bronx, Kings, Nassau, New York, Queens, Richmond, Suffolk, Westchester PARTIAL COUNTIES Rockland: Southern Section WAGES Per hour: DISTRICT 9 07/01/06 , Reinforcing & Metal Lathing... SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS Per hour paid: Journeyman $ 34.80 $ 36.58 , JVERTIME PAY " VERTIME: See (N,E",Q,V) on OVERTIME PAGE. . All overtime in excess of ten (10)hours shali be paid at double wage. HOLIDAY Paid: See (1) on HOLIDAY PAGE Overtime: See (5,6,8,10,11,13,18,19) on HOLIDAY PAGE REGISTERED APPRENTICES Wage per hour: I (1) year temns at the following wage rates. 1st 2nd 3rd 4th $ 24,00 $ 27.50 $ 31.50 $ 35.50 I Supplemental Benefits per hour paid: 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 18.23 19.73 20.73 21.73 9-46Reinf I Ironworker 01/01/2007 JOB DESCRIPTION Ironworker ENTIRE COUNTIES Bronx, Kings, Nassau, New York, Queens, Richmond, Suffolk, Westchester WAGES Per hour: 07/01/06- 01/01/07 12/31/06 DISTRICT 9 I Ornamental Chain Link Fence Guide Rail Installation SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS $ 39.30 39.30 39.30 $ 40.30 40.30 40.30 I Page 25 Prevailing Wage Rates for 07/01/2006 - 06/30/2007 Last Published on Jan 01 2007 Published by the New York State Department of Labor PRC Number 2007000596 Suffolk County , Per hour paid: Journeyman: OVERTIME PAY OVERTIME: $ 34.64 See (N,D1 ,E",Q,V) on OVERTIME PAGE. , 'Time and one-half shall be paid for all work in excess of seven (7) hours at the end of a work day to a maximum of two hours on any regular work day (the eighth (8th) and ninth (9th) hours of work) and double time shall be paid for all work thereafter. "Time and one-half shall be paid for all work on Saturday up to seven (7) hours and double time shall be paid for all work thereafter. HOLIDAY Paid: See (1) on HOLIDAY PAGE Overtime: See (5, 6, 25) on HOLIDAY PAGE REGISTERED APPRENTICES (1/2) year terms at the following percentage of Journeyman's wage. , APPRENTiCES: 1st 2nd 60% 65% 3rd 70% 4th 80% 5th 85% 6th 95% , Supplemental Benefits per hour paid: 1st Term 2nd Tenm 3rd Term 4th Term 5th Term 6th Term $ 28.15 28.96 29.78 31.41 32.23 33.86 $28.15 28.96 29.78 31.41 32.23 33.86 , 9-580-0 Ironworker 01/01/2007 , JOB DESCRIPTION ironworker ENTIRE COUNTIES Bronx, Kings, Nassau, New York, Queens, Richmond, Suffolk, Westchester WAGES Per hour: 01/01/06 DISTRICT 9 07/01/06 , Derrickman/Rigger $46.40 + additional $.96 SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS Journeyman.. $25.09 $25.09 , OVERTIME PAY OVERTIME See (N,D1,E",Q,V) on OVERTIME PAGE. 'Time and one-half shall be paid for all work in excess of seven (7) hours at the end of a work day to a maximum of two hours on any regular work day (the eighth (8th) and ninth (9) hours of work) and double time shall be paid for all work thereafter. "Time and one-half shall be paid for all work on Saturday up to seven (7) hours and double time shall be paid for all work thereafter. HOLIDAY Paid: Overtime: HOLIDAY: Paid:........See (1) on HOLIDAY PAGE. Overtime:....See (5', 6', 8", 24"', 25") on HOLIDAY PAGE. I See (1) on HOLIDAY PAGE See (5, 6, 8, 10) on HOLIDAY PAGE , 'No work shall be performed on this day, except in cases of emergency. Page 26 , , Prevailing Wage Rates for 07/01/2006.06/30/2007 Last Published on Jan 01 2007 Such work shall be done at double time rate of pay. "Double time rate of pay. ';Work stops af schedule lunch break with full day's pay. I o<EGISTERED APPRENTICES Wage per hour: , (1/2) year terms at the following percentage of journeyman's wage. 1 st 2nd 3rd 4th 50% 50% 70% 80% , Supplemental benefits per hour paid: Registered Apprentice 1st year All others 50% of journeyman's rate 75% of journeyman's rate 5th 90% Published by the New York State Department of Labor PRe Number 2007000596 Suffolk County 6th 90% 9.197D/R Laborer 01/01/2007 , JOB DESCRIPTION Laborer ENTIRE COUNTIES Bronx, Kings, Nassau, New York, Queens, Richmond, Suffolk WAGES Per hour: , GROUP A: Blasters. GROUP B: Tunnel workers . .. (including Miners, Drill Runners, Iron Men, Maintenance Men, Conveyor Men, Safety Miners, Riggers, Block Layers, Cement Finishers, Rod Men, Caulkers, "owder Carriers, Miners' Helpers, Chuck Tenders, Track Men, Nippers, Brake len, Derail Men, Form Men, Bottom Bell, Top Bell or Signal men, Form Workers, Movers, Concrete Workers, Shaft Men, Tunnel Laborers and Caulkers' Helpers). , GROUP C: Powder Watchmen, Top Laborers and Changehouse Attendants. Wages: (per hour) 7/01/06 , Laborer (Tunnel)-FREE AIR: Group A Group B Group C $36.89 35.34 32.73 , Small Bore Micro Tunnel Machines For Repairs on Existing Water Tunnels For Repairs of Sewer & Drainage Tunnels For Repair & Maintenance of all Subway & Vehicular Tunnels SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS Per hour paid: I $ 32.78 per hour paid + 0.28 per hour worked + 3.00 per day + 0.16 per overtime hour. GROUP A I $ 31.34 per hour paid + 0.28 per hour worked + 3.00 per day + 0.16 per overtime hour. GROUP B $ 28.92 per hour paid + 0.28 per hour worked + 3.00 per day + 0.16 per overtime hour. Page 27 GROUP C I DISTRICT 9 80% of rates above 90% of rates above 85% of rates above 80% of rates above Prevailing Wage Rates for 07101/2006 - 06/30/2007 Last Published on Jan 01 2007 Published by the New York State Department of Labor PRC Number 2007000596 Suffolk County , Small Bore Micro Tunnel Machines For Repairs on Existing Water Tunnels For Repairs of Sewer & Drainage Tunnels For Repair & Maintenance of all Subway & Vehicular Tunnels 80% of rates above 90% of rates above 85% of rates above 80% of rates above , OVERTIME PAY OVERTIME: For Laborer (Free Air) See ( D, M, R' ) on OVERTIME PAGE. For Repair Categories See ( B, F, R' ) on OVERTIME PAGE. & Micro Tunneling , Straight time first 8 hours, double time after 8 hours. , HOLIDAY Paid: Overtime: See (5, 6, 9,11,12,15,25) on HOLIDAY PAGE See (5, 6, 9,11,12,15,25) on HOLIDAY PAGE 9-147Tnl/Free Laborer - Buildin!! 01/01/2007 JOB DESCRIPTION Laborer - Building ENTIRE COUNTIES Nassau, Suffolk WAGES Per Hour: DISTRICT 4 , Building Laborer 07/01/2006- 12/01/2006 11/30/2006 $ 27.00 $ 27.00 , 25.50 27.00 07/01/2006- 12/01/2006 , 11/30/2006 $ 20.63 $ 20.63 9.91 9.91 I Asbestos Abatment Worker (Re-Roofing see Roofer) SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS Per Hour: Building Laborer Asbestos Worker OVERTIME PAY See (A, E, Q) on OVERTIME PAGE HOLIDAY Paid: See (1) on HOLIDAY PAGE Overtime: See (5, 6, 25) on HOLIDAY PAGE REGISTERED APPRENTICES Regular Hours Work Terms (Not Available for Abatment Work) I TERM #1 TERM #2 TERM #3 TERM #4 1 hr to 1000hrs 1001 hrs to 2000hrs 2001 hrs to 3000hrs 3001 hrs to 4000hrs Wages per hour: APPRENTICES (Not Allowed on Abatment Work) I TERM #1 TERM #2 TERM #3 TERM #4 $16.20 18.90 21.60 24.30 $16.20 18.90 21.60 24.30 I Supplemental Benefits per hour: APPRENTICES Page 28 I I Prevailing Wage Rates for 07/01/2006 - 06/30/2007 Last Published on Jan 01 2007 Published by the New York State Department of Labor PRC Number 2007000596 Suffolk County TERM #1 TERM #2 ~ERM #3 ,toRM #4 $11.05 12.54 13.03 13.45 $11.05 12.54 13.03 13.45 4-66 I laborer - Heavy&Hillhwav 01/01/2007 JOB DESCRIPTION Laborer - Heavy&Highway ENTIRE COUNTIES Nassau, Suffolk WAGES Laborer (Heavy/Highway): DISTRICT 4 I GROUP # 1: Asphalt Rakers and Formsetters. GROUP # 2: Asphalt Shovelers, Roller Boys and Tampers. I GROUP # 3: Basic Laborer, Power Tool, Trackmen, Landscape, Pipelayer, Jackhammer and Concrete, Traffic Control Personnel. I WAGES PER HOUR: 07/01/2006 GROUP # 1 $ 30.38 GROUP # 2 29.55 GROUP # 3 27.05 ,UPPlEMENTAl BENEFITS 07/01/2006 ,erHour: ALL GROUPS $20.19 After Forty (40)paid Hours in a work Week 12.17 I I OVERTIME PAY See (8, E2, F) on OVERTIME PAGE NOTE: Premium Pay of 25% of wage for all Straight time hours on all New York State D.O.T. and other Goverment Mandated Off-Shift Work NOTE: Hazardous Material Work add an Additional 1 0% of Hourly Rate I HOLIDAY Paid: See (1) on HOLIDAY PAGE Overtime: See (1) on HOLIDAY PAGE REGISTERED APPRENTICES One (1) Year Terms at the following Pecentage of the Journeyman's Wage I 1st 80% 2nd 90% Supplemental Benefits per hour: APPRENTICES $ 20.19 I ',fter Forty (40)paid .1ours in a work Week 12.17 4-1298 laborer. Tunnel 01/01/2007 I JOB DESCRIPTION Laborer - Tunnel DISTRICT 9 Page 29 Prevailing Wage Rates for 07/01/2006 - 06/30/2007 Last Published on Jan 01 2007 Published by the New York State Department of Labor PRC Number 2007000596 Suffolk County I ENTIRE COUNTIES Bronx, Kings, Nassau, New York, Queens, Richmond, Suffolk WAGES GROUP 2: Tunnel Workers" "(including Miners, Drill Runners,lron Men, Maintenance Men, Inside Muck Lock Tender, Pumpmen, Electricians, Cement Finishers, Rod Men, Caulkers, Carpenters, Hydraulic Men, Shield Drivers, Monorail Operators, Motor Men, Conveyor I Men, Safety Miners, Powder Carriers, Pan Men, Riggers, Miner's Helpers, Chuck Tenders, Track Men, Nippers, Brake Men, Form Workers, Concrete Workers, Tunnel Laborers, Caulker's Helpers), Hose Men, Grout Men, Gravel Men, Derail Men and Cable Men. GROUP 3: Top Nipper GROUP 4: Outside Man Lock Tender, Outside Muck Lock Tender, Shaft Men,Gauge Tender and Signal Men. GROUP 5: Powder Watchmen, Top Laborers and Change house Attendants. I WAGES: (per hour) Laborer(Compressed Air): GROUP 1 GROUP 2 GROUP 3 GROUP 4 GROUP 5 SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS: GROUP 1 $34.34 0.28 3.00 0.16 GROUP 2 $33.20 0.28 3.00 0.16 GROUP 3 $32.57 0.28 3,00 0.16 GROUP 4 $31,98 0.28 3.00 0.16 GROUP 5 $30,54 0.28 3.00 0.16 7/01/2006 $38.59 37.26 36.59 35.95 31.09 I per hour paid + per hour worked + per day + per overtime hour per hour paid + per hour worked + per day + per overtime hour per hour paid + per hour worked + per day + per overtime hour per hour paid + per hour worked + per day + per overtime hour per hour paid + per hour worked + per day + per overtime hour I I I OVERTIME PAY See (0, M, "R) on OVERTIME PAGE NOTE: Time and one-half to be paid for all overtime repair-maintenance work on existing equipment and facilities. I . Straight time first 8 hours, double time after 8 hours. HOLIDAY Paid: Overtime: See (5, 6, 9,11,12,15,25) on HOLIDAY PAGE See (5, 6, 9, 11, 12, 15,25) on HOLIDAY PAGE I 9-147TnIlComp Air Mason 01/01/2007 JOB DESCRIPTION Mason ENTIRE COUNTIES Bronx, Kings, Nassau, New York, Queens, Richmond, SUffolk WAGES Per Hour 07/01/2006 Bricklayer $ 41.25 DISTRICT 9 I Page 30 I I Prevailing Wage Rates for 07/01/2006 - 06/30/2007 Last Published on Jan 01 2007 Published by the New York State Department of Labor PRO Number 2007000596 Suffolk County SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS Oer Hour 07/01/2006 Journeyman $ 21.76 I OVERTIME PAY See (A, E, Q) on OVERTIME PAGE HOLIDAY Paid: See (1) on HOLIDAY PAGE Overtime: See (5, 6, 25) on HOLIDAY PAGE REGISTERED APPRENTICES wges: (per hour paid): I (750 Hours) Term at the following Percentage of Journeyman's Wage' (500 hours) temn at the following percentage of jpurneyman's wage" I 1st* 50% 2nd* 60% 3rd* 70% 4th* 80% 5th** 90% 6th** 95% Supplemental Benefits: (per hour) Apprentices: All aprrentices $10.40 9-1Brk I Mason -Building 0110112007 JOB DESCRIPTION Mason - Building DISTRICT g ~NTIRE COUNTIES yonx, Kings, Nassau, New York, Orange, Putnam, Queens, Richmond, Rockland, Suffolk, Westchester NAGES 07101/2006 I Building: Tile Finisher SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS Journeyman.. $ 34.00 $16.85 I OVERTIME PAY See (A, E, QJ on OVERTIME PAGE HOLIDAY Paid: See (1) on HOLIDAY PAGE Overtime: See (5, 6, 8,10,11,15,16) on HOLIDAY PAGE REGISTERED APPRENTICES Wages: (per hour paid) I (750 hour) terms at the following percentages of journeyman's wage. 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th I 50% 55% 65% 70% 75% 85% 90% 95% Suppiementai Benefits: (per hour paid) (750) hour terms at the following dollar amount: I Apprentices. 7.50+ , term wage % of $ 9.35 9-7/88-1f Mason - Building 01/01/2007 JOB DESCRIPTION Mason - Building DISTRICT g I Page 31 Prevailing Wage Rates for 07/01/2006 - 06/30/2007 Last Published on Jan 01 2007 Published by the New York State Department of Labor PRC Number 2007000596 Suffolk County I ENTIRE COUNTIES Bronx, Kings, Nassau, New York, Queens, Richmond, Suffolk, Westchester WAGES 7/01/2006 Building Marble/ Sawyer, Rubber & Polisher Marble Restoration Finishers SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS Journeyman: $ 36.58 I 18.66 Polisher Finisher OVERTIME PAY See (A, E, Q, V) on OVERTIME PAGE HOLIDAY Paid: See ('5, 6,11,15) on HOLIDAY PAGE Overtime: See (5, 6,11,15) on HOLIDAY PAGE , Journeymen receive 1/2 days pay for Labor Day. Cleaner, Maintenance and 1ST three tenms of Apprentices see (5,6, 11, 15 Jon HOLIDAY PAGE. All others See ( 1 ) on HOLIDAY PAGE. REGISTERED APPRENTICES Wages: (per hour worked). $14.63 5.95 I I ( 1/2) year tenms at the following percentage of Journeyman's wage. I 1st 50% 2nd 55% 3rd 60% 4th 65% 5th 70% 6th 80% 7th 90% 8th 95% Supplemental Benefits: (per hour worked) (750) hours tenm at the following dollar amount: I Apprentices: term wage % of $ 8.20 + $ 6.78 9-7/24 Mason -Building 01/01/2007 JOB DESCRIPTION Mason - Building DISTRICT g ENTIRE COUNTIES Bronx, Kings, Nassau, New York, Orange, Putnam, Queens, Richmond, Rockland, Suffolk, Westchester WAGES I 07/01/2006 Building: Tile Setters SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS Joumeyman: OVERTIME PAY See (A, E, Q) on OVERTIME PAGE HOLIDAY Paid: See (1) on HOLIDAY PAGE Overtime: See (5, 6, 8,10,11, 15, 16) on HOLIDAY PAGE REGISTERED APPRENTICES Wage per hour: (750 hr)terms at the following percentage of journeyman's wage. 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 50% 55% 65% 75% 85% 95% $ 42.27 . $19.28 I Supplemental Benefits per hour paid: Apprentice: I $ 9.93+ tenm wage % of 9.35 9-7/52 Page 32 I . Prevailing Wage Rates for 07/01/2006 - 06/30/2007 Last Published on Jan 01 2007 Published by the New York State Department of Labor PRe Number 2007000596 Suffolk County Mason - Buildin~ 01/0112007 . pB DESCRIPTION Mason - Building ENTIRE COUNTIES Bronx, Kings, Nassau, New York, Queens, Richmond, Suffolk, Westchester WAGES Building: DISTRICT g 07/01/06 Mosaic & Terrazzo Worker Mosaic & Terrazzo Finisher SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS Journeyman: $41.68 $40.37 . $18.55 OVERTIME PAY See (A, E, Q, .V) on OVERTIME PAGE * ADD $8.05 per hour to supplements on time & one-half overtime hours. ADO $10.05 per hour to supplements on double-time overtime hours. . HOLIDAY Paid: See (1) on HOLIDAY PAGE Overtime: See (5, 6, 8,11,15,16,25) on HOLIDAY PAGE REGISTERED APPRENTICES Wage per hour: (750 Hour) tenms at the following percentage of the joumeymans wage. 1 st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 50% 55% 65% 70% 80% 95% . Supplemental benefits per hour paid: (750 hour) terms at the following percentage of Journeyman's benefit. . ~t 50% 2nd 55% 3rd 65% 4th 70% 5th 80% 6th 95% 9-7/3 Mason- Buildin~ 1 Heavv&Hi~hwav 01/01/2007 . JOB DESCRIPTION Mason - Building / Heavy&Highway ENTIRE COUNTIES Bronx, Kings, Nassau, New York, Queens, Richmond, Suffolk WAGES DISTRICT 9 07/01/2006 . Stone Setter SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS (per hour paid) $ 42.58 07/01/2006 Stone Setter Stone Tender 1 st year apprentice $25.43 10.95 15.06 . OVERTIME PAY See (.C, ..E, Q) on OVERTIME PAGE . On weekdays the eighth (8th) and ninth (9th) hours are time and one-haif all work thereafter is paid at double the hourly rate. . .. The first seven (7) hours on Saturday is paid at time and one-half all work thereafter is paid at double the hourly rate. HOLIDAY "aid: See (8, 25) on HOLIDAY PAGE "lvertime: See (5, 6) on HOLIDAY PAGE REGISTERED APPRENTICES Wages: (per hour paid): . (750 hour) terms at the following percentage of journeyman's wage. Page 33 Prevailing Wage Rates for 07/01/2006 - 06/30/2007 Last Published on Jan 01 2007 Published by the New York State Department of Labor PRC Number 2007000596 Suffolk County . Apprentices: 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 07/01/2006 50% 60% 70% 80% 90% 100% 9-1Stn Mason - BuildinA / Heavv&HiAhwav 01/01/2007 . JOB DESCRIPTION Mason - Building / Heavy&Highway DISTRICT 9 ENTIRE COUNTIES Bronx, Kings, Nassau, New York, Queens, Richmond, Suffolk WAGES Shall include but not limited to: fired clay brick pavers, pre-cast con-crete slabs (london walks), pressed concrete pavers, cobble stone, all types of fiagging, asphalt concrete pavers- asphaltic cement sand and stone aggregate, unit safety surface. . WAGES: (per hour) Journeyman SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS Journeyman 07/01/2006 $24.12 $10.76 . OVERTIME PAY See (B, E, Q) on OVERTIME PAGE HOLIDAY Paid: See (1) on HOLIDAY PAGE Overtime: See (5, 6, 25) on HOLIDAY PAGE REGISTERED APPRENTICES Wages: 07/01/2006 (per hour paid) One year(1) Apprenticeship $ 20.27 . Supplemental Benefits: Apprentice: $ 6.08 . 9-1 Paver Mason - BuildinA / Heavv&Highwav 01/01/2007 JOB DESCRIPTION Mason - Building / Heavy&Highway ENTIRE COUNTIES Bronx, Kings, Nassau, New York, Queens, Richmond, Suffolk, Westchester WAGES Wages: 07/01/2006 Marble-Riggers, Crane & Derrickman $39.23 DISTRICT 9 . SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS Journeyman... OVERTIME PAY See (C, 0, V) on OVERTIME PAGE HOLIDAY Paid: See ('2) on HOLIDAY PAGE Overtime: See (5, 6, 8,11,15,25) on HOLIDAY PAGE , 1/2 Day for Labor Day. REGISTERED APPRENTICES Wages: (per hour paid): . $18.82 . ( 1/2) year tenms at the following percentage of Journeyman's wage. 1 st 2nd 3rd 07/0112006 50% 55% 65% 4th 75% 5th 85% . 6th 95% Supplemental Benefits: (per hour paid) 07/0112206 $8.65+ tenmwage%of$10.17 Page 34 . . Prevailing Wage Rates for 07/01/2006 - 06/30/2007 Last Published on Jan 01 2007 Published by the New York State Department of Labor PRC Number 2007000596 Suffolk County 9-7/20-MR . ~ason - Heavy&HiRhwav JOB DESCRIPTION Mason - Heavy&Highway ENTIRE COUNTIES Bronx, Kings, Nassau, New York, Queens, Richmond, Suffolk WAGES Per Hour: 07/01/2006 . Pointer, Cleaner,& Caulker (Mason) SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS Journeyman $17.94 $ 34.73 . OVERTIME PAY See (B, E2, H) on OVERTIME PAGE HOLIDAY Paid: See (1) on HOLIDAY PAGE Overtime: See (5, 6) on HOLIDAY PAGE REGISTERED APPRENTICES Wages: (per hour paid): . ( 1 ) year terms at the following wage rates. 1st $16.80 2nd 19.69 07/01/2006 . Supplemental Benefits: }er hour paid) Apprentices: 07/01/2006 1st $2.50 2nd $6.60 3rd 25.75 3rd $8.60 4th 31.30 4th $8.60 01/01/2007 DISTRICT 9 9-1PCC Mason - HeaVV&HiRhwav 01/0112007 . JOB DESCRIPTION Mason - Heavy&Highway ENTIRE COUNTIES Bronx, Kings, Nassau, New York, Queens, Richmond, Suffolk WAGES 07/01/06 Cement Mason $41.25 . SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS Joumeyman: $23.15 OVERTIME PAY See (C, 0, V) on OVERTIME PAGE HOLIDAY Paid: See (1) on HOLIDAY PAGE Overtime: See (5, 6, 8, 11,13,25) on HOLIDAY PAGE REGISTERED APPRENTICES ( 1 ) year terms at the following wage rates. . 1st Term 2nd T enm 3rd Term $20.62 24.75 28.87 . iupplement Benefits per hour paid: Apprentices: 1st term 2nd lenm 3rd term $14.94 16.59 18.25 . Page 35 DISTRICT 9 Prevailing Wage Rates for 07/0112006 - 06/30/2007 Last Published on Jan 01 2007 Published by the New Yark State Department of Labor PRC Number 2007000596 Suffolk County 9-780 . Operating Engineer - Building 01/01/2007{ JOB DESCRIPTION Operating Engineer - Building ENTIRE COUNTIES Bronx, Kings, Nassau, New York, Queens, Richmond, Suffolk WAGES DISTRICT 9 . Survey Rates-Building: 07/01/2006 Party Chief Instrument Man Rodman SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS (per hour paid): Journeyman: $44.74 33.63 29.67 . $20.30 OVERTIME PAY See (A, *E, Q, V) on OVERTIME PAGE * Doubletime paid on the 8th hour on Saturday. HOLIDAY Paid: See (5, 6, 8,11,12,15,25) on HOLIDAY PAGE Overtime: See (5, 6, 8,11,12,25) on HOLIDAY PAGE . 9-15Db . Operating EnQineer " Buildirlg . 01/01/2007 JOB DESCRIPTION Operating Engineer - Building ENTIRE COUNTIES Nassau, Suffolk WAGES BUILDING CATEGORIES: DISTRICT 4 . CLASS" M "CRANES: Crane, Truck Crane, Derrick, Dragline, Dredge, Crawler Crane, Tower Crane & Pile Driver. CLASS "A": Asphalt Spreader, Backhoe Crawler, Boiler, Boring Machine, Cherry Picker (over 50 tons), Concrete Pump, Gradall, Grader, Hoist,Loading Machine (10 yds. or more), Milling Machine, Power Winch - Stone Setting/Structural Steel & Truck Mounted, Powerhouse, Road Paver, Scoop-Carryall-Scraper in Tandem, Shovel, Sideboom Tractor, Stone Spreader (self-propelled), Tank Work, Tower Crane Engineer. . CLASS "B": Backhoe, Boom Truck, Bulldozer, Boring Machine/Auger, Cherry Picker (under 50 Tons), Conveyor-Multi, Dinkey Locomotive, Fork Lift, Hoist (2 Drum), Loading Machine & Front Loader, Mulch Machine (Machine Fed), Power Winches (Not Included in Class "A"), Asphalt Roller, Hydraulic Pump with Boring Machine, Scoop, Carryall, Scaper, Maintenance Man on Tower Crane, Trenching Machine, Vermeer Cutter, Work Boat. . CLASS "C": Curb Machine, Maintenance Engineer (Small Equip. & Well Point), Field Mechanic, Milling Machine (Small), Pulvl Mixer, Pumps (all), Roller (dirt), Ridge Cutter, Vac-AIl, Shotblaster, Striping Machine, Interior Hoist, Concrete Finish Machine, ConcreteSpreader, Conveyer, Curing Machine, Hoist (one drum). . CLASS "0": Concrete Breaker, Concrete Saw/Cutter, Fork Life or Walk Behind (power operated), Generator, Hydra Hammer, Compactors (mechanical or hand operated), Pin Puller, Portable Heaters, Power Booms, Power Buggies, Pump (double action diaphragm). CLASS "E": Batching Plant, Generator, Grinder, Mixer, Mulching Machine, Oiler, Pump (gypsum), Pump (single action diaphragm), Stump Chipper, Track Tamper, Tractor (caterpiller or wheel), Vibrator, Deckhand on Workboat. . 07/01/2006 Ciass "M" $ 48.52 Cranes: Boom length over 100 feet add $ 1.00 per hour " " "150" "$ 1.50 ' " Page 36 . . Prevailing Wage Rates for 07/01/2006 - 06/30/2007 Last Published on Jan 01 2007 Published by the New York State Department of Labor PRC Number 2007000596 Suffolk County 250" "$ 2.00 " " 350" "$ 3.00 " jlass "A t1 'Add $3.50 for Hazardous Waste Work $ 42.75' . Class "s" 'Add $2.50 for Hazardous Waste Work $ 40.54' Class "e" 'Add $1.50 for Hazardous Waste Work $ 39.07' . Class "0" Class "E" $ 36.11 $ 3462 SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS ALL CLASSES Note: OVERTIME AMOUNT $ 26.04 21.85 . OVERTIME PAY See (0, 0) on OVERTIME PAGE HOLIDAY Paid: See (5, 6, 8, g, 15, 25) on HOLIDAY PAGE Overtime: See (5, 6, 8, g, 15, 25) on HOLIDAY PAGE . "NOTE": Employee must be employed day before and day after a holiday to receive holiday pay. REGISTERED APPRENTICES One(1) Year Terms at the following Rate: jslT erm -2nd Tenm 3rd Term $ 20.84 21.67 22.33 . Supplemental Senefits per hour: . APPRENTICES Note: OVERTIME AMOUNT $ 15.89 5.85 4-138 Operating Engineer -Building 1 Heavv&Highwav 01/01/2007 . JOB DESCRIPTION Operating Engineer - Suilding / Heavy&Highway ENTIRE COUNTIES Nassau, Suffolk WAGES Per Hour: 07/01/2006 DISTRICT 4 . Well Driller Well Driller Helper $ 28.22 24.87 Hazardous Waste Differential Added to Hourly Wage: . Level A Level S i_evel C SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS Per Hour: $ 3.00 2.00 1.00 Well Driller Well Drller Helper $ 10% of straight time rate plus $9.55 . Page 37 Prevailing Wage Rates for 07101/2006 - 06/30/2007 Last Published on Jan 01 2007 Published by the New Yark State Department of Labor PRC Number 2007000596 Suffolk County . (NOTE) Additional $2.25 for Premium Time OVERTIME PAY See (B, E, G, P) on OVERTIME PAGE HOLIDAY Paid: Overtime: . See (5, 6,16,23) on HOLIDAY PAGE See (5, 6,16,23) on HOLIDAY PAGE 4-138well Operatin!l En!lineer -Heavy&Hi!lhwav 01/01/2007 JOB DESCRIPTION Operating Engineer - Heavy&Highway DISTRICT 9 ENTIRE COUNTIES Bronx, Dutchess, Kings, Nassau, New York, Putnam, Queens, Richmond, Suffolk, Westchester WAGES . 07/01/2006 Survey Rates-Heavy/Highway: Party Chief Instrument Man Rodman SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS (per hour paid) Journeyman $46.14 33.61 29.06 . $19.45 (+ $.85 sup dues) OVERTIME PAY See (B, 'E, Q, V) on OVERTIME PAGE , Doubletime paid on the 9th hour on Saturday. HOLIDAY Paid: See (5, 6, 7, 11, 12) on HOLIDAY PAGE Overtime: See (5, 6, 7,11,12) on HOLIDAY PAGE . 9-15011- . Operatin!l En!lineer - Heavy&Hi!lhwav 01/01/2007 JOB DESCRIPTION Operating Engineer - Heavy&Highway ENTIRE COUNTIES Nassau, SUffolk WAGES HEAVY/HIGHWAY CATEGORIES: DISTRICT 4 . CLASS "M" CRANES: Crane. Truck Crane, Derrick, Dragline, Dredge, Crawfer Crane, Tower Crane, Pile Driver. CLASS "A": Asphalt Spreader, Backhoe Crawler, Boiler Cherrypicker (over 50 tons), Concrete Pump, Grader, Gradall, Hoist Loading Machine 10 yds. or more), Milling Machine, Power Winch-Stone Setting/Structural Steel or Truck Mounted, Powerhouse, Road Paver, Scoop-Carryall-Scaper in Tandem, Shovel, Sideboom Tractor, Stone Spreader (self propelled), Tank Work, Track Alignment Machine. . CLASS "B": Backhoe, Boom Truck, Bulldozer, Boring Machine/Auger, Cherry Picker (under 50 tons), Conveyor-Multi, Dinky Locomotive, Fork Lift, Hoist (2 drum), Loading Machine & Front Loader, Mulch Machine (machine fed), Power Winches (all others not included in CLASS A), Asphalt Roller, Hydraulic Pump with Boring Machine, Scoop, Carryall, Scaper, Maintenance Man on Tower Crane, Trenching Machine, Vermeer Cutter, Work Boat. . CLASS "Co: Curb Machine, Maintenance Engineer (Small Equip. & Well Point), Field Mechanic, Milling Machine (Small), Pulvi-Mixer, Pumps, Roller (Dirt), Vac-AIl, Welding/Burning, Compressor (Structural Steel & 2 or more Batteries), Concrete Finish Machine, Concrete Spreader, Conveyor, Curing Machine, Fireman, Hoist (One Drum), Ridge Cutter, Striping Machine, Welding Machine (Structural Steel & Pile Work). . CLASS "0": Compressor (Pile,Crane,Stone Setting), Concrete Saw Cutter/ Breaker, Work Lift (Walk Behind,Power Operated), Generator (Pile Work),Hydra Hammer, Hand Operated Compactor, Pin Puller, Portable Heater, Powered Broom/Buggy/Grinder, Pump (Single Action-1 to 3 Inches/Gypsum/Double Action Diaphragm), Hand Trenching Machine, Welding Machine. Page 38 . . Prevailing Wage Rates for 07/01/2006 - 06/30/2007 Last Published on Jan 01 2007 Published by the New Yark State Department of Labor PRC Number 2007000596 Suffolk County CLASS "E": Batching Plant, Generator, Grinder, Mixer, Mulching Machine, Oiler, Pump (Centrifugal up to 3 In.), Root Cutter, Stump Chipper, Oiler on ')wer Crane, Track Tamper, Tractor, Vibrator, Deckhand on Work Boat. 07/01/2006 . Class "AA" $ 49.71 Cranes: Boom Length over 1 00 feet add $ 1.00 per hour " 150" "$ 1.50 " "250 "$ 2.00 " " 350" "$ 3.00 " . Class "A" $ 43.93" "Add $3.50 for Hazardous Waste Work. Class "B" "Add $2.50 for Hazardous Waste Work. $ 40.99" . Class 'C" "Add $1.50 for Hazardous Waste Work $ 39.51" Class "0" $ 36.55 Class "E" $ 35.08 . "NOTE": PREMIUM PAY of 25% on straight time hours for NEW YORK STATE- D.O.T. and other GOVERNMENTAL MANDATED off-shift work. SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS ALL CLASSES Note: OVERTIME AMOUNT $ 26.04 21.85 . )VERTIME PAY oee (D, 0) on OVERTIME PAGE HOLIDAY Paid: See (5, 6, 8, 9, 15,25) on HOLIDAY PAGE Overtime: See (5, 6, 8, 9, 15) on HOLIDAY PAGE "NOTE": Employee must be employed day before and day after a holiday to receive holiday pay. REGISTERED APPRENTICES One(1) Year Terms at the following Rate: . 1st Term 2nd Term 3rd Term $ 20.84 21.67 22.33 . APPRENTICES Note: OVERTIME AMOUNT $15.89 5.85 4-138 OperatinQ EnQineer - Marine Construction 01/01/2007 . JOB DESCRIPTION Operating Engineer - Marine Construction DISTRICT 4 ENTIRE COUNTIES Albany, Allegany, Bronx, Broome, Cattaraugus, Cayuga, Chautauqua, Chemung, Chenango, Clinton, Columbia, Cortland, Delaware, Dutchess, Erie, Essex, Franklin, Fulton, Genesee, Greene, Hamilton, Herkimer, Jefferson, Kings, Lewis, Livingston, Madison, Monroe. Montgomery, Nassau, New York, Niagara, Oneida, Onondaga, Ontario, Orange, Orleans, Oswego, Otsego, Putnam, Queens, Rensselaer, Richmond, Rockland, Saratoga, Schenectady, Schoharie, Schuyler, Seneca, SI. Lawrence, Steuben, Suffolk, Sullivan, Tioga, Tompkins, Ulster, Warren, Washington, Wayne, Westchester, Wyoming, Yates 'VAGES Per Hour: DIPPER,CLAMSHELL DREDGES 07/01/2006 . CLASS A Operator $ 29.62 . Page 39 Prevailing Wage Rates for 07/01/2006 - 06/30/2007 Last Published on Jan 01 2007 Published by the New York State Department of Labor PRC Number 2007000596 Suffolk County . CLASS B Operator II Engineer Boat Master $ 24.59 26.02 24.79 CLASS C Maintance Engineer Mate Drag Barge Operator Welder Boat Captain Chief of Party . $ 25.15 23.54 23.54 24.77 23.70 23.54 . CLASS D Oller Scowman Rodman Deckhand $ 20.34 19.43 19.43 19.48 . HYDRAULIC DREDGES 07/01/2006 CLASS A Leverman $ 29.62 CLASS B levemnan II Engineer Derrick Operator Chief Mate Chief Welder Electrician Fill Placer Boat Master $ 24.59 25.47 25.72 25.37 26.03 24.98 25.37 24.78 . . CLASS C Maintenance Engineer Mate Drag Barge Operator Welder (Dredge) Spider Barge Operator Boat Captain Chief of Party $25.14 23.54 23.54 24.76 24.56 23.70 23.54 . CLASS D Oller Shoreman Rodman Deckhand $19.94 19.45 19.45 19.88 . SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS Per Hour: THE FOllOWING SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS APPLY TO All CATEGORIES . 07/01/2006 All Classes A & B (overtime hours add) $ 7.90 plus 7% of Wage $1.25 . All Class C (overtime hours add) $ 7.30 plus 7% of Wage $ 0.95 All Class D $ 6.70 plus Page 40 . . Prevailing Wage Rates for 07/01/2006 - 06/30/2007 Last Published on Jan 01 2007 Published by the New York State Department of Labor PRe Number 2007000596 Suffolk County (overtime hours add) )VERTIME PAY 6ee (B, F, R) on OVERTIME PAGE HOLIDAY Paid: Overtime: 7% of Wage $ 0.65 . See (5, 6, 8,15,26) on HOLIDAY PAGE See (5, 6, 8,15,26) on HOLIDAY PAGE 4-25a-MarConst Operating Engineer. Trenchless Pipe Rehab 01/01/2007 . JOB DESCRIPTION Operating Engineer - Trenchless Pipe Rehab DISTRICT 4 ENTIRE COUNTIES Albany, Allegany, Bronx, Broome, Cattaraugus, Cayuga, Chautauqua, Chemung, Chenango, Clinton, Columbia, Cortland, Delaware, Dutchess, Erie, Essex, Franklin, Fulton, Genesee, Greene, Hamilton, Herkimer, Jefferson, Kings, Lewis, Livingston, Madison, Monroe, Montgomery, Nassau, New York, Niagara, Oneida, Onondaga, Ontario, Orange, Orleans, Oswego, 018ego, Putnam, Queens, Rensselaer, Richmond, Rockland, Saratoga, Schenectady, Schoharie, Schuyler, Seneca, St. Lawrence, Steuben, Suffolk, Sullivan, Tioga, Tompkins, Ulster, Warren, Washington, Wayne, Westchester, Wyoming, Yates WAGES Per Hour: . 07/01/2006 DSET/DSSET Operator $ 30.00 Robotic Unit Operator 30.00 . DDCC Injection Operator 30.00 Technician/Equipment Operator 25.50 AM Liner/Hydra Seal Installer )obas Pipe, Polyethyene Pipe or Pull and Inflate Liner Inst. 25.50 . 25.50 SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS Per Hour Worked All Classifacations . OVERTIME PAY See (B, H) on OVERTIME PAGE HOLIDAY Paid: See (5, 6, 8, g, 15,25) on HOLIDAY PAGE REGISTERED APPRENTICES At One Year Terms . (Per Hour) $11.34 First Year $16.00 Second Year 16.75 Third Year 17.25 . Fourth Year 18.00 Supplemental Benifit (Per Hour Worked) All Terms $11.34 4-138TrchPReh . Painter 01/01/2007 JOB DESCRIPTION Painter ENTIRE COUNTIES Nassau, Suffolk DISTRICT g . Page 41 Prevailing Wage Rates for 07/01/2006 - 06/30/2007 Last Published on Jan 01 2007 Published by the New York State Department of Labor PRC Number 2007000596 Suffolk County . WAGES Per hour: 07/01/2006- 04.130/2007 05/01/2007 Drywall Taper SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS Per hour worked: $ 33.50 $ 34.50 . Journeyman $ 18.90 $19.94 OVERTIME PAY See (A, H) on OVERTIME PAGE HOLIDAY Paid: See (1) on HOLIDAY PAGE Overtime: See (4, 5, 6, 25) on HOLIDAY PAGE REGISTERED APPRENTICES Wages(per Hour) 1st Year 2nd Year 3rd Year 4th Year . $12.70 16.50 19.80 26.40 $ 13.25 17.25 20.70 27.60 . Suppemental Benefits: (per Hour) 1st year 2nd Year 3rd year 4th year $ 8.63 10.74 13.21 17.68 $9.64 11.89 14.47 19.17 . 9-NYDCT9-DWT Painter 01/01/2007. . JOB DESCRIPTION Painter DISTRICT 9 ENTIRE COUNTIES Bronx, Kings, Nassau, New York, Putnam, Queens, Richmond, Suffolk, Westchester WAGES (Per hour) 07/01/2006- 05/01/2007 04/30/2007 . Brush Spray & Scaffold Fire Escape Decorator PaperhangerlWall Coverer SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS ( per hour worked) $ 33.50 36.50 36.50 36.50 35..33 $ 34.50 37.50 37.50 37.50 36.33 . 07/01/2005 05/01/2006 Paperhanger All others $ 23.15 18.85 $23.15 20.94 OVERTIME PAY See (A, H) on OVERTIME PAGE HOLIDAY Paid: See (1) on HOLIDAY PAGE Overtime: See (5, 6, 16,25) on HOLIDAY PAGE REGISTERED APPRENTICES Indentured after 5/31/93 ( 1 ) year terms at the following wage rate. (per hour) . . Appr 1 st term... Appr 2nd term... Appr 3rd tenm... Appr 4th term... $12.70 16.75 20.10 26.80 $12.70 17.25 20.70 27.60 Page 42 . . Prevailing Wage Rates for 07/01/2006 - 06/30/2007 Last Published on Jan 01 2007 Published by the New York State Department of Labor PRe Number 2007000596 Suffolk County Spplemental benefis: )8f Hour worked) tppr 1stterrn... Appr 2nd ferm... Appr 3rd ferm... Appr 4th term... 8.63 10.74 13.21 17.68 9.64 11.89 14.47 19.71 . 9-NYDC9-B/S Painter - Building/Heavv&Highway 01/01/2007 . JOB DESCRIPTION Painter - Building / Heavy&Highway DISTRICT 9 ENTIRE COUNTIES Albany, Allegany, Bronx, Broome, Cattaraugus, Cayuga, Chautauqua, Chemun9, Chenango, Clinton, Columbia, Cortland, Delaware, Dutchess, Erie, Essex, Franklin, Fulton, Genesee, Greene, Hamilton, Herkimer, Jefferson, Kings, Lewis, Livingston. Madison, Monroe, Montgomery, Nassau, New York, Niagara, Oneida, Onondaga, Ontario. Orange, Orleans, Oswego, Ot5ego, Putnam. Queens. Rensselaer, Richmond, Rockland, Saratoga, Schenectady, Schoharie, Schuyler, Seneca, Sf. Lawrence, Steuben, Suffolk, Sullivan, Tioga, Tompkins, Ulster, Warren, Washington, Wayne, Westchester, Wyoming, Yates . WAGES 07/01/2006 Metal Polisher $ 21.98 . All workers shall be paid a premium in an amount equal to twenty ( 20% ) percent of their basic straight time rate of pay for all time worked on hanging scaffolds and on standing scaffolds while working more than 28 feet off the ground, such premium to be paid on top of their straight time or overtime, whichever is applicable. SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS (% of Total Wages) Journeymen & Apprentice - 55% of Wages . )VERTIME PAY ",ee (B, E, Q) on OVERTiME PAGE HOLIDAY Paid: See (5, 6, 9. 11. 15, 16, 25) on HOLIDAY PAGE Overtime: See (5, 6, 9,11,15,16,25) on HOLIDAY PAGE REGISTERED APPRENTICES 55% of Basic Polisher Rate n 9-8N28A-MP . Painter - Heavv&Highway 01/01/2007 JOB DESCRIPTION Painter - Heavy&Highway ENTIRE COUNTIES Nassau, Suffolk WAGES Per Hour: DISTRICT 4 . 07/01/2006- 09/30/2006 1 % 1/2006 Structural Steei Bridge Painting Power Tool/Compressor $ 42.50 42.50 48.50 $ 43.00 43.00 49.00 . "NOTE" Bridge Painting Contracts, ALL WORKERS on and off the bridge(including flagmen) are to be paid Painting Rate. The Contract must be ONLY for Bridge Painting. SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS Per Hour: . ourneyman/ All Classifications $ 26.23 $ 26.47 OVERTIME PAY See (A, 0) on OVERTIME PAGE HOLIDAY . Page 43 Prevailing Wage Rates for 07/01/2006 - 06/30/2007 Last Published on Jan 01 2007 Paid: See (1) on HOLIDAY PAGE Overtime: See (5, 6) on HOLIDAY PAGE REGISTERED APPRENTICES Wages per hour: Published by the New York State Department of Labor PRC Number 2007000596 Suffolk County . One(1) Year Terms at the following Percentage of the Journeyman(s) Wage: . 1st Term 2nd Term 3rd Term 40% 60% 80% Supplemental Benefits per hour: . Apprentice(s) 1stTerm 2nd Term 3rd Term $21.23 26.23 26.23 $ 21.47 26.47 26.47 4-DC9/NS-BrSS Painter -Heavv&Highway . 01/01/2007 JOB DESCRIPTION Painter - Heavy&Highway DISTRICT 9 ENTIRE COUNTIES Albany, Bronx, Clinton, Columbia, Dutchess, Essex, Franklin, Fulton, Greene, Hamilton, Kings, Montgomery, Nassau, New York, Orange, Putnam, Queens, Rensselaer, Richmond, Rockland, Saratoga, Schenectady, Schoharie, Suffolk, Sullivan, Ulster, Warren, Washington, Westchester WAGES . Painter (Striping-Highway): 07/01/2006 Striping-Machine Operator Linerman Thermoplastic SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS (per hour paid) $ 23.64 28.49 . 07/01/2006 Journeyman.. $ 7.14 + 7% of wage OVERTIME PAY See (B, E, P, 5) on OVERTIME PAGE HOLIDAY Paid: See (5, 8,11,12,15,16,17,20) on HOLIDAY PAGE OVertime: See (5, 8, 11, 12, 15, 16, 17, 20, 21, 22) on HOLIDAY PAGE . Plasterer 9-8a/28a (230)-HWSt 0110112007 . JOB DESCRIPTION Plasterer ENTIRE COUNTIES Kings, Nassau, Queens, Suffolk PARTIAL COUNTIES New York: Includes work in all Islands in New York City, except Manhallan. WAGES (per hour) DISTRICT 9 . 02/01/2006 07/01/2006 02/01/2007 Building: PlastererfT raditional $ 34.03 Additional $ 1.50' Additional $1.50' . . Note: May be distributed between wages and benefits. SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS Page 44 . . Prevailing Wage Rates for 07/01/2006 - 06/30/2007 Last Published on Jan 01 2007 ( per hour worked) _ Journeyman ..... Published by the New York State Department of Labor PRC Number 2007000596 Suffolk County $ 20.30 . i 0VERTIME PAY See (B, E, E2, Q) on OVERTIME PAGE HOLIDAY Paid: See (1) on HOLIDAY PAGE Overtime: See (5,6,8,11,13,25,26) on HOLIDAY PAGE REGISTERED APPRENTICES Wages: (per hour) . ( 1 ) year terms at the following % journeyman's wage rate. First year: 1 st 6 months 2nd 6 months 40% 45% Second year: 1 st 6 months 2nd 6 months . 55% 60% Third year: 1 st 6 months 2nd 6 months 70% 75% Supplemental Benefits: (per hour paid): (1) yearterm broken down into six month periods: 1st year: . 1 st six months 2nd six months 3rd six months 4th six months )h six months -6th six months $8.37 9.35 11.35 12.33 14.33 15.33 . 9-530-21 Plumber 01/01/2007 . JOB DESCRIPTION Plumber ENTIRE COUNTIES Nassau, Suffolk WAGES Per Hour: DISTRICT 4 07/01/2006- 05/31/2007 06/01/2007 . Joumeyman/ PUMP & TANK $ 38.44 SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS Per Hour: $ 40.18 Journeyman $18.32 $18.57 . . OVERTIME PAY See (B, N, V) on OVERTIME PAGE (V) Sunday & Holidays Only HOLIDAY Paid: See (1) on HOLIDAY PAGE Overtime: See (5, 6,16,25) on HOLIDAY PAGE . IEGISTERED APPRENTICES One(1) Year Terms at the Following Wage Per Hour: 07/01/2006- 05/31/2007 06/01/2007 . Page 45 Prevailing Wage Rates for 07101/2006 - 0613012007 Last Published on Jan 01 2007 Published by the ,New York State Department of Labor PRC Number 2007000596 Suffolk County . 1st Term 2nd Term 3rd Term 4th Term $ 9.31 14.00 19.29 24.72 $ 9.66 14.54 19.93 25.57 Supplemental Benefits per hour: . 1st Term 2nd Term 3rd Term 4th Term $ 7.67 8.64 9.04 9.29 $ 8.89 14.43 19.82 25.46 . 4-200 Pump & Tank Plumber 01/01/2007 JOB DESCRIPTION Plumber ENTIRE COUNTIES Nassau, Suffolk WAGES Per Hour: DISTRICT 4 . 07/01/2006 Journeyman MAINTENANCE ONLY $ 24.25 (NOTE) Maintenance: Correction of problem(s)with the existing fixture or group of fixtures, preventive repairs or servicing of said fixtures. SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS Per Hour . Journeyman OVERTIME PAY See (B, J) on OVERTIME PAGE HOLIDAY Paid: See (1) on HOLIDAY PAGE Overtime: See (5, 6, 15, 16) on HOLIDAY PAGE REGISTERED APPRENTICES One(1) Year Terms, Wages Per Hour as Follows: $ 7.65 . . 07/0112006 1stTerm 2nd Term 3rd Term 4th Term 5th Term $12.34 13.29 14.28 15.31 16.38 . Supplemental Benefits per hour: 1st Term 2nd Term 3rd Term 4th Term 5th Term $ 6.20 6.20 6.20 6.20 6.20 . 4-200 Maintance Plumber 01/01/2007 . JOB DESCRIPTION Plumber ENTIRE COUNTIES Nassau, Suffolk WAGES Per Hour: DISTRICT 4 07/01/2006- 11/01/2006- 05/01/2007 . Page 46 . Prevailing Wage Rates for 07/01/2006 - 06/30/2007 Published by the New York State Department of Labor Last Published on Jan 01 2007 PRC Number 2007000596 Suffolk County 10/31/2006 04/30/2007 purneyman $ 42.85 $ 43.75 $ 44.90 . SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS Per Hour: Journyman $ 22.72 $ 23.32 $ 23.42 OVERTIME PAY . See (A, 0, V) on OVERTIME PAGE CODE "V" is only for SUNDAYS and HOLIDAYS WORKED HOLIDAY Paid: See (1) on HOLIDAY PAGE Overtime: See (5, 6,15,16,25) on HOLIDAY PAGE REGISTERED APPRENTICES . One(l) Year Terms, Wages Per Hour as follows: 07/01/2006- 11/01/2006- 05/01/2007 10/31/2006 04/30/2007 lstTerm $17.14 $13.12 $13.47 2nd Term 21.43 21.86 17.96 . 3rd Term 27.85 28.44 29.19 4th Term 30.00 30.63 31.22 5th Term 32.14 32.81 33.66 Supplemental Benefits per hour: ~tTerm $12.49 $11.89 $11.99 . . dTerm 14.32 14.92 13.82 3rd Term 15.13 15.73 15.83 4th Term 16.13 16.73 16.83 5th Term 17.64 17.58 17.68 4-200 Roofer 01/01/2007 . JOB DESCRIPTION Roofer DISTRICT 4 ENTIRE COUNTIES Nassau, Suffolk WAGES Per Hour: 07/01/2006- 10/01/2006 . 09/30/2006 RooferlWaterproofer $ 33.25 $ 35.50 SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS Per Hour: Journeyman $ 22.62 $ 22.62 . . OVERTIME PAY Per Hour: NEW ROOF SEE (B,E,Q) RE-ROOF SEE (B,E,E2,Q) ~OLlDAY ';>aid: See (l)on HOLIDAY PAGE Overtime: See (5, 6,13,16,25) on HOLIDAY PAGE REGISTERED APPRENTICES (1) Year terms at the following pecentage of Journeyman's Wage 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 40% 50% 70% 80% . Page 47 Prevailing Wage Rates for 07/01/2006 - 06/30/2007 Last Published on Jan 01 2007 Published by the New Yark State Department of labor PRC Number 2007000596 Suffolk County . Supplemental Benefifs per hour: 1stTerm 2nd Term 3rd Term 4th Term $ 2.00 6.00 12.35 17.31 . 4-154 Sheetmetal Worker 0110112007 JOB DESCRIPTION Sheetmetal Worker ENTIRE COUNTIES Bronx, Kings, Nassau, New York, Queens, Richmond, Suffolk WAGES Per Hour: DISTRICT 4 . 07/01/2006 Sheetmetal Worker $ 40.99 . For Temporary Operation or Maintenance of Fans is 80% of Above Wage Rate SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS Per Hour: Journeyman $33.01 . OVERTIME PAY See (A, 0) on OVERTIME PAGE For Fan Maintenance See Codes B & 0 HOLIDAY Paid: See (1) on HOLIDAY PAGE Overtime: See (5, 6,11,15,16,25,26) on HOLlDAV PAGE REGISTERED APPRENTICES Wages Per Hour: . (1/2) Vear Terms at the following Percent of Journeyman(s) Wage 1 st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 30% 35% 40% 45% 50% 6th 55% 7th 60% 8th 70% . Supplemental Benefits per hour: 1st Term 2nd Term 3rd Term 4th Term 5th Term 6th Term 7th Term 8th Term $12.70 14.33 15.82 17.38 18.92 20.33 22.20 25.85 . 4-28 . Sheetmetal Worker 0110112007 JOB DESCRIPTION Sheetmetal Worker ENTIRE COUNTIES Bronx, Kings, Nassau, New Vork, Queens, Richmond, Rockland, Suffolk, Westchester WAGES Per Hour: DISTRICT 9 . Sign Erector' 07/01/06 $ 36.20 'NOTE: Overhead Highway Signs and Structurally Supported Signs (See IRON WORKER CLASS) . Page 48 . Prevailing Wage Rates for 07/01/2006 - 06/30/2007 Last Published on Jan 01 2007 Published by the New York State Department of Labor PRe Number 2007000596 Suffolk County SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS Oar Hour: 07/01/06 Journeyman . OVERTIME PAY See (A, F, S) on OVERTIME PAGE HOLIDAY Paid: See (5, 6,11,12,16,25) on HOLIDAY PAGE Overtime: See (5, 6, 10, 11, 12, 16,25) on HOLIDAY PAGE REGISTERED APPRENTICES . Wage per hour: 07/01/2006 $ 25.48 Half (1/2) year terms at the following raters): 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th $12.67 $14.48 $16.29 $18.10 $19.91 . 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th $21.72 $23.53 $25.34 $27.15 $28.96 Supplemental Benefits per hour paid: Half (1/2) year terms at the following dollar amount . 1st $8.28 2nd $9.21 3rd $10.16 4th $11.09 5th $12.18 6th $12.97 7th $14.07 8th $14.86 9th $15.95 10th $16.74 9-137-SE . $prinkler Fitter -Refri!leration 01/01/2007 JOB DESCRIPTION Sprinkler Fitter - Refrigeration ENTIRE COUNTIES Bronx, Nassau, New York, Queens, Suffolk WAGES Per hour: DISTRICT 9 . 07/01/2006 Steamfitter $ 29.30 Refrigeration, Ale, Oil Burner and Stoker Service and Installations, limited on Refrigeration to combined compressors up to five (5) horsepower, and on NC Heating and Air Cooling to combined compressors up to ten (10) horsepower. SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS . Per hour worked: Journeyman $ 7.71 . OVERTIME PAY See (B, E, '0, "S) on OVERTIME PAGE , Overtime Code 0 applies to Holiday Codes 2, 6, 9, 15, and 17. "Overtime Code S applies to Holiday codes 10, 11,26, and Memorial Day. HOLIDAY Paid: See (2, 6, 9, 10, 11, 15, 17,26) on HOLIDAY PAGE Overtime: See (2,6,9,10,11,15,17,26) on HOLIDAY PAGE Memorial Daya Paid Holiday with Overtime as per Overtime Code S 9-638B . Steamfitter 01/01/2007 JOB DESCRIPTION Steamfitter ENTIRE COUNTIES Bronx, Kings, Nassau, New York, Queens, Richmond, Suffolk WAGES DISTRICT 9 . 07/01/2006- Page 49 Prevailing Wage Rates for 07/01/2006 - 06/30/2007 Last Published on Jan 01 2007 Published by the New York State Department of Labor PRC Number 2007000596 Suffolk County . Steam Fitter* Sprinkler Fitter" 12/26/2006 $ 43.67 43.67 33.18" . $ 34.60 . $ 27.40 For Work on Temporary Heat"" & Air Conditioning SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS (per hour paid) Journeyman Journeyman: (For Work on Temporary Heat & Air conditioning). OVERTIME PAY See ("C, ""D, 0, V) on OVERTIME PAGE . HOLIDAY Paid: See (1) on HOLIDAY PAGE Overtime: See (5, 6,11,15,16,25) on HOLIDAY PAGE REGISTERED APPRENTICES Wages per hour worked: ( 1 ) year tenms at the following percentage of Journeyman's wage. Apprentices: 1 st 2nd . 3rd 4th 5th 40% 50% 65% 80% 85% Suppelmental Benefits: (1) year tenm at the following dollar amounts: . Apprentices: 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 07/01/2006 $14.00 $17.35 $22.37 $ 27.37 $ 29.06 9-638A-StmSpFtr . Steamfitter 01/01/2007 JOB DESCRIPTION Steamfitter ENTIRE COUNTIES Bronx, Kings, Nassau, New York, Queens, Richmond, Suffolk WAGES DISTRICT 9 07/01/2006- 12/31/2006 . Steamfitter............... $ 30.45 Refrigeration, AlC, Oil Burner and Stoker Service and Installations, limited on Refrigeration to combined compressors up to five (5) horsepower, and on AlC Heating and Air Cooling to combined compressors up to ten (10) horsepower. SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS Journeyman...... $ 7.71 . . OVERTIME PAY OVERTIME:....See (S, E, Q", S"" ) on OVERTIME PAGE. HOLIDAY HOLIDAY: Page 50 . . Prevailing Wage Rates for 07/01/2006 - 06/30/2007 Last Published on Jan 01 2007 Published by the New York State Department of Labor PRC Number 2007000596 Suffolk County Paid:........See (2,6,9, 10, 11, 15, 17, 26,Memorial Day) on HOLIDAY PAGE. Overtime:.... . (2,6,9, 15, 17 ) .. (10,11,26, Memorial Day) 9-638B-StmFtrRef . SurvevCrew ConsultinQ 01/01/2007 JOB DESCRIPTION Survey Crew Consulting ENTIRE COUNTIES Bronx, Kings, Nassau, New York, Putnam, Queens, Richmond, Suffolk, Westchester PARTIAL COUNTIES . Dutchess: Only the portion south of the north city line in Poughkeepsie. WAGES Feasibility and preliminary design surveying, line and grade surveying for inspection or supervision of construction when performed under a Consulting Engineer agreement. DISTRICT 9 . WAGES: (per hour) 07/01/2006 Survey Rates: Party Chief..... Instrument Man.. Rodman.......... SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS (per hour paid) Journeyman...... $29.82 25.01 21.95 . $11.70 OVERTIME PAY OVERTIME:.... See ( B, E', Q, V ) ON OVERTIME PAGE. 'Doubletime paid on the 9th hour on Saturday. )OLlDAY Paid: See (5, 6, 7,11,16) on HOLIDAY PAGE Overtime: See (5, 6, 7,11,16) on HOLIDAY PAGE . 9-15dconsult Teamster. BuildinQI Heavy&HiQhwav 01/01/2007 . JOB DESCRIPTION Teamster - Building / Heavy&Highway ENTIRE COUNTIES Bronx, Kings, Nassau, New York, Queens, Richmond, Suffolk WAGES Per Hour: 07/01/2006 DISTRICT 4 Truck Driver, Chauffeur . Loader/Operator Trailers $ 25.28 Straight Jobs SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS Per Hour: 24.98 . All Classifications OVERTIME PAY See (8, L, S, S1) on OVERTIME PAGE HOLIDAY Paid: See (5, 6, 7, 8, 11, 12,26) on HOLIDAY PAGE Employee must work Two(2) Days in Holiday Week $18.80 . 4-282.Demo Teamster. BuildinQ 1 Heavy&HiQhway 01/01/2007 . JOB DESCRIPTION Teamster - Building / Heavy&Highway ENTIRE COUNTIES DISTRICT 4 Page 51 Prevailing Wage Rates for 07/01/2006 - 06/30/2007 Last Published on Jan 01 2007 Nassau, Suffolk WAGES Per Hour: Published by the New York State Department of Labor PRC Number 2007000596 Suffolk County . "TRUCK DRIVER" 07/05/2006 . $31.835 31.835 31.835 31.835 . $10.00 $10.00 $ 8.00 . Heavy Highway Building Asphalt Delivery Concrete Delivery ADDITIONS Per Day: Three(3) Axle Tractors and Trailers: Heavy Equipment and Tag-Along Trailers: Boom Truck Drivers: SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS Per Hour: "TRUCK DRIVER" All Classifications $26.10 OVERTIME PAY See (B, E, Q, R, T) on OVERTIME PAGE (NOTE) PREMIUM PAY of 25% on straight time hours for New York State D.O.T. and or other GOVERNMENTAL MANDATED off shift work. HOLIDAY Paid: See (5, 6,11,12,15,25) on HOLIDAY PAGE Overtime: See (11,12,15,25) on HOLIDAY PAGE Employee must Work TWO(2) Days in Holiday Week. 5,6,13 Paid alTriple if Worked. . . 4-282ns Welder 01/01/2007 JOB DESCRIPTION Welder DISTRICT 1 ENTIRE COUNTIES Albany, Allegany, Bronx, Broome, Cattaraugus, Cayuga, Chautauqua, Chemung, Chenango, Clinton, Columbia, Cortland, Delaware, Dutchess. Erie, Essex, Franklin, Fulton. Geneses, Greene, Hamilton, Herkimer, Jefferson, Kings, Lewis. livingston, Madison, Monroe, Montgomery, Nassau, New York, Niagara, Oneida, Onondaga, Ontario, Orange, Orleans, Oswego, Otse90, Putnam, Queens. Rensselaer, Richmond, Rockland, Saratoga, Schenectady, Schoharie, Schuyler, Seneca, SI. Lawrence, Steuben, Suffolk, Sullivan, Tioga, Tompkins, Ulster, Warren, Washington, Wayne, Westchester, Wyoming, Yates WAGES Per hour . . Welder (To be paid the same rate of the mechanic performing the work) OVERTIME PAY HOLIDAY 1'As Per Trade . . . Page 52 . Prevailing Wage Rates for 07/01/2006 - 06/30/2007 Last Published on Jan 01 2007 Published by the New York State Department of Labor PRe Number 2007000596 Overtime Codes )llowing is an explanation of the code(s) listed in the OVERTIME section of each classification contained in the attached schedule. r\dditional requirements may also be listed in the HOLIDAY section. . . (A) (AA) (8 ) (81 ) Time and one half of the hourly rate after 7 hours per day Time and one half of the hourly rate after 7 and one half hours per day Time and one half of the hourly rate after 8 hours per day Time and one half of the hourly rate for the 9th & 10th hours week days and the 1 st 8 hours on Saturday. Double the hourly rate for all additional hours ( 82 ) Time and one half of the hourly rate after 40 hours per week . (C1 ) (C ) Double the hourly rate after 7 hours per day Double the hourly rate after 7 and one half hours per day (D ) Double the hourly rate after 8 hours per day ( D1 ) Double the hourly rate after 9 hours per day (E ) Time and one half of the hourly rate on Saturday . (E1 ) Time and one half 1st 4 hours on Saturday Double the hourly rate all additional Saturday hours ( E3 ) Between November 1 st and March 3rd Saturday may be used as a make-up day at straight time when a day is lost during that week due to inclement weather, provided a given employee has worked between 16 and 32 hours that week . (E2 ) Saturday may be used as a makewup day at straight time when a day is lost during that week due to inclement weather ( E4 ) Saturday and Sunday may be usad as a make-up day at straight time when a day is lost during that week due to inclement weather . (F) (G) (H) (I) Time and ona half of the hourly rate on Saturday and Sunday Time and one half of the hourly rate on Saturday and Holidays Time and one half of the hourly rate on Saturday, Sunday, and Holidays Time and one half of the hourly rate on Sunday . (J ) Time and one half of the hourly rate on Sunday and Holidays . (K) (L) (M) (N) (0 ) (P ) Time and one half of the hourly rate on Holidays Double the hourly rate on Saturday Double the hourly rate on Saturday and Sunday Double the hourly rate on Saturday and Holidays Double the hourly rate on Saturday, Sunday, and Holidays Double the hourly rate on Sunday (Q ) Double the houriy rate on Sunday and Holidays . (R) (S) (S1 ) . (T) Double the hourly rate on Holidays Two and one half times the hourly rate for Holidays, if worked Two and one half times the hourly rate the first 8 hours on Sunday or Holidays One and one half times the hourly rate all additional hours. Triple the hourly rate for Holidays, if worked Page 53 Prevailing Wage Rates for 07/01/2006 - 06/30/2007 Last Published on Jan 01 2007 Published by the New York State Department of Labor PRe Number 2007000596 . (U ) Four times the hourly rate for Holidays, if worked (V ) Including benefits at SAME PREMIUM as shown for overtime (W ) Time and one half for benefits on all overtime hours. NOTE:BENEFITS are PER HOUR WORKED,for each hour worked, unless otherwise noted . . . . . . . . . Page 54 . . Prevailing Wage Rates for 07/01/2006 - 06/30/2007 Last Published on Jan 01 2007 Published by the New York State Department of Labor PRe Number 2007000596 Holiday Codes AID Holidays: . Paid Holidays are days for which an eligible employee receives a regular day's pay, but is not required to perform work. If an employee works on a day listed as a paid holiday, this remuneration is in addition to payment of the required prevailing rate for the work actually performed. OVERTIME Holiday Pay: Overtime holiday pay is the premium pay that is required for work performed on specified holidays. It is only required where the employee actually performs work on such holidays. The applicable holidays are listed under HOLIDAYS: OVERTIME. The required rate of pay for these covered holidays can be found in the OVERTIME PAY section listings for each classification. Following is an explanation of the code(s) listed in the HOLIDAY section of each classification contained in the attached schedule. The Holidays as listed below are to be paid at the wage rates at which the employee is normally classified. . . (1) (2 ) (3 ) (4 ) (5 ) (6 ) (7) (8 ) (9 ) (10 ) (11 ) . . None Labor Day Memorial Day and Labor Day Memorial Day and July 4th Memorial Day, July 4th, and Labor Day New Year's, Thanksgiving, and Christmas Lincoln's Birthday, Washington's Birthday, and Veterans Day. Good Friday Lincoln's Birthday Washington's Birthday Columbus Day ( 12 ) Election Day . (13 ) (14 ) Presidential Election Day 1/2 Dayan Presidential Election Day ( 15 ) Veterans Day . (16 ) (17 ) (18 ) (19 ) (20 ) (21 ) (22 ) . Day after Thanksgiving July 4th 1/2 Day before Christmas 1/2 Day before New Years Thanksgiving New Year's Day Christmas ( 23 ) Day before Christmas (24) Day before New Year's . (25 ) ( 26 ) Martin Luther King, Jr. Day Presidents' Day . Page 55 . NYS Department of Labor orkforce ew York BUREAU OF PUBLIC WORK STATE OFFICE BUILDING CAMPUS ALBANY, NY 12240 Put us to work for you REQUEST FOR WAGE AND SUPPLEMENT INFORMA nON . AS REQUIRED BY ARTICLES 8 AND 9 OF THE LABOR LAW Fax (518) 485-1870 or mail this form for new schedules or for determination for additional occupations, Please type all information requested below SUBMITTED BY: 0 CONTRACTING AGENCY 0 PUBLIC WORK DISTRICT OFFICE . (CHECK ONE) 0 ARCIllTECT OR ENGINEERING FIRM A. PUBLIC WORK CONTRACT TO BE LET BY: (Enter Data Pertaining to Contracting Agency) I DATE: . 1. Name and complete address (0 check if new or change) : 2. NY State Units (see Item 5) o 07 City o 01 DOT 008 Local School District o 02 OGS 009 Special Local District, Le., o 03 Dormitory Authority Fire, Sewer, Water District o 04 State University 010 Village Construction Fund 011 Town o 05 Mental Hygiene o 12 County Telephone: ( ) Fax: ( ) Facilities Corp. o 13 Other Non-N.Y. State E-Mail: o 06 OTHER N.Y. STATE UNIT (Describe) 3. SEND REPLY TO (0 check if new or change) 4. SERVICE REQUIRED. Check appropriate box and provide project Name and complete address: information, o New Schedule of Wages and Supplements. I APPROXIMATE BID DATE: I o Additional Occupation and/or Redetermination Telephone: ( ) Fax:( ) PRC NUMBER ISSUED PREVIOUSLY FOR I OFFICE USE ONLY I THIS PROJECT: E-Mail: B. PROJECT PARTICULARS 5. Project Title 6. Location of Project: Location on Site DescripIion of Work Route No/Street Address Village or City Contract Identification Number Town Note: For NYS units, the OSC Contract No. County 7. Nature of Project - Check One: 8. OCCUPATION FOR PROJECT: 0 1. New Building Construction (Building, Heavy 0 2. Addition to Existing Structure 0 0 Guards, Watchmen 0 3. Heavy and Highway Construction (New and Repair) Highway/SewerlWater) 0 Janitors, Porters, Cleaners 0 4. New Sewer or Waterline 0 Tunnei 0 Moving furniture and 0 5. Other New Construction (Expiain) 0 Residentiai equipment 0 6. Other Reconstruction, Maintenance, Repair or Alteration 0 Landscape Maintenance 0 Trash and refuse removal 0 7. Demolition 0 Elevator maintenance 0 Window cleaners 0 8. Building Service Contract 0 Exterminators, Fumigators 0 Other (Describe) 9. Name and Title of Requester Signature - . . . . . . OFFiCE USE ONLY ~~ . PW.39 (03 - 04) SEE PAGE TWO FOR LAWS RELATING TO PUBLIC WORK CONTRACTS . DEPARTMENT OF LABOR - BUREAU OF PUBLIC WORK . Under Article 8 of the NYS Labor Law, when two final determinations have been rendered against a contractor, sub- contractor and/or its successor within any consecutive six~year period determining that such contractor, sub-contractor and/or its successor has WILLFULLY failed to pay the prevailing wage andlor supplements, or when one final determination involves falsification of payroll records or the kickback of wages andlor supplements, said contractor, sub-contractor andlor its successor shall be debarred and ineligible to submit a bid on or be awarded any public work contracUsub-contract with the state, any municipal corporation or public body for a period of five years from the date of debarmen!. . NOTE: Where the Fiscal Officer is denoted "NYC", the information has been provided by the New York City Comptroller's Office, the agency issuing the determination. LIST OF EMPLOYERS INELIGIBLE TO BID ON OR BE AWARDED ANY PUBLIC WORK CONTRACT . Company Name 385 Services LLC City Portlandville State NY Zip Code 13834 FEIN: 16-1466399 Barred Until 01/0812009 Address 2657 State Highway 28 Fiscal Officer Notes: DOL Multiple willful violations . City Bay Shore State NY Zip Code 11706 Company Name A & D Contracting Corp FEIN: Barred Until 11-3203983 08/01/2010 Address 15 Pine Aire Drive Fiscal Officer Notes: DOL Falsification of payroll records. Also Tommaso Allocca as an individual . Company Name A A General Contractors Ine FEIN: Barred Until 16-1319254 10/18/2009 City Rochester State NY Zip Code 14606 Address 1765 Mt Read Boulevard Fiscal Officer Notes: DOL And W.J. Grinder Roofing as a substantially affiliated employer and Dominic Antonucci as an individual. Multiple willful violations Company Name A Castricone Concrete Inc City Athol Springs State NY Zip Code 14010 . FEIN: 16-1582253 Barred U nlil 03/03/2008 Address POBox 203 Fiscal Officer Notes: DOL and Crazy Horse Tonawanda Inc . Company Name A&T General Construction Ine FEIN: Barred Until 13-3927478 12/11/2011 City Yonkers State NY Zip Code 10705 Address 3 Alan B Shepard Place Fiscal Officer Notes: DOL and Nick Nitis as an individual- falsification of payroll records Company Name ACC Construction Corp FEIN: Barred Until 11-2688758 OS/25/2011 City New York State NY Zip Code 10016 Address 6 East 32nd St - 7th Fl Fiscal Officer Notes: NYC Falsified records . City Flushing State NY Zip Code 11355 Company Name Aegean General Contracting Inc FEIN: Barred Until 11-3451267 03/11/2008 . . Tuesday, January 23, 2007 Address 57-16 157th Street Fiscal Officer Notes: Settlement agreement with A.G. 's Office - falsified payrolls - Also Aegean Marble Co., Aegean Marble Contracting Co., and George Begakis individually Page 1 of 26 LIST OF EMPLOYERS INELIGIBLE TO BID ON OR BE AWARDED ANY PUBLIC WORK CONTRACT . Company Name Aegean Marble Co. FEIN: Barred Until 11-3451267 03/11/2008 Address City State Zip Code . State Zip Code . State Zip Code NY 12186 Company Name Aegean Marble Contracting Co. FEIN: Barred Until 11-3451267 03/11/2008 Fiscal Officer Notes: See Aegean General Contracting Inc Address City Company Name Albany Pipe Insulators Inc FEIN: Barred Until 14-1617890 02/18/2008 Fiscal Officer Notes: See Aegean General Contracting Ine Address POBox 332 - Foundry Rd Fiscal Officer Notes: DOL City V oorheesville State NJ . Company Name American Weathertite Inc FEIN: Barred Until 65-0465918 03/28/2010 Address POBox208 Fiscal Officer Notes: DOL City Clifton Zip Code 07110 Company Name Address City State Zip Code Amodio Russo 14 Brayron Road Carmel NY 10512 . FEIN: Barred Until Fiscal Officer Notes: 06/01/2010 As in individual and P&T Iron Works. Falsification of payroll records. Settlement Agreement with A.Go's office Company Name Address City Andres Alvarez 372 North Main Street Lodi FEIN: Barred Until Fiscal Officer Notes: 12/24/2009 See Corinthian Construction Co Ine State NJ Zip Code 07644 . Company Name Angelo Zaffuto FEIN: Barred Until 09/29/2008 Address 162 Atlantic Avenue Fiscal Officer Notes: AG As an individual. See Zaffuto Construction Company Ine City Lynbrook State Zip Code NY 11563 . State Zip Code NY 11704 . State Zip Code NY 11552 Company Name ANS Welding Corp FEIN: Barred Until 11-1867262 06/09/2009 Address III Dale Street Fiscal Officer Notes: DOL Debarment period extended after additional willful violations City West Babylon Company Name AP Painting & Improvement Inc FEIN: Barred Until 11-2683637 04/09/2007 Address 575 Hempstead Turnpike Fiscal Officer Notes: DOL Falsified payrolls City West Hempstead State Zip Code . Company Name APC Painting FEIN: Barred Until 05113/2007 Address City Company Name Apollo Construction Services Corp FEIN: Barred Until 13-3983219 05/13/2007 Tuesday, January 23, 2007 Fiscal Officer Notes: See Apollo Construction Services Corp Address City 157 Tibbets Road Yonkers Fiscal Officer Notes: DOL dba ApaIa Painting Corp. ~ multiple willful violations State NY Zip Code 10705 . Page 2 of 26 . . LIST OF EMPLOYERS INELIGIBLE TO BID ON OR BE AWARDED ANY PUBLIC WORK CONTRACT . Company Name Apala Painting Company FEIN: Barred Until 13-3863295 05/13/2007 Address City State Zip Code Fiscal Officer Notes: aka APC Painting - see Apollo Construction Services Corp . Company Name Apala Painting Corp FEIN: Barred Until 13-3863295 05/13/2007 Address City State Zip Code Fiscal Officer Notes: See Apollo Construction Services Corp Company Name Asbestos Systems luc FEIN: Barred Until 25-1742587 OS/20/2007 . City Jamestown State NY Zip Code 14701 Address 1771 Foote Avenue Fiscal Officer Notes: DOL Gregory McCoy T/A OM Enterprises dba Asbestos Systems Ine Address City State Zip Code Company Name Azam Ali Chaudhry FEIN: Barred Until 12/10/2007 Fiscal Officer Notes: See Republic Reconstruction & Management Inc. . City Spring Valley State NY Zip Code 10977 Company Name B & Z Development loe FEIN: Barred Until 13-3713559 02/22/2010 Address 19 West Street Fiscal Officer Notes: DOL dba Ben-Zvy Enterprises Iue and Erez Ben-Zvy as an individual. . Company Name Bat-Jac Construction Ine FEIN: Barred Until 11-3391498 07/17/2009 City Port Washington State NY Zip Code \1050 Address 62 N eutist Avenue Fiscal Officer Notes: DOL aka Bat-Jac Contracting Inc. alk!a Bat-Jac Inc. and Kenneth Merz, president and one of its five largest shareholders and Steve Menzer, vice president and one of its five largest shareholders, as individuals. Falsified payrolls. . Address City State Zip Code Company Name Bat-Jac Contracting Inc FEIN: Barred Until 11-3133524 07/17/2009 Fiscal Officer Notes: See Bat-Jac Construction Ine . Company Name Bat-Jac Inc FEIN: Barred Until 07/17/2009 Address City State Zip Code Fiscal Officer Notes: See Bat-Jac Construction aka Bat-Jac Contracting . Company Name Ben-Zvy Enterprises Inc FEIN: Barred Until 13-3713559 02/22/2010 City Spring Valley State NY Zip Code 10977 Address 19 West Street Fiscal Officer Notes: See B & Z Development Inc. Company Name Address Best of Friends of Schenectady Constr Co 425 Hamilton Street FEIN: Barred Until Fiscal Officer Notes: 20-2105455 01/24/2011 DOL . . Tuesday, January 23, 2007 City Schenectady State NY Zip Code 12305 Page 3 of 26 LIST OF EMPLOYERS INELIGIBLE TO BID ON OR BE AWARDED ANY PUBLIC WORK CONTRACT . Company Name Address City State Zip Code Boguslaw Bozek FEIN: Barred Until Fiscal Officer Notes: . 05/14/2008 As an individual. see Goldhand Construction LLC Company Name Address City State Zip Code C B E Contracting Corp 310 McGuiness Blvd Greenpoint NY 11222 FEIN: Barred Until Fiscal Officer Notes: 11-2968809 10/2112007 DOL And Muhammad A Beig as an individual. Falsified payrolls . Company Name Address City State Zip Code C J H Inc FEIN: Barred Until Fiscal Officer Notes: 14-1830289 06/10/20 I 0 See N F K Excavating and Construction Ioe . Company Name Address City State Zip Code Calvin S Robinson Electrical IDe 2117 Egret Drive Clearwater FL 33764 FEIN: Barred Until Fiscal Officer Notes: 14-1657781 04/12/2007 DOL Falsified payrolls Company Name Address City State Zip Code . Cappry Contracting Management Corp 1081 Coney Island A venue Brooklyn NY 11230 FEIN: Barred Until Fiscal Officer Notes: 06-1174437 02/09/2011 NYC Falsified payroll records Company Name Carl Babb FEIN: Address City State Zip Code Barred Until 07121/2008 Fiscal Officer Notes: As an individual - See Olympic Window Installers Ine . Company Name Catenary Construction Corp FEIN: Barred Until 54-2129721 02/14/2011 Address 112 Hudson Avenue Fiscal Officer Notes: DOL Subsidiary of Lancet Arch Inc. City Rochester Address 110-30 15th Avenue Fiscal Officer Notes: NYe Multiple willful violations City College Point State Zip Code NY 14605 . State Zip Code NY 11356 . Company Name Causeway Construction Corp FEIN: Barred Until 13-3065561 09/27/2007 Company Name Address Cavalier Constr Corp c/o Clayman & Rosenbe 305 Madison Avenue FEIN: Barred Until Fiscal Officer Notes: 02/19/2008 NYC Falsified records - plea agreement. Also Kingston Trucking & Rigging Corp., Manbru Construction Corp., Port Ewen Trucking Corp. and Super Structure Builders, Inc. as substantially owned-affiliated entities and/or successors of Cavalier. City New York State NY Zip Code 10165 . Company Name Charles J Pardee FEIN: Barred Until 03/16/2009 Address 261 Ball Road Fiscal Officer Notes: DOL As an individual. City Hastings State NY Zip Code 13076 See Dalton Steel Inc. . Tuesday, January 23, 2007 Page 4 of26 . . LIST OF EMPLOYERS INELIGIBLE TO BID ON OR BE AWARDED ANY PUBLIC WORK CONTRACT . Company Name Charles Marangoudakis FEIN: Barred Until 08/16/2010 City Manhasset State NY Zip Code 11030 Address 25 Woodhill Lane Fiscal Officer Notes: DOL Individually and Marangos Construction Corp and Tropic Construction Corp. Multiple willful violations . Company Name Christina J Hoek FEIN: Barred Until 06/10/2010 Address City State Zi P Code Fiscal Officer Notes: See N F K Excavating and Construction loc . Company Name Christopher Nicholson FEIN: Barred Until 10/19/2011 City Buffalo State NY Zip Code 14210 Address 91 Newman Place Fiscal Officer Notes: See Commercial System Construction Company Name Columbus General Construction loe FEIN: Barred Until ]]-3357344 12/16/2009 City Brooklyn State NY Zip Code 11230 Address 914 Newkirk Avenue Fiscal Officer Notes: AG And Mohammed A Rashid as an individual. Falsified business records. Plea agreement. . City Syracuse State NY Zip Code 13215 Company Name Commercial Painting Co FEIN: Barred Until 16-1513909 05/0112008 Address 4872 West Seneca Turnpike Fiscal Officer Notes: DOL James Stanton dba Commercial Painting Co - falsified payroll records . City Central Square State NY Zip Code 13036 Company Name Commercial Steel loe FEIN: Barred Until 16-1557064 03/16/2009 Address 65 Corporate Park Drive Fiscal Officer Notes: DOL As a successor and/or substantially-owned affiliated entity with Dalton Steel Inc dba Pardee Construction - multiple willful violations . City Buffalo State NY Zip Code 14210 Company Name Commercial System Construction FEIN: Barred Until 90-0066866 10/19/2011 Address 91 Newman Place Fiscal Officer Notes: DOL And Christopher Nicholson as an individual- falsification of payroll records Company Name Commteeh Communications Ine City North Tonawanda State NY Zip Code 14120 . FEIN: 16-1335983 Barred Until 11122/2007 Address 649 Warwick Road Fiscal Officer Notes: DOL See also Commtech Electrical Construction Corp and Michael R Palmer - multiple violations . Company Name Commteeh Electrical Construction FEIN: Barred Until 16-1407836 11122/2007 City North Tonawanda State NY Zip Code 14120 Address 649 Warwick Road Fiscal Officer Notes: DOL See also Commtech Communications and Michael R Palmer- multiple violations Company Name Converse Construction Corp FEIN: Barred Until 11-3262576 03/21/2007 . . Tuesday, Jauuary 23, 2007 City Port Jefferson Sta State NY Zip Code 11776 Address 1597 Route 112 Fiscal Officer Notes: DOL Falsified payrolls Page 5 of 26 LIST OF EMPLOYERS INELIGIBLE TO BID ON OR BE AWARDED ANY PUBLIC WORK CONTRACT . Company Name Corinthian Construction Co Ine Zip Code 07644 FEIN: 13-3750033 Barred Until 12/24/2009 Address 372 North Main Street Fiscal Officer Notes: AG And Andres Alvarez as an individual. City Lodi State NJ . Plea agreement with A.G.1s Office Company Name Crazy Horse Tonawanda Ine FEIN: Barred Until 16-1528124 03/03/2008 Address POBox 203 Fiscal Officer Notes: DOL and A Castricone Concrete Ine City Athol Springs State NY Zip Code 14010 . Company Name Dalton Steel Ine Zip Code 13036 FEIN: 16-1557064 Barred Until 03112/2009 Address 197USRonte II Fiscal Officer Notes: DOL dba Pardee Construction and Shirley Pardee as an individual - multiple willful violations. Also Charles J Pardee as an individual. City Central Square State NY . Company Name Darby General Contracting lne FEIN: Barred Until 11-3420817 08/04/2008 Address 565 Oak Street Fiscal Officer Notes: DOL dba Darby Glass Co - multiple willful violations City Copiague State NY Zip Code 11726 Address . Company Name Darby Glass Co FEIN: 11-3081390 Barred Until 08104/2008 City State Zip Code Fiscal Officer Notes: See Darby General Contracting loe Company Name Dellapenna Associates Ine FEIN: Barred Until 16-1465989 02118/2008 Address 86 Olive Street Fiscal Officer Notes: DOL Substantially owned-affiliated entity and/or successor of Dellapenna Brothers Ine- debarment period extended after additional violations City Johnson City State NY Zip Code 13 790 . Company Name Dellapenna Brothers Ine FEIN: Barred Until 16-0964223 08/04/2008 Address 86 Olive Street Fiscal Officer Notes: DOL multiple willfuls - debarment period extended after additional violations City Johnson City State NY Zip Code 13790 . Company Name Dennis Lounsbury Builders Ine FEIN: Barred Until 14-1538702 OS/27/2009 Address PO Box 220 Fiscal Officer Notes: DOL aka Lounsbury Erectors Inc. City Bulville State Zip Code NY 10915 . State Zip Code NY 12303 . Company Name Address DePoalo and Son Building Contractors Inc 296 Morris Road FEIN: Barred Until Fiscal Officer Notes: 14-1507523 07/12/2009 DOL Mnltiple willful violations City Schenectady Company Name DG Pipeline Inc FEIN: 74-2917157 Barred Until 09/0612011 Tuesday, January 23, 2007 Address 312 Halseyville Road Fiscal Officer Notes: DOL and Douglas S Griffen, President and one of the five largest shareholders - falsified payrolls City Ithaca State NY Zip Code 14850 . Page 6 of 26 . . LIST OF EMPLOYERS INELIGIBLE TO BID ON OR BE AWARDED ANY PUBLIC WORK CONTRACT . Company Name Diamond "D" Construction Corp FEIN: Barred Until 16-1103218 12/14/2010 City Depew State NY Zip Code 14043 Address 5270 Transit Road Fiscal Officer Notes: DOL and Joseph DiPizio individually and as its president. Falsification of payroll records . Company Name Diracon Commercial Contractors FEIN: Barred Until 08-1681415 05/18/2009 City New Hampton State NY Zip Code 10958 Address 310 Maple Avenue Fiscal Officer Notes: DOL and Rebecca Gatto-Wood as an individual. Falsified payarolls. Company Name DJH Mechanical Associates Ltd FEIN: Barred Until 13-3373364 02/01/2011 . City Mount Vernon State NY Zip Code 10552 Address 155 Kingsbridge Road East Fiscal Officer Notes: DOL False records - plea agreement Company Name Dominic Antonucci City Hilton State NY Zip Code 14468 FEIN: Barred Until 10/18/2009 Address 1939 Town Line Road Fiscal Officer Notes: DOL As an individual. See A A General Contractors lue and W J Grinder Roofing Company. . City Hawthorne State NY Zip Code 10532 Company Name Don Adams Roofing Iue FEIN: Barred Until 13-3455881 12/07/2010 Address 472 Commerce Street Fiscal Officer Notes: DOL Plead guilty to a felony Company Name Address City State Zip Code . Douglas S Griffen 312 Halseyville Road Ithaca NY 14850 FEIN: Barred Until Fiscal Officer Notes: 09/0612011 See DO Pipeline luc Company Name Address City State Zip Code Drywall Systems Unlimited Ioc 182 West Main Street Middletown NY 10940 FEIN: Barred Until Fiscal Officer Notes: . 06-1405921 10/02/2007 DOL Company Name Address City State Zip Code E Green Restoration & Roofing Inc 117 Hawley Street Binghamton NY 13901 FEIN: Barred Until Fiscal Officer Notes: 16-1561693 06/21/2009 DOL . Company Name Address City State Zip Code Eliyhu Benyamin 303 Ten Eyck Street Brooklyn NY 11206 FEIN: Barred Until Fiscal Officer Notes: 03/05/2010 As an individual. See W & B Mechanical Corp. . Company Name Address City State Zip Code Elizabeth A. Carr POBox82 Valatie NY 12184 FEIN: Barred Until Fiscal Officer Notes: 10/14/2008 dba Everlasting Slate - as an individual . . Tuesday, January 23, 2007 Page 7 of 26 LIST OF EMPLOYERS INELIGIBLE TO BID ON OR BE AWARDED ANY PUBLIC WORK CONTRACT . Company Name Emes Heating & Plumbing Contr FEIN: Barred Until 13-2590780 Address 5 Emes Lane Fiscal Officer Notes: DOL and Julius and Gita Behrend, as individuals. to be permanently debarred City Monsey State NY Zip Code 10952 Parties entered into a voluntary agreement . Company Name Empire State Renovation Corp FEIN: Barred Until 11-3170331 OS/22/2007 Address 15 Division Place Fiscal Officer Notes: NYC Falsified payrolls - plea agreement City Brooklyn State NY Zi P Code 11222 . Company Name Enjern's Incorporated FEIN: Barred Until 16-1038008 03/04/2009 Address City 111 South Main Street Herkimer Fiscal Officer Notes: DOL and Francis Enjem as an individual. Falsification of records. State NY Zip Code 13350 . Company Name Enviroclean Services LLC FEIN: . Barred Until 26-0045677 09/07/2009 Address 4245 Union Rd- Suite 210 Fiscal Officer Notes: DOL City Buffalo State NY Zip Code 14225 Company Name Erez Ben-Zvy FEIN: Barred Until 02/22/2010 Address 19 West Street Fiscal Officer Notes: As an individual. City Spring Valley See B & Z Development loe State NY . Zip Code 10977 Company Name Euro Craft Restoration, Inc. FEIN: Barred Until 13-3769924 10/14/2008 Address 41-12 Ditmars Blvd Fiscal Officer Notes: DOL and Savvas A. Savva (as an individual) Falsification of records and kickback of wages. Plea agreement with A.G.1S: Office City Long Island City State NY Zip Code 11105 . Company Name Everlasting Slate FEIN: 22-3397381 Barred Until 10/14/2008 Address POBox82 Fiscal Officer Notes: DOL And Elizabeth A Carr and Sean Campion as individuals. City Valatie Company Name Florence XVI Century Marble Inc FEIN: Barred Until 11-3262505 08/03/2010 Address 120 Glen Head Road Fiscal Officer Notes: Falsification of payroll records - plea agreement City Glen Head Company Name Flower City Asbestos Ine FEIN: Barred Until 16-1292474 08/18/2009 Address 850 St Paul Street Fiscal Officer Notes: DOL Multiple willful violations City Rochester Company Name Address Flower City Insulation Sales & Contractors 137 Yorkton Street FEIN: Barred Until Fiscal Officer Notes: 16-1157832 08/03/2009 DOL Multiple willful violations Tuesday, January 23, 2007 City Webster State Zip Code NY 12184 . Falsification of records State Zip Code NY 11545 . State Zip Code NY 14605 . State Zip Code NY 14580 . Page 8 of 26 . . LIST OF EMPLOYERS INELIGIBLE TO BID ON OR BE AWARDED ANY PUBLIC WORK CONTRACT . Company Name Ford Construction Inc FEIN: Barred Until 11-3167975 07/1812010 City Astoria State NY Zip Code 11102 Address 18-18 26th Street Fiscal Officer Notes: DOL and Mohammed Ali Alvi and Mohammed Ali Aivi T/A Ford Masonry - falsification of records . Company Name Ford Masonry FEIN: Barred Until 07/18/2010 City Astoria State NY Zip Code 11102 Address 18-18 26th Street Fiscal Officer Notes: DOL and Mohammed Ali Alvi individually and Ford Construction Inc. Falsification of payroll records Company Name Address Foundation Construction Consultants Inc 294 20th Street FEIN: Barred Until Fiscal Officer Notes: 11-2761496 05120/2008 NYe Multiple willfuls and falsification of payroll records . City Brooklyn State NY Zip Code 11215 City Herkimer State NY Zip Code 13350 Company Name Francis Enjem FEIN: Barred Until 03/04/2009 . Address 111 South Main Street Fiscal Officer Notes: As an individual. See Enjem's Incorporated. Company Name Franco Paints Ine City Brooklyn State NY Zip Code 11209 FEIN: Barred Until 08/07/2008 . Address 159 nnd Street Fiscal Officer Notes: NYC and Mida Painting Ltd, Nicholas Kallergis and Stamatia Kallergis, as individuals. Assurance of Discontinuance/Settlement Agreement City Rochester State NY Zip Code 14624 Company Name Frank Labene If FEIN: Barred Until 10/18/2010 Address 13 Cheviot Lane Fiscal Officer Notes: As an individual - See Lobene Painting Inc. . City Saugerties State NY Zip Code 12477 Company Name Gem Building & Equipment Inc FEIN: Barred Until 14-1793970 06/28/2007 Address 2332 Route 9W Fiscal Officer Notes: DOL Company Name Address City State Zip Code . George Begakis FEIN: Barred Until Fiscal Officer Notes: 03/1112008 As an individual - see Aegean General Contracting Inc Company Name Address City State Zip Code George Bush 19 Hoffman Drive Latham NY 12118 FEIN: Barred Until Fiscal Officer Notes: . 01114/2009 DOL Falsification of payroll records Company Name Address City State Zip Code George Forakis POBox 8808 Baltimore MD 21224 FEIN: Barred Until Fiscal Officer Notes: 03/07/2007 DOL Falsified payrolls - Paint City Contractors Inc and George Forakis individually . . Tuesday, January 23, 2007 Page 9 of 26 LIST OF EMPLOYERS INELIGIBLE TO BID ON OR BE AWARDED ANY PUBLIC WORK CONTRACT . Company Name George J Leva Sr. FEIN: Barred Until 02/06/2008 Address City State Zip Code Fiscal Officer Notes: As an individual dba Ontario Flooring Company. Debarment period extended after additional violation Address 22-15 47th Street Fiscal Officer Notes: AG As an individual. City Astoria State NY . Company Name Address City State Zip Code George Lucey,Manual Tnbio(see note) 150 Kings Street Brooklyn NY 11231 FEIN: Barred Until Fiscal Officer Notes: . NYC Manuel P Tobia and Lake Constr and Development Corp (individually and as a whole) grand larceny,falsified records,debarred permanently Company Name Gerasimo Andrianis FEIN: Barred Until 08/03/2011 See Rainbow Renovations Ine Zip Code 11105 . Company Name OM Enterprises FEIN: 16-1509833 Barred Until OS/20/2007 Address City State Zip Code . Company Name Goldhand Cnnstrnction LLC FEIN: Barred Until 22-3765123 05/14/2008 Fiscal Officer Notes: See Asbestos Systems Ine Address 116 East Saddle River Rd Fiscal Officer Notes: DOL Falsified payrnll records City Saddle River State NJ Zip Code 07458 Company Name Address City State Zip Code . Gregory McCoy FEIN: Barred Until Fiscal Officer Notes: OS/20/2007 As an individual. See OM Enterprises dba Asbestos Systems IDe Company Name Address City State Zip Code Gregory Kloepfer 248 Leln Road West Seneca NY 14224 . FEIN: Barred Until Fiscal Officer Notes: 10/06/2009 DOL As an individual. See Kloepfer1s Floor Coveming Company Name Hamax Construction Corporation FEIN: Barred Until 06-1482076 09/11/2008 Address 540 Conunerce St - Ste 6 Fiscal Officer Notes: DOL Also Thomas Hanlon and William Valentine as individuals. Multiple wiIlfuls and falsification of records. Debarment period extended after other willful violations City Thomwood State NY Zip Code 10594 . Company Name Harrison Jarvis Zip Code 10027 FEIN: Barred Until 08/12/2009 Address 132 W 129th St-Ste 4W Fiscal Officer Notes: AG As an individual and Two By Four Carpentry and Construction Inc. Plea agreement with A.G.ls Office. City New York State NY . Company Name HDA Construction FEIN: Barred Until 06-1613022 12/1 0/2007 Tuesday, January 23, 2007 Address 942 Havemeyer Avenue Fiscal Officer Notes: DOL Falsified records City Bronx State NY Zip Code 10473 . Page 10 of26 . . LIST OF EMPLOYERS INELIGIBLE TO BID ON OR BE AWARDED ANY PUBLIC WORK CONTRACT Company Name Hector Colon City Bronx State NY Zip Code 10464 . FEIN: Barred Until 04/17/2007 Address 3643 Bruckner Blvd Fiscal Officer Notes: DOL Conducting business as M & H Climate and Energy Management Ltd. Falsified Company Name Hi Tech Insulation City Rochester State NY Zip Code 14612 . FEIN: 16-1487213 Barred Until 12/09/2007 Address POBox 12861 Fiscal Officer Notes: DOL Kevin C. Marlowe dba Hi Tech Insulation - multiple violations Company Name Address Hi-Amp Electrical Construction Corp 265-12 Hillside Avenue FEIN: Barred Until Fiscal Officer Notes: 13-3520080 04/30/2007 DOL and Ivan Tnrres individually. Falsified payrolls . City Floral Park Stale NY Zip Code 11004 City Flushing Slale NY Zip Code 11361 Company Name Howard K Enterprise Iue FEIN: Barred Unlil 22-3791841 04/14/2010 . Address 219-02 Northern Boulevard Fiscal Officer Noles: AG and Howard Kim alkJa un Hak Kim as an individual - Plea agreement. Additional addresses: 703 Atlantic Avenue, Rochester, NY 14609 and 121 Hemingway Drive, Rochester, NY 14620 City Palisades Park Stale NJ Zip Code Company Name Howard Kim FEIN: Barred Until 04/14/2010 Address 75 West Edsall Boulevard Fiscal Officer Noles: AG alk!a un Hak Kim, as an individual. See Howard K Enterprise Ine . City Red Hook Stale NY Zip Code 12571 Company Name I C Construction Company Iue FEIN: Barred Until 14-1789216 08/21/2007 Address 120 South Broadway Fiscal Officer Notes: DOL Multiple willfuls - Debarment period extended after additional violations . Cily Cranston Slale RI Zip Code 02910 Company Name IES Environmental IDe FEIN: Barred Until 10/0512009 Address 1655 Elmwood Avenue Fiscal Officer Notes: DOL And International Environmental Services Inc and James J Ney Jr as an individual. Falsification of payroll records . Company Name Address Interior Decorating Floor Covering Co Inc 2229 Clifford Avenue FEIN: Barred Until Fiscal Officer Noles: 16-1337838 07/29/2007 DOL Falsification of records City Rochester State NY Zip Code 14609 Company Name Address Cily International Environmental Resources FEIN: Barred Until Fiscal Officer Noles: 05-0448266 08/09/2007 See International Environmental Services Inc . Slale Zip Code Company Name Address Cily Stale Zip Code International Environmental Services Ine 2 Stafford Court Cranston RI 02920 FEIN: Barred Until Fiscal Officer Notes: 05-0448266 10/05/2009 DOL dba International Environmental Resources - Falsified payrolls - Debarment period . extended after additional violation. Also IES Environmental Ine and James J Ney Jr as an individual . Tuesday, J aunary 23, 2007 Page 11 of26 LIST OF EMPLOYERS INELIGIBLE TO BID ON OR BE AWARDED ANY PUBLIC WORK CONTRACT . Company Name Isrnael Cisneros FEIN: Barred Until 04/14/2008 Address City State Zip Code Fiscal Officer Notes: As an individual - See Izi Plumbing & Heating Ltd . Company Name Ivan Torres FEIN: Barred Until 04/30/2007 Address City State 265-12 Hillside A venue Floral Park NY Fiscal Officer Notes: DOL Individually and Hi-Amp Electrical Construction Corp. Falsified payrolls Zip Code 11004 . Company Name lzi Plumbing & Heating Ltd FEIN: Barred Until 11-3157717 04/14/2008 Address 291 Metropolitan Avenue Fiscal Officer Notes: DOL and Ismael Cisneros, Individually - falsified payrolls City Brooklyn State NY Zip Code 11211 Address 346 Prospect Ave - 1st FI Fiscal Officer Notes: AG Andlor 509 McDonald A venue, Brooklyn NY 11218. And Mohammed H Kabir as an individual and J Be Contracting Company. Settlement agreement with A.G.'s Office . Company Name J B C Contracting Co Ioe FEIN: Barred Until 11-3550663 03/23/2010 City Brooklyn State NY Zip Code 11215 Address 346 Prospect Ave - 1st Fl Fiscal Officer Notes: AG Andlor 509 McDonald A venue, Brooklyn NY 11218. And Mohammed H Kabir as an individual and me Contracting Co Inc. Settlement Agreement with A.G's Office . Company Name J B C Contracting Company FEIN: Barred Until 11-3330280 03/23/2010 City Brooklyn State NY Zip Code 11215 Company Name J Barr Construction Corp FEIN: Barred Until 11-3344003 12/14/2009 Address City State 119-51 Metropolitan Ave Jamaica NY Fiscal Officer Notes: DOL and Steve J Nictas as an individual. Multiple willful violations . Zip Code 11415 Company Name J C McCashion Construction Ine FEIN: Barred Until 14-1767357 04/13/2011 Address 84 Fredericks Avenue Fiscal Officer Notes: DOL Multiple willful violations City Albany State NY Zip Code 12205 . Company Name J T Painting Corp FEIN: Barred Until 06-1260246 02/26/2009 Address POBox337 Fiscal Officer Notes: DOL Falsification of records City Burlingham State NY Zip Code 12722 . Company Name James Avallone FEIN: Barred Until 08/07/2008 Address City State Zip Code Fiscal Officer Notes: As an individual - see James A vallone Tile & Marble - debarment period extended . Company Name James A vallone Tile & Marble FEIN: Barred Until 07-5336752 08/07/2008 Tuesday, January 23, 2007 Address 217 Christie Street Fiscal Officer Notes: DOL Multiple willful violations - debannent period extended City Ridgefield Park State NJ Zip Code 07660 . Page 12 of 26 . . LIST OF EMPLOYERS INELIGIBLE TO BID ON OR BE AWARDED ANY PUBLIC WORK CONTRACT Company Name Address City State Zip Code James J Ney Jr 1655 Elmwood Avenue Cranston RI 02910 . FEIN: Barred Until Fiscal Officer Notes: 10/05/2009 DOL As an individual. See International Environmental Services Tue and IES Environmental Company Name Address City State Zip Code JBe Industries of Parish ITIC POBox 728 - CR44 Mexico NY 13114 FEIN: Barred Until Fiscal Officer Notes: . 16-1470149 07/24/2007 DOL Multiple willful violations Company Name Address City State Zip Code John Bradford 6614 Furnace Road Ontario NY 14519 FEIN: Barred Until Fiscal Officer Notes: 12/22/2009 As an individual. See Rusmar Environmental Services Corp. . Company Name Address City State Zip Code John Varelakis 2063 Maple Street Wantaugh NY 11793 FEIN: Barred Until Fiscal Officer Notes: 02/20/2007 As an individual - See Sprucewood Painting Corp . Company Name Address City State Zip Code Joseph DiPizio 5270 Transit Road Depew NY 14043 FEIN: Barred Until Fiscal Officer Notes: 12/14/2010 As an individual. See Diamond liD" Construction Corp Company Name Address City State Zip Code . Joseph Zaffuto 162 Atlantic Avenue Lynbrook NY 11563 FEIN: Barred Until Fiscal Officer Notes: 09/29/2008 AG As an individual. See Zaffuto Construction Company Ine Company Name Address City State Zip Code JRe Aris Electric Contractors FEIN: Barred Until Fiscal Officer Notes: . 09/13/2009 See JRe Electric Control Service IDe Company Name Address City State Zip Code JRC Electric Control Service Inc 516 East 51st Street Brooklyn NY 11236 FEIN: Barred Until Fiscal Officer Notes: 11-3199418 09/13/2009 NYC alk/a JRC Aris Electric Contractors - multiple willfull violations . Company Name Address City State Zip Code Julius and Gita Behrend 5 Emes Lane Monsey NY 10952 FEIN: Barred Until Fiscal Officer Notes: See Emes Heating & Plumbing Contractor, Inc . Company Name Address City State Zip Code K M R Enterprises Inc 10 Stuffle Street Cropseyville NY 12052 FEIN: Barred Until Fiscal Officer Notes: 14-1749993 05/03/2010 DOL Multiple willful violations. Company Name Address City State Zip Code . Kenneth Merz 62 Neulist Avenue Port Washington NY 11050 FEIN: Barred Until Fiscal Officer Notes: 07/17/2009 As an individual. See Bat-Jac Construction . Tuesday, January 23, 2007 Page 13 of 26 LIST OF EMPLOYERS INELIGIBLE TO BID ON OR BE AWARDED ANY PUBLIC WORK CONTRACT . Company Name Kenneth W Griffin FEIN: Barred Until 05/01/2011 Address 101 Lill Street Fiscal Officer Notes: As an individual - see Lightning Fast Labor Force Services Ine City Rochester State NY Zip Code 14621 . Company Name Address City Kevin C Marlowe FEIN: Barred Until Fiscal Officer Notes: 12/09/2007 See Hi Tech Insnlation Address 9945 Fort Hamilton Pkwy Fiscal Officer Notes: DOL And Nicholas Margaritis as an individual State Zip Code . State Zip Code NY 11209 . State Zip Code NY 14135 Company Name Keystone Construction Corp FEIN: Barred Until 16-1402500 08/20/2008 City Brooklyn Company Name King Machine FEIN: Barred Until 16-1293494 04/04/2010 Address 11365 Center Road Fiscal Officer Notes: DOL See Robert Metzgar City Sheridan Company Name Kingston Trucking & Rigging Corp FEIN: Barred Until 11-3540715 02/19/2008 Address 99 St Nicholas Avenue Fiscal Officer Notes: DOL As a substantially owned-affiliated entity and/or successor of Cavalier Construction Corp. Falsification of records City Brooklyn State NY Zip Code 11237 . Company Name Kloepfer's Floor Covering FEIN: Barred Until 16-1234359 10/06/2009 Address City State 248 Lein Road West Seneca NY Fiscal Officer Notes: DOL And Gregory Kloepfer as an individual. Mnltiple willful violations Zip Code 14224 . Company Name K-Star Construction Corp FEIN: Barred Until 01-0778648 12/11/2011 Company Name L & T Plumbing Corp FEIN: Barred Until 11-3223496 01/11/2010 Company Name Labar Enterprises of Rochester Ine FEIN: Barred Until 16-1605462 04/18/2010 Address 4248 161st Street Fiscal Officer Notes: DOL Multiple willful violations City Flushing State Zip Code NY 11358 . State Zip Code NY 11725 . State Zip Code NY 14580 . State Zip Code Address City 367 Veterans Memorial Hwy Cammack Fiscal Officer Notes: DOL And Robert DeMonte as an individual. Address City 2121 Empire Boulevard Webster Fiscal Officer Notes: DOL dba Labar Excavating Inc. Multiple willful violations Company Name Labar Excavating Ine FEIN: Barred Until 04118/2010 Address City Fiscal Officer Notes: See Labar Enterprises of Rochester Inc. Company Name Address City Lake Construction and Development Corp FEIN: Barred Until Fiscal Officer Notes: 11-2678816 See George Lucey -debarred permanently Tuesday, January 23, 2007 State Zip Code . Page 14 of26 . . LIST OF EMPLOYERS INELIGIBLE TO BID ON OR BE AWARDED ANY PUBLIC WORK CONTRACT Company Name Lancet Arch loe Zip Code 14605 . FEIN: 16-1259628 Barred Until 02/14/2011 City Rochester State NY Address 112 Hudson Avenue Fiscal Officer Notes: DOL Multiple willful violations - and its subsidiary Catenary Construction Corp . Company Name Liberty Painting Company Ioe FEIN: Barred Until 16-1480256 12/08/2010 Address 183 Lorfield Drive Fiscal Officer Notes: DOL Miltiple willful violations City Snyder State NY Zip Code 14226 City Rochester State NY Company Name Address Lightning Fast Labor Force Services Ioe 150 North Chestnut Street FEIN: Barred Until Fiscal Officer Notes: 20-0386651 05/01/2011 DOL And Winston J Goins Sr. and Kenneth W Griffin individually. Falsification of records . Zip Code 14604 Zip Code 10801 Company Name Address Linda Williams clo MJAB Construction loe 183 Washington Avenue FEIN: Barred Until Fiscal Officer Notes: 04/22/2009 DOL As an individual. See MJAB Construction loe City New Rochelle State NY . Zip Code 14624 Company Name Labene Painting loe FEIN: Barred Until 16-1514981 10/18/2010 Address 13 Cheviot Lane Fiscal Officer Notes: DOL And Frank Labene Jr and Matthew Lobene as individuals - falsification of payroll City Rochester State NY . Company Name Look Under the Carpet Services Ioe FEIN: Barred Until 01-0664654 12/1512010 City Buffalo State NY Address POBox 686 Fiscal Officer Notes: A.G Plea Agreement with A.G.1s Office - principal place of business: Avenue, Buffalo, NY 14208 Zip Code 14290 1557 Jefferson City Long Island City State NY . Company Name Lorenzo De Vardo FEIN: Barred Until o lI08/2009 Address 1850 Steinway Street Fiscal Officer Notes: DOL As an individual. See Yarde Construction Corp Zip Code 11105 . Company Name Lounsbury Erectors Ioe FEIN: Barred Until OS/27/2009 Address City State Fiscal Officer Notes: See Dennis Lounsbury Builders Ioe Zip Code Company Name L TS Construction FEIN: 16-1463105 Barred Until 06/30/2009 Address 24 Miller Street Fiscal Officer Notes: See Thomas L. Smalls City Rochester State NY Zip Code . Company Name Address City State Zip Code M & H Climate and Energy Management Ltd FEIN: Barred Until Fiscal Officer Notes: 58-2152185 04117/2007 See Hector Colon Company Name Address City State Zip Code . M & S Pipeline Excavation Company Ioe 784 Conklin Road Binghamton NY 13903 FEIN: Barred Until Fiscal Officer Notes: 16-0926714 05/06/2009 DOL Multiple willful violations . Tuesday, January 23, 2007 Page 15 of 26 LIST OF EMPLOYERS INELIGIBLE TO BID ON OR BE AWARDED ANY PUBLIC WORK CONTRACT . Company Name Manbru Construction Corp FEIN: Barred Until 02/19/2008 Address 1439 Wood Road Fiscal Officer Notes: DOL Also at 201-203 E 22nd Street, New York 10010. As a substantially owned-affiliated entity and/or successor of Cavalier Construction Corp. Falsification of records. City Bronx State NY Zip Code 10462 . Company Name Manuel P. Tobio FEIN: Barred Until Address City State Zi P Code . Company Name Manuel Tobio FEIN: Barred Until Fiscal Officer Notes: See George Lucey - debarred permanently Address City State Zip Code . Company Name Marangos Construction Corp FEIN: Barred Until 11-2554543 08/16/2010 Address 59-45 56th Avenue Fiscal Officer Notes: DOL And Charles Marangoudakis individually and Tropic Construction Corp. Multiple willful violations. Fiscal Officer Notes: See George Lucey - debarred permanently City Maspeth State NY Zip Code 11378 . Company Name Mary Newsom FEIN: Barred Until OS/24/2009 Address 1537 Union Street Fiscal Officer Notes: DOL As an individual. City Schenectady See Pachyderm Enterprises, Ine State NY Zip Code 12309 Company Name Mas-Ann Mechanical Ine FEIN: Barred Until 16-1357694 01/04/2010 Address 35 Regency Oaks Blvd Fiscal Officer Notes: DOL Debarment period extended after additional willful violations City Rochester State NY Zip Code 14624 . Company Name Masciarelli Construction Co FEIN: Barred Until 16-0902053 05/06/2009 Address 784 Conklin Road Fiscal Officer Notes: DOL Multiple willful violations City Binghamton State NY Zip Code 13903 . Company Name Matthew Labene FEIN: Barred Until 10/18/2010 Address 13 Cheviot Lane Fiscal Officer Notes: As an individual - See Lobene Painting Ine City Rochester Company Name MCS Painting Contractors Ine FEIN: Barred Until 01/25/2011 Address Lime Kiln Court Fiscal Officer Notes: DOL False records - also Michael Salerno as its President City Stony Point Company Name Merchants I & SCarp Inc FEIN: Barred Until 16-1405450 11/22/2007 Tuesday, January 23, 2007 Address 7732 Victor Mondon Road Fiscal Officer Notes: DOL Debarment extended after additional violation City Victor State Zip Code NY 14624 . State Zip Code NY 10980 . State Zip Code NY 14564 . Page 16 of26 . . LIST OF EMPLOYERS INELIGIBLE TO BID ON OR BE AWARDED ANY PUBLIC WORK CONTRACT . Company Name Merit Fence Co loe FEIN: Barred Until 06-1350241 08/06/2008 City Carmel State NY Zip Code 10512 Address 130 Old Route 6 Fiscal Officer Notes: DOL Multiple willful violations . Company Name MGC Restoration Services loe FEIN: Barred Until 11-3031515 01/01/2010 City Bayside State NY Zip Code 11364 Address 64-58 218th Street Fiscal Officer Notes: AG And Michael Capous individually_ Plea agreement Company Name Michael Capous FEIN: Barred Until 01/01/2010 . City Bayside State NY Zip Code 11364 Address 64-58 218th Street Fiscal Officer Notes: AG As an individual. Se MGC Restoration Services Inc. Company Name Michael R Palmer FEIN: Barred Until 11/22/2007 Address City State Zip Code Fiscal Officer Notes: As an individual - See Commtech Communications lue and Comrntech Electrical Construction Corp . City Stony Point State NY Zip Code 10980 Company Name Michael Salerno FEIN: Barred Until 01/25/2009 Address Lime Kiln Court Fiscal Officer Notes: DOL Individually as president ofMeS Painting Contractors - false records . City Brooklyn State NY Zip Code 11209 Company Name Mida Painting Ltd FEIN: Barred Until 08/07/2008 Address 159 92nd Street Fiscal Officer Notes: NYe and Franco Paints, Inc. and Nicholas Kallergis and Stamatia Kallergis, as individuals. Assurance of Discontinuance/Settlement Agreement . Company Name MJAB Construction Inc FEIN: Barred Until 58-2620937 04/22/2009 City New Rochelle State NY Zip Code 10801 Address 183 Washington Avenue Fiscal Officer Notes: DOL and Linda Williams as an individual. Falsification of payroll records Company Name Address Modern Tech Design & Services Inc 9151 Southwestern Blvd FEIN: Barred Until Fiscal Officer Notes: 16-1464435 01119/2011 DOL Multiple willful violations . City Angola State NY Zip Code 14006 City Brooklyn State NY Zip Code 11230 Company Name Mohammed A Rashid FEIN: Barred Until 12/16/2009 . Address 914 Newkirk Avenue Fiscal Officer Notes: As an individual. See Columbus General Construction Inc City Astoria State NY Zip Code 11102 Company Name Mohammed Ali Alvi FEIN: Barred Until 07/18/2010 . . Tuesday, January 23, 2007 Address 22-41 26th Street - Apt 2 Fiscal Officer Notes: DOL Individually and Mohanuned All Alvi T/A Ford Masonry and Ford Construction Inc. Falsification of payroll records Page 17 of26 LIST OF EMPLOYERS INELIGIBLE TO BID ON OR BE AWARDED ANY PUBLIC WORK CONTRACT . Company Name Mohammed H Kabir FEIN: Barred Until 03/23/2010 Address 200 East 77th Street Fiscal Officer Notes: AG As an individual. See J B C Contracting Co Ioe and J B C Contracting Company - Settlement Agreement with A.G.1s Office City Brooklyn State NY Zip Code 11218 . Company Name Mnhammad A Beig FEIN: Barred Until 10/21/2007 Address 142 East Market Street Fiscal Officer Notes: DOL As an individual - See C B E Contracting Corporation. falsified payrolls City Long Beach State NY Zip Code 11561 . Company Name Muir Contractors Associates loc FEIN: 11-3586616 Barred Until 08/18/2010 Address City State Zip Code 75 Argyle Ave - Snite 2B Uniondale NY 11553 Fiscal Officer Notes: DOL Falsification of payroll records . Address City State Zip Code Company Name Musa Pacuku FEIN: Barred Until 04/14/2008 Fiscal Officer Notes: As an individual - See Victory Roofing & Contracting Co loc Company Name N F K Enterprises FEIN: Barred Until 06/10/2010 Address . City State Zip Code Fiscal Officer Notes: See N F K Excavating and Construction Ioc Company Name Address City State Zip Code N F K Excavating and Construction Inc 22 Black Hawk Road Pine Bnsh NY 12566 . FEIN: Barred Until Fiscal Officer Notes: 14-1803310 06/10/2010 DOL and NF KLandscaping Snpply Corp and NF KEnterprises Inc and cm Inc and Roger A Hoek Jr and Christina J Hoek as individuals. Falsification of payroll records Company Name N F K Landscaping Supply Corp FEIN: Barred Until 14-1817371 06/10/2010 Address City State Zip Code . Fiscal Officer Notes: See N F K Excavating and Construction Ioc Company Name Neuss Construction loc FEIN: Barred Until 14-1782213 09/06/2011 Address 1191 Ronte 9W - Suite #C6 Fiscal Officer Notes: DOL And Rudolph Neuss as an individual, as chief executive and one of the five largest shareholders ofNeuss Construction Inc- falsification of payroll records City Marlboro State NY Zip Code 12542 . Company Name Nicholas Kallergis FEIN: Barred Until 08/07/2008 Address 159 92nd Street Fiscal Officer Notes: As an individual. City Brooklyn State NY Zip Code 11209 See Franco Paints, Inc.and Mida Painting Ltd . Company Name Nicholas Margaritis FEIN: Barred Until 08/20/2008 Tuesday, January 23, 2007 Address City State Zip Code Fiscal Officer Notes: See Keystone Construction Corp. . Page 18 of 26 . . LIST OF EMPLOYERS INELIGIBLE TO BID ON OR BE AWARDED ANY PUBLIC WORK CONTRACT Company Name Nick Nitis City Yonkers State NY Zip Code 10705 . FEIN: Barred Until 12/1112011 Address 3 Alan B Shepard Place Fiscal Officer Notes: DOL As an individual - see A&T Construction . Company Name Nikolaos D. Varelakis FEIN: Barred Until 0212012007 City Massepequa State NY Zip Code 11758 Address 94 Cleveland Avenue Fiscal Officer Notes: As an individual - See Sprucewood Painting Corp Company Name Address Nu- Look Painting & Wallpapering Ine 151-60 7th Avenue FEIN: Barred Until Fiscal Officer Notes: 11-3389457 0810412009 AG and TF Painting Corp. and Tarcisio Ferreira, individually. A.G.'s Office. . City Whitestone State NY Zip Code 11357 Plea agreement with the City Brooklyn State NY Zip Code 11218 Company Name Address Olympia Mechanical Piping & Heating Ine 3624 12th Avenue FEIN: Barred Until Fiscal Officer Notes: 11-3161641 08/18/2010 AG And Steven Tischler and Solomon Werzberger as individuals. Plea Agreement with District Attorney . City Hawthorne State NJ Zip Code 07506 Company Name Olympic Window Installers Ine FEIN: Barred Until 22-3034903 0712112008 Address 174 Lincoln Avenue Fiscal Officer Notes: DOL and Carl and Russell Babb as individuals . City Rochester State NY Zip Code 14617 Company Name Ontario Flooring Company FEIN: Barred Until 16-1554554 0210612008 Address 296 Rogers Parkway Fiscal Officer Notes: DOL See George J Leva Sr. Debarment period extended after additional violation . Company Name Oswego Trucking & Leasing FEIN: Barred Until 16-1371814 0712112008 City Oswego State NY Zip Code 12801 Address 258 Washington Blvd Fiscal Officer Notes: DOL Falsified records . Company Name P & H Supply Company 1nc FEIN: Barred Until 13-3868727 OS/2512009 City Harrison State NY Zip Code 10528 Address 241-A Harrison Avenue Fiscal Officer Notes: DOL Multiple willful violations - debarment period extended after additional willful violations Company Name P&T Iron Works FEIN: 13-3895133 Barred Until 0610112010 . City New Rochelle State NY Zip Code 10801 Address 59 Plain A venue Fiscal Officer Notes: and Amodio Russo individually. with A.G.'s office Falsification of payroll records. Settlement Agreement City Schenectady State NY Zip Code 12309 Company Name Pachyderm Enterprises Inc FEIN: Barred Until 00-1386527 OS/2412009 . . Tuesday, January 23, 2007 Address 1537 Union Street Fiscal Officer Notes: DOL And Willie Jones and Mary Newsom as individuals - Multiple willful violations Page 19 of26 LIST OF EMPLOYERS INELIGIBLE TO BID ON OR BE AWARDED ANY PUBLIC WORK CONTRACT . Company Name Paint City Contractors Ine FEIN: Barred Until 52-1764775 03/07/2007 Address POBox 8808 Fiscal Officer Notes: DOL Falsified payrolls City Baltimore State MD Zip Code 21224 . Company Name Paragon Plate Glass Ine FEIN: Barred Until 16-1113039 11107/2011 Address 210 Factory Street Fiscal Officer Notes: DOL And Thomas E Mooney individually as President of Paragon Plate Glass loc - falsified payrolls City Watertown State NY Zip Code 13601 . Company Name Address Pardee Construction FEIN: Barred Until Fiscal Officer Notes: 16-1557064 03112/2009 See Dalton Steel Inc. City State Zip Code . Company Name Paul M Maintenance Ine FEIN: Barred Until 11-3287638 07/0212007 Address 7 Gatewood Drive Fiscal Officer Notes: DOL Falsified payrolls City Hauppague State NY Zip Code 11788 Company Name Address City State Zip Code . Perry Jacobs 736 Sherman Dr-Box 8015 Utica NY 13505 FEIN: Barred Until Fiscal Officer Notes: 12/04/2010 As an individual. See Precision Site Work Inc. - debarment period extended Company Name Address City State Zip Code . Pete Forakis POBox 8808 Baltimore MD 21224 FEIN: Barred Until Fiscal Officer Notes: 03/07/2007 DOL Multiple willfuls - Paint City Contractors Ine and Panagiotis Forakis dba Pete Forakis Company Name Address City State Zip Code Pettit & Pettit Ine 7 Schuyler Street Belmont NY 14813 FEIN: Barred Until Fiscal Officer Notes: . 16-1576164 03/2112010 DOL Multiple willful violations Company Name Address City State Zip Code Pipejackers Ine 15 East Bartlett Road Middle Island NY 11953 FEIN: Barred Until Fiscal Officer Notes: 11-2209596 06/26/2007 DOL . Company Name Port Ewen Trucking Corp FEIN: Barred Until 11-3484639 02/19/2008 Address 2013 Flatbush Avenue Fiscal Officer Notes: DOL Also at 99 St. Nicholas Avenue, Brooklyn, NY 11237. As a a substantially owned-affiliated entity and/or successor of Cavalier Construction Corp. Falsification of City Brooklyn State NY Zip Code 11234 . Company Name Precision Site Work Inc FEIN: Barred Until 16-1609167 12/04/2010 Tuesday, January 23, 2007 Address City State Zip Code 736 Sherman Dr - Box 8015 Utica NY 13505 Fiscal Officer Notes: DOL And its president, Perry Jacobs, as an individual. Falsification of payroll records - debarment period extended . Page 20 of 26 . . LIST OF EMPLOYERS INELIGIBLE TO BID ON OR BE AWARDED ANY PUBLIC WORK CONTRACT . Company Name Rainbow Mechanical Systems Ioe FEIN: Barred Until 01/28/2007 City Flushing State NY Zip Code 11355 Address 42-49 Colden St - Suite 3 Fiscal Officer Notes: NYC Plea agreement . Company Name Rainbow Renovations Ine FEIN: Barred Until 11-3542626 08/03/2011 City Long Island City State NY Zip Code 11106 Address 35-44 Crescent Street Fiscal Officer Notes: AG Additional addresses: 22-15 47th Street, Astoria, NY III 05 and 35-34 31 st Street, Long Island City, NY 11106. Gerasimo Andrianis debarred as an individual. Company Name Rapid Demolition Co Ioe FEIN: Barred Until 11-2869485 11/18/2007 . City Brooklyn State NY Zip Code 11223 Address 2550 West 13th Street Fiscal Officer Notes: NYC And successors Address City State Zip Code Company Name Rebecca Gatto-Wood FEIN: Barred Until 05/18/2009 Fiscal Officer Notes: As an individual. See Diracon Commercial Contractors. . Tuesday, Jauuary 23, 2007 Page 21 of26 LIST OF EMPLOYERS INELIGIBLE TO BID ON OR BE AWARDED ANY PUBLIC WORK CONTRACT . Company Name Address Rusrnar Environmental Services Corp 703 Atlantic A venue FEIN: Barred Until Fiscal Officer Notes: 16-1492326 12/22/2009 AG And John Bradford as an individual. Falsified payrolls. Plea agreement. City Rochester State NY Zip Code 14609 . Company Name Russell Babb FEIN: Barred Until 07121/2008 Address City State Zip Code . State Zip Code NY 11718 . State Zip Code Fiscal Officer Notes: As an individual - See Olympic Window Installers Ine Company Name Address S & B Construction & Contracting Ltd 78 W ohseepee Road FEIN: Barred Until Fiscal Officer Notes: 11-2987611 04/15/2007 DOL City Brightwaters Company Name Savvas A. Savva FEIN: Barred Until 10/14/2008 Address City Fiscal Officer Notes: See Euro Craft Restoration Ioe Company Name Scott Bendersky FEIN: Barred Until 04/15/2007 Address 78W ohseepee Road Fiscal Officer Notes: DOL Individually and as Officer and/or Shareholder ofS & B Construction and Contracting City Brightwaters State NY Zip Code 11718 . Company Name Address City State Zip Code Sean Campion POBox82 Valatie NY 12184 FEIN: Barred Until Fiscal Officer Notes: . 10/14/2008 dba Everlasting Slate - as an individual Company Name Address City State Zip Code Shirley J Pardee 197 U S Route11 Central Square NY 13036 FEIN: Barred Until Fiscal Officer Notes: 03/12/2009 As an individual. See Dalton Steel Ioe dba Pardee Construction. . Company Name Signal Construction LLC FEIN: Barred Until 16-1610415 11/14/2011 Address City 199 Grider Street Buffalo Fiscal Officer Notes: DOL Multiple willful violations State NY Zip Code 14215 . Company Name Solomon Werzberger FEIN: Barred Until 08/18/2010 Address 56 Lyncrest Drive Fiscal Officer Notes: As an individual. See Olympia Mechanical Piping & Heating Incorporated City Monsey State NY Zip Code 10952 Company Name Address Southwestern General Contracting Inc 1586 Gowans Road FEIN: Barred Until Fiscal Officer Notes: 16-1569822 10/08/2009 DOL Falsification of records Tuesday, Jauuary 23, 2007 City Angola State NY Zip Code 14006 . . Page 22 of26 . . LIST OF EMPLOYERS INELIGIBLE TO BID ON OR BE AWARDED ANY PUBLIC WORK CONTRACT . Company Name Sprucewood Painting Corp FEIN: Barred Until 11-2949533 02/20/2007 City Massapequa State NY Zip Code 11758 Address 94 Cleveland Avenue Fiscal Officer Notes: NYC and Nikolaos D. Varelakis, Susan E. Varelakis and John Varelakis, as individuals. Multiple willful violations and falsified payroll records. Assurance of Discontinuance/Settlement Agreement. . Company Name Stamatia Kallergis FEIN: Barred Until 08/07/2008 City Brooklyn State NY Zip Code 11209 Address 159 nnd Street Fiscal Officer Notes: As an individual. See Franco Paints, Inc. and Mida Painting Ltd . Company Name Star International Ine FEIN: Barred Until 00-1613496 City Queens Village State NY Zip Code 11427 Address 89-51 Springfield Blvd Fiscal Officer Notes: DOL Also Robbye Bissesar. Falsified payroll - permanently debarred Company Name State Environmental Services Ioe FEIN: Barred Until 11-3164259 02/25/2008 . City Brooklyn State NY Zip Code 11223 Address 1801 Stillwell Avenue Fiscal Officer Notes: NYC Plea agreement City Jamaica State NY Zip Code 11415 Company Name Steve J Nictas c/o J Barr Constr FEIN: Barred Until 12/14/2009 Address 119-51 Metropolitan Ave Fiscal Officer Notes: DOL As an individual - See J Barr Construction Corp. . Company Name Steve Menzer City Port Washington State NY Zip Code 11050 FEIN: Barred Until 07/17/2009 Address 62 Neulist Avenue Fiscal Officer Notes: As an individual. See Bat-lac Construction . Company Name Steven Tischler FEIN: Barred Until 08/1812010 City Brooklyn State NY Zip Code 11212 Address 1465 46th Street Fiscal Officer Notes: As an individual. See Olympia Mechanical Piping & Heating Incorporated . Company Name Super Structure Builders Inc FEIN: Barred Until 11-3487355 02/19/2008 City Brooklyn State NY Zip Code 11237 Address 998t Nicholas Avenue Fiscal Officer Notes: DOL Also at 2013 Flatbush Avenue, Brooklyn, NY 11234. As a substantially owned-affiliated entity and/or successor of Cavalier Construction Corp. Falsification of records . Company Name Superior Jamestown Corporation FEIN: Barred Until 16-1381131 03/1712008 City Jamestown State NY Zip Code 14701 Address 55 Jones-Gifford Avenue Fiscal Officer Notes: NYC Falsified payroll records Company Name Susan E. Varelakis FEIN: Barred Until 02/20/2007 . . Tuesday, January 23, 2007 City Massepequa State NY Zip Code 11758 Address 94 Cleveland A venue Fiscal Officer Notes: As an individual - See Sprucewood Painting Corp Page 23 of 26 LIST OF EMPLOYERS INELIGIBLE TO BID ON OR BE AWARDED ANY PUBLIC WORK CONTRACT . Company Name T J Wilson Electric loe FEIN: Barred Until 13-3615112 02/10/2007 Address 263 Waverly A venue Fiscal Officer Notes: NYC Falsified payrolls City Marnaroneck State NY Zip Code 10543 . Company Name Tarcisio Ferreira Zip Code 11357 FEIN: Barred Until 08/04/2009 Address 151-60 7th Aveoue Fiscal Officer Notes: AG and Nu-Look Painting & Wallpapering Iue and TF Painting Corp. Plea agreement with A.G.'s Office. City Whitestone State NY . Company Name TF Painting Corp FEIN: Barred Until 08/04/2009 Address City State Zip Code 151-60 7th Avenue Whitestone NY 11357 Fiscal Officer Notes: AG and Nu-Look Painting & Wallpapering Inc. and Tarcisio Ferreira, individually_ Plea agreement with AG.'s Office. . Company Name Thomas E Mooney FEIN: Barred Until 11/07/2011 Address City State Zip Code 164 Winslow Street Watertown NY 13601 Fiscal Officer Notes: As an individual. Additional address: 150 Clinton Street, Apt 6, Watertown, NY 13601. See Paragon Plate Glass Ine . Company Name Thomas Hanlon FEIN: Barred Until 09/11/2008 Address City State Zip Code Fiscal Officer Notes: As an individual. See Hamax Construction Corp Address City State 24 Miller Street Rochester NY Fiscal Officer Notes: DOL dba LTS Construction - also as an individual. Falsified payrolls. . Company Name Thomas L Smalls FEIN: Barred Until 06/30/2009 Zip Code 14605 Company Name Thomas Masonry & Concrete IDe FEIN: Barred Until 16-1535306 081\8/2009 Address 803 West Avenue, Ste 207 Fiscal Officer Notes: DOL Multiple willful violations City Rochester State NY Zip Code 14611 . Company Name Thomas Masonry Enterprise Inc FEIN: Barred Until 73-3103284 08/18/2009 Address 955 Buffalo Road Fiscal Officer Notes: DOL Multiple willful violations City Rochester State NY Zip Code 14624 . Company Name Tommaso Allocca FEIN: Barred Until 08/01/2010 Address 15 Pine Aire Drive Fiscal Officer Notes: DOL As an individual. T/A A & D Contracting Corp. Falsification of payroll records City Bay Shore State NY Zip Code 11706 . Company Name Topo-Metrics Inc FEIN: Barred Until 11-2465550 04/22/2009 Tuesday, January 23, 2007 Address City 432 Park Avenue South New York Fiscal Officer Notes: DOL Falsification of payroll records State NY Zip Code 10016 . Page 24 of26 . . LIST OF EMPLOYERS INELIGIBLE TO BID ON OR BE AWARDED ANY PUBLIC WORK CONTRACT . Company Name Topor Contracting IDe FEIN: Barred Until 16-1590680 04/27/2009 Address 153 Fillmore Avenue Fiscal Officer Notes: DOL Falsified payrolls City Buffalo State NY Zip Code 14210 Company Name Address Tower Building Maintenance and Mgmt 347 Kingsland Avenue FEIN: Barred Until Fiscal Officer Notes: 11-3042307 11/24/2008 DOL Additionai willful violations - debannent period extended City Brooklyn State NY . Zip Code 11222 Zip Code 10512 Company Name Tei-State Building Contractors Ine FEIN: Barred Until 14-1765905 OS/24/2009 Address 108 Sparrow Ridge Road Fiscal Officer Notes: DOL Falsified payroll records City Carmel State NY . Zip Code 11378 Company Name Tropic Construction Corp FEIN: Barred Until 11-2659640 08/16/2010 City Maspeth State NY Address 59-45 56th Avenue Fiscal Officer Notes: DOL and Marangos Construction and Charles Marangoudakis individually. Multiple willful violations . Zip Code 10027 Company Name Address Two By Four Carpentry and Constr lnc 132 W 129tb St-Ste 4W FEIN: Barred Until Fiscal Officer Notes: 08/12/2009 AG dba of Harrison Jarvis. Plea agreement witb A.G.'s Office. City New York State NY . Zip Code Company Name un Hak Kim FEIN: Barred Until 04/14/2010 Address City State Fiscal Officer Notes: AG As an individual. See Howard K Enterprise Ine and Howard Kim . Company Name Varda Construction Corporation FEIN: Barred Until 11-2694892 01/08/2009 Address 1850 Steinway Street Fiscal Officer Notes: DOL And Lorenzo DeVardo as an individual. City Long Island City State NY Falsified payrolls Zip Code 11105 . Company Name VIeD Mechanicals Systems Ine FEIN: Barred Until 01/28/2007 Address c/o S.Zeitlin 50 Court St Fiscal Officer Notes: NYC Plea agreement City Brooklyn State NY Zip Code 11201 Company Name Address Victory Roofing & Contracting Co Inc 265 Victory Boulevard FEIN: Barred Until Fiscal Officer Notes: 38-0100331 04/14/2008 DOL and Musa Pacuku as in individual. City Staten Island State NY Zip Code 10301 . Zip Code 11417 Company Name Viva Victoria Enterprises Ltd FEIN: Barred Until 11-3355466 06/12/2011 . . Tuesday, January 23, 2007 Address 10317 90th Street Fiscal Officer Notes: NYC Falsification ofrecords Falsification of records City Ozone Park State NY Page 25 of26 LIST OF EMPLOYERS INELIGIBLE TO BID ON OR BE AWARDED ANY PUBLIC WORK CONTRACT . Company Name W & B Mechanical Corp FEIN: Barred Until 11-1340725 0310512010 Address 303 Ten Eyck Street Fiscal Officer Notes: DOL aka White and Blue Sheet Metal Ine and Eliyhu Benyamin as an individual. Falsification of records. City Brooklyn Stale NY Zip Code 11206 . Company Name W J Grinder Roofing Company FEIN: Barred Until 16-0846854 1011812009 Address 1765 Mt Read Boulevard Fiscal Officer Notes: DOL As a substantially affiliated employer. See A A General Contractors, Inc. violations City Rochester Slate NY Zip Code 14606 Multiple . Company Name Westwood Fence Corp FEIN: Barred Until 11-3084236 03il912008 Address City 1084 Sunrise Highway Amityville Fiscal Officer Noles: And Robert Amendola as an individual. Falsified payrolls. with Suffolk County D.A.'s Office. Slale NY Zip Code 11701 Plea agreement entered into . State Zip Code NY 11206 . Slate Zip Code NY 14208 . Slate Zip Code Company Name White and Blue Sheet Metallnc FEIN: Barred Until 0310512010 Address 303 Ten Eyck Street Fiscal Officer Notes: See W & B Mechanical Inc. City Brooklyn Company Name Wiley Development Co Ine FEIN: Barred Until 16-1363561 08111f2009 Address 235 Northampton Street Fiscal Officer Notes: DOL Falsified payroll records City Buffalo Company Name William Valentine FEIN: Barred Until 09illi2008 Address City Fiscal Officer Notes: As an individual. See Hamax Construction Corp Company Name Willie Jones FEIN: Barred Until 0512412009 Address 1537 Union Street Fiscal Officer Notes: DOL As an individual. City Schenectady State NY Zip Code 12309 . See Pachyderm Enterprises Ine Company Name Winston J Goins Sf FEIN: Barred Until 0510112011 Address 87 Malling Drive Fiscal Officer Notes: As an individual - see Lightning Fast Labor Force Services Inc City Rochester State NY Zip Code 14621 . Company Name Wintech Contracting Inc FEIN: Barred Until 13-3139312 0712212009 Address 1950 E Main St - Ste 205A Fiscal Officer Notes: DOL Falsified payroll records City Mohegan Lake State NY Zip Code 10547 . Company Name Zaffuto Construction Company Ine FEIN: Barred Until 11-2139574 0912912008 Tuesday, January 23, 2007 Address 162 Atlantic Avenue Fiscal Officer Notes: AG And Angelo Zaffuto (President of ZCCI) and Joseph Zaffuto (Key Person to ZCCl). as individuals -Settlement Agreement City Lynbrook State NY Zip Code 11563 . Page 26 of 26 . . SECTION 00125 - STANDARD INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS TOWN OF SOUTHOLD CONTRACT INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS . INSURANCE IDENTIFICATION: THE BID NUMBER IS TO APPEAR ON ALL INSURANCE CERTIFICATES . INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR: The CorporationlContractor/Agency/Consultant, is an independent contractor and covenants and agrees that it, its agents, servants and/or employees will neither hold itself/themselves out as, nor claim to be an employee, servant or agent of the TOWN OF SOUTHOLD, and that it, its agents and employees will not make claim, demand or application to or for any right or privilege applicable to an officer or employee of the TOWN OF SOUTHOLD including, but not limited to Worker's Compensation coverage, Unemployment Insurance benefits, Social Security coverage or retirement membership or credit. . INSURANCE: Contractor/vendor shall not commence work under this contract until he has obtained all insurance required under the following paragraphs, and the TOWN OF SOUTHOLD has approved such insurance. . WORKERS' COMPENSATION: Contractor/vendor shall take out and maintain during the life of this contract, such insurance as will protect both the owner and the contractor from claims under worker's compensation acts and amendments thereto and from any other claims for property damage and for personal injury including death, which may arise from operations under this contract, whether such operations by contractor or by any other party directly or indirectly employed by the contractor. Copy of Certificate to be provided to the TOWN OF SOUTHOLD. . DISABILITY INSURANCE & UNEMPLOYMENT INSURANCE: Contractor/vendor shall take out and maintain during the entire term of the contract any disability benefits and unemployment insurance as required by law. Copy of Certificate to be provided to the TOWN OF SOUTHOLD. . GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE: The contractor/vendor shall take out and maintain during the life of the contract, such bodily injury liability and property damage liability insurance as shall protect him and the Town from claims for damages for bodily injury including accidental death, as well as from claims for property damage which may arise from operations under this contract, whether such operations be by himself or by any subcontractor or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by either of them. It shall be the responsibility of the contractor/vendor to maintain such insurance in amounts sufficient to fully protect himself and the Town, but in no instance shall amounts be less than those set forth below. These amounts are specified only to establish the minimum coverage acceptable. . Bodily injury liability and property damage liability insnrance in an amount not less than $1,000,000 (one million dollars) for damages on account of anyone accident, and in an amount of not less than $2,000,000 (two million dollars) on account of all accidents (general aggregate). . EXCESS/UMBRELLA INSURANCE: The contractor/vendor shall take out and maintain during the life of the project an excess/ umbrella insurance policy in an amount of not less than $5,000,000 (Five million dollars) each occurrence and aggregate. OTHER CONDITIONS OF COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE: . 1. Coverage shall be written on commercial general liability form. 2. Coverage shall include: . 00125 SECTION 00125 - STANDARD INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS . A. Contractual liability B. Independent contractors C. Products and completed operations . AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY INSURANCE: Automobilc bodily injury liability and property damage liability insurance shaU be provided by the contractor/vendor with a minimum combined single limit (CSL) of$I,OOO,OOO (one million doUars). OTHER CONDITIONS OF AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY INSURANCE: . 1. Coverage shaU include: A. AU owned vehicles B. Hired car and non-ownership liability coverage C. Statutory no-fault coverage . ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS OF INSURANCE: I. Contractor/vendor shaU submit copies of any or aU required insurance policies as and when requested by the Town. 2. If any of the contractor's/vendor's policies of insurance are canceUed or not renewed during the life of the contract, immediate notice of canceUation of non-renewal shall be delivered to the Town no less than 10 days prior to the date and time of cancellation or non-renewal. . CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE: The contractor/vendor shaU file with the TOWN OF SOUTHOLD prior to commencing work under this contract, a certificate of insurance. . 1. Certificate of insurance shaD include: A. C. E. G. Name and address of insured Insurance company name Policy number Limits ofliability for aU policies included on certificate B. Issue date of certificate D. Type of coverage in effect F. Inception and expiration dates of policies included on certificate. . . . 2. If the contractor's/vendor's insurance policies should be non-renewed, cancelled or expire during the life of the contact, the Town shall be provided with a new certificate indicating the replacement policy information as requested above. Thirty days (30) prior written notice to the TOWN OF SOUTHOLD for cancellation is applicable. . 00125 . . SECTION 00130 - GENERAL CONDITIONS TNDFX . . 1. Definitions of Terms 2. Standards of Workmanship 3. Samples 4. Manufactured Materials 5. Laboratory 6. Shop Drawings 7. Permits 8. Plans and Specifications 9. Cutting, Patching and Digging 10. Errors, Omissions and Discrepancies II. Temporary Toilet 12. Proper Method of Work and Proper Materials 13. Inspection 14. Waiver IS. Water and Electric Power 16. Machinery and Equipment 17. Maintenance 18. Schedule of Operations 19. Right to Use Work 20. Notice of Warning 21. Warning Signs 22. Accident Prevention 23. Damages 24. Maintenance of Traffic 25. Final Site Cleaning 26. Protection of Land Markers, Trees, Shrubs, and Property 27. Protection of Utilities 28. No Damages for Delay 29. Record Keeping 30. Subcontractors and Suppliers 31. Penal Law . . . . . . . . 00130 . SECTION 00130 - GENERAL CONDITIONS . 1. DKFTNTTIONS OF TICRMS: Whenever the following words and expressions are used in the Specifications, it is understood that they have the meaning defmed below: PLA NS: All official drawings or reproductions of drawings pertaining to the work or to any structure connected therewith. . SPFrTFTC'A TIONS' The body of directions, requirements, descriptions, etc. contained in this document, together with all documents of any description and agreements made (or to be made) pertaining to the methods or manner of perfonning the work and/or to the quantities and quality of materials to be furnished and accepted under this Contract. OWNRR: Shall mean Town Board, Town of South old. . RNGTNF,RR: Oesign T.earnecl In" (Engineer) as engaged by the Owner and duly authorized to represent the Owner in the execution of the work covered by the consultants and assistants engaged by the Owner and the to the extent of the particular duties entrusted to them. . C'ONTRAC'T: Collectively, the Contract executed by the Owner and the Contractor, Notice to Bidders, Instructions to Bidders, Proposal Form, Conditions of Contract, General Conditions, Special Conditions, Specifications, Construction Drawings, Addenda, Performance Bonds, and all supplemental agreements made or to be made. . C'ONTRAC'TOR' The party of the second part hereto, whether corporation, firm or individual, or any combination thereof, and successor, personal representatives, executors, administrators and assigns, and any person, firm or corporation who or which shall at any time be substituted in place of the second part under this Contract. . TNSPF.C'TOR: An authorized representative of the Owner or his Engineer assigned to make any and all necessary inspections of the work performed and the materials furnished by the Contract. MATF,RTALS' Any approved materials acceptable to the Engineer and confonning to the requirements of these Specifications. . WORK' All of the work proposed to be accomplished at the site of the project, and all such other work as is in any manner required to accomplish the complete project. This includes all plant, labor, materials, supplies, equipment and other facilities and acts necessary or proper or incidental to the carrying out and completion of the terms of this Contract. The term "work performed" shall be construed to include the material delivered to and suitably stored at the site of the project. . . 2. STANDARDS OF WORKMANSHTP: The apparent silence of the Specifications as to any detail or an apparent omission from them of a detailed description concerning any work to be done and materials to be furnished shall be regarded as meaning that only the best general practice observed in the latest current construction work is to prevail and that only material and workmanship of first quality is to be used in this connection and all interpretations of these Specifications shall be made upon this basis. . 00130 SECTION 00130 - GENERAL CONDITIONS . 3. SA MPT ,F,S' The Contractor shall furnish for approval, all samples as directed, The work shall be in accordance with approved samples. . Samples shall be submitted in ample time so as to prevent delay in fabrication or ordering of materials, allowing for a reasonable time for the Engineer or Architect to consider the samples submitted and, if necessary, to permit a resubmission of samples to the Engineer or Architect until approval is given. Work and material shall be furnished and executed in accordance with approved samples, in every aspect. Each sample shall be labeled, bearing material, name and quality, Contractor's name, date and other pertinent data. Unless otherwise specified, samples shall be in duplicate and of adequate size to show quality, type, color, range and finish and texture of material. Materials shall not be ordered until approval is received in writing from Engineer or Architect. . . 4. MANTTFACTTJRF.n MATRRTAT.S' Where several materials are specified by name, the Engineer shall have the right, before execution of the Contract, to require any and all bidders to state the materials upon which they based their bid. Where any materials are specified by name or trade name, or by catalog number of a company or companies, the Contractor shall furnish the article mentioned unless approval of the Engineer is obtained in writing for a substitution. Should Contractor desire to substitute another material for one or more specified by name, he shall apply in writing for such permission and state credit or extra involved. He shall also provide supporting data and samples for Engineer's consideration. . Unless particularly specified otherwise, all manufactured articles, materials and equipment shall be applied, assembled, installed, connected, erected, used, cleaned and conditioned as directed by the manufacturer and including the necessary preparation to properly install the work. Where reference is made to manufacturer's directions, the Contractor shall submit such directions to the Engineer as required. . . The materials used in construction shall be disposed as not to endanger the work, and so that full access may at all times be had to partly completed work and structures and they shall be so disposed as to canse no injury to those having access to the work or any of the units. All labor shall be performed in the best and most workmanlike manner by mechanics skilled in their respective trades. Standards of work required throughout shall be of such grades as will bring first- class results only. . The type of labor employed by the Contractor shall be such as will insure the uninterrupted continuity of the entire work, without conflict of any kind. . 5. T ,ARORATORY' Laboratories shall be designated for testing the materials to be used under the Contract where applicable. Where tests are made by other than the designated laboratories, two certified copies showing correctly the chemical analysis and physical tests shall be furnished to the Engineer. . 6. SHOP nRA WINGS: The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer six (6) copies of all shop drawings and schedules and no work shall be fabricated until his approval has been given. All shop drawings submitted to the Engineer must be in English, and must bear the Contractor's stamp of . 00130 . . SECTION 00130 - GENERAL CONDITIONS . approval evidencing that the drawings have been checked. The Contractor will make any corrections in the drawings required by the Engineer and will file with the Engineer four corrected copies. Approval by the Engineer of such drawings or schedules shall not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for (a) errors of any sort in shop or setting drawings or schedules; or (b) deviations from Plans and Specifications unless the Contractor, at the time of submission of said drawings and schedules, has given notice to the Engineer of any such deviations. . 7. PF,RMTTS: . 7.1 Municipal: All work in connection with the installation of pipes or other underground structures of a like nature either within or without the limits of the highway, shall follow all the provisions as contained herein together with the provisions, as they apply, of the Highway Law, Roads Opening, Section 149, and Section 198 Town Law, with all subsequent changes, additions or corrections thereto. . A. The Contractor shall obtain from the Building Department a certificate of occupancy, whenever the scope of work of the Contract provides for the construction of a building or structure, or for modification or alteration of a building or structure, so that a certificate of occupancy, or a revised certificate of occupancy is required under state and/or local law. . The Owner shall be responsible for obtaining the building permit and permit(s) pre-requisite thereto, including but not limited to the following, unless Contractor is specifically required to obtain the same pursuant to other provisions of this document: (1) RlIil<1inr p"rmit (2) Fir" pr"v"ntion p"rmit (3) H"alth n"partm"nt/Applimtion to "onstrnct . a) b) Sanitary system including SPDES permit Hazardous materials storage The following additional permits when required under law shall also be obtained by the Owner: . (1) (2) (3) NYSDEC permit(s) Town Division of Environmental Protection U.S. Army Corp of Engineers . The Contractor shall give all notices, and comply with all laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and conditions of the permits, bearing on the conduct of the work as drawn and specified, and shall be responsible for acquisition of all pertinent information necessary for such compliance. . The Contractor shall be responsible for: (l) Coordinating all building department and other department and agency inspections and approvals, (2) Obtaining U.L. approvals, (3) Health Department inspections and approvals, (4) Obtaining [mal certificate of occupancy. . 00130 SECTION 00130 - GENERAL CONDITIONS . On projects involving multiple contracts, it shall be the responsibility of the "General Contractor" to coordinate with the building department and other agencies and to obtain the certificate of occupancy. It shall be the responsibility of the mechanical contractors (prime contractors other than the G.C.) to coordinate inspections and approvals of that part of the project, which falls within the scope of their contract with the G.C., and/or as may be appropriate, directly with the approving agency. . In the event that one or more of the contractors on a multi-contract project fails to perform the work in a timely manner, thereby causing undue delay in the completion ofthe project, and the issuance of the certificate of occupancy, the owner shall in that event, have the option to exercise "The owners right to stop work or terminate contract" as provided for in the conditions of the contract. . B. Pip'" anli TJno"rgrollno Stmdm"s: All work in connection with the installation of pipes or other underground structures of a like nature either within or without the limits of the highway, shall follow all the provisions, as they apply, of the Highway Law, Roads opening, Section 149, and Section 198 Town Law, with all subsequent changes, additions or corrections thereto. . C. Any work to be performed within the Town Higl1way right-of-way will require a Town Highway Department road-opening permit. . Obtaining of the permit and subsequent release/approval shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. Acceptance of the contractor's performance bond in lieu of the Contractors road-opening bond shall be at the option of the Highway Department. . 7.2 SlIffolk r.ollnty- All permits required for opening County roads and making connections with County drains will be obtained by the Owner. A copy of the permit, which must be kept on the job at all times, will be supplied to the Contractor. The Contractor will not be permitted to open any County road or make any connection to any County drain until he has been supplied with this permit. . (a) n"partm"nt ofPlIhli" Works All permits required for opening County roads and making connections with County drains, will be obtained by the Owner. A Copy of the permit, which must be kept on the job at all times, will be supplied to the Contractor. The Contractor will not be permitted to open any County road or make any connection to any County drain until he has been supplied with this permit. . The Contractor shall be responsible for conformance to all conditions of the permit and for the subsequent release/approval. . (b) n"partmffit ofH"alth S"rvi""s: The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining approvals pursuant to Health Department permits described in paragraph 7 .IA. . 00130 . . SECTION 00130 - GENERAL CONDITIONS . 7.3 St~tP. ofNp.w York' The Contractor shall obtain all necessary New York State highway permits whenever the Contract requires any work to be done within or upon existing State highway right-of- ways. These permits shall be obtained from the District Office in Hauppauge prior to the performance of the work. Upon application for the permit, the Contractor will be required to supply the following: . (1) Three (3) copies of a sketch or print showing description and location of the proposed work. The Engineer will supply these prints to the Contractor. (2) Contingent liability insurance for the State (in addition to his own liability insurance) shall be furnished in amounts and manner as required by the State of New York. The contingent protective liability and completed operations liability insurance policy to cover: . "The people of the State of New York and/or the Superintendent of Public Works covering liability arising with respect to all operations through highway permits by permittee or by anyone acting by, through or for the permittee, including omissions and supervisory acts of the State", in the amount of personal injury (including death) and property damage as required. . 8. PT.A NS A N1l SPRl:TFTCA nONS' The Contractor will be furnished with five sets of Plans and Specifications giving all the details and dimensions necessary for carrying out the work. One copy of Plans and Specifications furnished to the Contractor must be kept constantly on the site. Anything shown on the Plans and not mentioned in the Specifications or mentioned in the Specifications and not shown on the Plans and all the work and materials necessary for the completion of the work according to the intent and meaning of the Contract shall be fumished, performed and done as if the same were both mentioned in the Specifications and shown on the Drawings. Any conflict or inconsistency between the Plans and Specifications, or any discrepancy between the figures and scale of Drawings, shall be submitted by the Contractor to the Engineer, whose decision thereon shall be conclusive. . . In the event the meaning of any portion of the Specifications or Drawings or any supplementary drawings or instructions of the Engineer is doubtful, the same shall be understood to call for the best type of construction, both as to materials and workmanship, which reasonably can be interpreted. All materials and workmanship must be strictly in accordance with the Specifications. . The Plans show approximate size, arrangement and location of the proposed work. The Engineer will give base lines, grades, shapes and dimensions and the Contractor shall construct the work exactly in accordance with such instructions ofthe Engineer subject, however, to change as provided for under the headings "Changes and Alterations" and "Compensation to be Paid to the Contractor". . Additional copies of Plans and Specifications, when requested, will be furnished to the Contractor at cost of reproduction. . The Contractor shall furnish to each of the subcontractors and materialmen such copies of the Contract Documents as may be required for their work. . 00130 SECTION 00130 - GENERAL CONDITIONS . 9. C'TJTTTN~, PATC'HTNr. ANn nrr.r.TNr.. The Contractor shall do all cutting, fitting or patching of his work that may be required to make its several parts come together properly and fit it to receive or be received by work of other contractors shown upon or reasonably implied by Drawings and Specifications for the completed structure, and he shall make good after them as Engineer may direct. . Any cost caused by defective or ill-timed work shall be borne by the party responsible therefor. The Contractor shall not endanger any work by cutting, digging or otherwise, and shall not cut or alter the work of any other contractor save with the consent of the Engineer. . 10. RRRORS,OMTSSTONS ANn nrSC'RRPANC'TF,S' a) If any errors, omissions or discrepancies appear in the drawings, Specifications or other documents, the Contractor shall, within ten days from receiving such Drawings, Specifications or documents, notifY the Engineer in writing of such errors or omissions, In the event of the Contractor's failing to give such notice, he will be held responsible for the results of any such errors or omissions and the cost of rectifYing the same. . . b) If, in the opinion of the Contractor, any work is shown on Drawings, or details, or is specified in such a manner as will make it impossible to produce a first class piece of work, or should discrepancies appear between the Drawings and/or Specifications, he shall refer the same to the Engineer for interpretation before proceeding with the work. If the Contractor fails to make such references to the Engineer, no excuse will thereafter be entertained for failure to carry out the work in satisfactory manner as directed. . c) Should a conflict occur in or between the Drawings and Specifications and/or existing conditions, the Contractor shall be deemed to have estimated on the more expensive way of doing the work, unless he shall have asked for and obtained a decision in writing from the Engineer, before the submission of bids, as to which method or material will produce the results to the best interest of the Town. . 11. TRMPORARV TOTT.RT' The Contractor shall provide and maintain a sanitary temporary toilet where directed by the Engineer. The temporary toilet shall be enclosed and weatherproof and kept in a sanitary condition at all times. Upon removal of the temporary outside toilet, the vault shall be disinfected, filled and all evidence of the toilet removed from the site. . 12. PROPRR MF.THOn OF WORK ANn PROPRR M A TRRT AT,S' The Engineer shall have the power in general to direct the order and sequence of the work, which shall be such as to permit the entire work under this Contract to be begun and to proceed as rapidly as possible and such as to bring the several parts of the work to a successful completion at about the same time. . If at any time before the commencement or during the progress of the work the materials and appliances used or to be used appear to the Engineer as insufficient or improper for assuring the quality of the work required, or the required rate of progress, he may order the Contractor to increase . 00130 . . SECTION 00130 - GENERAL CONDITIONS . their efficiency or to improve their character, and the failure of the Engineer to demand any increase of such efficiency or improvement shall not release the Contractor from his obligation to secure the quality of work or the rate of progress specified. During freezing or inclement weather, no work shall be done except such as can be done satisfactorily and in a manner to secure first-class construction throughout. All work shall be done in such a manner as will properly protect and support existing permanent structures, pipe lines, etc. . . 13. TNSPF,rnON: Inspectors shall be authorized to inspect all work done on materials furnished. Such inspections may extend to all parts of the work and to the preparation or manufacture of the materials to be used. In case of any dispute arising between the Contractor and the Inspector as to materials furnished or the manner of performing the work, the Inspector shall have the authority to reject material or suspend the work until the question at issue shall be referred to and decided by the Engineer. The Inspector shall not be authorized to revoke, alter, enlarge, relax or release any requirements of these Specifications, nor to approve or accept any portion of the work, nor to issue instruction contrary to the Plans and Specifications. The Inspector shall in no case act as foreman or perform other duties for the Contractor or interfere with the management of the work by the latter. . Any advice, which the Inspector may give the Contractor, shall in no way be construed as binding the Engineer nor the Owner in any way nor releasing the Contractor from the fulfillment of the terms ofthe Contract. . The Contractor shall be conclusively presumed to be acquainted with all existing conditions and to guarantee that all work and materials shall, upon fmal completion of the work, be turned over to the Owner in a complete and perfect condition and he shall be responsible for the proper care, maintenance and protection of all work and material until his entire Contract is completed and all work and materials found in good condition and accepted. The Contractor will be held responsible for the entire work until completed and accepted by the Engineer and the Owner. . The Contractor shall, at all times, provide the Owners, Engineer, assistants and inspectors under him with necessary facilities for determining both on the work and at the places of manufacture, that all work being performed and all materials being manufactured are strictly in accord with the Contract. . Until acceptance of work by the Owner, the Contractor shall be responsible for all damages to the work including action of the elements or any other cause whatsoever. The Contractor shall continuously and adequately protect the work against damage from any cause. . 14. W ATVF.R: Neither the inspection by the Owner or Engineer or any part of their employees nor any order, measurement or certificate by the Engineer nor any order by the Owner for the payment of any money nor any payment for or acceptance of, the whole or any part of the work by the Engineer or the Owner nor any extension of time nor any possession taken by the Owner or its employees shall operate as a waiver of any provision of this Contract or of any power herein reserved to the Owner or any right to damages herein provided; nor shall any waiver of any breach of the Contract constitute a waiver of any subsequent breach. Any remedy provided in this Contract shall be construed as cumulative; that is in addition to each and every remedy herein provided. . . 00130 SECTION 00130 - GENERAL CONDITIONS . 15. W A TRR ANn RT.F,C'TRTC' POWRR. All water and electric power supply for construction purposes must be provided by the Contractor. The cost shall be borne by the Contractor. . 16_ MAC'HTNRRV ANn RQTJTPM1i'NT- All machinery, equipment, trucks and vehicles used in the prosecution of the work or in connection therewith, shall at all times be in proper working condition. The Contractor shall be responsible for curtailing noise, smoke, fumes or any other nuisance resulting from his operations. He shall, upon written notification from the Engineer, make any repairs, replacements, adjustments, additions, and furnish muffiers when necessary to fulfill these requirements. . 17. MATNTFNANC'R- If, within one year from the date of issuance of the Final Certificate, any portion of the work shall, in the opinion of the Owner, require repairing, replacing, or rebuilding, the Contractor shall start such repairs within five (5) days after the receipt of notice from the Owner, and if the Contractor shall fail or neglect to start such repairs within the said five (5) days, the Owner may employ such other person or persons as they deem proper to make such repairs and pay the expense thereof out of any sum retained by them, provided nothing herein contained shall limit the liability of the Contractor or his Surety to the Owner for nonperformance of the Contractor's obligations at any time. . . 18. SC'HRmrr.F, OF OPRRATTONS: Within 5 days after the signing of the Contract, the Contractor shall submit a proposed program of operations, showing clearly how he proposes to conduct the work so as to bring about the completion of his work within the time limit specified. This program shall outline the proposed sequence of operations, the rates of progress and the dates when his work will be sufficiently advanced to permit the installation of work under this Contract. . 19. RTr.HT TO TlSF. WORK- The Owner may enter upon and use the whole or any portion of the work, which may be in condition to use any time previous to its fmal acceptance by the Owner. Such use shall not constitute or be evidence of acceptance by the Owner or the Engineer of the whole or any part of the material furnished or work performed under the Contract. . 20. NOTTC'R OF W A RNTNr.. If the Contractor shall fail to make prompt payment to persons supplying labor or materials for the work, or refuse or fail to supply enough properly skilled workmen or proper materials or refuse or fail to prosecute the work or any part thereof with such diligence as will insure its completion within the period herein specified (or any duly authorized extension thereof) or fail to complete the work within said period or fail or refuse to regard laws, ordinances, codes, instructions of the Engineer, then the Engineer shall forward by registered mail to the Contractor, at the address given in the Contract, a Notice of Warning, and in the event the Contractor fails to comply with said Notice of Warning within five (5) days from receipt thereof, the Owner shall have the right to terminate the Contract. 21. W A RNTNr. STr.NS. Contractor shall provide and maintain proper luminous warning and detour signs where directed by the Engineer. . . Obstructions such as stored materials, equipment and excavations shall be marked with not less than two lights, which shall be not more than 4 feet apart. . 00130 . . SECTION 00130 - GENERAL CONDITIONS All lights shall be kept burning from one-half hour before sunset to until one-half hour after sunrise. . . 22. ACCIOENT PREVENTION: During the performance of the work, the Contractor shall exercise all reasonable precautions for the protection of persons and property. The safety provisions of applicable laws, building and construction codes shall be observed. Machinery, equipment and all other physical hazards shall be guarded in accordance with the safety provisions of the Manual of Accident Prevention in Construction published by the Associated General Contractors of America to the extent that such provisions are not inconsistent with Federal, State or Municipal laws or regulations. . If any operation, practice or condition is deemed by the Engineer to be unsafe, he shall notify the Contractor in writing to take corrective action. Where, in the opinion of the Engineer, any operation, practice or condition shall be promptly discontinued and before the affected part of the work is resumed, remedial action taken. . The Owner reserves the right to remedy any neglect on the part of Contractor as regards the protection of the work which may come to its attention, after 24 hours' notice in writing; except that in cases of emergency it shall have the right to remedy any neglect without notice, and in either case to deduct the cost of such remedy from money due the Contractor. . Nothing in the foregoing paragraphs shall be construed as relieving the Contractor from full responsibility at all times for safe prosecution ofthe work. . 23. 0 AM A GES: The Contractor shall pay and make good all losses or damages arising out of any cause connected with the Contract and shall indemnify and save harmless the Owner from any and all claims and any and all liability or responsibility of every nature and kind for any loss, damage or injury which may be brought against the Owner or any of its officers or agents, by reason of, or connected with the work or materials furnished under the Contract and shall pay all costs and expenses of every kind, character, and nature whatever, occurring upon or arising out of the Contract. . 24. MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC' All work under this Contract is to be completed within the time indicated in the Contract Agreement or as extended by the Owner. If in the meantime it should become necessary, because of the lateness of the season, or any other reason to stop the work, the Contractor shall at his own expense, open proper drainage ditches, erect temporary structures where necessary, prepare the roads so there will be minimum interference with traffic, set up and maintain a competent organization as directed by the Engineer, to keep the highways in first class condition for traffic, and take every precaution to prevent any damage or unreasonable deterioration of the work during the time it is closed. . . 25. FTNAT. SITE CT.F.ARTNG: Before fmal payment will be approved, the Contractor shall prepare the construction areas as follows: All basins, manholes and pipe as constructed shall be cleaned free from accumulated construction dirt, silt, form work, etc., and all proper restoration as called for in the items of the Specifications shall be complete in every detail. The Contractor shall clean all construction areas free from accumulated forms, excavation fill, construction materials and . 00130 SECTION 00130 - GENERAL CONDITIONS . construction shanties. All areas shall be completed in every detail and shall be broom cleaned from excess dirt and materials. . 26. PROTF,rnON OF LAND MARKF,RS, TRRRS, SHRlJRS, ANn PROPRRTY' Wherever in the conduct of the work, a monument marking a point of public or private survey is encountered or brought to view by excavation, the fact shall at once be communicated to the Engineer. In no case shall the Contractor remove the same until the location for resetting shall have been made by the Engineer. All monuments or land markings exposed to view when the work is first undertaken shall be carefully preserved and the greatest care exercised to prevent injury to or disturbance of position of the same. . The unit price of all items shall include the cost of restoring to its former condition any sidewalks or curbs, as well as restoring any trees, shrubs or lawns that may be damaged during this construction. No additional payment will be made. . The Contractor is required at his own expense to obtain any and all permits for use of private property if he uses such property for storage, transportation or accomplishment of the work under the Contract. Private property shall be cleaned up neatly, any damage repaired and premises restored to their original condition. . 27. PROTRrTTON OF lJTTT .TTTF,S' The Contractor shall familiarize himself with the existence of structures of municipal and other public service corporations on or adjoining the site of the work, and give reasonable opportunity to and cooperation with the owners of these utilities in the work of reconstructing or altering them. Such reconstruction and alteration shall be so conducted as to delay or interfere as little as practicable with the work of the Contractor. Any additional cost of various items of work because of these utilities shall be included in the price bid for these items. . The Engineer shall direct the public utility corporations to shift or remove those utility structures that may be necessary to permit the Contractor to carry out the work in accordance with the Plans. The Contractor shall not remove or cause to be removed, any structure or part of a structure owned by a public utility corporation without the approval of the Engineer. . The Contractor shall cooperate with the public utility corporation whose structures (aerial, surface or subsurface) are within the limits of or along the outside of the right-of-way, to make it possible for them to maintain uninterrupted service. The Contractor shall conduct his operations in such a way as to delay or interfere as little as practicable with the work of the utility corporation. . 28. NO OAMAGRS FOR nRLA y. Notwithstanding any other provisions to this Contract, the Contractor agrees to make no claim for damages for delay in the performance of this Contract occasioned by any act of the Town or any of its representatives, and agrees that any such claim shall be fully compensated for by an extension of time to complete performance of the work as provided herein. This provision shall not apply to any act or omission to act of the Town or any of its representatives, wherein the same is done in bad faith and with deliberate intent to delay the Contractor in the performance of this Contract. . . 29. RRrORn KRF,PTNG: The Contractor shall establish and maintain complete and accurate 00130 . . SECTION 00130 - GENERAL CONDITIONS . books, records, documents, accounts and other evidence directly pertinent to performance under this contract (hereinafter the "records"). The records must be kept for the balance of the contract term and for six (6) years thereafter. . 30. STTBCONTRACTORS AND STTPPI.TF.RS' Within five days afterreceipt from the Engineer of notice to begin work, the Contractor will furnish written notice of names of all subcontractors to be employed on the project and the general items of work to be done by them. Simultaneously, the Contractor shall furnish written notice of the names of suppliers of materials to be used on the project. The Owner may disapprove for good cause any subcontractor or material supplier selected by the Contractor by giving written notice of its disapproval within five (5) days after receiving the names of subcontractors and material suppliers, to the Contractor who shall thereupon promptly notify the Owner of the names of the subcontractor or material supplier selected in replacement which shall again be subject to approval by the Owner. . 31. PRNAL LAW: Attention is called to Section 1918 of the Penal Law as follows: r.on<t11l~tion or hla<tinr: near pipe< ~onveyinr: ~omhll<tihle ga< . . No person shall discharge explosives in the ground, nor shall any person other than a state or county employee regularly engaged in the maintenance and repair thereof excavate in any then existing street, highway, or public place, unless notice thereof in writing shall have been given at least seventy-two hours in advance to the person, corporation or municipality engaged in the distribution of gas in such territory. The person having direction or control of such work shall give such notice, and further he shall ascertain whether there is within one hundred feet in such street, highway or public place, or in the case of a proposed discharge of explosives within a radius of two hundred feet of such discharge, any pipe of any other person, corporation or municipality conveying combustible gas, and if thereby any such pipe, he shall also give such notice to any other such person, corporation or municipality. Provided, however, that in any emergency involving danger to life, health, or property it shall be lawful to excavate without using explosives if the notices prescribed herein are given as soon as reasonably possible, and to discharge explosives to protect a person or persons from an immediate and substantial danger of death or serious personal injury if such notices are given before any such discharge is undertaken. Any such work shall be performed in such manner as to avoid danger to any pipe conveying combustible gas. Any violation of the provisions of this section shall be a misdemeanor. . . . . . 00130 . . 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. 31. 32. 33. 34. 35. 36. 37. 38. 39. 40. 41. 42. 43. 44. 45. . . . . . . . . . SECTION 00150 - CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT TNDFX Contract Documents and Defmitions Scope of the Work Compensation to be paid to the Contractor Time of Essence Commencement ofW ork Time of Completion Liquidated Damages for Delays Extension of Time. No Waiver Weather Contract Security Laws and Ordinances Qualifications for Employment Non-Discrimination Payment of Employees Estimates and Payments Acceptance of Final Payment Constitutes Release Construction Reports Inspection and Tests Plans and Specifications: Interpretations Subsurface Conditions Found Different Contractor's Title to Materials Superintendence by Contractor Protection of Work, Persons and Property Representations of Contractor Patent Rights Authority of the Engineer Changes and Alterations Correction of Work Weather Conditions The Owner's Right to Withhold Payments The Owner's Right to Stop Work or Terminate Contract Contractor's Right to Stop Work or Terminate Contract Responsibility for Work Use of Premises and Removal of Debris Suits of Law Power of the Contractor to Act in an Emergency Provisions Required by Law Deemed Inserted Subletting, Successor and Assigns General Muuicipal Law Clause Grades, Lines, Levels, and Surveys Insurance Requirements Foreign Contractors Lien Law Refusal to Waive lmmuuity Exemption from Sales and Use Tax 00150 . SECTION 00150 - CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT 1. CONTR ACT nOCITMRNTS A NO nRFTNTTTONS . The Notice to Bidders, Instructions to Bidders, Proposal Form, Conditions of Contract, General Conditions, Specifications, Form of Contract, Construction Drawings, together with any Addenda, shall form part of this Contract, and the provisions thereof shall be as binding upon the parties hereto, as if they were herein fully set forth. The table of contents, titles, heading, headlines, and marginal notes contained herein are solely to facilitate reference to various provisions of the Contract Documents and in no way affect, limit or cast light upon the interpretation of the provisions to which they refer. Whenever the term "Contract Documents" is used, it shall mean and include the Notice to Bidders, Instructions to Bidders, Proposal Form, Conditions of Contract, General Conditions, Specifications, Form of Contract, Construction Drawings and any Addenda. In case of any conflict or inconsistency between the provisions of the Contract and those ofthe Specifications, the provisions of this Contract shall govern. . . . Fxtr" Work- The term "extra work", as used herein, refers to and includes all work required by the Owner, which in the judgement of the Engineer involves changes in or additions to work required by the Plans, Specifications and any Addenda in their present form and which is not covered by a specific unit price in the Form of Bid. Snhcontr"ctor' The term "subcontractor" shall mean any person, firm, or corporation supplying labor and material for work at the site of the project but not including the parties to this Contract. . Notic". The term "notice", as used herein, shall mean and include written notice. Written notice shall be deemed to have been duly served when delivered to, or at last known business address of, the person, firm or corporation for whom intended, or his, their, or its duly authorized agents, representatives, or officer, or when enclosed in a postage prepaid wrapper or envelope addressed to such person, firm or corporation at his, their or its last known business address and deposited in a United States mailbox. . . Oireded, ReqJlired Approved Accept"hle' Whenever they refer to the work or its performance, "directed", "required", "permitted", "ordered", "designated", "prescribed", and words of like import shall imply the direction, requirement, permission, order, designation or prescription of the Engineer, and "approved", "satisfied", or "satisfactory", "in the judgement of", and words of like import, shall mean approved, or acceptable to, or satisfactory to, or in the judgement of the Engineer. 2. SCOFR OF THR WORK . The Contractor will furnish all plant, labor, materials, supplies, equipment and other facilities and things necessary or proper for, or incidental to, the work contemplated by this Contract as required by, and in strict accordance with the applicable Plans, Specifications and Addenda prepared by the Engineer and/or required by, and in strict accordance with, such changes as are ordered and approved pursuant to this Contract, and will perform all other obligations imposed on him by this Contract. . . 00150 SECTION 00150 - CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT . 3. COMPRNSATTON TO RR PAm TO THR CONTRACTOR (a) Agreed Prices: It is understood and agreed that the Contractor will accept as payment in full the summation of products of the actual quantities in place upon the completion of the work, as determined by the Engineer's measurements, by the unit prices bid, no allowance being made for anticipated profit or for reasons of variations from the estimated quantities set forth in the Form of Bid. . . (b) Extra Work: The Owner may, at any time, by a written order and without notice to the Sureties, require the performance of such extra work or changes in the work as it may find necessary or desirable. The amount of compensation to be paid to the Contractor for any extra work, as so ordered, shall be determined as follows: . 1) By such applicable unit prices, if any, as set forth in the Contract; or 2) If no such unit prices are set forth, then by unit price or by a lump sum mutually agreed upon by the Owner and the Contractor; or 3) Ifno such unit prices are so set forth and if the parties cannot agree upon unit prices or a lump sum; then by actual net cost in money to the Contractor of the materials, permits, wages of applied labor, premiums for Workmen's Compensation Insurance, payroll taxes required by law, rental for plant and equipment used (excluding small tools) to which total cost will be added twenty (20) percent as full compensation for all other items of profit, costs and expenses, including administration, overhead, superintendence, insurance, insurance other than Workmen's Compensation Insurance, materials used in temporary structures, allowances made by the Contractor to subcontractors, additional premiums upon the performance bond of the Contractor and the use of small tools. . . 4. TTMF, OF RSSRNCR INASMUCH AS THE PROVISIONS OF THIS CONTRACT RELATING TO THE TIME OF PERFORMANCE AND COMPLETION OF THE WORK ARE FOR THE PURPOSE OF ENABLING THE TOWN TO PROCEED WITH THE CONSTRUCTION OF A PUBLIC IMPROVEMENT IN ACCORDANCE WITH A PREDETERMINED PROGRAM, SUCH PROVISIONS ARE OF THE ESSENCE OF THIS CONTRACT. . . 5. COMMJi'NCRMRNT OJi' WORK The Contractor agrees that he will commence work immediately on and not later than ten (10) days after signing of the Contract. . 6. TTMJi', OF COMPT ,Ji',TTON The time of completion of the entire contract work shall be 9 MONTHS from the date the contract is signed by all parties. The date of such completion shall be the date of the Certification of Completion decided upon. The entire work must be satisfactorily completed so that the project improvements are available to the Town for use. . 00150 . . SECTION 00150 - CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT . The Owner reserves the right to order the Contractor to suspend operations, when in the opinion of the Engineer, improper weather conditions make such action advisable, and to order the Contractor to resume operations when weather and ground conditions permit. The days during which such suspension of work is in force are not chargeable against the specified completion date. 7. UQTJrnATF.OOAMAGF.S FOR mn,AVS . The time limit being essential to and of the essence of this Contract, the Contractor hereby agrees that the Owner shall be, and is hereby authorized to deduct and retain out of the money which may be due or may become due to said Contractor under this agreement, the sum of One Hundred Dollars ($100.00) per day which amount is hereby agreed upon, fixed and determined by the parties hereto as the liquidated damages, including overhead charges, services, inspector's wages and interest on the money invested, that the Owner will suffer by reason of such default, for each and every day during which the aforesaid work may be incomplete over and beyond the time herein stipulated for its completion in 6 - Time of Completion, provided, however, that the Owner shall have the right to extend the time for the completion of said work. . . 8. FXTFNSIONS OF TlMF, NO W A JVF,R . If the Contractor shall be delayed in the completion of his work by reason of unforeseeable causes beyond his control and without his fault or negligence, including but not restricted to, acts of God or of the public enemy, fires, floods, epidemics, quarantine restrictions, strikes, riots, civil commotion's or freight embargoes, the period herein above specified for completion of his work shall be extended by such time as shall be fixed by the Owner. . No such extension of time shall be considered a waiver by the Owner of its right to terminate the Contract for abandonment or delay by the Contractor as hereinafter provided, or relieve the Contractor from full responsibility for performance of his obligations hereunder. 9. WF,A THF,R . During unsuitable weather, all work must stop when such work would be subject to injury and the Contractor shall transfer his men and materials to those parts of the work where weather conditions will not have any effect on the workmanship. The Contractor shall not be entitled to any damages on account of such damages or suspension, and he must protect any work that might be injured by the elements and make good any work that is injured. . 10. f'ONTRAf'T SFf'TJRITV . ( a) The Contractor shall furnish a Performance Bond, or other acceptable security, equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the amount of the bid as security for the faithful performance of the Contract, and for the payment of all persons performing labor or furnishing materials in connection with this Contract. The Performance Bond shall be written so as to remain in full force and effect as a maintenance bond for a period of not less than one (I) year after the date of acceptance of the work by the Engineer. . 00150 SECTION 00150 - CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT . (b) Additional or Substitute Bond: If at any time the Owner shall be or become dissatisfied with any surety or sureties, or if for any other reason such bond shall cease to be adequate security to the Owner, the Contractor shall within five (5) days after notice from the Owner to do so, substitute an acceptable bond in such form and sum and signed by such other surety as may be satisfactory to the Owner. The premiums on such bonds shall be made until the new surety shall have been qualified. . . 11. LAWS A NIl ORnTN A NC.RS In the execution of the Contract, the Contractor shall comply and obey all federal, state, county and local laws, ordinances, codes and regulations relating to the performance of the Contract, including but not limited to, labor employed thereon, materials supplied, obstructing streets and highways, maintaining signals, storing, handling and use of explosives and all other general ordinances and state statutes affecting him or his employees or his work hereunder in his relations with the Municipality or any other persons, and also all laws, codes, ordinances controlling or limiting the Contractor while engaged in executing the work under the Contract. . As a condition of the Contract, the Contractor shall and does hereby agree to comply with all requirements of the labor laws of the State of New York. . The Contractor shall comply with the provisions of Sections 291- 299 of the Executive Law and Civil Rights Law, shall furnish all information and reports deemed necessary by the State Commission for Human Rights, the Attorney General and the Industrial Commissioner for purposes of investigation to ascertain compliance with such sections of the Executive Law and Civil Rights Law. . The Contract may be forthwith cancelled, terminated or suspended, in whole or in part, by the contracting agency upon the basis of a finding made by the State Commission for Human Rights that the Contractor has not complied with these laws. . The Contractor hereby expressly agrees to comply with all the provisions of the Labor Law and any and all amendments thereto, insofar as the same are applicable to this Contract. The Labor Law, as amended, provides that no laborer, workman or mechanic in the employ of the Contractor, subcontractor or other person doing or contracting to do the whole or a part of the work contemplated by this Contract, shall be permitted or required to work more than eight (8) hours in anyone (I) calendar day, except in cases of extraordinary emergency caused by fire, flood or danger to life or property; that no such person shall be employed more than eight (8) hours in any day or more than five (5) days in any week expect in such emergency; that the wages to be paid for a legal day's work as herein before defmed, to 'Iaborers, workmen or mechanics upon the work called for under this Contract or upon any material used upon, or in connection therewith, shall not be less than the prevailing rate for a day's work in the same trade or occupation in the locality within the state where such work is to be done and each laborer, workman or mechanic employed by the Contractor, subcontractor or other person about or upon the work shall be paid the wages herein provided; that employees engaged in the construction, maintenance, and repair of highways and in water works construction outside the limits of cities . . . 00150 . . SECTION 00150 - CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT and villages are no longer exempt from the provisions of the Labor Law which require the payment of the prevailing rate of wages and the eight (8) hour day. . . Section 222 of the Labor Law, as amended by Chapters 556 and 557 of the Laws of 1933, provides that preference in employment shall be given to citizens of the State of New York who have been residents of Suffolk County for at least six (6) consecutive months immediately prior to the commencement of their employment. Each person so employed shall furnish satisfactory proof of residence in accordance with rules adopted by the Industrial Commissioner. Persons other than citizens of the State of New York shall be employed only when such citizens are not available. Section 222 further provides that upon the demand of the State Industrial Commissioner, the Contractor shall furnish a list of names and addresses of all his subcontractors and further provides that a violation of this section shall constitute a misdemeanor and shall be punishable by a fme of not less than Fifty Dollars ($50.00) nor more than Five Hundred Dollars ($500.00) or by imprisonment for not less than thirty nor more than ninety days, or both fine and imprisonment. . . Section 220-A of the Labor Law, as amended by Chapter 472 of the Laws of 1932, provides that before payment is made by or on behalf of the State of any city, county, town or village or other civil division of the state of any sums due on account of a contract for a public improvement, it is the duty of the Comptroller or the financial officer of the Municipal Corporation to require the Contractor and each and every subcontractor to file a certified statement in writing, in satisfactory form, certifying to the amounts then due and owing to any and all laborers for daily or weekly wages on account of labor performed upon the work of the Contractor, setting forth therein the names of the persons whose wages are unpaid and the amount due each respectively. . . Section 220-8 of the Labor Law, as so amended, provides that any interested person who shall have previously filed a protest in writing objecting to the amounts due or to become due to him for daily or weekly wages for labor performed on the public improvement for which the Contract was entered into, or if for any reason, it may be deemed advisable, the Comptroller of the State or financial officer of the Municipal Corporation may deduct from the whole amount of any payment on account thereof of the sums or sum admitted by any contractor or subcontractor in such statement or statements so filed to be due and owing by him on account oflabor performed and may withhold the amount so deducted for the benefit of the laborers for daily or weekly wages, whose wages are unpaid as shown by the verified statements filed by any contractor or subcontractor and may pay directly to any person the amount or amounts so shown to be due for such wages. . . Section 220-C of the Labor Law, as so amended, provides the penalty for making of a false oath or verification. . Section 220-D of the Labor Law provides that the advertised Specifications for every contract for the construction, reconstruction, maintenance and/or repair of highways to which the State, county, town and/or village is a party shall contain a provision stating the minimum rate of hourly wage that can be paid, as shall be designated by the Industrial Commissioner, to the laborers employed in the performance of the Contract either by the Contractor, subcontractor or other person doing or contracting to do the whole or part of the work contemplated by the Contract, . 00150 SECTION 00150 - CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT . and the Contract shall contain a stipulation that such laborers shall be paid not less than such hourly minimum rate of wage. Any person or corporation that willfully pays, after entering into such Contract, less than such stipulated minimum hourly wage scale shall be guilty of a misdemeanor and upon conviction, shall be punished for a first offense by a fme of Five Hundred Dollars ($500.00) or by imprisornnent for not more than thirty (30) days, or both by fme and imprisornnent; for a second offense by a fme of One Thousand Dollars ($1,000.00) and in addition thereto, the Contract on which the violation has occurred shall be forfeited, and no such person or corporation shall be entitled to receive any sum nor shall any officer, agent or employee of the State pay the same or authorize its payment from the funds under his charge or control to any person or corporation for work done upon any contract, on which the Contractor has been convicted of second offense in violation of the provisions of this section. The minimum wage rates established by the Industrial Commissioner, State of New York, for this Contract are set forth herein above as part of "Instructions to Bidders". . . . 12. QTJ A T ,mIrA TTONf; FOR F,MPT ,OYMF.NT No person under the age of sixteen (16) years and no person currently serving sentence in a penal or correctional institution shall be employed to perform any work on the project under this Contract. No person whose age or physical condition is such as to make his employment dangerous to his health or safety or to the health or safety of others, shall be employed to perform any work on this project; provided, however, that such restrictions shall not operate against the employment of physically handicapped persons, otherwise employable, where each person may be safely assigned to work which they can ably perform. . . 13. NON-OTf;CRTMTN A nON There shall be no discrimination because of race, creed, color, national origin, age or sex in the employment of persons for work under this Contract, whether performed by the Contractor or any subcontractor. Neither shall the Contractor and subcontractor or any person acting on behalf of the Contractor or subcontractor discriminate in any manner against or intimidate any employee hired for the performance of work under this Contract on account of race, creed, color, national origin, age or sex. There may be deducted from the amount payable to the Contractor by the Owner under this Contract a penalty of Five Dollars ($5.00) for each person for each calendar day during which such person was discriminated against or intimidated in violation of the provisions of this paragraph; provided that for a second or any subsequent violation of the terms of this paragraph, this Contact may be canceled or tenninated by the Owner and all monies due or to become due hereunder may be forfeited. . . . 14. P A YMF.NT OF RMPT ,OYRF,f; The Contractor and each of his subcontractors shall pay each of his employees engaged in work on the project under this Contract in full (less deductions made mandatory by law) in cash (or any agreed upon method by the Employee) and not less often than once each week. . 00150 . . SECTION 00150 - CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT 15. RSTTM A TRS & P A YMRNTS . (a) Monthly: At the end of each calendar month during the progress of the work, the Engineer shall make an approximate estimate of the work satisfactorily done, based upon the prices set forth in the Proposal Form. In consideration of the work done, the Owner will payor cause to be paid to the Contractor the amount estimated by the Engineer as due him less five (5) percent. . The making of any such estimate or payment made thereon shall not be taken or construed as an acceptance by the Owner of any work so estimated and paid for. The five percent (5%) of the amount of the monthly estimate remaining unpaid will be retained by the Owner as a guarantee that the Contractor will faithfully and completely fulfill all obligations imposed by the Contract and Specifications, and against any damages caused the Owner by reason of any failure on the part of the Contractor to fulfill all conditions and obligations herein contained. . . (b) Final Estimate: One month after the completion and acceptance of the work specified and contracted for, the Engineer will make a final estimate of all the work done. Thereafter, the Owner will pay the full amount, less prior payments, less any amounts retained to complete the work according to the provisions of the Specifications, less any money paid by the Owner by reason of said Contractor having failed to carry out faithfully and completely all the obligations and requirements herein contained. Upon final settlement, according to the conditions herein specified and not until such settlement shall have been made, will the Contractor be relieved from the obligations assumed in the Contract. . (c) Measurement for Payment: The Engineer shall make due measurement of work done during the progress of the work and his estimate shall be final and conclusive evidence of the amounts of work performed by the Contractor under, and by virtue of, this agreement and shall be taken as full measure of compensation to be received by the Contractor. When requested by the Contractor, the Engineer shall measure, remeasure or re-estimate any portion of the work, but the expense of such remeasurement or re-estimating shall, unless material error be proved, be paid for by the Contractor. . (d) No payments will be made for materials delivered to the site which have not been incorporated into the work. . (e) Contractors and subcontractors are required to submit to the Town, within thirty days after issuance's of the flIst payroll, and every thirty days thereafter, a transcript of the original payroll record, subscribed and affirmed as true under the penalties of peIjury. . 16. ArrRPTANrF. OFFTNAL PAYMR,NT rONSTTTTJTRS RF,LRASR . The acceptance by the Contractor of the final payment shall be, and shall operate as a release to the Owner from all claims and all liabilities to the Contractor for all the things done or furnished in connection with this work and for every act and neglect of the Owner and others relating to or arising out of, this work, excepting the Contractor's claims for interest upon the fmal payment, if this payment be improperly delayed. No payment, however, fmal or otherwise, shall operate to . 00150 SECTION 00150 - CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT . release the Contractor or his sureties from any obligations under this Contract or the Performance Bond. . 17. rONSTRTJrTTON REPORTS The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer prior to commencing any work under this Contract, a detailed schedule and plan of operations indicating the manner in which the Contractor proposes to prosecute the work and a time schedule therefor. Such schedules are not intended to bind the Contractor to a pre-determined plan or procedure, but rather to enable the Engineer to coordinate the work of the Contractor with work required of, and to be perforined by others. The detailed schedule shall include a list of the subcontractors and material suppliers he proposes to use on the work. . The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer with periodic estimates for partial payments as required elsewhere in the Contract Documents, and in addition thereto will furnish the Engineer with a detailed estimate for final payment. . Prior to being eligible to receive the final payment under this Contract, the Contractor shall furnish the Engineer with substantial proof that all bills for services rendered and materials supplied have been paid. . The enumeration of the above reports in no way relieves the Contractor of his responsibility under existing Federal or State Laws of filing such other reports with agencies as may be required by such existing laws or regulations. . 18. TNSPF.rTTON ANn TESTS All material and workmanship shall be subject to inspection, examination and test by the Engineer at any time during the construction and at any and all places where manufacturing of materials used and/or construction is carried on. . Without additional charge, Contractor shall furnish promptly all reasonable facilities, labor and materials necessary to make any tests required by the Engineer and/or required by the Specifications. . If at any time before final acceptance of the entire work, the Engineer considers necessary or advisable an examination of any portion of the work already completed, by removing or tearing out the same, the Contractor shall upon request, furnish promptly all necessary facilities, labor and materials for such examination. If such work is found to be defective in any material respect, due to the fault of the Contractor or any subcontractor, or if any work shall be covered over without the approval or consent of the Engineer, whether or not the same shall be defective, the Contractor shall be liable for the expense for such examination and of satisfactory reconstruction. . If, however, such approval and consent shall have been given and such work is found to meet the requirements of this Contract, the Contractor shall be recompensed for the expense of such examination and reconstruction in the manner herein provided for the payment of cost of extra . 00150 . . SECTION 00150 - CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT work. . The selection of laboratories and/or agencies for the inspection and tests of supplies, materials or equipment shall be subject to the approval of or designated by the Owner. Satisfactory documentary evidence that the material has passed the required inspection and tests must be furnished to the Engineer prior to the incorporation of the material in the work. . Any rejected work will be removed from the site of the project completely at the expense of the Contractor. 19. PLANS ANn SPFTWTC:ATJONS' INTRRPRRTATTONS . The Contractor shall keep at the site of the work one copy of the Plans and Specifications signed and identified by the Engineer. Anything shown on the Plans and not mentioned in the Specifications or mentioned in the Specifications and not shown in the Plans shall have the same effect as if shown or mentioned in both. In case of any conflict or inconsistency between the Plans and Specifications, the Specifications shall govern. Any discrepancy between the figures and drawings shall be submitted to the Engineer whose decision thereon shall be conclusive. . 20. STJRSTJRFArR rONnTTJONS FOTJNn nTFFRRFNT . Should the Contractor encounter subsurface conditions at the site materially differing from those shown on the Plans or indicated in the Specifications, he shall inuuediately give notice to the Engineer of such conditions, before they are disturbed; the Engineer shall thereupon promptly investigate the conditions and if he fmds that they materially differ from those shown on the Plans or indicated on the Specifications, he shall at once make such changes in the Plans and/or Specifications as he may find necessary. Any increase or decrease of cost resulting from such changes will be adjusted in the manner provided herein for adjustment as to extra and/or additional work and changes. . 21. rONTRArTOR'S TJTJ,F, TO MATF,RTAT,S . No materials or supplies for the work shall be purchased by the Contractor or any subcontractor subject to any chattel mortgage or under a conditional sale or other agreement by which an interest is retained by the seller. The Contractor warrants that he has good title to all materials and supplies used by him in the work. 22. STJPF,RINTRNnF,NrR RV rONTRArTOR . . At the site of the work, the Contractor shall give his constant, personal attention to the work or employ a construction superintendent or foreman who shall have full authority to act for the Contractor. It is understood that such representative shall be acceptable to the Engineer and shall be one who can be continued in that capacity for the particular job involved unless he ceases to be on the Contractor's payroll. The Contractor's superintendent and foreman must be able to read and speak the English language. 00150 . SECTION 00150 - CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT . 23. PROTErTTON OF WORK, PF,RSONS A NO PROPERTY Precaution shall be exercised at all times for the proper protection of all persons, property and work. The Contractor shall give notice to the owners of utilities which may serve the area and request their assistance in predetermining the location and depth of various pipes, conduits, manholes, and other underground facilities. The safety provisions of applicable laws, building and construction codes shall be observed, Machinery, equipment and all hazards shall be guarded or eliminated in accordance with the safety provisions of the Manual of Accident Prevention in Construction published by the Associated General Contractors of America, to the extent that such provisions are not in contravention of applicable law, The Contractor shall furnish entirely at his own expense any and all additional safety measures deemed necessary by the Owner or his Engineer to adequately safeguard the traveling public, . . The Contractor shall, at all hours of the day, safely guard and protect his own work and adjacent property from any damage and shall replace or make good any such damage, loss or injury, unless such be caused directly by errors contained in the Contract Documents, or by the Owner or its duly authorized representatives. . The Contractor shall provide and maintain such watchmen, barriers, lights, flares and other signals at his own expense, as will effectively prevent any accident in consequence of his work for which the Owner might be liable, The Contractor shall be liable for all injuries or damage caused by his act or neglect, or that of his employees. . The Contractor shall take particular care to avoid the blocking of fIre' hydrants, fIre alarm boxes, letterboxes, traffic signals or other visible devices maintained for the use of the public, . 24. REPRESENTATIONS OF rONTRArTOR The Contractor represents and warrants: . (a) That he is fInancially solvent and that he is experienced in, and competent to, perform the type of work involved under this Contract and able to furnish the plant, materials, supplies and/or equipment to be furnished for the work; and . (b) That he is familiar with all Federal, State and Municipal Law, ordinances and regulations which may in any way affect the work of those employed hereunder, including but not limited to any special acts relating to the work; and (c) That such work required by these Contract Documents as is to be done by him can be satisfactorily constructed and used for the purpose for which is intended and that such construction will not injure any person or damage any property; and . (d) That he has carefully examined the Plans, SpecifIcations and the site of the work, and that from his own investigations he has satisfIed himself as to the nature and location of the work, the character, location, quality and quantity of surface and subsurface materials, structures and utilities likely to be encountered, the character of equipment and other facilities needed for the . 00150 . . SECTION 00150 - CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT performance of the work, the general local conditions which may in any way affect the work or its performance. . 25. PATFNT RTGHTS . As part of his obligation hereunder and without any additional compensation, the Contractor will pay for any patent fees or royalties required in respect to the work or any part thereof and will fully indemnifY the Owner or his Engineer for any loss on account of any infringement of patent rights unless prior to his use in the work a particular process or a product of a particular manufacturer he notifies the Engineer in writing that such process or product is an infringement of a patent. . 26. ATTTHORTTV OF THF FNGTNFF.R . In the performance of the work, the Contractor shall abide by all orders and directions and requirements of the Engineer and shall perform work to the satisfaction of the Engineer, at such time and places, by such methods, and in such manner and sequence as he may require. The Engineer shall determine the amount, quality, acceptability, and fitness of all parts of the work, shall interpret the Plans, Specifications, Contract Documents and any extra work orders and shall decide all other questions in connection with the work. Upon request, the Engineer shall confirm in writing any oral orders, directions, requirements or determinations. The enumeration herein or elsewhere in the Contract Documents of particular instance in which the opinion, judgement, discretion or determination of the Engineer shall control or in which work shall be performed to his satisfaction or subject to his approval or inspection, shall not imply that only matters similar to those enumerated shall be so governed and performed, but without exception all the work shall be governed and so performed. . 27. CHANGFS ANn ALTFRATIONS . The Owner, upon the Engineers recommendation, reserves the right to make alterations in location, line, grade, plan, form or dimensions of the work, or any part thereof, either before or after the commencement of construction. If such alterations diminish the amount of work to be done, no claim for damages or anticipated profits will be warranted on the work, which may be dispensed with. If such alterations increase the amount of work, such increases shall be paid for according to the quantity of work actually done and at the prices for such work as contained in the schedule of prices. . 28. CORRFrTION OF WORK . All work and all materials whether incorporated into the work or not, all processes of manufacture and all methods of construction shall be at all times and places subject to the inspection of the Engineer who shall be the final judge of quality, materials, processes of manufacture and methods of construction suitable for the purpose for which they are used. Should they fail to meet his approval, they shall be forthwith reconstructed, made good and replaced and/or corrected as the case may be, by the Contractor, at his own expense. . 00150 . SECTION 00150 - CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT . If, in the opinion of the Engineer, it is not desirable to replace any defective or damaged materials or to reconstruct or correct any portion of the work injured or not performed in accordance with the Contract Documents, the compensation to be paid to the Contractor hereunder shall be reduced by such amount as in the judgement of the Engineer shall be equitable. . The Contractor expressly warrants that his work shall be free from any defects in materials or workmanship and agrees to correct any defects, which may appear within one year following the final completion of the work. Neither the acceptance of the completed work nor payment therefor shall operate to release the Contractor or his sureties from any obligations under or upon this Contract or the Performance Bond. . 29. WEA THRR rONDTTTONS In the event of temporary suspension of work or during inclement weather or whenever the Engineer shall direct, the Contractor will, and will cause his subcontractors to protect carefully his and their work and materials against damage or injury from the weather. If in the opinion of the Engineer any work or material shall have been damaged or injured by reason of failure on the part of the Contractor or any of his subcontractors to protect his or their work, such work and materials shall be removed and replaced at the expense of the Contractor. . . 30. THF OWNER'S RIGHT TO WITHHOI.n P A YMRNTS The Owner may withhold from the Contractor so much of any approved payments due him as may, in the judgement of the Owner, be necessary: . (a) To assure the payment of just claims then due and unpaid of any persons supplying labor or materials for the work; (b) To protect the Owner from loss due to defective work not remedied; or . (c) To protect the Owner from loss due to injury to persons or damage to the work or property of other contractors or subcontractors or others, caused by the act or neglect of the Contractor or any of his subcontractors. The Owner shall have the right, as agent for the Contractor to apply such amounts so withheld in such manner as the Owner may deem proper to satisi)' such claims or to secure such protection. Such applications of such money shall be deemed payments for the account of the Contractor. . 31. THF, OWNRR'S RIGHT TO STOP WORK OR TF,RMTNATR rONTRArT If, . (a) The Contractor shall be adjudged bankrupt or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or (b) A receiver or liquidator shall be appointed for the Contractor for any of his property and shall not be dismissed within 20 days after such appointment, or the proceedings in connection therewith shall not be stayed on appeal within the said 20 days; or . 00150 . . SECTION 00150 - CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT . (c) The Contractor shall refuse or fail, after notice or warning from the Engineer, to supply enough properly skilled workmen or proper materials; or (d) The Contractor shall refuse or fail to prosecute the work or any part thereof with such diligence as will insure its completion within the periods herein specified (or any duly authorized extension thereof) or shall fail to complete the work within said periods; or . (e) The Contractor shall fail to make prompt payments to persons supplying labor or materials for the work; or . (f) The Contractor shall fail or refuse to regard laws, ordinances or the instructions of the Engineer or otherwise be guilty of a substantial violation of any provisions of this Contract; then and in any such event, the Owner, without prejudice to any other rights or remedy it may have, may by seven (7) days' notice to the Contractor, terminate the employment of the Contractor and his rights to proceed either as to the entire work or (at the option of the Owner) as to any portion thereof as to which delay shall have occurred, and may take possession of the work and complete the work by contract or otherwise, as the Owner may deem expedient. In such case, the Contractor will not be entitled to receive any further payment until the work is finished. If the unpaid balance of the compensation to be paid the Contractor hereunder shall exceed the expense of so completing the work (including compensation for additional managerial, administrative and inspection services and any damages for delay), such excess shall be paid to the Contractor. If such expense shall exceed such unpaid balance, the Contractor and his sureties shall be liable to the Owner for such excess. If the right of the Contractor to proceed with the work is so terminated, the Owner may take possession of and utilize in completing the work, such materials, appliances, supplies, plant and equipment as may be on the site of the work and necessary thereof. If the Owner does not so terminate the right of the Contractor to proceed, the Contractor shall continue to work. . . . 32. CONTRACTOR'S RIGHT TO STOP WORK OR TF,RMIN A TF, CONTRACT . If the work shall be stopped by order of the Court or other public authority for a period of three (3) months without act or fault of the Contractor or any of his agents, servants, employees or subcontractors, the Contractor may, upon ten (10) days notice to the Owner, discontinue his performance of the work and/or terminate the Contract; in which event, the liability of the Owner to the Contractor shall be determined as provided in Paragraph 31. The Contractor shall not be obligated to pay to the Owner any excess of the expense of completing the work over the unpaid balance of the compensation to be paid to the Contractor hereunder. . 33. RF,SPONSIRII.lTV FOR WORK . The Contractor agrees to be responsible for the entire work embraced in this Contract until its completion and final acceptance, and that any unfaithful or imperfect work that may become damaged from any cause either by act of commission or omission to properly guard and protect the work that may be discovered at any time before the completion and acceptance shall be removed and replaced by good and satisfactory work without any charge to the Owner, and that 00150 . SECTION 00150 - CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT . such removal and replacement will be performed immediately on the requirement of the Engineer, notwithstanding the fact that it may have been overlooked by the proper inspector, and partial payment made thereon. It is fully understood by the Contractor that the inspection of the work shall not relieve him of any obligation to do sound and reliable work as herein prescribed, and that any omission to disapprove any work by the Engineer at or before the time of partial payment or other estimate shall not be construed to be acceptance of any defective work. . 34. nSE OF PREMISES A NTl RFMOV A I, OF DEBRIS . The Contractor expressly undertakes at his own expense: (a) To store his apparatus, materials, supplies and equipment in such orderly fashion at the site of the work as will not unduly interfere with the progress of his work or the work of any of his subcontractors; . (b) To frequently clean up all refuse, rubbish, scrap materials and debris caused by the operations to the end that at all times, the site of the work shall present a neat, orderly and workmanlike appearance; . (c) Before final payment hereunder to remove all surplus material, temporary structures, plants of any description and debris of every nature resulting from his operations. 35. snTTS OF T ,A W . The Contractor shall indemnify and save harmless the Owner from and against all suits, claims, demands or actions for any injury sustained or alleged to be sustained by any party or parties in connection with the construction of the work or any part thereof, or any commission or omission of the contractor, his employees or agents of any subcontractor, and in case of any such action shall be brought against the Owner, the Contractor shall immediately take charge of and defend the same at his own cost and expense, . 36. POWER OF THE CONTRACTOR TO ACT IN AN F,MERGF,NCV In case of an emergency, which threatens loss or injury to property and/or safety of life, the Contractor will be permitted to act as he sees fit without previous instructions from the Engineer. He shall notify the Engineer thereof immediately and any compensation claimed by the Contractor due to extra work made necessary because of his acts in such emergency shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval. Where the Contractor has not taken action but has notified the Engineer of an emergency indicating injury to persons or damage to adjoining property or to the work being accomplished under this Contract, then upon authorization from the Engineer to prevent such threatened injury or damage, he shall act as instructed by the Engineer. The amount of reimbursement claimed by the Contractor on account of any such action shall be determined in the manner provided herein for the payment of extra work. . . 37. PROVTSIONS RF,QTlTRED BV T ,A W DF,FMED TNSERTFn . 00150 . . SECTION 00150 - CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT . Each and every provision of law and clause required by law to be inserted in this Contract shall be deemed to be inserted herein and the Contract shall read and be enforced as though it were included herein, and if through mistake or otherwise, any such provision is not inserted, or is not correctly inserted, then upon the application of either party the Contract shall be forthwith be physically amended to make such insertion. 38. STlRLRTTTNr., STlrrF.SSOR ANn ASSIGNS . . The Contractor shall not sublet any part of the work under this Contract nor assign any money due him hereunder without fIrst obtaining the written consent of the Owner. This Contract shall insure the benefIt of and shall be binding upon the parties hereunder and upon their respective successors and assigns, but neither party shall assign or transfer his interest herein in whole or in part without consent of the other. 39. GRNF.RAL MlTNTrIPAL LA W rLAIJSF. . Pursuant to the provisions of Section 103-a of the General Municipal Law, in the event that the Bidder or any member, partner, director or officer of the Bidder, should refuse, when called before a grand jury to testify concerning any transaction or contract had with the State, any political subdivision thereof, a public authority or any public Department, agency or official of the State or of any political subdivision thereof or of a public authority, to sign a waiver of immunity against subsequent criminal prosecution or to answer any relevant question concerning such transaction or contract, such person, and any fIrm, partnership, or corporation of which he is a member, partner, director or officer shall be disqualifIed from thereafter selling to or submitting bids to or receiving awards from or entering into any contracts with any municipal corporation or any public Department, agency or official thereof for goods, work or services for a period of fIve (5) years after such refusal, and any and all contracts made with any municipal corporation or any public Department, agency or official thereof on or after the fIrst day of July, 1959, by such person, and by any fIrm, partnership or corporation of which he is a member, partner, director or officer may be cancelled or terminated by the municipal corporation without incurring any penalty or damages on account of such cancellation or termination, but any monies owing by the municipal corporation for goods delivered or work done prior to the cancellation or termination shall be paid. . . . 40. GR A nRS, I.TNF.S, I.F.VF.I.S ANn STlRVF.VS The Engineer shall furnish the Contractor with the basic horizontal and vertical controls from which the Contractor shall transfer and stake his lines and grades and for their accuracy. . The Engineer will establish the basic horizontal and vertical controls at the start of the work, and it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to safeguard such controls; and if, in the opinion of the Engineer, these controls are damaged or destroyed either in whole or in part, the Contractor shall pay the cost of having the damaged controls verifIed, checked, corrected or replaced. . 41. . TNSIJRANrR RF.(}IJIRRMF.NTS .'.. 00150 . SECTION 00150 - CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT . The Contractor shall not commence work until the Town has approved all the insurance required under this Contract as required immediately following the Instructions to Bidders. Additionally, the Contractor shall indemnify and save harmless the Town of Southold from and against all losses and all claims, demands, payments, suits, actions, recoveries and judgments of every kind or nature, brought or recovered against the Town of Southold by reason of any act or omission of the Contractor, his agent or employees in the performance of the Contract. . The Contractor shall not permit any subcontractor to commence any work under this contract until satisfactory proof of carriage of the required insurance has been posted with and approved by the Town. . 42. FORRTGN CONTRACTORS Foreign Contractors must comply with the provisions of Articles 9A and 16 of the Tax Law, as amended, prior to submission of a bid for the performance of this work. The certificate of the New York State Tax Commission to the effect that all taxes have been paid by the foreign contractor shall be conclusive proof of the payment of taxes. The term "foreign contractor" as used in this subdivision means in the case of an individual, a person who is a legal resident of another state or foreign country; and in the case of a foreign corporation, one organized under the laws of a state other than the State of New York. . . 43. T ,TRN T ,A W Attention of all persons submitting bids is specifically called to the provisions of Section 25, Subdivision 5, Section 25A and 25B of the Lien Law, as amended, in relation to funds being received by a contractor for a public improvement declared to constitute trust funds in the hands of such Contractor to be applied first to the payment of certain claims. . 44. RRFTTSAT, TO WATVR TMMTTNTTV . Pursuant to the provisions of Section 103-A of the General Municipal Law, in the event that the bidder or any member, partner, director or officer of the bidder, should refuse when called before a grand jury to testify concerning any transaction or contract had with the State, any political subdivision thereof, a public authority or with any public department, agency or official of the State or of any political subdivision thereof or of an authority, to sign a waiver of immunity against subsequent criminal prosecution or to answer any relevant question concerning such transaction or contract, such person, and any firm, partnership or corporation of which he is a member, partner, firm director or officer shall be disqualified from thereafter selling to or submitting bids to or receiving awards from or entering into any contracts with any municipal corporation or any public department, agency, or official thereof, for goods, work or services, for a period of five (5) years after such refusal, and any and all contracts made with any municipal corporation or any public department, agency, or officiaf thereof on or after the first day of July, 1959, by such person and any firm, partnership or corporation of which he is a member, partner, director or officer may be cancelled or terminated by the municipal corporation without incurring any penalty or damages on account of such cancellation or termination, but any monies owing by the municipal corporation for goods delivered or work done prior to the cancellation or . . . 00150 . . SECTION 00150 - CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT termination shall be paid. . 45. RXRMPTTON FROM SA T .RS AND nSF. T A XRS . In accordance with Chapter 513 of the laws of 1974 adopted by the New York State Legislature, amending Section IllS (a) of the tax law, specifically paragraphs IS and 16, political subdivisions, as described in subdivision (a) paragraph (L) of section 1116 of the tax laws, of the State of New York are exempt from the payment of sales and use taxes imposed on tangible personal property within the limitations specified in tax law IllS (a) (15) and (16). . (IS) Tangible personal property sold to a contractor, subcontractor or repairman for use in erecting a structure or building of an organization described in subdivision (a) of section 1116, or adding to, altering or improving real property, property or land of such an organization, as the terms real property, property and land are defmed in the real property tax law; provided, however, no exemption shall exist under this paragraph unless such tangible personal property is to become an integral component part of such structure, building or real property. . (16) Tangible personal property sold to a contractor or repairman for use in maintammg, servicing or repairing real property, or land of an organization described in subdivision (a) of section 1116, as the terms real property, property or land are defmed in the real property tax law; provided, however, no exemption shall exist under this paragraph unless such tangible personal property is to become an integral component part of such structure, building or real property. . Contractors entering into Contract with the Town of Southold shall be exempt from payment of sales and use tax as described above. Procedures and forms are available to the Contractor direct from the Instructions and Interpretations Unit, State of New York, Department of Taxation and Finance, State Campus, Albany, New York, 12227. . . . . 00150 . . SECTION 00300 - PROPOSAL PACKAGE . Town of Southold . New Town of Southold Animal Shelter . BID OPENS: #/H2cJI cfJ.~ , 2007 REMINDER NOTE!!!: . . VENDORS MUST RETURN THIS DOCUMENT INTACT AND FILLED OUT COMPLETEL Yl ! (Do Not Sign the Contract Agreement. It is included only for informational purposes, and will be signed by the successful bidder after award of contract.) . All line items on the Proposal Form must be filled in! All lines must have an indication of the bidder's . response whether it is a dollar figure or No Bid. Please DO NOT remove any pages from this bid package!!! . Thank you! . . 00300 Proposal Package I of 14 . SECTION 00300 - PROPOSAL PACKAGE BIDDER'S CHECK LIST . Your response to our above referenced bid will be considered unresponsive and will be rejected if the following forms are not included at the time of the bid opening. . d ci Notarized Affidavit of Non-Collusion as required by NYS Law. A Bid Deposit in the amount of Five Percent of Bid Price as required in the Invitation to Bid. . o As per specifications, the TOWN OF SOUTHOLD requires a current insurance certificate, with the TOWN OF SOUTHOLD listed as additional insured, to be on file in the Town Clerk's Office. You will be given ten (10) business days from notice of award to supply this form or the bid will be rescinded. . ~ Vendor Information Sheet and Address Record Form. . o d Assumed Name Certification. Bidder's Qualification Statement. . NOTE: Please do NOT sign the Contract Agreement. It is included only for informational purposes, and will be signed by the successful bidder after award of the contract. . . . . 00300 Proposal Package 2 of 14 . SECTION 00300 - PROPOSAL PACKAGE . VENDOR NAME: ;JJlII J>ht,q~/fJJ f- JIm./;5 VENDOR INFORMA nON SHEET . TYPE OF ENTITY:CORP. )( PARTNERSHIP FEDERAL EMPLOYEE ID #: ~ OR SOCIAL SECURITY #: II?Q~ DATE OF ORGANIZATION: _LtJ'-' IF APPLICABLE: DATE FILED: fft.Z.re-h Jq ~-S- STATE FILED: N~ lIor-K , If a non-publicly owned Corporation: CORPORATION NAME: &//# Plt~l:t5~;kd~ CoIJlrachRS.-::D1C-. LIST PRINCIPAL STOC~OLDERS: (5% of outstanding shares) tJdlrtW JlllauJ-lP - /00% INDIVIDUAL . . . LIST OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS: M/lrtllll ~tlIP TITLE tt-e.s,J QI/ f . . If a partnership: filA , . PARTNERSHIP NAME: LIST PARTNERS NAMES: 1/); . . 00300 Proposal Package 3 of ] 4 . SECTION 00300 - PROPOSAL PACKAGE ADDRESS RECORD FORM . . MAIL BID TO: VENDOR NAME: tJ;/-1-I ?fuqlWIJ';- Jtah~ CU1J/'~P5;Ct1c. ADDRESS: 6f1 i4-!eep-iSt 'Deiv<e &sf Se.iaufd ,0 V 1/7:33 CONTACT: t~.)tI(lt~ /1 Ha:A-1 TELEPHONE: 63/)'I13-3S"6Y FAX: b3/)L/13-31~Q E-MAIL: 11 h " , , . . ONLY if different - MAIL PURCHASE ORDER TO: ADDRESS: 1] /4 I . TELEPHONE: CONTACT: FAX: E-MAIL: . ONLY if different - MAIL PAYMENT TO: ADDRESS: /l / q TELEPHONE: CONTACT: FAX: E-MAIL: . . . . 00300 Proposal Package 4 of 14 . SECTION 00300 - PROPOSAL PACKAGE . VENDOR NAME: 1d}/J/?li1I.h':}J J-;kj11 aJ~ .::Qrc.. ASSUMED NAME CERTIFICATION . *If the business is conducted under an assumed name, a copy of the certificate required to be filed under the New York general business law must be attached. ASSUMED NAME: W;ljl?lw1,b)/5d- lIealfa:] {1l1fm.chi?Sr :rflc.. . If the bidder is an individual, the bid must be signed by that individual; if the bidder is a corporation, by an officer of the corporation, or other person authorized by resolution of the board of directors, and in such case a copy of the resolution must be attached; if a partnership, by one of the partners or other person authorized by a writing signed by at least one general partner and submitted with the bid or previously filed with the Town Clerk. . The submission of this constitutes a certification. that no Town Officer has any interest therein. (Note: In the event that any Town Officer has any such interest, the full nature thereof should be disclosed below. It is not forbidden that individuals working for the TOWN OF SOUTHOLD or other m nicipality bid on contracts only that such interest be revealed when they do bid.) . INSURANCE STATEMENT . Bidder agrees as follows - please mark appropriate box: D Insurance Certificate as requested is attached if I certify that I can supply insurance as specified if awarded the bid . D Insurance Certificate filed on DATE . FAILURE TO PROVIDE SPECIFIED INSURANCE SHALL DISQUALIFY BIDDER. . SIGNATURE . 00300 Proposa I Package 5 of 14 . SECTION 00300 - PROPOSAL PACKAGE AFFIDAVIT OF NON-COLLUSION . I hereby attest that I am the person responsible within my firm for the final decision as to the prices(s) and amount of this bid or, if not, that I have written authorization, enclosed herewith, from that person to make the statements set out below on his or her behalf and on behalf of my firm. . I further attest that: 1. The price(s) and amount of this bid have been arrived at independently, without consultation, communication or agreement for the purpose of restricting competition with any other contractor, bidder or potential bidder. 2. Neither the price(s), nor the amount of this bid, have been disclosed to any other firm or person who is a bidder or potential bidder on this project, and will not be so disclosed prior to bid opeilIng. 3. No attempt has been made or will be made to solicit, cause or induce any firm or person to refrain from bidding on this project, or to submit II bid higher than the bid of this firm, or any intentionally high or non-competitive bid or other form of complementary bid. 4. The bid of my firm is made in good faith and not pursuant to any agreement or discussion with, or inducement from any firm or person to submit a complementary bid. 5. My firm has not offered or entered into a subcontract or agreement regarding the purchase of materials or services from any other firm or person, or offered, promised or paid cash or anything of value to any firm or person, whether in connection with this or any other project, in consideration for an agreement or promise by an firm or person to refrain from bidding or to submit a complementary bid on this project. 6. My firm has not accepted or been promised any subcontract or agreement regarding the sale of materials or services to any firm or person, and has not been promised or paid cash or anything of value by any firm or person, whether in connection with this or any project, in consideration for my firm's submitting a complementary bid, or agreeing to do so, on this project. 7. I have made a diligent inquiry of all members, officers, employees, and agents of my firm with responsibilities relating to the preparation, approval or submission of my firm's bid on this project and have been advised by each of them that he or she has not participated in any communication, consultation, discussion, agreement, collusion, act or other conduct inconsistent with any of the statements and representations made in this affidavit. . . . . . . .es ,J8\ -/- dtMt /)1I;/7f,,:r:;P;~/;)}j(lM~5~~C. Company Name ~J,9.J /D1 Date~igned . ...//-j.13/!31J. signing this bid, under the penalties of perjury, affirms the truth thereof. SWORN TO BEFORE ME THIS . ~rcJ. , 20.27 JANiCa l'l'rNN Notflrl P'..i~'i:i' '~'>h" -'l:-'\i' \;'()rk t")'\!~i:1!'> . /,' '. 'I:,jl,i COO1m;!~.s:'--!\ ;;:.:; :n';;( 1rf1 Federal LD. Number . 00300 Proposal Package 6 of 14 . SECTION 00300 - PROPOSAL PACKAGE . PROPOSAL FORM TOWN OF SOUTH OLD ANIMAL SHELTER VENDOR NAME: . . . The undersigned bidder has carefully examined the Contract Documents and will provide all necessary labor, materials, equipment and incidentals as necessary and called for in the said Contract Documents in the manner prescribed therein and in said Contract, and in accordance with the requirements of the Engineer, at the prices listed on the attached Bid Proposal Form. . If the bidder is an individual, the bid must be signed by that individual; if the bidder is a corporation, the bid must be signed by an officer of the corporation, or other person authorized by resolution of the board of directors, and in such case a copy of the resolution must be attached; if a partnership, by one of the partners or other person authorized by a writing signed by at least one general partner and submitted with the bid documents. . The submission of this constitutes a certification that no Town Officer has any interest therein. (Note: In the event that any Town Officer has any such interest, the full nature thereof should be disclosed below. It is not forbidden that individuals working for the TOWN OF SOUTHOLD or other municipalities bid on contracts, but only that such interest be revealed when they do bid.) -1J/a.. . The undersigned hereby acknowledges receipt of the following Addenda (if none were issued please write N/A below): . Addendum No. Dated . / ). 3 t.j g);Jljo1 ~~~~ . 00300 Proposal Package 7 of 14 . SECTION 00300 - PROPOSAL PACKAGE . Project ReQuirementsl BiddinQ Guidelines . New York law dictates that bidding by contractors for public projects exceeding a total cost of $50,000 requires a multiple prime contracts as described by Wick's Law. Lump sum pricing will be provided by discipline specific contractors in accordance with MEP and civil engineering scopes described below as separate "contracts". The Town of Southold will be responsible for assembling individual contracts with contractors to whom the project has been awarded. . The lump sum price bids under ALL Payment Items shall include supervision and management, on- going project-related expenses, insurances, bonding, labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals necessary to mobilize to the construction site, meet all of the general requirements, and shall comply with all conditions set forth in the Conditions of Contract and General Conditions of the Contract and demobilize from the construction site upon successful completion of the project. . NOTE: THE TOWN OF SOUTHOLD RESERVES THE RIGHT TO INCREASE, DECREASE, OR ELIMINATE IN ITS ENTIRETY ANY OR ALL ITEMS PRIOR TO OR AFTER AWARD OF THE BID. . . . . . . 00300 Proposal Package 8 of [4 . TOWN OF SOUTHOLD ANIMAL SHELTER CONSTRUCTION BID NO. CONTRACT 'C' - PLUMBING Itemized Prepesal fer: Tewn ef Seutheld . ITEM DESCRIPTION OF ITEM ESTIMATED UNIT UNIT PRICE EXTENDED BID AMOUNT NO. """ In Ilnit 0"_0' , In Wnr"-' QUANTITY Rln 1 General cenditie~~d Mebilizatiej .J 1 LS :116/1 bo.tie> F'~-:i-:^;;"'~ (" H;"J~ flu" t fer $,." r ILS Defiars Cents , Methed of Measurement: The amount bid shall include supervision and management, on-going project-related expenses, insurances, bonding, labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals necessary to mobilize, construction staging, re-mobilization to the construction site, meet all of the general requirements set forth under Division 1, comply with all conditions set forth in the Conditions of Contract and General Conditions of the Contract and demobilize from the construction site upon successful completion of the project. Methed of Pavment: Payment for this item will be made in three (3) payments; a. Fifty Percent (50%) upon complete mO,bilization to the site. b. Twenty Five Percent (25%) upon second partiai payment request. c. Twenty Five Percent (25%) upon successful completion and acceptance of the project. Intent: This bid item shall faciiitate requirements of Division 01000 of the specification and construction operations. 2 Building Plumbing . 1 LS r,.)o J:I<<"'drd.7;H:>b "t1iD<<S~1=JV..e c$;JD~ $71/. Db feri1t~ .~2/J Foor '])vi t2'5rLS Dellars Cents Method of Measurement: The quantity to be paid for under this item shall be lump sum for the Building Plumbing installed and accepted in accordance with the specifications and drawings. Methed of Pavment: The accepted Building Plumbing shall be measured and paid for at the contract unit price per lump sum bid as called for in the proposal fonn. This price shall constitute full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools and equipment necessary to 'atisfacterily complete the work as shown on the contract drawings and described in this specification. Including supply lines, waterline .hsulation, waste lines, connection to septic line, all proposed plumbing fixtures, vent piping, inspectiens, water heater, feed to boilers, mixing valves and hose bibs. Intent: The Contractor shall furnish and install the Building Plumbing as specified and shown on the drawings. 3 Prepesed 8" Water Service & Site Resteratien 1 LF r1includ~drant) t D #tii ILlS: lib 7{:jj'//.1/"1{ ~ ^ ~ fer Ax- F Nt!' 46 ILF Dellars Cents Method ef Measurement: The quantity to be paid for under this item shall be linear foot unit price for the Proposed Water Service installed and accepted in accordance with the specifications and drawings. Method of Payment: The accepted Proposed Water Service shall be measured and paid for at the contract unit price per linear foot bid as called for in the proposal form. This price shall constitute full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools and equipment necessary to satisfactorily complete the work as shown on the contract drawings and described in this specification. Including trenching, site and specified road restoration, pipe installation, hydrant installation, valves, testing, inspection and disinfecting. All fees to SCWA shall be paid directly by the Town. Road restoration to include compacted recycled concrete aggregate to proposed subgrade elevations as shown on construction draWings. Intent: The Contractor shall furnish and install the Proposed Water Service complete from Route 25 (Main Road) to the Building as specified, shown on the drawings and to the approval of the SCWA and SCDHS. CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE . . . . . . . . . CONTRACT 'C' - PLUMBING PF-1 TOWN OF SOUTH OLD ANIMAL SHELTER CONSTRUCTION BID NO, CONTRACT 'C' - PLUMBINI mized Proposal for: Town of Southold DESCRIPTION OF ITEM F" Proposed RPZ Device & Water Meter Vault .~'ncludes 6" b -pass Iil\eL I lFr.)..e; T;>~<5'Jwb for <4~ 1(\ oe. 11a.~ ILS Dollars Cents '1hod of Measurement: The quantity to be paid lor under this item shall be lump sum for the Proposed RPZ Device & SCWA specified 'ter Meter Vault installed and accepted in accordance with the specifications and drawings. ESTIMATED QUANTITY UNIT UNIT PRICE EXTENDED BID AMOUN I 1 LS .j} 35', r19 () .() 0 'hod of Pa ment: The accepted Proposed RPZ Device shall be measured and paid for at the contract unit price per lump sum bid as ad for in the proposai form. This price shall constitute full compensation for furnishing ail labor, materials, toois and equipment necessary te sfactorily complete the work as shown on the contract drawings and described in this specification. Including earthwork, pipe Connections, ., y.pass pipe, RPZ enclosure/vault, RPZ device, water meter vault, hardware, insulation, testing and inspeclions. The eiectric circuit and t tracing shail be instailed by the Electrical Contractor and paid under Contract "D", Item NO.6" Eiectric to RPZ Device". SCWA shail instal 'water meter. . {'b rOR lD().;N 130AIl.D R650LUflOH nt: The Contractor shail fumish and instail a fuily approved, tested and operationai RPZ Device & water meter ult as specified,shown 0'- I drawings and to the approval of the SCWA and SCDHS. 'T1l1':I!. fE:k'fO ~tMAIU 111I CDlvrr,AC.( $W; 5 Building Fire Suppression System Se"~l)ti1'h()({.~,.d..JJ'lN e.- for l4iA~ Se.v~tj '[:01 tV'S ILS Dollars Cents Method of Measurement: The quantity t"be paid for under this item shail be iump sum for t !frd accepted in acCordance with the specificalions and drawings. ,OD 1 LS mea red and paid for at the contract unit price per lump sum mpensation or furnishing ail labor, materials, toois and equipment e contract drawings and described in this specification. Including conneclion to , Inspections, testing, approvals, piping, heads and complete integralion with the fire alarm be Instailed by the Electrical Contractor and paid under Contract "0", Item No.5. bitent Th ntractor shail furnish and install a fuil approved, tested and operational Building Fire Suppression System as specified, shown the drawings and to the approval of the Town Fire Marshail. 6 Proposed Gas Service & Site Restoration 1 LF ~ t,N\ for Go ~/" - rJoh ~J/- ., 1f fll,'lSGl.O'O . . Doilars Cents t tJC-UJ. ~~ I \J 6A-U \1; (> Method of Measurement: The quantity to be paid for under this item shail be linear foot unit price for'the Proposed Gas Service instailed and aCOOpted In accordance with the specifications and drawings. ,~ ~"2- . M.ethod of Pavment: The accepted Proposed Gas Service shail be paid for at the contract unit price per linear foot bid as cailed for in the proposal form. This price shail constitute fuil compensation for furnishing ail labor, materials, tools and equipment necessary to satisfactorily COmpiete the work as shown on the contract drawings and described in this specification. Including trenching, site and specified road restoration, pipe instailation, valves, testing and inspection. Ail fees to Keyspan shall be paid directly by the Town. Road restoration to inclUde compacted recycled concrete aggregate to proposed subgrade elevations as shown on _QQQ.Struction drawings. Intent: The Contractor shall furnish and install the Proposed Gas Service complete from Route 25 (Main Road) to the Building as specified, shOwn on the drawings and to the approval of Keyspan and the Project Engineer. CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE CONTRACT 'C' "PLUMBING . n~ ~ .. r""'" TOWN OF SOUTH OLD ANIMAL SHELTER CONSTRUCTION Itemized Proposal for: Town of Southold ITEM DESCRIPTION OF ITEM Q. IF" I in . Pri BID NO. CONTRACT 'C' - PLUMBING ESTIMATED QUANTITY UNIT PRICE EXTENDED BID AMOUNT B Total all Pay Items # 1- TOTAL rhNe ikJeJ fof'fy tf..r~ lhD</3VIdJlrIlfi Jitldr<!--J 1h;~1; Dollars ;J /Ne-T::>oI/t?J-5 2Jz.ro Ce WRITTEN IN WORDS NOTE: The Town of Southold reserves the right to increase, decrease, or eliminate in its entirety any or all ms prior to or after award of the bid. --- ",,,rAv ~r ,(/I'II)lt AJ-r' ~ ~ 77lAe-f ~ f**6X~ - AS rBt\ rOl!Jt-.I i!:lOl1Rn ~bSOLIJ-rION 1JAfE:;J) - J J L 'f '3 '2 001 BID IfE. t<1 \' '\0 lt5 I - lllu/LDINL:. fiRE SUPP'f,-i,SiDN S'lSl't:ZiY! ./ II I tJ. C.lnJ 1'RA C I . SiGI.A(.:;R~ "1/-' '67 oiWf WiLL I Attl H. W H M humtl, ~~"e . ~,.... SI0NAll!I~e. ~ft? DAft. SCOff tl, l\CJ"l~6LL 5uPBR\!I~()R 'TDtu"N OF Sburl-lOLO " '" CONTRACT 'C' - PLUMBING - PF-3 . SECTION 00300 - PROPOSAL PACKAGE . ACKNOWLEDGMENT STATE OF NEW YORK, COUNTY OF SUFFOLK: . . ,10 Ji r:A On the,tJ-tl. d.a'y of /""~ in the year 2007 before me, the undersigned, personally appeared, /if, /!Ja~ ;/. 'P , personally known to me or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the individual( s) whose name( s) is (are) subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature( s) on the instrument, the individual( s), or the person upon behalf of which the individual(s) acted, executed the instrument. . < TARYPUB JANICE FLYNN Notary Public, Stale of New York Qualified in Suffolk County No. 01 FL5052452 Commission Expires November 27. 20~'1 . . . . . . 00300 Proposal Package 9 of 14 05/30/2007 16:01 6314733762 WHI~ PLUMB I NG PAGE 02 . ,SECTION 00310 - BIDDER'S OUALlFICATION STATEMENT . Town of Southold . The signatory of this questionnaire certifies under oath the truth and correctness of all statements and of aU answers to interrogatories hereinafter made. SUBMI'ITED BY: /JJJI It a. 11 ;J. llattflf' A Corporation Illl ~ ~ J1 /l ). L';. A Partners \p or Entity FIRM NAME:jJ) B l(.1f. ;~J rIfl. U>'17{l1.CJi2 An Individual pRINCIPAL OFFICE: I Ii ~ 'i'> - 19/L 7:; /5& .1.4;[-1'1 <eo &sf ~ Kd) vy /033 . PRINCIPAL OFFICERS: . BACKGROUND TITLE NAME ./ nJtDDRESS 'lv. PROFESSJONfTRADE, '7.2., <::tkAt /.M!t4tJH Jf41tJ. .~(rc~Y""'iJv 1-If1Sf,,*- ?/<t/'ib€i. .. If":.- ?fJ'~:SrW, '" . 1. How many years bas your organization been ill business under its present business name? .;2 Q yeaJ':5 2. You normally perform what percent of the work with your own forces? 100 % . List trades that you organization normally perfonns below: PJtlM bJ,,-5' . 3. Have you ever failed to complete any work awarded to you? NA. If so, note where and why. . 4. Are there any claims, judgments, arbitration proceedings or suits pending or outstanding against your firm or its officers? If yes, please provide details. N b . 00310 . 05/30/2007 15:01 5314733752 WHM PLUMBING PI\GE 03 . SECTION 00310 - BIDDER'S QUALIFICATION STATEMENT . 5. Has your finn requested arbitration or filed any lawsuits with regard to construction contracts within the last five years? If yes, please provide details. Nb . 6. List the major construction projects your organization has underway at this date: . Name of: Engineer! Project Owner Architect Contract Name ke1jtolS::fl Teleohone # Amount ~e.:f.h~~~ ~,,/.' i" ~ '1S-0/tJOOP"O !m~~ -'):;at, .3~~ S.&l~\JI''''''- RJ~j!;,Q!.1f l' ~;f,~ J;$I{l/)SlJ~ f.3711 J<>~ K~/I<e'" K/NS K~IIe# I{p,tS K~//d ~lf1.t.fI3ib"; s% MMS~ PK. &1'OUr-y Co~"'~' (}r<<;..ryCo.pc. ~ A/so see- ,qff,lkj.~ J...::.f; Percent c;~X Scheduled Completion S...."jrl-tl! .:2007 ;.11.'{ ;100'/ . SL<HlfftE- GlooT . 7. List five major p~iects you organiwion has completed in the past live years: Name of: Engineer! Work Done Project Owner Architect Contract Date of With Own Forces Name Teleohone # Teleohone# Amount Comcletion % of Work . dIll ftJM~llIt5' #ARC.Vj l:t!r- !.3!);3/~5()l.f1 ~b:>7,e2;2r'" 1/01 ~r:."t' I 01 t &1 fib: ~~-I/h60. '1>>/r'R-'t/YWP{)jN 6SI}l1;~ {,:3/7t(3'1-1?~ .1I5J1. fiY~ .2h7 ufSSJ '73'''0 _ ' . {/pd ttJ/ I()J.rfi/lj-I"'/!.IJ"~ &~PIllf.SG.~ 1f1~69I.-,0Q3 1.,<'~ t.?tItJ pll Cotl~ L.:r;,L./n,lld:.A-t i. .;t;.l-(Il'~I'~jly Va.CL'~ 10/)% . /.p~fb 1/07 /~o!l . W"Llill q "j~~f'!- :9d'Il0/ R-epl-teeMI f 41St> se..e a:f.fad.eJ / i~t: s.(!..~p.tJ . {pjl )75'/-'1/71 5/(,. )..?9f.:;.sst. S_c.'u.?w. (,sl) i'sy'~171 .:II St./o,31f.Ol) .sjt5 / lJo ..%' . $;~t..IS; ()l)O.tJO I~{.. / ~c?t, 00310 . 05/30/2007 15:01 5314733752 I<!HM PLUMB I NG PAGE 04 . SECTION 60310 - BIDDER'S QUALIFICATION STATEMENT . 8. Li5t tbe construction experience of the principal individuals ofyouT organization (pal1iclllarly the ant.icipated project supervisors): . Present Position Y cars of Individual's Namc Of Office Exoerience WI/bill( ;/Itt,J/' '?re-s/IPJt<-er See- /l-lfAcld R.,.sW(e'. . Type of Work For Which Resoonsible In What Caoaeitv 9. Do you have, or can you obtain, sufficient labor and equipment to commence work when required and complete the work within the Contract Time? ye-5 - See AHAC-Ia.eJ 12f(<<'fHeIl f 1.r;:;1, 11. Trarle Association Membaship: P/t(,<(bzt.5 /l,5,Si;>. LDCIl-I .;200 Shw/PtlkJes .Load h3S--- opeJ...J'/lj bSII1'u.rs }..l)aJ /3;- 12. Has your firro ever been investigated by the New York State Depal1meDl of Labor for prevailing wage rate violations? If yes, when? What was the outcome of the investigation? No . . 1 O. Bank References; NoI2/1i n)f< e 8m/! 53:J old ~ ~lJ.4D ~I?f .::remI'Sl>'fSm~NV. . . . . 00310 . /..a6ol'ees. L~I &~ ~~/3~/~~~1 Ib:~l b:j14f::l:.:1/bL' WHr~ PLUMEr NG PAGE 05 . SECTION DD3l0. BIDDER'S otjALJ:Ji'ICATION STATEMENT . 13. Attach CWJ.'ent state offm3ncial conditions showing ...sclll, liabiliti.-s and net worlh. failure to attach ll1c rcquixcd documCDlation may be considered llon-resp<)llSive on the p...-t of \.he Bidder and mlJ.Y result in rejection o( the !3.iMer's Proposal. . . . . . STATIWfNEWYORK COUNTY OF SUFFOLK ~~~ ~ 1%" flf beil:Y ~ an~a~~ mat he ~ the .. ~ of t-1t1N~ J- ~'1Gr and tbat answetll III the foregoiog questions <md all smteJDentl; therein cOlltai:ncd lire tlUe and correct. . . is.~~(lf~2001 'OI1Dule;~ JANICE FlYNN Notary f'llbllc, State of New Yoil< QUalified in Suffolk County No. 01 Fl.5052452 9 OommlSGlon Elcpi"", November 27, 20g . 00310 . ("'..j...,..... ;;r~Jt'"t")r.."[>IO:I:nl 'WD~j 12'~1 Laa2-0E-~W . SECTION 00325 - CONTRACT AGREEMENT CONTRACT AGREEMENT . AD Two Thousand rst part (hereinafter ""filS t!., party . WITNESSETH: That for and in consideration of the premises and the agreements herein contained, and the payments herein provided to be made, the parties hereto agree as follows: . FIRST: The Contractor shall perform all labor, and furnish all the materials, equipment, tools, and implements and will well and faithfully perform and complete the entire work of constructing the SOUTHOLD TOWN ANIMAL SHELTER . AS DESCRIBED IN THE Contract Documents made and prepared by the Town of Southold, Design Learned, Inc., Studio a/b and Isla Engineering and as set forth in the Contractor's Bid dated prior to or on Thursday March 22, 2007, 10 AM, and in strict and entire conformity and in accordance with the Notice to Bidders, Instructions to Bidders, Proposal Form (Bid), Performance Bond, Conditions of Contract, General Conditions, Detailed Specifications, Contract Drawings, Addenda, and this Agreement, hereto annexed and made a part hereof, and hereinafter collectively referred to as "Contract Documents". . . SECOND: In Consideration of the Contractor performing this Contract in the manner herein stated and as stated in the Contract Documents, the Owner promises and agrees to payor cause to be paid to the Contractor the sums of money mentioned in said Contract Documents in the manner and under the conditions therein provided. . THIRD: The Contractor covenants and agrees that, anything in this Contract or in the Contract Documents to be contrary notwithstanding, or regardless of any matter, thing, contingency of condition unforeseen or otherwise, present or future, the Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any additional or further sums of money than the amounts in said Contract Documents provided; and the failure of the Owner or its agents to insist upon strict performance of any of the terms, covenants, agreements, provisions or conditions in this Agreement or in the Contract Documents, on anyone or more instances, shall not be construed as a waiver or relinquishment for the future of any such terms, covenants, agreements, provisions and conditions and the same shall be and remain in full force and effect with power and authority on the part of the Owner to enforce the same or cause the same to be enforced at any time, without prejudice to any other rights which the Owner may have against the Contactor under this Agreement or the Contract Documents. . . 00325 . . SECTION 00325 - CONTRACT AGREEMENT Terms used in the Agreement which are defined in Article I of the General Conditions shall have the meanings indicated in the General Conditions. . Neither Owner nor Contractor shall, without the prior written consent of the other, assign or sublet in whole or part his interest under any of the Contact Documents; and, specifically, Contractor shall not assign any monies due or to become due without the prior written consent of the Owner. . Owner and Contractor each binds himself, his partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives of the other party hereto in respect to all covenants, agreements and obligations contained in the Contract Documents. . The Contract Documents constitute the entire agreement between Owner and Contractor and may only be altered, amended or repealed by a duly executed written instrument signed by both parties. . IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement the day and year frrst above written. . Total Bid 'fRAf.f, lIu"n"E.D fDl'd'i 'f1l"'U 1"OU5~lla NI"'t. HuloloUn1'l\ltm ""'E. 1'...... ~""Mu ~v~.. ,~1'IIu..:),."'u N~.."'OI.,.,Sn:If.jim:l.pol1ars Written in Words 0 $~ ~~31'\~'\.~ Written in igures . BY~~-w' Sou old Official -I Hdt'!f Mradt>teS,.M14. TOWN OF SOUTHOLD BY TITLE . . (CORPORATE SEAL) . . 00325 . SECTION 00325 - CONTRACT AGREEMENT . ACKNOWLEDGMENT . STATE OF NEW YORK, COUNTY OF SUFFOLK: . Ori the~~y of :::JitN~ -Jlahe YflJ 2007 before me, the undersigned, personally appeared, iJJlt4.~)/.. '(Zqr'r , personally known to me or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the individual(s) whose name(s) is (are) subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument, the individual(s), or the person upon behalf of which the individual(s) acted, executed the instrument. . . . JANICE FLYNN Notary Public, Slale of New York Qualified in Suffolk County No.01FL5052452 ~ Commission Expires Novembsr 27,20_ . . . . ..~-=- . 00325 05/30/2007 16:01 6314733762 WHM PLUMBING PAGE 06 . ~I:CTTON 1I035U-OtJESTlON PAGE . ALL QUESTIONS PERT.AINING TO THIS SOLICITATION MUST BE SUBMITTED IN WRITING, (Please use this form and fax to 860-1.04..0419 to the llttentiQu of J...hn T. Burgells, Staff:Engineer, Design Learned, Inc. We "ill respond as soon. as possible.) . . Date: Company Name: Contact Name: :Fax No.: Telephone No.: 4 (k~~'?.s;J:1t<. 31 r3:Z ~5I ) q73 - 3sb8-- ~ ./ . . . . . . \10350 . E,['d 2'3LEUt>tE9:01 :wo~~ ES'2t L~e2-0E"A~ . OGS Design Procedures Manual A Guide for Designing Projects for Office of General Services (]fS --- SonOllflWVfIl Chapter 9 - Design Guides . 9.3 MULTIPLE PRIME CONTRACTS GUIDE (WICK'S LAW) A. GENERAL . 1. OGS D&C projects are identified as either "Single Contract" or "Multiple Prime Contracts" . B. MULTIPLE PRIME CONTRACTS . 1. Multiple Prime Contracts are awarded for interrelated major elements of the Work that must be performed simultaneously. These projects are considered as related contracts and require close coordination of the work. Related contracts are identified in Section 01110 Summary of the Work, Article 1.02 of the Project Manual. . 2. Section 135 of the New York State Finance Law or otherwise commonly known as the "Wick's Law" requires OGS D&C to bid specific separate Multiple Prime Contracts for certain public work projects exceeding $50,000 in total project cost. . 3. Multiple Prime Contracts are sometimes referred to as "multi-contract" or "separate contracts". These types of projects require separate project manuals for the subdivisions of the work as defined by the Wick's Law. Although not specifically defined in the law, OGS D&C's policy requires that separate drawings must be prepared for each Multiple Prime Contract. This is to avoid confusion on the part of the Contractors as well as to preclude the possibility of contradicting the definition of contract documents contained in the General Conditions. . . 4. Wick's Law requires that the contract documents be subdivided into the following major Prime Contracts to permit separate and independent bidding and award: a. Construction b. Heating Ventilation and Air Conditioning (HVAC) c. Plumbing d. Electrical The $50,000 project cost cited in section 2 above refers to the total project cost, not to the cost of each individual prime contract. . 5. Site utilities (outside of building) and the demolition of a building are not subject to the multi-contract constraints of the Wick's Law. Non-building related projects are usually exempt from these requirements. Check with the OGS Team Leader for project specific requirements. . Revised date 03/15/05 Chapter 9 9.3 Multiple Prime Contracts Guide (Wick's Law) Page 1 . OGS Design Procedures Manual A Guide for Designing Projects for Office of General Services CJIli -.O!JIN....v...-. . 6. Due to the importance of the Wick's Law it is quoted below: "135. SEPARA TE SPECIFICA TIONS FOR CONTRACT WORK FOR THE STATE . Every officer, board, department, commission or commissions, charged with the duty of preparing specifications or awarding or entering into contracts for the erection, construction or alteration of buildings, for the state, when the entire cost of such work shall exceed fifty thousand dollars, must have prepared separate specifications for each of the following three subdivisions of the work to be performed: 1. Plumbing and gas fitting. 2. Steam heating, hot water heating, ventilating and air conditioning apparatus. 3. Electric wiring and standard illuminating fixtures. . . Such specifications must be so drawn as to permit separate and independent bidding upon each of the above three subdivisions of work. All contracts hereafter awarded by the state or a department, board, commissioner or officer thereof, for the erection, construction or alteration of buildings, or any part thereof, shall award the three subdivisions of the above specified work separately to responsible and reliable persons, firms or corporations engaged in these classes of work. A contract for one or more buildings in any project shall be awarded to the lowest responsible bidder for all the buildings included in these specifications. . Nothing in this section shall be construed to prevent the authorities in charge of any state building, from performing any such branches of work by or through their regular employees, or in the case of public institutions, by the inmates thereof. As amended L.1961, c.292, eff. April 3, 1961." . 7. The three subdivisions of work listed in the Wick's Law are expressed in very general terms, which are not clearly defined, and no mention is made of Construction Work. This does not however permit OGS D&C to include substantial Construction Work in the other contracts. If there is Construction Work, and the estimated cost of the project is over $50,000, a separate contract is prepared for the Construction Work. To aid in the preparation of contract documents for the subdivisions of work, the following definitions for the terms used in Section 135 of the State Finance Law are provided: . . Plumbing The potable water supply system and other waste systems within the building. NOTE: Exterior waste systems, Le., roof drain systems, can be included in a Construction Work contract. Gas Fitting The natural gas supply system within the building. Steam Heating The building space steam heating system. Apparatus . . Revised date 03/15/05 Chapter 9 9.3 Multiple Prime Contracts Guide (Wick's Law) Page 2 . . OGS Design Procedures Manual A Guide for Designing Projects for Office of General Services Cl!li s...i",twy"",- . Hot Water Heating The building space hot water heating system. Apparatus Ventilating Apparatus The powered air supply and exhaust system. Air Conditioning The built-in central air conditioning system. Apparatus Electric Wiring The built-in electric power supply and distribution system of 110 volts or higher. NOTE: OGS D&C's procedure for specifying control vs. power wiring is as follows: 1. Control wiring for a piece of equipment is included in the same contract as the equipment. 2. Power wiring for that same piece of equipment is included in the related Electrical Work contract. Standard Illuminating The interior space lighting system. Fixtu res . . . . 8. Judgment must be used when deciding which prime contractor should be responsible for specific scopes of work. The following examples are provided for guidance: a. Equipment housekeeping pads can be considered part of the equipment package, and might best be included in the contract providing the equipment. This minimizes coordination issues concerning pad size, anchor bolts, seismic bracing, etc. In other cases, where similar construction work is occurring in close proximity for equipment provided under multiple contracts, it may be prudent to include all equipment pads in the Construction contract. b. Supplemental framing and cutting openings in existing construction can be considered part of the equipment package and can be included in the contract providing the equipment. This same logic extends to issues such as flashing roof curbs and mechanical penetrations, etc. However, if the complexity or extent of the supplemental framing and cutting of openings dictates, the work might best be included in the Construction contract. c. Disconnection and reconnection of electric power supplies to accommodate the replacement of equipment can be considered part of the equipment package and included in the contract providing the replacement equipment. d. Minor relocation of piping, conduit, raceway, etc. to accommodate the installation or modification of building elements can be included in the prime contract responsible for the modifications. e. Hazardous material abatement can be accomplished under a single contract. For example, pipe insulation containing asbestos and vinyl asbestos floor tile can be abated under a single prime contract. f. Removals can be accomplished under a single contract. For example, if a space is being gutted, utilities can be disconnected/secured by the appropriate trade contract, and then removals can be accomplished under the construction contract. . . . . Revised date 03/15/05 Chapter 9 9.3 Multiple Prime Contracts Guide (Wick's Law) Page 3 . OGS Design Procedures Manual A Guide for Designing Projects for Office of General Services (J[Ji . ---- s"w1lfN.Y'lri The Designer should consult with the OGS Team Leader if questions arise as to the appropriateness of including work in a particular contract. . C. SINGLE CONTRACT 1. A Single Contract can be a project that is bid and constructed as a stand-alone project with no related contracts and no multiple trade work. There is no dollar limit on the value of a single contract if the work of only a single trade is involved. . 2. A Single Contract can also be a project that is bid and constructed as a stand- alone project that includes multiple trade work if the estimated costs are under $50,000. Work specified can be composed of multiple trades. When a Single Contract with estimated costs under $50,000 is bid and the low bid is over the estimated $50,000 - the contract documents for the project must then be separated for each of the subdivisions of the work and rebid as separate contracts or Multiple Prime Contracts per the Wick's Law. . 3. Single Contracts can be associated with a main project or contract, such as early building demolition and early site preparation, which may be completed before building construction contracts are awarded. These types of contracts would not be considered as related contracts to a main building contract for coordination because they would have been bid and constructed separate from the main project. . D. ADDITIONAL SUBDIVISION OF WORK . 1. In addition to the required subdivision of Multiple Prime Contracts by Wick's Law, there may at times be reason to include additional Prime Contracts. This depends on the nature of a project and the si;ze and complexity of an individual element of the work. It is OGS D&C's recommendation to have the minimum number of prime contracts on a project wherever possible unless saving time; money or achieving a higher quality product can justify it otherwise. . 2. Cost alone should not be the sole determining factor for qualifying a construction operation as a major subdivision of the Project. For consideration as a major contract, a construction operation should involve a specialty contractor and several trades. Most major contracts should last throughout the construction period. . 3. The OGS Team Leader, OGS Division of Construction and the Designer must decide in advance if additional contracts will be considered and how the work will be subdivided and coordinated with the required (Wicks Law) Multiple Prime Contracts. The Designer then prepares separate bid packages for each prime contract. . 4. If there are many contracts, coordination becomes difficult to handle efficiently during design and construction. The contract documents should clearly delineate the division of work. The fragmentation of documents into smaller bid packages sometimes leads to the duplication of responsibilities that may result to problems. . Revised date 03/15/05 Chapter 9 9.3 MUltiple Prime Contracts Guide (Wick's Law) Page 4 . . OGS Design Procedures Manual A Guide for Designing Projects for Office of General Services Cllli ---- s...;..,,.,,,,.y,,,,- . 5. Care must be exercised to properly identify and allocate work to avoid gaps or overlapping responsibilities among the contracts, which can be difficult depending on the complexity of the Project. Although significant segments of the Project are typically candidates for a separate contract, separate contracts may also be included for the following: a. Commissioning b. Hazardous material abatement c. Demolition d. Site preparation e. Site utilities f. Detention equipment g. Landscape development h. Food-service equipment i. Furnishings j. Elevators and escalators k. Testing, adjusting, and balancing . . 6. Below is a listing of contract designations with suffix code for the more common types of projects prepared by OGS D&C. . C Construction N Fire Protection . H HVAC T Roofin P Plumbin U Elevator E Electrical V Hi h Volta e G Environmental B Hazardous Material K Inmate Labor . 7. Clear assignment of responsibilities, especially at the points where different contracts rneet or interface, must be included in the division of the Project. Example: Who is responsible for painting mechanical equipment? E. PROJECT COORDINATION . 1. Each Designer is responsible for the overall design coordination of the Project between Multiple Prime Contracts. The Designer needs to clearly specify the scope and responsibilities of each contract and cross-check the responsibilities for each contract to ensure that no overlaps or gaps exist. . 2. Construction under multiple contracts often means that different contractors require access to the same space at the same time. Coordination problems can develop if the Work installed by one contractor obstructs or disturbs the Work of another. Coordination is essential for the success of multiple contract projects because they are prone to delays caused by the need to coordinate elements of the project among several contractors. Each prime contractor is responsible for . Revised date 03/15/05 Chapter 9 9.3 Multiple Prime Contracts Guide (Wick's Law) Page 5 . OGS Design Procedures Manual A Guide for Designing Projects for Office of General Services C18S --- ~"'Yor;i . coordinating the activities of their subcontractors and the work between other prime contracts in a cooperative manner per Article 17 of the General Conditions. . 3. OGS D&C field representatives direct and coordinate construction operations between the prime contractors. OGS D&C may retain construction management services for selected projects. 4. The best project results occur when the documents are properly coordinated and the project properly managed during the construction phase. . F. MULTIPLE PRIME CONTRACTS RELATIONSHIP TO DIVISION 1 SECTIONS 1. Multiple Prime Contracts affect Division 1 specification sections more than any other division in the Project Manual. Division 1 Section requirements for administration, procedures, and temporary facilities apply to each contract. Some Sections apply to all contracts, and some apply to only a specific contract. The suffix letter at the end of the project number distinguishes the separate contracts. The Sections in Division 1 of the Specifications that have more than one suffix letter are common to each related Contract. For example, requirements for Shop Drawings and Product Data apply to all contracts. In contrast, a section specifying a State Field Office (trailer) only applies to the Construction Contract. The following paragraphs summarize the effect of multiple contracts required by Wick's Law on some of the OGS Master Specification Division 1 Sections: a. Section 01110 Summarvofthe Work: 1) Requirements apply equally to all contracts. 2) Article 1.02 A - states that the Project will be constructed under a multiple contracting arrangement and identifies the name of each related contract by project number and suffix designation. 3) Article 1.04 describes work restrictions on the use of the Project site and the existing building apply equally to all contracts even though work restrictions such as asbestos removal, roofing work, heating system shutdown, etc. may be identified by a specific contract. 4) Article1.12 describes openings and chases required by related contracts and designated as work to the Construction Contract if the information is provided in a timely manner. If information is not timely, then the related contracts are responsible for cutting and patching at their own expense. 5) Article 1.13 describes sprayed on fireproofing coordination with related contracts. Hangers, clips and sleeves are to be installed by related contracts in a timely manner. If this work is not performed in a timely manner then the related contract is required to cut and repair fireproofing at own expense. 6) Article 1.15 Building location layout work is done by the Construction Contract. All other layout work to be done by the related contracts. . . . . . . . Revised date 03/15/05 Chapter 9 9.3 Multiple Prime Contracts Guide (Wick's Law) Page 6 . . OGS Design Procedures Manual A Guide for Designing Projects for Office of General Services (1[S -~_. . b. Section 01210 Allowances: 1) Requirements apply equally to all contracts. 2) Allowance for contingencies to cover cost of additional labor and materials for contingent activities within the scope of the Contract as directed by Field Order. 3) For specific allowances include clear descriptions of the Work for a specific contract. Example: fuel required for temporary heat by the Construction Contract. c. Section 01230 Alternates: 1) Include this section when an alternate applies to a contract. 2) Multiple prime contracts should be listed on Article 1.02 and should include clear descriptions of the Work so the scope of each contract can be determined. Modify the footer project number and suffixes as required. d. Section 01330 Submittals: 1) Product requirements and product selection procedures apply equally to all contracts. Contractor requests for material substitution or "or equal" submissions may affect more than one contract, however, thereby creating coordination problems. Because of this, the General Conditions Article 5.6 states that the contractor shall make all adjustments to contingent work, whether the contingent work be the work of its contract or the work of other contractor's, necessary to accommodate the option or "or equal" product it selects without extra or additional cost. e. Section 01335 Computer Aided Desian Coordination Drawinas: 1) Requirements apply equally to all contracts. 2) This section should be used when coordination and layout of building systems is necessary between contracts to avoid conflicts prior to construction. f. Section 01500 Construction Facilities & Temporary Controls: 1) Generally apply equally to all contracts. However, some requirements are typically assigned to one contract. The specific assignment depends on which prime contracts are included in the project. For example, each contract must provide its own field office; however, the responsibility for providing a State Field Office, if required, must be assigned to a specific contact (generally this is to the Construction Contract), 2) Temporary light and power service and wiring for the project is usually assigned to the Electric Contract. The exception would be for wiring of individual contractor trailers. If electrical energy is not free of charge at a state facility then provisions need to be detailed for payments of associated energy bills. This may be assigned to a single prime contract such as the Construction Contract. Usually, energy for contractor's individual trailers is not included. 3) Temporary water service and maintenance is typically assigned to one contract. Usually this is the Construction Contract for single-story construction. For multi-story construction this may be assigned to the Plumbing Contract. . . . . . . . . Revised date 03/15/05 Chapter 9 9.3 Multiple Prime Contracts Guide (Wick's Law) Page 7 . OGS Design Procedures Manual A Guide for Designing Projects for Office of General SelVices C11E . -s.:.;N:Yri- 4) Temporary toilets are typically assigned to the prime contract with the largest scope, which is usually the Construction Contract. The number of toilets required is based on a table within the specification. 5) Temporary material and personnel hoists (if required) are usually assigned to the Construction Contract and used by all contractors. The percentage of hoist usage needs to be determined to set a standard and to avoid conflicts during construction. 6) Temporary use of permanent elevator as material and personnel hoist is an option that may be available for a project. The Construction contract is usually assigned the task of operation, protection and maintenance. The percentage of elevator usage needs to be determined to set a standard and to avoid conflicts during construction. 7) Temporary closures for exterior wall openings and temporary partitions to separate the work area from State occupied areas are usually assigned to the Construction Contract. 8) Temporary fence enclosures are usually assigned to the Construction Contract. 9) Temporary fire standpipe protection system is assigned to the Plumbing Contract. 10) Temporary roads, parking and staging area construction and maintenance (including snow removal) are usually assigned to the Construction Contract. 11) Progress cleaning applies equally to each contract for its own work and own portion of the project site. All contractors are required to provide rubbish removal. Containerized rubbish removal may be assigned to the prime contract with the largest scope, which is usually the Construction Contract. Some larger projects may benefit from a laborer assigned to facilitate project site clean up for common-use areas where more than one contractor is working. 12) The Designer should review the specification and hidden text in Section 01500 for more information. The specification does not define all construction facilities and temporary controls. The Designer is responsible for identifying and properly addressing all project specific issues. g. Section 01510 TemDorarv Heat: 1) Construction heat requirements apply to all contracts. 2) Temporary heat (building enclosed) is usually provided by the Construction Contract. The Construction Contractor is to assume responsibility for damage due to frost and freezing during this period. h. Section 01720 Field EnQineerinQ: 1) Field-engineering services are usually assigned to one contract to avoid duplication that may lead to conflicts and misunderstandings. This work is usually associated with major site improvements, establishment of property lines and other critical grading requirements. . . . . . . . . . Revised date 03/15/05 Chapter 9 9.3 Multiple Prime Contracts Guide (Wick's Law) Page 8 . . OGS Design Procedures Manual A Guide for Designing Projects for Office of General Services (][E -~..;- G. RESPONSIBILTY FOR DAMAGE . 1. Contractor responsibility for damage during construction is described in Article 18 of the General Conditions, End of Multiple Prime Contracts Guide (Wick's Law) . . . . . . . . Revised date 03115/05 Chapter 9 9.3 Multiple Prime Contracts Guide (Wick's Law) Page 9 . . SECTION 01100 . SUMMARY PART1 GENERAL 1.01 PROJECT . A. Project Name: New Southold Animal Shelter. B. The Project consists of the construction of a new animal shelter for theTown of Southold, NY. The project is all new construction and requires complete architectural, M/E/P engineering, and structural design work. 1.02 CONTRACT DESCRIPTION . A. Contract Type: A single prime contract based on fees as described in the original EJCDC contract provided to the Town of Southold. Please refer to contract for details. 1.03 WORK BY OWNER A. Town of Southold, NY has awarded a contract for supply and installation of any and all work and equipment pertaining to site preparation and civil engineering services. which will commence on a date to be determined by Town officials. . 1.04 FUTURE WORK A. Project is designed for future expansion 1.05 OWNER OCCUPANCY . A. Town of Southold, NY intends to continue to occupy the existing animal shelter adjacent to new construction during the entire construction period. B. Town of Southold, NY intends to occupy the Project upon Substantial Completion. C. Cooperate with Town of Southold, NY to minimize conftict and to facilitate Town of Southold, NY's operations. D. Schedule the Work to accommodate Town of Southold, NY occupancy. 1.06 WORK SEQUENCE A. Construct Work in stages during the construction period: . B. Coordinate construction schedule and operations with Design Learned, Inc.. . END OF SECTION . . . Southold Animal Shelter, Southold, NY 01/19/2007 SUMMARY . SECTION 01300 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS . PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES . A. Preconstruction meeting. B. Construction progress schedule. C. Progress photographs. D. Coordination drawings. E. Submittals for review and information. F. Number of copies of submittals. G. Submittal procedures. . 1.02 PROJECT COORDINATION . A. Make the following types of submittals to Design Learned, Inc.: 1. Requests for interpretation. 2. Requests for substitution. 3. Shop drawings, product data. and samples. 4. Test and inspection reports. 5. Manufacturer's instructions and field reports. 6. Applications for payment and change order requests. 7. Progress schedules. 8. Coordination drawings. 9. Closeout submittals. . . PART2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING . A. Design Learned. Inc. will schedule a meeting after Notice of Award. B. Attendance Required: 1. Town of Southold, NY. 2. Design Learned, Inc.. 3. Isla Engineering, Inc. 4. General Contractor 5. Studio AlB Architects, Inc. C. Agenda: 1. Execution of Town of Southold, NY-Agreement. 2. Submission of executed bonds and insurance certificates. 3. Distribution of Contract Documents. 4. Submission of list of Subcontractors, list of Products, schedule of values, and progress schedule. 5. Designation of personnel representing the parties to Contract, and Design Learned, Inc.. 6. Procedures and processing of field decisions, submittals, substitutions, applications for payments, proposal request, Change Orders, and Contract closeout procedures. 7. Scheduling. . . . Southold Animal Shelter, Southold, NY 01/19/2007 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS . D. Record minutes and distribute copies within two days after meeting to participants, with two copies to Design Learned, Inc., Town of Southold, NY, participants, and those affected by decisions made. 3.02 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE . A. If preliminary schedule requires revision after review, submit revised schedule within 10 days. B. Within 20 days after review of preliminary schedule, submit draft of proposed complete schedule for review. 1. Include written certification that major contractors have reviewed and accepted proposed schedule. C. Within 10 days after joint review, submit complete schedule. D. Submit updated schedule with each Application for Payment. 3.03 PROGRESS PHOTOGRAPHS 3.04 COORDINATION DRAWINGS . . A. Provide information required by Project Coordinator for preparation of coordination drawings. B. Review drawings prior to submission to Design Learned, Inc.. 3.05 SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW . A. When the following are specified in individual sections, submit them for review: 1. Product data. 2. Shop drawings. 3. Samples for selection. 4. Samples for verification. B. Submit to Design Learned, Inc. for review for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the contract documents. C. Samples will be reviewed only for aesthetic, color, or finish selection. D. After review, provide copies and distribute in accordance with SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES article below. . . 3.06 SUBMITTALS FOR INFORMATION A. When the following are specified in individual sections, submit them for information: 1. Design data. 2. Certificates. 3. Test reports. 4. Inspection reports. 5. Manufacturer's instructions. 6. Manufacturer's field reports. . 3.07 SUBMITTALS FOR PROJECT CLOSEOUT A. Submit the following at project closeout: 1. Project record documents. 2. Operation and maintenance data. 3. Warranties. . 3.08 NUMBER OF COPIES OF SUBMITTALS A. Documents for Review: 1. Small Size Sheets, Not Larger Than 8-112 x 11 inches: Submit the number of copies which . Southold Animal She iter, Southold, NY 01/19/2007 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS . . . the requires, plus two copies which will be retained by the Design Learned, Inc.. 2. Larger Sheets, Not Larger Than 36 x 48 inches: Submit the number of opaque reproductions which requires, plus two copies which will be retained by Design Learned, Inc.. B. Documents for Information: Submit two copies. C. Documents for Project Closeout: Make one reproduction of submittal originally reviewed. Submit one extra of submittals for information. D. Samples: Submit the number specified in individual specification sections; one of which will be retained by Design Learned, Inc.. 1. After review, produce duplicates. 2. Retained samples will not be returned 10 unless specifically so stated. . 3.09 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES . A. Sequentially number the transmittal form. Revise submittals with original number and a sequential alphabetic suffix. B. Identify Project" Subcontractor or supplier; pertinent drawing and detail number, and specification section number, as appropriate on each copy. C. Apply's stamp, signed or initialed certifying that review, approval, verification of Products required, field dimensions, adjacent construction Work, and coordination of infonmation is in accordance with the requirements of the Work and Contract Documents. D. Deliver submittals to Design Learned, Inc. al business address. E. Schedule submittals to expedite the Project, and coordinate submission of related items. F. For each submittal for review, allow 15 days excluding delivery time to and from the. G. Identify variations from Contract Documents and Product or system limitations which may be detrimental to successful performance of the completed Work. H. Provide space for and Design Learned, Inc. review stamps. I. When revised for resubmission, identify all changes made since previous submission. J. Distribute copies of reviewed submittals as appropriate. Instruct parties to promptly report any inability to comply with requirements. . . . K. Submittals not requested will not be recognized or processed. . END OF SECTION . . . South old Animal Shelter, Southold, NY 01/19/2007 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS . . SECTION 01325 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES . 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Preliminary schedule. . A. Within 10 days after date of Agreement, submit preliminary schedule defining planned operations for the first 60 days of Work, with a general outline for remainder of Work. B. If preliminary schedule requires revision after review, submit revised schedule within 10 days. C. Within 20 days after review of preliminary schedule, submit draft of proposed complete schedule for review. PART 2 PRODUCTS. NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PRELIMINARY SCHEDULE . 3.02 CONTENT A. Prepare preliminary schedule in the form of a horizontal bar chart. . A. Show complete sequence of construction by activity, with dates for beginning and completion of each element of construction. B. Identify each item by specification section number. C. Show accumulated percentage of completion of each item, and total percentage of Work completed, as of the first day of each month. D. Provide legend for symbols and abbreviations used. . 3.03 UPDATING SCHEDULE A. B. . C. D. E. F. . Maintain schedules to record actual start and finish dates of completed activities. Indicate progress of each activity to date of revision, with projected completion date of each activity. Annotate diagrams to graphically depict current status of Work. Identify activities modified since previous submittal, major changes in Work, and other identifiable changes. Indicate changes required to maintain Date of Substantial Completion. Submit reports required to support recommended changes. 3.04 DISTRIBUTION OF SCHEDULE . A. Distribute copies of updated schedules to's project site file, to Subcontractors, suppliers, Design Learned, Inc., Town of Southold, NY, and other concerned parties. B. Instruct recipients to promptly report, in writing, problems anticipated by projections shown in schedules. END OF SECTION . South old Animal Shelter, Southold, NY 01/19/2007 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE . SECTION 01600 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS . PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES . A. Transportation, handling, storage and protection. B. Product option requirements. C. Substitution limitations and procedures. D. Spare parts and maintenance materiais. 1.02 SUBMITTALS . A. Proposed Products List: Submit list of major products proposed for use, with name of manufacturer, trade name, and model number of each product. 1. For products specified only by reference standards, list applicable reference standards. B. Product Data Submittals: Submit manufacturer's standard published data. Mark each copy to identify applicabie products, models, options, and other data. Supplement manufacturers' standard data to provide information specific to this Project. C. Shop Drawing Submittals: Prepared specifically for this Project; indicate utility and electrical characteristics, utility connection requirements, and location of utility outlets for service for functional equipment and appliances. D. Sample Submittals: Illustrate functional and aesthetic characteristics of the product, with integral parts and attachment devices. Coordinate sample submittals for interfacing work. 1. For selection from standard finishes, submit samples of the full range of the manufacturer's standard colors, textures, and patterns. E. Indicate utility and electrical characteristics, utility connection requirements, and location of utility outlets for service for functional equipment and appliances. . . . PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 NEW PRODUCTS . A. Provide new products unless specifically required or permitted by the Contract Documents. B. Motors: Refer to Section 15065, NEMA MG 1 Type. Specific motor type is specified in individual specification sections. 2.02 PRODUCT OPTIONS . A. Products Specified by Reference Standards or by Description Only: Use any product meeting those standards or description. Submit ALL such products for approval'WITHOUT EXCEPTION. B. Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers: Use a product of one of the manufacturers named and meeting specifications, no options or substitutions allowed. C. Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers: Submit a request for substitution for any manufacturer not named only where specifically allowed by drawing notes. 2.03 SPARE PARTS AND MAINTENANCE PRODUCTS . A. Provide spare parts, maintenance, and extra products of types and in quantities specified in individual specification sections. B. Deliver to Project site; obtain receipt prior to final payment. . South old Animal Shelter, Southold, NY 01/19/2007 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS . PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES A. Document each request with complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with Contract Documents. B. A request for substitution constitutes a representation that the submitter: 1. Has investigated proposed product and determined that it meets or exceeds the quality level of the specified product. 2. Will provide the same warranty for the substitution as for the specified product. 3. Will coordinate installation and make changes to other Work which may be required for the Work to be complete with no additional cost to Town of Southold, NY. 4. Waives claims for additional costs or time extension which may subsequently become apparent. C. Substitutions will not be considered when they are indicated or implied on shop drawing or product data submittals, without separate written request, or when acceptance will require revision to the Contract Documents. . . . D. Substitution Submittal Procedure: 1. Submit three copies of request for substitution for consideration. Limit each request to one proposed substitution. 2. Submit shop drawings, product data, and certified test results attesting to the proposed product equivalence. Burden of proof is on proposer. 3. The Design Learned, Inc. will notify in writing of decision to accept or reject request. . 3.02 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING A. Coordinate schedule of product delivery to designated prepared areas in order to minimize site storage time and potential damage to stored materials. B. Transport and handle products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Transport materials in covered trucks to prevent contamination of product and littering of surrounding areas. D. Promptly inspect shipments to ensure that products comply with requirements, quantities are correct, and products are undamaged. E. Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement, or damage. F. Arrange for the return of packing materials, such as wood pallets, where economically feasible. 3.03 STORAGE AND PROTECTION . . . A. Designate receiving/storage areas for incoming products so that they are delivered according to installation schedule and placed convenient to work area in order to minimize waste due to - excessive materials handling and misapplication. B. Store and protect products in accordance with manufacturers' instructions. C. Store with seals and labels intact and legible. D. Store sensitive products in weather tight, climate controlled, enclosures in an environment favorable to product. E. For exterior storage of fabricated products, place on sloped supports above ground. F. Cover products subject to deterioration with impervious sheet covering. Provide ventilation to prevent condensation and degradation of products. . . Southold Animal Shelter, Southold, NY 01/19/2007 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS . . . G. Prevent contact with material that may cause corrosion, discoloration, or staining. H. Provide equipment and personnel to store products by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement, or damage. I. Arrange storage of products to permit access for inspection. Periodically inspect to verify products are undamaged and are maintained in acceptable condition. END OF SECTION . . . . . . . . . Southold Animal Shelter, Southold, NY 01/19/2007 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS . SECTION 01700 EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS . PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES . A. Examination, preparation, and general installation procedures. B. Cutting and patching. C. Cleaning and protection. D. Starting of systems and equipment. E. Demonstration and instruction of Town of Southold, NY personnel. . 1.02 SUBMITTALS . A. See Section 01300 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Cutting and Patching: Submit written request in advance of cutting or alteration which affects: 1. Structural integrity of any element of Project. 2. Integrity of weather exposed or moisture resistant element. 3. Efficiency, maintenance, or safety of any operational element. 4. Visual qualities of sight exposed elements. 1.03 PROJECT CONDITIONS . A. Grade site to drain. Maintain excavations free of water. Provide, operate, and maintain pumping equipment. B. Protect site from puddling or running water. Provide water barriers as required to protect site from soil erosion. . C. Ventilate enclosed areas to assist cure of materials, to dissipate humidity, and to prevent accumulation of dust, fumes, vapors, or gases. D. Dust Control: Execute work by methods to minimize raising dust from construction operations. Provide positive means to prevent air-borne dust from dispersing into atmosphere. E. Noise Control: Provide methods, means, and faciiities to minimize noise produced by construction operations. F. Pest Control: Provide methods, means, and facilities to prevent pests and insects from damaging the work. G. Rodent Control: Provide methods, means, and faciiities to prevent rodents from accessing or invading premises. H. Pollution Control: Provide methods, means, and faciiities to prevent contamination of soil, water, and atmosphere from discharge of noxious, toxic substances, and pollutants produced by construction operations. . . 1.04 COORDINATION . A. Coordinate scheduling, submittals, and work of the various sections of the Project Manual to ensure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of interdependent construction elements, with provisions for accommodating items installed later. B. Notify affected utility companies and comply with their requirements. C. Verify that utility requirements and characteristics of new operating equipment are compatible . South old Animal Shelter, Southold, NY 01/19/2007 EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS . with building utilities. Coordinate work of various sections having interdependent responsibilities for installing, connecting to, and placing in service, such equipment. D. Coordinate space requirements, supports, and installation of mechanical and electrical work which are indicated diagrammatically on Drawings. Follow routing shown for pipes, ducts, and conduit, as closely as practicable; place runs parallel with lines of building. Utilize spaces efficiently to maximize accessibility for other installations, for maintenance, and for repairs. E. In finished areas except as otherwise indicated, conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring within the construction. Coordinate locations of fixtures and outlets with finish elements. F. Coordinate completion and ciean-up of work of separate sections. G. After Town'of Southold, NY occupancy of premises, coordinate access to site for correction of defective work and work not in accordance with Contract Documents, to minimize disruption of Town of Southold, NY's activities. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PATCHING MATERIALS . . . A. Product Substitution: For any proposed change in materials, submit request for substitution described in Section 01600. PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION . A. Verify that existing site conditions and substrate surfaces are acceptable for subsequent work. Start of work means acceptance of existing conditions. B. Verify that existing substrate is capable of structural support or attachment of new work being applied or attached. C. Examine and verify specific conditions described in individual specification sections. D. Take field measurements before confirming product orders or beginning fabrication, to minimize waste due to over-ordering or misfabrication. E. Verify that utility services are available, of the correct characteristics, and in the correct locations. F. Prior to Cutting: Examine existing conditions prior to commencing work, including elements subject to damage or movement during cutting and patching. After uncovering existing work, assess conditions affecting performance of work. Beginning of cutting or patching means acceptance of existing conditions. . . . 3.02 PREPARATION A. Clean substrate surfaces prior to applying next material or substance. B. Seal cracks or openings of substrate prior to applying next material or substance. C. Apply manufacturer required or recommended substrate primer, sealer, or conditioner prior to applying any new material or substance in contact or bond. . 3.03 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Install products as specified in individual sections, in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations, and so as to avoid waste due to necessity for replacement. B. Make vertical elements plumb and horizontal elements level, unless otherwise indicated. C. Install equipment and fittings plumb and level, neatly aligned with adjacent vertical and horizontal . Southold Animal Shelter, Southold, NY 01/19/2007 EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS . . lines, unless otherwise indicated. D. Make consistent texture on surfaces, with seamless transitions, uniess otherwise indicated. . E. Make neat transitions between different surfaces, maintaining texture and appearance. 3.04 CUTTING AND PATCHING . A. Execute cutting and patching including excavation and fill to complete the work, to uncover work in order to install improperly sequenced work, to remove and replace defective or non-conforming work, to remove samples of installed work for testing when requested, to provide openings in the work for penetration of mechanical and electrical work, to execute patching to complement adjacent work, and to fit products together to integrate with other work. B. Execute work by methods to avoid damage to other work, and which will provide appropriate surfaces to receive patching and finishing. C. Fit work air tight to pipes, sleeves, ducts, conduit, and other penetrations through surfaces. D. At penetrations of fire rated walls, partitions, ceiling, or floor construction, completely seal voids with fire rated material, to full thickness of the penetrated element. E. Refinish surfaces to match adjacent finish. For continuous surfaces, refinish to nearest intersection or natural break. For an assembly, refinish entire unit. F. Make neat transitions. Patch work to match adjacent work in texture and appearance. Where new work abuts or aligns with existing. perform a smooth and even transition. G. Patch or replace surfaces that are damaged, lifted, discolored, or showing other imperfections due to patching work. Repair substrate prior to patching finish. Finish patches to produce uniform finish and texture over entire area. When finish cannot be matched, refinish entire surface to nearest intersections. . . . 3.05 PROGRESS CLEANING . A. Maintain areas free of waste materials, debris, and rubbish. Maintain site in a clean and orderly condition. B. Remove debris and rubbish from pipe chases, plenums, attics, crawl spaces, and other closed or remote spaces, prior to enclosing the space. C. Broom and vacuum clean interior areas prior to start of surface finishing, and continue cleaning to eliminate dust. . D. Collect and remove waste materials, debris, and trash/rubbish from site periodically and dispose off-site; do not burn or bury. 3.06 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED WORK . A. Protect installed work from damage by construction operations. B. Provide special protection where specified in individual specification sections. C. Provide temporary and removable protection for installed products. Control activity in immediate work area to prevent damage. D. Provide protective coverings at walls, projections, jambs, sills, and soffits of openings. E. Protect finished floors, stairs, and other surfaces from traffic, dirt, wear, damage, or movement of heavy objects, by protecting with durable sheet materials. F. Prohibit traffic or storage upon waterproofed or roofed surfaces. If traffic or activity is necessary, obtain recommendations for protection from waterproofing or roofing material manufacturer. . . Southold Animal Shelter, Southold, NY 01/19/2007 EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS . G. Prohibit traffic from landscaped areas. H. Remove protective coverings when no longer needed; reuse or recycle plastic coverings if possible. . 3.07 STARTING SYSTEMS A. Coordinate schedule for start-up of various equipment and systems. B. Notify Design Learned, Inc. and owner seven days prior to start-up of each item. C. Verify that each piece of equipment or system has been checked for proper lubrication, drive rotation, belt tension, control sequence, and for conditions which may cause damage. D. Verify tests, meter readings, and specified electrical characteristics agree with those required by the equipment or system manufacturer. E. Verify that wiring and support components for equipment are complete and tested. F. Execute start-up under supervision of applicable personnel and manufacturer's representative in accordance with manufacturers' instructions. G. Submit a written report that equipment or system has been properly installed and is functioning correctly. . . 3.08 DEMONSTRATION AND INSTRUCTION . A. Demonstrate operation and maintenance of products to Town of South old, NY's personnel two weeks prior to date of Substantial Completion. B. Demonstrate start-up, operation, control, adjustment, trouble-shooting, servicing, maintenance, and shutdown of each item of equipment at scheduled time, at equipment location. C. For equipment or systems requiring seasonal operation, perform demonstration for other season within six months. D. Provide a qualified person who is knowledgeable about the Project to perform demonstration and instruction of owner personnel. E. Utilize operation and maintenance manuals as basis for instruction. Review contents of manual with Town of Southold, NY's personnel in detail to explain all aspects of operation and maintenance. . . F. Prepare and insert additional data in operations and maintenance manuals when need for additional data becomes apparent during instruction. 3.09 ADJUSTING . A. Adjust operating products and equipment to ensure smooth and unhindered operation. B. Testing, adjusting, and balancing HVAC systems: See Section 15950. 3.10 FINAL CLEANING A. Execute final cleaning prior to final project assessment. B. Use cleaning materials that are nonhazardous. C. Clean interior and exterior glass, surfaces exposed to view; remove temporary labels, stains and foreign substances, polish transparent and glossy surfaces, vacuum carpeted and soft surfaces. D. Clean equipment and fixtures to a sanitary condition with cleaning materials appropriate to the surface and material being cleaned. . . Southoid Animal Shelter, Southold, NY 01/19/2007 EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS . . . E. Replace filters of operating equipment after all cleaning is completed. F. Clean debris from roofs, gutters, downspouts, and drainage systems. G. Ciean site; sweep paved areas, rake clean landscaped surfaces. H. Remove waste, surpius materials, trash/rubbish, and construction facilities from the site; dispose of in legal manner; do not bum or bury. 3.11 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES . . A. Make submittals that are required by governing or other authorities. 1. Provide copies to Design Learned, Inc. and Town of Southold, NY. B. Notify Design Learned, Inc. when work is considered ready for Substantial Completion. C. Submit written certification that Contract Documents have been reviewed, work has been inspected, and that work is complete in accordance with Contract Documents and ready for Design Learned, Inc.'s review. D. Correct items of work listed in executed Certificates of Substantial Completion and comply with requirements for access to Town of Southold, NY-occupied areas. E. Notify Design Learned, Inc. when work is considered finally complete. F. Complete items of work determined by Design Learned, Inc.'s final inspection. . END OF SECTION . . . - . . . Southold Animal Shelter, Southold, NY 01/19/2007 EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS . SECTION 01732 WASTE MANAGEMENT . PART1 GENERAL 1.01 WASTE MANAGEMENTREQUIREMENTS . A. Town of Southold, NY requires that this project generate the least amount of trash and waste possible. B. Employ processes that ensure the generation of as little waste as possible due to error, poor planning, breakage, mishandling, contamination, or other factors. C. Minimize trash/waste disposal in landfills; reuse, salvage, or recycle as much waste as economically feasible. D. Required Recycling, Salvage, and Reuse: The following may not be disposed of in landfills or by incineration: 1. Aluminum and plastic beverage containers. 2. Corrugated cardboard. 3. Clean dimensional wood: May be used as blocking or furring. 4. Metals, including packaging banding, metal studs, sheet metal, structural steel, piping, reinforcing bars, door frames, and other items made of steel, iron, galvanized steel, stainless steel, aluminum, copper, zinc, lead, brass, and bronze. E. shall submit periodic Waste Disposal Reports; all landfill disposal, recycling, salvage, and reuse must be reported regardless of to whom the cost or savings accrues; use the same units of measure on all reports. F. Methods of trash/waste disposal that are not acceptable are: 1. Burning on the project site. 2. Burying on the project site. 3. Dumping or burying on other property, public or private. 4. Other illegal dumping or burying. G. Reguiatory Requirements: is responsible for knowing and complying with regulatory requirements, including but not limited to Federal, State and local requirements, pertaining to legal disposal of all construction and demolition waste materials. . . . . 1.02 DEFINITIONS . A. Clean: Untreated and unpainted; not contaminated with oils, solvents, caulk, or the like. B. Construction and Demolition Waste: Solid wastes typically including building materials, packaging, trash, debris, and rubble resulting from construction, remodeling, repair and demolition operations. C. Hazardous: Exhibiting the characteristics of hazardous substances, i.e., ignitibility, corrosivity, toxicity or reactivity. D. Nonhazardous: Exhibiting none of the characteristics of hazardous substances, i.e., ignitibility, corrosivity, toxicity, or reactivity. E. Nontoxic: Neither immediately poisonous to humans nor poisonous after a long period of exposure. F. Recyclable: The ability of a product or material to be recovered at the end of its life cycle and remanufactured into a new product for reuse by others. G. Recycle: To remove a waste material from the project site to another site for remanufacture into . . . Southold Animal Shelter, Southold, NY 01/19/2007 WASTE MANAGEMENT . a new product for reuse by others. H. Recycling: The process of sorting, cleansing, treating and reconstituting solid waste and other discarded materials for the purpose of using the altered form. Recycling does not include burning, incinerating, or thermally destroying waste. I. Return: To give back reusable items or unused products to vendors for credit. J. Reuse: To reuse a construction waste material in some manner on the project site. K. Salvage: To remove a waste material from the project site to another site for resale or reuse by others. L. Sediment: Soil and other debris that has been eroded and transported by storm or well production run-off water. M. Source Separation: The act of keeping different types of waste materials separate beginning from the first time they become waste. N. Toxic: Poisonous to humans either immediately or after a long period of exposure. O. Trash: Any product or material unable to be reused, returned, recycled, or salvaged. P. Waste: Extra material or material that has reached the end of its useful life in its intended use. Waste includes salvageable, returnable, recyclable, and reusable material. .. . . . 1.03 SUBMITTALS . A. See Section 01300 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Waste Disposal Reports: Submit at specified intervals, with details of quantities of trash and waste, means of disposal or reuse, and costs; show both totals to date and since last report. 1. Submit updated Report with each Application for Progress Payment; failure to submit Report will delay payment. 2. Submit Report on a form acceptable to Town of Southold, NY. 3. Landfill Disposal: Include the following information: a. Identification of material. b. Amount, in tons or cubic yards, of trash/waste material from the project disposed of in landfills. c. State the identity of landfills, total amount of tipping fees paid to landfill. and total disposal cost. d. Include manifests, weight tickets, receipts, and invoices as evidence of quantity and cost. 4. Incinerator Disposal: Include the following information: a. Identification of material. b. Amount, in tons or cubic yards, of trash/waste material from the project delivered to incinerators. c. State the identity of incinerators, total amount of fees paid to incinerator, and total disposal cost. d. Include manifests, weight tickets, receipts, and invoices as evidence of quantity and cost. 5. Recycled and Salvaged Materials: Include the following information for each: a. Identification of material, including those retrieved by installer for use on other projects. b. Amount, in tons or cubic yards, date removed from the project site, and receiving party. c. Transportation cost. amount paid or received for the material, and the net total cost or savings of salvage or recycling each material. d. Include manifests, weight tickets, receipts, and invoices as evidence of quantity and cost. . . . . . South old Animal Shelter, Southold, NY 01/19/2007 WASTE MANAGEMENT . . . e. Certification by receiving party that materials will not be disposed of in iandfills or by incineration. 6. Material Reused on Project: Include the following information for each: a. Identification of material and how it was used in the project. b. Amount, in tons or cubic yards. c. Include weight tickets as evidence of quantity. 7. Other Disposal Methods: Include information similar to that described above, as appropriate to disposal method. . PART 3 EXECUTION 2.01 WASTE MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES . A. See Section 01300 for additional requirements for project meetings, reports, submittal procedures, and project documentation. B. See Section 01500 for additional requirements related to trash/waste collection and removal facilities and services. C. See Section 01600 for waste prevention requirements related to delivery, storage, and handling. D. See Section 01700 for trash/waste prevention procedures related to demolition, cutting and patching, installation, protection, and cleaning. . 2.02 WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN IMPLEMENTATION . A. Manager: Designate an on-site person or persons responsible for instructing workers and overseeing and documenting results of the Waste Management Plan. B. Communication: Distribute copies of the Waste Management Plan to job site foreman, each subcontractor, Town of Southold, NY, and Design Learned, Inc.. C. Instruction: Provide on-site instruction of appropriate separation, handling, and recycling, salvage, reuse, and return methods to be used by all parties at the appropriate stages of the project. D. Meetings: Discuss trash/waste management goals and issues at project meetings. 1. Pre-bid meeting. 2. Pre-construction meeting. E. Facilities: Provide specific facilities for separation and storage of materials for recycling, salvage, reuse, return, and trash disposal, for use by all contractors and installers. 1. Provide containers as required. 2. Provide adequate space for pick-up and delivery and convenience to subcontractors. 3. Keep recycling and trash/waste bin areas neat and clean and clearly marked in order to avoid contamination of materials. . . . F. Hazardous Wastes: Separate, store, and dispose of hazardous wastes according to applicable regulations. G. Recycling: Separate, store, protect, and handle at the site identified recyclable waste products in order to prevent contamination of materials and to maximize recyclability of identified materials. Arrange for timely pickups from the site or deliveries to recycling facility in order to prevent contamination of recyclable materials. H. Reuse of Materials On-Site: Set aside, sort, and protect separated products in preparation for reuse. . I. Salvage: Set aside, sort, and protect products to be salvaged for reuse off-site. . Southold Animal Shelter, Southold, NY 01/19/2007 WASTE MANAGEMENT Southold Animal Shelter, Southold, NY 01/19/2007 . END OF SECTION . . . . . . . . . WASTE MANAGEMENT . . SECTION 01780 . CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES . A. Operation and Maintenance Data. B. Warranties and bonds. 1.02 SUBMITTALS . A. Operation and Maintenance Data: 1. For equipment, or component parts of equipment put into service during construction and operated by Town of Southold, NY, submit completed documents within ten days after acceptance. 2. Submit 1 copy of completed documents 15 days prior to final inspection. This copy will be reviewed and returned alter final inspection, with Design Learned, Inc. comments. Revise content of all document sets as required prior to final submission. 3. Submit two sets of revised final documents in final form within 10 days after final inspection. B. Warranties and Bonds: 1. For equipment or component parts of equipment put into service during construction with Town of Southold, NY's permission, submit documents within ten days after acceptance. 2. Make other submittals within ten days alter Date of Substantial Completion, prior to final Application for Payment. 3. For items of Work for which acceptance is delayed beyond Date of Substantiai Completion, submit within ten days after acceptance, listing the date of acceptance as the beginning of the warranty period. . . . PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA . A. For Each Product or System: List names, addresses and telephone numbers of Subcontractors and suppliers, including local source of supplies and replacement parts. B. Product Data: Mark each sheet to clearly identify specific products and component parts, and data applicable to installation. Delete inapplicable information. C. Drawings: Supplement product data to illustrate relations of ccmponent parts of equipment and systems, to show control and flow diagrams. Do not use Project Record Documents as maintenance drawings. D. Typed Text: As required to supplement product data. Provide logical sequence of instructions for each procedure, incorporating manufacturer's instructions. . 3.02 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA FOR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS . A. For Each Item of Equipment and Each System: 1. Description of unit or system, and component parts. 2. Identify function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions. 3. Include performance curves, with engineering data and tests. 4. Complete nomenclature and model number of replaceable parts. B. Operating Procedures: Include start-up, break-in, and routine normal operating instructions and . Southold Animal Shelter, Southoid, NY 01/19/2007 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS . sequences. Include regulation, control, stopping, shut-down, and emergency instructions. Include summer, winter, and any special operating instructions. C. Maintenance Requirements: Include routine procedures and guide for preventative maintenance and trouble shooting; disassembly, repair, and reassembly instructions; and alignment, adjusting, balancing, and checking instructions. D. Provide servicing and lubrication schedule, and list of lubricants required. E. Include manufacturer's printed operation and maintenance instructions. F. Include sequence of operation by controls manufacturer. G. Provide original manufacturer's parts list, illustrations, assembly drawings, and diagrams required for maintenance. H. Additional Requirements: As specified in individual product specification sections. . . 3.03 WARRANTIES AND BONDS . A. Obtain warranties and bonds, executed in duplicate by responsible Subcontractors, suppliers, and manufacturers, within ten days after completion of the applicable item of work. Except for items put into use with Town of Southold, NY's permission, leave date of beginning of time of warranty until the Date of Substantial completion is determined. B. Verify that documents are in proper form, contain full information, and are notarized. C. Co-execute submittals when required. D. Retain warranties and bonds until time specified for submittal. . END..OF SECTION . . . . . Southold Animal Sheller, Southold, NY 01/19/2007 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS . . SECTION 01810 . COMMISSIONING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY . A. Commissioning is intended to achieve the following specific objectives; this section specifies the's responsibilities for commissioning: 1. Verify that the work is installed in accordance with the Contract Documents and the manufacturer's recommendations and instructions, and that it receives adequate operational checkout prior to startup: Startup reports and Prefunctional Checklists executed by are utilized to achieve this. 2. Verify and document that functional performance is in accordance with the Contract Documents: Functional Tests execuled by and witnessed by the Commissioning Authority are utilized to achieve this. 3. Verify that operation and maintenance manuals submitted to Town of Southold, NY are complete: Detailed operation and maintenance (O&M) data submittals by are utilized to achieve this. 4. Verify that the Town of Southold, NY's operating personnel are adequately trained: Formal training conducted by is utilized to achieve this. B. The Commissioning Authority directs and coordinates all commissioning activities; this section describes some but not all of the Commissioning Authority's responsibilities. . . 1.02 SCOPE OF COMMISSIONING . A. The following are to be commissioned: B. Plumbing Systems: 1. Water heaters. C. HVAC System, including: 1. Major and minor equipment items. 2. Piping systems and equipment. 3. Ductwork and accessories. 4. Control system. 5. Vibration control devices. . . D. Electrical Systems: 1. Emergency power systems. E. Electronic Safety and Security: 1. Fire and smoke alarms. . F. Communications: 1. Voice and data systems. G. Other equipment and systems explicitly identified elsewhere in Contract Documents as requiring commissioning. 1.03 REFERENCES 1.04 SUBMITTALS . A. See Section 01300 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures; except: 1. Make all submittals specified in this section, and elsewhere where indicated for commissioning purposes, directly to the Commissioning Authority, unless they require review by Design Learned, Inc.; in that case, submit to Design Learned, Inc. first. . Southold Animal Shelter, Southold, NY 01/19/2007 COMMISSIONING . 2. Submit one copy to the Commissioning Authority, not to be returned. 3. Make commissioning submittals on time schedule specified by Commissioning Authority. 4. Submittals indicated as "Draft" are intended for the use of the Commissioning Authority in preparation of Prefunctional Checklists or Functional Test requirements; submit in editable electronic format, Microsoft Word 2003 preferred. 5. As soon as possible after submittals made to Design Learned, Inc. are approved, submit copy of approved submittal to the Commissioning Authority. B. Manufacturers'lnstructions: Submit copies of all manufacturer-provided instructions that are shipped with the equipment as soon as the equipment is delivered. C. Product Data: If submittals to Design Learned, Inc. do not include the following, submit copies as soon as possible: 1. Manufacturer's product data, cut sheets, and shop drawings. 2. Manufacturer's installation instructions. 3. Startup, operating, and troubleshooting procedures. 4. Fan and pump curves. 5. Factory test reports. 6. Warranty information, including details of Town of Southold, NY's responsibilities in regard to keeping warranties in force. D. Startup Plans and Reports. E. Completed Prefunctional Checklists. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 TEST EQUIPMENT . . . . A. Provide all standard testing equipment required to perform startup and initial checkout and required Functional Testing; unless otherwise noted such testing equipment will NOT become the property of Town of South old, NY. B. Equipment-Specific Tools: Where special testing equipment, tools and instruments are specific to a piece of equipment, are only available from the vendor, and are required in order to accomplish startup or Functional Testing, provide such equipment, tools, and instruments as part of the work at no extra cost to Town of Southold, NY; such equipment, tools, and instruments are to become the property of Town of Southold, NY. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 COMMISSIONING PLAN . . A. Commissioning Schedule: 1. Submit anticipated dates of startup of each item of equipment and system to Commissioning Authority within 60 days after award of Contract. 2. Re-submit anticipated startup dates monthly, but not less than 4 weeks prior to startup. 3. Prefunctional Checklists and Functional Tests are to be performed in sequence from components, to subsystems, to systems. 4. Provide sufficient notice to Commissioning Authority for delivery of relevant Checklists and Functional Test procedures, to avoid delay. 3.02 STARTUP PLANS AND REPORTS . . A. Startup Plans: For each item of equipment and system for which the manufacturer provides a startup plan, submit the plan not less than 8 weeks prior to startup. B. Startup Reports: For each item of equipment and system for which the manufacturer provides a startup checklist (or startup plan or field checkout sheet), document compliance by submitting the completed startup checklist prior to startup, signed and dated by responsible entity. . Southold Animal Shelter, Southold, NY 01/19/2007 COMMISSIONING . . C. Submit directly to the Commissioning Authority. 3.03 PREFUNCTIONAL CHECKLISTS . . A. A Prefunctional Checklist is required to be filled out for each item of equipment or other assembly specified to be commissioned. 1. No sampling of identical or near-identical items is allowed. 2. These checklists do not replace manufacturers' recommended startup checklists, regardless of apparent redundancy. 3. Prefunctional Checklist forms will not be complete until after award of the contract; the following types of information will be gathered via the completed Checklist forms: a. Certification by installing contractor that the unit is properly installed, started up, and operating and ready for Functional Testing. b. Confirmation of receipt of each shop drawing and commissioning submittal specified, itemized by unit. c. Manufacturer, model number, and relevant capacity information; list information "as specified," "as submitted," and "as installed." d. Serial number of installed unit. e. List of inspections to be conducted to document proper installation prior to startup and Functional Testing; these will be primarily static inspections and procedures; for equipment and systems may include normal manufacturer's start-up checklist items and minor testing. f. Sensor and actuator calibration information. B. Contractor is responsible for fiiling out Prefunctional Checklists, after completion of installation and before startup; witnessing by the Commissioning Authority is not required unless otherwise specified. 1. Each line item without deficiency is to be witnessed, initialed, and dated by the actual witness; checklists are not complete until all line items are initialed and dated complete without deficiencies. 2. Checklists with incomplete items may be submitted for approval provided the attests that incomplete items do not preclude the performance of safe and reliable Functional Testing; re-submission of the Checklist is required upon completion of remaining items. 3. Individual Checklists may contain line items that are the responsibility of more than one installer; shall assign responsibility to appropriate installers or subcontractors, with identification recorded on the form. 4. If any Checklist line item is not relevant, record reasons on the form. 5. may independently perform startup inspections and/or tests, at his option; see Section 01700 for additional general startup requirements. 6. Regardless of these reporting requirements, is responsible for correct startup and operation. 7. Submit completed Checklists to Commissioning Authority within two days of completion. C. Commissioning Authority is responsible for furnishing the Prefunctional Checklists to. 1. Initial Drafts: is responsible for initial draft of Prefunctional Checklist where so indicated in the Contract Documents. 2. Provide all additional information requested by Commissioning Authority to aid in preparation of checklists, such as shop drawing submittals, manufacturers' startup checklists, and O&M data. 3. Commissioning Authority may add any relevant items deemed necessary regardless of whether they are explicitly mentioned in the Contract Documents or not. 4. When asked to review the proposed Checkiists, do so in a timely manner. D. Commissioning Authority Witnessing: Required for: 1. Each piece of primary equipment, unless sampling of multiple similar units is allowed by the commissioning plan. 2. A sampling of non-primary equipment, as allowed by the commissioning plan. . . . . . . . . Southold Animal Shelter, Southold, NY 01/19/2007 COMMISSIONING . E. Deficiencies: Correct deficiencies and re-inspect or re-test, as applicable, at no extra cost to Town of Southold, NY. 1. If difficulty in correction would delay progress, report deficiency to the Commissioning Authority immediately. 3.04 FUNCTIONAL TESTS . A. A Functional Test is required for each item of equipment, system, or other assembly specified to be commissioned, uniess sampling of multiple identical or near-identical units is allowed by the final test procedures. B. Contractor is responsible for execution of required Functional Tests, after completion of Prefunctional Checklist and before closeout. C. Commissioning Authority is responsible for witnessing and reporting results of Functional Tests, including preparation and completion of forms for that purpose. D. Contractor is responsible for correction of deficiencies and re-testing at no extra cost to Town of Southold, NY; if a deficiency is not corrected and re-tested immediately, the Commissioning Authority will document the deficiency and the's stated intentions regarding correction. 1. Deficiencies are any condition in the installation or function of a component, piece of equipment or system that is not in compliance with the Contract Documents or does not perform properly. 2. When the deficiency has been corrected, the completes the form certifying that the item is ready to be re-tested and returns the form to the Commissioning Authority; the Commissioning Authority will reschedule the test and the shall re-test. 3. Identical or Near-Identical Items: If 10 percent, or three, whichever is greater, of identical or near-identical items fail to perform due to material or manufacturing defect, all items will be considered defective; provide a proposal for correction within 2 weeks after notification of defect, including provision for testing sample installations prior to replacement of all items. 4. Contractor shall bear the cost of Town of South old, NY and Commissioning Authority personnel time witnessing re-testing. E. Functional Test Procedures: 1. Some test procedures are included in the Contract Documents; where Functional Test procedures are not included in the Contract Documents, test procedures will be determined by the Commissioning Authority with input by and coordination with. 2. Examples of Functional Testing: a. Test the dynamic function and operation of equipment and systems (rather than just components) using manual (direct observation) or monitoring methods under full operation (e.g., the chiller pump is tested interactively with the chiller functions to see if the pump ramps up and down to maintain the differential pressure setpoint). b. Systems are tested under various modes, such as during low cooling or heating loads, high loads, component failures, unoccupied, varying outside air temperatures, fire alarm, power failure, etc. c. Systems are run through all the HV AC control system's sequences of operation and components are verified to be responding as the sequence's state. d. Traditional air or water test and balancing (TAB) is not Functional Testing; spot checking of TAB by demonstration to the Commissioning Authority is Functional Testing. F. Deferred Functional Tests: Some tests may need to be performed later, after substantial completion, due to partial occupancy, equipment, seasonal requirements, design or other site conditions; performance of these tests remains the's responsibility regardless of timing. 3.05 SENSOR AND ACTUATOR CALIBRATION . . . . . . . . South old Animal Shelter, Southold, NY 0111912007 COMMISSIONING . . . A. Calibrate all field-installed temperature, relative humidity, carbon monoxide, carbon dioxide, and pressure sensors and gages, and all actuators (dampers and valves) on this piece of equipment shall be calibrated. Sensors installed in the unit at the factory with calibration certification provided need not be field calibrated. 3.06 TEST PROCEDURES - GENERAL . A. Provide skilled technicians to execute starting of equipment and to execute the Functional Tests. Ensure that they are available and present during the agreed upon schedules and for sufficient duration to complete the necessary tests, adjustments and problem-solving. B. Provide all necessary materials and system modifications required to produce the flows, pressures, temperatures, and conditions necessary to execute the test according to the specified conditions. At completion of the test, return all affected equipment and systems to their pre-test condition. C. Manual Testing: Use hand-held instruments, immediate control system readouts, or direct observation to verify performance (contrasted to analyzing monitored data taken over time to make the "observation"). D. Simulating Conditions: Artificially create the necessary condition for the purpose of testing the response of a system; for example apply hot air to a space sensor using a hair dryer to see the response in a V A V box. E. Simulating Signals: Disconnect the sensor and use a signal generator to send an amperage, resistance or pressure to the transducer and control system to simulate the sensor value. F. Over-Writing Values: Change the sensor value known to the control system in the control system to see the response of the system; for example, change the outside air temperature value from 50 degrees F to 75 degrees F to verify economizer operation. G. Indirect Indicators: Remote indicators of a response or condition, such as a reading from a control system screen reporting a damper to be 100 percent closed, are considered indirect indicators. . . . . H. Monitoring: Record parameters (flow, current, status, pressure, etc.) of equipment operation using data loggers or the trending capabilities of the relevant control systems; where monitoring of specific points is called for in Functional Test Procedures: 1. Graphical output is desirable and is required for all output if the system can produce it. 3.07 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS . A. See Section 01780 for additional requirements. B. Add design intent documentation furnished by Design Learned, Inc. to manuals prior to submission to Town of Southold, NY. C. Submit manuals related to items that were commissioned to Commissioning Authority for review; make changes recommended by Commissioning Authority. D. Commissioning Authority will add commissioning records to manuals after submission to Town of Southold, NY. . END OF SECTION . . Southold Animal Shelter, Southold, NY 01/19/2007 COMMISSIONING . Janaury 2007 Southold Animal Shelter nrvIsIoN 2 - SITE WORK c;ENERAL . The work under this Division shall be subject to the requirements of the CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT, GENERAL CONDITIONS, SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS, DRAWINGS, SCHEDULES, ADDENDA and other Contract documents. . Refer to the Drawings and Specifications of other trades and Contractors for items which might affect the work under the Division. TART ,E OF rONTENTS - mvrsIoN NO 2 - SITF WORK . Included in this Division are the following sections: . 02040 02050 02150 02160 02200 02222 02231 02233 02315 02320 02512 02518 02522 02525 02540 02552 02595 02623 02624 02630 02722 02723 02772 02775 02780 02788 02820 02832 02862 02911 . . . . . . Selective Demolition Demolition Clearing and Grubbing Shoring and Bracing Site Preparation Clean Granular Fill Screened Subangular Stone Crushed Bluestone Removal and Replacement of Unsuitable Material Unclassified Excavation & Grading PVC Water Pipe and Fittings Water Main Hydrants Water Service and Reduced Pressure Zone Device Water Piping Completion Septic Systems Plastic Gas Piping and Appurtenances Geotextile Filter Fabric 80z. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe Corrugated Polyethylene Pipe (Smooth Interior) Storm Drainage Pavement Subbase Preparation Recycled Portland Cement Concrete Aggregate Base Course Concrete Curb Concrete Walks Unit Pavers Cast-in-place Tactile Panels Vinyl Picket Fence, Gates & Hardware Steel Landscape Edging Site Electric Topsoil DIVISION 2 - Page I of 63 . Janaury 2007 Southold Animal Shelter OTVTSTON 2 - SITR WORK SRrnON 02040 - SRT ,RrnVR OFMOT "nON . ORsrRTPnON Under this Section, the Contractor shall supply all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the Selective Demolition work and Debris removal as specified herein, shown on the Contract Drawings and/or as directed by the Engineer. . TNTF,NT The intent of the section titled "Selective Demolition" is the removal of all existing structures, surfaces, features and incidentals located within the footprint of the proposed building and as required for construction. All items appropriately defmed by the contract drawings shall be removed for disposal. The Contractor shall execute the selective demolition activity in accordance with all of the sections of this specification and associated trades. The existing animal shelter building is not part of this item and will remain functional during construction. . . srOPR In general, the work to be done shall include but not be limited to the following: . A. B. C. D. E. F. . . . . . Pavements and curb removal Foundations Drainage structures Signage Retaining walls and fencing Sawcutting SF,T ,RrTTVR OFMOT "nON nRsrRTPTTON A NO ORT An,s A. The Contractor shall completely remove all steel, asphalt, concrete and debris to allow for the proposed construction as shown on the Contract Drawings and directed by the Engineer. All materials and debris to be demolished shall be removed and disposed of off site. B. The Contractor shall exercise extreme care NOT to damage the existing structures and surfaces which are to remain. The Contractor shall remove from the site all cut-offs and demolished materials and replace remaining voids and previously occupied spaces with suitable granular fill material properly compacted in place. C. Off-site disposal for all demolished material and debris shall be at a facility approved by the New York State Department of Environmental Conservation. All costs, permits, etc., for proper disposal shall be borne by the Contractor. D. Sawcutting shall be performed by a mechanically driven wet saw and saw blade shall be able to cut full depth through the pavement in one pass. DIVISION 2 - Page 2 of 63 Southold Animal Shelter Janam}' 2007 . DIVISION 2 - SITF, WORK RND OF SRCTTON 02040 - SRI,RCTIVR DRMOT .TTTON . . . . . . . . . DIVISION 2 - Page 3 of 63 . . Janaury 2007 Southold Animal Shelter nTVISION 2 - SITTe WORK SFrTTON 020<;0 - nFMOI JTTON . nF.srRIPTTON Under this Section, the Contractor shall supply all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the Demolition work and Debris removal as specified herein, shown on the Contract Drawings and/or as directed by the Engineer. . INTFNT The intent of the section titled "Demolition" is to properly identifY all existing site features and to appropriately define the removal, disposal and salvage activity associated with each feature. The Contractor shall execute the demolition activity in accordance with all of the sections of this specification. . srOPF . In general, the work to be done shall include but !lilt be limited to the following: . A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. . . . . . Pavement and curb removal Former Animal Shelter Building Buildings foundations Pavements and slabs Drainage structures Signage Retaining walls and fencing Sawcutting FNVIRONMENT A I. STJRVEV & RF,PORT A. The General Contractor shall perform an environmental survey of the existing animal shelter building prior to commencement of demolition. The inspection agency must be certified and licensed. B. The survey shall inspect the building for potential contaminants such as asbestos, lead and material that may require abatement or special handling for the building demolition to occur. c. The environmental inspection agency shall be hired by the General Contractor and cost for the inspection with report shall be included in the unit cost for demolition. D. The inspection report shall be furnished to the Town Engineer for review pnor to commencement of work. nF.MOT JTTON nFSrRIPTION ANn nFT A IT .S DIVISION 2 - Page 4 of 63 A. Southold Animal Shelter . Janaury 2007 DTVTSTON 2 - STTR WORK Termination, abandonment and making-safe of all existing utilities to the former animal shelter shall be by the appropriate contractor (Plumbing and/or Electric) prior to the commencement of demolition. . B. The Contractor shall completely remove all steel, masonry, asphalt, concrete and debris to allow for the proposed construction of the entire site as shown on the Contract Drawings and directed by the Engineer. All materials and debris to be demolished shall be removed and disposed of off site. . C. The Contractor shall exercise extreme care NOT to damage the eXlstmg structures and surfaces which are to remain. The Contractor shall remove from the site all cut-offs and demolished materials and replace remaining voids and previously occupied spaces with suitable granular fill material properly compacted in place. . D. Off-site disposal for all demolished material and debris shall be at a facility approved by the New York State Department of Environmental Conservation. All costs, permits, etc., for proper disposal shall be borne by the Contractor. E. Sawcutting shall be performed by a mechanically driven wet saw and saw blade shall be able to cut full depth through the pavement in one pass. . SANITARY SYSTFMS . A. Sanitary systems shall be removed in accordance with the Suffolk County Department of Health Services regulations. B. Coordination, inspection, documentation and notification of the SCDHS shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. . W A TRR WFI.T. A RA NnONMRNT (Jf Appli"HhM A. The water well shall be abandoned in accordance with the Suffolk County Department of Health Services regulations. . B. The Contractor shall be responsible to include but not limited to the following: a. Disconnect power and make safe b. Remove pump, screen and riser c. Removal of exposed well head d. Backfill material and plug . C. Coordination, inspection, documentation and notification of the SCDHS shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. PRTROT .FIlM TANK RF.MOV AT. . A. The petroleum tank(s) shall be removed by a qualified contractor in accordance with the Suffolk DIVISION 2 - Page 5 of 63 . . Southold Animal Shelter Janaury 2007 DIVTSTON 2 - SITE WORK County Department of Health Services regulations. . B. Tanks located above and below grade shall be included contents included heating oil, diesel fuel, and waste oil. C. The Contractor shall be responsible to include but not limited to the following: . . 1. Disconnect power and make safe (if applicable) 2. Pump tank of existing liquids by a qualified contractor 3. Proper abatement tank and clean for disposal 4. Removal of tank to an approved disposal facility 5. Clean surrounding slabs and equipment in contact with the remove tank or petroleum residue. D. Coordination, inspection, documentation and notification of the SCDHS shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. . END OF SECTION 020<;0 - DF.MOT .TTTON . . . .....- . . . DIVISION 2 - Page 6 of 63 .- ..... Southald Animal Shelter Janaury 2007 DIVTSTON 2 - STTE WORK SECTION 021<;0 - n.EARTNr. AND r.RTJRRTNr. . WORK TNCT .TJDED . The work shall consist of clearing and grubbing the entire area of the project site to the limits indicated on the contract drawings and/or as directed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall carefully protect and guard all trees and shrubs except those to be removed within or adjacent to the project site. The use of any machine, equipment or appliance on any part of the work in such a manner as to injure, sear, or kill such trees and shrubs, which are to remain, is prohibited. The Contractor shall remove all trees, brush, stems, branches, stumps, stubs, roots, dead wood, undergrowth and other objectionable material in the area shown on the contract drawings and/or as directed by the Engineer. . RFMOVAL AND mSPOSAL All materials cleared and grubbed shall be disposed of as follows: . 1. Off-Site Disposal: Cleared and grubbed material shall be disposed of off-site at an approved New York State Department of EnvironJ1lental Conservation Facility. All fees associated with off-site disposal shall be borne by the Contractor. 2. All uprooted vegetation from the land clearing operations shall be removed or properly disposed of within 15 days. . 3. Burying or burning of cleared and grubbed material is strictly prohibited. 4. The Contractor shall take care to remove any bushes or shrubs located along the project limits and damaged during the construction. . r.RADTNr. . The area cleared shall be rough graded to the lines and limits as shown on the plans and shall be left with a neat and finished appearance. The area shall be rough graded in a manner so not to cause stormwater runoff to impact adjacent areas and or directly follow into the designated wetland areas. END OF SECTION 021 <;0 - n .F.A RTNr. AND r.RTJRRTNr. . . . DIVISION 2 - Page 7 of 63 - ... Janaury 2007 Southold Animal Shelter OTVTI';TON 2, - I';JTR WORK I';RC.TTON 02160 - I';HORTNr. A NO I';HF,RTTNr. . r.RNRRAJ, A. . B. . . . . . . . . The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials equipment, tools and appurtenances required to complete the work of shoring, bracing, and sheeting or sheet piling, necessary to complete the construction, protect structures, and prevent the loss of ground or caving of embankments, as shown, specified or required, and shall meet all applicable building and safety codes. Pressures on sheeting and the stability of the sheeting and bottom of the excavation are dependent not only on soil conditions but upon many procedures and options available to the Contractor, such as dewatering, staging of excavation and installation of bracing, flexibility of sheeting, construction equipment used, and time of completing the work. All such factors shall be considered investigated in the design ofthe sheeting and bracing. RF,J ,A TF,O OOC.TJMRNTI'; A. Recommended Technical Provisions for Shoring and Sloping of Trenches and Excavations, U.s. Department of commerce. B. Construction Safety and Health Regulations, U.S. Department of Labor, Occupational Safety and Health Administration. I';TJRMTTTA J,I'; In trenches, the sheeting shall be designed so that the lowest brace is no closer than 12 inches above the base of the structure to be installed. Therefore, the Contractor shall submit drawings, computations and substantiating data prepared, and signed and sealed by a Professional Engineer licensed in the State, showing his proposed sheeting, sheet piling, and bracing design and method of construction for the information of the Engineer prior to the start of such construction. Any review or comments by the Engineer shall not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility for sheeting and bracing. QTJ A J ,JTV C.ONTROT , During the installation of the sheeting and bracing and as long as the excavation is open, the Contractor's Professional Engineer shall monitor the work to ensure that it is carried out in accordance with his design and procedures. For this purpose, leveling observations for heave and settlement shall be made in addition to piezometric readings where excavations extend below the water table or through soft cohesive soils. MATRRJAJ,I'; A. Steel Sheet Piling - Steel sheet piling shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A328. DIVISION 2 - Page 8 of 63 Southold Animal Shelter Janaury 2007 .. - OIVISION 2 - SITE WORK B. Timher Sheeting - The timber, unless otherwise noted, may consist of any species which will satisfactorily stand driving. It shall be sawn or hewn with square comers and shall be free foml worm holes, loose knots, wind shakes, decayed or unsound portions, or other defects which might impair its strength or tightness. . VERIFYING FXISTJNG rONOJTJONS . A. Before commencing work, the Contractor shall check and verify all governing dimensions and elevations, including field measurements of existing and adjoining work on which his work is dependent, to assure proper fit and clearance of each part of the work to the new and existing structures. B. The Contractor's attention is drawn to General Conditions for general information for evaluating existing conditions which may affect his work. . COOROINATION WITH OTHF.R OPERATJONS The schedule and progress of the shoring, bracing, and sheeting work shall be coordinated with the dewatering, excavation, and backfilling work. If, during the progress of the excavation, lateral movement of the adjacent ground or structures is discovered, corrective measures shall be taken in1mediately to prevent further movement. . INST A I,J ,A TJON . A. A 11 .heeting 1. All sheeting, whether steel or tinlber, permanent or temporary, shall be safely designed and shall be carried to adequate depths and braced as necessary for proper performance of the work. Construction shall be such as to permit excavation as required. Interior dimension shall be such as to give sufficient clearance for construction forms and their inspection. Movements of sheeting or bracing which prevent the proper completion of the sub-structure or cause damage to any adjacent structure by undermining or any other change shall be corrected at the sole expense of the Contractor. No part of the sheeting or bracing shall be allowed to extend into the structure without written permission of the Engineer. . . 2. If the Engineer is of the opinion that, at any point, any proper supports have not be provided, he may order additional supports put in at the expense of the Contractor, and compliance with such order shall not relieve or release the Contractor from his responsibility for the sufficiency of such supports. Care shall be taken to prevent voids outside of the sheeting, but if voids are formed, they shall be immediately filled and r=ed. . B. Permanent Steel Sheet Piling . 1. In locations where sheeting is installed to protect existing structures, it shall remain in place DIVISION 2 - Page 9 of 63 . . Southold Animal Shelter Janaury 2007 nTVTSTON 2 - STTR WORK unless othelWise specified. All permanent sheeting shall be steel. . 2. Permanent steel sheet piling shall be cut off at 2 feet below the original ground, or as directed by the Engineer. All material cut off shall remain the property of the contractor shall be disposed of by him. C. T"mpofary St",,) Of Timh"f Sh""ting . 1. Temporary sheeting shall be either steel or timber. . 2. Unless othelWise ordered by the Engineer, all parts of the temporary sheeting shall be removed upon completion of the work for which it was provided. The excavation shall be backfilled and properly compacted prior to removal of sheeting unless othelWise permitted by the Engineer. Sheeting may be left in place at the option of the Contractor if so permitted by the Engineer and the cut-offs removed from the site. . 3. The Contractor shall leave in place to be embedded in the backfill, any sheeting and bracing which the Engineer may direct him in writing to leave in place at any time, during the progress of the work, for the purpose of preventing injury to structures, utilities, or property, whether public or private. The Engineer may direct that steel or timber used for sheeting and bracing be .cut off at any specified elevation. . 4. The right of the Engineer to order sheeting and bracing left in place shall not be construed as creating any obligation on his part to issue such orders, and his failure to exercise his right to do so shall not relieve the contractor from liability for damages to persons or property occurring form or upon the work occasioned by negligence or othelWise, growing out of a failure on the part of the Contractor to leave in place sufficient sheeting and bracing to prevent any caving or moving of the ground. . 5. No sheet is to be completely withdrawn if driven below mid-diameter of any pipe or structure footing, and under no circumstances shall any sheeting be cut off at a level lower than I foot above the top of any pipe. . RRMOVAL OF SHORTNG ANn RRACTNG MATRRTALS A. Whether the Contractor elects not to remove shoring and bracing material, all such material shall be removed to the extent that the top of the material shall be a minimum of 5 feet below the proposed finished grade. . B. Removal of shoring and bracing shall be carried out in a manner such that no structure shall be disturbed or damaged during or after removal. Protection of structures during the removal of the shoring and bracing shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor, and any disturbance or damage shall be rectified at no expense to the Owner. . SAFRTV . DIVISION 2 - Page 10 of 63 Southold Animal Shelter Ianaury 2007 . OIVISION 2 - SITR WORK Installation and removal methods of shoring and bracing shall meet, or exceed, the minimum requirements of the applicable codes and safety precautions as outlined in such codes, and shall be enforced by the Contractor. . MF,THOO OF PA YMRNT The Contractor shall not receive separate payment for the cost of shoring and bracing. All costs for shoring and bracing shall be included within the unit payment item for related items listed on the Proposal Form. . RNO OF SF,(;TTON 021 (i0 - SHORING A NO SHRRTTNG . . . . . . . DIVISION 2 - Page II of 63 . . lanaury 2007 Southold Animal Shelter nrvlsloN 2 - SITF WORK SliTTJON 02200 - SITF PRFP A R A TJON . WORK INCI IJnFn The Contractor shall furnish labor, materials, equipment and appurtenances necessary or required to perform and complete all work including, but not limited to the following: . A. Location and Stakeout B. Clearing, removing and the legal disposal of all debris and miscellaneous structures not covered under other sections of these Specifications. . c. The Contractor shall do all stakeout, layout, and elevations necessary to perform the intended construction. Surveying shall be performed by a T ,ic.,ns.,d I..md Surveyor acceptable to the Engineer. All instruments, equipment, stakes and any other material necessary to perform this work satisfactorily shall be provided by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. . QJJAT.TTV ASSlJRANCF, A. Location and stakeout work shall be performed by a Professional Engineer or Land Surveyor duly licensed in the State of New York. . . . . . . B. The Contractor shall, at their own expense, secure and pay for all permits, inspections, fees and give all legal notices that may be required in connection with the work, including the notification of owners of existing subsurface gas and other utility lines. INSPFCTJON A. The Contractor shall visit and thoroughly familiarize themselves with the site and with the scope of work to be done. B. When the Contractor submits their proposal, it shall be interpreted to mean that he has examined the site, fully understands the existing and proposed conditions and has made due allowances for them in their proposal. PlmPARATJON A. Notification of utility companies shall be in accordance with Industrial Code Rule #53 of Title 12, of the Official Compilation of Codes, Rules and Regulations of the State of New York. B. NotifY all utility companies, prior to start of work and ascertain location of all existing utilities. c. Exercise extreme caution in the area of existing utilities so as not to cause damage or DIVISION 2 - Page 12 of 63 Southold Animal Shelter . Janaury 2007 OTVTSTON 2 - STTR WORK breakage. D. . The Contractor shall verify all elevations and satisfy themselves as to their correctness by visiting the site of the proposed work and examining the actnal condition prior to the beginning of the work. PF:RFORMANrR . A. The Contractor shall exercise diligent care to protect existing trees, shrubs and under-growth not to be removed and shall replace at his own expense any such existing plants, trees, shrubs or other plant material removed, destroyed, disfigured or damaged because of his negligence with similar planting approved by the Engineer. . B. All wood and brush shall be legally disposed of by the Contractor at their own expense. AO.mST ANOn,RAN The Contractor shall clean up and remove from the site all rubbish and surplus material as fast as it accumulates and shall not permit it to be scattered about the project site. . PROTF,rnON OF FXTSTTNG VF:GF,T A nON A. Top soil cover over root systems of existing trees and shrubs shall be minimized and never exceed 6 inches in depth. . B. Trenching across tree root systems should be a minimum distance to the tree diameter in inches, converted to feet, from the tree trunk. (E.g. 10 inch caliper tree shall have a minimum of 10 feet distance between trunk and trench.) Tunnels under the root system should start 18 inches or deeper below existing grade. Tree roots which must be severed should be cut clean, Backfill material around roots shall be topsoil. . c. Construct sturdy fences, wood or steel barriers, or other protective devices surrounding valuable vegetation from construction equipment. Place barriers far enough from tree so that all equipment such as backhoes and dump trucks do not contact tree trunk or branches. . D. Trees shall be protected from grade to the lowest branch or 8' above grade, whichever is lowest. E. . Material shall only be stockpiled in locations approved by the engineer. No equipment shall be parked or repaired, and no oil, gasoline, concrete or other debris shall be dumped near trees and shrubs to remain. At the end of each workday, all debris shall be removed and disposed of off-site. F. Obstructive and broken branches should be pruned properly. The 3 cut method should be used on all branches larger than two inches at the cut. The branch collar on all branches whether living or dead should not be damaged. First cut the underside of the branch partly . DIVISION 2 - Page 13 of 63 . . Southold Animal Shelter Janaury 2007 DTVISTON 2 - SIT" WORK . through 6 inches or more from tree. Cut through the branch 2 inches or further out from trunk. The [mal cut should be made by placing the shears or saw in front of the branch bark ridge and cutting downward and slightly outward. Do not paint the wounds. G. Any trees damaged during construction shall be repaired by an approved tree surgeon. Any tree erroneously removed or damaged beyond satisfactory repair shall be replaced with the same species, 6 inches in caliper, which shall be balled, burlapped and platformed and planted at the direction of the Engineer. . H. Where cuts expose or affect root systems of trees, the exposed roots shall be cut off cleanly and such areas shall be backfilled with topsoil as soon as practicable and shall be watered and protected from further damage. . END OF SRCTTON 02200 - SITE PREP A RATION . . . . . . . DIVISION 2 - Page 14 of 63 . Southold Animal Shelter Janaury 2007 DIVISION 2 - SITE WORK SF,CTION 112222 - r.r ,RA N fiR A NTJT ,A R FIT,J , . DRSCRIPTTON . Under this Item, the Contractor shall furnish, place and compact clean granular fill material in accordance with the plans and specifications and/or as directed by the Engineer. The Controctor sholl not ne1iver mHteriol to the site withollt prior opprovol hy the Fngineer Clean granular fill material delivered without prior approval of the Engineer will not be paid, INTENT . The intent of this section is to provide clean granular soil material as specified to locations where filling is required, Based upon existing site conditions and the proposed grading plan, the construction activity within the proposed site shall generate an excess of clean granular soil materiaL The importation of clean granular fill from off-site sources shall be done on4! when all construction activity has not yielded the required volume of acceptable fill material on-site, . MATF,RTAT.S Clean granular fill shall be sound, hard, durable bank run sand and graveL Gradation shall be as follows as determined by ASTM D422 Testing Methods . Sl~V~ Size Percent Possing hy Weight I-inch No. 40 No. 200 100% 0-70% 0-10% . The Engineer reserves the right to randomly test for conformance any material that arrives at the site. All costs associated with laboratory testing of the material shall be borne by the Contractor. CONSTRTJCTTON DRT A Tf ,S . The Contractor shall furnish and place clean granular fill material as directed by the Engineer. The fill material shall be placed in 6" to 9" lifts and thoroughly compacted with a vibratory tamper or other approved means, The fill material shall be compacted to 95% of maximum density at optimum moisture content in accordance with ASTM D698 Standard Proctor. Testing fees shall be borne by the Contractor. . F,ND OF SF,CTION 112222 - CI ,RA N fiR A NTJT ,A R FTf.r , . . DIVISION 2 - Page IS of 63 . Southold Animal Shelter Janaury 2007 DTVTSTON 2 - STTR WORK SRCTION 02211 - SCRRRNF,D SURA Nr.rrr ,A R STONR . DRSCRTVTTON Under this Item, the Contractor shall furnish and install/compact screened sub angular stone material in accordance with the plans and specifications and/or as directed by the Engineer. . MATRRTAT.S Screened subangular stone shall be fumished by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. All angular stone material shall be free of any debris, chemicals or waste materials. . CONSTRUCTION DRT A n .S The Contractor shall furnish, transport and place the screened subangular stone material as shown on the construction plans or as directed by the Engineer. . RNO OF SRCTION 022]1 - SCRF.RNRD SURA NGrrr ,A R STONR . . . . . . DIVISION 2 - Page 16 of 63 . Southold Animal Shelter lanamy 2007 DIVISION 2 - STTR WORK . SRrTTON OUB - rRTJSHRD RT ,TJRSTONR DF,srRIPTION Under this Item, the Contractor shall furnish and install/compact crushed bluestone material in accordance with the plans and specifications and/or as directed by the Engineer. . MATRRIALS The 3/8-inch crushed bluestone shall be furnished by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. All bluestone material shall be free of any debris, chemicals or waste materials, . rONSTRTJrTTON DF,T A IT ,S The Contractor shall furnish, transport and place the crushed bluestone material as shown on the construction plans or as directed by the Engineer. . F,Nn OF SRrTTON 022:B - rRTJSHF,D RT JJRSTONR . . . . . . DIVISION 2 - Page 17 of 63 . Southold Animal Shelter Janaury 2007 nrvTsToN 2 - STTR WORK SRl:TTON 0211:; - RRMOV AT. ANn RRPT ,Al:RMRNT OF TJNSlTTTART.F MATRRTAT. . nRSl:RTPTTON Under this Item, the Contractor shall supply all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals necessary to excavate unsuitable soil material, if encountered, and dispose offsite. . In addition, under this Item, the Contractor shall supply all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals necessary to backfill the volume of material excavated with clean soil in accordance with the Specifications and the Engineer. l:ONSTRTWTTON nF,T A rr ,S . All applicable OSHA requirements shall apply for construction activities. . Upon completion of soil sampling and analysis, and removal of unsuitable materials, if required, the excavated waste areas shall be backfilled to the grades prior to the unsuitable excavation with clean suitable material obtained from on-site or off-site sources. The remaining backfill, if required, to meet proposed grades shall be as specified in Unclassified Excavation and Embankment. . F,Nn OF SRl:TTON 02~1:; - RRMOVAT. & RRPT.Al:RMFNT OF nNSnTTARf,R MATRRTAT. . . . . . DIVISION 2 - Page 18 of 63 . Southold Animal Shelter Janamy 2007 DTVTSION 2 - STTR WORK SRC:TTON 02~20 - TJNC:T ,ASSTFmD EXC:A V A TTON AND GR A DING . rT ,ASSTFTC:A TTON . Classification of excavation: Excavation shall be unclassified, and the term "unclassified excavation" shall be understood to mean any and all materials encountered during excavation work including structures, pavement, trees and stumps, foundations, retaining walls, earth, piping, demolition, drainage systems, etc. GF,NF,RAT. STTE RXC:A VATTON . A. The Contractor shall cut to exact elevations, grade and transport excavated materials to fill areas of the site if the material conforms to the specifications and/or as approved by the engineer. Material, which is unacceptable to the Engineer, shall be disposed of at the Contractor's expense. B. Unstable soil shall be removed and replaced with on-site sand or gravel and shall be thoroughly compacted. . C. Adequate provision shall be made to intercept or divert all surface water from the areas of construction operations and designated wetlands. . D. The Contractor shall establish a construction grid for the areas of proposed excavation a grading to establish all stakeout, layout, and elevations necessary to perform the intended construction. Surveying shall be performed by a T ,i"en,ed T ,and Surveyor acceptable to the Engineer. All instruments, equipment, stakes and any other material necessary to perform this work satisfactorily shall be provided by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. . F,XC:A V ATTON FOR STRTJC:TTJRF.S: A. Depth: As indicated B. Clearance: Sufficient for formwork or other work to be performed. . C. Embankments and Berms: Excavate to angle of recline or provide sheeting, shoring and bracing required for containing earth bank. D. Excess Depth: Carry footing and foundation walls to undisturbed soil. . E. Loose Material and Debris: Keep out of excavation so footings will rest on solid, undisturbed soil. F. Protect against frost until concrete is poured. . G. Soil Bearing Capacity: Do not proceed with pouring footings until nature of soil under footings has been inspected and approved by the Engineer. FXC:A V A TTON FOR PTPES A NO C:ONDTTTT . DIVISION 2 - Page 19 of 63 Southold Animal Sheller lanaury 2007 . nTVTf;TON 2 - f;TTE WORK Trench excavation to depths and widths as indicated on the contract drawings and or as directed by the engineer. . EXCA V A TTON FOR PTPF,f; f;TORMW A TER AND SEPTW SYf;TFMS Excavation to depths and widths as indicated on the contract drawings and or as necessary for installation of the precast concrete structnres and associated piping. . END OF SECTION 02:'\20 - T!NO ,ASf;WW,O FXCA V A TTON ANn GRA nING . . . . . . . DIVISION 2 - Page 20 of 63 . . Janaury 2007 Southold Animal Shelter OTVTSTON 2 - STTF. WORK SRCTTON 02<;12 - PVC WATRR PTPR ANO FTTTTNfiS . ORSCRTPTTON Furnish and installation of all specified plastic water pipe and fittings required for approved installation of the water distribution system as indicated on the Contract Drawings . STlRMTTT AT,S Product Data: Manufacturer's specifications with detailed information regarding dimensions, pressure rating, fittings and installation instructions. Manufacturer's data must indicate compliance with the standards specified herein. . MATRRTAT.S A. . B. . . . . . . pvr Water Main - The PVC water main piping shall be Blue Brute™ A WW A C900 PVC pressure pipe as manufactured by lPEX, Inc., www ipexin~ com or approved equal. All PVC pipe shall bear the approval seal of the National Sanitation Foundation (NSF) that will remain legible during normal handling, storage, and installation. PIPE COLOR SHALL BE BLUE FOR POTABLE WATER MAINS. pvr Molrlerl Fittings - The molded water main fittings shall be Blue Brute™ A WW A C907 injection molded fittings as manufactured by lPEX, Inc., www ipexin~ com or approved equal. All PVC pipe fittings shall bear the approval seal of the National Sanitation Foundation (NSF) for potable water pipe. C. V A T VFS- All valves shall be the manufacturer's standard design for the service intended and shall bear the maker's name and pressure rating cast on the body, also the valve type, size, flow direction arrow, if applicable. Valves shall open left (counter clockwise) with an arrow cast in the metal of operating hand wheels or nuts indicating the direction of opening. D. Gate Valves- Underground gate valves shall be of the resilient seat type meeting the requirements of A WW A C500/C509. These valves shall have non-rising stems, shall be furnished with 2-inch square A WW A operating nuts, and shall open when the nut is turned counterclockwise. Valves shall have mechanical joint ends and shall be furnished complete with joint accessories. Exposed or aboveground gate valves shall be outside screw and yoke (OS&Y) flanged joint type. Valves shall be Ken-Seal as manufactured by Kennedy; Metroseal by U.S. Pipe; or approved equal. See Exhibit W-7. E. T"pping Valves- Tapping valves shall be mechanical joint outlet, non-rising, stem, resilient seat gate valves meeting the applicable requirements of AWWA C509. Tapping valves shall be specifically designed for pressure tapping with sufficient seat opening to allow full diameter taps to be made. Tapping valves shall be manufactured with an integral tapping flange having a raised lip design. DIVISION 2 - Page 21 of63 Janamy 2007 . Southold Animal Shelter H. F. G. DIVTSION 2 - STTR WORK Tapping Sleeve~- Tapping sleeves for size-on-size connections shall be mechanical joint split cast iron units and rated for 150 psi working pressure in accordance with A WW A CliO. For less than size-on-size connections, tapping sleeves shall be fabricated steel units with a fusion-bonded epoxy coating and shall be pressure rated as above. The contractor shall determine the outside diameter of the existing main before ordering the sleeve. Tapping sleeves shall have an outlet flange per ANSI B 16.1, 125 lb. standard. . . Servi~e Sa<i<ile~- Service saddles shall have a ductile iron body, be equipped with double tie straps, and be suitable for either wet or dry installation. The sealing gasket shall be the O-ring type suitable for the applicable service. Outlet flange shall be ANSI BI6.1, 125 lbs. standard. Tie straps and bolts shall be a corrosion resistant alloy steel. Service saddles shall be Type 313 or 323 as manufactured by Rockwell, or approved equal. . Valve Box- Valve boxes for all valves installed below ground shall be cast iron. They shall be adjustable to fit the depth of earth cover over the valve and shall be designed so as to prevent the transmission of surface loads directly to the valve or piping. Valve boxes shall have a minimum interior diameter of 5 inches. Valve box extension shall be installed to reserve a minimum of 50% of the adjustment for a future extension. The operating nut should not exceed 36 inches below finished grade. However, if conditions require that the operating nut exceeds 36 inches, then an extension, mechanically attached to the valve, shall be added, and the top of the extension shall not exceed 18 inches below fmished grade. The cover of the valve box shall be marked "Water" and shall be securely installed as to prevent tipping or rattling. . . INSTAT.T,AnON A. Install pipe as indicated on the Drawings. . B. Pipe in Trenches: 1. 2. Keep trenches free from water. Grade and shape trench bottom to insure a firm uniform bearing for the entire trench length. Provide a minimum cover of 4'-6" to finished grade unless otherwise shown on the drawings. Cut pipe as recommended by the manufacturer. Lay pipe on a continuously rising grade from low points to high points at service lines, air release valves or hydrants. At each joint, dig a bell hole sufficiently wide and deep to allow the pipe barrel to bear uniformly on the trench bottom. Construct concrete thrust blocks behind bends, tees, caps and plugs. Minimum block size shall be 2 cubic feet in volume and cast concrete against undisturbed earth. . . 3. 4. 5. 6. PROTFrnNG PTPR . DIVISION 2 - Page 22 of 63 . . Southold Animal Shelter Janaury 2007 orvTsroN 2 - STTE WORK A. During the progress of the Work keep pipe clean from all sediment, debris, and other foreign material. . B. Close all open ends of pipes and fittings securely with removable plugs at end of Work day, during storms, when the Work is left at any time, and at such times as the Director's Representative may direct. . c. All water piping shall have a suitable electronic locator tape (metallic) buried over the water main approximately one foot below grade. The tape shall be continuous between valves and secured to each valve. The tape shall be at least 4.5 mils thick, 2-inch minimum width and made with an aluminum material sandwiched between 2 layers of polyethylene. It shall have imprinted in permanent black ink with 1- inch letters "CAUTION WATER MAIN BURIED BELOW" on blue background. . . ENO OF SECTION 02<;12 - PVC WATER PTPF A NO FTTTTNr.S . . . . . . DIVISION 2 - Page 23 of 63 . Southold Animal Shelter Janaury 2007 nrvTsToN 2 - STTR WORK SRrTTON02<;lR WATRRMATNHVTlRANTS . nRsrRTPTTON Under this item, the Contractor shall furnish and install fIre hydrants in accordance with the plans and specifIcations and/or as directed by the Engineer. . MATRRTALS A. St~nrl~rrl Fire Hyrlmnt: Fire hydrant shall be 3-way Super Centurion 250 as manufactured by Mueller Co. of Decatur, IL, 62525, (217)423-4471 or approved equal. The Contractor is responsible to verifY hydrant approval by the SCW A and fIre district. . B. Rlow-Off Hyrlmnt: Blow-off hydrant shall be I-way Super Centurion 200 as manufactured by Mueller Co. of Decatur, IL, 62525, (217)423-4471 or approved equal. The Contractor is responsible to verifY hydrant approval by the SCW A and fIre district. . r.F.NF.R AT, . Fire hydrants purchased or installed shall meet or exceed all applicable requirements and tests of ANSI and the latest revisions of A WW A Standard C502. Fire hydrants shall meet all test requirements and be listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. and have full approval of Factory Mutual. Fire hydrants shall meet the following requirements I, Fire hydrants shall be rated for a working pressure of 250 Psig and blow-off hydrants working pressure of 200 Psig. . 2. Hydrants shall be of the compression type, opening against the pressure and closing with the pressure. 3. Fire hydrants shall have a minimum 4-1/2" main valve opening and a minimum inside lower/upper barrel diameter (1.0.) of 6" to assure maximum flow performance, Pressure loss at 1,000 aPM shall not exceed the following values: . 4" Pumper Nozzle: 4.5" Pumper Nozzle: 4.40psi 4.75psi . 4. Fire hydrants shall be three-way in design, having one pumper nozzle (size as specifIed) and two 2-1/2" hose nozzle(s). Nozzle thread type shall be as specifIed by the fIre district. . 5. The bonnet assembly shall provide an oil reservoir and lubrication system that automatically circulates lubricant to all stem threads and bearing surfaces each time the hydrant is operated. This lubrication system shall be sealed from the waterway and any external contaminants by use of "0" ring seals. An anti-friction washer shall be in place above the thrust collar to further minimize operating torque. The oil reservoir shall be factory fIlled with a low viscosity, FDA approved non-toxic oil lubricant which will remain fluid through a DIVISION 2 - Page 24 of 63 - - Southold Animal Shelter Ianauty 2007 . DIVISION 2 - STTR WORK o 0 temperature range of -60 F. to +150 F. 6. The operating nut shall be a one piece design, manufactured of ASTM B-584 bronze. It shall be pentagon/square in shape and the nut dimensions shall be as specified by the end-user. The operating nut shall be affixed to the bonnet by means of an ASTM B-584 bronze hold down nut. The hold down nut shall be threaded into the bonnet in such a manner as to prevent accidental disengagement during the opening cycle of the hydrant. The use of Allen head set screws as a means of retention is unacceptable. A resilient weather seal shall be incorporated into the hold down nut, for the purpose of protecting the operating mechanism from the elements. . . 7. The direction of the opening shall be as specified by the end-user. An arrow shall be cast on the bonnet flange to indicate the specified opening direction. 8. The hydrant bonnet shall be attached to the upper barrel by not less than eight bolts and nuts and sealed by an "0" ring. . 9. Hydrants shall be a "traffic-model" having upper and lower barrels joined at the ground line by a separate and breakable "swivel" flange providing 3600 rotation of upper barrel for proper nozzle facing. This flange shall employ not less than eight bolts. The safety flange segments shall be located under the upper barrel flange to prevent the segments from falling into the lower barrel when the hydrant is struck. The pressure seal between the barrels shall be an "0" ring. The proper ground line shall be cast clearly on the lower barrel and shall provide not less than 18" of clearance from the centerline of the lowest nozzle to the ground. . . 10. The operating stem shall consist of two pieces, not less than 1 1/4" diameter (excluding threaded or machined areas) and shall be connected by a stainless steel safety coupling. The safety coupling shall have an integral internal stop to prevent the coupling from sliding down into the lower barrel when the hydrant is struck. Screws, pins, bolts, or fasteners used in conjunction with the stem couplings shall also be stainless steel. The top of the lower stem shall be recessed 2" below the face of the safety flange to prevent water hammer in the event of a "drive over" where a vehicle tire might accidentally depress the main valve. . 11. The lower barrel shall be an integrally cast unit. The use of threaded on or mechanically attached flanges is deemed unacceptable. The hydrant bury depth shall be clearly marked on the hydrant lower barrel. . 12. Composition of the main valve shall be a molded rubber having a durometer hardness of 95 +/- 5 and shall be reversible in design to provide a spare in place. Plastic (polyurethane) main valves are unacceptable. The main valve shall have a cross section not less than 1". . 13. Hydrants shall be equipped with (2) two drain valves which drain the barrel when the hydrant is closed and seal shut when the hydrant is opened. These drain valves shall be an integral part of the one piece bronze upper valve plate. They shall operate without the use of springs, toggles, tubes, levers or other intricate synchronizing mechanisms. . 14. The upper valve plate, seat ring and drain ring (shoe bushing) must be ASTM B-584 bronze DIVISION 2 - Page 25 of 63 . . Southold Animal Shelter Janaury 2007 DIVISION 2 - SITE WORK . and work in conjunction to form an all bronze drain way. A minimum of two (2) internal and two (2) external drain openings are required. Drains ported through an iron shoe must be bronze lined. 15. The bronze seat ring shall thread into a bronze drain ring (or shoe bushing) providing a bronze to branze cannectian. Seat rings shall be "a" ring pressure sealed . 16. The shoe inlet size and connection type shall be as specified (flanged, MJ, etc.), having ample blacking pads for sturdy setting and the MJ connectian must have two strapping lugs ta secure the hydrant ta piping. A minimum af six balts and nuts is required ta fasten the shae to the lower barrel. . 17. The interior of the shoe including the lower valve plate and stem cap nut shall have a protective coating that meets the requirements of A WW A C-550. If a stem cap nut is utilized, it must be locked in place by a stainless steel lock washer or similar non-corrosive device that will prevent the cap nut from backing-off during normal use. . 19. Hydrants shall be warranted by the manufacturer against defects in materials or workmanship for a period of ten years (10) from the date of manufacture. The manufacturing facility for the hydrant must have current ISO certification. rONSTRTJrTTON DFT An,S . A. All excavation and backfill shall be in accordance with Section 206, Trench and Culvert Excavation of the NYSDOT Standard Specifications of January 2, 2002 as amended. Material to be used as backfill shall be clean, granular material as approved by the Engineer. The cost of excavation and backfill shall be included in this item. . B. The proposed water main shall be installed to a depth of 54" below finished grade and routed as indicated on the plans. . C. Piping may be backfilled with suitable excavated material and thoroughly compacted. The Engineer reserves the right to reject backfill material if in his opinion contains deleterious material. The Engineer shall determine if the compaction effort is sufficient to complete the installation. D. All hydrant installations shall be in accordance with the Suffolk County Water Authority, Southold Fire District and Suffolk County Department of Health Services. . END OF SFrTTON 02'ilR- WATER MAIN HYDRANTS . . DIVISION 2 - Page 26 of 63 . Southold Animal Shelter Jaoaury 2007 nTVTSTON 2 - STTR WORK SRCTrON 02';22 - W A TRR SRRVTCR ANn RRnTJCF.n PRF.SSTJRF. 7.0NR nF.VTCR . nRSCRTPTrON . Furnish and installation of all materials necessary to establish water service to the site in accordance with all Suffolk County Water Authority, Suffolk County Department of Health Services And the Contract Drawings. All work will be in accordance with the Contract Drawings and SCW A approved Plans. STJRMTTT A T .1'0 . Submit manufacturer's specifications with detailed information regarding all components and installation instructions. Manufacturer's data must indicate compliance with standard contained in this specification. MATRRTALS . A. RP7 O"vi"" wilh NRS gM" vHlv"s - Device and associated equipment shall be as manufactured by FEBCO or approved equal. Devices shall be approved by the SCW A and SCDHS. If an approved equal is proposed, the Contractor shall submit required revisions to the SCDHS and SCW A for permitting and obtain approval at his own expense. Pipe stanchion supports shall be in accordance with industry standards and the SCW A. . B. TnsnlHI"c1 Fnc\osnr" - The heated insulated enclosure shall be manufactured by Safe-T-Cover or an equal enclosure approved by the SCDHS and SCW A. Concrete slab shall be poured in- place concrete with a minimum compressive strength of3,000 psi. . C. sew A M "I'" V HI] It - Meter Vault shall be in accordance with the requirements of the SCW A and SCDHS. D. Miscellaneous piping, valves fittings and accessories shall be in accordance with other sections of these specifications, the latest A WW A standards, SCDHS and SCW A standards. . E. Required electrical supply and connection shall be completed by a licensed electrician and meet the requirements of the Town Building Department. TNSTAT.r.ATrON . A. Install water services, water pipe, valves, fittings, RPZ devices, and all other devices in this specification in accordance with: . 1. the manufacturer's recommended installation procedures 2. Latest applicable A WW A Standards 3. with the Contract Drawings 4. ASTM D2321 5. The requirements of the Suffolk County Department of Health Services (SCDHS) . DIVISION 2 - Page 27 of 63 Southold Animal Shelter Janaury 2007 . DIVTSTON 2 - STTF WORK 6. The requirements ofthe Suffolk County Water Authority (SCW A) B. Install insulated enclosure in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. . C. SCW A Meter vault shall be constructed in accordance witb SCW A standard drawings for meter vault (DT-201). D. Installation of the concrete pad for insulated enclosure shall be in accordance with Section 501 of the New York State Standard Specifications, latest edition. . E. Coordination shall be at no additional cost to the Owner. F. Pr"..l1T" ann ]"abg" t".ting: All types of installed pipe and devices shall be pressure tested and leakage tested in accordance with the latest addition of A WW A Standard C600. . Di.inf""tion: Water mains and devices are to be disinfected in accordance with A WW A Standard C-651-86, or the latest version. G. Ra"t"nologi"al t".tine: Bacteriological analyses of water samples collected after disinfection are required at locations specified by the Suffolk County Department of Health services. Generally, a bacteriological sample is required for every 1,000 linear feet of water main or portion thereof. . H. Excavation and backfill shall be in accordance with Section 02220 of these Specifications and the Drawings. Continuous and uniform bedding shall be provided in the trench for all buried pipe. Backfill material shall be tamped in layers around the pipe and to a sufficient height above the pipe to adequately support and protect the pipe. Stones found in the trench shall be removed for a depth of at least six inches below the bottom of the pipe. . . 1. Blocking: Install thrust blocks (reaction blocks) and tie rods as shown in the Contract Drawings. Thrust blocks shall be installed at all tees, bends, plugs, and hydrants. J. Cover: All water mains shall be covered to minimum depth of 54-inches with earth. . K. T".ting In.p""tion ann Approval: The Contractor shall provide copies to the Owner of all test results, inspection reports or comments and the approval of the water supply system work by SCDHS, SCW A and the Town. L. A """ptan",,' Work will not be accepted by the Owner until all the requirements of the SCDHS, SCW A and Town, have been complied with and approvals from each received, with copies to Owner. . FND OF SFCTTON 02"22 - W A TFR SFRVWF. AND RPZ DFVWF: . DIVISION 2 - Page 28 of 63 . . Southold Animal Shelter Janaury 2007 nTVTSION 2 - SITE WORK SFCTTON 02<;2<; - WATER PIPING COMPI ,ETTON . CLFANING ANn AnJTTSTTNG . As directed, the Contractor shall fmally and thoroughly clean all fixtures, equipment, piping, and other exposed work. Cleaning work shall be done in stages if so ordered to facilitate the work of others. All traps, wastes and supplies shall be shown to be free and unobstructed. All valves, faucets and automatic control devices shall be carefully adjusted for proper and quiet operation. GTTARANTEF, . The Contractor shall guarantee for a period of one year from date of final acceptance of the work, all materials and equipment furnished and installed and shall replace any work or equipment without charge which may become, as a result of defective work or materials, or which may be damaged during the correction of defective work. TESTS . A. The Contractor shall perform and pass all required tests prior to acceptance of the work. These tests shall include but are not limited to the following: 1. Hydrostatic Pressure Test shall be performed on all piping at a minimum pressure of 100 psi. . 2. Hydrostatic Pressure Test on all waste water drainage and soil piping when systems are filled to overflowing. Provide temporary test plugs as required. . B. The entire plumbing system shall be subject to function under normal design operating conditions and shall be leak free and capable of withstanding actual water pressures prior to final acceptance of the work. Final payment shall not constitute release or remove obligations from the Contractor to provide an acceptable operating system. STERn JZA TTON . All potable water lines shall be sterilized in accordance with the SCDHS and SCW A prior to acceptance. FINAl, CT ,OSEOTTT . The Contractor shall provide operations and maintenance manuals for all materials, equipment and systems installed and instruct the Owner's designated personnel on their use. END OF SECTTON 02<;2<; - WATER PIPING COMPI ,FTTON . . DIVISION 2 - Page 30 of 63 . Southold Animal Shelter Janaury 2007 nIVISION 2 - SITR WORK SRCTTON 02"40 - SRPTTC SVSTRMS . WORK INrI JTnRn A. The Contractor shall be responsible to furnish and install a complete sanitary system including all extension and connection work as specified herein, indicated on the contract drawings and / or directed by the engineer. . B. The entire installation shall be performed in accordance with the standards and requirements of the Suffolk County Department of Health Services (S.C.D.H.S.) and all necessary installation approvals shall be obtained by the Contractor prior to [mal acceptance. . C. See Division 15 and 16 for detailed specifications of work under other trades. SRW AGR mSPOSA I, SVSTRMS . A. Sewage disposal systems shall be installed as indicated on the contract drawings and shall meet the requirements of the S.C.D.H.S. Sewage disposal systems shall be connected to the waste lines to be installed by the Plumbing Contractor. The waste line shall extend approximately 5'-0" out from the foundation line and be cast iron or PVC pipe. . B. Materials for the sewage disposal system not specifically specified under this section shall conform to the material specifications in other sections of the specifications as indicated on the contract drawings. . C. Pre-cast concrete items shall be as manufactured by Carlson Precast Inc., Picone Brothers, Carbro Industries, Inc., or approved equal, and shall be designed to meet the standard specifications of the S.C.D.H.S. D. Hair trap shall be manufactured Rockford Separators and distributed by Dellon Sales Co. 5 Albertson Ave. (516- 625-2626) or approved equal, and shall be designed to meet the standard specifications of the S.C.D.H.S. . E. Septic tank shall be as indicated on the contract drawings, complete with precast concrete pad, pre-cast concrete sections, cast iron manholes, frames and covers set flush with finished grade. F. Each sanitary leaching pool shall be installed as indicated on the contract drawings. . G. Suitable backfill material shall conform to the specifications of the SCDHS. PIPING ANn FITTTNGS All piping shall be Schedule 80 PVe. . INST A I J,A TTON A NO TRSTTNG . DIVISION 2 - Page 31 of 63 Southold Animal Shelter Janaury 2007 . OTVTsrON 2 - STTF: WORK A. The sewage disposal system shall be installed by a fIrm with the prior experience to perform the scope of work and be approved for installation with the SCDHS. B. During the progress of the work and prior to completion, the installation shall be inspected by the proper authorities, tested and left in perfect condition, neat and orderly. The Contractor shall complete an as-built for the SCDHS and forward a copy to the Engineer for record. . C. Before backfIlling, the Contractor shall obtain the required approvals from the S.C.D.H.S. and notify the Engineer upon receipt of the approval. . D. The Contractor shall be required to excavate to acceptable leaching soils as determined by the S.C.D.H.S. In the event that a sufficient quantity of suitable leaching material is not available from the excavation operation, the Engineer will direct the Contractor to import Clean Granular Fill. . F:Nn OF SF.CHON 02<;40 - SF:PTTC SVSTF:MS . . . . . . DIVISION 2 - Page 32 of 63 . . Southold Animal Shelter Janaury 2007 OIVTSTON 2 - STTR WORK SRrnON 02<;9<; - r.FOTF'xTTT.F FTT .TFR FA RRWS Roz . OF.srRTPTTON . The Contractor will be responsible for furnishing and installing the geotextile filter fabric into the various components indicated on the Contract Drawings. The Contractor shall provide all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals necessary to install the Geotextile Filter Fabric as specified, shown on the Contract Drawings, and as directed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall be prepared to install geotextile filter fabric in conjunction with the site drainage system. . STJRMTTT A T .S A. The Contractor shall furnish certificates from the company manufacturing the geotextile attesting that the geotextile meets the chemical, physical, and manufacturing requirements specified. . B. The Contractor shall furnish the manufacturer's quality control certificates, for rolls delivered to the site, which shall include: . 1. Roll numbers and identification 2. Sampling procedures 3. Certified results from manufacturer quality control tests verifying each minimum average role property specified MATF.RTALS . A. Geotextile - 80z. shall be a needle punched non-woven polypropylene fabric and be "r;"ot"" Rill" manufactured by SI Geosolutions (423-899-0444), www.frxsoil.com or approved equal. . The eotextile-8 oz. shall demonstrate the followin ro erties: PROPERTY TEST METHOD Grab Tensile Stren ASTM D4632 Puncture Stren ASTM D4833 Mullen Burst ASTM D3786 Tra ezoidal Tear ASTM D4533 A arentO enin Size ASTMD4751 Permittivi ASTM D4491 Permeabili ASTM D4491 Water Flow Rate ASTM D449 I Mass Per Unit Area ASTM 05261 UV Resistance %retain.500hr ASTM D4355 . . . DIVISION 2 - Page 33 of 63 D. Southold Animal Shelter Ianamy 2007 . OTVTSTON 2 - STTR WORK C:ONSTRTJCTTON ORT A TT ,S A. Fabric will be rejected, by the Engineer, if it is found to have defects, rips, holes, flaws, deterioration or other damage. . B. The sub grade shall be cleared of sharp objects, boulders, stumps or any materials that may contribute to fabric punctures, shearing, rupturing or tearing. The sub grade shall be inspected for unstable areas or soft spots, before the fabric is placed and additional fill shall be placed and compacted to eliminate those unstable areas. . c. The fabric shall be placed in the manner and at the locations as indicated on the Contract Drawings. Fabric placed on slopes shall be placed so that the upper strip of fabric overlaps the next lower strip by eighteen (18) inches. Fabric shall be laid smooth and free of tension, stress, folds, wrinkles or creases. . If geotextile should be damaged during any step of installation, a piece of geotextile material shall be cut and placed over the damaged area and overlap the undamaged material a minimum of 3 feet in each direction. . E. After unwrapping the geotextile from its opaque cover, the geotextile shall not be left exposed for a period in excess of 30 days. F. Soil shall be spread in the direction of geotextile overlap. . RNO OF SF,CnON 02595 - GROTFXTTT ,R FTT ,TRR FA RRJc:S . . . . DIVISION 2 - Page 34 of 63 . . Southold Animal Shelter Janaury 2007 OTVISION 2 - SITR WORK SRCTJON 02/iB - POI ,V-VINYl, CHI ,ORmR (pyn PIPR . ORSCRIPTION Under this item the Contractor shall furnish and install Schedule 80 PYC pipe in conformance with the plans, these specifications and orders of the Engineer. . MATERIAL . PYC pipe and fittings shall be polyvinyl chloride (PYe) manufactured from a PYC compound meeting the requirements of Type I, Grade I PYC in accordance with ASTM DI784, D1785, and D2241. The PYC pipe shall be gray, or white in color and shall be equal to Schedule 80 in wall thickness, unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. A. Pipe: The pipe shall be bell end or plain end. Pipe shall be in accordance with ASTM 01785. . B. Fittings: Pipe fittings shall be in accordance with ASTM D2466. C. Solvent Cement: PYC solvent cement shall be in accordance with ASTM D2564. . Pipe shall be clearly marked with type, class and thickness as applicable. Lettering shall be legible and permanent under normal conditions of handling and storage. All pipe and duct placed shall be in good condition with no splits, cracks or other physical irregularities. Pipe and duct size shall be as indicated on the Drawings. ROlTTING . The routing of conduit as shown on the plans is schematic but no major change in alignment will be allowed unless approved by the Engineer. In all cases where obstructions are met, the judgment of the Engineer shall govern the passage of such obstacles. INSTAT.T.ATION . Plastic pipe shall be shaded from sunlight as required to prevent curvature and deterioration due to thermal expansion and exposure to sunlight. . Pipe shall be placed in the center of the bottom of the trench with the entire length of the pipe bearing on the trench bottom. The trench bottom shall be regraded if the pipe does not have full bearing. Depressions for joints shall be dug after the trench bottom has been graded, and shall be only of the length, depth and width required for marking the particular type joint. . After fmal placement, pipe shall rest on the bottom of the trench in a straight line under slight tension. A check shall be made that proper depth is obtained and the pipe is in a straight line and under tension during backfilling. . DIYISION 2 - Page 35 of 63 Southold Animal Shelter Jauaury 2007 . nTVT~ION 2 - ~TTR WORK In cases where the pipe or ducts pass above or below an underground obstruction, such as a utility line, a minimum clearance of 6-inches shall be maintained between the concrete and the utility. A minimum of 12-inches of clearance shall be maintained between the concrete encasement and a paralleling utility. No utility shall be contained within the concrete encasement. . Pipe jointing shall be completed as the pipe is installed. All joints shall be made secure and capable of allowing compressed air to be used for installing a pull line. . Field pipe bends shall have a maximum bend of 22 degrees unless otherwise accepted by the Engineer. Where a bend is less than the allowable field bend is indicated on the drawings, factory bends shall be used unless otherwise accepted by the Engineer. Where directional changes are required, the pipe shall be bent in smooth, uniform bends. The Contractor shall provide equipment to bend pipe when the radius of bends is less than the radius of allowable material design stress. Bends shall be made with approved pipe bending tools and pipe manufacturer's approved methods of procedure. . . RNn OF SReTTON n2(i2~ - POT .V-VINYI. em ,ORTnR {J>vq PIPF, . . . . . DIVISION 2 - Page 36 of 63 . . Southald Animal Shelter Janaury 2007 DIVISION 2 - SITE WORK SFrTTON 02ti24 - rORRTJ(iA TF,D POT ,YETHVI ,ENE PIPE (SMOOTH TNTF,RTOR) . DEsrRIPTTON Under this item, the Contractor shall furnish and install corrugated polyethylene pipe (smooth interior) in accordance with the plans and specifications and/or as directed by the Engineer. . MATERIALS The corrugated polyethylene pipe (smooth interior) shall meet AASHTO M294 Ill1rnmum requirements. The pipe shall be as manufactured by Hancor, Inc., Type Hancor Hi-Q, Advanced Drainage Systems, Inc., Type ADS N-12, or an approved equal. . The Contractor shall submit shop drawings to the Engineer for approval prior to order or installing pIpe. rONSTRTJrTION DET A n,S . All excavation and backfill shall be in accordance with Section 206, Trench and Culvert Excavation of the NYSDOT Standard Specifications of January 2, 2002 as amended. Material to be used as backfill shall be clean, granular material as approved by the Engineer. The cost of excavation and backfill shall be included in this item. . Pipes are to be installed to the lines and depths as indicated on the plans. Pipes may be backfilled with suitable excavated material and thoroughly compacted. The Engineer reserves the right to reject backfill material if in his opinion contains deleterious material. The Engineer shall determine if the compaction effort is sufficient to complete the installation. . FND OF SFrTTON 02ti24 - rORRTJ(iA TFn POT ,YF,THVI ,F,NF PIPE (SMOOTH TNTFRIOR) . . . DIVISION 2 - Page 37 of 63 . . Southold Animal Shelter Janaury 2007 DTVTSTON 2 - STTR WORK SRCTTON 021i10 STORM DR A TN AGR . WORK TNeT ,nORD . The work shall include furnishing all labor, material, equipment, and incidentals necessary to install pre-cast concrete drainage structures, pipes, culverts, frames and grates, frames and covers, suitable granular porous leaching material (soil), and all other necessary operations to construct the stormwater drainage system in accordance with the plans, specifications and/or as directed by the Engineer. SHOP DR A WINGS . Submit complete and accurate shop drawings, catalog cuts, details for the Engineer's approval. No installation shall be made prior to approval of the Engineer. All drainage structures and materials shall meet the Town of Southold Design Standards. MATRRTALS . A. ClIfh Inlet Stmctnre - Curb inlet structures shall consist of precast concrete floor and wall structure and a traffic bearing top slab with rectangular opening as indicated on the plan. The curb inlet structure and traffic bearing slab shall be as manufactured by Suffolk Precast Inc., Calverton, NY or an approved equal. . B. I e"ching Pools - Leaching pools shall consist ofleaching rings and a solid wall dome. The diameter and depth of the leaching pools shall be as indicated on the plans. The leaching rings and solid wall dome shall be as manufactured by Suffolk Precast Inc., Calverton, NY or an approved equal. . C. Fr"mes "nd Gr"tes (cllfh c"stings) - The frame and grate shall be heavy-duty type fame and oval hole grate as manufactured by Campbell Foundry Company or an approved equal. D. Fr"mes "nd Gmtes (circllbr gr"te) - The frame and grate shall be heavy-duty type frame and grate as manufactured by Campbell Foundry Company or an approved equal. . E. Fmmes "nc1 rovers (circlll"r solid cover) - The frame and solid cover shall be heavy-duty. type frame and cover as manufactured by Campbell Foundry Company or an approved equal. . F. Solid rovers (prec"st concrete) - The solid cover shall be precast concrete be as manufactured by Suffolk Precast Inc., Calverton, NY or an approved equal. G. Trench Or"in - The trench drains shall be constructed of reinforced precast concrete 16" high and 6' long sections. Each six-foot increment shall be furnished with two three-foot sections of hot-dipped galvanized, fabricated steel gratings. The composite unit shall be able to sustain AASHTO H-20 loading. Concrete shall be Portland cement concrete with minimum 28-day strength of 4,000 psi. The trench drain shall be ZipperDrain@ as . . DIVISION 2 - Page 38 of 63 Southold Animal Shelter Jaoaury 2007 . OTVJSTON 2 - STTF, WORK manufactured by Long Island Precast, Inc., 20 Stiriz Road, Brookhaven, New York, (631) 286-0240 or approved equal. . H. C;omlgMeci Polyethylene Pipe (smooth interior) - The corrugated polyethylene pipe (smooth interior) shall be in accordance with Section 02624. INSTALLATION . A. The Contractor shall excavate for the installation of the structures and pipes at the locations and to the limits as shown on the contract drawings. B. The outside area of the leaching structures shall be backfilled with clean granular porous material as specified. . C. Pipes are to be installed to the lines and grades as indicated on the plans. D. Pipes may be backfilled with suitable excavated material and thoroughly compacted. The Engineer reserves the right to reject backfill material if in his opinion contains deleterious material. The Engineer shall determine if the compaction effort is sufficient to complete the installation. . E. Frames and grates/covers shall be installed to the grades as indicated on the plans. F. Frames and grates/covers shall be well mortared in place. . FNn OF SF,C'TlON 02/i10 - STORM OR A IN A(~F. . . . . DIVISION 2 - Page 39 of 63 . . Southold Animal Shelter Janaury 2007 nTVTSTON 2 - SITE WORK SEC.TTON 02722 - PA VEMFNT SnRRASE PREPARATTON . WORK INn ,nnFn . The work shall include stripping and removing unsuitable materials, performing cut and fill operations, adjusting existing castings to proposed grade and fine grading the surface to construct a subbase for the proposed walkway, roadway and parking fields in accordance with the plans, specifications and/or as directed by the Engineer. c.ONSTRnc.nON nF,T An,s . A. In the area that will receive pavement, the Contractor shall strip, remove and dispose of, all asphalt, concrete and unsuitable material containing organic matter, such as muck, peat, organic silt, topsoil or grass, that is not satisfactory for use for pavement construction. Upon completion of the removal of the unsuitable materials to the satisfaction of the Engineer, the Contractor shall grade the area by cutting and filling as required. Any excess suitable excavated material shall be used for various backfilling operations. No additional payment will be made for re-handling of this material. In the event that during subbase preparation operations additional fill is required to stabilize the subbase and/or to achieve the specified grade, the Engineer will direct the Contractor to import Clean Granular Fill. . . B. After the cutting and filling operation is completed, the Contractor shall fine grade and properly compact the subbase. The subbase shall be compacted using a minimum 10-ton roller. The subbase shall be compacted to 90% of maximum density within 3 percent of optimum moisture content in accordance with ASTM D 1557 Modified Proctor. . C. The Engineer will be sole judge in determining if the subbase is acceptable for placement of the subsequent courses. The Contractor shall not continue until he has received approval by the Engineer. D. Existing castings (drainage & sanitary) shall be adjusted to the proposed grades with concrete bricks and mortar. . ENn OF SF.c.nON 02722 - PAVEMENT SlJRRASF. PREP A R A nON . . . DIVISION 2 - Page 40 of 63 . . . . . . . . . .,.. . . Southold Animal Shelter Janaury 2007 nrVISTON 2 - SITE WORK SErTION 027B - RErvrI ,En PORTI ,A Nn rFMENT rONrRFTE A r.r.R Er. A TF RASE rmJRSE WORK INrI ,TJnEn This work includes furnishing and installing a Recycled Portland Concrete Cement Aggregate (RCA) base course over an approved subgrade to the depth, lines and grades where shown on the plans and/or as directed by the Engineer. MATF,RIALS A, The Recycled Portland Cement Aggregate (RCA) material shall conform to the provisions of Item 17304,1011 - Subbase Course, Type 1011, Material A, Recycled Portland Cement Concrete of the New York State Department of Transportation of January 2, 2002, R The Contractor shall perform and submit laboratory analysis to verify conformance of this material. Test results shall be submitted to the Engineer prior to acceptance of this material. The cost for all laboratory testing of the material shall be borne by the Contractor. rONSTRIJrTION nETATT ,S Upon approval of the compacted soil subbase by the Engineer, the Contractor shall furnish, place and compact the recycled concrete aggregate to the specified lines and grades. Tolerance of the compacted RCA base course shall be plus/minus Y. inch, ENn OF SF,rTION 02721 - RErVrLF,n PORTLAND rEMENT rONrRETF, Ar.r.REr.ATE RASE rOTJRSE DIVISION 2 - Page 41 of 63 . Southold Animal Shelter Janaury 2007 DTVT~TON 2 - STTR WORK SRCTION 02772 - CONCRF,TR CTlRR . WORK INn ,TlDFn A, Under this Item, the Contractor shall construct a conventionally formed concrete curb m accordance with the Details, Specifications and/or as directed by the Engineer. . B. The construction of the concrete curbs shall meet the requirements of the Town of Southold Highway Department Specifications and New York State Department of Transportation Standard Specifications of January 2, 2002, as amended for Conventionally Formed or Machine Formed Concrete Curb except as herein modified. . MATRRIAI,S A. The materials shall meet the requirements of the following subsections of Section 700 - Material: . Portland Cement Fine Aggregates Coarse Aggregates Premolded Bituminous Joint Filler Wire Fabric For Concrete Reinforcement Polyethylene Curing Covers Water 701-0 I 703-0 I 703-02 705-07 709-02 711-04 712-01 . B. The material requirements and composition shall comply with the Specifications for Class "A" concrete in Section 501-2 under "Portland Cement Concrete - General", Concrete shall be proportioned in accordance with the aggregate weights specified for Class "A" concrete in Table 501-3, Concrete Proportions. . C. The concrete cement shall have a minimum compressive strength of 3,500 psi at 28 days. . CONSTRTlCTTON DF,T An,S A. The curb shall be conventionally formed to the size and shape shown on the Details or as directed by the Engineer. . B. Curbs shall WI1 be poured monolithically with the sidewalk unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. . C. Casting Segments - Curb shall be cast in segments having a uniform length of approximately 20 feet. Segments shall be separated by contraction scoring. Contraction scoring shall be 1/4" wide x I" deep - "V" shaped, . DIVISION 2 - Page 42 of 63 Southold Animal Shelter mvrsrON 2 - STTR WORK Janaul}' 2007 . D. Expansion Joints - Expansion joints 3/4 inch in width shall be formed with "Premolded Bituminous Joint Filler", Section 705-07 placed at twenty (20) foot intervals as shown on the Plans and specified by the Engineer. The filler material shall be cut 114" below top of the curb. . E. Forms - Forms shall be steel or wood, straight, free from warp, and of such construction that there will be no interference to inspection for grade or alignment. All forms shall extend for the full curb depth and shall be braced and secured adequately so that no displacement from alignment will occur during placing of concrete. . F. Concrete Placing and Vibrating - Concrete shall be placed in the forms in accordance with the applicable requirements of Section 555-3.04 and shall be compacted with an approved, immersion type mechanical vibrator. The vibrator shall be of the size and weight capable of thoroughly vibrating the entire mass without damaging or misaligning the forms and shall be approved by the Engineer. Forms shall be left in place for 24 hours or until the concrete has sufficiently hardened, as determined by the Engineer, so that they can be removed without injury to the curb. Upon removal of the forms, the exposed faces of the curb shall be immediately rubbed to a uniform surface. Rubbing shall be accomplished by competent finishers. No plastering will be permitted. . . G. Concrete Curing - Curing of the curb shall comply with the requirements of Section 502-3.10, Curing. Minimum curing periods for the various types of curing materials used shall comply with the requirements of Table 502-2. H. Protection - The Contractor shall keep the curb clean, aligned and protected from damage until frnal acceptance of the work. Any curb damaged prior to the final acceptance of the work shall be repaired or replaced at the Contractor's expense. . RNl) OF SRCHON 02772 - CONCRRTR CTTRR . . . . DIVISION 2 - Page 43 of 63 . . Janaury 2007 Southold Animal Shelter DIVISION 2 - SITR WORK . SECTION 0277<; - CONCRF,TR W A I KS WORK INn ,lTnFn A. This work includes all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals necessary to construct concrete walks to the depth, limits and grades in accordance with the plans, specifications, and/or as directed by the Engineer. . B. The construction of the concrete sidewalk shall meet the requirements of the Town of Southold Highway Department Code and the New York State Department of Transportation Standard Specifications of January 2, 2002 as amended for Concrete Sidewalks except as modified herein. . MATERIALS A. . . . . . . . Materials shall meet the requirements specified in the following subsections of Section 700 - Materials: Portland Cement (Type II) Fine Aggregates Coarse Aggregates Premolded Bituminous Joint Filler Wire Fabric for Concrete Reinforcement Polyethylene Curbing Covers Water Section 701-01 Section 703-01 Section 703-02 Section 705-07 Section 709-02 Section 711-04 Section 712-01 B. The material requirements and composition shall comply with the Specifications or Class "A" concrete in Section 501-2 under "Portland Cement Concrete General". Concrete shall be proportioned in accordance with the aggregate weights specified for Class "A" concrete.in Table 501-3, Concrete Proportions. C. Concrete shall have a minimum compressive strength of3500 psi at 28 days. CONSTRTlCTION DF,T A IT ,S A. The general construction details for manufacturing, transporting, and placing concrete shall meet the requirements of Section 501, Portland Cement Concrete - General. Curing of concrete shall meet the requirements of Section 502, Portland Cement Concrete Pavement. B. Handicapped sidewalk ramps shall be constructed at locations determined by the Engineer. C. The concrete shall be placed in one course fOllT inch,,, (4") in oP<jJth. D. Wire fabric for concrete reinforcement, Section 709-02, shall be embedded at mid-depth in the slab. The wire fabric shall consist of No. 6 gauge wire at 6" centers traversely and longitudinally. E. F. Transverse construction joints shall extend to the full depth of the slab and spaced 20 to 25 DIVISION 2 - Page 44 of 63 Southold Animal Shelter . . Janamy 2007 OTVTSION 2 - SITE WORK feet apart. The edges of such joints shall be fmished with an edging tool having a 1/4-inch radius. . G. The concrete surface shall be scored as approved by the Engineer so that the fInished walk will be marked in squares. The concrete shall be worked and floated to produce a smooth and uniform surface. H. Premolded bituminous joint fIller, Section 705-07 shall be installed at all joints between sidewalk and curb, pavement, building, etc. . L After the completion of sidewalk work, the contractor shall cover the sidewalk overnight during the fIrst night of curing with a polyethylene cover or an equal to the approval of the Engineer. No sidewalk shall be left uncovered overnight during the fIrst night of curing. . 1. The contractor at all times provides access to homes and businesses in a marmer approved by the Engineer. K. L. New sidewalk area shall be barricaded using ropes, horses, flagging, etc., in a manner approved by the Engineer to protect the public during the curing period until the sidewalk is sufficiently cured to allow pedestrian traffic. . The Contractor shall protect the sidewalk and keep it in fIrst class condition until the completion of the contract. Any portion of the sidewalk, which is damaged or vandalized at any time before the fInal acceptance of the work, shall be removed and replaced with satisfactory sidewalk at the Contractor's expense. . END OF SECTION 112775 - C.ONC.RF.TF. W A I ,KS . . . . DIVISION 2 - Page 45 of 63 . . Southold Animal Shelter lanaury 2007 nTVTSTON 2 - STTE WORK SECCTTON 027110 - TlNTT PA VF,RS . nESCCRTPTTON The Contractor shall furnish all labor, equipment and materials necessary to install unit pavers as shown on the drawings. The work to be completed in this section shall include the following: . . 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Subbase preparation Bedding sand Steel edge restraint Edging course Concrete pavers with sand filled joints Seal unit pavers MATERIAT.S . The pavers shall be of traditional dimensions 4" x 8"x 2-3/8". The unit pavers shall be Holland Paving Stones by Nicolock or approved equal. The contractor shall submit a sample of the unit paver to the Engineer for approval. Color is to be selected by the owner from the standard colors and blends. Seal unit pavers with a water-based acrylic sealer, Addiment Paver Seal- WB or approved equal. . C:ONSTRTJr.TTON nF.T A rr .S . The contractor shall construct the curb as shown on the plans. The pattern is to be a soldier course edge with a 45 degree Herringbone pattern. Any damaged pavers shall be replaced by the Contractor at his own expense. F,Nl) OF SFC:TTON 027110 TlNTT P A VF,RS . . . . DIVISION 2 - Page 46 of 63 . Janau!)' 2007 Southold Animal Shelter DIVISION 2 - SITF, WORK . SF.rTTON 0271111 - rAST-IN-PI ,ArF. T ArTn ,F, P A NF.I ,S DF.SrRIPTTON This Section specifies furnishing and installing cast-in-place tactile panel modules where indicated, . STJRMITT A T,S A, B. . C. . . . . . . . Product Data: Submit manufacturer's literature describing products, installation procedures and routine maintenance, Samples for Verification Purposes: Submit three (3) samples of full cast-in-place tactile panels of the kind proposed for use, Shop drawings are required for products specified showing fabrication details; composite structural system; plans of panel placement including joints, and material to be used as well as outlining installation materials and procedure. Panel pattern shall be designed and shown between existing expansion joints with panel rib dimension used for the cut size of panels, STTF, rONDTTTONS A. Environmental Conditions and Protection: Maintain minimum temperature of 40 degrees F in spaces to receive tactile panels for at least 48 hours prior to installations, during installation, and for not less than 48 hours after installation, Store tactile panel material in spaces where they will be installed for at least 48 hours before beginning installation, Subsequently, maintain minimum temperature of 40 degrees F in areas where work is completed, The use of water for work, cleaning or dust control, etc, shall be contained and controlled and shall not be allowed to corne into contact with the passengers or public, Provide barricades or screens to protect passengers or public. Disposal of any liquids or other materials of possible contamination shall be made in accordance with federal state and local laws and ordinances. Cleaning materials shall have code acceptable low VOC solvent content and low flammability if used on the site. Contractor shall coordinate phasing and flagging personnel operations as specified elsewhere, B. C. D. E. r.TJARANTF.F. Cast-in-place tactile panels shall be guaranteed in writing for a period of five years from date of final completion. The guarantee includes defective work, breakage, deformation, fading and chalking of finishes, and loosening of panels. MANTJFArTTJRF,RS DIVISION 2 - Page 47 of 63 Southold Animal Shelter . Jauaury 2007 OJVTRTON 2 - RTTIC WORK A. The Vitrified Polymer Composite (VPe) Cast-In-Place Tactile Panel specified is based on Armor-Tile manufactured by Engineered Plastics Inc. (800-682-2525) or approved equal. Existing engineered and field tested products which are subject to compliance with requirements, may be incorporated in the work and shall meet or exceed the specified test criteria and characteristics. . B. Color: shall be selected by the Owner prior to ordering and conforming to Federal Color No. 33538. Color shall be homogeneous throughout the tile. . MATF.RTAT.R Heavy duty elastomeric polyurethane sealant as manufactured by Boiardi, Mapei, Bostik or approved equal. . TNRTAT.T.ATTON A. B. C. D. E. F. During all concrete pouring and tile installation procedures, ensure adequate safety guidelines are in place and that they are in accordance with the applicable industry and government standards. The specifications of the concrete sealants and related materials shall be in strict accordance with the contract documents and the guidelines set by their respective manufacturers. The physical characteristics of the concrete shall be consistent with the contract specifications while maintaining a slump range of 4 - 7 to permit solid placement of the Cast-In-Place Tile System. An overly wet mix will cause the Cast-In-Place System to float, therefore under all conditions suitable weights such as concrete blocks or sandbags (25 Ib) shall be placed on each 2' x 2' tile module. Prior to placement of the Cast-In-Place System, the manufacturer's shop drawings shall be reviewed and a layout drawing prepared by the installation contractor to resolve the issues related to pattern repeat, tile cuts, expansion joints, control joints, platform curves, platform end returns and platform surface interferences. The concrete pouring and finishing operations require typical mason's tools, however, a mason's line, radius edge (1/8 x 3/16" return) tool, 4' long x 2" wide x 1/8" thick steel straight edge, 25 lb. weights, vibrator wand and small sledge hammer with 2" x 6" x 20" wood tamping plate are specific to the installation of the Cast-In Place System. The concrete shall be poured and finished level, true and smooth to the required dimensions prior to tile placement. Immediately after pouring concrete, a mason's line should be strung parallel to track to act as a reference line for placement of tile, then the tile assembly shall be placed true to the platform edge and to each other on the concrete. The Cast-In-Place tiles shall be tamped or vibrated into the fresh concrete to ensure that the field level of tile is flush to the adjacent concrete or platform edge surface. The shop drawings indicate that the tile field level (base of truncated dome) is flush to adjacent surfaces to permit proper water drainage and eliminate tripping hazards between adjacent finishes. The tolerance for elevation differences between tile and adjacent surface is 1/16". . . . . . . DIVISION 2 - Page 48 of 63 . . . . . . . . . . . . Southold Animal Shelter Janaury 2007 DIVISION 2 - SITR WORK G. Immediately after tile placement, the tile elevation is to be checked to adjacent concrete or rubbing board heights with a steel straight edge. The tile elevation should be set consistent with shop drawings to permit water drainage to or away from track as the platform desigu dictates. While concrete is workable steel edging trowel lI8" radius x 3/16" return is to be used to edge the tile to adjacent concrete surfaces running parallel to track. While edging, ensure that a clean edge definition is created between tile and adjacent concrete and that tile to concrete elevations meet the shop drawing tolerances. The placement of Cast-In-Place Tile assemblies to each other and to the mason's line or form edge shall be true and parallel to develop a true line consistent with the platform edge. A tight tile to tile placement can best be achieved by raking out the concrete at the butting edge to avoid trapping concrete or aggregate between tiles and/or form edge. During and after the tile installation and the concrete curing stage, it is imperative that there is no walking, leaning or external forces placed on the tile to rock the tile, causing a void between the underside of tile and concrete. Following tile placement, review installation tolerances to shop drawings and adjust tile before the concrete sets, suitable weights of 25 lb. shall be placed on each tile and additional weights at tile to tile assemblies as necessary to ensure solid contact of tile underside to concrete. Following the curing of the concrete, the protective plastic wrap is to be removed from the tile face by cutting the plastic with a sharp knife tight to the concrete/tile interface. If concrete bleeding occurs between tiles, a wire brush will clean the residue without damage to the tile surface. An elastomeric urethane sealant shall be applied to the tile edges running parallel to the track or curb. Proper surface preparation requires that the tile and adjacent surfaces are mechanically etched with sandpaper or a carbide burr and wiped clean and dry with acetone. Applications of the urethane sealant shall be level to the adjacent surface and a straight line formed to the tile edge. A quality installation of the sealant may require that the tile face be masked off with duct tape to ensure a clean definition of sealant to the adjacent surfaces. H. I. J. K. L. M. C'T.F, A NINr. AND PROTRC'TINr. A. Protect panels against damage during construction period to comply with tactile panel manufacturer's specification. Protect panels against damage from rolling loads following installation by covering with plywood or hardwood. Clean tactile panels not more than four days prior to date scheduled for inspection intended to establish date of substantial completion in each area of project. Clean tactile panel by method specified by tactile panel manufacturer. B. C. FoND OF SRC'TTON 027RR - C'AST-IN-PT.AC'F T AC'TTT.R PA NF,T.S DIVISION 2 - Page 49 of 63 . Southold Animal Shelter Janaury 2007 DIVISION 2 - SITK WORK SKCTION 02R20 VINYl, PWKKT FKNCF., r.ATF.S & HAROW ARF . OF.SCRIPTTON A. Thi, ,ection in"h,,;e, the following: 1. Polyvinyl chloride (PVe) fence and gate components. . 2. Gate hardware. 3. Reinforcing steel for concrete-filled, reinforced fence posts. 4. Concrete for post footings and for concrete filled reinforced fence posts . B. Rebten ,e"tion,. The following sections contain requirements that relate to this section. 1. Section 02200-Site Preparation 2. Section 03300-Cast-in-Place concrete . STJRMITTAI,S A. (Tenere 1. Submit the following according to the conditions of the contract. . B. Pron,,,,t Deto- In the form of manufacturer's technical data, specifications, and installations for fence, posts, gate uprights, post caps, gates, gate hardware and accessories. C. Semple, for verifkMion of PVC "olor in form of 3-inch lengths of actual product to be used in color selection. . D. Shop Dmwing' showing fence design. QTJALTTY ASSTJRANCF. . A. Tn,teller QllelifkMion,. Engage an experienced installer who has at least three years experience and has completed at least five PVC fence projects with same material and of similar scope to that indicated for this project with a successful construction record of in- service performance. . B. Sinele-Sonr"e Re'pon,ihi1ity. Obtain PVC fences and gates, including accessones, fittings, and fastenings, from a single source. SITF, CONnTTTONS . Fieln Mee"lfement,. Verify layout information for fences and gates shown on the drawings in relation to the property survey and existing structures. Verify dimensions by field measurements. . DIVISION 2 - Page 50 of 63 Southold Animal Shelter Jauaury 2007 . nIVISION 2 - STTF WORK WARRANTY A. Monufocturer's WOITonty. Lifetime non-prorated limited warranty applies to original homeowner/consumer, or 30 year non-prorated limited warranty applies to commercial applications. . MATFRIALS FENCE . A. (Tene,"1' Provide PVC fence materials recognized to be of type indicated and tested to show compliance with indicated performances. B. Avoibhle Monufoctllrer Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated in the work include: . 1. Bufftech, 231 Ship Canal Parkway, Buffalo, NY 14218 (800) 333-0569 Contact - Ralph Palmieri 2. Style Name: Manchester Height 3'H mmlmum. . 3. Color Match Bufftech (available in white or tan) use white POT .VVTNYI. C.HI .ORTnF. C.OMPONFNTS A. (Tene," 1. Posts, rails, pickets, gate uprights, post caps, and accessories shall be of high impact, Ultra Violet (V.V.) resistant, rigid PVC, and shall comply with ASTM D 1784, Class 14344B. . B. Fence Posts' One piece extruded, of lengths indicated and pre-routed to receive rails at spacing indicated. 1. Cross Section: 5" X 5" minimum . 2. Wall Thickness: 0.135"minimum 3. Comer Radius: 3/8"R minimum C. Rai.ls.:. One piece extruded, of lengths indicated pre-routed to receive pickets at spacing indicated. . Top Roil' 1. Cross Section: 3" x 3" minimum . 2. Wall Thickness: 0.110" minimum 3. Comer Radius: 3/8"R minimum Bottom Roil' . 4. Cross Section: 2" X 6" RBD minimum DIVISION 2 - Page 51 of 63 . . Southold Animal Shelter Jauaury 2007 nTVTSION 2 - STTF. WORK 5. Wall Thickness: 0.090" minimum . 6. Comer Radius: 5/16" R minimum D. Pick"ts' One piece extruded, oflengths indicated. 1. Cross Section: 1-1/2" X 1-1/2" minimum . 2. Wall Thickness: 0.060" minimum 3. Comer Radius: 7/32"R minimum 4. Picket Spacing: 1-9/16". . 5. Pickets per section: 29 pickets E. GHt" I lpri ghts' One piece extruded, of lengths indicated. 1. Cross Section: 4" X 4" minimum . 2. Wall Thickness: 0.140" minimum 3. Comer Radius: 1l/32"R minimum F. Post r:aps' Molded, one piece. . I. Cross Section: Match post or gate npright cross section. 2. Thickness: 0.095" minimum. 3. Configuration: Flat or four-sided as required for installation to top of posts and gate. . G. A cc"ssori"s. Manufacturers' standard gate brace, screw caps, rail end reinforcers, and other accessories as required. MTSCF.LT.ANF.OnS MATF.RTALS . A. Stiff"n"r r:hann"k Galvanized steel structural channel. Configure channels for concealed installation within PVC rails with pre-drilled holes for drainage. Aluminum extruded channel available upon request. 1. Cross Section: 1.775 X 1.700 galvanized steel channel. . 2. Thickness: 0.040 Gauge (minimum). B. Fast"n"" and A nchorarr.' Stainless Steel. All fasteners to be concealed or colored heads to match. Provide sizes as recommended by fence manufacturer. C. PVr: r:"m"nt' As recommended by fence manufacturer. . . DIVISION 2 - Page 52 of 63 DIVTSTON 2 - STTF, WORK Janamy 2007 . Southold Animal Shelter GATE HARDWARF, & AfTESSORTRS A. GenerH l' Provide hardware and accessories for each gate according to the following requirements: . B. Hinges' Size and material to suit gate size, non lift-off type, self closing, glass filled nylon with adjuster plate, offset to permit 120 degree gate opening. Provide one pair of hinges for each gate. . I. Color: Black. C. I.Htch' Manufacturers' standard self latching, glass filled nylon and stainless composition single or dual access gravity latch. Provide one latch per gate. steel I. Finish: Match gate hinge finish. . D. HHrowHre' Stainless Steel. Provide sizes as recommended by fence manufacturer. I. Finish: Match gate hinge finish. CONCRETE . A. r:oncrete' Provide concrete consisting of portland cement per ASTM C 150, aggregates per ASTM C 33, and potable water. Mix materials to obtain concrete with a minimum 28-day compressive strength of 2000 psi. Use at lease four sacks of cement per cubic yard, I-inch maximum size aggregate, 3-inch maximum slump. Use II, inch maximum size aggregate in post where required. . B. PHcbg"s r:oncrete Mix' Mix dry-packaged normal-weight concrete conforming to ASTM C 387 with clean water to obtain a 2 to 3 inch slump. RETNFORCF.MENT . A. Reinforcing Steel' I. Steel Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615. Grade 60. Deformed (#4 or 11,"). Install 2 bars for each post to a length of 3' feet. EXECT/TTON . GENERAl. A. Install fence in compliance with manufacturer's written instructions. During installation, PVC components shall be carefully handled and stored to avoid contact with abrasive surfaces. Install components in sequence as recommended by fence manufacturer. . 1. Install fencing as indicated on the drawings provided. 2. Variations from the installation indicated must be approved. 3. Variations from the fence and gate installation indicated and all costs for removal and replacement will be the responsibility of the contractor. . DIVISION 2 - Page 53 of 63 . . Southold Animal Shelter Janaury 2007 nrVTSTON 2 - STTF, WORK FF.NrF. TNSTATJ,ATTON . A. Fxcovotion' Drill or hand-excavate (using post hole digger) holes for posts to diameters and spacings indicated, in firm, undisturbed or compacted soil. \. If not indicated on drawings, excavate holes for each post to a minimum diameter of 12" inches. . . 2. Unless otherwise indicated, excavate hole depths not less than 30 inches or to frost line. S. fus1s.: Install posts in one piece, plumb and in line. Space a maximum of 8' feet on center unless otherwise indicated, Enlarge excavation as required to provide clearance indicated between post and side of excavation. \. Protect portion of posts above ground from concrete splatter. Place concrete around posts and vibrate or tamp for consolidation. Check each post for vertical and top alignment and hold in position during placement and finishing operations. a. Unless otherwise indicated, terminate top of concrete footings 3 inches below adjacent grade and trowel to a crown to shed water. . d. . e. C. . \. 2. . D. b. Secure posts in position for manufacturers' recommendations until concrete sets. c. After installation of rails and unless otherwise indicated, install reinforcing in posts in opposing comers of post as shown and fill end and gate posts with concrete to level as indicated. Concrete fill shall completely cover the reinforcing steel and gate hardware fasteners. Consolidate the concrete by striking the post face with a rubber mallet, carefully tamping around the exposed post bottom. Install post caps, Use #8 screws, nylon washers and snap caps. . Remove concrete splatters from PVC fence materials with care to avoid scratching. Top onn Bottom Roik Install rails in one piece into routed hole fabricated into posts to receive top and bottom rails, and middle where necessary. Except at sloping terrain, install rails leveL Prior to installation of rails into posts, insert concealed steel channel stiffeners in top rail, where necessary. Bottom rails shall include minimum (2) \;." drainage holes. At posts to receive concrete fill, tape rail ends to prevent seepage when filling post with concrete. . Minnie Roik Where necessary, install middle rails in one piece into routed hole in posts with larger holes facing down. Except at sloping terrain, install middle rails level. Secure mid rail to pickets with 2-#8 x 1-1/2" screws evenly spaced. I. At posts to receive concrete fill, tape rail ends to prevent seepage when filling post with concrete. . DIVISION 2 - Page 54 of 63 Southold Animal Shelter Janamy 2007 . DIVISION 2 - STTR WORK E. Picht.. Install pickets in one piece as per manufacturer recommendations. Install pickets plumb. F. F"nc" Tn.tHllMion M Sloping T"fmin' At sloping terrain rails may be racked (sloped) or stepped to comply with manufacturers' recommendations. . GATF, INSTALLATION A. Prior to installation of rails into posts, apply pve cement into sockets per manufacturer's recommendations. Bottom rail shall include minimum (2) v.." drainage holes. B. Assemble gate prior to fence installation to accurately locate hinge and latch post. Align gate horizontal rails with fence horizontal rails. e. Install gates plumb, level, and secure for full opening without interference according to manufacturer's instructions. . . D. Gate Latch Installation. Install gate latch according to manufacturer's instructions. Adjust for smooth, trouble-free operation. E. Allow minimum 72 hours to let concrete set-up before opening gates. . AD.TTJSTTNG& n.RANING A. Remove all traces of dirt and soiled areas. . RND OF SRrTTON 02R20 YlNYl. PTCKRT FRNrR, GA TRS & H A RDW A RF . . . . DIVISION 2 - Page 55 of 63 . . Southold Animal Shelter Janaury 2007 nTVTSION 2 - SITR WORK SRrTION 02R12 - STRFJ, I ,A NnSrA PR Fnr.lNr. . nRSCRIPTlON The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals necessary to Construct steel edging along the unit pavers interface with landscaped areas and/or as directed by the Engineer. . MATRRIAI.S Steel Edging - shall be 1/4" x 4" deep general landscape edging, length as required, as manufactured by Ryerson or approved equal. Steel shall be fInished with green rustproof paint. Slots for sixteen (16) inch steel tapered stakes shall be at thirty (30) inch intervals. . MF.THon OF rONSTRnrTlON . The steel edging shall be installed flush in all areas where pavement, brick, etc. adjoin landscaped or seeded areas or as directed by the Engineer. Edging shall be fIrmly affIxed in place with sixteen (16) inch tapered steel stakes in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Where required, the Contractor shall order shop bent sections for radii. . RNn OF SRCTlON 02R:U - STF.RI, I ,A NnSCA PR F,nr.INr. . . . . . DIVISION 2 - Page 56 of 63 . Southold Animal Shelter Janaury 2007 DIVISION 2 - SITR WORK SRCTTON 0211/)2 - SITF, F,I,F,CTRTC . SRCTTONS INCI ,nmm . 1. GENERAL. 2, CONDUITS 3, WIRES AND CABLES 4. UNDERGROUND ELECTRIC SERVICE 5. GROUNDING 6. METERING 1. GRNF,R AT. . All applicable provisions of the sections entitled "General Conditions", "Special Conditions" and Division 16 shall apply to all work under this Contract as if written out in full, and shall be adhered to by the Electrical Contractor. . SPF.CI A I, INSTRnCTTONS TO RmDF.RS . A. The bidder shall, before submitting a proposal, examine the site, construction drawings and specifications covering the work of other trades, so as to familiarize themselves with the scope of the project as a whole and to enable them to better understand the relation and extent of the work. . B. The construction drawings and details show schematically the approximate location of all apparatus, lights, circuits, and appurtenant electrical materials and equipment. The exact location of shall be subject to approval of the Engineer who reserves the right to make, prior to installation, any reasonable changes in location indicated without extra cost to the Owner. . C. It is the intent of the contract drawings and these specifications to provide a complete and operative system. Whether shown on the contract drawings and/or included in the specifications or not, the Contractor shall furnish and install all material, equipment and labor usually furnished with such systems, unless specifically excluded in these Specifications. WORK INCI,nDF,D . The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals to complete all electrical work as specified herein, shown on the Contract Drawings and as directed by the Engineer. In general, the work shall include but not be limited to the following: . 1. New 3-phase electric service 2. Transformer & pad 3. Secondary feeders 4. Trenching and restoration 5. Primary feeders 6. Grounding . DIVISION 2 - Page 57 of 63 Southold Animal Shelter Janamy 2007 . nrvT~roN 2 - ~TTF, WORK 7. Trans'S' ~TlRMTTTAT.~ . The Contractor shall furnish four (4) copies of Shop Drawings of all equipment and material to be furnished by him under this Contract for approval by the Engineer. Drawings shall be supplemented with catalog cuts, materials of construction, ratings, etc. nRAWTNG~ . A. The contract drawings are generally diagrammatic, not showing every bend or offset as may be required to properly complete the work to meet job conditions, geometry, changes in locations, work of other trades, etc. The Contractor shall furnish all such additional offsets, bends, piping, etc., at no additional cost to the Owner so that the completed installations will result in neat, workmanlike, first-class operating electrical systems of the highest quality. . B. Field drawings shall be maintained by the Contractor showing actual installed locations of all equipment and materials under this Contract. Shop drawings approved by the Engineer shall be maintained by the Contractor in the field. . C. Record Drawings shall be submitted by the Contractor to the Engineer upon completion of work and shall be marked "Record Plan". A n.TTJ~TMF,NT OF A NO TN~TRTlr.TION~ FOR RQTlTPMRNT . A. The Contractor shall make all necessary adjustments for proper operation of all equipment furnished by him under this Contract. He shall also instruct and acquaint theDwner's designated representative in the proper operation of all equipment. . B. The Contractor shall prepare type written instructions and diagrammatic sketches of all equipment and systems. This material shall be posted in the distribution panel for the circuit breaker schedules. C. Final payment under this Contract shall not be made until all the above requirements are met by the Contractor. . PRRMTT~ A NO RF,GTIT ,A TION~ The Electrical Contractor shall obtain and pay for any permits necessary to conduct work and complete this Contract. All work shall be performed in accordance with the National Electric Code and LIP A requirements. Upon completion of the work provided for in this Contract, and before final payment shall be made, the Contractor shall furnish the Engineer witl1 any necessary Certificates of approval issued by various regulatory agencies. Th~ C;ontra"tor sha 11 sllpply a C;~rtifkM~ of A pprova 1 from th~ New York Roarn of Fir~ TJnn~rwrit~r's . . DIVISION 2 - Page 58 of 63 . . Southold Animal Shelter Janaury 2007 nTVTSTON 2 - STTR WORK 2. rONOnrTS . A. Aluminum conduit will not be approved. B. Rigid metallic or non-metallic conduits (Schedule 40 or 80), will be approved when installed in accordance with the requirements ofthe latest issue of the National Electrical Code. . C. Conduit size shall be as indicated on the drawings, or minimum in accordance with the N.E.C. D. Conduit system shall be installed in accordance with the latest edition of the N.E.C. and shall be installed in a neat, workmanlike manner. . E. Schedule 40 metallic or non-metallic conduit may be used below grade under pavement or sidewalks unless prohibited by municipal ordinances. F. In all cases, rigid non-metallic conduit shall be clearly and permanently identified as to schedule and trademark. . G. The entire conduit system shall be installed to provide a continuous bond throughout the system. H. Exposed conduits shall be run parallel to and at right angles using conduit fittings for all turns and off-sets. . I. All empty conduits shall contain a 3/16-inch vinyl pull rope. 3. WTRRS ANn rART.RS . A. Conductors No. 10 and smaller shall be single braid, solid, Conductors No.8 and larger shall be stranded cable. . B. Branch circuit wiring shall be continuous from outlet to outlet. No splices will be permitted except at outlets. Splices shall be made mechanically and electrically secure with 3M "Scotch- Locks" or equaL C. Connections at panels shall be such that no neutral conductor shall service more 1:han one branch circuit from the same phase. Connect branch circuits in phase sequence in panel boards. . D. Minimum size of conductors shall be No. 12 gauge except where specifically permitted in other sections of this division. E. Feeders shall be load balanced as closely as possible. . F. Conductors in buried exterior conduits for secondary service shall be Type THHN or USE-2. G. All secondary feeders and circuit conductors shall be copper. . DIVISION 2 - Page 59 of 63 Southold Animal Shelter Janaury 2007 . OrvTSTON 2 - STTR WORK 4. TJNORRGROTJNO RT .F,CTRW SRRVWR . A. Service entrance cables shall be in conduit for the full length. Conduit shall be marked with metallic caution tape buried 12" deep in service trench. Tape shall be marked "Caution _ Buried Electric Line" or approved equal. B Furnish and install transformer pad, metering equipment and cabinet as required by LIP A. Service shall be 3-phase, 4-wire, 208/120 volts. . C. Closely coordinate this work with the Long Island Power Authority prior to submitting the bid so there are no misunderstandings as to the extent and character of the work and charges involved. Tndncl" ~l1ntil;ty comp~ny ch~t:g".;n th" hicll)f~pp1ic~hl,.~ . D. All trenches shall be backfilled in 6" lifts. Backfill shall be clean sand from on site up to within 6" of finish grade. Backfill shall be thoroughly consolidated with mechanical tampers to 95 percent of the standard proctor value for soil used. Soil shall be at optimum moisture content for backfill operation. . 5. GROTJNOTNG A. The Contractor shall install all equipment and material necessary to provide a complete and adequate "grounded system" in accordance with the requirements of the New York Sate Building Code and National Electric Code. Size of ground conductor shall be as required to suit the conditions. . B. The Contractor shall furnish all labor and materials necessary for grounding connections as required by the Long Island Power Authority. This includes the grounding of all apparatus furnished under other sections of the scope of work for the project. . C. Exposed, non-current carrying metal parts of fixed equipment which IS liable to become energized, shall be grounded under any of the following conditions: . I. Where equipment is supplied by means of metal-clad wiring. 2. Where equipment is located within the reach of a person who can make contact with any grounded surface or object. . 3. Where equipment is located within the reach of someone on the ground. 4. Where equipment operates with any terminal 120 volts to ground or greater. 5. Where equipment is in electrical contact with; metal or metal lath. . DIVISION 2 - Page 60 of 63 . . Southold Animal Shelter Janaury 2007 OTVTSION 2 - SITE WORK D. All circuits shall be run with a separate grounding conductor. . 6. METERING . A. The Contractor shall furnish and install electric metering equipment in accordance with LIP A requirements. B. The metering equipment shall be furnished with a main disconnect located below the actual meter and be accessible from the exterior. . END OF SEC-TTON 021162 - SITE F.I,F,C-TRW . . . . . . . DIVISION 2 - Page 61 of 63 . Southold Animal Shelter Janaury 2007 DIVTSION 2 - STTR WORK SRCTTON 02911 - TOPSOn , . DRSCRTPTTON . A. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals necessary for hauling, stockpiling, placing, grading, and compacting of topsoil in accordance with the Specifications, Engineer and as indicated on the Contract Drawings. B. The Contractor may stockpile and use existing onsite topsoil. MATRRTAT.S . A. Topsoil shall be the surface layer of soil with no admixture of refuse or material toxic to plant growth and shall be free from subsoil, stumps, roots, brush, stones, clay, lumps or similar objects larger than 1" in greatest diameter. The organic content shall not be less than 5% or more than 20% as determined by loss on ignition of moisture free samples dried at 100 degrees. . B. The pH of the topsoil shall be between 5.5 and 7.6. C. All topsoil shall meet the following mechanical analysis: Pprcp.nt P~Hii:s:ing . 1" Screen y. Screen No. 100 mesh No. 200 mesh 100 65-90 20-80 20-80 . D. No more than 60% of the material passing the No. 100 mesh sieve shall consist of clay, as determined by the Bouyocous Hydrometer or by the decantation method. E. All percentages shall be based on dry weight of samples. . CONSTRnCTTON DF.T An,S A. The Contractor shall supply all required equipment and personnel necessary to scarity, rake and fine grade topsoil. Raking shall be performed at a minimum to the top 2 inches of soil. . B. The Contractor shall rake and fine grade all areas within the contract limit lines. All equipment tracks, depressions, etc., shall be graded smooth. . C. The Contractor shall supply required erosion control to protect the contract area. Any erosion, which may occur during construction, shall be repaired by the Contractor at no additional expense to the Town. . DIVISION 2 - Page 62 of 63 Southold Animal Shelter Janamy 2007 . nTVTf;10N 2 - f;1TR WORK END OF SECTION 02911 - TOPSOIL . . . . . . . . . DIVISION 2 - Page 63 of 63 . . Southold Animal Shelter 2/20/2007 . SECTION 03100 EXTERIOR CONCRETE MASONRY ASSEMBLIES PART I-GENERAL . 1.1 A. . 1.2 A. B. . C. D. E. . F. G. . H. I. . . . . RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.. . SUMMARY This Section includes concrete masonry unit assemblies consisting for the exterior walls. Scored, insulated concrete ground face masonry units, (ICMU). Scored, un-insulated concrete ground face masonry units. Reinforcing steel. Masonry joint reinforcement Ties and anchors Embedded flashing Miscellaneous masonry accessories. Related Sections include the following: I. Division 4 Section "Unit Masonry Assemblies for Interior Masonry assemblies." 2. Division 4 Section 04720 "Cast Stone." 3. Division 7 Section "Water Repellents" for water repellents applied to unit masonry assemblies. 4. Division 7 Section "Sheet Metal flashing and Trim" for exposed sheet metal flashing. 5. Division 7 Section "Through-Penetration Firestop Systems" for firestopping at openings in masonry walls. 6. Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants" for sealing control and expansion joints in unit masonry. 7. Division 8 Section "Steel Door and Frames" and "Aluminum doors and Frames" for metal frames set in masonry openings. I Southold Animal Shelter 2/20/2007 . 8. Division 10 Section "Louvers and Vents" for louvers set in masonry openings. J. Products furnished, but not installed, under this Section include the following: . 1. Dovetail slots for masonry anchors, installed under Division 3 Section "Cast-in-Place Concrete" 2. Anchor sections of adjustable masonry anchors for connecting to structural frame, installed under Division 5 Section "Structural Steel." . K. Products installed, but not furnished, under this Section include the following: I. Cast stone units furnished under Division 4 Section 04720 "Cast Stone." 2. Mortar and Grout furnished under Division 4 Section 04060 "Mortar and Grout." . 3. Steel lintels and shelf angles for unit masonry, furnished under Division 8 Section "Steel Doors and Frames" "Aluminum Doors and Frames Entrances and Storefronts" and Glazed Aluminum Curtain Wall." . 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Insulated Concrete Masonry Unit (ICMU): Pre insulated concrete masonry units with "web less" interlocking design. . B. Reinforced Masonry: Masonry containing reinforcing steel in grouted cells. c. Bond Beams: Either special "u" shaped grouted and reinforced units or manufacturer's grouted and reinforced units with field knock-out flange. . 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Provide all unit masonry that develops indicated net-area compressive strength (f) at 28 days. B. All masonry shall be provided with horizontal "ladder type" reinforcement at alternate courses (16" o.c.) except at parapet walls where reinforcing shall be every course. . C. Determine net-area compressive strength (f) of masonry from average net-area compressive strengths of masonry units and mortar types (unit-strength method) according to Tables 1 and 2 in ACI 530.l/ASCE 6/TMS 602. . ~ D. Determine net-area compressive strength (f) of masonry by testing masonry prisms according to ASTM C 1314. 1.5 SUB MITT ALS . A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. 2 . . Southold Animal Shelter 2/20/2007 B. Shop drawings: For the following: . 1. Masonry Units: Show sizes, profiles, coursing, and locations of special shapes. 2. Reinforcing Steel: Detail bending and placement of unit masonry reinforcing bars. Comply with ACI 315, "Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcement." Show elevations of reinforced walls including reinforced masonry shear walls. . 3. Fabricated Flashing: Detail corner units, end-dam units, and other special applications. 4. Movement Joints: Show locations of all control joints and expansion joints in masonry walls. C. Samples for Initial Selection and verification for each type and color of the following: . I. Insulated Concrete Masonry Units, in the form of full scale units. 2. Conventional concrete masonry units . 3. Colored mortar. 4. Weep holes/vents. 5. Flashing materials . 6. Accessories embedded in masonry. 7. Wall ties and anchors. D. List of Materials Used in Constructing Mockups: List generic product names together with manufacturers, manufacturers' product names, model numbers, lot numbers, batch numbers, source of supply, and other information as required to identify materials used. Include mix proportions for mortar and grout and source of aggregates. . 1. Submittal is for information only. Neither receipt of list nor approval of mockup constitutes approval of deviations from the Contract Documents unless such deviations are specifically brought to the attention of Architect and approved in writing. . E. Material Certificates; Include statements of material properties indicating compliance with requirements including compliance with standards and type designations within standards. Provide for each type and size of the following: 1. Masonry units. . a. Include material test reports substantiating compliance with the requirements. b. For masonry units used in structural masonry, include data and calculations establishing average net-area compressive strength of units. . 2. Cementitious materials. Include, brand, type, and name of manufacturer. 3. Preblended, dry mortar mixes. Include description of type and proportions of ingredients. . 3 Southold Animal Shelter 2/20/2007 . 4. Grout mixes. Included description of type and proportions of ingredients. 5. Reinforcing bars. . 6. Joint reinforcement. 7. Anchors, ties, and metal accessories. 8. Granular insulation. . F. Statement of Compressive Strength of Masonry: For each combination of masonry unit type and mortar type, provide statement of average net-area compressive strength of masonry units, mortar type, and resulting netOarea compressive strength of masonry determined according to . Tables I and 2 in ACI 530.1/ ASCE 6/TMS 602. . G. Cold-Weather Procedures: Detailed description of methods, materials, and equipment to be used to comply with cold-weather requirements. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE . Perform work in accordance with ACI 530 and ACI 530.1 A. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent agency qualified according to ASTM C 1093 for testing indicated, as documented according to ASTM E 548. . B. Source Limitations for Masonry Units: Obtain exterior masonry units of a uniform texture and color, or a uniform blend within the ranges accepted for these characteristics, through onsource from a single manufacturer. C. Source Limitations for Mortar Materials: Obtain mortar ingredients of a uniform quality, including color for exposed masonry, from a single manufacturer for each cementitious component and from on source or producer for each aggregate. . D. Preconstruction Testing Service: Owner will engage a qualified indiepndent testing agency to perform preconstion testing indicated below. Paymen for these series will be made by Owner. Retesting of materials that fail to meet specified requirements shall be done at Contractor's expense. . I. Concrete Masonry Unit Test: For each type of unit required per ASTM C 140 2. Mortar Test (Property Specifications): For each mix required, per ASTM C 780 . 3. Grout Test (Compressive Strength): For each mix required, per ASTM C 1019 4. Prism Test: For each type of construction required, per ASTM C1314 . 4 . . Southold Animal Shelter 2/20/2007 . E. Fire-Resistance Ratings: Where indicated, provide maerials and construction identical to those of assemblies with fire-resistance ratings dertmined per ASTM E 119 by a tsting and inspectiong agency, by equivalent concrete masonry thickness, or by other means, as acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. F. Sample Panels: Build sample panels to verifY selections made under samle submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects. Com;ly with requirements in Division 1 Section "Quality Requirements" for mockups. . 1. Panels . a. Build sample panels for each type of exposed unit masonry construction typical exterior wall in sizes approximately 72 inches long by 60 inches high by full thickness. Include ICMU and corner units b. Including preccast stone units . c. Include lower comer of window opening framed with stone trim at upper comer of mockup. Make opening approx 12 inches wide by 16 inches high. Show jamb construction, special coursing and bands d. Include through-wall flashing installed for a 24-inch length in comer of mockup approximately 16 inches down from top of mockup, with a l2-inch length of flashing left exposed to view (omit masonry above half of flashing). . e. Show insulation, joint reinforcing and weeps. f. Show typical jambs, head and si\1s. . g. Show typical comer construction. h. Include a sealant-filled joint at least 16 inches long in each exterior wall mockup. I. Include vertical rebar reinforcing. . 2. Clean one-half of exposed faces of panels with masonry cleaner indicated. 3. Apply specified sealer to one-half of exposed faces of panels 4. Protect approved sample panels from the elements with weather-resistant membrane. . 5. approval of sample panels is for color, texture, and blending of masonry units; relationship of mortar and sealant colors to masonry unit colors; tooling of joints; aesthetic qualities of workmanship; and other material and construction qualities specifically approved by Architect in writing. . a. Approval of sample panels does not constitue approval of deviations from the Contract Documents contained in sample panels unless such deviations are specifically approved by Architect in writing. . 5 Southold Animal Shelter 2/20/2007 . b. Sample shall be reviewed and approved in writing by ICMU manufacturer's representative. 6. Mock up shall remain intact for full duration of exterior masonry operations. Contractor shall remove from site when directed by Owner. . G. Pre-installation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Project Management and Coordination." . 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store masonry units single stacked on elevated platforms in a dry locations. If units are not stored in an enclosed location, cover tops and sides of stacks with waterproof sheeting, securely tied. Ifunits become wet, do not install until they are dry. . B. Store cementitious materials on elevated platforms, under cover, and in a dry location. Do not use cementitious materials that have become damp. C. Store aggregates where grading and other required characteristics can be maintained and contamination avoided. . D. Store masonry accessories, including metal items, to prevent corrosion and accumulation of dirt and oil. 1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS . A. Protection of Masonry: During construction, cover tops of walls, projections, and sills with waterproof sheeting at end of each day's work. Cover partially completed masonry when construction is not in progress. 1. Extend cover a minimum of 24 inches down both sides and hold cover securely in place. . 2. Where 1 wythe of multi-wythe masonry walls is completed in advance of other wythes, secure cover a minimum of 24 inches down face next to unconstructed wythe and hold cover in place. B. Do not apply uniform floor or roofloads for at least 12 hours and concentrated loads for at least 3 days after building masonry walls or columns. . C. Stain Prevention: Prevent grout, mortar, and soil from staining the face of masonry to be left exposed or painted. Immediately remove grout, mortar, and soil that come in contact with such masonry. . 1. Protect base of walls from rain-splashed mud and from mortar splatter by spreading coverings on ground and over wall surface. 2. Protect sills, ledges, and projections from mortar droppings. . 3. Protect surfaces of window and door frames, as well as similar products with painted and integral finishes from mortar droppings. 6 . . Southold Animal Shelter 2/20/2007 4. Turn scaffold boards near the wall on edge at the end of each day to prevent rain from splashing mortar and dirt onto completed masonry. . D. Cold-Weather Requirements: Do not use frozen materials or materials mixed or coated with ice or frost. Do not build on frozen substrates. Removed and replace unit masonry damaged by fronts or by freezing conditions. Comply with cold-weather construction requirements contained in ACI 530.I/ASCE6rrMS 602 and the following: . 1. When the ambient temperature is within the limits indicated, use the following procedures: a. 40 to 32 deg F: Heat mixing water or sand to produce mortar temperatures between 40 and 120 deg F. . b. 32 to 25 deg F: Heat mixing water and sand to produce mortar temperatures between 40 and 120 deg F. Heat grout materials to produce grout temperatures between 40 and 120 deg F. Maintain mortar and grout above freezing until used in masonry. Cover masonry with insulating blankets to provide enclosure and heat for a minimum of 48 hours. . c. 25 to 20 deg F: Heat mixing water and sand to produce mortar temperatures between 40 and 120 deg F. Heat grout materials to produce grout temperatures between 40 and 120 deg F. Maintain mortar and grout above freezing until used in masonry. Heat masonry units to 40 deg F if grouting. Provide enclosures and use heat on both sides of walls under construction to maintain temperatures above 32 deg F within the enclosures for a minimum of 48 hours. . d. 20 deg F and below: Heat mixing water and sand to produce mortar temperatures between 40 and 120 deg F. Heat grout materials to produce grout temperatures between 40 and 120 deg F. Maintain mortar and grout above freezing until used in masonry. Heat masonry units to 40 deg F. . 2. Cold-weather Cleaning: Use liquid cleaning methods only when air temperature is 40 deg F and above and will remain so until masonry has dried, but not less than 7 days after completing cleaning. E. Hot-weather Requirements: Comply with hot-weather construction requirements contained in ACi 530.l/ASCE6rrMS 602 and the following: . 1. When amhient temperatures exceeds 100 deg F, or 90 deg F with wind velocity greater than 8 mph, do not spread mortar beds more than 48 inches ahead of masonry. Set masonry units within one minute of spreading mortar. . . . 7 Southold Animal Shelter 2/20/2007 . PART 2 - PRODUCTS . 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection: . 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, manufacturers specified. . 2.2 MASONRY UNITS, GENERAL A. Defective units: Referenced masonry unit standards may allow a certain percentage of units to exceed tolerances and to contain chips, cracks, or other defects exceeding limits stated in the standard. Do not use units where such defects, including dimensions that vary from specified dimensions by more than stated tolerances, will be exposed in the competed Work or will impair the quality of completed masonry. . . 2.3 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS (CMU) AND INSULATED CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS (ICMU) A. Shapes: Provide shapes indicated and as follows: I. Provide CMU for lintels, corners, jambs, sashes, movement joints, headers, bonding, and other special conditions as detailed. . 2. Provide square-edged CMU, units for outside corners, unless otherwise indicated. 3. Provide ICMU unit with knock out webs for bond beams where indicated (CMU and ICMU). . 4. All ICMU shall be insulated, web-less concrete masonry units B. Integral Water Repellent: Provide units made with integral water repellent for all exterior exposed units. 1. Integral Water Repellent: Liquid polymeric, integral water-repellent admixture that does not reduce flexural bond strength. Units made with integral water repellent, when tested as a wall assembly made with mortar containing integral water-repellent manufacturer's mortar additive according to ASTM E 514, with test period extended to 24 hours, show no visible water or leaks on the back of the test specimen. . a. Available Products: . 8 . . Southold Animal Shelter 2/20/2007 1. Grace construction Products, a unit ofW.R.Grace & co. - Corum; Dry-Block . 2. Addiment Inc.; Block Plus W-IO 3. Master Builders, Inc.; Rheopel. . C. Concrete Masonry Units and Insulated Concrete Masonry Units: ASTM C 90. 1. Unit Compressive Strength: Provide units with minimum average net-area compressive strength of 2500 psi. . 2. Weight Classification: Lightweight unless otherwise indicated. 3. Size (Width): Manufactured to dimensions 3/8 inch less than nominal dimensions. 4. Size (Width): Manufactured to the following dimensions: . a. 4 inches nominal; 3-5/8 inches actual b. 6 inches nominal; 5-5/8 inches actual c. 8 inches nominal; 7-5/8 inches actual . d. 10 inches nominal; 9-5/8 inches actual e. 12 inches nominal; 11-5/8 inches actual f. Provide 8"xI6"x width for all units not exposed to view and not indicated to be scored. . g. Provide 8"x 16"x width, scored 8"x8" for all exterior exposed to view units. Scored joints shall be 3/8" wide x y." deep grooves in the face of the CMU and ICMU. 5. Exposed Faces: Provide color and testure matching the range represented by Architect's sample, obtained from on manufacturer. . 6. Pattern and Texture (exterior face of exposed units); a. Standard pattern, ground finish. Match Architect's samples b. Scored vertically so units laid in running bond appear as square units laid in stacked bond, standard finish. . 7. Color A: Color B: Color C: . 8. Available Products: . 9 Southold Animal Shelter 2/20/2007 . a. "NRG" insulated web-less, concrete masonry units manufactured under license from Advanced Concrete Technology by: 1. A. Jandris Co. (978-632-0398) . 2. Westbrook Concrete Block (860-399-6201) 2.4 MASONRY LINTELS . A. General: Provide masonry lintels, complying with requirements below. B. Masonry lintels: Prefabricated or built-in-place masonry lintels made from bond beam concrete masonry units with reinforcing bars placed as indicated and filled with coarse grout. Cure precast lintels before handling and installing. Temporarily support built-in-place lintels until cured. . 2.5 MORTAR AND GROUT MATERIALS . A. See specifications Section 04060 - Mortar and Grout. 2.6 REINFORCEMENT . A. Uncoated Steel Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A615M, Grade 60 B. Masonry Joint Reinforcement, General: ASTM A 951. 1. Stainless steel. . 2. Wire Size for Side Rods: WI.7 or 0.148-inch diameter, unless indicated otherwise. 3. Wire Size for Cross Rods: WI.7 or 0.148-inch diameter, unless indicated otherwise. 4. Spacing of Cross roads, Tabs, and Cross Ties: Not more than 16-inches o.c. . 5. Provide in legths of not less than 10 ft., with prefabricated comer and tee units. 6. Flush weld all keys. C. Masonry Joint Reinforcement for Single-Wythe Masonry: Ladder type with single pair of side rods. Provide at least 5/8" cover on each face. . D. Masonry Joint Reinforcement for Veneers Anchored with Seismic Masonry-Veneer Anchors; Single 0.188-inch diameter, stainless-steel for exterior walls, continuous wire. . 10 . . Southold Animal Shelter 2/20/2007 . 2.7 TIES AND ANCHORS A. Materials: Provide ties and anchors specified in subsequent paragraphs that are made from materials that comply with eight subparagraphs below, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Stainless-steel Sheet: ASTM A666, Type 304 . 2. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A36/A 36M 3. Stainless-steel bars: ASTM A276 or ASTM a666, Type 304 . B. Corrugated Metal Ties: Metal strips not less than 7/8 inch wide with corrugations having a wavelength of 0.3 to 0.5 inch and an amplitude of 0.06 to 0.10 inch made from steel sheet, galvanized after fabrication, for interior walls and stainless-steel sheet, for exterior walls, not less than 0.043 inch thick. . C. Wire Ties, General: Unless otherwise indicated, size wire ties to extend at least halfway through veneer but with at least 5/8 inch cover on ouside face. ' Outer ends of wires are bent 90 degrees and extend 2-inches parallel to face of veneer. D. Individual Wire Ties: Rectangular units with closed ends and not less than 4-inches wide. . 1. Z-shaped ties with ends bent 90 degrees to provide hooks not less than 2 inches long may be used for masonry constructed from solid units or hollow units laid with cells horizontal. 2. Where wythes do not align, use adjustable ties with pintle-and-eye connections having a maximum adjustment of 1-1/4 inches. 3. Wire: Fabricate from 3/16 inch diameter, steel stainless-steel wire. . E. Adjustable Anchors for Connecting to Structure: Provide anchors tat allow vertical or horizontal adjustment but resist tension and compression forces perpendicular to plane of wall. . 1. Anchor Section for Welding to Steel Frame: Crimped II. inch diameter, hot-dipped galvanized steel for interior use and stainless-steel for exterior use. 2. Tie Section: Triangular-shaped wire tie, sized to extend within 1 inch of masonry face, made from 0.1875 inch diameter, hot-dip galvanized steel for interior walls, stainless-steel for exterior walls. Provide tie compatible with seismic clip in exterior applications. . 3. Connector Section for Concrete: Dovetail tabs for inserting into dovetail slots in concrete and attached to tie section; formed from 0.097 inch thick, stainless steel sheet. 4. Tie Section for Concrete: Corrugated metal ties with dovetail tabs for inserting into dovetail slots in concrete and sized to extend to within I inch of masonry face. . 5. Use channels on beam web connections. 3360 by Hohmann & Barnard, with #363 & #364 (for break away anchor ties). . II Southold Animal Shelter 2/20/2007 . 6. Use straps on columns. #359 & #359 FP, Hohmann & Barnard with VWT or 301 W tie. 7. Notched column.#354 Hohmann & Barnard where welded tie cannot be achieved. . F. Rigid Anchors: Fabricate from steel bars 1-1/2 inches wide by Y. inch thick by 24 inches long, with ends tnrned up 2 inchesor with cross pins, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Corrosion Protection: Hot-dip galvanized to comply with ASTM A 1531 A 153M . G. Adjustable Masonry-Veneer Anchors 1. General: Provide anchors that allow vertical adjustment but resist tension and compression forces perpendicular to plane of wall, for attachment over sheathing to wood or metal studs, and as follows: . a. Structural performance Characteristics: Capable of withstanding a 100 Ib load in both tension and compression without deforming or developing play in excess of 0.05 inch. 2. Seismic Masonry-Veneer Anchors: Units consisting of a metal anchor section and a connector section designed to engage a continuous wire embedded in the veneer mortar joint. . a. Connector Sections: Dovetail tabs for inserting into dovetail slate. Size connector to extend at least halfway through veneer but with at least 5/8 inch cover on outside face. I /. b. Fabricate sheet metal anchor sections and other sheet metal parts from 0.078 inch thick, stainless steel sheet. c. Fabricate wire connector sections from 0.188-inch diarneter, stainless-steel wire. d. Available products: . I. Hohmann & Barnard, Inc. #315 BT wi Seismiclip or approved equal. 2. Dayton Superior Corp, Dur-o-Wal, Division 3. Wire-Bond, with wire-bond clip . H. Stabilizer Anchor 1. General: Bonds masonry and restrains lateral movement while allowing expansion and control joints to perform. . 2. Available Products: Hohmann & Barnard, Inc; slip-set stabilizer. . 12 . . Southold Animal Shelter 2/20/2007 . 2.8 MISCELLANEOUS ANCHORS A. Unit Type Inserts in concrete: Cast-iron or malleable-iron wedge-type inserts. . B. Dovetail slots in Concrete: Furnish dovetail slots with filler strips, of slot size indicated, fabricated from 18 ga. Stainless steel. . C. Anchor Bolts: L-shaped steel bolts complying with ASTM A307, Grade A, with ASTM A 563 hex nuts and, where indicated, flat washers, hot-dip galvanized to comply with ASTM A 1531 A 153 M, class C; of dimensions indicated. . D. Post installed Anchors: Provide chemical or torque-controlled expansion anchors, with capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to six times the load imposed when installed in solid or grouted unit masonry and equal to four times the load imposed when installed in concrete, as detennine by testing per ASTM E 488 conducted by a qualified independent testing agency. I. Corrosion Protection: Stainless steel components complying with ASTM F 593 and ASTM F 594, Alloy Groupl or 2 for bolts and nuts; ASTM A666 or ASTM A276, Type 304 or 316 for anchors. . 2.9 EMBEDDED FLASHING MATERIALS A. Metal Flashing: Provide metal flashing, where flashing is exposed or partly exposed and where indicated complying with Division 7 Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim" and as follows: . 1. Stainless-steel: ASTM A 240/A 240M, Type 304, 0.016 inch thick 2. Lead Coated Copper: Conform to Section 07600. . 3. Fabricate through-wall metal flashing embedded in masonry from sheet metal indicatd above. Provide an integral mortar bond. 4. Fabricate metal expansion-joint strips from sheet metal indicated above. . 5. Fabricate metal drip edges from sheet metal indicated above. Extend into wall as detailed but not less than 4-inches and Yo inch out from wall, bend metal back on itself for % inch and then down into joint 3/8-inch to form a stop for retaining sealant backer rod. 6. Fabricate continuous flashings in sections 96-inches long minimum, but not exceeding 12 feet. Rivet and solder all joints offormed, smooth metal flashing in accordance with Section 07600. . 7. Fabricate through wall flashing with snap lock receiver on exterior face where indicated to receive counterflashing. . 13 Southold Animal Shelter 2/20/2007 . B. Flexible flashing: For flashing not exposed to the exterior, use on e of the following, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Surface adhered composite membrane flashing: 25 mil, Polymeric, reinforced membrane over 15 mil SBS rubberized asphalt. Use only where flashing is fully concealed in masonry. . a. Available Products: Hyload, Inc. Hyload S/A Flashing, color gray C. Solder and Sealants for Sheet Metal Flashings: As specified in Division 7 Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim." . D. Adhesives, Primers, and Seam Tapes for Flashings: Flashing manufacturer's standard products or products recommended by flashing manufacturer for bonding flashing sheets to each other and to substrates. E. Accessories: Provide preformed flashing pieces at all inside comers, outside comers, level changes and end dams. . 2.10 MISCELLANEOUS MASONRY ACCESSORIES . A. Compressible Filler: Premolded filler strips complying with ASTM D 1056, Grade 2AI; compressible up to 35 percent; of width and thickness indicated; formulated from closed- cell neoprene. B. Bond-Breaker Stips: Asphalt-saturated, organic roofmg felt complying with ASTM D 226, Type I (No.15 asphalt felt). . C. Mesh W eepN ent: Free-draining mesh; made from polyethylene strands, 2 y.," x 3 \1," x \1," in color selected from manufacturer's standard. 1. Available Products: . a. Mortar Net USA, Ltd.; Mortar Net Weep Vents. Advanced Building Products Inc, Mortar Maze weep vent. b. Dayton superior Corp, Dur-O-Wal Division, Cell Vents. . c. Heckmann Building Products Inc.; No. 85 Cell Vent. d. Hohmann & Barnard, Inc., Quadro-Vent e. Wire-Bond; Cell Vent . D. Polyethylene Backer Rod: Closed-cell extruded low density polyethylene foam. E. Preformed control-joint gaskets; Made from styrene-butadiene rubber 1. Available Products: H&B; RS & RS-Tee . 14 . . Southold Animal Shelter 2/20/2007 . F. Reinforcing Bar Positioners: Wire units designed to fit into mortar bed joints spanning masonry unit cells with loops for holding reinforcing bars in center of cells. Units are formed from O.l42-inch steel wire; hot dip galvanized after fabrication. Provide units with either two loops or four loops as needed for number of bars indicated. 1. Available Products: a. Dayton superior Corp, Dur-O-Wal Division, D/A 810, D/A 812, D/A 817 . b. Heckmann Building Products Inc.; Rebar Positioner. c. Hohmann & Barnard, Inc., #RB or #RB Twin Rebar Positioner . d. Wire-Bond; a-Ring or double a-Ring Rebar Positioner G. Mortar/Grout Screen: Isolates flow of grout in designated areas. v." square screen fabricates from high strength non-corrosive polyprolene polymers. 1. Available Products: H&B Inc., MGS - Mortar/Grout Screen. . H. Cavity Drainage Material: Free-draining mesh, made from polymer strands that will not degrade within the wall cavity. 1. Provide one of the following configurations: . a. Strips, full-depth of cavity with vertical fmgers that prevent mesh from being clogged with mortar droppings. 2. Available Products: Mortar Net USA, Ltd., Mortar Net block 138 & 238 1. Termination Bar: Mechanically secures leading edge of flashing to substrate: . 1. Available Products: H&B; Tl-Termination Bar. J. Mesh Wall Ties: For bonding intersecting masonry walls. '/z" square, 16 ga. Hot dip galv. Wire mesh. . 1. Available Products: H&B; MWT - Mesh wall tie. 2.11 MASONRY-CELL INSULATION . A. Loose-granular Fill Insulation: Perlite complying with ASTM C 549, Type II (surface. treated for water repellency and limited moisture absorption) or Type IV (surfacte treated for water repellency and to limit dust generation). Fill cores of all uninsulated CMU in exterior wall. 1. Available Product: . a. Concrete Block Insulating Systems; Korfil. . IS Southold Animal Shelter 2/20/2007 . b. Shelter Enterprises Inc; Omni Core. B. Insulation for exterior ground faced units (ICMU) shall be expanded polystyrene as per manufacturer's requirements and shall be an integral part of the unit. . 2.12 MASONRY CLEANERS A. Proprietary Acidic Cleaner. Manufacturer's standard-strength cleaner designed for removing mortar/grout stains, efflorescence, and other new construction stains from new masonry without discoloring or damaging masonry surfaces. Use product expressly approved for intended use by cleaner manufacturer and manufacturer of masonry units being cleaned. . 1. Available Products: . a. ProSoCo, Inc. b. Diedrich Teclmologies, Inc. c. EaCo CHern, Inc. . 2.13 MASONRY SEALERS A. See Division 7 Section 07190 "Water Repellents" for requirements. . 2.14 SOURCE QUALTIY CONTROL A. Owner will engage a qualified independent testing agency to perform source qliality-control testing indicated below: . 1. Payment for these services will be made by Owner. 2. Retesting of materials failing to comply with specified requirements shall be done at Contractor's expense. . B. Concrete Masonry Unit Test: For each type of unit furnished, per ASTM C 140 . . 16 . . SECTION 13851 . FIRE ALARM SYSTEM PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Fire alarm system design and installation. including all components, wiring, and conduit. . 1.02 REFERENCES . A. IEEE C62.41 - IEEE Recommended Practice on Surge Voltages in Low-Voltage Power Circuits. B. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code. C. NFPA 72 - National Fire Alarm Code. D. NFPA 101 - Code for Safety to Life from Fire in Buildings and Structures. 1.03 SUBMITTALS . A. See Section 01300 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Evidence of installer qualifications. C. Inspection and Test Reports: 1. Submit inspection and test plan prior to closeout demonstration. 2. Submit documentation of satisfactory inspections and tests. 3. Submit NFPA 72 "Inspection and Test Form," filled out. D. Operating and Maintenance Data: Revise and resubmit until acceptable; have one set available during closeout demonstration: 1. Complete set of specified design documents, as approved by authority having jurisdiction. 2. Additional printed set of project record documents and closeout documents, bound or filed in same manuals. 3. Contact information for firm that will be providing contract maintenance and trouble call-back service. 4. List of recommended spare parts, tools, and instruments for testing. 5. Replacement parts list with current prices, and source of supply. 6. Detailed troubleshooting guide and large scale input/output matrix. 7. Detailed but easy to read explanation of procedures to be taken by non-technical administrative personnel in the event of system trouble, when routine testing is being conducted, for fire drills, and when entering into contracts for remodeling. E. Project Record Documents: Have one set available during closeout demonstration: 1. Complete set of floor plans showing actual installed locations of components, conduit, and zones. 2. "As installed" wiring and schematic diagrams, with final terminal identifications. 3. "As programmed" operating sequences, including control events by device, updated input/output chart, and voice messages by event. F. Closeout Documents: 1. Certification by manufacturer that the system has been installed in compliance with his installation requirements, is complete, and is in satisfactory operating condition. 2. NFPA 72 "Record of Completion", filled out completely and signed by installer and authorized representative of authority having jurisdiction. . . . . . 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. installer Qualifications: Firm with minimum 3 years documented experience installing fire alarm . Southold Animal Shelter, Southold, NY 01/19/2007 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM . systems of the specified type and providing contract maintenance service as a regular part of their business. 1. Installer Personnel: At least 2 years of experience installing fire alarm systems. 2. Supervisor: NICET level III or IV (3 or 4) certified fire alarm technician; furnish name and address. 3. Certified in Southold, NY as fire alarm installer. . 1.05 WARRANTY A. Provide control panel manufacturer's warranty that system components other than wire and conduit are free from defects and will remain so for 1 year after date of Substantial Compietion. B. Provide installer's warranty that the installation is free from defects and will remain so for 1 year after date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM . . A. Fire Alarm System: Provide a new automatic fire detection and alarm system: 1. Provide all components necessary, regardless of whether shown in the contract documents or no!. 2. Protected Premises: Entire building shown on drawings. 3. Comply with the following; where requirements conflict, order of precedence of requirements is as listed: a. The Americans With Disabilities Act (ADA). b. The requirements of the local authority having jurisdiction. c. Applicable local codes. d. The contract documents (drawings and specifications). e. NFPA 72; where the word "should" is used consider that provision mandatory; where conflicts between requirements require deviation from NFPA 72, identify deviations clearly on design documents. 4. Master Control Unit (Panel): New, located at fire command center. 5. Combined Systems: Do not combine fire alarm system with other non-fire systems. B. Fire Department Connections: 1. Means of Transmission to Remote Supervising Station: Digital alarm communicator transmitter (DACT), 2 telephone lines. C. Power Sources: 1. Primary: Dedicated branch circuits of the facility power distribution system. 2. Secondary: Storage batteries. 3. Capacity: Sufficient to operate entire system for period specified by NFPA 72. 2.02 FIRE SAFETY SYSTEMS INTERFACES . , I . . . A. Alarm: Provide alarm initiation in accordance with NFPA 72 for the following: 1. Duct smoke detectors. B. HVAC: 1. Duct Smoke Detectors: Close dampers indicated; shut down air handlers indicated. 2.03 COMPONENTS . A. General: 1. Provide flush mounted units where installed in finish areas; in unfinished areas, surface mounted unit are acceptable. 2. Provide legible, permanent labels for each control device, using identification used in operation and maintenance data. . Southold Animal Shelter, Southold, NY 01/19/2007 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM . . . B. Fire Alarm Control Units, Initiating Devices, and Notification Appliances: Underwriters Laboratories as suitable for the purpose intended. C. Master Control Unit: As specified for Basis of Design above, or equivalent D. Initiating Devices: 1. Manual Pull Stations: 2. Smoke Detectors: 3. Duct Smoke Detectors: 4. Heat Detectors: ; listed by . E. Notification Appliances: 1. Speakers: 2. Strobes: . F. Surge Protection: Provide surge protection to power supplies of Fire Alarm system. G. Locks and Keys: Deliver keys to Town of Southold, NY. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION . A. Install in accordance with applicable codes, NFPA 72, NFPA 70, and the contract documents. B. Conceal all wiring, conduit, boxes, and supports where installed in finished areas. C. Obtain Town of Southold, NY's approval of locations of devices, before installation. D. Install instruction cards and labels. . 3.02 INSPECTION AND TESTING FOR COMPLETION . A. Notify Town of Southold, NY and Design Learned 7 days prior to beginning completion inspections and tests. B. Notify authorities having jurisdiction and comply with their requirements for scheduling inspections and tests and for observation by their personnel. C. Provide the services of the installer's supervisor or person with equivalent qualifications to supervise inspection and testing, correction, and adjustments. D. Prepare for testing by ensuring that all work is complete and correct; perform preliminary tests as required. E. Provide all tools, software, and supplies required to accomplish inspection and testing. F. Perform inspection and testing in accordance with NFPA 72 and requirements of local authorities; document each inspection and test G. Correct defective work, adjust for proper operation, and retest until entire system complies with contract documents. . . 3.03 CLOSEOUT . A. Closeout Demonstration: Demonstrate proper operation of all functions to Town of Southold, NY. 1. Be prepared to conduct any of the required tests. 2. Have at least one copy of operation and maintenance data, preliminary copy of project record drawings, input/output matrix, and operator instruction chart(s) available during demonstration. 3. Have authorized technical representative of control unit manufacturer present during demonstration. 4. Demonstration may be combined with inspection and testing required by authority having . Southold Animal Shelter, Southold, NY 01/19/2007 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM . jurisdiction; notify authority having jurisdiction in time to schedule demonstration. 5. Repeat demonstration until successful. END OF SECTION . . . . ) . . . . . Southold Animal Shelter, Southold, NY 01/19/2007 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM . . Southold Animal Shelter 2/20/2007 . SECTION 03300 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PART 1- GENERAL . l.l A. B. C. D. E. F. . . .' . SUMMARY Labor, materials, transportation, protection, apparatus, tools, equipment, incidentals, and other work necessary to complete cast-in-place concrete indicated on Drawings or specified herein. Structural Cast-In-Place Concrete including footings, building framing members, post-tensioned concrete, retaining walls, floors, and supported slabs. Slabs on grade. Provisions for and embedded items of control, expansion, and contraction joints associated with concrete Work. Concrete finishing, special concrete finishes, concrete curing. Other Work identified with concrete Work and herein specified or called for on Drawings including cooperation with other trades in setting and placing of items required to be incorporated in concrete Work. G. Concrete pads and curbs for plumbing, mechanical, fire protection, and electrical equipment. Obtain exact number, size, configuration, and location of concrete pads or curbs for particular trade, and necessary appurtenances, drawings, and templates showing actual requirements, including size, type, and location of anchoring devices from plumbing, mechanical, fire protection, or electrical Subcontractors. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS: . . A. Section 03100 - Concrete Forms and Accessories. B. Section 03200 - Concrete Reinforcement. C. Division 15 - Mechanical. D. Division 16 - Electrical. 1.3 REFERENCES . . A. AC1 30 I - Specifications for Structural Concrete for BuildiHgs. B. ACI 302 - Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction. C. ACI 304 - Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting and Placing Concrete. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 I Southold Animal Shelter 2/20/2007 . D. ACI 305R - Hot Weather Concrete. E. ACI 306R - Cold Weather Concrete. . F. ACI 308-92 - Standard Practice for Curing Concrete. G. ACI 318 Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete. H. ACI 117 Standard Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials. . L ASTM D994 - Pre-Formed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete (Bituminous Type). 1. ASTM Dl751 ~ Pre-Formed Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction (Non-extruding and Resilient Bituminous Types). K. ASTM Dl752 - Pre-Formed Sponge Rubber and Cork Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction. . L. ASTM C31 - Method of Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field. M. ASTM C33 - Concrete Aggregates. . N. ASTM C39 - Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens. O. ASTM C42 - Method of Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and Sawed Beams of Concrete. P. ASTM C94 - Ready-Mixed Concrete. . Q. ASTM C136 - Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregate. R. ASTM C143 - Test Method for Slump of Portland Cement Concrete. S. ASTM C150 - Portland Cement. . T. ASTM CI71-92 - Specification for Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete. U. ASTM C 172 - Method of Sampling Freshly Mixed Concrete. V. ASTM C231 - Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Pressure Method. . W. ASTM C260 - Air Entraining Admixtures for Concrete. X. ASTM C309- Specification for Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete. Y. ASTM C330 - Specification for Light Weight Aggregates Portland Cement Concrete. . 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Conform to ACI 301 and ACI 318. . B. Conform to ACI 305R concrete during hot weather. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 2 . . Southold Animal Shelter 2/20/2007 . E. . 1.5 A. . B. . C. Conform to ACI 306R concrete during cold weather. D. Quality Control: Do not commence placement of concrete until mix designs have been reviewed and approved by Architect, and until copies are at Project site, batch plant, and building inspection department. Obtain cement and aggregate from same source for all Work. DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING Hauling Time: Discharge concrete transported in a truck mixer, agitator, or other transportation device not later than 1-1/2 hours, or 300 revolutions of the drum, after mixing water has been added, whichever is earliest. Addition of water on-site: Limit addition of water to mix after leaving batch facility to first truck delivery of a given class of concrete per day. Mix thoroughly with a minimum of 30 revolutions of drum at mixing speed. Contact batch facility for adjustment of mix proportions. Addition of water to following loads is strictly prohibited. 1.6 SITE CONDITIONS . . . . . A. Hot Weather Concrete: I. Comply with ACI 301 and ACI 305R. 2. Provide retarding type admixture conforming to ASTM C494, Type A or D in compliance with manufacturer's recommendations. 3. Do not exceed maximum concrete temperature of95 degrees F at time of placement. 4. Place concrete with temperatures above 95 degrees F only if a high range water reducer (super plasticizer) is added to the mix as directed by the Independent Testing Laboratory to maintain the specified slump during placement. B. Cold Weather Concrete: I. Comply with ACI 301 and ACI 306R. 2. Protect concrete Work from physical damage or reduced strength that could be caused by frost, freezing actions, or low temperatures. 3. When ambient temperature at Project site is below 40 degrees F, or is expected to fall to that temperature within ensuing 24 hour period, heat water and/or aggregate prior to adding to mix so that temperature of concrete will be between 55 and 85 degrees F at time of placement. 4. Maintain temperature of deposited concrete between 50 and 70 degrees F for minimum of 7 days after placing. 5. Do not place concrete on frozen ground. C. Do not use combustion heaters during first 48 hours without precautions to prevent exposure of concrete and workers to ellloaust gases containing carbon dioxide and/or carbon monoxide. D. Admixtures intended to accelerate hardening of concrete or produce higher than normal strength at early periods will not be permitted, unless approved in writing by Architect. Calcium chloride is specifically prohibited. . CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 3 Southold Animal Shelter 2/20/2007 . PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CONCRETE MATERIALS . A. Cement: Comply with ASTM C150, Type I - Normal, unless noted otherwise, with low alkali. Do not change brand of cement during progress of Work except as approved in writing by Architect. B. Fly Ash: ASTM C618, Class C or F, subject to approval of Architect. . C. Coarse Aggregates: Clean, hard, fme-grained, sound crushed rock or washed gravel, free of substances that may be deleterious to concrete. Maximum size as indicated for class of concrete 1. Regular weight concrete ASTM C33 2. Lightweight Aggregate: ASTM C 330 . D. Fine Aggregate: ASTM C33, washed, natural sand having strong, hard, durable particles, and containing not more than 2 percent by weight of deleterious matter such as clay, lumps, mica, shale, or schist. E. Lightweight Aggregate: ASTM C 330. . F. Integral Color: 1. Coloring admixtures for concrete shall conform to ASTM C 979. 2. Use the following pigments to achieve the colors desired: a. White: white Portland cement and white sand. . b. Black: iron oxide. c. Brown: brown oxide of iron. d. Buff: yellow oxide of iron. e. Green: chromium oxide. f. Blue: cobalt oxide. g. Pink: red oxide of iron. . h. Rose: red oxide of iron. i. Cream: yellow oxide of iron 3. Pigment manufacturers shall present a formula for achieving each color required for the design. a. Contractor shall send samples of actual cement and sand to the pigment company for their use in developing these formulas. . b. Architect will provide color samples for matching. c. Site samples shall be developed by the Contractor from these formulas. 4. Pigments shall be obtained from: a. L M Scofield Co., 1-800-800-9900 b. Harcross Pigments., 1-800-323-7796 c. Specialty Concrete Products, 1-800-533-4702 . G . Water: Clean, potable, and free of deleterious amounts of acid, alkali, salt, and organic materials, or materials that are detrimental to concrete. H. Admixtures: Certified by manufacturer to contain not more than 0.1 percent water-soluble chloride ions by mass of cementitious material and to be compatible with other admixtures and cementitious materials. Do not use admixtures containing calcium chloride. . CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 4 . . Southold Animal Shelter 2/20/2007 . I. Air-Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260. 2. Water-Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C494, Type D. 2.2 ACCESSORIES . . . . . G. 2.3 A. . B. . 2.4 . A. Reinforced Vapor Retarder: ASTM D21 03; minimum 10 mils thick, fungi-resistant, string reinforcement laminated between layers of polyethylene film, tear resistant, type recommended for below grade application, and joints sealed with adhesive backed polyethylene tape. B. Non-Shrink Grout: Premixed, self-leveling, compound consisting of non-staining natural aggregate, cement, water reducing and plasticizing agents; capable of developing minimum compressive strength of 4,000 PSI in 3 days and 7,000 PSI in 28 days. \. The Euclid Chemical Company: NS GROUT or approved substitute. C. Bonding Agent: ASTM C1059, Type n, non-redispersible, acrylic emulsion or styrene butadiene. D. Interior Curing Compound: \. ASTM C-309, Type I, Class B; high solids, non-yellowing, VOC compliant, water based liquid membrane forming curing and sealing compound. 2. Moisture-Retaining Cover: ASTM C 17l, polyethylene film or white burlap- polyethylene sheet. E. Evaporation Retarder: Waterbome, monomolecular film forming, manufactured for application to fresh concrete. F. Safety Stair Nosing: Provide nosing for every tread, recess for tile, nosing shall be 3-1/2 inch wide, 1/4 inch thick, 1/4 inch nose underside. \. WOOSTER Products, Inc.: Type 24IBF or approved substitute. Waterstops: Specified in Section 03100 - Concrete Forms and Accessories. FILLER MATERIALS Joint Filler: ASTM D 1751; Asphalt saturated cellulosic fiber expansion joint filler, 1/2 inch thick, waterproof, flexible, permanent, and self-sealing. \. W.R. Meadows: Sealtight or approved substitute. Joint sealant and Primer: Contractor to submit to Architect for approval. CONCRETE MIX A. Concrete Schedule Type: footing 2 I. Condition: Concrete Foundation 2. Item: Strip Footing 3. Size: 18 x 30 Footing 4. Concrete Type: Type I 5. Concrete Strength: 4000 PSI 6. Form Material: Framing lumber . CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 5 Southold Animal Shelter 2/20/2007 . 7. Reinforcing at Pads and Retaining wall Footing: None B. Concrete Schedule Type: footing I 1. Condition: Strip Footings at masonry foundation 2. Item: Strjp Footing at masonry 3. Location on Project: perimeter and loadbearing 4. Size, Width: 12 5. Size, Depth: 30 6. Concrete Type: Type I 7. Concrete Strength: 4000 PSI 8. Form Material: Earth forms 9. Reinforcing at Pads and Retaining wall Footing: None . . C. Refer to Plans for compressive strength requirements. D. . Proportion normal weight concrete per ACI 211.1 recommendations. E. Ready-Mixed Concrete: Measure, batch, mix, and deliver concrete according to ASTM C94, and furnish. batch ticket information. F. Ready-Mixed Concrete: Measure, batch, mix, and deliver concrete according to ASTM C94 and ASTM C 1116, and furnish batch ticket information. 1. When air temperature is between 85 and 90 degrees F reduce mixing and delivery time from 1-1/2 hours to 75 minutes; when air temperature is above 90 degrees F, reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes. . G. Provide concrete meeting ACI 30 I, and criteria listed in Concrete Schedule or Concrete Type. . H. Use accelerating admixtures in cold weather only, when approved in writing by Structural Engineer. Use of admixtures will not relax cold weather placing requirements. 1. Use set-retarding admixtures during hot weather only, when approved in writing by Structural Engineer. . 2.5 PIGMENTED MINERAL DRY-SHAKE FLOOR HARDENER: A. Color hardeners shall be manufactured by: 1. L M Scofield Co. a. Lithochrome . 2.6 SLIP-RESISTANT AGGREGATE FINISH . A. General: Factory-graded, packaged, rustproof, nonglazing, abrasive aggregate of fused aluminum- oxide granules or crushed emery with emery aggregate containing not less than 50 percent aluminum oxide and not less than 25 percent ferric oxide; unaffected by freezing, moisture, and cleaning materials. . CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 6 . . Southold Animal Shelter 2/20/2007 PART 3 - EXECUTION . 3.1 A. . B. C. . D. EXAMINATION Examine areas and conditions under which Work of this Section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of Work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Verity minimum concrete cover over reinforcement. Verity that anchors, seats, plates, reinforcement, and other items to be cast into concrete are accurately placed, positioned securely, and will not cause hardship in placing concrete. Verity that formwork members and structures are of size, shape, alignment, elevation, and position indicated, prior to proceeding with Work of this Section. . 3.2 PREPARATION . . . 3.3 A. B. e. D. E. F. . . A. Verity that forms are clean and free of rust before applying release agent. B. Repair vapor retarder damaged during placement of concrete reinforcing. Repair with vapor retarder material; lap over damaged areas a minimum 6 inches and seal watertight. e. Prepare previously placed concrete by cleaning with steel brush and applying bonding agent in compliance with manufacturer's instructions. D. In locations where new concrete is doweled to existing concrete, drill holes in existing concrete, insert steel dowels, and pack solid with non-shrink grout or epoxy. E. Steel trowel slabs to receive sheet flooring to a true level and [mish smooth and straight to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in any 10 feet radius. Grind high spots level, and fill in low spots with approved leveling compounds to the full approval of the wood and synthetic flooring installers. PLACING CONCRETE Place concrete per ACI 304R and ACI 30 I, and 302.IR for floor slabs. Notity Architect and independent inspection agency minimum 48 hours prior to commencement of operations. Ensure reinforcement, inserts, embedded parts, formed joint fillers, and joint devices are not disturbed during concrete placement. Place concrete continuously between predetermined expansion, control, and construction joints. Do not interrupt successive placement; do not permit cold joints to occur. Place floor slabs in pattern indicated. 1. Provide thickened concrete slabs below masonry partitions where indicated on Drawings. . CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 7 Southold Animal Shelter 3.4 2/20/2007 . G. Vibrate formed concrete. Maintain a minimum of 2 functioning concrete vibrators on-site during concreting operations. H. . Joints: 1. Install joint fillers, primer, and joint sealers per manufacturer's instructions. 2. Separate slabs on grade from vertical surfaces with joint filler. 3. Install construction joint device in coordination with floor slab pattern placement sequence. Set top to required elevations. Secure to resist movement by wet concrete. 4. Where saw cut joints are indicated, saw cut joints within 24 hours after placing. Using 3/16 inch thick blade, cut into 1/4 depth of slab thickness. Cut in pattern approved by Architect. 5. Extend joint filler from bottom of slab to within 1/4 inch of fmished slab surface. Conform to generally accepted practice for finish joint sealer requirements. . 1. Install joint device anchors. Maintain correct position to allow joint cover flush with floor and wall finish. 1. Install joint covers in 1 piece length, when adjacent construction activity is complete. . J. Apply sealant in joint devices per generally accepted practices. . K. Maintain records of concrete placement. Record date, location, quantity, air temperature, and test samples taken. INSERTS, ANCHORS, AND EMBEDDED ITEMS . A. RegIets and Rebates: 1. Form reglets and rebates as required to receive frames, flashing, and other equipment. 2. Verify dimensions and positions of required reglets and rebates with trades who's Work is related to or contingent upon such dimensions and positions. 3. Where concrete slabs on earthjoin a wall or other perpendicular concrete surface, form a regIet in the wall to receive and carry the horizontal concrete Work. . B. Embedded Piping and Rough Hardware: 1. Coordinate the various trades who are requiredJo fasten Work to the structure, including sleeves, boxes, bolts, anchors, inserts, or other rough hardware. Conduit and Sleeves: a. Locate so as to not reduce strength of construction. Do not place pipes, except conduits, in a slab ofless than 3-1/2 inch thickness. b. In supported concrete slabs, do not bury conduit having an outside diameter greater than 33 percent of thickness of slab. Increase slab thickness locally to meet this requirement. c. Do not place conduit between bottom of reinforcing steel and the bottom of supported slab. d. In placing conduits at slabs on earth, place below reinforcement, and encase in concrete by increasing thickness of slab locally to at least 3 inches of concrete around conduit on all sides. . 2. . c. . Where openings in floors and walls are required by various trades, but are not detailed on Drawings, obtain written approval for, and reinforce, as directed by Architect. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 8 . . Southold Animal Shelter 2/20/2007 3.5 PATCHING TIE HOLES . . 3.6 A. . B. C. . . . . . . A. Patch tie holes per ACI 301 - Article 9.3. B. Exposed Tie Holes: Solidly fill tie holes left by withdrawal of rods or holes left by removal of ends ofties with mortar after first being thoroughly wetted. Fill holes with a small tool that will permit packing the hole with mortar. Finish formed holes by leaving I inch deep exposed recess after patching. CONCRETE FINISHING Rough-Formed Finish: As-cast concrete texture. Remove fins and other projections. Smooth-Formed Finish: As-cast finish. Repair and patch tie holes and defective areas. Remove fins and other projections exceeding 1/8 inch in height. Rubbed Finish: Apply the following to smooth-formed [mished concrete as scheduled: I. Smooth-Rubbed Finish: Not later than one day after form removal, moisten concrete surfaces and rub with carborundum brick or another abrasive until producing a uniform color and texture. Do not apply cement grout. 2. Grout-Cleaned Finish: Wet concrete surfaces and apply grout to coat surfaces and fill small holes. Add white Portland cement to grout in amounts determined by trial patches so color of dry grout will match adjacent surfaces. Scrub grout into voids and remove excess grout. When grout whitens, rub surface with clean burlap and keep surface damp by fog spray for at least 36 hours. 3. Cork-Floated Finish: Wet concrete surfaces and apply a stiff grout. Add white Portland cement in amounts determined by trial patches so color of dry grout will match adjacent surfaces. Compress grout into voids by grinding surface. In a swirling motion, finish surface with a cork float. Keep surface damp for 36 hours. D. Unformed Surfaces: Strike off smooth and finish with a texture matching adjacent formed surfaces. Continue final surface treatment offormed surfaces uniformly across adjacent unformed surfaces, unless otherwise indicated. E. Do not use earth cast concrete for surfaces to be left exposed finish. F. Comply with recommendations in ACI 302.1R for screeding, restraightening, and finishing operations for concrete surfaces. Do not wet concrete surfaces. G. Wood float floors which will receive ceramic tile or terrazzo with full bed setting system. H. In areas with floor drains, maintain floor elevation at walls; pitch surfaces uniformly to drains as indicated on Drawings. 1. Equipment Bases and Foundations: Provide machine and equipment bases and foundations as shown on Drawings. Set anchor bolts for machines and equipment at correct elevations, complying with diagrams or templates of manufacturer furnishing machines and equipment. . CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 9 Southold Animal Shelter 2/20/2007 . 3.7 CURING AND PROTECTION A. Immediately after placement, protect concrete from premature drying, excessively hot or cold temperatures, and mechanical injury. . B. Maintain concrete with minimal moisture loss at relatively constant temperature for period necessary for hydration of cement and hardening of concrete. c. Cure concrete floor surfaces with specified curing compound applied per manufacturer's written instructions. . 3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Observe protection and curing methods for concrete; excluding slabs on grade, strip footing without transverse reinforcement, and topping slabs. 1. Verify that specified curing procedures are followed. 2. Verify that specified hot and cold weather procedures are followed. . B. Inspect bolts installed in concrete. \. Verify specified size, type, spacing, configuration, embedment, and quality. 2. Verify proper concrete placement and consolidation around all bolts. . C. If any test indicates Work does not meet specified requirements, remove Work, replace, and retest at no additional cost to Owner. 3.9 PATCHING . 3.10 A. Allow Architect to inspect concrete surfaces immediately upon removal of forms. B. Excessive honeycomb or embedded debris in concrete is not acceptable. Notify Architect upon discovery. . C. Patch imperfections as directed per ACI 301. DEFECTIVE CONCRETE . A. Repair defective concrete per ACI 301 - Article 9.2. B. Defective Concrete is defmed here as: \. Concrete not conforming to required lines, details, dimensions, tolerances, or specified requirements. 2. Concrete that has voids or honeycombs that have been cut, resurfaced, or filled. 3. Concrete that has sawdust, shavings, wood, or embedded debris, or does not conform fully to provisions of the Contract Documents. . C. Repair and Replacement: \. Defective concrete may be cut out and repaired with gunite, or other approved methods, when and as directed by Architect. . CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 10 . . Southold Animal Shelter 2/20/2007 2. Where defective concrete is found after removal of forms, cut out the defective concrete, if necessary, and make the surfaces match adjacent surfaces. Work uneven surfaces and angles of concrete to a surface matching adjacent concrete surfaces. . 3. D. Do not patch, fill, touch-up, repair, or replace exposed concrete except upon express written direction of Architect for each individual area. . . . . . . . . . CAST-TN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 II . South old Animal Shelter 1/31/07 SECTION 04270 . GLASS UNIT MASONRY PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES . A. Interior Glass block set in mortar B. Accessories and anchors. . 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section - Concrete Masonry Units B. Section 07900 - Joint Sealers. . 1.3 REFERENCES A. ASTM C 144 - Standard Specification for Aggregate for Masonry Mortar; 1999. B. ASTM C 150 - Standard Specification for Portland Cement; 2002. . c. ASTM C 207 - Standard Specification for Hydrated Lime for Masonry Purposes; 1991 (Re- approved 1997). D. ASTM C 270 - Standard Specification for Mortar for Unit Masonry; 2001a. . E. ASTM D 1187 - Standard Specification for Asphalt-Base Emulsions for Use as Protective Coatings for Metal; 1997 (Re-approved 2002). 1.4 SUBMITTALS . A. Submit under provisions of Section 01300. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's literature, installation and preparation instructions and recommendations, and storage and handling requirements and recommendations. . C. Verification Samples: 1. Two glass block units of each type specified, showing size, design, color and pattern of faces. 2. Representative samples of pane! reinforcing, panel anchors, expansion strips, and sealant, as required for project. . . 04270 GLASS BLOCK 1014 Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 . 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store products in manufacturer's unopened packaging in clean, cool, dry area until ready for installation. . B. Protect opened cartons of glass block against windblown rain or water run-off with tarpaulins or plastic covering. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS . A. Do not install glass block units when temperature is 40 degrees Fahrenheit (4 degrees Celsius) and falling. 1.7 WARRANTY . A. Glass Block Units: 5 year warranty PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS . A. Manufacturer for interior block: Solaris from North American Glass, color: light green, color to be verified after samples of all finishes are submitted. Requests for substitutions will be considered in accordance with provisions of Section 01600. . A. Warrant that substitutions will provide performance equivalent to materials specified herein by providing supporting technical data, samples and published specifications. 2.2 GLASS BLOCKS . A. Interior Glass Blocks: Solaris GB, colored light green Series block; hollow; 3-1/8 inches (79 nun) thick. 1. General: Applies to all Series unless otherwise indicated. a. Face Size: Actual face size is 1/4 inch (6 nun) less than nominal. b. Weight Installed With Mortar: 161b/sq ft (78 kglsq m). 2. Pattern: Clearview, model 883 color light green a. Face Size: 8 inches (203 nun) by 8 inches (203 nun), nominal. . 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Panel Reinforcing: For exterior, follow test report. Also see details on drawings. . B. Expansion Strips: Polyethylene foam with thickness of 3/8 inch (10 nun). C. Asphalt Emulsion: Water-based; complying with ASTM D 1187 or D 1227 as applicable to substrate. . D. Sealant (caulk): Non-staining; waterproof mastic; silicone type; clear 04270 GLASS BLOCK . 20f4 . Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 E. Mortar: Type S, in accordance with ASTM C 270; I part Portland Cement, 1/2 part lime, and sand to equal 2-1/4 to 3 times the amount of cementitious material, all measures by volume; antifreeze compound or accelerators are unacceptable. \. Portland Cement: Type I, in accordance with ASTM C 150; omit integral type waterproofer if waterproof Portland Cement is used. a. Color: As selected by architect from the manufacturer's full line of colors. . 3. Lime: Type S, in accordance with ASTM C 207; use pressure hydrated dolomitic lime, providing that not less than 92 percent of active ingredients are completely hydrated. Sand: Clean, white quartzite essentially free of iron compounds, in accordance with ASTM C 144; not less than 100 percent passing a No.8 sieve. Integral Type Water-Repellant: Stearate; as recommended by block manufacturer. . 2. . 4. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION . A. Do not begin installation until substrates have been properly prepared. B. If substrate preparation is the responsibility of another installer, notiJy Architect of unsatisfactory preparation before proceeding. . C. VeriJy that structural members supporting glass blocks are designed for maximum deflection of L/600 under installed load. D. VeriJy that panel anchors or channels for support at head and jambs are properly installed. . 3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean surfaces thoroughly prior to installation. B. Prepare surfaces using the methods recommended by the manufacturer for achieving the best result for the substrate under the project conditions. . 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions or test parameters with glass blocks set in full mortar bed with joint reinforcing at 16 inches (406 mm) on center and in joints inunediately above and below openings or as required for approved PVC silicone system. . B. Paint sills of all panels using mortar with heavy coat of asphalt emulsion and dry for minimum two hours before first mortar bed is placed. C. Make provision for expansion and movement at jambs and heads of all panels; do not allow structural loads to bear on glass blocks. . . 04270 GLASS BLOCK 3014 Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 . D. Mix mortar or provide approved silicone and apply in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 3.4 CLEANING . A. Remove excess sealer from glass surfaces immediately following application. B. Remove excess mortar from faces of glass block at time joints are struck or tooled. 3.5 PROTECTION . A. Protect installed products until completion of project. B. Maintain temperature of glass unit masonry above 40 degrees Fahrenheit (4 degrees Celsius) for first 48 hours after construction. . C. Touch-up, repair or replace damaged products before Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION . . . . . . 04270 GLASS BLOCK 40f4 . . SECTION 05120 STRUCTURAL STEEL . PART 1 - GENERAL . 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES: A. Requirements for structural steel beams, columns, tubes, plates and connections as indicated in drawings. . 1.02 REFERENCED SECTIONS: A. NA. . 1.03 CITED STANDARDS: A. American Institute for Steel Construction (AISC): Manual of Steel Construction, Allowable Stress Design B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): A36 Structural Steel E94 Guide for Radiographic Testing E142 Controlling Quality of Radiographic Testing E164 Ultrasonic Contact Examination ofWeldments C. American Welding Society (AWS): D1.1 Structural Welding Code - Steel D. Steel Structures Painting Council (SSPC): SP-1 Solvent Cleaning SP-6 Commercial Blast Cleaning PS 7.00 Paint Systems Guide No. 7.00 . . . 1.04 NOTED RESTRICTIONS: A. No field welding will be permitted, except where indicated in drawings. B. No field cutting or burning of openings in structural members will be permitted. C. Welding across tension flange of the member shall not be permitted. . . 1.05 QUALITY CONTROL: A. Steel fabricator shall be AISC - certified. B. Inspect existing conditions and take all necessary measurements to field verify the dimensions and field conditions prior to submission of Shop Drawings. C. Retain an independent testing laboratory to perform all testing and inspecting of shop- Southhold Animal Shelter 05120 -1 STRUCTURAL STEEL . . welded connections with corresponding reports. D. All welding shall be currently certified by AWS. E. All welding shall conform to AWS D1.1, Section 5. F. All reaming shall be performed in accordance with the latest AISC Standards. . 1.06 SUBMITTALS: A. Structural Steel Erection Plans and detailed Shop Drawings showing all members marked by number, quantities and weight, together with all structural welds. B. Completed Form E-1 for welding procedures from AWS D1.1, Appendix E. Form shall be submitted prior to submission of shop details. C. Completed Form E-4 for welder qualifications from AWS D1.1, Appendix E. D. Haunch and Camber calculations showing that steel beams are straight after imposition of full dead load and live load. . . 1.07 DELlVERABLES: A. Steel fabricator AISC certification. B. Material testing of stock steel. C. Completed Form E-7 for radiographic examination of welds from AWS D1.1, Appendix E for shop weld test results. . . PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 STRUCTURAL STEEL: A. Structural Steel shall conform to ASTM A 36. B. Structural steel tube sections shall conform to ASTM A 500. C. Electrodes (AWS Designations) . For shop welding: Type E70XX . For field welding: Type E70-18, low hydrogen D. Primer Paint: Rust-inhibiting, compatible with selected shop-applied paint. E. Shop Painting: Single coat system, conforming to SSPC PS 7.00 . . ....-. 2.02 FABRICATION: A. Structural steel shall be fabricated in accordance with the requirements of the AISC Manual of Steel Construction - Allowable Stress Design. 1. Surfaces of members exposed in final structure shall be free of markings, burrs, and other defects. B. Welded joints and weldments shall be in accordance with AWS D1.1 . . South hold Animal Shelter 05120 - 2 STRUCTURAL STEEL . . . 1. Welded joints with AWS "Pre-Qualified" designations shall be utilized. 2. Fillet welds: Minimum 3/16", continuous, unless otherwise indicated. 3. Butt weids and groove welds: Full penetration type. C. Assembly: 1. Structural assemblies shall be fabricated in the shop or field. D. Hoies for Fasteners: Maximum 1/8" larger than nominal diameter of fastener. E. Avoid coping where possible. Where coping is necessary, the cut shall be filleted. F. Vertical members shall be plumb. G. Abutting surfaces shall be accurately milled or faced for even bearing. H. All portions of the work exposed to view shall be sheared and clipped, neatly and accurately. I. Carefully load, unload and protect all parts from damage during transportation and storage, placing materials on skids at least 12 inches above the ground. . . . 2.03 PAINTING: Structural steel components, including tubing shall be painted as follows: A. Surface preparation and cleaning: In accordance with SSPC SP-6. B. Structural steel shall be painted with rust-inhibiting paint. 1. Paint spec to be submitted to architect for approval. 2. Primer and shop paint specified in "2.01" of this Section shall be applied as follows: a. Exposed surfaces: Primer coat and 1 coat of shop paint. b. Concealed surfaces: Primer coat and 2 coats of shop paint. Color of second coat shall be distinguishable from the first. c. Embedded surfaces: Primer coat and shop coat on exposed portions, and initial 2" of embedded areas only. . . . 2.04 HOLES FOR FASTENERS: A. If the thickness of the material is not greater than the nominal diameter of the fastener plus 1/8", holes shall be punched, full size. 1. Full-size punched holes shall be 1/8" larger than the nominal diameter of the fastener. The diameter of the die shall be as small as required to punch a clear hole, but not exceed the diameter of the punch by more than 3/32:. If any holes must be enlarged to admit fasteners, holes shall be reamed. B. If the thickness of the materials is greater than the nominal diameter of the fastener plus 1/8", the holes shall be either drilled from the solid, or sub-punched and reamed. 1. Drilled holes shall be 1/8" larger than the nominal size of the fastener. Remove burrs on the outside surfaces. Connecting parts shall be assembled and held securely while being drilled. 2. Where sub-punched and reamed work is required, holes shall be punched 3/16" . . Southhold Animal Shelter 05120 - 3 STRUCTURAL STEEL . . smaller than the nominal diameter of the fastener. After assembly, holes shall be reamed not more than 1/16" large than the nominal diameter of the fastener. Outside burrs shall be removed with a tool making a 1/16" fillet. C. Reamed holes shall be cylindrical, perpendicular to member, and not more than 3/32" larger than the nominal diameter of the fastener. Reamers shall not be directed by hand. D. Connecting parts assembled in the shop shall be match-marked for reaming or drilling holes in the field connections. 1. Existing bold holes shall be field-verified where they are used for new connections. . . 2.06 SHOP WELDING AND INSPECTION: A. All welding shall be performed in the shop, unless otherwise shown on Contract drawings. B. All welding shall be electric arc welding using a metallic electrode. C. All welding shall be performed in accordance with AWS 01.1. D. Welding across the tension flange of a member shall not be permitted. E. A 100% visual inspection on welds shall be performed to ensure that their sizes, lengths and locations conform to Contract Drawings. Inspection of the shop weld shall also include a 25% ultrasonic inspection of 10 % of all pieces, and of all column connections. All inspection shall be performed in the presence of the independent testing laboratory inspector retained by the Fabricator. F. All non-destructive testing procedures and personnel qualifications shall be in accordance with AWS 01.1, Section 6.7. . . . PART 3 - EXECUTION . 3.01 PREPARATION: A. Transmit submittals and deliverables required by this Section. B. Furnish products as indicated. C. Ensure substrates are in suitable condition to receive the work of this Section. . END OF SECTION '.- . . Soulhhold Animal Sheller 05120 - 4 STRUCTURAL STEEL . . SECTION 06060 . DIMENSIONAL LUMBER PART 1 GENERAL . 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Dimensional Lumber. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS . A. Section 06100 - Rough Carpentry: Lumber Used in General Carpentry. B. Section 06110 - Wood Framing: Lumber Used in Structure Framing. C. Section 06170 - Prefabricated Structural Wood: Lumber Used in Manufacturing of Engineered Lumber Materials. . 1.3 REFERENCES A. ASTM D 4442 - Standard Test Methods for Direct Moisture Content Measurement of Wood and Wood-Base Materials. . B. WCLlB - West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 01300. . B. Product Data: Manufacturer's data sheets on each product to be used, including: 1. Preparation instructions and recommendations. 2. Storage and handling requirements and recommendations. 3. Installation methods. C. Shop Drawings: Coordinate products listed in this section with Contract Drawings. . 1 .5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: All products listed in this section will be provided by a single manufacturer with at least ten (10) years experience in the preparation of dimensional lumber. . B. Material Quality: All materials listed in this section will fall within the tolerances and characteristics described. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING . A. Store products in manufacturer's unopened packaging until ready for installation. B. Store and dispose of solvent-based materials, and materials used with solvent- 06060-1 . . based materials, in accordance with requirements of local authorities having jurisdiction. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS . A. Maintain environmental conditions (temperature, humidity, and ventilation) within limits recommended by manufacturer for optimum results. Do not install products under environmental conditions outside manufacturer's absolute limits. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS . A. Acceptable Manufacturer: Forest Grove Lumber Company, which is located at: 2700 Orchard Ave. ; McMinnville, OR 97128; Toll Free Tel: 800-647-9663; Tel: 503-472- 3195; Fax: 503-434-5805; Email: info@fqlco.com; Web: www.fqlco.com B. Requests for substitutions will be considered in accordance with provisions of Section 01600. . 2.2 TRU-DRY KILN DRIED DOUGLAS FIR - SELECT STRUCTURAL A. Visual Characteristics: . 1. Stained Sapwood: Allowed. 2. Firm Heart Stain: 10 percent of width equivalent. 3. Seasoning Checks on Wide Faces: Limited; typically to one face. 4. Seasoning Checks at Ends: Single or opposite each other, are limited to A sum total of 1/4 the thickness. 5. Splits: Approximately 1/2 the width or equivalent of end checks. 6. Pin Holes: Max 1/16 (1.6mm) Diameter, Limited. . 7. Pitch Streaks: Allowed. 8. Pitch Pockets: Medium. a. 1/16 inch (1.6mm) In Width and 12 inches (305mm) In Length. b. 1/8 inch (3mm) In Width and 8 inches (203mm) In Length. c. 3/8 inch (9.5mm) In Width and 4 inches (152mm) In Length. 9. Wane: Not Allowed. . B. Structural Characteristics: 1. Shake On The Faces: Light, 1/32 inch (0.8mm) width. 2. Shake, Through the Ends: 1/6 the thickness at end. 3. Grain: Medium - 4 or more annual rings per inch at either end of the piece. 4. Slope Of Grain - Middle Third: Not to exceed 1 in 15 slope. . 5. Slope Of Grain - Outside Thirds: Not to exceed 1 in 12 slope. 6. Crook: Minimized. 7. Twist: Minimized. 8. Cup: Minimized. 9. Bow: Minimized. 10. Free of Heart Center. 11. Knots: Sound, tight and well spaced. . C. Manufacturing Characteristics: 1. Moisture Content: Average 19 percent or less, to the core of each piece. Dried in amplifier based Radio Frequency Vacuum Kilns. 2. Skips: Occasional, Less than 10 percent of the pieces, 1/8 inch (3mm) x 24 inches (610mm) or equivalent. . 3. Surfaced Thickness Tolerance: +/- 1/16 inch (1.6mm). 4. Surfaced Tolerance: +/- 1/16 inch (1.6mm). 06060-2 . . . 5. Length Tolerance: At Least. 6. Torn Grain: Heavy, Not to exceed 1/8 inch (3mm) deep Surfacing: 1. Mill Rough: Rough, un-sanded surface direct from the milL D. 2.3 TRU-DRY KILN DRIED DOUGLAS FIR - NO.1 STRUCTURAL AND BETTER . A. Visual Characteristics: 1. Stained Sapwood: Allowed. 2. Firm Heart Stain: Allowed. 3. Seasoning Checks on Wide Faces: Limited; typically to one face. 4. Seasoning Checks at Ends: Single or opposite each other, are limited to A sum total of 1/4 the thickness. 5. Splits: Approximately equal to the width or equivalent of end checks. 6. Pin Holes: Max 1/16 (1.6mm) Diameter, Limited. 7. Pitch Streaks: Allowed. 8. Pitch Pockets: Allowed 9. Wane: Not Allowed . . B. Structural Characteristics: 1. Shake On The Faces: Light, 1/32 inch (0.8mm) width. 2. Shake, Through the Ends: 1/6 the thickness at end. 3. Grain: Medium - 4 or more annual rings per inch at either end of the piece. 4. Slope Of Grain - Middle Third: Not to exceed 1 in 15 slope. 5. Slope Of Grain - Outside Thirds: Not to exceed 1 in 12 slope. 6. Crook: Minimized. 7. Twist: Minimized. 8. Cup: Minimized. 9. Bow: Minimized. 10. Free of Heart Center. 11. Knots: Sound, tight and well spaced. . . C. Manufacturing Characteristics: 1. Moisture Content: Average 19 percent or less, evenly to the core of each piece. Dried in amplifier based Radio Frequency Vacuum Kilns. 2. Skips: Occasional, Less than 10 percent of the pieces, 1/8 inch (3mm) x 24 inches (610mm) or equivalent. 3. Surfaced Thickness Tolerance: +1- 1/16 inch (1.6mm). 4. Surfaced Tolerance: +1-1/16 inch (1.6mm). 5. Length Tolerance: At Least. 6. Torn Grain: Heavy, Not to exceed 1/8 inch (3mm) deep D. Surfacing: 1. Mill Rough: Rough, un-sanded surface direct from the milL E. Sizing: As listed in the Lumber Schedules within the Contract Documents. . . PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION . A. Do not begin installation until substrates have been properly prepared. B. If substrate preparation is the responsibility of another installer, notify Architect of 06060-3 . . unsatisfactory preparation before proceeding. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean surfaces thoroughly prior to installation. B. Prepare surfaces using the methods recommended by the manufacturer for achieving the best result for the substrate under the project conditions. . 3.3 INSTALLATION . A. Coordinate installation with all Contract Documents. 3.4 PROTECTION A. Protect installed products until completion of project. B. Touch-up, repair or replace damaged products before Substantial Completion. . END OF SECTION . . . . . . 06060-4 . . Southald Animal Shelter 12/8/2007 SECTION 06400 . ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK PART 1- GENERAL . 1.1 SUMMARY A. Supply and installation of shop-built and site built architectural casework. See drawings for details. . 1. Laminate countertops 2. Substrate and supports for stainless steel countertops (option) 3. Shelves for pallet and prep shelves . 4. Framing, if needed, at openings 5. Cat boxes (option) 6. Pergola (option) . . B. Architectural woodwork with plastic laminate finish. C. Plastic laminate and wood counter tops. D. Cabinet hardware. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS: A. Section 12330 - Manufactured Casework B. Division 15000 - Mechanical. C. Division 16000 - Electrical. . . 1.3 REFERENCES A. ANSI/BRMA A156.9 - Cabinet Hardware. B. A WI (Architectural Woodwork Institute) - Quality Standards. . C. FS MM-L-736 - Lumber, Hardwood. 06400 ARCHiTECTURAL WOODWORK lof8 . Southold Auimal Shelter 12/812007 . D. FS MMM-A-130 - Adhesive, Contact. E. National Electric Manufacturers Association (NEMA) LD3 - High Pressure Decorative Laminates. . F. PS I - Construction and Industrial Plywood. G. PS 20 - American Softwood Lumber Standard. 1.4 SUBMITTALS . A. Shop Drawings: Indicate component elevations, dimensions, and location of each assembly; thickness, materials, and core materials, component profiles and edge treatment, assembly methods, joint details, fastening methods, accessory listings, hardware location, and schedule of finishes. . B. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's data on material description and installation instructions for each type of product, fire retardant treatment materials, and finish instructions. C. Certificates: Provide product certificates by woodwork provider certifying that products comply with specified requirements. . D. Samples: Submit Samples illustrating the following: I. Cabinet finish and sheen. 2. Counter top finish and texture. 3. Pulls, hinges, drawer supports, and locks illustrating hardware finish. . 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform architectural woodwork per A WI Quality Standards as noted in the Woodwork Schedule. . B. Fabricator: Firm experienced in successfully producing architectural woodwork similar to that indicated on Drawing, with minimum 10 years documented experience, and with sufficient production capability to produce required units without delay in Work. C. . Installer: Firm with demonstrated successful experience in installing architectural woodwork items similar in type and quality to those required of this Project. D. Single Source Responsibility: Arrange for production by a single finn for Architectural Woodwork. E. . Mock ups: Provide mockups as directed by the Architect. F. Pre-Installation Coordination: I. Before wall construction, verify any special needs for reinforcing or connections. 2. Convene I week prior to commencing Work of this Section. 3. Coordinate parties that have Work affecting this Section. . 06400 ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 20f8 . . Southold Animal Shelter 12/8/2007 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING . A. Protect woodwork during transit, delivery, storage, and handling to prevent damage, soilage, and deterioration. B. Do not deliver woodwork until painting, wet Work, grinding, and similar operations that could damage, soil, or deteriorate woodwork have been completed in installation areas. . C. If woodwork must be stored in other than installation areas, store only in areas whose enviroumental conditions meet requirements specified in Project Conditions Article. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS . A. Enviroumental Requirements: 1. Obtain and comply with Woodwork Manufacturer's and Installer's coordinated instructions for optimum temperature and humidity conditions during storage and installation. 2. Do not install woodwork until conditions have been stabilized within plus or minus 1.0 . percent of optimum moisture content from date of installation through remainder of construction period. 1.8 COORDINATION . A. Coordinate Work with plumbing and electrical rough-in, adjacent and related trades. PART 2 - PRODUCTS . 2.1 FABRICATORS A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products from the following fabricators: 1. Local millwork shop unless otherwise specified. 2. Substitutions: Comply with Section 01630. . 2.2 WOOD MATERIALS A. Provide materials that comply with requirements of A WI Woodworking Standard for each type of woodwork and quality grade indicated: 1. Hardboard: AHA A135.4 2. Medium Density Fiberboard: ANSI A208.2 3. Softwood Plywood: PS-I . B. Formaldehyde Emission Levels: Comply with formaldehyde emission requirements of each voluntary standard referenced below (urea-formaldehyde free): 1. Medium Density Fiberboard: NP A-9 2. Hardwood Plywood: HPMA-FE . C. See Architectural Woodwork Schedule for species required. . 06400 ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 30f8 Southold Animal Shelter 12/8/2007 . D. E. F. 2.3 A. B. C. Softwood Lumber: PS 20; graded per A WI Premium quality standards; moisture content of 6 to 8 percent. Hardwood Lumber: Graded per A WI Quality standards; moisture content of 6 to 8 percent. . Hardwood Plywood and Face Veneers: HPV A HP-1. SHEET MATERIALS . Hardboard: Pressed wood fiber with resin binder, tempered grade Hardwood Plywood: PS 1; graded per A WI Premium quality standards, core materials of lumber, type of glue recommended for application. Interior Grade, Medium Density Fiberboard: ANSI A208.2 Product Class MD: 1. Acceptable Product: Medite Corporation; "MEDITE II". . 2.4 HIGH PRESSURE LAMINATES 2.5 . A. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Forbo Arborite 2. Formica Corporation 3. Laminart 4. Nevamar Decorative Surfaces 5. Pionoite Decorative Laminates 6. WilsonArt International . B. High Pressure Decorative Laminate: NEMA LD-3. 1. Thickness: As specified in Architectural Woodwork Schedule. 2. Color: Pattern and gloss as selected by Architect from manufacturer's full color range. . C. Laminate Backing Sheet: NEMA LD-3, BK20 unimished backing sheet I. Thickness: 0.020 inch. ACCESSORIES . A. Adhesive: Type recommended by laminate manufacturer to suit application. B. Bolts, Nuts, Washers, Lags, Pins, and Screws: Of size and type to suit application. C. Screws: Select material, type, size, and finisb required for each use. 1. For metal framing supports, provide screws as recommended by metal framing manufacturer. . D. Nails: Select material, type, size, and finish required for each use. E. Anchors: Select material, type, size, and finish required by each substrate for secure anchorage. I. Provide non-ferrous metal or hot-dip galvanized anchors and inserts on inside face of exterior walls and elsewhere as required for corrosion resistance. . 06400 ARCIllTECTURAL WOODWORK 40f8 . . Southold Animal Shelter 12/8/2007 . 2. 3. Provide toothed steel or lead expansion bolt devices for drilled-in-place anchors. Furnish inserts and anchors, as required, to be set into concrete or masonry Work for subsequent woodwork anchorage. F. Fasteners: Size and type to suit application as permitted by A WI Grade specified. . 2.6 HARDWARE . . . A. Hinges: 1. See Schedule and drawings. B. Drawer Slides: I. See Schedule and drawings C. Catches: Magnetic type in molded housing for base and wall cabinets. Minimum 7 pound pull. 1. Provide 2 catches for doors over 48 inches high. 2. Finish: Mold catch housing in putty color to match cabinet interior. 3. Comply with Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) for opening resistance. D. Adjustable Shelf Supports: 1. See Schedule and drawings E. Locks: 1. See Schedule and drawings. 2.7 FINISHING MATERIALS . . 2.8 A. B. C. D. E. . . A. See Architectural Woodwork Schedule for finishes. B. Site finishing per Section 09900. C. Finish per A WI Section 1500 per Grade specified. SHOP FINISHING Sand Work smooth and set exposed nails and screws. Apply wood filler in exposed nail and screw indentations after priming. On items to receive transparent finishes, use wood filler that matches surrounding surfaces and of types recommended for applied finishes. Finish Work per A WI Quality Standards specified per item. Seal surfaces in contact with cementitious materials. . 06400 ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 50f8 Southold Animal Shelter 12/8/2007 . 2.9 PLASTIC LAMINATE SHELVING A. Medium Density Fiberboard core, minimum 1 inch thick, by width and length indicated on Drawings. Cover surfaces with high pressure laminate finish. 1. Color and texture: Selected by Architect. . 2.10 FABRICATION . A. Comply with following requirements for architectural woodwork: 1. Architectural Cabinets: Comply with AWl Section 400. 2. Plastic Laminate Countertops: Comply with AWl Section 400. B. Shop assemble casework for delivery to site in units easily handled and to permit passage through building openings. . C. Fit shelves, doors, and exposed edges with matching veneer edging. D. When necessary to cut and fit on site, provide materials with ample allowance for cutting. Provide trim for scribing and site cutting. . E. Apply high-pressure laminate countertops in full, uninterrupted sheets consistent with manufactured sizes. Fit corners and joints hairline; secure with concealed fasteners. F. Apply laminate backing sheet to reverse side of plastic laminate fmished surfaces. G. . Mechanically fasten back splash to countertops with steel brackets at 16 inches on center. H. Provide cutouts for plumbing fixtures, inserts, appliances, outlet boxes, fixtures, and fittings. VerifY locations of cutouts from on-site dimensions. Seal contact surfaces of cut edges. I. Comply with details shown for profile and construction of architectural woodwork and with applicable A WI Quality Standards. . 1. Construction: Glued and screwed, or glued and mortise and tenon construction. Staples are not acceptable. Wood Moisture Content: Comply with requirements of referenced quality standard for moisture content of lumber at time of fabrication and for relative humidity conditions in installation area. Fabricate woodwork to dimensions, profiles, and.details indicated with openings and mortises precut, where possible, to receive hardware and other items of Work. Complete fabrication, assembly, finishing, hardware application, and other Work prior to shipping to Project site to maximum extent possible. Disassemble components only as necessary for shipment to site. Where necessary for fitting, provide ample allowance for scribing, trimming, and fitting. Pre-Cut Openings: Fabricate architectural woodwork with pre-cut openings, where possible, to receive hardware, appliances, plumbing fixtures, electrical Work, and similar items. Locate openings accurately and use templates or rough-in diagrams for proper size and shape. Smooth edges of cut-out and, where located in countertops and similar exposures, seal edges of cut-outs with a water-resistive coating. . 2. . 3. 4. . 5. 06400 ARCHITECTIJRAL WOODWORK 60f8 . . Southold Animal Shelter 12/8/2007 6. Measurements: Before proceeding with fabrication of woodwork required to be fitted to other construction, obtain field measurements and verify dimensions and approved Shop Drawing details as required for accurate fit. Provide formaldehyde free substrates. . 7. J. Plastic Laminate Countertops: 1. Provide separate plastic laminate countertops (installed on other casework or other support system as indicated) to comply with requirements for casework for plastic laminate finish. If splices are required, they shall be located over supports. 2. Grade and Thickness: Premium, 0.048 inch. 3. Balancing Sheet: Provide 0.020 inch backer sheet per A WI 400-S-3, for High Pressure Decorative Laminate Surfaces. 4. Provide continuous bullnose, counter and backsplash for laminate countertop. . . PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION . A. Examine areas and conditions under which Work of this Section will be performed. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. B. Verify backing and support framing. . C. Beginning of installation means acceptance of conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION . A. Condition woodwork to average prevailing humidity conditions in installation areas before installing. B. Deliver concrete inserts and similar anchoring devices to be built into substrates well in advance of time substrates are to be built. . C. Before installing architectural woodwork, examine shop-fabricated Work for completion including back priming. D. Coordinate with other trades to ensure that items supplied by others, but required to fit into casework or other fabricated items will fit. . E. Locate backing devices required for installation of wall-supported units. Verify that back- plates, extra studs, sheet metal backing, etc., are properly located to accept woodwork items. 3.3 INST ALLA TION . A. Quality Standard: Install architectural woodwork per A WI Section 1700 for same grade specified. . 06400 ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 70f8 Southold Animal Shelter 12/8/2007 . B. Install woodwork plumb, level, true, and straight with no distortions. \. Shim as required with concealed shims. 2. Install to a tolerance of lI8 inch in 8'-0" for plumb and level (including tops) with no variations in flushness of adjoining surfaces. . C. Scribe and cut woodwork to fit adjoining Work and refinish cut surfaces or repair damaged finish at cuts. D. Anchor woodwork to blocking with countersunk fasteners and blind nailing. . E. Use concealed fasteners and cleats for installation of Woodwork items. Do not use exposed fasteners unless specifically noted. F. Cabinets: Install doors and drawers in their proper marked openings. Adjust hardware to align doors and drawers in openings and to provide smooth operation. . G. Countertops: Anchor securely to base units and other support systems as indicated. H. Verify size and location of openings for mechanical and electrical installed items prior to cutting openings. . 3.4 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Adjust moving or operating parts to function smoothly and correctly. B. Clean casework, counters, shelves, hardware, fittings, and fixtures. . C. Remove cartons, debris, sawdust, and scraps, and leave spaces clean and casework ready for Owner's use. 3.5 PROTECTION . A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions in a manner acceptable to Architect that ensures that woodwork is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. B. Repair damaged and defective woodwork where possible to eliminate defects functionally and visually. Where not possible to repair damaged woodwork, replace with new woodwork. Adjust joinery for uniform appearance. . . . 06400 ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 80f8 . 4. Southold Animal Shelter 1131107 SECTION 06600 PLASTIC FABRICATIONS II PART I GENERAL I.I SECTION INCLUDES A. Free-Foam Cellular PVC Trim Boards for fascias 1. \.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 06400 - Architectural Woodwork . 1.3 REFERENCES A. ASTM D792 - Density and Specific Gravity of Plastics by Displacement. B. ASTM D570 - Water Absorption of Plastics. C. ASTM D638 - Tensile Properties of Plastics. D. ASTM D790 - Flexural Properties of Unrein forced and Reinforced Plastics and Electrical Insulating Materials. E. ASTM DI761 -Mechanical Fasteners in Wood. F. ASTM D5420 - Standard Test Method for Impact Resistance of Flat, Rigid Plastic Specimen by means of a Striker Impacted by a Falling Weight. G. ASTM D256 - Determining the Pendulum Impact Resistance of Plastics. H. ASTM D696 - Coefficient of Linear Thermal Expansion of Plastics Between -300C and 300 C with a Vitreous Silica Dilatometer. I. ASTM D635 - Rate of Burning and/or Extent and Time of Burning of Plastics in a Horizontal Position. J. ASTM E84 - Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. K. ASTM D648 - Deflection Temperature of Plastics Under Flexural Load in the Edgewise Position. L. ASTM 03679 - Standard Specification for Rigid Poly Vinyl Chloride (PVC) . . . 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit product data, manufacture's catalog, Technical Bulletins, for specified products. C. Samples: Submit three materials samples representative of the texture, Thickness, colors and widths shown and specified herein. . 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Check with Local Building Code for installation requirements. B. Allowable Tolerances. \. Variation in component length: -0.00/ +\.00. 2. Variation in component width: +/- 1116". 3. Variation in component thickness: +/- 1116". 4. Variation in component edge cut: +/- 20. 5. Variation in Density +/- 0.02 grams per cubic centimeter C. Workmanship, Finish, and Appearance: I. Free Foam Cellular PVC that is homogeneous and free of voids, holes, cracks, foreign inclusions and other defects. Edges must be square and top and bottom surfaces shall be flat with no convex or concave deviation. 2. Uniform surface free from cupping, warping, and twisting. . . \.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING Trim materials should be stored on a flat and level surface on a full shipping pallet. Handle materials to prevent damage to product edges and comers. Store materials under a protective covering to prevent jobsite dirt and residue from 06600 PLASTIC LUMBER Page I on . Southold Animal Shelter 1/31107 . collecting on the boards. I. 7 WARRANTY Provide manufacturer's 30 year transferable warranty against defects in manufacturing that causes the products to rot, corrode, delaminate, or . PART II: PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Acceptable products: 1. Trex Company Ixl2 Winchester Gray (integral color preferred to paintable) 2. or equal B. Material: Wood/polyethylene composite or Foam Cellular PVC material with a small-cell microstructure and density of.55 grams/cm'. C. Performance and physical characteristic requirements: Property Units Value ASTM Method Physical Water Absorption % <0.1.7% Mechanical Tensile Strength psi 854 D 638 Tensile Modulus psi 107,000 D 638 Flexural Modulus psi 164,200 D 790 Nail Hold Lbf/in of penetration 108 D 1761 Screw Hold Lbf/in of penetration 442 D 1761 Thermal Coefficient of Linear Expansion in/in/oF 3.52 x 10-5 D 696 Burning Rate In/min Failed to Ignite D 635 Flame Spread Index -- 80 E 84 Heat Deflection Temp (264 psi) OF 153 D 648 Oil Canning (@ 140 OF) OF Passed D 648 . . . . 2.2 ACCESSORY PRODUCTS A. FASTENERS: I) Use stainless steel fasteners designed for fascia. Fastener should have sufficient flexural and tensile strength to resist bending. . Fasteners with thin shanks, blunt points, and full round heads are preferred. The fastener must be long enough to penetrate the substrate a minimum of I 1/2 inches. . Do not use staples, small brads and wire nails. Avoid using finethreaded wood screws and ring-shank fasteners. Nails shall have diameters less than or equal to 16d, screws shall have diameters less than or equal to #12, bolts shall have diameters less than or equal to ~". '2) Use standard nail guns aas per manufacturer's instructions. Install fasteners no more than 2 inches from the end of each board. B. SEALANTS: Use urethane, polyurethane, polymer blends or acrylic based sealants . . 2.3 FINISHES Integral color preferred. Provide samples for Architect's selection. Nail holes may be fmished with a polyurethane or acrylic based caulk. Use a caulk that is UV resistant. . . 06600 PLASTIC LUMBER Page20f3 . . Southold Animal Shelter PART Ill: EXECUTION . 3.1 INSTALLATION Manufacturer's instructions: Comply with manufacturer's installation instruction and product technical bulletins. A. CUTTING: Conventional carbide-tipped blades designed for cutting wood are preferred. B. DRILLING and DRILLING: Follow manufacturers recommendation. Avoid frictional heat build-up. . 3.2. NAIL LOCATION: For trimboard applications, use 2 fasteners per framing member min. or as recommended. Fasteners must be installed a maximum of 2" from the end of each board. . H. EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION: Properly fastening Versatex along its entire length will minimize expaosion and contraction. . Allow space as per manufacturer for expansion and contraction. . I. CLEANING: Clean with mild detergent and water as per manufacturer's instructions END OF SECTION . . . . . 06600 PLASTIC LUMBER . 1/31/07 Page 3 of3 . Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 SECTION 07133 . THERMOPLASTIC SHEET WATERPROOFING PART I - - GENERAL . 1.1 SUMMARY A. Provides thermoplastic sheet waterproofing for under slabs, including sealing joints, and flashing systems for protrusions through the membrane. . 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 03300 - Cast-in-Place Concrete . 1.3 REFERENCES A. ASTM D 570 - Standard Test Method for Water Absorption of Plastics B. ASTM D 638 - Standard Test Method for Tensile Properties of Plastics . C. ASTM D 1004 - Standard Test Method for Initial Tear Resistance of Plastic Film and Sheeting D. ASTM D 4263 - Standard Test Method for Indicating Moisture in Concrete by the Plastic Sheet Method E. ASTM E 1643 - Standard Practice for Installation of Water Vaper Retarder Used in Contact with Earth or Granular Fill under Concrete Slabs . 1.4 SUBMITTALS . A. Product Data: For each material and type of application required. Include product specifications and manufacturer's written installation instructions and recommendations. B. Test results showing compliance with Class C or letter from manufacturer certifYing compliance. . C. (2) Samples of each item D. Indicate variations from instructions, installation procedures, layout of sheets and joints. 1. Indicate layout of sheets, location of field splices, type of splices, and termination details. 2. Indicate grade termination or transitions, junctions of vertical with horizontal, and vertical with perimeter drains. . E. Contract Closeout Submittals: Comply with Section 01700. I. Special warranties. 07133 THERMOPLASTIC SHEET WATERPROOFING 10f4 . Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 . 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1.6 A. B. C. D. E. F. A. Single Source Responsibility: This shall be a single source application with the waterproof membrane being composed of materials manufactured and supplied by one company. . B. Vapor retarder should meet Class C requirements, as per ASTME 1745. 1. Moisture Vapor Transmission (MVT .3 perms 2. Tear resistance: 13.6 lbft/in 3. Puncture resistance: 475 grams . C. Pre-installation Conference: discuss at same meeting as concrete/finish pre-installation meeting. one week before starting Work of this Section. . DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING All products delivered to the job site shall be in the original unopened containers or wrappings. Handle all materials to prevent damage. Place all materials on pallets and fully protected from moisture with canvas tarpaulins. . Membrane rolls shall be stored lying down on pallets and fully protected from moisture with canvas tarpaulins. Bonding adhesives shall be stored at temperatures above 40? F. . All flammable materials shall be stored in a cool dry area away from sparks and open flames. Follow precautions outlined on container or supplied by material manufacturer/supplier. Any materials which are determined to be damaged, by the owner's representative and/or design professional, are to be removed from the job site and replaced at no cost to the owner. . 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS 07133 A. Proceed with waterproofmg membrane installation only after substrate preparation is complete. . B. Substrate must be dry, clean and smooth Do not work in rain, snow or adverse weather conditions. Consult with the manufacturer and comply with applicable recommendations of all materials for workmanship and handling. C. Only as much of the new waterproofing as can be made weathertight each day including all flashing work, shall be installed. . D. Contaminants, such as grease, fats, oils, and solvents, shall not be allowed to come into direct contact with the waterproofing membrane. Any such contact shall be reported to the manufacturer. E. . The Contractor shall verify that all drain lines are un-blocked before starting work. THERMOPLASTIC SHEET WATERPROOFING 20f4 . . Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 1.8 WARRANTY . A. Special Manufacturer's Warranty: Written warranty, signed by waterproofing manufacturer, installer, and Contractor agreeing to repair or replace waterproofing that does not comply with requirements or that does not remain watertight within 10 years after date of Substantial Completion. . PART 2 - - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS . A. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Fortifiber Building systems Group 2. Sarnafil Waterproofing Systems, Inc. 3. Approved equal. . 2.2 PRODUCT . 2.3 . A. Sheet waterproofing for under slab 1. 6 mil minimum, reinforced for Class C tear and puncture resistance. 2. Moistop Ultra 6 by Fortifiber or approved equal AUXILIARY MATERIALS A. General: Furnish auxiliary materials recommended by waterproofing manufacturer for intended use and compatible with sheet waterproof mg. 1. Tapes and other accessories needed for full installation. 2. Sheet flashing and termination materials B. Bonding Adhesives: Adhesive for bonding polymeric sheets and sheet flashings to substrates and projections. . PART 3 - - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION . A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements and other conditions affecting performance. 1. Verify that substrate is visibly dry and free of moisture. 2. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. . 3.2 LOOSELY LAID SHEET INSTALLATION FOR BLIND SIDE WATERPROOFING 07133 . A. Ensure level compacted fill. (note: see attached diagrams from sample manufacturer) THERMOPLASTIC SHEET WATERPROOFING 30f4 Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 . B. General: Install loosely laid sheets over entire area to receive waterproofing according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Accurately align sheets and maintain uniform side and end laps of 6" minimum. Stagger end laps. 2. Install loosely laid sheets and auxiliary materials to tie into adjoining waterproofing with seams parallel to direction of concrete installation. 3. Tape orhot-air-weldjoints according to manufacturer's written instruction to ensure a watertight seam installation. Laps should lay flat and free of voids or wrinkles. 4. At Vertical and Horizontal Intersections: Form slight cove at inside surfaces and fill cracks and joints with mastic or sealer to comply with manufacturer's instructions. Install 2 inch cant at footing/foundation wall cold joint. . . 3.3 SHEET FLASHING INSTALLATION . A. Install sheet flashings and preformed flashing accessories and adhere to substrates according to waterproofing manufacturer's written instructions. B. Form wall flashings using exposed sheet flashing. C. Extend sheet flashings over deck sheet waterproofing. Flash penetrations and field-formed . inside and outside comer accessories with sheet flashing. 1. Tape or hot-air-weld joints with deck sheet and end laps of overlapping sheet flashings and accessories to ensure a watertight seam installation. D. Terminate and seal top of sheet flashings as per manufacturer's direction. . 3.4 PROTECTION AND CLEANING A. Do not permit foot or vehicular traffic on unprotected membrane. B. Protect waterproofmg from damage and wear during remainder of construction period. . C. Clean spillage and soiling from adjacent construction using cleaning agents and procedures recommended by manufacturer of affected construction. END OF SECTION . . . 07133 THERMOPLASTIC SHEET WATERPROOFING 40f4 . . Southold Animal Shelter 1131107 . SECTION 07210 BUILDING INSULATION PART 1- GENERAL . 1.1 SUMMARY A. Rigid insulation for walls and foundation (including below slab). B. Batt insulation for roof and ceiling . 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS: A. Section 03xxx--- Concrete Masonry Units (NRG blocks), B. Insulation of mechanical items: Refer to Division IS. . 1.3 REFERENCES A. ASTM C578 - Preformed Cellular Polystyrene Thermal Insulation. . , ASTM E96 - Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials. B. C. ASTM E84 - Surface Burning Characteristics of Bnilding Materials. D. ASTM EI19 - Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials . E. ASTM E136 - Standard Test Method for Behavior of Materials in a Vertical Tube Furnace at 750 Deg Centigrade. F. ASTM D 1621 - Standard Test Method for Compressive Properties of Rigid Cellular Plastics . G. ASTM C1371 - Standard Test Method for Determination of Emittance of Materials Near Room Temperature Using Portable Emisson meters 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE . A. Thermal Resistivity: Thermal resistivity properties of insulation materials are designated by R- values represent rate of heat flow through a homogenous material exactly I inch thick, measured by test method include in referenced material standard or otherwise indicated. These are expressed by the temperature difference in degrees F, between the 2 exposed faces required to cause I BTU to flow through I square foot per hour at mean temperatures indicated. . B. Fire Performance Characteristics: Provide insulation materials that are identical to those whose fire performance characteristics, as listed for each material or assembly of which insulation is a . 07210 BUILDING INSULATION Iof5 Southold Auimal Shelter 1/31107 . part, have been determined by testing, per methods indicated below, by UL or other testing and inspection agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Surface Burning Characteristics: ASTM E84. 2. Fire Resistance Ratings: ASTM E119. 3. Combustion Characteristics: ASTM E136. . c. Maximum Allowable Asbestos Content of Inorganic Insulation: Provide insulation composed of mineral fibers or mineral ores which contain less than 0.25 percent by weight of any type or mixture of types occurring naturally as impurities as determined by polarized light microscopy test per Appendix A of 40 CFR 763. . D. Foam plastic insulation: Flame spread rating of not more than 75 and a smoke density of not more than 450. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING . A. Deliver materials to Project site in manufacturer's original, unopened packages that are correctly labeled. B. . General Protection: Protect insulation from physical damage and from becoming wet, soiled, or covered with ice or snow. Comply with manufacturer's recommendations for handling, storage and protection during installation. C. Protection for Plastic Insulation: 1. Do not expose to sunlight, except to extent necessary for period of installation and concealment. 2. Protect against ignition. Do not deliver plastic insulating materials to Project site ahead of installation time. 3. Complete installation and concealment of plastic materials as rapidly as possible in each area of Work. . 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS . A. Environmental Conditions: 1. Do not install insulation adhesives when temperature or weather conditions are detrimental to successful installation. . PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS . A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Extruded-Polystyrene Board Insulation: a. DiversiFoam Products. b. Dow Chemical Company. c. Owens Corning. . 07210 BUILDING INSULA nON 20f5 . . Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 d. Tenneco Building Products. e. Approved equal . 2.2 INSULA nON . A. Insulation Type Number I-I: 1. Type ofInsulation: Rigid Foam Insulation with 2. Location on Job: slab 3. Manufacturer: Owens Coming 4. Insulation: Foamular 150 Rigid Foam 5. Thickness: 2 inches 6. Standard: ASTM C578-92 7. Type: Type X 8. Density: NA 9. Compressive Strength: 15 psi 10. Fire Rating Class: NA 11. Flame Spread: 5 12. Smoke Developed: 45-175 13. Thermal Resistance: R-5.0 per inch (at 75 degrees mean temp) . . . B. Insulation Type Number: 1-2 1. Type ofInsulation: Extruded Polystyrene Insulation 2. Location on Job: NRG block walls, to be installed at site of production 3. Manufacturer: Owens Coming or approved equal 4. Insulation: Foamular 250 or 1000 Extruded Polystyrene or NRG manufacturer's requirements 5. Thickness: 1" varies 6. Standard: ASTM C578-92 7. Type: Type V 8. Density: NA 9. Compressive Strength: 100 psi 10. Fire Rating Class: NA 11. Flame Spread: 5 12. Smoke Developed: 150-175 13. Thermal Resistance: R-5.0 per inch (at 75 degrees mean temp) . . . C. Insulation Type Number: 1-3 1. Type ofInsulation: Batt Insulation, formaldehyde-free, foil face 2. Location on Job: ceiling and roof 3. Manufacturer: Owens Coming or approved equal 4. Insulation: Pink Fiberglass Insulation 5. Thickness: 8.25" 6. Standard: ASTM C665, ASTM C 518, ASTM E84 7. Type: 8. Fire Rating Class: 9. Flame Spread: 75 10. Smoke Developed: 150-175 11. Thermal Resistance: R-30c . . 07210 BUILDING INSULATION 30f5 Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 . D. General: Provide insulating materials that comply with requirements and with referenced standards. . 2.3 AUXILIARY INSULATING MATERIALS As required for installation PART 3 - EXECUTION . 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas and conditions under which Work of this Section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of Work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. . B. Verify that substrate, adjacent materials, and insulation boards are dry and ready to receive insulation. 3.2 PREPARATION . A. Require Installer to examine conditions under which insulation Work is to be performed. A satisfactory substrate is one that complies with requirements ofthe Section in which substrate and related Work is specified. Obtain Installer's written report listing conditions detrimental to performance of Work in this Section. Do not proceed with installation of insulation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. . 3.3 INSTALLATION . A. General: 1. Comply with manufacturer's instructions for particular conditions of installation in each case. If printed instructions are not available or do not apply to project conditions, consult manufacturer's technical representative for specific recommendations before proceeding with Work. 2. Extend insulation full thickness as shown over entire area to be insulated. Cut and fit tightly around obstructions, and fill voids with insulation. Remove projections that interfere with placement. 3. Apply a single layer of insulation of required thickness, unless otherwise shown or required to make up total thickness. . B. . General Building Insulation: 1. Apply insulation units to substrate by method indicated, complying with SCIP manufacturer's recommendations. Provide temporary support to ensure correct alignment of panels. 2. Seal joints between closed-cell (non-breathing insulation units) by applying mastic or sealant on edges of each unit to form a tight seal as units are shoved into place. Fill voids in completed installation with mastic or sealant. . 07210 BUILDING INSULA nON 40f5 . . Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 . . . . c. Perimeter Foundation Insulation: I. Install perimeter insulation using adhesive or other application method, including mechanical fasteners only where and as recommended by insulation manufacturer. 2. Apply adhesive to insulation in 1-1/2 inch spheres on 12 inch centers each way. 3. Press insulation in place using rocking motion. 4. Engage tongue and groove fully and secure in place. 5. Fit insulation closely around penetrations. Stagger vertical joints. 6. Perimeter insulation may be laid up dry and held in place with backfill material if scheduling and field conditions permit. 7. Butt panels tightly together. Protect from damage until backfilling is completed. 8. Fabric detailing: overlap fabric at panel joints and wrap edges of insulation at perimeter. Comply with manufacturers' instructions. D. Below Slab - Horizontal: 1. Install insulation after gravel fill has been installed up to grade, been thoroughly tamped and vapor barrier is in place. 2. Horizontally install insulation butting edges tightly together. 3. Abut insulation tightly against foundation wall or other vertical insulation at comers. 4. Pour concrete slab to cover all insulation. 3.4 PROTECTION . . . . . A. Protect installed insulation and vapor retarders from harmful weather exposures, possible physical abuses, where possible by non-delayed installation of concealing Work or, where that is not possible, by temporary covering or enclosure. END OF SECTION . 07210 BUILDING INSULA nON 50f5 . Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 . SECTION 07 311 ASPHALT SHINGLE ROOFING SYSTEM ALTERNATE 2 PART 1 GENERAL . 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Granule surfaced asphalt shingle roofing. . B. Moisture shedding underlayment, eaves, valley and ridge protection. C. Associated metal flashing. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 06 10 00 - Rough Carpentry: Plywood Roof Sheathing. . b. Section 07 60 00 - Flashing and Sheet Metal. G. Section 08 62 00 - Unit Skylights. . 1.3 REFERENCES A. ASTM A 653/A 653M - Standard Specification for Steel Sheets, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process. A. ASTM B 209 - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate. . B. ASTM B 370 - Standard Specification for Copper Sheet and Strip for Building Construction. C. ASTM D 225 ~ Standard Specification for Asphalt Shingles (Organic Felt) Surfaced with Mineral Granules. . E. ASTM D 226 - Standard Specification for Asphalt-Saturated Organic Felt Used in Roofing and Waterproofing. F. ASTM D 1970 - Standard Specification for Self-Adhering Polymer Modified Bituminous Sheet Materials Used as Steep Roofing Underlayment for Ice Darn Protection. . G. ASTM D 3018 - Standard Specification for Class A Shingles Surfaced with Mineral Granules. H. ASTM D 3161 - Standard Test Method for Wind-Resistance of Asphalt Shingles (Fan-Induced Method). . 1. ASTM D 3462 - Standard Specification for Asphalt Shingles Made from Glass Felt and Surfaced with Mineral Granules. 073113 ASPHALT SHINGLES ROOFING lof6 . . Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 J. . ASTM D 4586 - Standard Specification for Asphalt Roof Cement, Asbestos-Free. K. ASTM D 4869 - Standard Specification for Asphalt-Saturated Organic Felt Sbingle Underlayment Used in Roofing. L. ASTM D 6757 - Standard Specification for Inorganic Underlayment for Use with Steep Slope Roofing Products. . M. ASTM D 7158 - Standard Test Method for Wind Resistance of Sealed Asphalt Shingles (Uplift ForcelUplift Resistance Method) N. . E 108 - Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Roof Coverings. O. UL 2218 - Impact Resistance of Prepared Roofing Materials. P. UL 2390/ASTM D 6381 - Test Method for Wind Resistant Shingles with Sealed Tabs . Q. Section 1507 ofNYS Building Code shall apply. 1.4 SUBMITTALS . F. A. Submit under provisions of Section 01300. '. B. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's printed product information indicating material characteristics, performance criteria, and product limitations. c. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Provide published instructions that indicate preparation required and installation procedures. . D. Certificate of Compliance: Provide Certificate of Compliance from an independent laboratory indicating that the asphalt fiber glass shingles made in normal production meet or exceed the requirements of the following: 1. ASTM E 108IUL 790 Class A Fire Resistance. 2. ASTM D 3161/UL 997 Wind Resistance. 3. ASTM D 3462. . E. Provide color samples/style samples for Architect's selection. Shop Drawings: Indicate specially configured metal flashing, jointing methods and locations, fastening methods and locations, and installation details, as reqnired by project conditions indicated. . . 073113 ASPHALT SHINGLES ROOFING 20f6 . . Soulhold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 . 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Maintain one copy of manufactnrer's application instructions on project site. B. Verify that manufacturer's label contains reference to specified ASTM standards. . 1.6 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Take special care when applying waterproofing shingle underlayment and shingles when ambient or wind chill temperature is below 45 degrees F (7 degrees C). Tack underlayment in place if it does not adhere immediately to the deck. . 1.7 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish under provisions of section 01700. B. Provide 30 square feet of extra shingles of each color specified. . 1.8 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer's Warranty: Furnish shingle manufacturer's warranty for product(s) of this section for as follows: . ASPHALT FIBER GLASS SHINGLES: Minimum 40-year limited warranty. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURER . A. CertainTeed Corporation, B. GAF. C. Approved equal 2.2 ASPHALT FIBER GLASS SHINGLES . . A. Shingles with a minimum of 40 year warranty and 110 mph guarantee. B. Products: I) CertainTeed Hatteras: UL Certification of ASTM 03462; Cpnforrns to ASTM D30 18 Type I - Self-Sealing; ASTM D3161-03b, Class "F" Wind Resistance (IIO-mph); ASTM 03161-99a, 110-mph Wind Resistance; UL997 Wind Resistance, UL 2390/ASTM 06381 Class "H" and ASTM 07158 Class "H" Wind Resistance, and UL Class A Fire Resistance; heavy-duty glass fiber mat base; ceramically coloredIUV resistant mineral surface granules across entire face of shingle; four-tab type, algae- resistant; dual self-sealing strips of CertaSeal Plus sealant; designed to resist blow-off in high wind conditions up to 110 mph. 1. Weight: 235 pounds per square (100 square feet) (11.5 kg/sq m). 2) GAF Timberline Ultra or Grand Timberline or Slateline . 073113 ASPHALT SHINGLES ROOFING 30f6 . . Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 c. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's standards. . 2.3 SHEET MATERIALS A. Eaves Protection: CertainTeed "WinterGuard" or equal; ASTM D 1970 sheet barrier of self- adhering rubberized asphalt membrane shingle underlayment having internal reinforcement, and "split" back plastic release film; provide material with warranty equal in duration to that of shingles being applied. Underlayment: self-adhering polymer modified bitumen sheet such as CertainTeed "Roofers' Select" or equal, ASTM D 6757; asphalt-impregnated fiberglass-reinforced organic felt or equal designed for use on roof decks as a water-resistant layer beneath roofing shingles. . B. 2.4 FLASHING MATERIALS . A. Sheet Flashing: ASTM A 361/A 361M; 26 gage (0.45 mm) steel with minimum G115/Z350 galvanized coating. B. Sheet Flashing: ASTM B 209; 0.025 in (0.63 mm) thick aluminum, mill finish. . C. Sheet Flashing: ASTM B 370; cold rolled copper; 16 ounces per square foot (0.55 mm); natural finish. D. Bituminous Paint: Acid and alkali resistant type; black color. . E. Tinner's Paint: Color as selected by Architect to coordinate with shingle color. 2.5 ACCESSORIES A. Nails: Standard round wire type roofmg nails, corrosion resistant; hot dipped zinc coated steel, aluminum, or chromated steel; minimum 3/8 inch (9.5 mm) head diameter; minimum 11 or 12 gage (2.5 mm) shank diameter; shank to be of sufficient length to penetrate through roof sheathing or 3/4 inch (19 mm) into plywood, or non-veneer wood decking. . B. Asphalt Roofing Cement: ASTM D 4586, Type I or n. . 2.6 FLASHING FABRICATION A. Form flashing to profiles indicated on Drawings, and to protect roofing materials from physical damage and shed water. . B. Form sections square and accurate to profile, in maximum possible lengths, free from distortion or defects detrimental to appearance or performance. . 073113 ASPHALT SHINGLES ROOFING 40f6 . . Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 . PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify existing site conditions under provisions of Section 0 I 700. . B. Verify that roof penetrations and plumbing stacks are in place and flashed to deck surface. c. Verify roof openings are correctly framed prior to installing work of this section. D. Verify deck surfaces are dry and free of ridges, warps, or voids. . 3.2 ROOF DECK PREPARATION A. Follow shingle manufacturer's recommendations for acceptable roof deck materials. B. Broom clean deck surfaces under eave protection and underlayment prior to their application. . 3.3 INSTALLATION - EAVE ICE DAM PROTECTION A. Place eave edge and gable edge metal flashing tight with fascia boards. Weather-lap joints 2 inches (50 mm). Secure flange with nails spaced 8 inches (200 mm) on center or as per manufacturer's instructions for 110 mph warranty or test conditions. . B. Apply Shingle Underlayment as eave protection in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Extend eave protection membrane minimum 42 inches (610 mm) up slope beyond interior face of exterior wall or as per NYS BC. . 3.4 INSTALLATION - PROTECTIVE UNDERLA YMENT A. Roof Slope Between 2: 12 and 4: 12: Apply one layer of "WinterGuard"or equal over all areas not protected by shield at eaves, with ends and edges weather-lapped per application instructions (minimum of 2"). Stagger end-laps each consecutive layer. Nail in place using weather corrosion-resistant fasteners, applied along the overlap at a maximum spacing of36 inches.. . B. Weather-lap and seal watertight with asphalt roofIng cement items projecting through or mounted on roof. Avoid contact of solvent-based cements with underlayment. . 3.5 INSTALLATION - V ALLEY PROTECTION A. For "closed-cut," "woven," and "open" valleys fIrst place one ply ofunderlayment, minimum 18 inches (910 mm) wide, centered over valleys, With a top layer of36 inches wide. Lap joints minimum 6 inches (152 mm). Follow instructions of shingle and waterproofIng membrane manufacturer NYSBC. . 3.6 INSTALLATION - FLASHING 073113 ASPHALT SHINGLES ROOFING 50f6 . . Southold Animal Shelter 1131107 A. Base and cap flashing shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. Base flashing shall be of either corrosion-resistant metal of a minimum nominal .019 inch thicknes or mineral-surfaced roll roofing weighing a minimum of 77 pounds per 100 square feet. Cap flashing shall be corrosion-resistant metal ofa minimum nominal .019 inch thickness. . . B. Weather-lap joints minimum 2 inches (50 mm). C. Seal work projecting through or mounted on roofing with asphalt roofing cement and make weather-tight. D. Drip edge, overlap ofmin of 2" shall extend .25 inch below sheathing and extend back on the roof a minimum of 2 inches. Drip edge shall be mechanically fastened a maximum of 12 inches on center. . E. Crickets shall be installed where obstructions impact water flow. . 3.7 INSTALLATION - ASPHALT SHINGLES A. Install shingles in accordance with manufacturer's instructions for product type and application specified. Minimum of six fasteners per shingle or more if recommended by manufacturer. 3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL . A. Field inspection will be performed under provisions of Section 01400. B. Visual inspection of the Work will be provided by Owner. If conditions are unacceptable, Owner will notifY the Architect. . 3.9 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK A. Protect finished work under provisions of Section 01700. B. Do not permit traffic over finished roof surface. . END OF SECTION . . 073113 ASPHALT SHINGLES ROOFING 60f6 . . Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 SECTION 07410- . METAL ROOF PART I-GENERAL . 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Metal Roof and Wall Panels. B. Related Sections: . . 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Division 5 Section: Metal Roof Deck. Division 6 Section: Rough Carpentry. Division 7 Section: Roofmg. Division 7 Section: Roof Specialties and Accessories. Division 8 Seclion: Skylights Division 7 Section: Joint Sealers. Division 7 Section: Flashing and Sheet MetaL 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): . 1. ASTM A653 Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvarmealed) by the Hot-Dip Process.. 2. ASTM A 792 Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, 55% Aluminum-Zinc Alloy-Coated by the Hot-Dip Process. 3. ASTM B 117 Standard Practice for Operating Salt Spray (Fog) Apparatus. 4. ASTM B209 Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate. 5. ASTM D523 Standard Test Method for Specular Gloss. 6. ASTM D822 Standard Practice for Filtered Open-Flame Carbon-Arc Exposures of Paint and Related Coatings. 7. ASTM D968 Standard Test Methods for Abrasion Resistance of Organic Coatings by Falling Abrasive. 8. ASTM D 1005 Standard Test Method for Measurement of Dry-Film Thickness of Organic Coatings Using Micrometers. 9. ASTM D1308 Standard Test Method for Effect of Household Chemicals on Clear and Pigmented Organic Finishes. 10. ASTM D2244 Standard Test Method for Calculation of Color Differences From Instrumentally Measured Color Coordinates. II. ASTM D2247 Standard Practice for Testing Water Resistance of Coatings in 100% Relative Humidity. 12. ASTM D4214 Standard Test Methods for Evaluating the Degree of Chalking of Exterior Paint Films. 13. ASTM E84 Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 14. ASTM E283 Standard Test Method for Determining the Rate of Air Leakage Through Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors Under Specified Pressure Differences Across the Specimen. IS. ASTM E330 Standard Test Method for Structural Performance of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference. . . . . . 07410 METAL ROOF Page I of8 Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 . 16. ASTM E331 Standard Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior Windows, Skylights, Doors, and Curtain Walls by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference. 17. ASTM E1592 Standard Test Method for Structural Performance of Sheet Metal Roof and Siding Systems by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference. 18. ASTM EI646 Standard Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior Metal Roof Systems by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference. 19. ASTM EI680 Standard Test Method for Rate of Air Leakage through Exterior Metal Roof Panel Systems. 20. ASTM G23 Standard Practice for Operating Light-Exposure Apparatus (Carbon-Arc Type) with and without Water for Exposure of Nonmetallic Materials. . . B. Factory Mutual (FM): l. FM 4471 Class I Panel Roofs. C. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL): . l. UL 580 Tests for Uplift Resistance of Roof Assemblies: D. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association, Inc. (SMACNA): 1. Architectural Sheet Metal Manual. . E. The National Roofing Contractors Association (NRCA): 1. Roofmg and Waterproofing Manual (including Construction Details), and Handbook of Accepted Roofmg Knowledge. F. Englert Inc.: . 1. Manufacturer's Construction Details Handbook. G. American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC): 1. Steel Construction Manual. . H. American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI): 1. Cold Formed Steel Design Manual. . 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit listed submittals in accordance with Conditions of the Contract and Division I Submittal Procedures Section. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data and installation instructions. . C. Shop Drawings: Provide drawings as follows: 1. Shop drawings are to be small-scale roof plans and elevations, indicating extent of work to be performed. Include sections of roof, fascia, walls, siding and soffits, for each condition, detailing flashing and trim for different conditions, such as eaves, outside and inside comers, ridges, valleys, gutters, end wall terminations, closures and similar conditions, showing a full and complete installation. . 2. 07410 METAL ROOF Page 2 of8 . . SouthaId Animal Shelter 1/31/07 3. Show securement of panels and clips, spacing, type and number offasteners, as recommended by manufacturer. . D. Samples: Submit selection samples as follows: 1. 2' (610 mm) long sample panel indicating metal, gauge, color, texture and fmish. 2. Color samples (actual) . E. Quality Assurance/Control Submittals: Submit the following: 1. Test Reports: Submit test reports demonstrating compliance with finish requirements. 2. Certificates: Submit manufacturer's certificate that products meet or exceed all specified requirements: . F. Closeout Submittals: Submit the following: 1. Warranty documents specified herein. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE . A. Installer Qualifications: Utilize an installer having demonstrated experience on projects of similar size and complexity. B. Regulatory Requirements and Approvals: . 1. NYS Building code C. Mock-Ups: Install approximately 500 ft2 (47 m2) of product in place for Architect's approval, before proceeding with substantial work. . 1. 2. Subject to acceptance by owner, mock-up may be retained as part of finish work. If mock-up is not retained, remove and properly dispose of mock-up. D. Preinstallation Meetings: 1. Coordination meeting with manufacturer, installer, client, contractor, architect, other subcontractors before construction. . 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE & HANDLING A. General: Comply with Division I Product Requirement Section. . B. Delivery: Deliver materials in manufacturer's original, unopened, undamaged containers with identification labels intact. C. Storage and Protection: Store materials protected from exposure to harmful environmental conditions and at temperature and humidity conditions recommended by the manufacturer. 1. 2. Store materials above ground, on skids. Protect material with waterproof covering and allow sufficient ventilation to prevent condensation buildup or moisture entrapment on the materials. . . 07410 METAL ROOF Page 3 of 8 Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 . 1.6 WARRANTY A. Project Warranty: Refer to Conditions of the Contract for project warranty provisions. . B. Manufacturer's Warranty: Submit, for Owner's acceptance, manufacturer's standard warranty document executed by authorized company official. Manufacturer's warranty is in addition to, and not a limitation of, other rights Owner may have under contract documents. Provide warranties as follows: 1. Warranty covering the metal substrate against rupture, perforation and structural failure due to normal atmospheric corrosion. Warranty on paint finish against cracking, peeling, blistering, chalk and color change. Substrate Warranty Period: 25 years beginning with date of substantial completion. Finish Warranty Period: 30 years minimum . 2. 3. 4. PART 2 - PRODUCTS . 2.1 METAL ROOF AND WALL PANEL SYSTEMS A. Manufacturer: Englert Inc. 1. Contact: 1200 Amboy Avenue, Perth Amboy, NJ 08862; Telephone: (800) 610-1975, (732) 826- 8614; Fax: (732) 826-8865; E-mail: englert.inc@prodigy.net; website: www.englertinc.com. . 2. Approved equal B. Metal roof, including the following: . 1. Series 2000 Structural Architectural Snap-Lock Standing Seam: e. f. S2000 Integral Snap-Lock, 16" wide, 13/4" (45 mm) high, without ribs. Wind Uplift Resistance (UL 580): Class 90. Dade County Certification: Architectural Metal Roof System. No Air Infiltration (ASTM E1680, ASTM E283) or Water Penetration (ASTM E1646, ASTME331) Wind Resistance 120 mph. Surface Burning Characteristics, Coating and Substrate, SteellPVDF only (ASTM E84): 25 or less (Class A). Installation Method: Solid deck Minimum Allowable Slope: 3:12. . a. b. c. d. g. h. . 2.2 MATERIALS A. Provide substrate materials as indicated below: . 1. Steel, with baked-on finish. Kynar 500 (color: dove grey) 24 gauge Galvalume (ASTM A 792), AZ50, 50 ksi yield, 52 ksi tensile 2.3 ACCESSORIES . A. Provide the following accessory products and materials: 07410 METAL ROOF Page 4 of8 . . Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 1. Roofing Felt: . a. b. Type: 30 lb. Manufacturer: Acceptable to metal panel manufacturer. 2. Clips, Closures, Fasteners: . 3. Solder: . 4. . a. b. Type: Acceptable to metal panel manufacturer. Manufacturer: Acceptable to metal panel manufacturer. a. Type: Acceptable to metal panel manufacturer. b. Manufacturer: Acceptable to metal panel manufacturer. Ice and Water Shield: a. b. Type:Snoblox Ace or one acceptable to metal panel manufacturer. Manufacturer: Snoblox-Snojax or one acceptable to metal panel manufacturer. Size: Face: 5" wide by 3"H; Waffled Base: 3" wide x 5" long Adhesive tested to 1449 lbs (Surebond SB 190 Sealant Adhesive Thoroughly clean metal roof surface area with Xylol or isopropyl alcohol where the snow guard is to be installed. c. d. e. 5. Flashing and Trim: . 6. Gutters: . a. b. Type: Acceptable to metal panel manufacturer. Manufacturer: Acceptable to metal panel manufacturer. a. b. c. Type: Industrial # IG2C6, .06" AI, 5" Seal- Tite Gutter System Aluminum, heavy gutter straps Manufacturer: Metal Era. 7. Downspouts: . a. Type: Industrial to match Gutters b. Manufacturer: Metal Era 8. Roof Curbs: . 9. . FABRICATION 2.4 a. Type: Acceptable to metal panel manufacturer. b. Manufacturer: Acceptable to metal panel manufacturer. Leaf Guard: a. Type: Acceptable to metal panel manufacturer. b. Manufacturer: Acceptable to metal panel manufacturer. A. Panel Construction: . 07410 METAL ROOF Page 5 of8 Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 . I. Panels shall be uniformly dimensioned, roll formed to exact lengths to avoid trimming. 2. Panels shall be continuous from ridge to eaves with no end laps with no face penetration of panels, except as indicated and for securing panels to facilitate directional expansion/contraction. B. Flashing and Trim: . I. 2. 3. 2.5 FINISHES A. Furnish all exposed standard or special flashing/trim and such other material break formed in the same gauge, color and fmish to match roofing panels. Furnished materials with protective strippable film to be removed upon installation. Furnish accessories such as clips, closures, fasteners, etc., shall be as recommended by manufacturer. . Factory Priming and Finishing: . I. Permacolor 3500 Finish: Standard color coating comprised of a 0.8 - 0.9 mil full strength, 70% Kynar 500/Hylar 5000 fluorocarbon (Polyvinylidene Fluoride PVF2) coating over urethane primer of 0.2 - 0.3 mil on finish side, Primer and wash coat on reverse.. Face film thickness: 1.0 mil + 0.2 mil. a. Film Thickness Topside Finish (ASTM Dl005): Primer 0.2 - 0.3 mil Kynar 500 top coat 0.8 - 0.9 mil. Reverse side finish 0.2 - 0.3 mil primer with a wash coat. Total dry film thickness for the coating system 1.0 mil nominal. Specular Gloss (ASTM D523): 35% + 5 reflectance specular at a glossmeter angle of 60 degrees. Humidity Resistance (ASTM D2247): No blistering, cracking, peeling, loss of gloss or softening of fmish after 1000 hours coated steel of exposure at 100% humidity at 95 degrees F (35 degrees C). Salt Spray Resistance (ASTM B 117): Samples diagnnally scored and subjected to 5% - at 95 degrees F (35 degrees C), neutral salt spray, then taped with Scotch #610 cellnphane tape: 1000 hours coated steel no blistering and no loss of adhesion greater than 1/8 from score line. Chemical Resistance (ASTM Dl308): No effect after 24 hour exposure of a 10% solution of hydrochloric acid and 18 hour exposure to 20% sulfuric acid including exposure to 10% muriatic acid and nitric acid fumes. Chalking Resistance (ASTM D659): No chalking greater than #8 rating test procedure after a 3000 hour weatherometer test. Color Change (ASTM D822, ASTM G23, ASTM D2244 South Florida 10 years): Finish coat color change shall not exceed 5 NBS units after 3000 hour weatherometer test. Abrasion Resistance (ASTM D968): Shall pass 60 liters/mil, minimum of falling sand, Method A. . b. c. . d. e. . f. g. h. . 2. Galvalume Plus: PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 a. High performance clear organic coating applied over Galvalume. . MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS . A. Comply with the instructions and recommendations of the metal roof and wall panel manufacturer. 07410 METAL ROOF Page 6 of8 . . Southold Animal Shelter 1/31107 3.2 EXAMINATION . A. Site Verification of Conditions: 1. Verify that site conditions are acceptable for installation of the metal roof and wall panel system. a. b. Verify substrate is uniform, even and symmetrical by running a string test. Inspect to ensure that all purlins or other substructure and framing members are flat and insulation is embedded symmetrically so when the metal panels are applied, they will not appear wavy or distorted. . 2. Do not proceed with installation of the metal roof and wall panel system until unacceptable conditions are corrected. . 3.3 INST ALLA TION A. General: Comply with the following: . 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. SMACNA Architectural Sheet Metal Manual. NRCA Roofing and Waterproofing Manual and Handbook of Accepted Roofmg Knowledge. Manufacturer's Construction Details Handbook. AISC Steel Construction Manual. AISI Cold Formed Steel Design Manual. B. Install metal panel system plumb, level and straight. Over a layer of 30 Ib felt, with a minimum 6" (152 mm) horizontal lap and 12" (305 mm) end lap. . C. Install Standing seam equidistant and aligned for comers, hips, valleys, mullions and columns in accordance with architectural design parameters indicated on drawings. D. Install panel system in accordance with approved shop drawings. . E. Make no face penetrations or perforations in metal panels by fasteners except as indicated or with specific approval by Architect. F. Install all panels continuous from ridge to eaves with no horizontal end laps. G. End lap all flashing and trim at least 3" (76 mm). . H. Miter and solder all gutters and seal with a lining of ice and water shield membrane applied at the laps to provide watertight condition. 1. Apply sealant at all butt joints. 2. Counter-flash or paint to match all soldered areas. . 1. Treat all valleys with a layer of ice and water shield spread out at least 24" (610 mm) each side from the center of the valley, on both sides, before applying valley flashing. 1. End lap at least 6" (152 mm) at joints. K. Exercise care during installation to avoid damage or scratching of the panels. . 1. A void walking on metal roof panels after installation is completed. . 07410 METAL ROOF Page 7 of8 Southold Animal Sheller 3.4 CLEANING 3.5 A. A. B. C. Peel off any strippable film on flashing components as they are installed. Touch up all minor scratches and spots. Remove and legally dispose of all debris resulting from work under this Section. PROTECTION Protect installed work from damage due to subsequent construction activity on the site. END OF SECTION 07410 METAL ROOF 1/31/07 . . . . . . . . . . Page 8 of8 . . Southold Auimal Shelter 1/31/07 . . SECTION 07450 FIBER REINFORCED CEMENTITOUS PANELS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES . A. Fiber reinforced cement panel system at exterior soffits and kneewall for cat terraces. B. Accessories required for complete installation. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS . . A. Section 06100 - Rough Carpentry: Wood framing. B. Section 07210 - Building Insulation: Acoustic and Thermal insulation. C. Section 07900 - Joint Sealers. 1.3 REFERENCES . . A. ASCE 7 - Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures B. ASTM C 920 - Standard Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants. C. ASTM C 1186 - Standard Specification for Flat Non-Asbestos Fiber-Cement Sheets. D. ASTM E 84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. E. ASTM E 330 - Standard Test Method for Structural Performance of Exterior Windows, Doors, Skylights and Curtain Walls by Uniform Static Air Pressure. 1.4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Performance Requirements: 1. Design and size components to withstand live loads caused by pressure of wind acting normal to plane of wall as calculated in accordance with ANSI/ASCE 7, and as measured in accordance with ANSI/ASTM E330_ 2. Deflection: Provide system capable of withstanding wind loading within the following limitations: a. No permanent deformation is acceptable. 3. Design system to accommodate, without damage to system, components or deterioration of seals; movement within system; movement between system and perimeter framing components; dynamic loading and release of loads; and deflection of structural support framing. 4. Design to accommodate vertical inter-story movement and provide an allowance for the following tolerances: . . . 07450 FIBER REINFORCED CEMENT ITIOUS PANEL Page 1 015 South old Animal Shelter 1/31/07 . 5. a. Building floor slab live load differential deflection. b. Structural creep. c. Thermally induced expansion and contraction of framing members. d. Fabrication and erection tolerances. e. Design ultimate load capacity of anchor components to withstand 2.0 times "Design Wind Load" without failure. Maintain continuous air and vapor barrier throughout assembly. . 1.5 SUBMITIALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 01300. . Product Data: Manufacturer's data sheets on each product to be used, including: 1. Preparation instructions and recommendations. 2. Storage and handling requirements and recommendations. 3. Installation methods, including nailing patterns. Shop Drawings: Provide shop drawings and erection plans for review including the following: 1. Layout of furring, weather barrier, finish sheets and fastener pattern. 2. Details at base and top of walls, corners, at window and door trim and at other openings and connections. 3. Shop drawings prepared and stamped by a structural engineer licensed in the state where the project is located. D. Calculations: Provide wind load calculations, engineering calculations and substantiating data to validate wind resistance of roof system. B. . C. . E. Product certificates including Research//Evaluation report or Code Authority approval of the system use for intended application. F. Selection Samples: For each finish product specified, two complete sets of color chips representing manufacturer's full range of available colors and patterns. . G. Verification Samples: For each finish product specified, two samples, minimum size 6 inches (150 mm) square, representing actual product, color, and patterns. H. Manufacturer's Certificates: Certify materials and accessory component products meet or exceed specified requirements. . I. Manufacturers warranties. Executed by manufacturer and installer. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE . A. Installer Qualifications: Provide installer with not less than three years of experience with products similar to those specified. 1.eptable work. 2. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING . A. Do not deliver cement panels to site until job is ready for their installation. B. Store products in manufacturer's unopened packaging until ready for installation. C. . Store materials off the ground and under cover in a dry place until erection. D. Keep materials dry and protect from freezing. 07450 FIBER REINFORCED CEMENT tTIODS PANEL Page 2 of5 . . Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 . E. Store materials in such a way to accommodate easy inspection of the materials prior to installation. 1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS . A. Maintain environmental conditions (temperature, humidity, and ventilation) within limits recommended by manufacturer for optimum results. Do not install products under environmental conditions outside manufacturer's absolute limits. 1.9 WARRANTY . A. Installed materiai shall have a manufacturer's warranty for the following period: 1. 10 years. B. Warranty includes the repair or replacement of siding that does not comply with requirements or that fails within specified warranty period. Failures include, but are not limited to, cracking, deforming or otherwise deteriorating beyond normal weathering. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS . . A. Acceptable Manufacturer: Cement Board Fabricators, which is located at: 2148 S. 41st Sf. P. O. Box 35247; Louisville, KY 41200; Toll Free Tel: 800-366-5378; Tel: 502-774-5757; Fax: 502-774-5754; Email: info@cbf11.com; Web: www.cbf11.com B. Requests for substitutions will be considered in accordance with provisions of Section 01600. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Prefinished Cement Board Siding Panels: CBF Cembonit siding sheets, fiber reinforced, cement based product conforming to ASTM C 1186 and manufactured of cement sand, cellulose fibers and fillers. 1. Panel Size: see drawings 2. Colors: Sand #11 3. Mechanical fasteners: External tamper proof screws, stainless steel, torx head as recommended by manufacturer.. 4. Continuous joint sealing strip, black EPDM rubber, 1-1/4 inch (32 mm) and 3- 1/2 inch (95 mm) as required. 5. Cushions at furring strips to be black EPDM rubber. . . 2.3 ACCESSORIES . . A. Trim: Fiber cement board, cut from siding material; cut edges primed. B. Trim: PVC, composite and aluminum trim shapes suitable for trim conditions. C. Sheet Metal Flashing: Minimum 26 gauge hot-dipped galvanized steel sheet, or aluminum. D. Wood furring materials shall conform to the requirements specified is Section 06100. E. Metal furring and lath shall conform to the requirements of Section 09205. F. Rigid insulation between furring channels shall comply with Section 07210. . 07450 FIBER REINFORCED CEMENT mODS PANEL Page 3 of 5 Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 . Thickness of insulation shall be as indicated on the Drawings. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION . A. Do not begin installation until substrates have been properly prepared. B. Ensure that substrates are prepared in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions. . C. Ensure that framing is completed and that electrical rough-in, windows, doors, and flashing are in place before proceeding with work of this section. D. If substrate preparation is the responsibility of another installer, notify Architect of unsatisfactory preparation before proceeding. 3.2 PREPARATION . A. Clean surfaces thoroughly prior to installation. Repair as necessary any substrate conditions that would be detrimental to proper installation. B. Prepare surface~using the methods recommended by the manufacturer for achieving the best result for the substrate under the project conditions. . 3.3 INSTALLATION - GENERAL A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and the approved shop drawings. B. . C. Panel Cutting: 1. Cut panels using a high speed circular saw with a diamond blade. A 36/44 diamond blade is recommended. 2. For incidental cuts, cut panels from the front side using a jigsaw with a carbide tip blade. 3. Provide adequate ventilation during cutting. Drilling: 1. Drilling of holes must be done from the front of the panel. 2. Holes are recommended to be done using a universal drill and a drilling speed of 1500 rpm. 3. larger holes, or cut-outs on the panel, can be mode by a jig sow with a carbide blade. . . D. Prepare structural backing with furring, studs or subgirts as required to meet the performance requirements specified. Install fiber reinforced panels over a property prepared support system in accordance with the approved shop drawings. E. Install weather barrier over prepared supports. Minimum weather barrier consists of 15 or 30 pound roofing felt. . F. Fiber reinforced cementitious panel siding shall be installed over an impervious weather barrier with a cavity behind the face panel to allow ventilation of the substrate. G. Panels shall be attached to studs, furring or subgirts using the attachment pattern and fasteners indicated in the approved shop drawings. . 07450 FIBER REINFORCED CEMENT mODS PANEL Page 4 of5 . . Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 H. Install rubber seal to each lathing member. . I. Pre-drill holes in cement boards in pattern shown on drawings and shop drawings. Holes shall be of size as specified by the panel manufacturer for the fasteners being used. J. When installing panels, work from at least 4 different pallets of material to ensure that the color range of the installed panels is random. . K. Fasten cementitious board to lath as per manufacturer's details with approved stainless steel fasteners. 3.4 PROTECTION A. Protect installed products until completion of project. . B. Inspect walls for any damage. Replace panels that are damaged. Do not attempt to repair. C. Replace damaged products before Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION . . . . . . 07450 FIBER REINFORCED CEMENT mODS PANEL Page 5 of 5 . . Southold Animal Shelter 1131107 . SECTION 07723 RIDGE AND SOFFIT VENTS PART I GENERAL . 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Ridge vents. B. Soffit vents. . 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 06100 - Rough Carpentry. B. Section 07310 - Shingles. . c. Section 07410 - Metal Roof and Wall Panels. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 01300. . B. Product Data: Manufacturer's catalog data, standard details, and installation instructions. C. Samples: 2 inch (50 mm) long samples of each profile required. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING . A. Store products indoors and protect from construction traffic and damage. PART 2 PRODUCTS . 2.1 MANUFACTURER A. Manufacturer: Provide vents fabricated by Cor-A-Vent, Inc.; P.O. Box 428; Mishawaka, IN 46546-0428. ASD. Tel: (800) 837-8368. Fax: (800) 645-6162. . B. Or equal. 2.2 MATERIALS . A. Ridge Vents - General: Manufactured of corrosion-free, corrugated, laminated, high-density polypropylene. B. Ridge Vents: Cor-A-Vent V-600/CS Ridge Vent. 07723 RIDGE AND SOFFIT VENTS Page 1 of 3 . . Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 1. 2. 3. Net free area: 20 sq in per lin ft (42336 sq mrn!m). Color: Black. Dimensions: 8-112 inches (216 rnrn) wide by 48 inches (1220 rnrn) long by I inch (25 rnrn) high. . C. Soffit Vents - General: Manufactured of corrosion-free, corrugated, laminated, high-density polyethylene. . D. Soffit Vents: Cor-A-Vent S-400 Strip Vent 1. Net free area: 9 sq in per lin ft (19050 sq mrn!m). 2. Dimensions: 1-112 inches (38 rnrn) wide by 48 inches (1220 rnrn) long by I inch (25 rnrn) high. 3. Color: Black. . E. Flashing: Cor-A-Vent WS-400X Weathershield Flashing. 1. Color: Black. 2. Material: Aluminum. . PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that framing, sheathing, and shingles are secured and ready to receive vents. . B. Verify that there is a I inch (25 rnrn) wide clear air space between sheathing and each side of ridge board or, if trusses are used, a 1-112 inch (40 rnrn) wide continuous clear air space centered on ridge. 3.2 INSTALLATION . A. General: 1. Install ridge vents along entire length of roof ridges. 2. Install soffit vents along entire length of soffits. B. Ridge Vents: I. Fit end cap onto one end of the first and last piece of ridge vent. 2. Lay a bead of calking on the under side of the end cap, press the piece and cap into position, and nail through the end cap, the ridge vent, and into the roof sheathing. 3. Use roofing nails that are long enough to penetrate ridge vent and through roof sheathing. 4. Drive the nails down flush so that the vent and end cap are held down fmnly. 5. Do not indent by over driving. 6. Butt each successive piece up snugly, checking for straight alignment. 7. Use 2 nails in each end and I at each side at center, pulling up slightly when nailing second side to ensure that the vent is nailed at the same pitch as the roof. 8. If roof shingles are the heavy dimensional type, a bead of sealant must be applied on top of the shingles to provide weather seal between the shingles and vent. . . . 07723 RrDGE AND SOFFIT VENTS Page 2 of 3 . . Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 . . . . . C. Cap Shingles (option): I. Place the first cap shingle with approximately 112-inch (40 mm) overhang over the end cap and at each side of the ridge vent. 2. Nail down through the shingle, the ridge vent, and through the roof sheathing. 3. Nails must be long enough to penetrate the roof sheathing. In high wind areas, washer-head nails may be used to provide additional holding for the shingle caps. 4. Do not fasten V-400 orV-600 vents with staples. 5. Preform shingle caps in cold weather to avoid cracking or humping up over the ridge. 6. Apply cap shingles with I nail each side, up approximately 2-112 inches (60 mm) from the overhanging edge. 7. Drive nails flush; do not indent. D. Steep Pitch and Wide Ridge Beam Applications: I. Cut ridge vents into 2 half pieces lengthwise. 2. Nail half pieces over shingles on either side of the ridge slot. 3. Fasten metal flashing over ridge vent. 4. Cut oversize shingle ridge caps or lap 12 inch (300 mm) long shingles, and install as specified. E. Metal Roofing: Install ridge and soffit vents as specified by manufacturer and in accordance with drawings. Flashings: Install specified flashings where indicated on the drawings. F. 3.3 SOFFIT VENTS . A. Install continuous vents full length of soffits, unless otherwise indicated. B. Ensure that adequate blocking or barriers are installed to prevent insulation from impeding air flow. 3.4 ADJUST AND CLEAN . . . A. Remove any scrap from the site, and leave in a neat and clean condition. END OF SECTION . 07723 RrDGE AND SOFFIT VENTS Page 3 of 3 . Southold Animal Shelter 1131/07 . SECTION 07910 JOINT SEALERS PART 1- GENERAL . 1.1 A. B. . C. . . 1.2 A. B. C. D. E. F. . . SUMMARY Preparing substrate surfaces to receive joint sealers and joint backing materials. Interior joint sealers and gaskets as indicated on Drawings, specified or as per manufacturer's instructions, including joint backing material and accessories. Exterior joint sealers and gaskets as indicated on Drawings, specified, or as per manufacturer's instructions, including joint backing material and accessories. D. Window sealant, inside and out E. Glazing sealant, inside and out F. Control joints RELATED SECTIONS Section 08110 - Steel Doors and Frames Section 08160 - Metal Sliding Glass Doors Section 08410 - Aluminum Entrances and Storefronts Section 08510 - Steel Windows and Doors Section 08520 - Aluminum Windows Section 08800 - Glass and Glazing. 1.3 REFERENCES A. ASTM C834 - Latex Sealing Compounds. B. ASTM C920 - Elastomeric Joint Sealant. . . . C. D. ASTM Cl193 - Standard Guide for Use of Joint Sealants. ASTM Cl253 - Standard Test Method for Detennining the Outgassing Potential of Sealant Backing. ASTM D1056 - Flexible Cellular Materials - Sponge or Expanded Rubber. FS TT-S-227 - Sealing Compound, Rubber Base, Two Component. FS TT-S-230 - Sealing Compounds, Synthetic Rubber Base, Single Component, Chemically Cured. E. F. G. 07910 JOINT SEALERS 10f7 Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 . 1.4 1.5 H. I. FS TT-S-1543 - Sealing Compound, Silicone Rubber Base. FS TT-S-OOI657 - Sealing Compound, Single Component, Butyl Rubber Based, Solvent Release Type. SWRl (Sealant, Waterproofing and Restoration Institute) - Sealant and Caulking Guide Specification. . 1. SUBMITTALS . A. Product Data: For each material and type of application required. Include product specifications, performance characteristics, test data, MSDS sheets and manufacturer's written installation instructions and recommendations. B. (2) Samples of each item . C. Warranty QUALITY ASSURANCE . A. Installer Qualifications: 1. Acceptable to or licensed by sealant manufacturer. 2. Successfully completed not less than 5 comparable scale projects using these systems. 3. Trained in accordance with SWRl Applicator Training Manual. B. ". Owner reserves the right to request tests for actual substrate or applicable test results for adhesion. C. Verify with sealant and substrate manufacturer compatibility and suitability of sealant. D. Field test joints where inconspicuous. . 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to site in original unopened containers of bundles with labels informing about manufacturer, product name and designation, color, expiration period for use, pot life, curing time, and, for multi-component materials, mixing instructions. . B. Store and handle materials per manufacturers' recommendations to prevent their deterioration or damage due to moisture, high or low temperatures, contaminants, or other causes. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS . A. Do not proceed with installation of joint sealers under the following conditions: 1. When ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside limits permitted by joint sealer manufacturers. 2. When joint substrates are wet due to rain, frost, condensation, or other causes. . 07910 JOINT SEALERS 20f7 . . Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 B. . C. D. . 1.8 A. . . Joint Width Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealers where joint widths are less than required to achieve performance for application indicated. Joint Depth Conditions: Ensure depth meets manufacturer's directions, provide backer rod or other fill as recommended by manufacturer. Joint Substrate Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealers until contaminants capable of interfering with their adhesion are removed from joint substrates. WARRANTY Special Warranty: Warrant materials and workmanship against defects. Include 2 year coverage for installed joint sealer and accessories, which fail to achieve airtight and watertight seal, exhibit loss of adhesion or cohesion, or do not cure, after completion and final acceptance of Work. 1. Repair defects, or replace with new materials, faulty materials or workmanship developed during the guarantee period at no expense to Owner. 2. Acrylic Latex and Butyl Sealant: 1 year warranty. 3. Silicone Sealant and Adhesive: 20 year warranty. 4. Polyurethane Sealant: 5 year warranty. PART 2 - PRODUCTS . 2.1 MANUFACTURERS . . . A. Joint Sealers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products from the manufacturers scheduled. Approved manufacturers are as listed below: 1. BOSTIK Sealant Systems. 2. Dow Coming Silicone Sealant. 3. General Electric Silicone Sealant. 4. PECORA Corporation. 5. SIKA Sealant Systems. 6. SONNEBORN Building Products. 7. TREMCO Sealant Systems. 8. MAMECO International, Inc. - VULKEM. 9. Kryton 10. Or approved equal B. Pre-Compressed Foam Gasket: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products of the manufacturers scheduled: 2.2 MATERIALS . . A. Joint Sealant for exterior windows, doors and thresholds NOTE: For exterior windows and doors use sealant referenced in large missile and wind load testing, if not referenced directly use premium grade 100% silicone. 1. General Use: Construction Joints and Glazing 100 % silicone, premium grade 07910 JOINT SEALERS 30f7 Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 . 2. 3. Manufacturer: Dow Corning, General Electric, Tremco Product: a. Dow 795 Silicone Sealant at construction joints if particularly mentioned (YKK), otherwise premium grade 100% (YKK) . b. Product: at glazing (YKK) I) Dow 995 Silicone Sealant at glazing 2) Tremco Spectrem 2 . c. Glazing on steel doors and windows (Steelcraft) 1) Glazing adhesive Sikaflex 222UV or 295 UV 2) At glazing frame to door: Sikaflex 552 (Steelcraft) d. Thresholds I) Acoustical 2) Tremco Acoustical by Tremco . B. Joint Sealant for interior or exterior construction and perimeter control and expansion joints on horizontal or sloped traffic surfaces. 1. 2. 3. Sealant Type: Single component or multi-component polyurethane or silicone sealant having a hardness of not less than 15 or more than 50 and joint movement capability of 25%. Comply with ASTM cno, Type S or M, Grade P or NS, Class 25 Manufacturer: Tremco, Dow or equal Product: Spectrem 800, 900, Vulkem 45/45 SSL or 227 . . C. Joint sealant for exterior and interior joints in vertical surfaces and non-traffic location, compatible with both concrete and insulation systems 1. Single component, low-modulus, non-sag sealant, comply with ASTM 020, Type S or M, Grade NS, Class 25 . 2. Product: Spectrum 1,3 (silicone) by Tremco or Dymonic Fe (urethane) or equal D. Joint sealant for exterior or interior joints in vertical and horizontal surfaces of potable water areas. Use in ontside animal runs. 1. . Single-component or mult-component polyurethane sealant certified by National Sanitation Foundation as conforming to the requirements ofNSF Standard 61- Drinking water System Components- Health Effects, Comply with ASTM C920, Type S or M, Grade P or NS, class 25, select color from NSF listing. 2. Product: Vulkem 921 or 245 by Tremco or equal . E. Joint sealant for exterior or interior joints in vertical and horizontal surfaces where incidental food contact with the cured sealant and is mildew resistant: Use in animal holding rooms, prep, staff, training and storage areas. 1. Single-component or mult-component polyurethane sealant complying with US Department of Agriculture (USDA) guidelines for incidental food contact with sealant, . 07910 JOINT SEALERS 40f7 . . Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 . . . 2.3 . A. B. C. . D. . E. . . . . comply with ASTM C920, Type S or M, Grade P or NS, class 25, select color from NSF listing. 2. Product: Silicones Tremsil 200 by Tremco or equal F. General Joint Sealer Performance Requirements: I. Select materials for compatibility with joint surfaces and other indicated exposures. 2. Except as otherwise indicated select modulus of elasticity and hardness or grade recommended by manufacturer for each application indicated. Where a manufacturer's recommendation differ from above, contact architect. a. Where exposed to foot traffic, select materials of sufficient strength and hardness to withstand stiletto heel traffic without damage or deterioration of sealer system. 3, Use non-staining sealants 4. Provide colors indicated or, if not indicated, to match adjacent paint coloring schemes. a. Polyurethane sealants shall be available in minimum 30 standard colors. ACCESSORJES Joint Cleaner: Non-corrosive and non-staining type, as recommended by joint sealer manufacturer; compatible with joint forming materials. Primer: Non-staining type, recommended by manufacturer to suit application. Joint Backer Rod: Soft, closed cell polyethylene rod designed for use with cold applied joint sealer passing ASTM C1253-93. Provide backer rod of size required for joint design (normally 25-50% larger than joint). Joint Filler: ASTM D1056; round, closed cell polyethylene joint filler designed for use with cold applied joint sealer. Provide joint filler of size required for joint design. Bond Breaker: Pressure sensitive tape recommended by joint sealer manufacturer to prevent sealant contact where it would be detrimental to sealant performance. #m #226 or $481 tape or Valley Insdustries #40 or equal, placed at back of joint. F. Masking tape: Non-staining, non-absorbent tape product compatible with joint sealants and adjacent surfaces that is suitable for masking. G. Glazing tape, setting blocks, frame gaskets or wedges for the installation of glass in frames. H. Provide other materials, not specifically describes, but required for a complete and proper installations, as selected by the Contractor and approved by the sealant manufacture, subject to review by the Architect. 07910 JOINT SEALERS 50f7 Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 . PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION . A. Examine joints for compliance with requirements for joint configurations, installation tolerances, and substrate condition affecting joint sealer performance. Do not proceed with installation of joint sealers until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION . A. Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealers to comply with recommendations of joints sealer manufacturers and SWRl Guide. Remove paints unless approved by manufacturer, wax, oil, dirt, temporary coatings, dust. . B. Prime joint substrates where recommended by joint sealer manufacturer and pre-construction joint sealer-substrate tests. Apply primer to comply with joint sealer manufacturer's recommendations. C. . Backer Material: 1. Oversize backer material 25-50 % percent wider than joint to firmly support sealant. D. Apply release agent or bond breaker strip to joint per SWRl Guide. E. Apply masking tape where required to prevent sealant or primer contact with adjoining surfaces that would be permanently stained or otherwise damaged. Remove tape immediately after tooling without disturbing joint seal. . 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Comply with SWRl and joint sealer manufacturers' instructions. . B. Elastomeric Sealant Installation: Comply with recommendations of ASTM C962 for use of joint sealer type scheduled. C. Solvent-Release-Curing Sealant Installation: Comply with requirements of ASTM C804 for use of solvent-release-curing joint sealer. . D. Install joint sealer backings to comply with the following requirements: I. Install joint-fillers to provide the cross-sectional shapes and depths at working joints. 2. Install bond breaker tape where required or recommended to seal working joints. E. Install joint sealer completely filling joint, providing uniform, cross-sectional shapes and depths to provide scheduled joint sealer movement capability. Extra compression is needed for concrete surfaces. . F. Tool joint sealer to form smooth, uniform beads of concave configuration to ensure contact and adhesion of joint sealer with joint. . G. Where flooring will bridge control or expansion joints, provide fiber reinforced fabric across joint. Manufacturers of both sealant and flooring need to provide approval. Otherwise install 07910 JOINT SEALERS 60f7 . . Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 flooring over joint and cut out joint and seal or as per detail approved by both manufacturer and architect. . 3.4 PROTECTION . Protect exposed to view joint sealers during and after curing period from construction activity. Cut, remove and replace any contaminated or damaged sealants, so they are without damage at time of substantial completion. END OF SECTION . . . . . . . . 07910 JOINT SEALERS 70f7 . Southold Animal Shelter 1/31107 SECTION 08110 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES . PART 1: GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Steel doors and frames . B. Fire rated steel doors and frames. C. Hurricane-resistant door construction. D. Installation of steel door and frame including glazing, and finish hardware. . 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS Section 03xxx Concrete Masonry Units Steel Windows A. B. C. Section 08510 Section 08710 Finish Hardware . 1.3 REFERENCES . A. ANSI A115, Series 82 - Steel Door and Frame Preparation. B. ANSI A250.8/Sm 100 - Recommended Specifications for Standard Steel Doors and Frames. C. ANSI/SOl A151.1 - Test Procedures and Acceptance Criteria for Physical Endurance for Steel Doors and Hardware Reinforcings. D. ANSI A 224.1 - Test Procedure and Acceptance Criteria for Prime Painted Steel Surfaces. E. ANSI A250.6 -Hardware on Standard Steel Doors-Reinforcement and Application. . F. SOl 112 - Galvanized Standard Steel Doors and Frames. G. ASTM E2074 - Standard Test Method for Fire Tests of Door Assemblies, Including Positive Pressure Testing of Side-Hinged and Pivoted Swinging Door Assemblies H. NFP A 80 - Fire Doors and Windows. . 1. NFP A 252 - Fire Tests for Door Assemblies. . J. UL lOB - Fire Tests of Door and Frame Assemblies. K. Warnock Hersey - Fire Tests for Door and Frame Assemblies. . 1.4 SUBMITTALS . A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data substantiating that products comply with requirements including details of construction, materials, dimensions, hardware preparation, core, label compliance, sound ratings, profiles, and finishes. Include test results for large missile impact and documentation of design accommodating wind loads of 120 mph 3 second gusts. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate fabrication and installation of steel doors and frames; including details of each door and frame type, elevations of door design types, conditions at openings, details 08110 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 10f9 . Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 . of construction, location and installation requirements of finish hardware and reinforcements, and details of joints at connections. Show anchorage and accessory items. c. Provide schedule of doors and frames using opening numbers on Drawings. . D. Indicate coordination of glazing frames and stops with glass and glazing requirements. E. Label Construction Certification: Submit manufacturer's certification for each door and frame assembly. F. Provide labels as required by NYS Building Code Section 714.2. . G. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special installation instructions. H. Provide samples of fmishes and anchors. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide doors and frames complying with Steel Door Institute "Recommended Specifications: Standard Steel Doors and Frames" (ANSI/SDI-IOO) and as herein specified. . B. Fire-Rated Door Assemblies: Where fire-rated door assemblies are indicated or required, provide fITe-rated door and frame assemblies that comply with NFP A 80 "Standard for Fire Doors and Window", and have been tested, listed, and labeled per ASTM E2074 by a nationally recognized independent testing and inspection agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. C. Exterior doors need to withstand large missile impacts and 120 mph 3 sec gusts. Provide certification and test results. . D. Obtain steel doors and frames from a single source manufacturer. . 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver hollow metal Work crated to provide protection during transit and job storage. Provide additional sealed plastic wrapping for factory-fmished doors. B. Store doors and frames at building site under cover. . PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products from 1 of the following manufacturers: I. Steelcraft Manufacturing Company. 2. Substitutions: Comply with Section 01630. Note that exterior doors with glazing need certification for large missile impact resistance in compliance with NYS Building Code. . 2.2 STEEL DOORS A. Comply with ANSI A250.8/SDI-IOO. B. Type, level, and size indicated on Door Type Schedule. . 2.3 STEEL DOOR TYPES (SEE DRAWINGS FOR SCHEDULE AND TYPE ILLUSTRATIONS) A. Door Type: Door-F: EXTERIOR FULL LITE Number of Panels or Leafs: Single 08110 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 2 of 9 . . . Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 . Thickness: 1 % Door Style or Construction: Seamless design Core of Door: Kraft honeycomb End Closures: Flush Fire Rating: Non-rated Door Finish: Factory primed, field painted Manufacturer: Steelcraft or approved equal Door Style or Construction: H-SERIES, Full lite Notes: Galvanized door and frame, bitumastic coating on inside of all frames, large missile impact and 120 mph wind gust certification. B. Door Type: Door-G: EXTERIOR HALF LITE Number of Panels or Leafs: Single Thickness: 1 3/4 Door Style or Construction: Seamless design Core of Door: polyurethane End Closures: Flush Fire Rating: Non-rated Door Finish: Factory primed, field painted Manufacturer: Steelcraft or approved equal Door Style or Construction: H-SERIES WI Halflite Notes: Galvanized door and frame, bitumastic coating on inside of all frames, large missile impact and 120 mph wind gust certification. C. Door Type: Door-H: EXTERIOR FLUSH Number of Panels or Leafs: Single Thickness: 1 3/4 Door Style or Construction: Seamless design Core of Door : polyurethane End Closures: Flush Fire Rating: Non-rated Door Finish: Factory primed, field painted Manufacturer: Steelcraft or approved equal Door Style or Construction: H-SERIES Notes: Galvanized door and frame, bitumastic coating on inside of all frames, large missile impact and 120 mph wind gust certification. D. Door Type: Door-K INTERIOR SINGLE FULL VISION Number of Panels or Leafs: Single Thickness: 1 3/4 Door Style or Construction: Seamless design, vison Core of Door: Kraft honeycomb End Closures: Flush Fire Rating: Non-rated Door Finish: Factory primed, field painted Manufacturer: Steelcraft or approved equal Door Style or Construction: LW-18 Notes: Galvanized frame and door, coat inside of frame with bitumastic coating. . . . . . . . . E. Door Type: Door-L and N INTERIOR SINGLE HALF VISION . 08110 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 30[9 Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 . Number of Panels or Leafs: Single Thickness: I 3/4 Door Style or Construction: Seamless design, vision . Core of Door: Kraft honeycomb End Closures: Flush Fire Rating: Non-rated Door Finish: Factory primed, field painted Manufacturer: Steelcraft or approved equal . Door Style or Construction: LW-18 Notes: Galvanized frame and door, coat inside of frame with bitumastic coating. See schedule for STC rating desired using manufactured recommended construction, with no label for STC rating or testing required. F. Door Type: M. FLUSH Number of Panels or Leafs: Single Thickness: I 3/4 Door Style or Construction: Full flush design Core of Door : Kraft honeycomb End Closures: Flush Fire Rating: Non-rated Door Finish: Factory primed, field painted Manufacturer: Steelcraft or approved equal Door style or Construction: L W -18 Notes: Galvinized frame and door, coat inside of frame with bitumastic coating. . . . G. Door Type: Door-O, P, and Q INTERIOR FULL LITE WITH SIDE LITE and/or Transom Number of Panels or Leafs: Single Thickness: I 3/4 Door Style or Construction: Seamless design Core of Door : Kraft honeycomb End Closures: Flush Fire Rating: Non-rated Door Finish: Factory primed, field painted Manufacturer: Steelcraft or approved equal Door Style or Construction: LW-18 with adjacent window Notes: Galvanized frame and door, coat inside of frame with bitumastic coating. . . 2.4 MATERIALS A. Sheet Steel: I) Cold rolled steel shall conform to ASTM A 366 or A 620 and A 568. 2) Hot rolled steel shall conform to ASTM A 569 and A 568. 3) Hot dipped zinc coated galvanized steel shall conform to ASTM A 526 or A 642 and A 525. Galvanizing shall be to A40, A60 or G60 per sm requirements. 4) Electroplated galvanized steel for anchors and accessories shall conform to ASTM A 591,Class B and A 568. . B. Steel for doors to be of gauges indicated on the Door Type Schedule and as recommended by the sm for the level of door required. . 08110 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 40f9 . . Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 . C. Door Frames to be of gauges of steel as indicated on the Door Type Schedule and as recommended by the sm. D. Reinforcement for hardware in doors shall be the following: 1) Hinges at 1 3/4" and thicker doors; 10 gauge 2) Locks and other hardware; 14 gauge 3) Pivot hinges; 7 gauge 4) Floor checking hinges; 7 gauge E. Reinforcement for hardware in frames shall be the following gauge: 1) Hinges at 1 3/4" and thicker doors; 10 gauge 2) Locks and other hardware; 14 gauge 3) Pivot hinges; 7 gauge 4) Floor checking hinges; 7 gauge F. Doors to be rated as per Door Schedule on Drawings and as required by local and state codes. G. Mechanically fasten fire-rating labels to doors and frames. . . . 2.5 DOOR CONSTRUCTION . A. Each face of full flush doors shall be constructed of one sheet of steel of thickness required for Level and Model of door. B. Doors required to be "Seamless Design" shall have no visible seams on the vertical edges. C. Tops and bottoms of doors shall have flush end closures, unless otherwise noted. . D. Cores of doors shall be as noted on the Schedule. E. Glazing: F. At fire rated doors, glass for vision panels shall comply with requirements ofUL listing. G. Glazing at exterior doors shall meet large missile impact requirements. . H. Glazing beads shall be mitered or butt jointed as approved by Architect on Shop Drawings. 2.6 FRAME CONSTRUCTION . A. Frame style and construction shall be as noted on the Door Schedule. B. At welded construction, all welds are to be concealed wherever possible. Visible welds are to ground smooth. '- C. Install silencers on frames. D. Frames shall be prepped for hardware at factory. . E. Hardware per Section 08710. Obtain templates or hardware samples from Hardware supplier. . F. All frames are to be fully welded construction. G. Coat the inside of all frames with bitumastic coating. 08110 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 50f9 Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 . 2.7 FIRE DOORS A. Fire rated door and frames shall comply with the following tests: . 1) ASTM E2074 2) ANSI! ULlOb, Fire Test of Door Assemblies. 3) NFPA 252, Fire Test of Door Assemblies. 4) All doors and frames shall have the fire rating and test number permanently affixed. 5) Gaskets for fire rated door assemblies shall be as used on test assembly. . 2.8 HURRICANE DOORS A. Exterior doors require large missile impact certification required as per NYS Building Code . and ASTM E 1996 and ASTME 1886. Door assembly shall be designed for wind loads of 120 mph 3 second gusts. B. All details of construction, including gaskets and accessories, shall match test parameters. 2.9 FRAME ANCHORS . A. Provide steel frames for installation in masonry walls with adjustable jamb anchors of type recommended by frame and wall panel manufacturer. B. Anchors: Not less than 16 gauge steel or 0.156 inch diameter steel wire. C. Stirrup straps: Not less than 2 inches by 10 inch in size, corrugated and/or perforated. Provide . the number of anchors on each jamb as follows: D. Frames up to 7'-6" height: 3 anchors. E. Frames 7'-6" to 8'-0" height: 4 anchors. F. Exterior frame anchors to match anchors required by large missile impact tests. . G. All anchors to be corrosion-resistant. H. Factory weld steel angle or channel stiffener into the head of steel frames for installation in masonry wall openings more than 4'-0" in width. 1. Stiffeners: Not less than 12 gauge steel. Not longer than the opening width. Do not use as lintels or load bearing members . 2.10 ACCESSORIES A. Provide removable steel spreaders attached to the bottom of 3-sided frames. . B. Mark frame number on jamb of each frame in butt recess for identification at Project site. C. Non-Rated Glazing Stops and Moldings: Rolled steel channel shape, minimum 18 gauge. Prepare for counter sink style tamper proof screws. Provide neoprene cushioning. D. Frames Silencers: Resilient rubber, fit into factory-drilled hole. . E. Plaster Guards: Minimum 26 gauge steel plaster guards or mortar boxes at back of hardware cutouts to close off interior of openings or where mortar or other materials might obstruct hardware operation. 08110 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 60f9 . . Southold Animal Shelter 1/31107 2.11: FABRICATION . A. Fabricate steel door and frame units to be rigid, neat in appearance, and free from defects, warp or buckled. Wherever practicable, fit and assemble units in manufacturer's plant. Provide stiffeners where indicated. . B. Clearly identify Work that cannot be permanently factory-assembled before shipment to assure proper assembly at Project site. C. Fabricate exposed faces of doors and panels, including stiles and rails of non-flush units, from cold- rolled steel only. D. Fabricate frames, concealed stiffeners, reinforcement, edge channels, louvers, and moldings from cold-rolled steel. . E. Fabricate exterior doors, panels, and frames from galvanized sheet steel. Close top and bottom edges of exterior doors as integral part of door construction or by addition of minimum 16- gauge inverted steel channels. F. Exposed Fasteners: Unless otherwise indicated, provide countersunk, flat, Phillips heads for exposed screws and bolts. G. Finish Hardware Preparation: Prepare doors and frames to receive mortised and conceal finish hardware in compliance with final Finish Hardware Schedule and templates provided by hardware supplier. Comply with applicable requirements of ANSI AI15 series specifications for door and frame preparation for hardware. H. Reinforce door and frames to receive surface-applied hardware. Drilling and tapping for surface- applied finish hardware may be done at Project site. r. Locate finish hardware as indicated on approved Shop. Drawings or, if not indicated, per "Recommended Locations for Builder's Hardware," published by Door and Hardware Institute. J. Fire-Rated Doors and Frames: . . . . In addition to other requirements for steel doors and frames specified herein, comply with the label requirements of the Underwriter's Laboratories (UL), the National Fire Protection Association (NFP A) and applicable local codes. Fabricate steel doors and frames per requirements of NFP A Standard No. 80 and UL Standard for Safety No. 63 for the class of door opening scheduled. 3) Apply appropriate UL label to steel doors and frames. 4) State on label the required fire protection rating and maximum temperature rising rating. Maximum temperature rise rating is required for doors and frames protecting exit enclosures. 2) I) . 5) Where pairs of doors are scheduled, provide door manufacturer's standard astragal identical in performance to astragal used in approved test assembly for fire rating indicated or required. 2.12 Shop Painting: . A. Clean, treat, and paint exposed surfaces of steel doors and frame units, including galvanized surfaces. 08110 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 70f9 . Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 . B. Clean steel surfaces of mill scale, rust, oil, grease, dirt, and other foreign materials before application of paint. C. Apply shop coat of prime paint of even consistency to provide a uniformly finished surface ready to receive finish paint. D. Exterior Doors: Hot-dipped galvanized in the 0.6 ounce coating class (G60), per ASTM A526. . E. Preparation and priming of doors shall comply with ANSI A 224.1, "Test Procedure and . Acceptance Criteria for Prime Painted Steel Surfaces". F. All frames that are to be in contact with masonry or concrete are to be back primed with an asphaltic primer. G. Shop primer shall be compatible with field applied top coat: Refer to Section 09900. . PART 3: EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that openings are constructed to receive scheduled door assembly. . B. Verify that hardware reinforcing agrees with templates furnished under Section 08710. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install standard steel doors and accessories per approved Shop Drawings, manufacturer's data, and as herein specified. . B. Door Installation: 1) Fit steel doors accurately in frames, within clearances specified in ANSI/SOl-100. 2) Place fife-rated steel doors with clearances as specified in NFP A Standard No. 80. 3) Install steel doors with uniform margin at jambs and heads. Upon complete erection leave items in industry-standard operating condition with doors swinging free and not rattling when closed. . 4) Placing Frames: Comply with provisions of SDI-105, "Recommended Erection Instructions for Steel Frames", unless otherwise indicated. 5) In masonry construction, locate 3 wall anchors per jamb at hinge and strike levels or as required by tests. 6) At in-place concrete or masonry construction, set frames and secure to adjacent construction with machine screws and masonry anchorage devices. . . 7) Install fire-rated frames per NFPA Standard No. 80. 3.3 ERECTION TOLERANCES Maximum Diagonal Distortion: 1/16 inch measured with straight edge, comer to comer. 3.4 CLEANING AND ADJUSTING . A. Prime Coat Touch-Up: Immediately after erection, sand smooth rusted or damaged areas of prime coat and apply touch-up of compatible air-drying primer. 08110 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 80f9 . . Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 B. Final Adjustments: Check and readjust operating finish hardware items, leaving steel doors and frames undamaged and in complete and proper operating condition. . END OF SECTION . . . . . . . . 08110 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 90f9 . . Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 . GENERAL . 1.1 A. B. C. D. 1.2 A. B. C. 1.3 A. 1.4 A. . . . . SECTION 08160 METAL SLIDING GLASS DOORS SUMMARY Aluminum framed, sliding glass doors. Glazing. Screens. Door hardware. RELATED SECTIONS Section 07910 - Joint Sealers. Section 08710 - Door Hardware. Section 08800 - Glass and Glazing. REFERENCES ASTM B 221 (B 221 M) - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Profiles, and Tubes. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION Drainage: Provide drainage from interior of framing to exterior of system that allows and directs water entering joints, condensation in glazing channels, and other moisture that occurs in the system to drain to the exterior. Water Leakage: No water leakage from the exterior to the interior of the system, when tested in accordance with ASTM E331; 2.861b per sq ft (140 Pa) test pressure difference. C. Insulated, thermally broken sliding doors to withstand large missile impacts and 120 mph 3 sec gusts. Provide certification and test results. B. . 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. . . . Shop Drawings: Indicate dimensions of openings, elevations of each type and size of sliding glass door, construction and anchorage details. Samples or documentation proving compliance with test criteria: Submit two samples, 6 x 6 inch (152 x 152 mm), indicating sliding glass door comer construction, sliding glass door frame corner construction, anchors, accessories, or submit full drawing details with item numbers, sizes and details compliant with test results. Submit finish and anchor samples. C. All hardware and accessories to match test reports. Provide verification, items numbers, or samples. B. D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate preparation, installation, adjustment, operation, and cleaning requirements. E. Product Data: Indicate dimensions of systems and components, drainage details, door hardware types, finishes, anchors, and functions, and glass types. Include test results for large missile impact and documentation of design accommodating wind loads of 120 mph 3 second gusts. 08160 METAL SLIDING GLASS DOORS 1 of 4 Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 . F. 1.6 A. B. C. D. 1.7 A. B. C. 1.8 A. B. QUALITY ASSURANCE . Qualifications: Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this Section with minimum five years documented experience. Installer: Company specializing in perfonning work of this Section with minimum five years . documented experience and approved by manufacturer. Provide test results. DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING Deliver sliding glass doors and frames to project site in manufacturer's packaging. Store sliding glass doors and frames off the ground, protected from the weather, and m manufacturer's packaging. Protect finished surfaces and glass from damage until Date of Substantial Completion. . . WARRANTY Provide manufacturer's five year warranty against defects in materials and fabrication of sliding glass doors, frames, and screens. Warranty shall begin on Date of Substantial Completion. Provide manufacturer's five year warranty against failure of exterior finish by fading, chalking, or .. flaking. Warranty shall begin on Date of Substantial Completion. C. Provide manufacturer's five year warranty against failure of glass seal in insulating glass units. Warranty shall begin on Date of Substantial Completion. PRODUCTS 1.9 LIO MANUFACTURERS . A. YKK AP B. Substitutions: Refer to Section 01630 - Product Substitution Procedures MATERIALS . A. Extruded Aluminum: ASTM B 221 (B 221M), 6063 alloy, T5 temper, hollow tubular sections. B. Glass: ASTM E774; insulated glass units, size per Schedule. C. Glass: Section 08800 - Glass and Glazing. . 1.11 SLIDING GLASS DOORS AND FRAMES A. Door Type Number: J B. Door Type: Sliding Glass Doors C. . Manufacturer: YKK AP D. Door Model Number: YSD 600TH or equal . 08160 METAL SLIDING GLASS DOORS 2 of 4 . Southald Animal Shelter 1/31/07 . . 1.12 A. . E. Screen Type: Heavy Duty F. G. H. I. Screen Material: Stainless Steel Thermal Break: Yes Door Style: Commercial Notes : 13/16" insulating glass, large missile impact certified, 120 mph 3 second gust wind resistance. SCREENS B. Configuration: Rolled aluminum frame with adjustable door hardware and flexible screen with manufacturer's standard spline to retain screen in frame. Finish: See Schedule C. Screening: See Schedule . 1.13 ACCESSORIES A. Door Hardware: Manufacturer's standard pull handles - . . B. Pull handles: Manufacturer's standard pull handles; color as selected. C. Rollers: Stainless steel; adjustable. D. Limit stops: Resilient rubber; black. E. Locks: Manufacturer's standard. F. Threshold: Extruded aluminum; mill finish; slope to exterior. G. Bituminous Paint: Fibered asphaltic bituminous paint on inside of frame. H. Anchors: Galvanized steel. I. Joint Sealers: Section 07910 - Joint Sealers. EXECUTION . 1.14 EXAMINATION A. VerifY that framed openings are ready to receive sliding glass door units. 1.15 PREPARATION . A. Apply coat of bituminous paint to concealed aluminum surfaces that are in contact with concrete, masonry, or other dissimilar materials. 1.16 INSTALLATION . . A. Install sliding glass door units in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, approved shop drawings, and test documents. B. Anchor sliding glass door units to opening construction securely and without distortion or conditions that can impose additional loading. C. Place threshold in bed of butyl sealant. 08160 METAL SLIDING GLASS DOORS 3of4 Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 . D. Install trim. 1.17 ERECTION TOLERANCES . A. Maximum Variation from Plumb: 1116 inch (1.5 mm). B. Maximum Variation from Level: 1116 inch (1.5 mm). C. Longitudinal or Diagonal Walp: Plus or minus 1/8 inch (3 mm) from 10 foot (3 m) straight edge. 1.18 ADJUSTING, CLEANING, AND PROTECTION . A. Adjust hardware for smooth operation. B. Remove labels. C. Clean exposed surfaces with cleaning solutions acceptable to sliding glass door and glazing manufacturers. . D. Protect installed sliding glass door units from damage until Date of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION . I. . . . . . 08160 METAL SLIDING GLASS DOORS 40f4 . Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 . SECTION 08410 ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS PART I: GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY . . 1.2 A. B. e. 13 A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. I. J. K. 1.. M. N. 1.4 A. . . . . . . . A. Provide all necessary materials, labor, and equipment for the complete installation of Exterior pre finished aluminum entrance swing doors, frames, hardware and storefront systems with thermally broken frames, where possible, including attachments and accessories. System to withstand large missile impact and 120 mph 3 second gust wind loads. See drawings for details. RELATED SECTIONS Section 03xxx - Concrete Masonry Unites Section 08710 -- Finish Hardware Section 08810 -- Glazing REFERENCES AAMA - Metal Curtain Wall, Window, Storefront and Entrance - Guide Specifications Manual. AAMA - Curtain Wall Manual #10 - Care and Handling of Architectural Aluminum From Shop to Site. AAMA 501 - Methods of Testing for Metal Curtain Walls. AAMA 605.2 - Specification for High Performance Organic Coatings on Architectural Extrusions and Panels. AAMA SFM-I - Aluminum Storefront and Entrance Manual. ADA - Requirements for Making Buildings and Facilities Accessible to and Usable by Physically Disabled People. ASTM A653/A-653M-94 - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc- Iron Alloy Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process (Former ASTM A446). ASTM B209 - Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate. ASTM B221 - Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bar, Rod, Wire, Shape and Tube. ASTM E283 - Rate of Air Leakage Through Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls and Doors. ASTM E330 - Structural Performance of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls and Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference. ASTM E331 - Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls and Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference. SSPC - Steel Structures Painting Council. ASTM E 1996 and ASTME 1886 for Large Missile Impact SYSTEM DESCRIPTION Design Requirements: 08410 ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS I of 10 Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 1) Tubular aluminum sections thermally broken at exterior, shop fabricated, factory prefinished, vision and spandrel glass, extruded break metal, related flashings, and anchorage and attachment devices. 2) Performance Requirements -Frames: 3) Glass wall installations at exterior surfaces shall be designed to withstand the design wind loads for the location of the project with no failure or permanent deflection for positive and negative pressure when tested in accordance with ASTM E 330. 4) Loads are to be determined using: Refer to Section 01410. 5) Applicable local building code requirements (NYSBC). Large missile impact and 120 mph 3 second gust wind load. 6) Requirements as defined in ASCE 7, "Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures" . 7) ANSI Standard A 58.1. 8) Limit mullion deflection to flexure limit of glass with full recovery of glazing materials. 9) Design system to accommodate, without damage to components or deterioration of seals, movement within system, movement between system and peripheral construction, dynamic loading and release of loads, deflection of structural support framing. 10) Limit air leakage through assembly to 0.06 CFM per minute per square foot of fixed area, measured at a reference differential pressure across assembly of 1.57 PSF as measured per ASTM E283. 11) Water Leakage: None, when measured per ASTM E331 with a test pressure difference of 8 pounds per square foot. 12) Maintain continuous air and vapor barrier throughout assembly, primarily in line with inside pane of glass and heal bead of glazing compound. 13) Design system to provide for expansion and contraction within system components caused by a cycling temperature range of 170 degrees F over a 12 hour period without causing detrimental affect to system components. 14) Drain water entering joints, condensation occurring in glazing channels, or migrating moisture occurring within system, to the exterior by a weep drainage network, and provide for pressure equalization of these spaces. 15) Structural Sealant: Capable of withstanding tensile and shear stresses imposed by aluminum- framed systems without failing adhesively or cohesively. Provide sealant .that fails cohesively before sealant releases from substrate when tested for adhesive compatibility with each .. substrate and joint condition required. 16) Structural-Sealant Joints: Designed to produce tensile or shear stress in structural- sealant joints ofless than 20 psi. 17) For insulated units, condensation resistance factor of 70 when tested in accordance with AAMA 1503.1-88. B. Performance Requirements - Swing Doors: 1) Conduct test or provide certified test results to test structural resistance to corner racking by the Dual Moment Load Test as follows: 2) Test section: Standard top door corner assembly. 24 inch long side rail section, 12 inch long top rail section. 3) Anchor top rail positively to test bench so that corner protrudes 3 inches beyond bench edge. 4) Anchor a lever arm positively to side rail at a point 19 inches from inside edge of top rail. Attach weight support pad at a point 19 inches from inner edge of side rail. 5) Withstand a load of 245 pounds on the lever arm before reaching the point of failure, which shall be considered a rotation of the lever arm in excess of 45 degrees. 08410 ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 2 of 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 . . . 1.5 . . . F. 1.6 A. B. C. D. E. 1.7 A. B. . . . . 6) Provide test data for large missile impact and 120 mph 3 second gust wind load (40 pst). Provide both positive and negative pressure testing verification. 7) Air infiltration: Test doors per ASTM E283, at a pressure differential of 1.57 PSF or required tests. 8) Results for single 3'-0" by 7'-0" entrance door and frame: Do not exceed 0.50 CFM per linear foot ofperirneter crack or as per testing requirements. 9) Results for pair of 6'-0" by 7'-0" entrance doors and frame: Do not exceed 1.0 CFM per linear foot of perimeter crack or as per testing requirements. 10) Provide manufacturer's written certification to Architect that performance requirements noted above have been tested and approved by an independent testing agency. If this certification cannot be produced, perform required tests through a recognized independent testing laboratory or agency and provide certified test to Architect. SUB MITT ALS A. Product Data: Provide component specifications and characteristics, describe components within assembly, anchorage and fasteners, glass and glazing, door hardware reinforcing, ana internal drainage details. B. Samples: Submit two finish samples of color ranges on actual substrate. C. Submit manufacturer's installation instructions. D. Tests Results: Furnish to Architect, with current test reports from an AAMA certified and accredited independent laboratory certifying the performance requirements as specified above. E. Shop Drawings: Indicate system elevations and dimensions, profiles of door members, thickness of metal for doors and frames, sizes and types of fasteners, methods of glazing, framed opening requirement and tolerances, mullion details, affected related Work and expansion and contraction joint location and details. Verification that system complies with tested units. Sample warranty QUALITY ASSURANCE Perform Work per AAMA SFM-l and AAMA - Metal Curtain Wall, Window, Store Front and Entrance - Guide Specifications Manual. Manufacturer's Field Services: Upon Owner's request, provide manufacturer's field service for site visit for inspection of product installation in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Submit all test reports showing compliance with performance characteristics and physical properties. Qualifications: Manufacturer and Installer: Company specializing in manufacturing and installing aluminum glazing systems as specified in this Section with minimum 10 years documented experience. DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING Protect prefinished aluminum surfaces with wrapping. Do not use adhesive papers or sprayed coatings that bond when exposed to sunlight or weather. Handle Work of this Section per AAMA - Curtain Wall Manual #10. 08410 ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 3 of 10 Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 . 1.8 A. B. e. 1.9 A. 1.10 A. B. PROJECT CONDITIONS Verify all site conditions and measurements. Environmental Requirements: Do not install sealants when ambient temperature is less than 40 degrees F during and 48 hours after installation. . COORDINATION . Coordinate Work of this Section with installation of firestopping, air and vapor barrier, and other related components or materials. SPECIAL WARRANTY Warrant materials and workmanship against defects after completion and final acceptance of Work. Repair defects from faulty materials or workmanship developed during the guarantee period, or replace with new materials, at no expense to Owner. . PART 2: PRODUCTS . 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products from one of the following manufacturer: B. e. YKK AP i '. EFCO Corporation. D. Substitutions: Comply with Section 01630. 2.2 ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS SYSTEMS A. Storefront impllct resistant system, center set, exterior flush glazed; . B. Door Type: E, ENTRY DOUBLE A. Door Style or Construction: Medium stile, heavy dutY impact resistant swing B. Number of Panels or Leafs: Pair C. Manufacturer: YKK, EFCO OR APPROVED EQUAL D. ModelofItem: YKK 35HTU, EFCO 0-300 or equal Impact Resistant, Heavy Duty E. Door Finish: Clear anodized . F. Glass Type: Large missile impact, laminated safety . G. Glass Thickness: 1/2" min or insulated if impact available (preferred) H. Notes: Large missile impact resistant, 120 mph wind resistance. e. Door Type: A, AI, B, C, 0 ENTRY W SIDE LITE I) Door Style or Construction: Medium stile, heavy duty, impact resistant swing 2) Number of Panels or Leafs: Single 3) Manufacturer: YKK, EFCO or equal . 08410 ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 4 of 10 . . Southold Animal Shelter 1131/07 . 4) Model ofltem: YKK AP 50TH W 35H DOOR, EFCO D-300 5) Door Finish: Clear anodized 6) Glass Type: Laminated safety door (insulated preferred) and insulated safety glass for window 7) Glass Thickness: 1/2" min, prefer insulating glass 8) Notes: Large missile impact resistant, 120 mph wind resistance . 2.3 MATERIALS Extruded Aluminum: ASTM B221; 6063 alloy, T5 temper. A. B. Sheet Aluminum: ASTM B209; 5005-H14 Aluminum Alloy, 0.050" min. thicknes C. Steel Sections: ASTM A36; shaped to suit mullion sections. . D. Fasteners: Stainless steel, countersunk, finish to match aluminum color. E. Shop and Touch-Up Primer for Steel Components: SSPC 15, Type I, red oxide. F. Perimeter Anchors: Stainless steel or zinc plated steel. . G. Glazing: Setting blocks, edge blocks, and spacers in accordance with ASTM C864, shore durometer hardness as recommended by manufacturer; glazing gaskets in accordance with ASTM C 864. Gaskets: Elastomeric or neoprene. 2.4 FRAMING . A. Frames: General . . . . . B. I) Design frames to allow for thermal expansion and contraction within frame construction. Provisions to allow for expansion within glazing material is not acceptable. Frame Construction: I) Zero sightline system type as scheduled: prefinished extruded aluminum, nominal system dimensions as indicated on Drawings; designed to pennit unobstructed face glazing with through site lines and no projecting stops. 2) Mullions and perimeter framing: 2-part construction consisting of gutter and face sections.. Seamless exterior face members. Minima 2 y," face dimension for vertical and horizontal framing members. 3) Face Clips: Secure assemblies internally by means of face clips of special form, in such manner as to be positively held against accidental disassembly in the event of glass breakage. Design face clips to provide a non-reversible snap action, and prevent metal-to-metal contact of face and gutter sections. Split vertical in screw-spline type as scheduled designed to allow frame to be installed from unitized assemblies. Continuous jambs and vertical mullions 4) 5) 6) Drive screws through back of vertical framing members into splines in horizontal framing members. 7) 8) 9) I) Snap together individual units to form a complete frame. Provide for flush glazing on all sides with no projecting stops. Elastomeric extrusion glazing gaskets. Exterior Frames: Factory prefinished extruded aluminum, minimum 0.098 inch frame wall thickness or as required by tests, nominal dimensions of system indicated on Drawings, 08410 ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 5 of 10 Southold Animal Shelter 1/3l/07 . thermally broken with interior tubular sections insulated from exterior, flush glazing stops, elastomeric or neoprene extrusion glazing gaskets at exterior, structural silicone adhesive with fixed stops at the interior, drainage holes, internal weep drainage system, capable of accepting 1 inch thick insulating glass. 2) Structural Thermal Barrier: Provide continuous thermal barrier by means of a poured and debridged pocket consisting of a two-part, chemically curing high density polyurethane which is bonded to the aluminum by YKK thermaBond Plus or equal. 3) Coat hidden surfaces touching concrete with bitumastic coating. C. Reinforced Mullion: Shape and location as required by manufacturer; with internal reinforcement of shaped steel structural section. D. Provide anchors as required by testing. All anchors to be corrosion-resistant. Entrance Doors: Factory prefinished extruded aluminum, minimum 0.125 inches thick extrusions or to match tests. Internal Reinforcing: Carbon steel; or structural aluminum. Fabricate with mechanical joints using internal reinforcing plates and shear blocks attached with fasteners and by welding. Steel components factory coated with alkyd type zinc chromate primer. C. Glazing moldings: Minimum 0.050 inch thick or as required by tests.. 2.5 DOORS A. B. . . . . E. D. Glazing stops: Hook-in type with EPDM glazing gaskets. , , Compatible with entrance framing members in appearance. . 2.6 COMPONENTS A. Glass and Glazing Materials: As specified in Section 08810, and to sizes as indicated on Drawings. B. Glazing Material: Compatible with aluminum and sealer materials used in composite structure that have direct contact with the gaskets. C. Standard exterior glazing material: Glazing tape per AAMA 806.1. . Break metal, sills, and flashings: Factory prefmished extruded aluminum, minimum 0.125 inches thick or as required by tests, and fmish to match mullion sections where exposed. E. Provide hardware, except as noted otherwise, and hardware templates for aluminum entrance doors and frames. Comply with Section 08710, and install under this Section. D. . A. 2.7 ACCESSORIES Sealer Materials: . B. Frame perimeter sealant and backing materials: Non-skinning type, AAMA 803.3As specified in Section 07910. Window and frame system sealant: Manufacturer's recommended types to suit application and comply with test conditions. D. Glazing Sealants: For structural-sealant-glazed systems, as recommended by manufacturer for joint type and as follows: C. . 08410 ALUMfNUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 60f10 . . Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 E. . . . Structural Sealant: ASTM C 1184, neutral-curing silicone formulation compatible with system components with which it comes in contact, specifically formulated and tested for use as structural sealant, and approved by structural-sealant manufacturer for use in aluminum- framed systems indicated and as required by testing. Dow Coming 995 Structural Silicone Adhesive (YKK APYHS 50TU). Weatherseal Sealant: ASTM C 920 for Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Uses NT, G, A, and 0; neutral-curing silicone formulation compatible with structural sealant and other system components with which it comes in contact; and recommended by structural- and weatherseal- sealant and aluminum-framed system manufacturers for this use. G. Insulation: F. H. Batt insulation for shim spaces as specified in Section 07210. 2.8 FABRICATION A. . . . . . . . General: Provide manufacturer's standard fabrication and accessories that comply with Specifications and indicated standards, except to extent more specific or more stringent requirements are indicated. Include complete system for assembly of components and anchorage of window units and prepare complete pre-glazing. B. Verify field measurements before fabrication. C. Fabricate components with minimum clearance and shim spacing around perimeter of assembly, yet enabling installation and dynamic movement of perimeter seal. D. Accurately fit and secure joints and corners. Make joints flush, hairline, and weatherproof. E. Prepare components to receive anchor devices. Fabricate anchors. F. Arrange fasteners and attachments to conceal from view. G. Reinforce interior rails as required by manufacturer to meet Specification requirements. H. Prepare components for internal reinforcement for door hardware and door operator hardware. 1. Reinforce framing members for imposed loads. J. Thermally. broken extrusions: Miter cut at top corners, assemble with 2 heavy duty serrated aluminum keys per comer, and fasten with a minimum of 3 stainless steel screws or in compliance with testing.. K. Frame sills: Precision machine, fit to jambs, and fasten with a minimum of 3 stainless steel screws per corner. L. Weep system: Design to allow drainage of water from cavities in sill, clear through from outside to inside. M. Horizontal sash members: Tubular extrusions, thermally broken using poured-in-place polyurethane that is self-adhering to adjacent aluminum surfaces. N. Thermal Separation: Minimum of 9/32 inch between the exterior and interior metal surfaces. o. Mill sash comers and properly fit to assure complete sealing. P. Fasten horizontal sash members to vertical members using a minimum of 2 stainless steel screws at each comer, with nou-corrosive corner blocks to prevent thermal bridging as sash corners or as required by tests. 08410 ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 70f10 Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 . Q. Reinforce frames and door stiles to receive hardware III accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 2.9 FINISHES . A. Clear anodized aluminum (YKK AP YSIN) with clear protective composite coating. B. Exposed surfaces free of scratches and blemishes. c. Extrusions shall be given a caustic etch followed by an anodic oxide treatment and then sealed with an organic coating applied with an electrodeposition process. . D. Anodizing coating shall comply with AAMA 612-02. E. Minimum coating thickness shall be .7 mils. F. Test finishes . G. Apply .5% solution NaOh, sodium hydroxide, to small area of finished sample area. Leave in place for sixty minutes. Lightly wipe of. Do not clean area further. H. Submit samples with test area noted on each sample. PART 3: EXECUTION . 3.1 EXAMINATION B. A. Verify dimensions, tolerances, and methods of attachment with other Work. . Verify wall openings and adjoining air and vapor seal materials are ready to receive Work of this Section. A. 3.2 PREPARATION Do not leave openings uncovered at end of working day, during wind-driven precipitation, or during excessively cold weather. B. Perform other operations as necessary to prepare openings for proper installation and operation of new units. . D. C. Protect adjacent work areas and fmish surfaces from damage. . Protect aluminum surfaces from contact with lime, mortar, cement, acids, and other harmful contaminants. A. 3.3 INSTALLATION Install aluminum entrance and framing systems, glass and glazing, and hardware per manufacturer's written instructions and AAMA - Metal Curtain Wall, Window, Store Front and Entrance - Guide Specification Manual. B. Separate aluminum and other corrodible metal surfaces from sources of corrosion or electrolytic action by complying with requirements specified under "Dissimilar Materials" in Appendix of ANSI/AAMA 320.9. . . C. Shim and brace aluminum system before anchoring to structure. Do not shim at head members. D. Align windows plumb, level, and true to line, without warp or rack of frames or sash. Maintain dimensional tolerances, aligning with adjacent Work. Anchor securely in place. 08410 ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 8 of 10 . . Southold Animal Shelter 1131107 E. Provide thermal isolation where components penetrate or disrupt building insulation. Pack fibrous insulation in shim spaces at perimeter of assembly to maintain continuity of thermal barrier. . Set sill members and otber members in bed of compound to provide weatbertight construction. Seal units following installation and as required to provide weathertight system. G. Provide thermal isolation where components penetrate or disrupt building insulation. Pack fibrous insulation in shim spaces at perimeter of assembly to maintain continuity of thermal barrier. F. . H. Coordinate attachment and seal of perimeter air and vapor barrier materials. 1. Pack batt infill insulation in shim spaces at perimeter of assembly to maintain continuity of thermal barrier. . K. J. Install flashings. Set thresholds in bed of mastic and secure witb anchors. L. Install hardware using templates provided. Refer to Section 08710 for installation requirements. M. Install glass per Section 08810, to glazing metbod required to achieve performance criteria. . N. Seal metal to metal storefront system joints using sealant recommended by system manufacturer. O. Install perimeter joint sealer and backing materials per Section 07910. P. Verify storefront system allows water entering system to be collected in gutters and wept to exterior. Verify metal joints are sealed in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. . Q. Field Test: Conduct field test to determine watertightness of storefront system. Conduct test in accordance witb AAMA 501.3-94 at locations selected by Architect. Perform in Architect's precence. . A. 3.4 TOLERANCES . Maximum variation from plumb: 0.06 inches every 3 feet non-cumulative or 1116 inches per 10 feet, whichever is less. B. Maximum misaligmnent of2 adjoining members abutting in plane: 1164 inch. C. Maximum offset between framing members at glzing pocket comers: 1164 inch D. Variation (in squaring diagonals for doors and fabricated assemblies): 1116 inch E. Flatness: +/- 1116 inch off neutral plane 3.5 ADmSTING . Adjust operating hardware for smooth operation, positive latching, and continuous contact of perimeter weatherstipping witb frames. B. Lubricate hardware and moving parts. A. . 3.6 CLEANING A. . Clean aluminum surfaces promptly with a solution of mild detergent in warm water, apply with soft, clean wiping cloths. Remove dirt from comers. Wipe surfaces clean. Exercise care to avoid damage to protection coatings and finishes B. Remove excess glazing and sealant compounds, dirt, and other substances. 08410 ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 9 of 10 Southold Animal Shelter 1/31107 . C. Clean glass promptly after installation of windows. Remove glazing and sealant compounds, dirt, and other substances. D. Remove excess joint sealer by method acceptable to joint sealer manufacturer. . E. Remove strippable coating from aluminum components. 3.7 PROTECTION Initiate protection and other precautions required ensuring that storefronts, and entrances are without . damage or deterioration (other than normal weathering) at time of acceptance. END OF SECTION . . . . . . . 08410 ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 10 of 10 . . Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 . GENERAL 1.1 A. B. C. D. E. 1.2 A. B. e. D. E. F. 1.3 A. . . . . . . . G. H. I. 1.4 A. B. e. D. . . SECTION 08510 STEEL WINDOWS AND DOORS SUMMARY Steel windows. Steel doors. , Structural mullions for window walls. Operating hardware. Installation. REFERENCES ASTM A123 - Zinc Coating (Hot Dip) on Assembled Steel Products. ASTM E283 - Rate of Air Leakage Through Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors. ASTM E330 - Structural Performance of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference. ASTM E331 - Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference. SSPC - Steel Structures Painting Manual. SWI - The Steel Window Institute. PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR STEEL WINDOWS Glass wall installations using steel windows at exterior surfaces shall be designed to withstand the design wind loads for the location of the project with no failure or permanent deflection for positive and negative pressure when tested in accordance with ASTM E 330. B. Loads shall be detennined using: Refer to Section 01410. e. Applicable local building code requirements. D. Requirements as defined in ASCE 7, "Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures". E. ANSI Standard A 58.1. F. No water shall penetrate the seal of the closed and locked steel windows when tested in accordance with ASTM E 331 for 15 minutes when the window is subjected to a rate of flow of 5 gaUhr/sq.ft. with a pressure differential across the window at 2.86 psf. Air leakage shall not exceed .37 cfrn per foot of crack length when subjected to a pressure differential across the window of 6.24 pounds per square foot equivalent to a wind velocity of 50 mph. when tested in accordance with ASTM E 283. Fire Resistance: Where windows are indicated to be "Fire Resistant" provide units complying with NFPA 80, Class E. Comply with governing regulations. Provide units bearing the Undetwriters Laboratories label. SUBMITTALS Provide shop drawings for review and approval on steel windows and doors. Details of window and frame fabrication. Elevate windows and doors indicating trim and finishes. Shall show all details of screen installations. 08510 STEEL WINDOWS AND DOORS 1014 Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 . E. F. G. H. I. 1.5 A. B. 1.6 A. B. C. D. E. 1.7 A. Show all required rough openings. Include in submittal a list of all options included in order. Provide manufacturer's cut sheets and details on windows and doors. . Provide manufacturer1s cut sheets on all operating hardware required for each window or door. This shall include: Submit test data performed by an independent testing agency verifying that windows and their installation meet the window Grade specified. QUALITY ASSURANCE . Manufacturer:. Company specializing in manufacturing specified windows with minimum 3 years documented experience. Installer: Company specializing in installation of specified windows with minimum 3 years documented experience. DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING Protect pre-fmished surfaces with strippable coating. Do not use adhesive papers or sprayed coating~ that bond when exposed to sunlight or weather. Windows and steel doors shall be delivered to job after roof is on. Windows and steel doors shall be protected from damage throughout course of job. Windows and steel doors shall be stored in a clean and dry environment until installed. Windows and steel doors shall be stacked to prevent warp or be damaged. . . W A.RRANTY Warranty: Warrant materials and workmanship against defects; including coverage for sealed glass units from seal failure, inter-pane dusting or misting, and replacement of same, after completion and final acceptance of Work. '. B. Repair defects from faulty materials or workmanship developed during the guarantee period, or replace with new materials, at no expense to Owner. PRODUCTS 1.8 A. 1.9 A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. I. J. 1.10 A. STEEL WINDOW AND DOOR MANUFACTURER Refer to Window and Door Schedules for manufacturer. . STEEL WINDOWS AND DOORS Window Type Number: Interior 1-0, R-X Window Type: Steel Windows Manufacturer: Steelcraft or approved equal Window Model Number: See drawings Refer to Window and Door Schedules for products required of this Section. . Window and door operation, and sizes are shown on Drawings and Window Schedule. . Stiles, rails, and frames to be hot rolled mild steel of shapes and profiles shown on Drawings. The weight of the hot-rolled steel for the windows and doors of this project is scheduled. Contractor shall verifY that the weight of steel profiles will withstand the design loads of the installation. Th~ depth of the frame and ventilator profile shall have the minimum depths from front to back as scheduled. . HARDWARE, ACCESSORIES AND GLAZING Glass and glazing: Refer to Section 08810. . 08510 STEEL WINDOWS AND DOORS 2014 . Southold Animal Shelter 1/31107 B. Glass shall be safety glass where required by codes or noted on the Drawings or Schedules. c. Glazing space of the frame shall be as required to accommodate the thickness and type of glass required for the opening. . D. Operating hardware shall be by door and window manufacturer; E. Manufacturer's standard locksets and latchsets. F. Door loeksets are to be keyed to master keying systems unless otherwise noted. . G. Custom trim, where required, shall be adapted to locking mechanism. H. Finish on exposed hardware to be: I. Insert J. Use asphaltic primer on concealed surfaces that come in direct contact with masonry. . K. Windows shall be supplied with all necessary mounting hardware, clips, and fasteners. 1.11 STEEL WINDOW AND DOOR FABRICATION A. Windows and doors are to be manufactured in accordance with manufacturer's standard details for the model of window specified. . B. Muntins are to be coped and fit at intersection, Do not "lace" muntins at intersections. C. Muntins are to be welded to frames. D. All welds are to be ground smooth and invisible. E. Windows and doors are to be completely assembled at the factory. . F. Windows and doors are to be fully weather-stripped at the factory unless otherwise noted. G. Weatherstripping to be manufacturer's standard neoprene or PVC gaskets and shall be as required to comply with the performance specifications of Part 1 of this Section. H. Interior doors to be gasketed and installed in manner to meet STC 35 as recommended by manufacturer. I. Windows shall be glazed on site by factory installers. . 1. Steel mullions are to be factory fabricated and finish painted at the factory to match window and door frames. K. Connections shall be made mechanically with concealed fasteners wherever possible. L. Where welds must be used, welded connections are to be ground smooth and filled so that welds are not visible. . 1.12 FINISH OF STEEL WINDOWS AND DOORS A. Steel window and door components are to be hot dipped galvanized after fabrication to comply with ASTM A 123, G90. B. Treat all galvanized parts in phosphate bath after galvanizing, C. Finish: . D. Exterior and interior of windows are to be factory primed and prepared for finishing per manufacturer's standard process. E. Finish is to be a baked-on polyester powder coating per manufacturer's standard finish. F. Color is to be as selected by Architect and Owner. EXECUTION . 1.13 EXAMINATION AND PREPARATION FOR STEEL WINDOWS AND DOORS A. Coordinate preparation of rough openings for windows with other related sections. B. Ensure that window shop drawings and installation are coordinated with work of related trades. . 08510 STEEL WINDOWS AND DOORS 3014 Southold Animal Shelter 1.14 1.15 A. 1/31/07 . C. Ensure that rough openings are within in. of square when measured on the diagonal. D. Do not install windows and doors until all openings are properly flashed and prepared. INSTALLATION . A. Windows shall be installed true, level, plumb and coplanar with 9pening. B. Steel windows and doors shall be installed by a factory authorized installer as part ofa one source responsibility. c. Windows shall be installed with clips, and fasteners supplied by manufacturer. Fasteners and screws are to match the finish of the windows and doors. . D. Fastening system shall be in accordance with reviewed shop drawings and meet the requirements required to resist the design loads and the performance requirements. E. Caulking shall be performed as part of the work of this section to comply with the none source responsibilityll requirement F. G. Glazing: Glazing shall be performed by the window installer. . PROTECTION AND CLOSEOUT Protect all painted metal surfaces from mortar or cement products. Immediately clean off any mortar, cement or stucco splatters from these surfaces and rinse thoroughly. . B. Remove all labels, tape and protection and clean all windows, doors and glass at completion of work. C. Clean all woodwork or painted walls around windows. D. Touch-up or other wise re-finish any surfaces on windows damaged during construction. This shall be done by factory fmishers trained to do touch-up work. E. Replace any windows, doors, and sashes that are damaged beyond repair. SCHEDULE . 1.16 STEEL WINDOW AND DOOR SCHEDULE A. Window Type Number: Interior 1-0" R-X, see drawings and schedule B. . Window Type: Steel Windows C. Manufacturer: Steelcraft or approved equal D. Window Model Number: See drawings END OF SECTION . . . 08510 STEEL WINDOWS AND DOORS 4014 . . Southold Animal Shelter 1131107 SECTION 08520 ALUMINUM WINDOWS . PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 . 1.2 A. B. e. 1.3 A. B. e. D. E. F. G. H. I. J. K. L. . . . . . SUMMARY A. Aluminum operable and fixed windows, thermal break, insulated glazing, large missile impact resistant RELATED SECTIONS Section 03331 - Structural Concrete Insulating Panel Section 08710 -- Finish Hardware Section 08810 -- Glazing REFERENCES AAMAINWWDA 1011I.S.2 "Voluntary Specifications for Aluminum, Vinyl (PVe) and Wood Windows and Glass Doors AAMA 502 "Voluntary Specification for Field Testing of Windows and Sliding Glass Doors AAMA 611 "Voluntary Specification for Anodized Architectural Aluminum AAMA 701 "Voluntary Specification for Pile Weatherstripping AAMA 800 "Voluntary Specifications and Test Methods for Sealants AAMA 902 "Voluntary Specification for Sash Balances AAMA 910 "Voluntary 'Life Cycle' Specifications and Test Methods for Architectural Grade Windows and Sliding Glass Doors AAMA 1503 "Voluntary Test Method for Thermal Transmittance and Condensation Resistance of Windows, Doors, and Glazed Wall Sections AAMA 2604 "Voluntary Specification, Performance Requirements and Test Procedures for High Performance Organic Coatings on Aluminum Extrusions and Panels AAMA 2605 "Voluntary Specification, Performance Requirements and Test Procedures for Superior Performing Organic Coatings on Aluminum Extrusions and Panels AAMA CW-1O "Care and Handling of Architectural Aluminum from Shop to Site ASCA - Architectural Spray Coaters Association - ASCA 96 "Voluntary Specification for Superior Performance of Organic Coatings on Architectural Aluminum Curtainwall, Extrusions and . Miscellaneous Aluminum Components M. ASTM E 283 "Standard Test Method for Rate of Air Leakage Through Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors . . ASTM E 330 "Standard Test Method for Structural Performance of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference O. ASTM E 331 "Standard Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference N. 08520 ALUMINUM WINDOWS lof9 Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 . P. ASTM E 547 "Standard Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors by Cyclic Static Air Pressure Differential Q. ASTM E 774 "Specification for Sealed Insulating Glass Units . R. ASTM E 1996: large missile impact 1.4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. B. Refer to Window Schedule. . Design Requirements: Extruded aluminum architectural windows, including tubular aluminum sections thermally broken with supplementary internal support framing as required, shop fabricated, factory prefinished, factory glazed, vision and spandrel glass, related flashings, extruded break and panning metal, prefinished metal sills, anchorage and attachment devices, and window units conforming to the following configurations: C. Outward projecting units. . D. Fixed windows E. Conform to or exceed, Voluntary Specifications for Alwninum Prime Windows and Sliding Glass Doors; ANSIfAAMA 101. . F. Glazing: Types indicated on Drawings, schedules and specified in Section 08810. Provide factory installed and warranted glass and glazing. G. H. Window Classification (Grade): Comply with requirements of AAMA Classification for the grade of windows scheduled. I / . 1. Performance Requirements: J. Installations at exterior openings shall be designed to withstand the design wind loads for the location of the project with no failure or permanent deflection for positive and negative pressure when tested in accordance with ASTM E 330. . K. Wind loads: Refer to Section 01410. L. Applicable local building code requirements: 120 mph 3 second gust (40 #fsf). M. Requirements as defmed in ASCE 7, "Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures". N. O. . ANSI Standard A 58.1. P. Air Infiltration Requirements: whichever is more stringent: Air Infiltration Test: With the sash in a closed and locked position, subject window to an air infiltration test per AAMAfNWWDA 1OI/I.S. 2, Air Infiltration Test. . Conform to specified ANSIfAAMA standards and following, Q. Air infiltration: Insert INot to exceed 0.10 cubic feet per minute per foot of crack length. Adjust sash to operate in either direction with a force not exceeding 4-1/2 pounds after sash is in motion. 2 Maximum Rate: 0.3 cubic feet per minute per square foot of area at an inward test pressure of 6.24 pounds per square foot. R. Water Resistance Test: . 08520 ALUMINUM WINDOWS 20f9 . . Southold Animal Shelter 1/31107 . T. . x. . y. Z. . AA. BB. . 1.5 A. . . . S. Unit passes when no water passes the interior face of the window frame and there is no leakage as defined in the test method. Test Pressure: 20 percent of positive design pressure, but not more than 12 pounds per square foot. U. Uniform Load Structural Test: V. Static air pressure difference: 1.5 times the design wind class. W. At conclusion of test there shall be no glass breakage, permanent damage to fasteners, hardware parts, support arms or actuating mechanisms, nor other damage that would cause the window to be inoperable. Permanent deformation of frame, sash, or ventilator member shall not exceed 0.4 percent of its span. Design systems to accommodate deflection of lintel without damage to components or deterioration of seals, movement between window and perimeter framing. Maintain continuous air and vapor barrier throughout assembly, primarily in line with inside pane of glass and heel bead of glazing compound. Drain water entering joints, condensation occurring in glazing channels, or migrating moisture occurring within system, to the exterior by a weep drainage network, and provide pressure equalization of these spaces. Large missile impact testing. (NYSBC) AAMA Designation: A W -65 SUBMITTALS Shop Drawings: Indicate opening elevations and dimensions, configurations, fastening types, methods of glazing, framed opening requirements and tolerances, mullion details, affected related Work; installation requirements; and termination details. Provide verification of parts, construction to meet testing criteria. Product Data: Provide window component specifications and characteristics, anchorage and fasteners, glass and glazing specifications; and internal drainage details. C. Samples: provide color and glass samples. B. D. Submit all relevant test reports. E. Certification: Where manufacturer's standard window units comply with specified requirements and have been tested, provide certification by window manufacturer showing compliance with such tests. Where custom or modified standard unts are required to meet specified requirements, perform tests through a recognized independent testing laboratory or agency and provide certified test to the Architect. F. Sample warranty 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE . . Manufacturer and Installer: Company specializing in manufacturing and installing commercial and institutional aluminum windows with minimum 10 years documented experience. B. Preinstallation meeting to verifY manufacturer's installation instructions, warranty requirements and detailing requirements for structural type. A. 08520 ALUMINUM WINDOWS 30f9 Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 . C. 1.7 A. B. 1.8 A. B. C. 1.9 A. 1.10 A. B. Verify all field conditions/measurements before ordering. DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING . Protect pre-finished aluminum surfaces with wrapping. Do not use adhesive papers or sprayed coatings that bond when exposed to sunlight or weather. Handle Work of this Section per AAMA C W #10. PROJECT CONDITIONS . Environmental Requirements: Do not install joint sealers when ambient temperature is less than 40 degrees F. Maintain this minimum temperature during and 24 hours after installation of joint sealers. . COORDINATION Coordinate Work of this Section with other related trades. SPECIAL WARRANTY . Warranty: Window manufacturer/installer guarantee Work against material and workmanship defects after completion and [mal acceptan~e of Work. Repair defects from faulty materials or workmanship developed during the guarantee period, or replace with new materials, at no expense to Owner. c. '. Warranty on [mish: Standard manufacturer's warranty. PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide equal product to the scheduled manufacturer and product, large missile test, 120mph performance required. Product from 1 of the following approved manufacturers: 1) YKKAP Aluminum Windows. 2) Efco Aluminum Windows 3) Substitutions: Comply with Section 01630. . B. . 2.2 WINDOWS A. Window Type Number: C,D, E 1) Window Type: Fixed Impact 2) Manufacturer: YKK AP 3) Window Model Number: YOW 225 TUH 4) Frame Size: See window schedule 5) Condensation Factor: 60 6) Thermal Rating: U of .45 Insulated, 1" min. 7) Window Grade: As per tested assemblies 8) Window Exterior Finish: Clear anodized 9) Screen Type: NA . . . 08520 ALUMINUM WINDOWS 40f9 . Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 . . . . . . . . . . 10) Hardware: NA Window Type Number: F,G, H 1) Window Type: Fixed, storefront system 2) Manufacturer: YKK AP 3) Window Model Number: 50 TH 4) Frame Size: 5 1/4 in. depth 5) Frame Size: See window schedule 6) Thermal Rating: U value: .42 BTU per HR per SQ. FT. per F with 1 in. insulated, Low E glazing 7) Window Grade: As per tested assemblies 8) Window Exterior Finish: Clear anodized, AAMA 612-02 9) Screen Type: NA 10) Hardware: NA Window Type Number: A, B 1) Window Type: Projected Out Windows 2) Manufacturer: YKK AP 3) Window Model Number: YaW 225 TUH 4) Frame Size: 2 1/4 in. Frame Depth 5) Frame Size: See window schedule 6) Condensation Factor: Min 60 7) Thermal Rating: U= .45 8) Window Grade: As per tested assemblies 9) Window Exterior Finish: Clear anodized, ASTM B, 221 (.05" min) 10) Screen Type: Full 11) Hardware: Cam Locks, 4 Bar Hinges 12) Hardware Finish: White bronze D. Refer to Window Schedule for products required of this Section. B. c. E. Fasteners: Aluminum, stainless steel, or other materials warranted by manufacturer to be non- corrosive and compatible with aluminum window members, trim, hardware, anchors, and other components of window units. Do not use exposed fasteners on exterior, except where unavoidable for application of hardware. Match finish of adjoining metal. G. Provide non-magnetic stainless steel Phillips flat-head machine screws for exposed fasteners, where required, or special tamper-proof fasteners. F. H. Locate fasteners so as not to disturb the thermal break construction of window units. Anchors, Clips, and Accessories: Depending on strength and corrosion-inhibiting requirements, fabricate units of aluminum, non-magnetic stainless steel, or hot-dip zinc coated steel or iron complying with ASTM A386. J. Thermal barrier: Provide continuous thermal barrier by means of structural, bonded high density polyurethane. I. K. Glass and Glazing Materials: Specified in Section 08810. Refer to Window Schedule and types and verify with manufacturer. 08520 ALUMINUM WINDOWS 50f9 Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 1. Sealant: Elastomeric type as recommended by window manufacturer for joint size and movement indicated, to remain permanently elastic, non-shrinking, non-skinning, and non-migrating. Provide product complying with AAMA Specification #803 and #808. 2.3 COMPONENTS A. Aluminum Sills: As detailed. B. Insect Screens Type, Color and Material: Refer to Product Schedule above. C. Exposed Hardware Material and Finish: Non-corrosive material compatible with aluminum. Bronze cam handles and strikes. 4 bar stainless steel hinges for projected windows, white Refer to Product Schedules. 2.4 FABRICATION A. General: Provide manufacturer's standard fabrication and accessories that comply with Specifications and indicated standards, except to extent more specific or more stringent requirements are indicated. Include complete system for assembly of components and anchorage of window units and prepare complete pre-glazing at factory. B. Main frame and sash members: Nominal thickness of not less than 0.062 inches or as required by tests, except for fm trim either integral or applied. Frame sill member nominal thickness of not less than 0.094 inches. Comply with Aluminum Association for standard wall thickness tolerance: C. Secondary members, such as friction tabs, shoes, weatherstripping guides, etc.: Aluminum or a material compatible with aluminum. D. Inserts: Hollow extruded horizontal sections not less than 1-3/8 inches in thickness. E. Thermal-Break Construction: Fabricate aluminum window units with an integrally concealed low conductance thermal barrier, located between exterior materials and window members exposed on interior, in a manner that eliminates direct metal-to-metal contact. F. Construction: G. Assemble window units in a secure and workmanlike manner to perform as hereinafter specified. Fabricate joints of the main frame and the sash as butt type, coped, and joined neatly and secured by means of screws anchored in integral ports. Seal main frame at sill on outside with a narrow joint sealant complying AAMA 803 specification for narrow joint sealants. Mullions - Other Structural Members: Capable of withstanding load outlined under Uniform Load specified load requirements, without deflecting more than I/I75th of its span when mullion units occur, whether they are jointed by integral mullions, independent mullions, or by a combination of frame members. H. ,..-;.-~ L When independent or integral mullions are used to join windows, provide thermal break as specified. J. Evidence of compliance will be by mathemati<;al calculations. K. Sash: 1. Join sash at corners with screws in integral screw ports. M. Design sash for easy removal from frame for either cleaning or repair. Design sash for easy re- glazing without aid of special tools. 08520 ALUMINUM WINDOWS 60f9 . . . . . i i. . . . . . . Southold Animal Shelter l/3l/07 2.5 CASING COVER SYSTEM . A. Exterior Casing Covers: B. Extruded prime alloy aluminum 6063- T5 or no less than nominal 0.080 inch wall thickness. C. Secure casing cover sections at the corners with stainless steel screws in integral screw ports with the joints back sealed using a good quality sealant. . D. Exposed screws, fasteners, or pop rivets are not acceptable on the exterior of the casing cover system. E. Exterior Mullion Covers: Extruded aluminum shape to provide rigidity. Wall thickness no less than nominal 0.062 inches thick. Casing cover section seal is a continuous bulbous vinyl weatherstrip that is interlocked within the mullion cover. . F. Interior Trim: Interior trim, closures, and angles as specified and detailed and of extruded shapes. No less than 0.062 inch nominal wall thickness. G. Supply snap trim in required lengths and attach with clips spaced no more than 18 inches on center. H. On interior trim, no exposed screws will be allowed. . 2.6 FINISHES A. General: Comply with the NAAMM "Metal Finishes Manual" for recommendations relative to application and designations of finishes. . B. Preparation: Provide cleaning, degreasing, and chromate conversion coating as standard substrate preparation. C. Exposed Aluminum Surfaces: Clear anodized with clear protective composite coating. Refer to Product Schedule above. D. Exposed surfaces free of scratches and blemishes. . E. Extrusions shall be given a caustic etch followed by an anodic oxide treatment and then sealed with an organic coating applied with an electrodeposition process. . F. Anodizing coating shall comply with AAMA 612-02. G. Minimum coating thickness shall be .7 mils. H. Test fmishes 1. Apply .5% solution NaOh, sodium hydroxide, to small area of fmished sample area. Leave in place for sixty minutes. Lightly wipe of. Do not clean area further. . J. Submit samples with test area noted on each sample. K. Removable protection of factory applied finishes 1.. Apply coat of bituminous paint to concealed aluminum and steel surfaces m contact with cementitious or dissimilar materials. . PART 3: EXECUTION . 08520 ALUMINUM WINDOWS 70f9 Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify wall openings and adjoining air and vapor seal materials are ready to receive Work of this Section. B. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Verify site conditions and protect adjacent work and finishes. B. Protect aluminum members from contact with masonry, steel and concrete using bituminous coating. Shim and brace system before anchoring. Install window frames, glass and glazing, and hardware per manufacturers' instructions. . . . C. Attach window frame and shims to perimeter opening, anchored securely in place to structural support to accommodate construction tolerances and operating conditions. D. Align windows plumb, level, and true to line, without warp or rack of frames or sash. Maintain dimensional tolerances, aligning with adjacent Work. Anchor securely in place. Separate aluminum and other corrodible surfaces from sources of corrosion or electrolytic action. E. Set sill members and other members in bed of compound to provide weathertight construction. Seal . units following installation and as required to provide weathertight system. F. Provide thermal isolation where components penetrate or disrupt building insulation. Pack fibrous insulation in shim spaces at perimeter of assembly to maintain continuity of thermal barrier. G. Coordinate attachment and seal of perimeter air and vapor barrier materials. H. Install operating hardware. I. Install perimeter sealant, backing materials, and installation criteria per Section 07910. J. Verify weep holes are open andjoints sealed 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. On-Site Tests - Installed Operable Windows: B. Conduct on-site tests for air and water infiltration as specified by a Certified Testing Laboratory under provisions of Section 01460. Architect will select at random a minimum of 4 operable window units at Project job site to be tested. C. Repair window units failing to meet performance requirements specified herein and replace with new units until unit complies with performance requirements, without additional costs to Owner. D. Tests and retests paid for by window supplier. E. Independent Testing Agency per Section 01430. F. If any 1 test fails, test 1 additional window made above and beyond the original specified quantity of tests. . '. . . . G. B.Manufacturer's field services: Upon owner's request, rovide manufacturer's field service consisting of product use recommendations and inspection of product installation in accordance with . manufacturer's instructions. 08520 ALUMINUM WINDOWS 80f9 . . Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 3.4 TOLERANCES . A. Maximum Variation from Level or Plumb: 0.06 inches every 3 feet non-cumulative, or 0.5 inches per 100 feet, whichever is less. B. Maximum misalignment of 2 adjoining members abutting in plane: 1/64 inch. C. Joints: hairline and square D. Variation in squaring diagonals: 1/16 inch . 3.5 ADnJSTING . A. Adjust operating sash and hardware to provide tight fit at contact points and at weatherstripping, for smooth operation and weathertight closure. B. Lubricate hardware and moving parts. 3.6 CLEANING . A. Clean aluminum surfaces promptly with a solution of mild detergent in warm water and apply with soft, clean wiping cloths. Remove dirt from comers. Wipe surfaces clean. Exercise care to avoid damage to protection coatings and finishes B. Remove excess glazing and sealant compounds, dirt, and other substances. C. Clean glass promptly after installation of windows. Remove glazing and sealant compounds, dirt, and other substances. . D. Remove excess joint sealer by method acceptable to joint sealer manufacturer. E. Remove strippable coating from aluminum components. 3.7 PROTECTION . Initiate protection and other precautions required to ensure that window units are without damage or deterioration (other than normal weathering) at time of acceptance. END OF SECTION . . . . 08520 ALUMINUM WINDOWS 90f9 . Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 SECTION 08620 . UNIT SKYLIGHTS PART I GENERAL I.l SECTION INCLUDES . A. Production fabricated, fixed, structurally glazed, curb mount skylight with maintenance free, roll-formed aluminum exterior frame, as indicated on window schedule.. Skylight shall meet requirements oflarge missile impact tests and winds of 120 mph. Glazing shall be such that screening is not required. . 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS 07410 Metal Roof 1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. . B. C. . D. E. . . F. . . . ANSI!ASTM E 283 - Rate of Air Leakage Through Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors. ANSI!ASTM E 330 - Structural Performance of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference. ANSI/ASTM E 331 - Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors by Static Air Pressure Difference. AAMAIWDMAl1600/IS7 - Voluntary Specifications for Skylights. ANSI!ASTM E 1886 - Standard Test Method for Performance of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, Doors, and Storm Shutters Impacted by Missile(s) and Exposed to Cyclic Pressure Differentials. (impact glazing only) ANSI! ASTM E 1996-02 - Standard Specification for Performance of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, Doors, and Storm Shutters Impacted by Windborne Debris in Hurricanes. (impact glazing only) G. ICBO Evaluation Services Acceptance Criteria AC 17 - Acceptance Criteria for Sloped Glass Glazing in Solariums, Patio Covers, and Prefabricated Skylights. H. National Fenestration Rating Council, NFRC -100, Procedure for Determining Fenestration Product U -factors. I. National Fenestration Rating Council, NFRC - 200, Procedure for Determining Fenestration Product Solar Heat Gain Coefficients at Normal Incidence. J. Occupational Safety & Health Administration, OSHA (Standards - 29 CFR 1910.23, Guarding Floor and Wall Openings and Holes. . 08620 UNIT SKYLIGHTS lof4 Southold Animal Shelter 1131/07 . 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Curb mount skylight with maintenance free exterior roll-formed aluminum frame and components required for complete and weatherproof installation shall be manufactured to the highest standards of quality and craftsmanship in accordance with Manufacturing Standards. . B. Warranty by the manufacturer for 20 years on the insulated glass unit performance as described in the manufacturers published literature, 10 year warranty on all factory glazed unit components as described in manufacturers published literature. . 1.5 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Skylight: Structurally glazed, roll-formed aluminum frame, maintenance free, production fabricated glazing and anchorage. . B. Configuration: Fixed, curb mount. 1.6 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. . Nation Evaluation Report NER -550 : Model FCM fixed curb mount skylight to withstand dead and live loads caused by pressure and uplift of wind acting normal to plane of roof as tested in accordance with ICBO Evaluation Service Criteria AC-17 to a download pressure of 1.92 KPa - 5.79 KPa (40 - 121 pst) and an uplift pressure of2.l5 KPa - 5.27 KPa (45 _ 110 pst) as measured in accordance with ANSI/ASTM E 330. B. Limit member deflection to flexure limit of glass with full recovery of glazing materials. . C. System to accommodate, without damage to components or deterioration of seals, movement between I. G. unit and perimeter sealant. D. E. Air leakage through assembly limited to 1.02 Lls/m2 (0.2 cfm/ft'), measured at a reference differential pressure across assembly of75 Pa (1.57 pst) as measured in accordance with AAMAIWDMA/1600/IS7 and ANSI/ASTM E 283. . Water infiltration: No water penetration noted when measured in accordance with AAMAIWDMA/1600/IS7 and ANSI/ ASTM E 331 with a test pressure differential of 140 Pa (2.92 pst). . F. Weep drainage system designed to channel water entering joints, condensation occurring in glazing channel, or migrating moisture occurring within system to exterior by means of sanoprene gasket with integrated condensation gutter. G. Thermal Performance: Tested, certified and labeled in accordance with NFRC 100 and 200 procedures, Model FCM has u-factor values of 0.40 and SHGC ratings of 0.34. . H. Model FCM with impact glazing (0099 69): Tested and certified in accordance with ANSI/ASTM E 1886 and ANSI/ASTM E 1996-02. . 08620 UNIT SKYLIGHTS 20f4 . . Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 I. Fall Protection: Model FCM with laminated glass (0074) tested to meet or exceed the intent of OSHA 29 CFR 191O.23(e)(8) for fall protection and NYS Building Code Section 2405. Model FCM tested to 1400 ft/lbs with no glass breakage. . 1.7 SUBMITTALS . A. B. Product Data: for fixed curb mount skylight, sizes and glazing options and protectin Glazing sample 1.8 DELIVERY, HANDLING, STORAGE A. Deliver products in manufacturer's original containers dry, undamaged, seals and labels intact. . B. Store and protect products in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. PART 2 PRODUCTS . 2.1 MANUFACTURER A. VELUX America Inc. product Model FCM fixed curb mount B Approved equal . 2.2 MATERIALS A. Maintenance-free Exterior Aluminum Frame: Roll-formed IS gauge, 1.5-mm (0.06") thick, prefinished umber gray, production engineered and fabricated to fit. B. Fasteners: (Sanoprene Gasket) #6-20.783, Torx, AB Thrd., Stainless Steel . 2.3 COMPONENTS A Gasketing: Factory applied sanoprene gasket to effect drainage. B. Fasteners: (Skylight lens to curb) #8 x IV," wood screw, #2 phillips, pan head, stainless steel (# per skylight as indicated in test requirements). . C. Flashing Accessories: Type ECL Flashings is a prefabricated step flashing system designed for use with roofing materials '!." thick and for slopes of3:12 (15 degrees) to 60 degrees. . 2.4 GLASS AND GLAZING MATERIALS B. Description o~lazing options: . Type 0099 69 (Impact Glazing) Laminated Low-E Gas Fi\1ed: Exterior lite 3 mm (1/8") clear tempered with Low-E' coating on surface #2, 11.1 mm (0.44") air space filled with argon gas, interior lite two plies of2.3 mm (0.090") heat-strengthened laminated with 2.3 mm (0.090") vinyl interlayer. As per tests 08620 UNIT SKYLIGHTS 30f4 . Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 . 2.5 FABRICATION A. Fabricate roll-formed aluminum frame with mitered comers, molded ASA UV resistant corner keys, si1coned for weather tight fit. . B. Fabricate frame components within minimum tolerances enabling installation and movement of frame and dynamic movement of perimeter sealant. C. Permit external drainage channels for migration of moisture to exterior. Provide internal drainage of glazing spaces to exterior through sanoprene gasket with integrated condensation gutter. . D. All units are factory glazed with silicone sealant. 2.6 FINISHES . Exterior surfaces: Maintenance free roll-formed aluminum exterior frame with umber gray Kynar 500 polyvinylidene fluoride resin fmish. PART 3 EXECUTION . 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify rough opening dimensions and proper orientation of skylight. . 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install skylight in accordance with manufacturer's installation instrnctions. B. Align skylight level, free of warp or twist, maintain dimensional tolerances. . C. Attach skylight to field-constrncted curb with screws furnished by manufacturer to accommodate constrnction tolerances and other irregularities. Fasten according to Miami Dade NOA # 04 0805.01 D. Provide thermal isolation when components penetrate or disrnpt building insulation. Pack fibrous insulation in rough opening to maintain continuity of thermal barriers. . E. Coordinate attachment and seal of perimeter air and vapor barrier material. F. Install manufacturer's engineered perimeter flashing in accordance with manufacturer's installation instrnctions to achieve weather tight installation. END OF SECTION . . 08620 UNIT SKYLIGHTS 40f4 . . Southold Animal Shelter 1/31107 . SECTION 08710 DOOR HARDWARE PART I - - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY . . A. Door hardware. B. Sliding window e. Cylinders for packaged door assemblies. D. Thresholds, weather-stripping, seals, and door gaskets. 1.2 PRODUCTS FURNISHED BUT NOT INSTALLED UNDER THIS SECTION: . A. Furnish hardware templates, cylinders, and other hardware as required to all steel and aluminum door sections for door and frame preparation 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS . . . 1.4 A. B. e. D. E. F. . . A. Section 08110 - Steel Doors and Frames B. Section 08160- Metal Sliding Glass Doors C. Section 08410 - Aluminum Entrances and Storefronts D. Conduit and power connections: Division 16. REFERENCES ADA - Requirements for Making Buildings and Facilities Accessible To and Usable by Physically Disabled People. A WI - Architectural Woodwork Institute - Quality Standards. BHMA - Builders' Hardware Manufacturers Association. NFP A 101 - Code for Safety to Life from Fire in Buildings and Structures. NFPA 252 - Fire Tests of Door Assemblies. UL 305 - Panic Hardware. . 08710 DOOR HARDWARE lofl9 Southold Auimal Shelter 1.5 SUBMITTALS 1/31/07 . A. Comply with Section 01330. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate dimensioning, general construction, specific modifications, component connections, anchorage methods, hardware, and installation procedures, including specific requirements indicated. 1. Submit I complete reproducible copy of a hardware schedule. a. List groups and suffixes in proper sequence. b. Completely describe door and list architectural door number. c. Vertical or horizontal schedules only are acceptable. 2. Upon review and acceptance of Hardware Schedule, develop keying schedule in consultation with Owner. Submit copy to Architect for information only. . . C. Templates: 1. Submit templates and "reviewed schedule" to door and frame supplier and others as applicable. 2. Templates, wiring schematics and "reviewed schedule" of electrical items to electrical for coordination and verification of voltages and locations. . D. Keying Schedule: 1. Upon review and acceptance of Hardware Schedule, develop Keying Schedule in consultation with Owner. 2. Submit I copy to Architect for information only. . E. Manufacturer's parts lists and templates. F. i . Samples: 1 Sample of hinge, latch-set, and closer illustrating style, color, and [mish. 1. Samples: Will be returned to supplier. G. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special procedures and perimeter conditions requiring special attention. H. Electrical Wiring Diagrams: I. Provide complete electrical wiring diagrams for each opening receiving electrified hardware items. Show where and how each item of electrified hardware is to be connected. 2. Provide wiring diagrams with hardware submission for approval by Architect, and also with hardware items being delivered to Project site. . I. Certification that products comply with large missile impact testing or sound classification designated. . 1.6 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. . Comply with Section 01790. B. Operating and maintenance manuals: 1. Maintenance instructions for each item of hardware. 2. Catalog pages for each product. 3. Name, address, and phone number oflocal representative for each manufacturer. 4. Parts list for each product. 5. Copy of final hardware schedule. . 08710 DOOR HARDWARE 2 of 19 . . Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 6. Copy of final keying schedule. 7. Provide special wrenches and tools applicable to each different or special hardware component. 8. Provide maintenance tools and accessories supplied by hardware component manufacturer. . 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE . . . . . E. 1.8 A. B. C. D. 1.9 A. B. . . . A. Comply with Section 01430. B. Perform Work per the following requirements: 1. ADA - Requirements for Making Buildings and Facilities Accessible to and Usable by Physically Disabled People. 2. NFPA 101. 3. NFPA 252. 4. NYSBC C. Qualifications: 1. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this Section with minimum 5 years documented experience. Provide Architectural hardware consulting to assist in Work of this Section. 2. Hardware Supplier: Company specializing in supplying commercial and institutional door hardware with minimum 5 years documented experience. D. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Conform to governing local codes for requirements applicable to fire-rated doors, frames and hardware. 2. Products Requiring Electrical Connection: Listed and classified by Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. 3. Accessibility Requirements: Provide door lever handles or cross bars with knurled or other similar approved markings to boiler rooms, and doors serving other hazardous locations per local governing building codes. All hardware, both interior and exterior, to be corrosion-resistant. DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING Comply with Section 01600. Package hardware items individually. Label and identify each package with door opening code to match hardware schedule. Deliver keys to Owner by certified mail or direct hand carry direct from hardware supplier. Deliver hardware to be installed during door fabrication to the applicable manufacturer. WARRANTY Provide 5-year manufacturer's written warranty per Section 01795. Warranty: Warrant materials and workmanship against defects including coverage for operation of specified hardware, after completion and final acceptance of Work. . 08710 DOOR HARDWARE 3 of 19 Southo1d Animal Shelter 1/31/07 . I. Repair defects from faulty materials or workmanship developed during guarantee period, or replace with new materials, at no expense to Owner. C. Replace shortages and incorrect items with correct materials at no additional cost to Owner. D. At completion of Project, coordinate with qualified factory representative to inspect door closer installations. After this inspection, send certified letter to Architect reporting on conditions, verifying that closer has been properly installed and adjusted. . PART 2 - - PRODUCTS . 2.1 BUTT HINGES A. List of Hinges: 1. Hardware Item: INTERIOR HINGE a. Type of Hardware: BUTT HINGE b. Manufacturer: STANLEY OR HAGER c. Hinge Size: 4.5" X 4.5" d. Hinge Construction: HEAVY DUTY, FULL MORTISE e. Hinge Material: STAINLESS STEEL f. Finish: STAINLESS STEEL g. Notes: ANTI-FRICTION, MANU. APPROV. FOR STC TESTED . . 2. Hardware Item: EXTERIOR HINGE a. Type of Hardware: BUTT HINGE b. Manufacturer: STANLEY OR HAGER c. Model Number: STANLEY F (BB) 179 OR HAGER (BB) 1279 d. Hinge Size: 4.5" X 4.5" or as required by test e. Hinge Material: STAINLESS STEEL f. Finish: STAINLESS STEEL g. Notes: MUST BE PART OF TESTED ASSEMBLY, LARGE MISSILE IMPACT If tested assembly differs from above, use certified products. . . B. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products as listed or from 1 of the following approved manufacturers: 1. Hager. 2. Stanley. 3. McKinney 4. Or approved equal. . C. Furnish butt hinges as noted on Hardware Schedule and in general as follows: 1. 2 hinges per leaffor openings through 60 inches high or as required by testing. 2. 1 additional hinge per leaffor each additional 30 inches in height or fractions thereof. 3. Standard weight, ball bearing hinge for interior openings through 36 inches wide. 4. Heavy weight, four ball bearing hinge for interior openings over 36 inches wide. 5. Heavy weight, four ball bearing hinge for exterior out swinging openings. 6. Size: Sufficient to clear trim. 7. Provide NRP (Non-Removable Pins) for out-swinging lockable doors. . . 08710 DOOR HARDWARE 4 of 19 . . Southold Animal Shelter 2.2 ELECTRIC HINGES 1/31/07 . . . 2.3 . A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products from I of the following manufacturers: 1. Hager - ETW. 2. Stanley - CEo 3. McKinney - Cc. B. Provide sufficient number of concealed wires to accommodate electric function of specified hardware. C. Locate electric hinges at second hinge from bottom of door. Where electric hinges are used in conjunction with exit devices, locate hinge nearest to exit device. D. Provide mortar guard similar to McKinney MG-16 for each electric hinge specified. CONTINUOUS GEARED HINGES A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products from I of the following manufacturers: 1. Roton 2. Stanley 3. McKinney 2.4 FLOOR CLOSERS AND INTERMEDIATE PIVOTS . . . 2.5 . . A. Acceptable Manufacturer and Series: 1. Dorma 2. LCN 3. Dor-O-Matic 4. Or approved equal (if allowed by applicable test) 5. Submit product information for any item not listed in hardware schedule below. B. Provide floor closer with adjustable swing speed, latch speed, back-check, and automatic hold-open features. Provide closers with built in positive stop at specified degree of opening. C. Comply with maximum opening force requirements of ADA. CYLINDERS AND LOCKS A. All hardware to be handicap accessible. B. Where tested assembly is used, comply with tests. C. List of locks and cylinders: 1. Hardware Item: L-I ENTRY a. Type of Hardware: Mortise lockset, keyed lever b. Function: Keyed lever w/ turn latch Entry/office c. Manufacturer: SCHLAGE d. Series: Heavy commercial e. Model Number: L9453/F20 f. Handle: 06, Rhodes lever g. Cylinder Manufacturer: SCHLAGE . 08710 DOOR HARDWARE 5 of 19 Southold Animal Shelter 1/31107 . h. Finish: Satin stainless steel 2. Hardware Item: L-2 PASSAGE a. Type of Hardware: Latch b. Function: Passage c. Manufacturer: SCHLAGE . d. Series: D e. Model Number: DlOS/F75 f. Handle: 06, Rhodes lever g. Cylinder Manufacturer: SCHLAGE h. Finish: Satin stainless steel . 3. Hardware Item: L-3 OFFICE a. Type of Hardware: Latch b. Function: Entrance/Office c. Manufacturer: SCHLAGE d. Series: D . e. Model Number: D50PD/F82 f. Handle: 06, Rhodes lever g. Cylinder Manufacturer: SCHLAGE h. Finish: Satin stainless steel 4. Hardware Item: L-4 COMMUNICATING LOCK . a. Type of Hardware: Cylindrical key-in-lever b. Function: Communicating c. Manufacturer: SCHLAGE d. Series: D-Series e. Model Number: D72PD/F80 . f. Handle: Lever Rhodes g. Cylinder Manufacturer: SCHLAGE h. Cylinder Model Number: 23-013 1. Finish: Satin Stainless Steel 5. Hardware Item: L-5 STOREROOM . a. Type of Hardware: Cylindrical key-in-Iever b. Function: Storeroom c. Manufacturer: SCHLAGE d. Series: D e. Model Number: D80PD/86 f. Handle: LEVER RHODES . g. Cylinder Manufacturer: SCHLAGE h. Cylinder Model Number: 23-013 i. Finish: SATIN STAILNESS STEEL 6. Hardware Item: L-6 PRIVACY . a. Type of Hardware: Cylindrical key-in-Iever b. Function: Privacy c. Manufacturer: SCHLAGE d. Series: D e. Model Number: D40S/F76 f. Handle: LEVER- RHODES . g. Finish: SATIN STAINLESS STEEL 08710 DOOR HARDWARE 6 of 19 . Southold Animal Shelter 7. Hardware Item: L-7 ENTRANCE/OFFICE a. Type of Hardware: Cylindrical key-in-Iever b. Function: Entrance/Office c. Manufacturer: SCHLAGE d. Series: L e. Model Number: L9050/04 f. Handle: LEVER- RHODES g. Cylinder Manufacturer: SCHLAGE h. Cylinder Model Number: 30-001 I. Finish: SATIN STAINLESS STEEL . . . D. . E. . 1/31107 Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products as listed or from I of the following approved manufacturers or manufacturer required by testing: 1. Schlage. 2. Tesky 3. BEST. 4. CorbinlRusswin. 5. Sargent. Provide sets which are uniform in size, regardless of function, permitting interchanging locksets and latchsets. Locks to be provided with six pin interchangeable core cylinders. 1. Provide wrought boxes and curved lip strikes with proper lip length to protect trim (projecting not more than 1/8 inch beyond trim). 2. Where special strikes are listed, omit standard strikes, but provide a wrought box. . 2.6 EXIT DEVICES A. . . . . List of exit and panic devices: 1. Hardware Item: EXIT DEVICE I (IfYKK is used) a. Type of Hardware: Exit Device b. Function: Entrance by pull or lever and key c. Manufacturer: Dor-o-matic d. Series: 1490 e. Model Number: 1495 f. Cylinder Manufacturer: Tesky or Schlage g. Cylinder Model Number: to match tested assembly and manu. recommendations h. Handle: standard aluminum bar pull i. Electric Features: N/A J. Fire Label: N/A k. Finish: Anodized Aluminum and/or Stainless steel 1. Notes: handicap accessible, interior set of doors the same as above without lockset 2. Hardware Item: EXIT DEVICE I (IfEFCO is used) a. Type of Hardware: Exit Device b. Function: Entrance by pull or lever and key c. Manufacturer: VON DUPRIN d. Series: 88 e. Model Number: 8847-F f. Cylinder Manufacturer: SCHLAGE g. Cylinder Model Number: 3216 for pull, 3215 (SCHLAGE B502-l9) For lever . 08710 DOOR HARDWARE 7 of 19 Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 h. Handle: 392-7 PULL OR 06, RHODES t. Electric Features: NI A J. Fire Label: N/A k. Finish: Anodized aluminum or Stainless steel 1. Notes: handicap accessible, prefer 392-7 trim if available, interior set of doors the same. as above without lockset B. . . 3. Hardware Item: EXIT DEVICE 2 a. Type of Hardware: Exit Device b. Function: Entrance by pull or lever and key c. Manufacturer: VON DUPRIN d. Series: 88 e. Model Number: 8847-F f. Cylinder Manufacturer: SCHLAGE g. Cylinder Model Number: 3216 for pull, 3215 (SCHLAGE B502-19) For lever h. Handle: 392-7 PULL OR 06, RHODES i. Electric Features: N/A J. Fire Label: N/A k. Finish: Anodized aluminum or Stainless steel 1. Notes: handicap accessible, prefer 392-7 trim if available, interior door without lockset. IfYKK is used, Exit device 3 can be used instead . . 4. . Hardware Item: Exit Entry 3 a. Type of Hardware: Exit Device b. Function: Entrance by lever and key c. Manufacturer: VON DUPRIN d. Series: 33A e. Model Number: 3347A-L f. Cylinder Manufacturer: SCHLAGE g. Cylinder Model Number: Rim D series h. Handle: 06 Rhodes t. Finish: Anodized Aluminum . Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products as listed or from I of the following approved manufacturers: 1. Von Duprin, Inc. 2. Dor-o-matic 3. Sargent Manufacturing Co. 4. Monarch Precision Hardware, Inc. 5. Precision Hardware, Inc. . . 2.7 ELECTRIC STRIKES A. Subject to compliance with requirements provide products from I of the following manufacturers: 1. Von Duprin 2. Folger Adam. . B. Provide electric strikes designed for use with the type of locks shown at each opening where specified. C. Electric Strikes: UL listed as Burglary-Resistant Electric Door Strikes. I. UL listed as Electric Strikes for Fire Doors and Frames where required. . 08710 DOOR HARDWARE 8 of 19 . . Southold Animal Shelter 2. Provide non fail-safe type electric strikes unless othetwise specified. 1/31/07 . D. Provide transformers and rectifiers for each strike as required. Verify voltage with electrical contractor. 2.8 MAGNETIC LOCKS . . . . A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Locknetics 2. Sargent B. Meet ANSI/BHMA AI56.23-1992 classification criteria including a minimum holding force of 1200 LBF. c. Equip locks with a SPDT Magnetic Bond Sensing device to monitor whether sufficient magnetic holding force exists to ensure adequate locking. Fully conceal bond sensor within electromagnet to resist tampering or damage. D. Equip magnetic locks with an LED indicator visible from end of lock. E. Equip magnetic locks with a concealed adjustable time delay option to relock door, adjustable from I to 90 seconds. F. Provide power supplies for magnetic locks by same manufacturer as locks. G. Provide fasteners, mounting brackets, and spacer bars required per with details. 2.9 COORDINATORS . B. . C. D. . 2.10 A. . A. Subject to compliance with requirements provide products from I of the following manufacturers: 1. Door Control. 2. Glynn-Johnson. 3. Ives. Surface mounted (frame stop) coordinator with fillers and brackets in prime coat fmish and listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. for use as fire exit hardware. Furnish a coordinator for labeled pairs of doors equipped with automatic flush bolts as listed in Hardware Schedule. Furnish filler bars for total opening width, closer mounting brackets, carry bars, and special preparation for top latches where applicable. CLOSERS List of Closers: I. Hardware Item: CONCEALED CLOSER I a. Type of Closer: Door Closer b. Manufacturer: Dorma c. Model Number: RTS d. Series: RTS88 . 08710 DOOR HARDWARE 9 of 19 --------------- Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 . e. Grade: AI56.4-Grade 1 f. Closer Mounting: Concealed Overhead g. Arm Function: Hold open h. Door Size: 2 ft. 6 in.-4 ft. 0 in. l. Finish: Aluminum . J. Notes: Exterior grade, handicap accessible 2. Hardware Item: PUSH CLOSER 2 a. Type of Closer: Door Closer b. Manufacturer: Dorma c. Model Number: TS93-1-PT . d. Series: TS93 e. Grade: AI56.4-Grade 1 f. Closer Mounting: Exposed Top Jam g. Arm Function: Hold Open h. Door Size: 2 ft. 2 in.-2 ft. 6 in. l. Finish: Aluminum . J. Notes: Exterior grade, handicap accessible 3. Hardware Item: PUSH CLOSER 3 a. Type of Closer: Door Closer b. Manufacturer: Dorma . c. Model Number: 8616 d. Series: 8600 . e. Grade: AI56.4-Grade I f. Closer Mounting: Exposed Parallel Arm g. Arm Function: Dead Stop/Hold Open h. Door Size: 2 ft. 0 in.-4 ft. 0 in. . l. Finish: Stainless steel j. Notes: Handicap accessible 4. Hardware Item: PULL TRACK CLOSER 4 a. Type of Closer: Door Closer b. Manufacturer: Dorma . c. Model Number: TS93-I-THO d. Series: TS93 e. Grade: AI56.4-Grade I f. Closer Mounting: Exposed Top Jam g. Arm Function: Hold Open . h. Door Size: 3' i. Finish: Aluminum J. Notes: handicap accessible 5. Hardware Item: PULL CLOSER 6 a. Type of Closer: Door Closer . b. Manufacturer: Dorma c. Model Number: 8616-PH d. Series: 8600 e. Grade: AI56.4-Grade I f. Closer Mounting: Exposed Regular Arm g. Arm Function: Hold-Open . h. Door Size: 2 ft. 0 in.-4 ft. 6 in. l. Finish: Aluminum 08710 DOOR HARDWARE 10 of 19 . . Southold Auimal Shelter J. Notes: Metal cover, handicap accessible. 1/31107 . . . . . . 6. Hardware Item: PULL CLOSER 5 a. Type of Closer: Door Closer b. Manufacturer: Dorma c. Model Number: 8616-PH d. Series: 8600 e. Grade: Al 56.4-Grade I f. Closer Mounting: Exposed Regular Arm g. Arm Function: Hold-Open h. Door Size: 2 ft. 0 in.-4 ft. 6 in. 1. Finish: Stainless Steel B. General Requirements: I. Closer for Exterior Doors: Equip closer for exterior doors and doors over 36 inches wide with coil spring power adjustment and reversible foot to increase latching power and 70 degrees adjustable back check. 2. Provide non-sized door closer, adjustable to meet maximum opening force requirements of ADA. 3. Closer Accessories: Provide parallel arms, corner brackets, and drop plates as required per details. 4. Closer for Labeled Doors: Provide closer for labeled and 20-minute doors including inactive leaf and pair of doors. 5. Door Swing: 180 degrees where conditions permit unless otherwise noted. 6. Closer Location: Mount closer on room side of corridor doors unless otherwise noted in Hardware Schedule. 7. Provide closer with all weather fluid and a 10 year warranty. 8. Finish on closer to be as noted in Hardware Schedule 9. Install parallel arm mounted closer with 5th hole spacer block with fifth screw. Use shoe support where frames are 5-3/4 inch or less. c. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products as listed or from I of the following approved manufacturers: 1. Dormer 2. LCN. 3. Sargent. . 2.11 PROTECTIVE PLATES . . A. Where protective kickplates (KP) are specified in the Hardware Schedule, furnish plates 2 inches less than door width and 10 inches in height unless noted otherwise. Where bottom rail dimension of the door is too small to accommodate 10 inch height, provide kickplate I inch less than rail height. B. Material: 0.050 inch thick, countersunk for screws, and beveled 4 edges. I. Hardware Item: raCK PLATE a. Manufacturer: HAGER b. Model Number: 1945 c. Size: 811 x 34" d. Material: Stainless Steel e. Finish: Brushed . 08710 DOOR HARDWARE IIofl9 Southold Animal Sheller C. Notes: Push Side, beveled 1/31/07 . 2.12 DOOR STOPS 2.13 2.14 . A. List of Door Stops: 1. Hardware Item: DOOR STOP I a. Type of Hardware: Wall Bumper b. Manufacturer: Ives c. Model: WS447 d. Stop Material: Aluminum e. Finish: Brushed aluminum f. 2. Hardware Item: DOOR STOP 2 a. Type of Hardware: Wall Bumper b. Manufacturer: Ives c. Model: 445 d. Stop Material: Aluminum e. Finish: Brushed Aluminum . . THRESHOLDS, WEATHER STRIPPING, AND JAMB GASKETS . A. Where thresholds occur at openings with 1 or more mullions, cut thresholds for mullions and extended continuously for entire opening. B. Provide self-tapping fasteners for weather-stripping being applied to hollow metal frames. C. . List of thresholds, weatherstripping, and jamb gaskets: See door schedule and drawings D. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products as listed or from 1 of the following approved manufacturers: 1. National Guard. 2. Pemko. 3. Reese. . KEYING . A. Type of master keying required: 1. Master key 2. Grand master key B. Master key or Grand master key cylinders and key in groups, unless otherwise specified. Factory master-key with manufacturer retaining permanent keying records. . c. Provide 6 master-keys for each master-key set. 1. Provide 3 change keys for each lock. 2. Provide 2 control keys for core removal. . D. Submit proposed keying schedule to Architect. If requested, meet with Owner and Architect to review schedule. See proposed keying below. 08710 DOOR HARDWARE 12 of 19 . . Southold Animal Shelter E. Provide removable core cylinders for each lock with construction master-keying. cores upon completion of Project. . 2.15 . 1131107 Install permanent KEY CABINETS A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products from I of the following manufacturers: 1. Lund; 1200-1205AA. 2. Key Control; M228-2480. 3. Telkee; RWC-AWe. B. Furnish I key cabinet with a capacity of 1.5 times the number of key sets; prepare numerical, alphabetical, and key change index record book; tag keys; and numerically place permanent file keys in cabinet. . 2.16 SLIDING WINDOW HARDWARE A. Glass Window Rail and Frame: Hafele Sliding Glass Door Fittings Regal- CI5 EKU GR with frame and rails. PART 3 - - EXECUTION . 3.1 A. . B. . C. 3.2 A. . . . EXAMINATION Examine areas and conditions under which Work of this Section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of Work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Verify that doors and frames are ready to receive Work and dimensions are as indicated on approved Shop Drawings. Verify that electric power is available to power operated devices and of the correct characteristics. INSTALLATION Set thresholds for exterior doors in bed of sealant complying with 07910. Secure and permanently anchor thresholds using countersunk, non-ferrous screws to match color of threshold (stainless steel screws at aluminum thresholds). B. Install hardware per manufacturer's instructions. e. Use templates provided by hardware item manufacturer. D. Mortise and cut to close tolerance and conceal evidence of cutting in the finished Work. E. Remove, cover, or protect hardware after fitting until paint or other finish is applied. Permanently install hardware after finishing operations are complete. F. Hang doors with screws inserted and hinges adjusted so doors swing free and do not rattle when closed. Cut holes and mortises in wood doors for locks and other hardware with jig approved or provided by manufacturer of item to be applied. Mount locks so key enters cylinder with smooth . 08710 DOOR HARDWARE 13 of 19 Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 . edge down. Remove or cover hardware after fitting until final painting and cleaning. Reinstall, adjust and test after painting and cleaning is completed. Replace items with damaged finish or non- functional. G. Mounting Heights: I. Install hardware at mounting heights confonning to recommended mounting locations of Builders' Hardware Manufacturers Association. 2. Comply with ADA. Notify Architect of discrepancy or conflict with requirements before proceeding with installation. 3. Install wall stops to engage knobs, levers, or pulls. 4. Install wall and magnetic holders near top of doors, but not more than 78 inches from finish floor line. . . 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Employ certified architectural hardware consultant to inspect installation and certify that hardware and installation has been furnished and installed per manufacturer's instructions and this Specification. Send letter stating compliance to Architect upon completion of Project. . 3.4 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING . A. Adjust hardware for smooth operation. B. Prior to completion of Project, ascertain that door closers are in adjustment so closer completes its full closing cycle in less than 4 to 6 seconds without abrupt change of speed between "Sweep" and "Latch" speeds. Verify that levers are free from binding. Ensure that latchbolts and dead bolts are engaged into strike and hardware is functioning. Turn over wrenches and adjusting tools, provided with hardware, to Owner. . C. Clean hardware and remove tags and wrappings from Project site. D. When Project is complete, deliver to Owner complete set of special tools required for care, maintenance, and adjustment of hardware items specified under this Section, including changing of cylinders. Provide complete information in care, maintenance, and adjustment, and data on repair and replacement parts, and information on preservation of finishes. Deliver to Owner, 3 bound copies of catalog pages of hardware supplied. . E. Instruct Owner's personnel in proper adjustment and maintenance of door hardware and hardware finishes. . 3.5 PROTECTION A. Do not pennit adjacent Work to damage hardware or finish. . PART 4 - -SCHEDULE 4.1 HARDWARE SCHEDULE HW-l DOUBLE ENTRY DOOR, DOUBLE DOOR SET TO HAVE: . I 3 per I HINGE I As recommended by I I As per approved 08710 DOOR HARDWARE 140f 19 . . Southold Animal Shelter door door manufacturer, test. part of assembly 4 1/2" X 4" brass (Ha~ar) 2 TRIM Standard pull Stainless steel or aluminum 2 EXIT DEVICE Dor-o-matic 1495 Aluminum, As per approved hurricane wi strike, anodized and test guide & screws. Lacquered 1 CYLINDER SCHLAGE - rim 02/04 function 32160ras recommended by manu. & tests 2 CLOSER Dorma R TS88 series Exterior grade, Concealed hold open option 2 DOOR STOP IVES heavy duty Aluminum wall door ston #443 . . . Note: doors with glass need to have tested assembly for large missile impact, which includes hardware. HW-2 SINGLE ENTRY, keyed: Same as above only for single leaf HW-3 - SINGLE ENTRY WITHOUT LOCK Same as 2, without cylinder . Note: doors with glass need to have tested assembly for large missile impact, which includes hardware. HW- 4 SINGLE ENTRY, KEYED Each door to have: . I Y, PAIR HINGES Stanley F (BB) 179 Stainless steel Heavy duty, 4 1/2" or Hager (BB) antifriclion 12794 Yz" bearing, full mortise I TRIM VON DUPRIN 3347A-L Key locks lever, with handle #06 STD breakaway option on lever I CYLINDER SCHLAGE -RIM D To match series I EXIT DEVICE Von Duprin 3347 A Aluminum, Concealed vertical rod anodized I CLOSER Dorma TS93 series track Aluminum finish push side, stop mounted slide track arm I DOOR STOP IVES heavy duty wall Aluminum door stop #443 I KlCKPLATE HAGER 1945 8" x 34" Stainless steel or .05" 16 ga, bevel, aluminum nush side . . . Nole: doors with glass need to have tesled assembly for large missile impact, which includes hardware. HW 4A no closer required HW-5 SINGLE EXTERIOR DOOR, MORTISE Each door to have: . PAIR HINGES Stanley F (BB) 179 Stainless steel Heavy duty, antifriction . 08710 DOOR HARDWARE 1/31/07 15 of 19 Southold Animal Shelter 4 1/2" or Hager (BB) bearing, full 12794 y," mortise I LOCKSET SCHLAGE L94531F20 Satin stainless Turn latch inside steel I CLOSER Dorma 8616 series Stainless steel Exterior grade, parallel arm with parallel stainless steel flush transom bracket (to fit door rail) I DOOR STOP IVES heavy duty wall Aluminum door stop #443 I KlCKPLATE HAGER 1945 8" x 34" Stainless steel or .05" 16 ga, bevel, aluminum push side Note: doors with glass need to have tested assembly for large missile impact, which includes hardware. HW-5A SINGLE EXTERIOR DOOR, MORTISE, NO CLOSER Each door same as HW - 5 except no closer is required HW- 6 INTERIOR UNLOCKED DOOR Each door to have: I Y, PAIR HINGES 4.5" Stainless steel Heavy duty, antifriction bearing, full mortise 1 LOCKSET Passage Latch Satin Stainless SCHLAGE DlOSIF75 steel I CLOSER Dorma TS93 series, pull Aluminum fmish side, Jamb mounted slide track arm I DOOR STOP rYES heavy duty wall Aluminum door stop #443 I KlCKPLATE HAGER 1945 8" x 34" Stainless steel or .05" 16 ga, bevel, aluminum Dush side HW- 6A INTERIOR UNLOCKED DOOR Same as HW-6 except closer is Dorma TS93 series push side, stop mounted slide track arm. HW-6B INTERIOR UNLOCKED DOOR Same as HW -6 without closer HW- 7 INTERIOR ENTRANCE/OFFICE LOCK w/ PULL SIDE CLOSER Each door to have: I Y, PAIR HINGES 4.5" x 4.5" Stainless steel Heavy duty, antifriction bearing, full mortise I LOCKSET Entrance/Office lock, Satin Stainless SCHLAGE D50PD/82 steel I CYLINDER SCHLAGE Standard Satin Stainless lever cvlinder 23-013 steel I CLOSER Dorma 8616 or Stainless steel or Corrosion 08710 DOOR HARDWARE 1/31/07 . . . . . . . . . . 16 of 19 . . SouthaId Animal Shelter . SARGENT 1430, Aluminum enamel resistant, special standard operation finish with rust rust inhibitor inhibitor (SRI), metal cover, hold open ootion I DOOR STOP IVES heavy duty wall Aluminum door stop #445 I KlCKPLATE HAGER 1945 8" x 34" Stainless steel or .05" 16 ga, bevel, aluminum oush side . HW - 7 A INTERIOR ENTRANCE/OFFICE LOCK without CLOSER Same as 7 with omission of closer HW- 8 INTERIOR COMMUNICATING LOCK Each door to have: . 1 ~ PAIR HINGES Stainless steel Heavy duty, antifriction bearing, full mortise I LOCKSET Communicating lock Satin Stainless SCHLAGE D72PDIF80 steel I CYLINDER SCHLAGE Standard Satin Stainless lever cylinder 23-013 steel I DOOR STOP IVES heavy duty wall Aluminum door stoo #445 I KlCKPLATE HAGER 1945 8" x 34" Stainless steel or .05" 16 ga, bevel, aluminum oush side . . . . . . . 08710 DOOR HARDWARE 1/31/07 17 of 19 Southold Animal Shelter HW- 9 INTERIOR STORAGE DOOR Each door to have: 1/31/07 . 4 HINGES 4.5" x 4.5" Stainless steel Heavy duty, antifriction bearing, full mortise I LOCKSET Entrance/Office lock, Satin Stainless Mortise lock SCHLAGE L9050/F04 steel I CYLINDER SCHLAGE Standard Satin Stainless lever cylinder 30-00 I steel I CLOSER Dorma 8616 or Aluminum finish Metal cover SARGENT 1430, option standard ooeration I KICK PLATE HAGER 1945 8" x 34" Stainless steel Dr .05" 16 ga, bevel, aluminum oush side . . HW- 10 INTERIOR Storeroom Lock Each door to have: . 1.5 PAIR HINGES 4.5" x 4.5" Stainless steel Heavy duty, antifriction bearing, full mortise I LOCKSET Storeroom Lock Satin Stainless SCHLAGE D80PD/86 steel I CYLINDER SCHLAGE Standard Satin Stainless lever cvlinder 23-013 steel I CLOSER Douma 8616 or Aluminum finish Metal cover SARGENT 1430, option standard oneration I DOOR STOP IVES beavy duty wall Aluminum door stoo #445 I KICK PLATE HAGER 1945 8" x 34" Stainless steel or .05" 16 ga, bevel, aluminum I push side . . . HW- lOA INTERIOR Storeroom Lock Same as HW -10 except no closer required HW-ll TOILET DOOR Each door to have: . 1\6 PAIR HINGES 4.5" x 4.5" Stainless steel Mortise I LOCKSET BA TH/PRIV ACY Satin Stainless LOCK, SCHLAGE Steel D40S/F76 I DOOR STOP IVES heavy duty wall Aluminum door siop #445 I KICK PLATE HAGER 1945 8" x 34" Stainless steel or .05" 16 ga, bevel, aluminum oush side . HW-12 SLIDING DOORS According to door manufacturer as specified for large missile impact testing. Aluminum pull handles. . 08710 DOOR HARDWARE 18 of 19 . . Southold Animal Shelter Suggested keying: Final decision to be made with client, user, manufacturer and architect. KEYING- MASTER KEY AA 1/31/07 . Door # Room Name Keving DOl En;;:;;- IAA 003 Lobbv IAA 004 Classroom 4AA DOS Classroom 4AA 006 Staff lAA 007 Corridor lAA 008 Kennel 3AA 009 Kennel 3AA 010 Storage AA 011 Corridor lAA 012 Aco Oron 2AA 013 Oron-Off Lobbv IAA 014 Cat Porch 3AA 015 Cat Porch 3AA 016 Lobbv/cat 5AA 018 Cat Pren 5AA 020 Get Acouainted 10AA 021 Office 9AA 022 Punnv 5AA 023 Classroom corridor 6AA 024 Classroom 4AA 027 Classroom closet 4AA 029 Staff 5AA 031 Kennel 5AA 032 Kennel 5AA 033 Kennel 5AA 034 Pren 5AA 035 Storage 8AA 036 Grooming 5AA 037 Storage 8AA 038 Janitorial 13AA 039 P Mech 7AA 041 Cat Iso 12AA 042 Iso 12AA 043 Exam IlAA 044 Elect. Mech 7AA 045 Office 9AA 046 Hold! Acco 12AA . . . . . . END OF SECTION . . . 08710 DOOR HARDWARE 19 of 19 . Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 . SECTION 08810 GLASS AND GLAZING PART I -- GENERAL . 1.1 SUMMARY . 1.2 . . L3 A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. 1. 1. K. L. . . . . A. Insulating glass and glazing as indicated on Drawings and specified herein. RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 06400 - Architectural Woodwork B. Section 07910 - Joint Sealers. C. Section 08--- - All door and window sections REFERENCES ANSI/ASTM E330 - Structural Performance of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference. ANSI Z97.1 - Safety Performance Specifications and Methods of Test for Safety Glazing Used in Buildings. ASCE 7, "Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures". ASTM E 1300 - Standard Practice for Determining Load Resistance of Glass in Buildings ASTM CI036 - Flat Glass. ASTM CI048 - Heat-Treated Flat Glass - Kind HS, Kind FT Coated and Uncoated Glass. ASTM E546 - Test Method For Frost Point of Sealed Insulating Glass Units. ASTM E576 - Test Method For Dew/Frost Point of Sealed Insulating Glass Units in Vertical Position. ASTM E773 - Test Method for Seal Durability of Sealed Insulating Glass Units. ASTM E774 - Sealed Insulating Glass Units. ASTM E201O- Standard Test Method for Positive Pressure Fire Tests of Window Assemblies GANA - Glass Association of North America. . 08810 GLASS AND GLAZING lof8 Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 . M. Laminators Safety Glass Association - Standards Manual. N. SIGMA - Sealed Insulated Glass Manufacturers Association. . 1.4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION 1.5 A. Design glass and glazing materials of this Section to provide continuity of building enclosure vapor and air barrier: I. In conjunction with materials described in Section 07910. 2. To utilize the inner lite of insulated sealed units for the continuity of air and vapor seal. 3. Maintain continuous air and vapor barrier throughout glazed assembly from glass pane to heel bead of glazing sealant. . B. Glass type and thickness shall be determined by using ASTM E 1300. . C. Loads are to be detennined using: Refer to Section 01410. I. NYS Building Code 2. NYS Energy Code 3. Requirements as defined in ASCE 7. . D. Glass and glazing installation at exterior surfaces shall be designed to withstand 120 mph 3 second gusts and large missile impact testing and conform to structural requirements of state and local codes. E. The probability of breakage to use in calculating the thickness of glass shall be: I. One lite per thousand for exterior lites above first story and interior overhead applications. 2. Eight lites per thousand for exterior glass at grade and interior applications. . F. Glass and glazing installation at interior partitions shall be able to withstand a lateral load of 5 psf and a point load of 200 pounds anywhere on it's surface or other loading as required by governing local codes. . G. Limit glass deflection to flexure limit of glass with full recovery of glazing materials, whichever is less. SUBMITTALS . A. Comply with Section 01330. B. Product Data I. Glass Types: Provide structural, physical, and environmental characteristics, size limitations, special handling, or installation requirements. 2. Glazing Compounds: Provide chemical, functional, and environmental characteristics, limitations, and special application requirements. Identify available colors. . C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special precautions required. . D. Certification: Submit certificates from respective manufacturers attesting that glass and glazing materials provided for Project comply with requirements. 08810 GLASS AND GLAZING 20f8 . . Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 1. Separate Certification will not be required for glazing materials bearing manufacturer's permanent labels designating type and thickness of glass, provided labels represent a quality control program involving a recognized certification agency or independent testing laboratory acceptable to Architect. . 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING . A. Comply with Section 01600. B. During storage and handling of glass products, provide cushions at edges to prevent impact damage. C. Protect glass and glazing materials to comply with manufacturer's directions, and as required to . prevent edge damage to glass, and damage to glass and glazing materials from effects of moisture including condensation, of temperature changes, of direct exposure to sun, and from other causes. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE . A. Glazing Standards: Comply with recommendations of Glass Association of North America (GANA) "Glazing Manual" and "Sealant Manual", except where more stringent requirements are indicated. Refer to those publications for definitions of glass and glazing terms not otherwise defined in this Section or other referenced standards. . B. Safety Glazing Standard: Where safety glass is indicated or required by authorities having jurisdiction, provide type of products indicated which comply with ANSI Z97.1 and testing requirements of 16 CFR Part 1201 for Category II materials and with large missile tests for approved assemblies. 1. Subject to compliance with requirements, permanently mark safety glass with . certification label of Safety Glazing Certification Council or another certification agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. e. Insulating Glass Certification Program: Provide insulating glass units permanently marked, either on spacers or at least I component pane of units, with appropriate certification label of inspecting and testing organization indicated below: . 1. Insulating Glass Certification Council (IGCC), or Associated Laboratories, Inc. (ALl). D. Single Source Responsibility for Glass: To ensure consistent quality of appearance and performance, provide materials produced by a single manufacturer or fabricator for each kind and condition of glass indicated and composed of primary glass obtained from a single source for each type and class required. . 1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Requirements: 1. Do not install glass or glazing materials when ambient temperature is less than 50 degrees . F. . 08810 GLASS AND GLAZING 30f8 Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 . 2. Maintain minimum ambient temperature before, during, and 24 hours after installation of glazing compounds. 1.9 COORDINATION . A. Coordinate Work with glazing frames, wall openings, and perimeter air and vapor seal to adjacent Work. 1.10 WARRANTY . A. Provide 10 year manufacturer's written warranty per Section 01795. B. Warrant materials and workmanship provided are guaranteed against defects; including coverage for sealed glass units from seal failure, inter-pane dusting or misting, and replacement of same, after completion and final acceptance of Work. I. Repair defects from faulty materials or workmanship developed during the guarantee period, or replace with new materials, at no expense to Owner. . PART 2 - - PRODUCTS . 2.1 MANUFACTURERS OR FABRICATORS 2.2 A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products from I of the following manufacturers or fabricators: 1. Advanced Glass Systems. 2. Cardinal IG 3. Falconer Glass Industries. 4. Guardian Industries. 5. Interpane Glass Company. 6. Pilkington Building Products 7. PPG Architectural Glass. 8. Nippon Electric Glass Company. 9. Monsanto Company, Inc. 10. Viracon. 11. or approved other or by manufacturer of tested assembly . . . B. Substitutions: Comply with Section 01630. GLASS MATERIALS, GENERAL . A. Thickness, stop and bite dimensions, and strengths of glass shall be determined: I. By the manufacturer of the unit being glazed for factory glazed units, based on the size of the glass and the loading criteria due to impact and wind based on local code requirements and ASTM C 1300. 2. By the installer of site glazed units based on the size of the glass and the loading criteria due to impact and wind based on local code requirements and ASTM C 1300. . 08810 GLASS AND GLAZING 40f8 . . Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 . . . B. The manufacturer or glazier shall verify in the shop drawings that glass and detailing of the installed unit meets or exceeds the structural requirements of the unit based on governing building and safety codes and ASTM E 1300. C. Heat treated, clear flat glass shall conform to ASTM C 1036 and ASTM C 1048, Type I, Class I, quality q3; 1. Kind HS for heat strengthened. D. Heat treated, tinted flat glass shall conform to ASTM C 1036 and ASTM C 1048, Type I, Class I, quality q3; I. Kind HS for heat strengthened. E. Fire-Rated Glass: Minimum 3/16 inches thick, premium surface polished, UL fire-rated for 1. 20 minute (3325 square inches maximum) 2. 45 minute (3325 square inches maximum) 3. 60 minutes (2721 square inches maximum)]. 2.3 TEMPERED GLASS, GENERAL . A. Apply low-e coating to tempered glass after tempering for exterior windows. 2.4 SEALED INSULATING GLASS MA TERlALS . . . . . A. Pre-assembled units consisting of organically sealed panes of glass enclosing a hermetically sealed, dehydrated air space, and complying with ASTM E774 for performance classification indicated, as well as with other requirements specified for glass characteristics, air space, sealing system, sealant, spacer material, corner design, and desiccant. B. Heat-treated panes of kind and at locations indicated on Drawings and tests, or if not indicated, heat- strengthened panes where recommended by glass manufacturer for application indicated, and tempered where indicated, or where safety glass is designated or required. C. Performance characteristics designated or coated insulating glass are nominal values based on manufacturer's published performance values for units with 1/4 inch panes of glass and 1/2 inch thick air space. D. U-values indicated are expressed in the number of Btu's per hour per square foot per degree F difference. E. Sealing System: Dual Seal: 1. Primary sealant: polyisobutylene. 2. Secondary sealant: silicone. F. Spacer Material: Aluminum. G. Desiccant: Low Nitrogen Absorbing. H. Corner Construction: Bent/Soldered. 1. Glass shall have a low-e coating where noted on the Glazing Schedule. . 08810 GLASS AND GLAZING 50f8 Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 . 2.5 ELASTOMERIC GLAZING SEALANT AND GLAZING TAPES G. 2.6 A. B. C. D. A. Compatibility: Select glazing sealant and tapes of proven compatibility with other materials with which they will come into contact, including glass products, seals of insulating glass units, and glazing channel substrates, under conditions of installation and service, as demonstrated by testing and field experience. . B. Suitability: Comply with recommendations of sealant and glass manufacturers for selection of glazing sealant and tapes that have performance characteristics suitable for applications indicated and conditions at time of installation. . C. Elastomeric Sealant Standard: Provide manufacturer's standard chemically curing, elastomeric sealant of base polymer indicated which complies with ASTM C920 requirements, including those for type, grade, class and uses. D. Colors: Provide color of exposed sealant indicated, or if not otherwise indicated, as selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard colors. . E. I-Part Non-Acid Curing Silicone Glazing Sealant: Type S; Grade NS; Class 25; Uses NT, G, A, and as applicable to uses indicated, and 0; and complying with the following requirements for modulus and additional joint movement capability. 1. Medium Modulus: Tensile strength of not less than 45 nor more than 75 PSI (0.5 M Pa) at 100 percent elongation when tested per ASTM D412 after 14 days at 77 degrees F and 50 percent relative humidity. 2. Additional Capability: Test per ASTM C719 for adhesion and cohesion under maximum cyclic movement, to withstand the maximum 40 percent increase and decrease of joint width, as measured at time of application, and remain in compliance with other requirements of ASTM C920. . . F. Preformed Butyl-Polyisobutylene Glazing Tape: Manufacturer's standard solvent-free butyl- polyisobutylene formulation with a solids content of 100 percent; complying with AAMA A- 804.1; in extruded tape form; non-staining and non-migrating in contact with nonporous surfaces; packaged on rolls with a release paper on 1 side; with or without continuous spacer rod as recommended by manufacturers of tape and glass for application indicated. . General: Provide products of type indicated and complying with the following requirements: GLAZING ACCESSORIES . Compatibility: Provide materials with proven record of compatibility with surfaces contacted in installation. Cleaners, Primers, and Sealers: Type recommended by sealant or gasket manufacturer. . Spacer Shims: Silicone, 50 to 60 Shore A Durometer hardness, minimum 3 inch long by 1/2 the height of the glazing stop by thickness to suit application. Self adhesive on 1 face. Edge Blocks: Silicone blocks as required for compatibility with glazing sealant, of size and hardness required limiting lateral movement (side-walking) of glass. . 60f8 08810 GLASS AND GLAZING . . Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 . E. Setting Blocks: Extruded Type II silicone rubber, ASTM D2240, Type A, 80-90 Shore A Durometer hardness, length of 0.1 inch for each square foot of glazing, or minimum 4 inch by width of glazing rabbet space minus 1/l6 inch by height to suit glazing method and pane weight and area. Black color. PART 3 - - EXECUTION . 3.1 . . . 3.2 A. B. C. 3.3 A. B. . . . . 3.4 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas and conditions under which Work of this Section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of Work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. B. Verif'y that openings for glazing are correctly sized and within tolerance. C. Clean glazing channels, stops, and rabbets to receive the glazing materials, making free from obstructions and deleterious substances that might impair Work. 1. Remove protective coatings that might fail in adhesion or interfere with bond of sealant. 2. Comply with manufacturer's instructions for final wiping of surfaces immediately prior to application of primer and glazing compounds or tapes. PREPARATION Clean contact surfaces with solvent and wipe dry. Seal porous glazing channels or recesses with substrate compatible primer or sealer. Prime surfaces to receive glazing compounds per manufacturer's recommendations. HANDLING Comply with combined printed recommendations of glass manufacturers, of manufacturers of sealant, gaskets, and other glazing materials, including those of referenced glazing standards. Protect glass from edge damage during handling and installation. Use a foiling block in rotating glass units to prevent damage to glass corners. Do not impact glass with metal framing. Use suction cups to shift glass units within openings. Do not raise or drift glass with a pry bar. Remove from Project and dispose of glass units with edge damage or other imperfections of kind that, when installed, weakens glass and impairs performance and appearance. 1. Use a foiling block in rotating glass units to prevent damage to glass corners. Use suction cups to shift glass units within openings. 2. . Remove from Project and dispose of glass units with edge damage or other imperfections of kind that, when installed, weakens glass and impairs performance and appearance. INSTALLATION A. General Glazing . 08810 GLASS AND GLAZING 70f8 Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 . 1. Install setting blocks of proper size in sill rabbet, located 1/4 of glass widtb from each corner, but with edge nearest corner not closer than 6 inches from corner unless otherwise required. Provide spacers inside and out, of correct size and spacing, to preserve required face clearances except where gaskets or glazing tapes witb continuous spacer rods are used for glazing. Provide 1/8 inch minimum bite of spacers on glass and use thickness equal to sealant width, except with sealant tape use thickness slightly less tban final compressed thickness of tape. Provide edge blocking to comply with requirements of referenced glazing standard, except where otherwise required by glass unit manufacturer. Do not exceed edge pressures stipulated by glass manufacturers for installing glass lites. Apply primers to joint surfaces where required for adhesion of sealant. . 2. . 3. 4. 5. B. Gasket Glazing: 1. Install gasket glazed glass as per manufacturers printed instructions. . 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 3.6 A. B. C. 3.7 A. A. Manufacturer's Field Services: 1. Obtain manufacturer's field services per Section 01430. 2. Require glass and glazing product manufacturers to provide field inspection of installation of their products per Section 01430. 3. Monitor and report installation procedures, unacceptable conditions and field conditions encountered. . . CLEANING Remove glazing materials from [mish surfaces. Remove labels after Work is complete. . Clean glass. Free of smears, smudges, streaks, and spilled or splattered materials. PROTECTION Protect glass from breakage after installation by promptly installing streamers or ribbons, suitably attached to tbe framing, and held free from glass. Do not apply warning markings, streamers, ribbons or other items directly to glass, except as specifically directed in writing by Architect. . PART 4 - -SCHEDULE . 4.1 GLAZING SCHEDULE See window schedule on drawings and test reports for glazing types and requirements. . END OF SECTION 08810 GLASS AND GLAZING 80f8 . . Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 . SECTION 09210 SPRAY APPLIED ACOUSTICAL CEMENT PLASTER (ALTERNATE 4, Archtectural Contract) . PART 1: GENERAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDED: A. Extent of sprayed on decorative/acoustical insulation is indicated on drawings and finish schedule. . 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS: A. Applicable substrate B. Division 15 - Mechanical . C. Division 16 - Electrical. 1.3 REFERENCES . A. ASTM E580 - ASTM E1264 - Classification of Acoustical Ceiling Products. B. CISCA (Ceilings and Interior Systems Contractors Association) - Acoustical Ceilings; Use and Practice. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit manufacturer's installation instructions, test data substantiating compliance with quality assurance. . B. Submit 12 inch square sample of sprayed on acoustical material showing texture variations and colors for approval. Resubmit as required until approved. All samples must be certified by manufacturer that they are representative of the texture which was acoustically tested in supporting acoustical test reports. . C. Submit samples of trims and accessory to be used. D. Submit test reports from all suppliers showing material to be 100% free of asbestos, mineral fiber, polystyrene and cellulose. . E. Submit certification of applicator licensing and list of five projects completed with contact information. . F. Execute site mock up with termination and joint details G. Submit sample warranty for product and installation. . 1.5 09210 QUALITY ASSURANCE: Spray Applied Acoustical Cement Plaster lof4 Southold Animal Shelter . 1/31/07 A. Provide Portland Cement-Vermiculite material which has been tested to and achieved the following values: . TEST METHOD/ AUTHORITY PROPERTY ASTM E605 Density ASTM E761 Compressive Strength ASTM E 736-86 Bond Strength ASTM E-84-87 Surface Burning Characteristics ASTM C423-84A Sound Absorption University of Pittsburgh Toxicity Toxicity Test ASTM E136 Combustibility ASTM D2240 Hardness B. VALUE 41 Lbs.lCu.Ft. . 800 psi. 6800 Lbs.lSq Ft . o Flame Spread o Smoke Developed 0.60 NRC @ I" Thick 0.50 NRC @ .5" Thick . LC5o> 300 Grams Non-Combustible . 70 Provide testing results and procedures which have been certified by an accredited independent testing laboratories. Peak thickness oftest samples must be determined and reported by acoustical laboratory. Nominal thicknesses are not acceptable unless peak thicknesses are also reported. . 1. NRC not less than 0.60 at I inch thickness and coefficient not less than 0.35, (+ or - 0.01), at 250 Hz. Conduct testing on solid backing with no air gap. C. Installer: licensed by manufacturer. . D. Control Sample: Prior to installation offmal coat, apply an area of 50 sq. ft. in presence of architect, include termination, joint details for approval of finish, texture and workmanship, as selected from samples. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION D. Comply with Section 01600. E. . Deliver materials in their original, unopened packages, and protected from exposure to the elements. Packaging should identify manufacturer, product, and U.L testing. . F. Store in a clean, dry place off the ground on pallets until installation. G. 09210 Remove damaged or deteriorated materials from premises. Spray Applied Acoustical Cement Plaster 20f4 . . Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 . 1.05 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer shall warrant the material to be supplied, agreeing to repair/replace that which has cracked, flaked, dusted excessively, peeled or fallen from substrate, or otherwise deteriorated to a condition where it would not perform effectively as intended for a sound absorbent purpose; due to defective materials. The warranty period will be 10 years from date of substantial completion. . PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURER A. Pyrok Inc., Mamaroneck, NY (914) 277-5135 or approved equal. . 2.2 MATERIALS A. Acoustement 40 Spray applied cementation acoustic coating . B. C. Color shall be white or selected by the architect. Texture shall be Semi-Smooth troweled fmish. D. Thickness shall be I" or as otherwise listed on finish schedule. . 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Clips, end pieces, expansion joints, to be non-corrosive and approved by manufacturer, finish to be approved by architect. B. Provide other materials, not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation, subject to approval of Architect. . PART 3: EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION AND PREPARATION . A. Examine all substrate and conditions. Substrate to be approved by manufacturer (equal to \1," hardibacker board by James Hardie. B. Assure substrate is free of oil, grease, dirt, paint, or other matter which would impair bond or install metal lath as recommended by the manufacturer. . C. Do not proceed until said substrate and conditions are acceptable. D. "l'repare substrate by filling voids and cracks and offsets, remove projections that result in telegraphing presence of imperfections. . E. Prime substrate with primer or bonding agent as recommended by the manufacturer. F. Do not apply insulation material when temperature is below 40 degrees F (ambient), or substrate is below 40 degrees F. 30f4 . 09210 Spray Applied Acoustical Cement Plaster . Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 G. Mask all adjoining surfaces in order to minimize damage from overspray. . H. Provide ventilation if required, and avoid eXCess drying rates. I. Provide tarps or temporary enclosures as necessary to confine operations. J. Perform all patching and repairing of insulation required to be done due to cutting, etc., by other trades. . 3.2 APPLICATION A. Apply in accordance with manufacturer's instructions (except no spray pass shall exceed 1/4" thickness) using any rotary-stator plastering pump or other spray equipment approved by the manufacturer. . B. Install to thickness indicated or thickness required to achieve NRC specified. C. Maximum variation from flatness: 1/8" in 10 feet. . D. Ensure that texture and color are all as per control sample. 3.3 CLEANING AND PATCHING A. Remove overspray and fall out material immediately upon completion of the work in each area. Clean surfaces to remOVe evidence of soiling. Repair or replace damaged work surfaces to acceptable conditions. . B. Coordinate work with other work, to numnuze possibility of damage to insulation resulting from performance of subsequent work. As other units of work are completed in each area, patch damaged areas or surfaces of insulation by oVer spraying to match original installations, or by patching procedures as required to provide acceptable results. . PART 4 -- SCHEDULE 4.1 . Schedule: A. Finish Type Alternate #4 Pyrok, Inc. Acoustement 40 END OF SECTION . . 09210 Spray Applied Acoustical Cement Plaster 40f4 . . Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 . SECTION 09212 SPRAY -ON ACOUSTICAL FINISH (CELLULOSE) PART I - - GENERAL . 1.1 SUMMARY . A. Extent of acoustical spray-on finish as located the finish schedule B. Related accessories and attachments indicated on Drawings and specified herein. 1.2 . RELATED SECTIONS: . 1.3 . A. B. C. . 1.4 A. . B. C. D. . E. F. . G. H. A. Division 15 - Mechanical B. Division 16 - Electrical. REFERENCES ASTM E84 - Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. ASTM E580 - ASTM EI264 - Classification of Acoustical Ceiling Products. CISCA (Ceilings and Interior Systems Contractors Association) - Acoustical Ceilings; Use and Practice. SUBMITTALS Comply with Section 01330. Submit samples of acoustic finish and trims, including color choices, coatings. Site mock-up minimum 5' x 5' with joint details. Submit manufacturer's ISO 900 I :2000 Certification and verification of at least 5 years of expenence. Manufacturer's certifications that product contains no asbestos, fiberglass or other man-made mineral fibers and is a Classification A finish as per NYSBC. Submit manufacturer's approval and certification of installer Submit manufacturer's installation instructions Submit test reports by independent laboratory: . 09212 SPRAY -ON ACOUSTICAL FINISH 10f4 Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 . I. 2. 3. Reflectivity NRC values as per ASTMC-423 Flame and smoke spread and toxicity ratings . H. Submit sample warranty 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE . A. Qualifications: I. Acoustical Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this Section with minimum 5 years documented experience, ISO 900 I :2000 certified. 2. Applicator: approved by manufacturer with minimum 5 years documented experience. Provide list of five projects and contact information. . 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Requirements: I. Maintain uniform temperature of minimum 60 degrees F and maximum humidity of 40 percent prior to, during, and after acoustical finish installation. . 1.7 SEQUENCING 1.8 A. B. C. D. E. 1.9 A. A. Sequence Work to ensure acoustical finish is not installed until building is enclosed, sufficient heat is provided, dust-generating activities have tenninated, and overhead system is completed, tested, and approved. Install ducts, piping, conduit or other suspended equipment after the application of sprayed insulation or as directed by manufacturers. . B. Install acoustical fmish after interior wet Work is dry and mortars fully cured and all substrates to manufacturer's specifications. . DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION Comply with Section 01600. Deliver materials in their original, unopened packages, and protected from exposure to the elements. Packaging should identifY manufacturer, product, and U.L testing. . Store in a clean, dry place off the ground on pallets until installation. Protect from damage during storage. Cover with plastic tarps. . Protect liquid adhesive from freezing. Remove damaged or deteriorated materials from premises. WARRANTY . Provide manufacturer's written standard warranty per Section 01795. 09212 SPRAY -ON ACOUSTICAL FINISH 20f4 . . Southold Animal Shelter 1/31107 . B. Warrant materials and workmanship against defects after completion and final acceptance of Work. I. Repair defects from faulty materials or workmanship developed during the guarantee period, or replace with new materials, at no expense to Owner. PART 2 - - PRODUCTS . 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Acoustic spray-on finish A. International Cellulose Corportation B. Pyrock, Inc. C. Or approved equal 2.2 MATERIALS A. System to be a one source system. B. Classification A for fire resistance. . . . 2.3 A. . B. C. . ACCESSORIES Clips, end pieces, expansion joints, to be non-corrosive and approved by manufacturer, finish to be approved by architect. Provide other materials, not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation, subject to approval of Architect. Provide specialty trim details as shown on Drawings as manufactured by ceiling manufacturer. PART 3 - - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION . . A. Examine areas and conditions under which Work of this Section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of Work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. B. Verify surfaces to receive spray insulation to determine if priming/sealing is required to ensure bonding and/or to prevent discolorations caused by migratory stains. C. Follow manufacturer's guidance on edging and butting against equipment and air vents. . 09212 SPRAY -ON ACOUSTICAL FINISH 30f4 Southold Auimal Shelter 1/31/07 . 3.2 PREPARATION A. Provide masking, drop cloths or other satisfactory coverings for materials/surfaces that are not to receive insulation to prevent damage from over-spray. B. Coordinate the installation of the sprayed acoustic finish with work of other trades. Where grills, and other items penetrate the insulation, provide blocking so that grills are on surface of acoustic treatment, with air directed away from the acoustic treatment. C. Prime surfaces as required by manufacturer's instructions or as determined by examination. . . 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Acoustic Finish: 1. Install 1" thickness to achieve NRC of> 80 2. Coordinate location of end beads and expansion joints with other Work. 3. Form expansion joints as detailed. Form to accommodate plus or minus 1 inch movement. Maintain visual closure. 4. Cure insulation with continuous natural or mechanical ventilation. 5. Remove and dispose of over-spray. . . 3.4 ERECTION TOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation from Flat and Level Surface: 1/8 inch in 10 feet. . 3.5 PROTECTION A. Protect finished Work per Section 01700. . PART 4 - -SCHEDULE 4.1 ACOUSTICAL CEILING SCHEDULE A. Finish Type AC-I 1. Sonospray FC with Dura-K formula Class: Class A, arctic white 2. Manufacturer: International Cellulose Corportation 3. or approved equal . . END OF SECTION . 09212 SPRAY -ON ACOUSTICAL FINISH 40f4 . . . . . . . . . . . . Southold Animal Shelter 1/3\107 09250 GYPSUM and CEMENT WALLBOARD PART 1: GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE Fa WORK: Including all labor, materials, equipment and services for complete installation and/or patching of walls and ceilings as shown on Drawings or specified. Water-resistant GWB at bathrooms and showers. Cement backer board or substrate as recommended by manufacturer will be used for acoustic treatment. 1.2 RELATED SECCTIONS 06100 Rough Carpentry 09210 Spray Acoustical Cement Coating 09212 Spray Acoustical Finish 1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS Quality Standards: Comply with "Recommended Spec. for the Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board," GA-216, by USG, except where more detailed or more stringent requirements are indicated or by the manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. A. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): 1. AI08.11, American National Standard for Interior Installation of Cementitious Backer Units. . B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. C 473, Test Methods for Physical Testing of Gypsum Panel Products. 2. C 514, Specification for Nails for the Application of Gypsum Wallboard. 3. C 645, Specification for Non-Load (Axial) Bearing Steel Studs, Rwmers (Track), and Rigid Furring Channels for Screw Application of Gypsum Board. 4. C 840, Specification for Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board. 5. C 1002, Specification for Steel Drill Screws for the Application of Gypsum Board or Metal Plaster Bases. 6. C 1047, Specification for Accessories for Gypsum Wallboard and Gypsum Veneer Base. 7. C 1280, Specification for Application of Gypsum Sheathing Board. 8. C 1396, Specification for Gypsum Board. 9. C 1629, Classification for Abuse-Resistant Nondecorated Interior Gypsum Panel Products and Fiber-Reinforced Cement Panels. 10. D 3273, Test Method for Resistance to Growth of Mold on the Surface of Interior Coatings in an Environmental Chamber. 11. D 5420, Test Method for Impact Resistance of Flat, Rigid Plastic Specimen by Means of a Striker Impacted by a Falling Weight (Gardner Impact) 12. E 695, Standard Method of Measuring Relative Resistance of Wall, Floor, and Roof Construction to Impact Loading. C. Gypsum Association (GA): 1. GA-2l4, Recommended Specifications: Levels of Gypsum Board Finish. 09250 GYPSUM WALLBOARD lof4 Southold Animal Shelter 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product data and MSDS sheets, installation instructions. B. Samples (3 each of type) 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Single-Source Responsibility: Obtain gypsum board products, joint treatment products, and textured coatings from a single manufacturer. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Packaging and Shipping: Have materials shipped in manufacturer's original packages showing manufacturer's name and product brand name. B. Storage and Protection: Store materials inside and protected from damage by the elements. Protect ends, edges, and faces of gypsum boards from damage. Protect steel studs and accessories from bending. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Requirements: Establish and maintain application and finishing environment in accordance with ASTM C 840. PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.1 Mold-Resistant Board fire resistant board: Gold Bond Brand XI' Wallboard ASTM C36, 5/8" thick typical unless otherwise noted. Provide boards with long edge tapered for joint treatment. 2.2 Water-Resistant Gypsum Wallboard, ASTM C-630, at all Bathroom and shower walls and ceilings. Provide boards with long edge tapered for joint treatment. 2.3 Cementitious backer board: ANSI AI18.9. Install cementitious board at the walls and ceilings with acoustic treatment. Ensure compatibility with acoustic treatment before installation. y," Hardi Backer Board by James Hardie. 2.4 Galvanized steel comer bead with metal flange and casing bead of beaded-nose flange type, with flange for joint treatment. 2.5 Extruded Aluminum transition trim: #967-CT-58 by Gordon Inc. (tel. 318 747 8954) PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 Trim drywall at external comers with comer beads; provide casing beads at edges of drywall, and wherever drywall abuts flush with other wall or ceiling finish. 3.02 Provide flush joint treatment and screw-head treatment for exposed drywall work; Apply tape and compound in not less than three (3) applications, sanding smooth after the last two. Follow manufacturer's directions. 09250 GYPSUM WALLBOARD 1/31/07 . . . . . . . . . . 20f4 . . Southold Animal Shelter 3.03 . . . . . . . . . . Cut openings in wallboard for electrical devices and other penetrations. All openings to be straight. Maintain close tolerances so that edges will be covered by plates and escutcheons. Cut both face and back paper. Seal sides and back of electrical boxes and phone connectors completely, closing openings and joints with taping compound. END OF SECTION 09250 GYPSUM WALLBOARD 1/31/07 30f4 Southold Aoimal Shelter 1131107 . . . . . . . . . . 09250 GYPSUM WALLBOARD 40f4 . . Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 SECTION 09670 FLUID-APPLIED FLOORING . PART 1- GENERAL . 1.1 SUMMARY A. Concrete floor leveling and preparation for fluid-applied flooring and coves. B. Seamless, trowel applied monolithic epoxy resin composition flooring, coves and wall coating. C. Seamless, trowel applied decorative epoxy resin composition flooring and coves. D. Seamless, trowel applied waterproof epoxy resin composition flooring and coves. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS: Section 03xxx - Masonry units Section 09980 - Coatings for Concrete and Masonry Division 15000 - Mechanical and Plumbing Work. . . 1.3 REFERENCES A.C.r. #403; Bond Strength ASTM C-307: Tensile Strength of Chemical-Resistant Mortar, Grouts, and Monolithic Surfacing. ASTM C-580: Flexural Strength of Chemical-Resistant Mortar, Grouts, and Monolithic Surfacing. ASTM C-579: Compressive Strength of Chemical-Resistant Mortar, Grouts, and Monolithic Surfacing. ASTM D-635: Rate of Burning and/or Extent of Time of Burning of Self-Supporting Plastics in a Horizontal Position (Flammability). ASTM D-1044; Resistance of Transparent Plastics to Surface Abrasion ASTM D-2240; Rubber Property - Durometer Hardness ASTM D 4259; Standard Practice for Abrading concrete ASTM 0 4263; Indicating Moisture in Concrete by the Plastic Sheet Method MIL-D-3134; Water Absorption MIL-D-3134, Para 4.7.3; Indentation Characteristics ASTM F 1869 - Measuring Moisture Vapor Emission Rate of Concrete Subfloor Using Anhydrous Calcium Chloride. International Concrete Repair Institute (ICR!) Guideline No. 03732 - Selecting and Specifying Concrete Surface Preparation for Sealers, Coatings, and Polymer Overlays. SSPC-SP 13/NACE6; Surface Preparation of Concrete DEFINITIONS A.Dry Film Thickness (OFT) Thickness of coat of paint in a fully cured state measured in mils (111000 inch) . . . . 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with Section 01330. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate room layout, specific details for coved base, and control and expansion joint treatment. C. Product Data: Provide Manufacture's product literature, MSDS sheets, and complete technical data for each coating covering components used in Work in addition to color options. D. Samples: 2'-0" by 2'-0" Sample on plywood of finished floor for approval of final texture and color prior to commencement of Work. E. Where scheduled, incorporate full height section of integral base and color change detail. Installation Instructions: Provide Manufacture's instructions covering aspects of product installation. F. Maintenance Data: Provide Manufacture's product maintenance literature. . . 09670 FLUID-APPLIED FLOORING lof5 Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 G. Applicator Approval: Provide written documentation indicating Manufacture's approval of Applicator. \ Submit list of minimum of five installations, identifying project name, location, owner and contractor with contact information, date of completion. Submit sample of manufacturer's and installers' standard warranty. H. 1. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Applicator Qualifications: Submit documentation indicating that applicator has successfully completed epoxy flooring manufacturer's training program and is currently an approved applicator of epoxy flooring manufacturer. Actual installer shall be an approved applicator. B. Mock-Up: Construct separate mock-up panels for each type texture, and color of epoxy floor finish material required. Mock-up panels size: Minimum 5 foot by 5 foot. Locate mock-up panels where designated by Architect. Do not commence general installation of epoxy flooring until mock-up panels have been reviewed and approved by Owner and Architect. Notify Owner and Architect 7 days in advance of date that mock-ups will be erected. Approved mock-up panels will be used as standard by which acceptability of the general installation will be judged. Do not alter or remove approved mock-up panels until directed by Architect. C. Manufacturer's site inspection. As requested by the Client or Representative, have manufacturer's inspection of substrate condition and installation techniques. D. Preapplication meeting Convene a meeting with manufacturer, installer, designer and client to review: Enviromnental requirements Protection of surfaces not scheduled to be coated Surface preparation Application Repair Field Quality control Cleaning Protection of coating systems One-year inspection Coordination with other work 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING Comply with Section 01600 in addition to manufacturer's recommendations. All coatings to be labeled with color, number, batch or lot number, date of manufacture, mixing and thinning instructions. Keep sealed until use. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS Enviromnental Requirements: Maintain substrate temperature at a minimum of 55 degrees F for 48 hours prior to, during, and 48 hours after completion of Work. Install at a temperature 5 degrees above the dew point and prepare within manufacturer's acceptable range of relative humidity. Provide adequate ventilation during application of epoxy flooring. Ensute'that concrete slab is fully cured and dry. Schedule work to avoid excessive dust and airborne contaminants and protect during curing. 09670 FLUID-APPLIED FLOORlNG 20f5 . . . . . . . . . . . . Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 . 1.8 SPECIAL WARRANTY Provide 5 year manufacturer's written warranty under provisions of Section 01795. Special Warranty: Warrant materials and workmanship against defects after completion and final acceptance of Wark. Repair defects from faulty materials or workmanship developed during the guarantee period, or replace with new materials, at no expense to Owner. PART 2 PRODUCTS . 2.1 MANUFACTURERS Acceptable Manufacturers: Kev-Gard, Inc. T 888 5384273 (environmentally superior, therefore preferred) . American Hi-Tech Flooring (Second Choice) _ Others: Dex-O-Tex Garon General Polymers H. B. Fuller Co. Selby Battersby and Co Stonehard Inc. Tnemec Or approved equal . . 2.2 MATERIALS Resinous Flooring Characteristics: Compressive Strength: 10,000 PSI when tested per ASTM C579. Tensile Strength: 1640 PSI when tested per ASTM C307. Indentation Characteristics (Impacted Load): No chipping, cracking, or loss of adhesion (indentation 0.024 inch) when tested per MIL-D-3134, Paragraph 4.7.3. Flexural Strength: 3500 PSI when tested per ASTM C580. Abrasion Resistance: 70-90 gr when tested per ASTM D4060. Water Absorption: 0.3 percent when tested per MIL-D3134. Surface Hardness: 70/65 Shore "D" when tested per ASTM D2240. Flammability: Self extinguishing when tested per ASTM D 635. Resistant to bleach and urine Bond Strength: >400 psi as per ASTM D4541 . . 2.3 DECORATIVE RESINOUS FLOORING More than one color will be used. . Kev-Kote epoxy flooring American Hi-Tech Flooring Industrial Epoxy Flooring Troweled epoxy with covebase, as per manufacturer's directions for preparation and coating. (Can bridge expansion joints) . General Polymers CERAMIC CARPET #400-425: 1/8" Decorative Broadcast Flooring System (SlurrylBroadcast), consisting of 3579 Penetrating Primer as the primer, Flexible epoxy membrane as recommended by manufacturer, 3561 Epoxy Resin Glaze with 5350 Trafficote filler as the slurry, 5900F Ceramic Granules (Fine Grade) as the seed, 3744 High Performance CR Epoxy as the grout. Quartz aggregate granule color selected by Architect from full color range. . 09670 FLUID-APPLIED FLOORING 30f5 Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 . Topcoat: #425-CR 3744 NOVO-FLO Chemical Resistant Epoxy, semi gloss Tnemec Decorative quartz epoxy system 201 Epoxoprime (6-8 mils), 207 Sub-Flex DR (elastomeric polyurethane membrane), Series 223 Deco-Trowel (1/4") with Series 284 Deco-Clear finish coat (8-10 mil) . Or Approved equal PART 3: EXECUTION . 3.1 EXAMINATION Examine areas and conditions under which Work of this Section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of Work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Examine concrete substrate prior to commencing installation of special flooring system. Concrete substrate must be clean, crack free, sound, and durable. Finish concrete with wet light trowel finish and as recommended by flooring manufacturer. Allow concrete to cure a minimum of 28 days prior to commencing installation. Report observed deficiencies in substrate to Architect in writing. . . 3.2 PREPARATION Prepare surfaces by careful and thorough removal of laitance, grease, and other foreign matter that could interfere with bond. Remove such materials by steel' shot blasting, grit blasting, or other method approved by special flooring manufacturer. Bond and moisture test Test: Conduct bond test after surface preparation is complete and before placement of primer. Perform bond test per special flooring manufacturer's instructions. Prefill surface irregularities, holes, and cracks per manufacturer's installation instructions. Commencement of Work signifies acceptance of existing .surfaces. Protect adjacent surfaces as necessary to prevent damage during application of special flooring. Immediately remove coatings that fall on surrounding areas. . . 3.3 INSTALLATION Apply bonding coat by trowel and manufacture's recommendations. Apply body coat per manufacture's recommendations. Apply grout coat as required to fill voids. Apply final finish dressing coats in color and texture as selected by Architect. . 3.4 EPOXY FLOORING - INSTALLATION Install cove per manufacturer's instructions and approved Shop Drawings. Provide fiberglass bridging for exterior wall connection. Provide separation strip between colors or as per manufacturer's direction. Apply bonding coat by trowel per manufacture's installation instructions. Apply aggregate and resin body coat to nominal thickness per manufacture's recommendations. Apply grout coat as required to fill voids. Apply slip resistant finish coat in color and texture as selected by Architect and per manufacturer's installation instructions and approved mock-ups. . 3.5 TOLERANCES Maintain tolerances as recommended by manufacturer. System thickness stated are minimums. . 09670 FLUID-APPLIED FLOORING 40f5 . . Southold Animal Shelter 1/31107 . 3.6 CLEANING AND REPAIR Provide final cleaning for floor and components. Repair any damaged materials or surfaces not schedules to be coated. Touch-up and repair damaged coatings. Recoat entire surface where touch-u result IS visibly different in sheen, texture or color. Repeat inspection and any touch up one year after installation. END OF SECTION . . . . . . . . . 09670 FLUID-APPLIED FLOORING 50f5 . Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 SECTION 09900 PAINTING . PART 1- - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY . A. Surface preparation and field application of paints and coatings, as indicated on Drawings and specified herein. See finish schedule on drawings and elevations. Includes the coating of: 1. Wood coatings (shelves for pallet, shelves for prep room) -- clear . 2. Concrete walls - clear 3. Concrete walls -- epoxy 4. Metal doors and frames . 5. Gypsum wallboard 6. Exterior wood rafters and battens at kennels, cat terraces and entries. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS . A. Section 03xxx - NRG Concrete Masonry Units B. Section 08110 - Steel Doors and Frames C. Section 08510 - Steel Windows and Doors . D. Section 1600 - Mechanical (for ductwork & piping coatings) 1.3 REFERENCES . 1.4 DEFINITIONS A. Paint: As used herein, means coating system materials, including primers, emulsions, epoxy, enamels, stains, sealers, fillers, and other applied materials, whether used as primer, . intermediate, or finished coats. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with Section 01330. . . 09900 PAINTING lof9 Southold Animal Shelter 1131/07 . 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications: I. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing quality paint and finish products as specified in this Section with minimum 5 years documented experience. 2. Applicator: Company specializing in commercial painting and finishing products as specified in this Section with minimum 5 years documented experience. 3. Test panels of all coatings on substrate to be used. . . B. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Fire Performance Characteristics: Tested per ASTM E84 a. Flame spread: 25 or less. b. Smoke Developed: 450 or less. C. . Paint Coordination: 1. Provide finish coats that are compatible with prime coats actually used. 2. Review other Sections of these Specifications as required, verifying prime coats to be used, and assuring compatibility of total coating system for various substrata. 3. Upon request by Architect, provide information on characteristics of specific finish materials to assure that compatible prime coats are used. 4. Provide barrier coats over non-compatible primers, or remove primer and re-prime as required. 5. Notify Architect in writing of anticipated problems in using specified coating systems over prime coatings supplied under other Sections. 6. When painting over top of existing paint, analyze existing paint for type and composition to determine exact preparation and primer to be used with new paint product specified. . . 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Comply with Section 01600. B. Deliver products to site in sealed and labeled containers. Inspect to verify acceptance. . C. Container labeling to include manufacturer's name, type of paint, brand name, brand code, coverage, surface preparation, drying time, cleanup, color designation, and instructions for mixing and reducing. . D. Store paint materials at minimum ambient temperature of 45 degrees F and a maximum of 90 degrees F, in well ventilated area, unless required otherwise by manufacturer's instructions. E. Take precautionary measures to prevent fire hazards and spontaneous combustion. F. Provide lighting level of minimum 80 foot-candles measured mid-height of substrate surface. . 1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Requirements: . 20f9 09900 PAINTING . . Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 1. Provide continuous ventilation and heating facilities to maintain surface and ambient temperatures above 50 degrees F for 24 hours before, during, and 48 hours after application offlllishes, unless required othelWise by manufacturer's instructions. Do not apply exterior coatings during rain or snow, or when relative humidity is above 50 percent, unless required othelWise by manufacturer's instruction. Minimum application temperatures: Unless required othelWise by manufacturer's instructions, meet the following temperature requirements for finish applications: a. Latex: 45 degrees F for interiors; 50 degrees F for exterior. b. 5 degrees above dew point c. Epoxy: 50 degrees d. Or as recommended by manufacturer's directions . 2. 3. . . 1.9 MAINTENANCE A. Extra Materials: Provide extra materials per Section 01780. 1. Upon completion of Work of this Section, deliver to Owner sample stock equaling 1 gallon of each type, in new, unopened, tightly sealed containers, clearly labeled with contents and locations where used. 2. Store in Owner's designated storage area. . B. Maintenance Data: Provide manufacturer's complete maintenance data per Section 01790. PART 2 - - PRODUCTS . 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Refer to Paint Schedule for approved manufacturers. 1. Benjamin Moore Company (Benjamin Moore). . 2. ICI Dulux Paint Stores (Dulux Paint). 3. Pratt and Lambert Paints. 4. Pittsburgh Paint Company. 5. ShelWin-Williams Company. 6. Kev-Gard, Inc . 7. American Hi-Tech Flooring 8. Kryton 9. Dex-o-tex 10. Benjamin Moore Company (Benjamin Moore). 11. ShelWin-Williams Company (General Polymer). 12. Cabot . B. Substitutions: Conform to Section 01630. 2.2 MATERIALS . A. Refer to Paint Schedule for products required of this Section. . 09900 PAINTING 30f9 Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 . 2.3 2.4 2.5 B. Material Compatibility: Provide block fillers, primers, finish coat materials, and related materials that are compatible with one another and the substrates indicated under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by the manufacturer, based on testing and field expenence. . C. Material Quality: Paint material containers not displaying paint manufacturer's product identification will not be accepted. D. Proprietary Names: Use of specified manufacturer's proprietary product names to designate colors or materials is not intended to imply that products named are required to be used to the exclusion of equivalent products of other manufacturers, unless noted by the phrase "No Substitutions" or a similar phrase. Benjamin Moore's color system has been often referenced in the schedule for color reference only. Provide manufacturer's material data and certificates of performance for proposed substitutions. . . E. Undercoats and Thinners: I. Provide undercoat paint produced by same manufacturer as finish coat. 2. Use only thinners recommended by paint manufacturer, and use only to recommended limits. 3. Insofar as practicable, use undercoat, finish coat, and thinner material as parts of a unified system of paint finish. . F. Coatings: Ready mixed, except field catalyzed coatings. Process pigments to a soft paste consistency, capable of being readily and uniformly dispersed to a homogeneous coating. I. Good flow and brushing properties; capable of drying or curing free of streaks or sags. . G. Accessory Materials: Linseed oil, shellac, turpentine, paint thinners, and other materials not specifically indicated but required to achieve finishes specified, of commercial quality. H. Conform to Federal, State, and Local Regulations, including VOCNOS rules at time of application. . FINISHES A. Refer to Schedule and drawings. . APPLICATION EQUIPMENT A. For application of approved paint, use only such equipment as is recommended for application of particular paint by manufacturer of particular paint, and as approved by Architect. B. Prior to use of application equipment, verify that proposed equipment is actually compatible with material to be applied, and that integrity of finish wall will not be jeopardized by use of proposed equipment. . OTHER MATERIALS . A. Provide other materials, not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation, as selected by Contractor and subject to approval of Architect. 09900 PAINTING 40f9 . . Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 PART 3 - - EXECUTION . 3.1 . . . . EXAMINATION A. Examine areas and conditions under which Work ofthis Section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of Work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. B. Verify that surfaces are ready to receive Work as instructed by the product manufacturer. C. Examine surfaces scheduled to be finished prior to commencement of Work. Report conditions that may potentially affect proper application. D. Test shop applied primer for compatibility with subsequent cover materials. E. Measure moisture content of surfaces using an electronic moisture meter. Do not apply [mishes unless moisture content of surfaces are below the following maximums: 1. Veneer Plaster and Gypsum Wallboard: 12 percent. 2. Masonry, Concrete, and Concrete Unit Masonry: 12 percent. 3. Interior Wood: 15 percent, measured per ASTM D2016. F. Review other Sections in which primers are provided to ensure compatibility of total system for various substrates. At request of Architect, furnish information on characteristics of finish materials to ensure use of compatible primers. 1. Notify Architect about anticipated problems using materials specified over substrates primed by others. 3.2 MATERIALS PREPARATION . . . A. General: 1. Mix and prepare paint materials per manufacturer's recommendations as approved by Architect. 2. When materials are not in use, store in tightly covered container. 3. Maintain containers used in storage, mixing, and application of paint in a clean condition, free from foreign materials and residue. 4. Ensure climate, temperature, and humidity meet manufacturer's requirements for application. B. Stirring: 1. Stir materials before application, producing a mixture of uniform density. 2. Do not stir into material films that may form on surface, but remove fihn and, if necessary, strain material before using. 3.3 SURFACE PREPARATION . A. Concrete and unit masonry surfaces scheduled to receive paint [mish: 1. Remove dirt, loose mortar, scale, salt or alkali po~der, and other foreign matter. . 09900 PAINTING 50[9 Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 . 2. Remove oil and grease with a solution of tri-sodium phosphate, rinse well, and allow to dry. Remove stains caused by weathering of corroding metals with a solution of sodium metasilicate after thoroughly wetting with water. Allow to dry. . 3. B. Exterior and Interior Surfaces - New construction and previously painted surfaces: 1. Follow recommended procedures outlined by paint manufacturer for surface preparation of applicable specified surfaces and substrates. C. Remove electrical plates, hardware, light fixture trim, escutcheons, and fittings prior to preparing surfaces or finishing. . D. Correct defects and clean surfaces that affect Work of this Section. Remove existing coatings that exhibit loose surface defects. E. Seal and seal marks that may bleed through surface finishes or prepare according to manufacturer's directions. . F. Impervious Surfaces: I. Remove mildew by scrubbing with solution of tri-sodium phosphate and bleach. 2. Rinse with clean water and allow surface to dry. . 3.4 PROTECTION A. Protect elements surrounding Work of this Section from damage or disfiguration. . B. Repair damage to other surfaces caused by Work of this Section. C. Furnish drop cloths, shields, and protective methods to prevent spray or droppings from disfiguring other surfaces. D. Remove empty paint containers from site on a daily basis. . 3.5 PAINT APPLICATION A. General: . I. Apply paint coatings per manufacturers' written instructions and recommendations. Use applicators and techniques best suited for substrate and type of materials being applied. 2. Touch-up shop applied prime coats that have been damaged, and touch-up bare areas prior to start of finish coat application. 3. Slightly vary the color of succeeding coats. a. Do not apply additional coats until completed coat has been inspected and . approved by Architect. b. Only the inspected and approved coats of paint will be considered in determining number of coats applied. 4. Sand and dust between coats to remove defects visible to unaided eye from distance of 5 feet or follow manufacturer's directions. - B. Drying: 09900 PAINTING 60f9 . Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 . . . . . . . . . 1. Allow sufficient drying time between coats, modifYing period as recommended by material manufactnrer to suit adverse weather conditions. Consider oil-base and oleo-resinous solvent type paint as dry for re-coating when paint feels firm, does not deform or feel sticky under moderate pressure of thumb, and when application of another coat of paint does not cause lifting or loss of adhesion of undercoat. 2. c. Brush Applications: I. Brush out and Work the brush coats onto surface in an even film. 2. Cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, runs, sags, ropiness, and other surface imperfections will not be acceptable. D. Spray Applications: 1. Except as specifically otherwise approved in writing by Architect, confine spray application to metal framework and similar surfaces where hand brush Work would be inferior. 2. Where spray application is used, apply each coat to provide hiding equivalent of brush coats. 3. Do not double back with spray equipment to build up film thickness of2 coats in I pass. E. For completed Work, match approved samples as to texture, color, and coverage. Remove, refinish, or repaint Work not per specified requirements. F. Miscellaneous Surfaces and Procedures: 1. Exposed Mechanical Items: a. Finish electric panels, access doors, conduits, pipes, ducts, grilles, registers, vents, and items of similar nature to match adjacent wall and ceiling surfaces, or as directed by Architect. b. Paint visible duct surfaces behind vents, registers, and grilles "Flat Black". c; Wash metals with solvent, prime, and apply 2 coats of alkyd enamel. 2. Exposed Pipe and Duct Insulation: a. Apply I coat of latex paint on insulation that has been sized or primed under other Sections; apply 2 coats on such surfaces when unprepared. b. Match color of adjacent surfaces. c. Remove band before painting, and replace after painting. 3. Hardware: a. Paint prime coated hardware to match adjacent surfaces. b. Paint metal portions of head seals, jamb seals, and astragal seals to match color of the door frame unless otherwise directed by Architect. See door schedule for colors. 4. Wet Areas: a. In toilet rooms and contiguous areas, add an approved fungicide to paints. G. Prep, prime, and finish paint exposed interior steel and concrete surfaces in areas of new construction. H. Do not paint prefinished items, concealed surfaces, finished metal surfaces, operating parts, and labels. 1. Prefinished items include the following factory-finished components: a. Architectural woodwork and casework. b. Acoustical wall panels. . 09900 PAINTING 70f9 Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 . 3.6 A. B. e. D. E. 2. c. Metal lockers. d. Shelving e. Countertops f. Finished mechanical and electrical equipment. g. Light fixtures. h. Distribution cabinets. Concealed surfaces include walls or ceilings in the following generally inaccessible spaces: a. Furred areas. b. Ceiling plenums. c. Pipe spaces. d. Duct shafts. Finished metal surfaces include the following: a. Anodized aluminum. b. Stainless steel. c. Chromium plate. d. Copper. e. Bronze and brass. Operating parts include moving parts of operating equipment and the following: a. Valve and damper operators. b. Linkages. c. Sensing devices. d. Motor and fan shafts. Labels: Do not paint over Underwriters Laboratories (UL), Factory Mutual (FM), or other code-required labels or equipment name, identification, performance rating, or nomenclature plates. . . . 3. . 4. . 5. CLEANING Comply with Section 01740 As Work proceeds, promptly remove paint where spilled, splashed, or spattered. . During progress of Work maintain premises free of unnecessary accumulation of tools, equipment, surplus materials, and debris. Collect cotton waste, cloths, and material that may constitute a fire hazard, place in closed metal containers and remove daily from site. . Upon completion of Project, remove surplus materials, scaffolds, etc. that relate to Work of this Section, from the premises. Clean window glass free of excess paint and splatters, and remove paint that has been misplaced on other surfaces. . PART 4 - - PAINTING SCHEDULE 4.1 PAINTING SCHEDULE See Finish Schedule on drawings . Paint Type: 09900 PAINTING 80f9 . . Southald Animal Shelter 1/31/07 A. Clear urethane for, pallet shelves, prep wall shelves: 1. Benjamin Moore Stays Clear Acrylic Polyurethane Low Lustre #423 3 coats on wall, 6 coats on counter 2. Or approved equal . B. Concrete Coating I & 2 . Clear, breathable, penetrating coating on concrete (silanes, siloxanes, etc) 1. Exposure: interior and exterior walls, ensure compatibility with integral water repellent 2. Manufacturers: a. Tnemec Prime-a-Pell 200 b. Prosoco Breathable Masonry Coating 11 or other silane/siloxane c. Dow, silanes d. General Polymer Epoxy water emulsion primer/sealer #3477 (32%) c. Or approved equal . . C. Structural Steel Primer and protective coat for exterior structural steel Manufacturer: Tnemec As recommended by manufacturer for conditions. . D. Steel Doors, Windows and Frames Factory baked-on, rust inhibitor prime coat in accordance with ANSI 250.10 Finish Paint to be a latex satin or semi-gloss enamel, such as Benjamin Moore IronClad latex Low Lustre Metal & Wood Ename1363 VerifY with door manufacture to ensure compatibility with primer. See Door schedule for colors . E. Paint for gypsum wallboard Benjamin Moore or equal Eco spec Interior Latex eggshell Enamel and recommended primer . F. Weathering exterior wood stain Cabot's #3244 or 6244 END OF SECTION . . . 09900 PAINTING 90f9 . Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 . SECTION 09965 SPECIAL COATINGS . PART 1- - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY . A. Specialliquid coating systems indicated as scheduled and specified herein. B. Asphaltic emulsions for metal protection and isolation. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS: . . 1.3 A. B. C. D. E. 1.4 A. B. . . . 1.5 . . A. Section 05030 - Shop Preparation and Primer Painting B. Section 09900 - Painting. REFERENCES ASTM D16 - Standard Terminology for Paint, Related Coatings, Materials, and Applications. ASTM D 1187 - Standard Specification for Asphalt-Base Emulsions for Use as Protective Coatings for Metal; 1997 (Re-approved 2002). ASTM D4263 - Standard Test Method for Indicating Moisture in Concrete by the Plastic Sheet Method. ASTM F1869 - Standard Test Method for Measuring Moisture Vapor Emission Rate of Concrete Subfloor Using Anhydrous Calcium Chloride. DEFINITIONS Definition of painting terms shall be in accordance with ASTM D16. Dry Film Thickness (DFT): Thickness ofa coat of paint in fully cured state measured in mils (mm). One mill is 1/1000 inch (0.0254 mm). SUBMITTALS A. Comply with Section 01330. 09965 SPECIAL COATINGS lof8 Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 . 1.6 B. Certification by manufacturer that products supplied comply with local regulations controlling use of volatile organic compounds (VOCs). C. Samples for initial color selection in the form of manufacturer's color charts. . D. Samples for Verification Purposes: I. Provide samples of each color and material to be applied with texture to simulate actual conditions on representative samples of actual substrate. 2. Provide stepped samples defining each separate coat including block fillers and primers. 3. Provide a list of materials and applications for each coat of each sample. Label each sample as to location and application. . E. Instructions: Provide manufacturer's mixing, application, and curing data and instructors. F. . Manufacturer's product data for each coating system specified including block fillers and pnmers. I. Provide manufacturer's technical information including label analysis and instructions for handling, storing, and applying each material proposed for use. 2. List each material and cross-reference specific coating and fmish system, and application. Identify each material by manufacturer's catalog number and general classification. . G. Test Reports: Provide manufacturer's certified test reports showing compliance with specified requirements. MOCK-UP . A. Comply with Section 01450. B. Field Samples: On wall surfaces and other interior and exterior components, duplicate finishes of prepared samples. Provide full-coat fmish samples on at least 16 sq. ft. (1.5 sq. m) of surface or as otherwise required by Architect. 1. Mock-ups approved by Architect may be left in place as part of completed Project. 2. Final acceptance of colors will be from job-applied samples. 3. Architect will select one room, area, or surface to represent surfaces and conditions for each type of coating and substrate to be coated. 4. Upon approval by Architect, mock-ups will serve as standard for work. . . 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Applicator Qualifications: Experienced applicator that has successfully completed coating system applications similar in material and extent to those indicated for this Project. I. Certify in writing that manufacturer has trained technicians utilized for work in this Section. Include in this certification that specialized equipment as required by manufacturer will be used for work in this Section. 2. Provide names and contact information of three clients using a the product in a similar context. . B. . Manufacturer: Certify that manufacturer makes all materials specified by this Section. 09965 SPECIAL COA rINGS 20f8 . . Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 . . F. . G. . 1.8 A. B. . C. . . . 1.9 . C. Single-Source Responsibility: Provide primers and undercoat material produced by same manufacturer as finish coats. D. Fire Rating: Class A Fire Hazard Classification; ASTM E84. E. Material Quality: Provide highest quality grade of various coatings as regularly manufactured by acceptable coating manufacturers. Materials not displaying manufacturer's identification as a best- grade product will not be acceptable. 1. Proprietary Names: Proprietary product names to designate colors are used to set the minimum standard. Where permitted by Architect or Owner, other products that comply with these standards will be accepted in accordance with Section 01630. Coordination of Work: Review other Sections in which substrate are prepared to ensure compatibility of total systems for various substrates. On request, furnish information on characteristics of coating materials to ensure compatibility. Notify Architect of problems anticipated using materials specified. DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING Comply with Section 01600. Protect from freezing. Keep storage area neat and orderly. Take necessary measures to ensure that workers and work areas are protected from fire and health hazards resulting from handling, mixing, and application. Deliver materials to Project site in manufacturer's original, unopened packages and containers bearing manufacturer's name and label, and following information: I. Product name or title of material. 2. Product description, generic classification, or binder type. 3. Manufacturer's stock number and date of manufacturer. 4. Content by volume, pigment, and vehicle constitutes. 5. Thinning instructions. 6. Applications instructions. 7. Color name and number. 8. MPI APL number, if applicable. D. Store materials that are not in use, in tightly covered containers in a well-ventilated area, at a minimum ambient temperature of 50 degrees. F (10 degrees C). Maintain containers used in storage in a clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Requirements: 1. Apply coating only when temperatures of surfaces to be coated and surrounding air temperatures are between 60 degrees F (10 degrees C) and 90 degrees F (32 degrees C). or as otherwise approved by manufacturer a. Do not apply on frozen or frost-filled surfaces. . 09965 SPECIAL COATINGS 30f8 Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 . b. Prevent wide variation of temperature tbat might result in condensation on freshly coated surfaces. Do not apply coating in snow, rain, fog, or mist, when relative humidity exceeds 85 percent, at temperatures less than 5 degrees F (2.8 degrees C) above dew point, or to damp or wet surfaces. . c. B. Provide adequate illumination. C. Provide continuous ventilation and heating facilities to maintain surface and ambient air temperature above 60 degrees F (10 degrees C) to 24 hours before, during and 48 hours after application of coating. . D. Protect surfaces not to be coated. E. . Keep areas broom clean and free of excessive dust. 1.10 SPECIAL WARRANTY A. Provide 5 year manufacturer's written warranty per Section 01795. . B. Warranty: Warrant materials and workmanship against defects after completion and final acceptance of work. I. Repair defects from faulty materials or workmanship developed during tbe warranty period, or replace witb new materials, at no expense to Owner. PART 2 - - PRODUCTS . 2.1 MANUFACTURERS . A. Subject to compliance witb requirements, provide products from the following manufacturer: 1. Kev-Kote Epoxy flooring 2. American Hi-Tech Flooring 3. Tnemec Co., Inc. 4. General Polymers/Sherwin-Williams Co. 5. Dex-o-tex 6. Kryton Inc. 7. Benjamin Moore & Co. 8. Substitutions: Comply witb Section 01630. . B. Products are listed as a standard for quality and generic type. Otber products will not be considered unless approved in writing by Owner or Owner's representative prior to Bidding. . 2.2 MATERIALS A. Provide block fillers, primers, finish coat material, and related materials that are compatible with one another and substrates indicated under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by manufacturer based on testing and field experience. . 09965 SPECIAL COATINGS 4of8 . . Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 2.3 SYSTEMS . A. EPW (on schedule) 100% solid Epoxy Wall See interior elevations for location. See schedule for colors System is to be compatible with an integrated cove flooring system. Depending upon floor choice, this can be the same material as the flooring. 1. 100% solids epoxy wall coating resistant to urine and bleach. . . (note: prefer same material as floor) 2. Surface material: concrete masonry unit 3. Exposure: interior rooms, kennels 4. Colors: as indicated on finish schedule and architect's direction 5. Manufacturers: a. Kev-Kote epoxy Flooring b. American Hi-Tech Flooring Industrial Epoxy Flooring Troweled epoxy with covebase, as per manufacturer's directions for preparation and coating. . c. TNEMEC Troweled, reinforced epoxy d. Dex-o-Tex Wall-Glas Reinforced Epoxy . Wallcote E including anti-microbial biocide, 2 coat thickness, II mil per coat e. General Polymers Saniglaze Fiberglass Reinforced Wall and Ceiling System consisting of3479 Water based Epoxy Wall Coating as primer, 3548P Hi Performance Epoxy Coating, Fiberglass 5.6 oz. Bound Reinforced Fiberglass Cloth as reinforcement, 3548 P High Performance Epoxy coating as saturant, and 4685 W Polycote 100% Solids Polyurethane as finish coat. . . Saniglaze Wall and Ceiling Coating consisting of two coats 3548P High Performance Epoxy coating and 4685W Poly-cote Wall Coating seal coat. f. Kryton: Krystal Epox-15 prime with 2 coats Epox 9 (K-450), seal coat as recommended by manufacturer. . Or approved equal B. Asphaltic base emulsion for coating of all metal in contact with concrete cement or dissimilar metals. To be used on all window and door frames, saddles and other metallic items. . C. Concrete Stain (see painting - silicate coating) for cc and cs . 09965 SPECIAL COATINGS 50f8 Southold Animal Shelter 1/31107 . D. Exterior Concrete Sealer (Option for unfinished exterior concrete) \. Exterior breathable coating, ensure compatibility wi concrete additive 2. Surface material: Concrete masonry unit 3. Manufacturers: a. Kryton: Hydrostop K 770 water repellent sealer wi silanelsiloane compounds b. Tnemec Prime-a-pell 200 c. Or approved equal . . 2.4 EQUIPMENT A. Use only such equipment as is recommended by coating manufacturer for application of particular coating used. . PART 3 - - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION . A. Examine substrates and conditions under which coating will be performed for compliance with requirements for application of coating. B. Do not begin work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. . C. Start of coating will be construed as applicator's acceptance of surfaces and conditions within a particular area. 3.2 PREPARATION . A. Carefully mix and prepare materials according to coating manufacturer's directions. B. Thin as permitted by manufacturer's printed instructions. 3.3 SURFACE PREPARATION . A. Coordinating work: Review Sections in which other coatings are provided to ensure compatibility of total systems for various substrates. On request, furnish information on characteristics of specified finish materials to ensure use of compatible primers. \. NotifY Architect of problems anticipated using coatings specified over substrates primed . by others. B. Preparation: Remove hardware and hardware accessories, plates, machined surfaces, lighting fixtures, and similar items already in place that are not to be coated. Provide surface-applied protection to items for which removal is impractical. 1. Following coating operations in each space or area, reinstall items removed prior to work . and remove protection. 09965 SPECIAL COATINGS 6018 . . Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 . . C. D. Cleaning: Clean substrates of substances that could impair bonds of various coatings in accordance with manufacturers printed instructions. I. Schedule cleaning and coating application so dust and other contaminates from cleaning process will not fail on wet, newly coated surfaces. Surface testing: Before coating is applied, test surface with moisture-testing device. Do not apply coating when moisture content exceeds 12 percent except as may be required by manufacturer of coating materials used. I. Test sufficient area in each space and as often as necessary to determine proper moisture content for application. 2. Test vapor emission rate per ASTM F1869. E. Surface Preparation: Clean and prepare surfaces to be coated according to manufacturer's instructions for each particular substrate condition and as specified. . . . 1. Cementitious Surfaces: Prepare cementitious surfaces to receive special coatings. Remove efflorescence, chalk, dust, dirt, grease, oils, and release agents. Roughen, as required, to remove glaze. a. If hardeners or sealers have been used to improve curing, use mechanical methods to prepare surface. b. Use abrasive blast-cleaning methods if recommended by coating system manufacturer. c. Determine alkalinity and moisture content of surfaces to be coated by performing appropriate tests. Do not apply coatings over surfaces where moisture content exceeds that permitted in manufacturer's printed directions, Provide recommended priming for surfaces to receive special coating. a. Provide barrier coats over incompatible primers or remove and reprime. Sand and reprime abrasions and damage spots in surface of prime coat before proceeding with subsequent finish coats. 2. 3. F. Remove and neutralize mildew. . 3.4 . . A. B. c. APPLICATION Application: Apply special coatings according to manufacturer's directions for appropriate substrates. Scheduling Coating: Apply first coat to surfaces that have been cleaned, pretreated, or otherwise prepared for coating as soon as practicable and before subsequent surface deterioration. Allow sufficient drying time between successive coats. Do not receipt until coating has dried. Application Procedures: Apply special coating material by using 2-step, base coat, pattern coat technique or as otherwise recommened by Manufacturer. D. Apply materials under adequate illumination, evenly spread, and smoothly applied, free of runs, sags, holidays, lap marks, air bubbles, and pinholes to assure a smooth finish. . E. Reprime sections of hot spots prior to applying special coating. . 09965 SPECIAL COATINGS 70f8 Southold Animal Shelter 3.5 A. B. C. D. 3.6 A. 3.7 1/31/07 . F. Minimum Coating Thickness: Apply materials at manufacturer's recommended spreading rate. Provide total dry film thickness of entire system as recommended by manufacturer. G. . Prime Coats: Where scheduled, apply a prime coat of material, as recommended by manufacturer. Recoat primed and sealed substrates where there is evidence of suction spots or unsealed areas in first coat to ensure a finish coat with no bum-through or other defects due to insufficient sealing. H. Finish Coats: Apply intermediate and finish coats as scheduled for each application. Coats scheduled are field-applied coats, and are in addition to prime coats or special preparation. . I. Completed work: Match approved samples for color, texture, and converge. Sand and apply additional coats to work not complying with specified requirements until satisfactory finish in achieved. . INSPECTION AND SCHEDULE Maintain schedule of application in field office for Architect's review. Include on schedule of application, list of material batch numbers for special coating material during course of Proj ect. . Request acceptance by Owner's Representative of each coat before applying succeeding coats. Touch-up and repair work that is not acceptable to Architect and request final acceptance. . CLEANING At the end of each workday, remove empty cans, rags, rubbish, and other discarded materials from site. 1. Upon completion of special coating, clean glass and spattered surfaces. Remove spattered coating material by washing and scraping, using care not to scratch or damage adjacent finished surfaces. . PROTECTION . A. Protect work of other trades against damage by this work. Correct damage by cleaning, repairing, or replacing, as acceptable to Architect. B. Signs: Provide "Wet Paint" signs to protect newly coated finishes. C. . Remove temporary protective wrappings provided by others for protection of their work, after completing coating operations. D. At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or defected coated surfaces. END OF SECTION . 09965 SPECIAL COATINGS 80f8 . . Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 . SECTION 10400 SIGNAGE PART 1 - - GENERAL . 1.1 SUMMARY A. Exterior non-illuminated signage. B. Interior non-illuminated directional and information surface mounted signage. . C. Individual cast or formed metal lettering. D. Exit signs E. Anchorage, accessories and fasteners for signage. . 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS: A. Electrical Division 16 . 1.3 A. B. e. D. E. F. . . REFERENCES AMP: Architectural Metal Products (Division ofNAAMM). ANSI A117.! 1998: Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities ASTM A 167 - Standard Specification for Stainless and Heat-Resisting Chromium-Nickel Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip. ASTM B 108 - Standard Specification for Aluminum-Alloy Permanent Mold Castings. ASTM B 209 - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate NAAMM: The National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers. . 1.4 DEFINITIONS . A. Terms: 1. Braille: Grade 2 Braille including 189 part-word or whole word contractions in addition to Grade 1 Braille 63 characters. Tactile is required whenever braille is required; see SYSTEM DESCRIPTION Article below. 2. Non-tactile: Letters and numbers on signs with width-to-height ratio between 3:5 and 1: 1 and stroke width ratio between 1:5 and 1: 10 using upper case "X" to calculate ratios. Use . 10400 SIGNAGE 1 of? Southold Auimal Shelter 1/31/07 . typestyles with medium weight; upper and lower case lettering is permitted; seriftypestyles are permitted. See SYSTEM DESCRIPTION Article below. 3. Symbols: Symbol itself is not required to be tactile but equivalent verbal description is required both in tactile letters and braille. 4. Tactile: 1/32" raised capital letters without serifs at least 5/8" height and not more than 2" height based on upper case "X". Braille is required whenever tactile is required; see SYSTEM DESCRIPTION Article below. . 1.5 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION . A. Provide room identification and directional signage as required by the Drawings, Schedules or as required by governing codes and regulations. B. Interior Code Mandated Signage: Provide signage as required by accessibility regulations and requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. These include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Room Capacity. 2. Toilet rooms 3. Exit signs (see electrical division) . . C. Provide exterior building signs as required by the Drawings, Schedules or as required by governing codes and regulations. D. Provide poster frames for removable inserts (8.5" x 11", portrait) (20) E. ADA design requirements: 1. Signage requiring tactile graphics: a. Wall mounted signs designating permanent rooms and spaces such as, room names, restroom, department, office, and fire exit identifications. b. Individually applied characters are prohibited. 2. Signage not requiring tactile graphics but require compliance to other ADA requirements: All other signs providing direction to or information about function of space such as, directional signs (signs with arrow), informational signs (operating hours, policies, etc.), regulatory signs (no smoking, do not enter), and ceiling and projected wall mount signs. . . F. ADA performance requirements: 1. Tactile graphics signs mounting requirements: a. Single doors: Mount 60" to sign centerline above finish floor and on wall adjacent to latch side of door. b. Openings: Mount 60" to sign centerline above finish floor adjacent opening. . 1.6 SUBMITTALS . A. Comply with Section 01330. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate sign styles, lettering, locations, overall dimensions of each sign, and mounting system. 1. Computerized Output: Furnish computerized samples of applied copy signs and graphics at full scale duplicating final appearance. . 10400 SIGNAGE 20f7 . . Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 2. Wiring Diagrams: For signs with illuminated characters. . C. Product Data: Furnish manufacturer's literature; indicate each sign type, style, color and method of attachment. D. Samples: Full size Samples illustrating sign type, style, and color specified including method of attachment. . E. Mock-up: Refer to schedule for mock-up requirements and scale. F. Manufacturer's written installation and cleaning instructions. . 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Comply with Section 01600. B. Package signs, labeled in name groups. C Store adhesive tape at ambient room temperatures. 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with Section 01430. . . B. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Comply with requirements of the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) for interior directional and way-fmding signs . C. Signage supplier and installer shall be responsible for design, layout, and location of sign systems as it relates to compliance with local fire and life safety codes. . D. The fabricator and installer of each type of sign shall be experienced in this type of work. Sign fabrication and installation shall be their primary business. Design of installation, internal structure, mounting assemblies and foundations by Contractor. Contractor shall submit two sets of comprehensive shop drawings incorporating an adequate foundation or mounting structure for all sign components given site conditions The sign contractor shall at his expense submit calculations, stamped by the appropriate Engineer registered in the state ofFinallnstallation for all structural members, including foundations for Owner's review. Basis for calculation of member sizes and connections: American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC), American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI), and Aluminum Association (AA) design criteria. . E. 1. 2. . 3. Lighted Signs: Comply with UL component requirements, NFP A assembly requirements and NECA installation requirements complying with local governing building and electrical codes. Lamp Emission: All lighting fixtures/sources shall emit a color balanced, consistent and uniform light with no browning, flickering, holding, or other uneven effect. Electrical Hardware: All transformers and electrical hardware shall be concealed, non- audible and non-visible to pedestrian and vehicular traffic. . 10400 SlGNAGE 30f7 Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 . F. Each type of signage shall be fabricated and installed by one firm as a single source responsibility. G. Verify content with client before manufactnre. . H. Coordinate delivery for immediate installation after relevant finishes have cured. 1.9 PROJECT CONDITIONS . A. Comply with section 01600. B. Environmental Requirements: 1. Do not install interior plastic signs until ambient conditioned spaces are maintained at a temperature of at least 70 degrees F. Maintain this minimum temperatnre during and after installation of signs. . 1.10 WARRANTY A. Warranty: . 1. Warrant materials and workmanship against defects after completion and fmal acceptance of the Work for period of five years. 2. Repair defects from faulty materials or workmanship developed during the correction period, or replace with new materials, at no expense to Owner. 3. Warrant factory applied painted finishes against chip, peel, crack and fade. 4. . Delaminating of any part of the signs or sign face lettering. 5. Cupping, warping, or dishing of sign panel face. 6. Bubbling, crazing, chalking, or rusting or other deterioration of the sign face or of the message or ofthe edge fmish of the paint. 7. Corrosion developing beneath paint surfaces or the support systems. 8. Corrosion of fasteners. 9. Movement of the signs from their foundation or support. The signs shall remain true and plumb on the support. . . B . Warrant that sign installation complies with local governing codes and A.D.A. requirements. . PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS . A. Signage shall be proprietary as manufactured by one of the following approved manufactnrers with the materials specified herein and on the Drawings: 1. Approved local signage shop. 2. Advance Corp., Braille-Tac Div. 3. Advance Printing Products. 4. Allenite Architectnral Signs Systems. 5. APCO Graphics. 6. Best Mfg. Sign Systems. . 10400 SIGNAGE 40f7 . . Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 . . . C. D. 2.2 A. 1. 2. 3. B. 1. 2. 3. 4. C. 1. D. 1. 2. 3. 4. E. . . . . . . 7. Ben Meadows Company 8. Or equal B. Plaques and individual letters shall be proprietary as manufactured by one of the following approved manufacturers with the materials specified herein and on the Drawings: 1. Approved local signage shop. 2. Art in Bronze. 3. Gemini Incorporated. 4.0MC Industries, Inc.. Castings shall be free of all defects including sand holes, pits, and scaling. Signage and plaques shall be custom fabricated by an approved signage shop with the materials specified herein and on the Drawings: PRODUCTS: See drawings for sign schedule Exterior individually mounted letters Bronze letters by Gemini or equal Natural stain, upper case, Helvetica Letters and images cut out from plate material shall be of the size, shape, and detail per the Drawings, approved shop drawings, mock ups and/or samples of materials noted in the Schedule. Exterior informational signs Single line edge, raised letters by Gemini or equal. See schedule and drawings for details. At metal signs, fill recess with enamel paint in the approved color. Provide clear coated, oven-baked acrylic polyurethane finish. Castings shall be free of all defects including sand holes, pits, and scaling. Traffic Signs Enamel on steel as manufactured by Ben Meadows Co or equal. Inside plaques: Accord modular sign system by APCO (404 688 900, both end clip system and side track system, using a combination of permanent signs (with tactile feature) and slide-in signs for paper inserts. Face: Phenolic sheet with photopolymer fused to one side: Thickness: .125" (118"). Clear Lens with ADA Band, a thin photo etched plastic laminate to an area of the clear lens. Track system: anodized aluminum Poster displays Poster display units for 12" x II" paper/card inserts as manufactured by APCO, product # FVS 1212 (V) F. Pin-up Board 12" h x 18" w side track system by APCP, item number APB1218. 2.3 MATERIALS A. Cast acrylic sheets complying with ASTM D4802. B. Commercial bronze plate, C22000 alloy. . 10400 SIGNAGE 50f7 Southold Animal Shelter 1131107 . C. Bronze casting complying with ASTM B 584. 2.4 FABRICATION OF EXTERIOR SIGNAGE A. Wind load: Design exterior signs and anchorage systems to resist wind loads up to 120 MPH without permanent damage. Wind load of 40 psf of surface area. B. Thermal load: Engineer signs capable of withstanding ambient temperature range from minus 10 degrees F. to plus 120 degrees F. with no permanent damage or deterioration. C. Live load: Engineer signs, supports, and connections to withstand hanging live load of200 pounds in addition to dead loads. D. Safety Factors: Safety factors applied to the engineering desigus provided by the manufacturer shall be determined by the manufacturer. Minimum safety factor of two shall be applied to siguage support fasteners for shear and withdraw forces. E. Shop Assembly of Exterior Signs: F. Construct signs to be weather tight and to withstand desigu loads. G. Conceal fasteners such as screws, bolts, and rivets wherever possible. H. Use metals and shapes of sufficient thickness, with reinforcing if needed, to produce surface flatness, free of "oil canning", and to provide sufficient strength for size, desigu, and application intended. I. Provide heavier metal gauges, stiffeners, or metal backing, if necessary, to prevent "oil canning" or to provide sufficient strength to fabricated items. J. Stated dimensions on Drawings take precedence over scaled dimensions. K. Fabricate with Heli-arc or MIG welding process with all visible seams continuously welded, filled and ground smooth. All blinds, folds, and curves shall be geometrically correct and produced by a consistent mechanical method. L. Sheet metal shall have break formed edges with radii no greater than the sheet thickness unless shown otherwise. Adjacent sheets shall have edges with similar radii. 2.5 FABRICATION OF SIGNAGE, GENERAL A. ShoplFactory Finish: 1. Evenly apply inks and paints without pinholes, scratches, orange peeling, and application marks. 2. Color and sheen: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of standard colors. 3. Painted surfaces shall be primed. B. Each sigu shall include the lettering and images in the font, style and size as noted on the Drawings, Siguage Schedule, and reviewed shop drawings. C. Signs shall be fabricated with precise tooling free of burrs, scratches, and other defects. D. Sigus shall be fabricated as per the details on the Drawings, reviewed shop drawings, and/or approved mock ups. E. Ensure that sigu fabrication complies with all local codes and A.D.A. requirements. F. Lettering and numbering shall be fastened with concealed fasteners unless specifically detailed otherwise. G. There shall be no visible labels, manufacturer's or otherwise, code pennitting, on the completed sigus. Iflabels are required, a sample label and intended location must be submitted for Designer review, prior to application . . . . . . . . 2.6 ACCESSORIES A. Anchors for signage shall be non-corrosive anchors or inserts designed to accommodate the fastening requirements of the siguage being installed. B. Provide anchors that are to be installed into concrete or masonry. . 10400 SIGNAGE 60f7 . . Southold Animal Shelter 1/31107 C. Fasteners shall be non-corrosive and shall be compatible with the metal of the sign and the substrate. . PART 3- EXECUTION . 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas and conditions under which Work of this Section will be performed. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. . B. Coordinate work of this section with work of other sections in order that adjacent and adjoining work do not prevent proper installation. C. Prior to installation of finish wall surfaces, verify that blocking type and location for signage is in place. D. Coordinate structural support with signage shop drawings. Provide attachment templates for structural fabrication and installation. E. Beginning of installation means installer accepts existing surfaces. . . 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install identifying devices per manufacturer's instructions free from distortions and defects. B. Locate interior identification signs on wall surface at strike side of door or on door, as indicated. C. Mount signs centered at 58" above finished floor. D. Location: Refer to Schedule and drawings. E. Install centered and level, in line, in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and ADA requirements. F. Clean and polish, remove excess adhesive. G. Install signs on walls after surfaces on which they are to be mounted are painted and finished and secure to substrate. H. Location: Install level, in line, in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and ADA requirements to allow a person to approach within 3" of signs without being within a door swing. I. Clean and polish, remove excess adhesive. 1. Braille Exit Door Signs: Install at doors with lighted "EXIT" signs; apply after walls are finished. K. Install cast metal letters with specified fastening method, and per manufacturer's instructions. . . . 3.3 CLEANING A. Clean Work per Section 01740. B. Clean and polish finished surfaces. 3.4 SCHEDULE See schedule on drawings. END OF SECTION . . 10400 SIGNAGE 7 of? . . Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 . SECTION 11000 MODULAR KENNEL SYSTEMS PART I GENERAL . 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Extent of modular kennel system is as follows: . 1. Fencing, doors, etc., for dog runs as indicated on the drawings in association with the structural concrete insulated panel. 2. Miscellaneous accessories as listed in this section and all necessary angles and attachments for a fully operational system. . 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Single Source Responsibility: Obtain modular kennel system from a single manufacturer as complete units, including necessary mounting hardware and accessories. 1.03 GUARANTEES AND WARRANTIES . A. Provide ten year warranty signed by the manufacturer, installer, and contractor. The warranty shall include the repair and/or replacement of the caging system which fails in materials or workmanship including, but not limited to, breaking of welds, deterioration of metals. . 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data for each manufacturer indicating what will be provide by that manufacturer. . B. Detailed Shop Drawings: Submit detailed shop drawings of all components including attachments to adjacent construction and to each other. Drawings shall include not less than plans, elevations, all connection details, and accessories details. C. Detailed information on materials including gage of metals, finishes, size of mesh openings, etc. . 1.05 MOCK UP CAGES . A. Install one complete assembly of both a typical dog run, cages and cat condos for approval by the Owner. Coordinate installation of the mock kennel system components with masonry work described on the drawings and masonry specifications. Samples may 11000 MODULAR KENNEL SYSTEMS lof4 . . Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 be incorporated into the construction of the project. . 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Do not deliver kennel systems until building is prepared for complete installation and all submittals are approved. B. Protect kennel systems from damage during delivery, handling, storage and installation. . PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 KENNEL SYSTEM . A. Provide Modular Kennel System as manufactured by T-Kennel or approved equal, panel type with wire mesh above panel, top cover, front /gates. No back panel or floor. Adjustable side to follow sloped floor. B. Guillotine doors shall be manufacture red by T -Kennel or The Mason Company . 2.02 COMPONENTS A. Welds: All comers shall be electrically precision welded under pressure. All welds shall be ground, cleaned and provided with two zinc coatings. Coatings shall be of hot dipped, galvanized coatings of 95% pure zinc. . B. Frame Closures: Provide standard frame closers on all exposed ends of frame runs not specifically terminated. c. Latch: The latch is to be a heavy-duty double-positive latch assembly incorporating an acetal@ bushing for long lasting, quiet operation. The bottom of the latch shall accept a lock. The latch shall be moveable for infout movement. . E. Stall Fronts: 1. All frame work shall be made from I" x I" .065 galvanized steel tubing. Swing gate shall be factory-installed in frame. All the comers on the frames and doors shall be precision welded, ground, cleaned and provided with two coatings of hot dipped, galvanized coatings of95% pure zinc. Horizontal brace pipe shall be placed outside fabric for rigid support. The fabric shall be as specified below. The fabric shall be stretched tight and attached to the frame at every intersection with 13 gauge lacing wire. . . 2. Where indicated on the drawings, each stall front shall have a 2-1/2 quart 22 gauge stainless steel bowl built into the fixed portion, easily accessible from the outside of the run. The bowl will rest on a curved stainless steel bracket . 11000 MODULAR KENNEL SYSTEMS 20f4 . . Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 . extending into the cage. The retainer shall be of a swiveling pendant design, and shall be easily adjusted. Each bowl insert shall be supplemented with an extra 2- 112 quart bowl. Should there is no indication of the bowls on the drawings, however, the location of the bowls and card holder shall be verified by the shop drawings. . 3. There shall. be no bottom rail extending across the kennel front. F. Gates: Shall be as follows: 1 . Swing of gate shall be verified upon shop drawing review. . 3. There shall be no bottom rail extending across the kennel front for the door system. Additional wall brackets shall be provided for securing door frame. G Security Top Covers: Security top covers shall be of hot dip galvanized seven gauge slotted and welded wire. 4" x 4" angle steel. . H Mesh: Use hot dipped galvanized after fabrication mesh as follows: I. 1. 1-1/8" x seven gauge slotted wire for all dog runs. Panels Provide panel, wall, brace tubing and triple clamps, legs and hinges as provided by the manufacturer for the complete installation of the system. . 1. Inside panels constructed of two seets of .093"-4' high acrylic PVC with I" foam sandwiched between and sealed to frame. Drop bar at bottom of all side panels. Framed slotted wire panels above panel. Exterior panels constructed of one sheet of .187 acrylic PVC with drop bar bottom. . 2. J. The guillotine door shall be included in the base bid. Door shall be by T -Kennel or Kenl- Dor complete with door panel, aluminum channels, AS@ hook, heavy duty pull chord, and counterweight system, and all necessary hardware. Doors to be either \4" translucent panels or insulated solid panels. . Door size shall be for openings up to 32" high by 17" wide. (see drawings for details) K. Drain Covers Drain covers constructed of 16 gauge, hot dip galvanized steel. Cover the full width of kennel. . L. Provide two 2-112 quart stainless steel bowls per kennel with mounting brackets. M. Each kennel shall include one 3" x 5" card holder as manufactured by Shor-line. . 11000 MODULAR KENNEL SYSTEMS 30f4 . . Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 PART 3 EXECUTION . 3.01 INSTALLATION A. General: Install modular kennel system and accessories as indicated on the drawings and per manufacturer's recommendations. . B. Pre-construction Meeting: The contractor shall hold a preconstruction meeting with the Owner, SCIP subcontractor and Modular kennel System installer and manufacturer for complete coordination of installation and responsibilities. C. Coordinate installation of all caging system components with masonry work described on the drawings and masonry specifications. . 3.02 PROTECTION AND CLEANING A. Protect installation from damage during construction. If despite such protection, damage occurs, remove and replace damaged components or entire unit as required to restore units to their original, undamaged condition. . END OF SECTION . . . . . 11000 MODULAR KENNEL SYSTEMS 40f4 . . Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 . SECTION 11200 CAGING FURNISmNGS PART 1 GENERAL . 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Extent of caging furnishings are listed below and shall be manufactured by Shor-line, Schroer Manufacturing Company or approved equal. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE . A. Single Source Responsibility: Obtain equipment from a single manufacturer as complete units, including necessary mounting hardware and accessories. 1.03 SUBSTITUTIONS . . A. Prior Approval: Unless otherwise provided for in the Contract Documents, proposed product substitutions may be submitted according to Instructions to Bidders. B. Submittals which do not provide adequate data for product evaluation will not be considered. The proposed substitutions must meet all requirements of this Section, including, but not necessarily limited to the following: Single source materials supplier (if specified under Quality Assurance); Acoustical performance, Fire rating (if any), including UL assembly listings; Special function performance (if any); Panel design, size, composition, color, and finish; Suspension system component profiles and sizes; Compliance with the reference standards. . 1.04 SUBMITTALS . A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data for the unit from the manufacturer. B. Detailed Shop Drawings: Submit detailed shop drawings of all components including attachments to adjacent construction and to each other. Drawings shall include not less than plans, elevations, all connection details, and accessories details. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING . PART 2 . 2.01 A. Do not deliver equipment unit until building is prepared for complete installation and all submittals are approved. B. Protect equipment from damage during delivery, handling, storage and installation. PRODUCTS Stainless steel caging A. Extent of caging furnishings include the following (see fixture schedule additional information) 1. Cat Isolation: 10 Unit Assembly [(2) five units]: Two rows only. (Item #15) 11200 CAGING FURNISHINGS . 10f2 Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 . Top row: Six 24"W x 30"H cages. Bottom row: Four 36"W x 30"H cages. Cat shelf in each, ss 3" x 5" card holder, stationary platforms, pvc floor Isolation areas (item 32): Top row: One 48" W x 30" H x 30 D Bottom row: One 48" W x 30"H Include double doors, sound-deadening wrap, PYC floor, mobile platform and option for subdivision and removable bar. 4. Isolation Room (Item 31) Min 36" w x 36" h x 30" d mobile kennel wI PYC Floor . 3. . B. Construction shall be of all stainless steel frame with sound deadening kennel wrap. The gates (doors) of the top row of six cages shall be of dark plastic front mounted on the all stainless steel frame. The gates (doors) of the bottom row of four cages shall be of standard stainless steel grating on the all stainless steel frame. The latch shall be 11 gauge bar with ACETAL@ latch bushing. The body shall have the full rounded corners with urine retaining lip. . PART 3 EXECU110N . 3.01 INSTALLATION A. General: Install equipment as indicated on the drawings and per manufacturer's recommendations. . 3.02 PROTECTION AND CLEANING A. Protect installation from damage during construction. If despite such protection, damage occurs, remove and replace damaged components or entire unit as required to restore units to their original, undamaged condition. . END OF SECTION . . . 11200 CAGING FURNISHINGS 20f2 . . Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 . PART 1 SECTION 11250 CAT CONDO. CAGING GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK . A. B. . Extent of caging furnishings are located as indicated on the drawings and as listed below and shall be manufactured by Shore-line, Schroer Manufacturing Company or Tri-star Metals. All ACat Condos@ including number of units, configuration and components shall be confirmed with the Owner. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE . A. Single Source Responsibility: Obtain equipment from a single manufacturer as complete units, including necessary mounting hardware and accessories. 1.03 SUBSTITUTIONS . . A. Prior Approval: Unless otherwise provided for in the Contract Documents, proposed product substitutions may be submitted according to Instructions to Bidders. B. Submittals which do not provide adequate data for product evaluation will not be considered. The proposed substitutions must meet all requirements of this Section, including, but not necessarily limited to the following: Single source materials supplier (if specified under Quality Assurance); Acoustical performance, Fire rating (if any), including UL assembly listings; Special function performance (if any); Panel design, size, composition, color, and finish; Suspension system component profiles and sizes; Compliance with the reference standards. 1.04 SUBMITTALS . A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data for the unit from the manufacturer. B. Detailed Shop Drawings: Submit detailed shop drawings of all components including attachments to adjacent construction and to each other. Drawings shall include not less than plans, elevations, all connection details, and accessories details. . 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING . . A. Do not deliver equipment unit until building is prepared for complete installation and all submittals are approved. B. Protect equipment from damage during delivery, handling, storage and installation. 11250 CAT CONDO. CAGING 10f2 Southold Animal Shelter October 24, 2005 . PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CAT MALL CAGING FURNISHING . A. Extent of Cat Condo's include the following (See fixture schedule for item numbers): 1. (1) 4-unit Cat Condos with Casters and acrylic back panels. Include porthole connections and removable half shelf. Sealed seams on laminate. 2. (I) 4-unit Cat condo with base cabinet. Include porthole connections and removable half shelf. . PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. General: Install equipment as indicated on the drawings and per manufacturer's recommendations. . 3.02 PROTECTION AND CLEANING A. Protect installation from damage during construction. If despite such protection, damage occurs, remove and replace damaged components or entire unit as required to restore units to their original, undamaged condition. . END OF SECTION :. . . . . 11250 CAT CONDO. CAGING 20f2 . . Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 SECTION 11400 . ANIMAL BATHING EQUIPMENT PART I GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL . A. The extent of animal bathing equipment is as listed below and as shown on the drawings. All equipment shall be coordinated with other applicable specifications and requirements. . PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 GROOMING TUB . A. Provide one (I) Step-up Bathing Tub #904.0701.31, steps to the left with 804.0011.17 trim. The unit shall be provided with the standard slide in/slide out steps, latching door, hair trap drain insert and PVC coated raised tub floors/platforms. 2.2 ANIMAL DRYER A. Drying cage: 1. Manufacturer: Shor-line or equal. 2. Dryer #926.4836.00 Include double fan, removable divider, removable PVC floor over grill floors. and mobile platform . PART 3 EXECUTION . 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install each system in accordance with the manufacturer=s instructions. . 2. Instruct personnel in the operations and maintenance of each system. END OF SECTION . . . 11400 ANIMAL BATHING EQUIPMENT 1 of 1 . Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 SECTION 11458 DISAPPEARING ALUMINUM LADDERS . PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Conunercial class pre-engineered disappearing stairway, frame and fire-rated door for attic access. . 1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS . A. Structural Performance: Provide metal stairs engineered for the following structural loads. Engineering to include include anchors and connections. Apply loads concurrently, unless otherwise stated, to produce the maximum stress in each component of metal stairs. 1) Treads and Platforms: Uniform load ofa minimum of 100 Ibf/sq. ft. or a concentrated load of 300 Ibs on an area of 4 sq. in., whichever produces the greater stress. 2) Stair Framing: Combined system loads of treads, platforms, and railings. 3) Limit deflection of treads, platforms, and framing members to L/360 or 1/4 inch, whichever is less. . 1.3 SUBMITTALS . A. Submit under provisions of Section 01300. B. Product Data: Manufacturer's data sheets indicating materials of construction and design loads. Color sample. C. Shop Drawings: Drawings prepared for this project, showing relationship of ladders to other construction and methods of anchorage. . 1.4 WARRANTY Minimum of one year for all parts, materials and workmanship. . 1.5 PROTECTION Store covered and protected from weather, indoors. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS . A. Acceptable Manufacturer: 1. Calvert USA 2. Precision Ladders 3. Or approved equal B. Requests for substitutions will be considered in accordance with provisions of Section 01600. . 2.2 COMPONENTS . 11458 DISAPPEARING LADDERS lof3 Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 . A. Ladders: Provide assembled ladders that comply with OSHA and local building codes, with all edges rounded, clean, smooth, and burr free; dimensions as indicated on drawings. . B. Door I. Metal door with insulation to meet minimum of I hour fire rating, ensure fire-rated label 2. Provide pull down road and hand rail C. Stairway 1. Stringers 1.1 600S-TS Extruded aluminum channel S" X I" X 1/8" 1.2 Tri-fold design 1.3 Steel blade type hinges 1.4 Adjustable foot with plastic -guard. 1.5 Pitch 630 (standard). . . 2. Treads 2.1 600S-TS Extruded aluminumchannelS 3/16" X 11/4" X 1/8". 2.2 Width S 3116". 2.3 Length 28 " (rough opening). 2.4 Deeply serrated top surface. 2.5 9 1/2" riser height (standard). 2.6 SOO Ibs load rating. . D. FRAME 1/8 Steel, formed channel, S6" deep when using fire rated steel door. E. HARDWARE 1. Steel blade type hinge connecting stringer sections,zinc plated & chromate sealed, bolted to stringers. 2. Steel operating arms, zinc plated & chromate sealed, both sides. 3. Double acting steel springs and spring cables, both sides. 4. Rivets rating at 1000# shear. . . F. SAFETY 1. Steel bar handrail riveted to stringers, upper section, right side standard. 2. Steel section alignment clips at stringer section joints. 3. Molded rubber guards at corners of aluminum door panel. 4. Protective guard rail in attic . G. MANUFACTURED UNITS 1. #4096 by Calvert USA 2. Model SS/AL-2 HR by Precision Ladders LLC 3 Or equal . H. FABRICATION The stairway is completely fabricated ready for installation before shipment to the site. . 11458 DISAPPEARING LADDERS . 20f3 . Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 PART 3 EXECUTION . 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Anchor securely using fasteners specified by manufacturer or others of equivalent or greater strength and corrosion resistance. . c. Protect adjacent materials and repair any damage. END OF SECTION . . . . . . . . 11458 DISAPPEARING LADDERS 30f3 . Southold Auimal Shelter 1131107 SECTION 12330 . MANUFACTURED CASEWORK PART 1 GENERAL . 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Manufactured laminated casework, countertops and accessories for prep rooms, exam room, animal rooms, and staff room. B. Stainless steel countertops (alternate) . 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 06200 - Finish Carpentry: General millwork and custom cabinetry unless noted on plans as included within this section. B. Division 15000 - Mechanical . C. Section 16000 Electrical 1.3 REFERENCES A. ADA (ATBCB ADAAG): Americans with Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines. . B. ANSVBHMA A 156.9 Cabinet Hardware C. FS MM-L-736 - Lumber, Hardwood. . D. FS MMM-A-130 - Adhesive, Contact. E. Architectural Woodwork Institute (A WI): Quality Standards. F. NEMA LD 3: High Pressure Decorative Laminates. . G. PS 1 - Construction and Industrial Plywood. H. PS 20 - American Softwood Lumber Standard. . 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 01300. B. Manufacturer's data sheets on each product to be used, including: 1. Test reports certifying that the casework finish complies with manufacturer's standards for chemical and physical resistance performance requirements. 2. Performance test reports from an independent testing lab on each specified top material. . . 12330 MANUFACTURED CASEWORK lof9 Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 . 3. 4. 5. Preparation instructions and recommendations. Storage and handling requirements and recommendations. Installation methods. . c. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, thickness, core material, finish, and attachments to other work. \. Indicate locations of blocking and reinforcements required for installing casework. 2. Indicate locations and types of service fittings, together with associated service supply connection required. 3. Include details of utility spaces. 4. Include indicators of exposed conduits, if required, for service fittings. 5. Indicate locations of and clearances from adjacent walls, doors, windows, other building components, and other equipment. 6. Include coordinated dimensions for equipment specified in other Sections or provided by Owner. . . D. Certifications: \. Submit certified product test data in accordance with ANSI A161.l, NEMA LD3, and general static load testing as specified, performed and certified by an independent testing agency. 2. Certificate indicating that the casework complies with the requirements of grades specified. . E. Selection Samples: For each finish product specified, one complete set of color chips representing manufacturer's full range of available colors and patterns. I. One set of samples indicating full range of finishes for countertop specified. 2. One set of casework samples indicating full range of [mishes for casework specified. 3. Sample of all hardware i /. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE . A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Not less than 5 years experience in the actual production of specified products. If requested by Architect, submit documentation of plant facilities and capacity to provide casework for this Project. B. . Installer Qualifications: Firm with 5 years experience in installation or application of systems similar in complexity to those required for this Project, plus the following. \. Authorized distributor of manufacturer. c. Mock-Up: Provide a mock-up for evaluation of fabrication techniques and application workmanship. I. Installation in area designated by Architect. 2. Do not proceed with remaining work until installation is approved by Architect. 3. As selected and required by Architect's request for mock-up: Install base cabinet with drawer and cupboard, one adjustable shelf, hinged door and applicable hardware. Wall case with adjustable shelf, hinged door and applicable hardware. . . 12330 MANUFACTURED CASEWORK 20f9 . . Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING . . . A. Casework shall be protected in transit. Protect woodwork during transit, delivery, storage, and handling to prevent damage, soilage, and deterioration. B. Store products under cover in a ventilated building not exposed to extreme temperature and humidity changes prior to installation. Do not store or install casework in building until concrete, masonry, and drywall/plaster work is dry. C. Store and dispose of solvent-based materials, and materials used with solvent-based materials, in accordance with requirements of local authorities having jurisdiction if applicable. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS . . . A. For delivery and installation of casework and equipment, building conditions shall comply with AWl Standard 1700-G-3 and 1700-G-4 and be as follows: 1. Flooring required to be placed under casework and equipment installed. 2. Wall preparation as needed for immediate installation upon delivery. 3. Heating and air conditioning systems providing consistent temperature and humidity conditions to comply with by A WI Standard \700-G-4 and 1700-G- 5. a. Relative humidity not less than 40 percent, nor more than 60 percent. b. Temperatures not less than 65 degrees F (18 degrees C) and not greater than 80 degrees F (27 degrees C) in areas of casework and equipment installation. Overhead mechanical, electrical and plumbing rough-in work is complete. Wet operations complete prior to delivery. Ceiling grids (with or without ceiling tiles), overhead soffits, ductwork and lighting installed. Painting complete. 4. 5. 6. 7. 1.8 WARRANTY . A. Casework Manufacturer Warranty: 5 years from date of substantial completion. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.\ MANUFACTURERS . . A. Acceptable Manufacturer: I.' Modular Millwork 2. East End Country Kitchen 3. Kraft Maid a. LS\ Corp. of America Inc. 4. Manhattan Sheet Metal Work Inc.212 533 7076 (ss coutertops and kitchen equipment) 5. or approved equal B. Requests for substitutions will be considered in accordance with provisions of . 12330 MANUFACTURED CASEWORK 30f9 Southold Animal Shelter 2.2 DESIGN 1/31/07 . Section 01600. . A. Overlay Door Design: I. Drawer fronts and hinged doors shall overlay the cabinet body. Maintain a maximum 1/8 inch (3.2 rom) reveal between pairs of doors, between door and drawer front, or between multiple drawer fronts within the cabinet B. . Americans with Disabilities Act Requirements: The following special requirements shall be met, where specifically indicated on architectural plans as "ADA", or by General Note. I. Service counter maximum height of 36" 2. Kneespace clearance: Shall be minimum 29 inches (737 rom) A.F.F. at apron, and 30 inches (762 rom) clear span width. . C. All cabinets with exposed sides shall be finished with end panels. All counters spanning an open space shall have end panels for edge support. 2.3 PERFORMANCE . A. Casework shall conform to the following nllnimum performance requirements for static load performance: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Base cabinet construction/racking test: 800 Ibs. (363 kg). Cabinet front j oint loading test: 4251b (193 kg). Wall cabinet static load test: 2,000 Ib (907 kg). Drawer front joint loading test: 600 Ib (272 kg). Drawer construction/static load test: 750 Ib (340 kg). Cabinet adjustable shelf support device/static load test: 300 lb (136 kg). i '. 2.4 MATERIALS AND COMPONENTS A. Laminated PlasticslFinishes: 1. Manufacturers: a.Wilsonart b. Formica Corporation c. Nevamar Decorative Surfaces d. Pionite Decorative Laminates e.or approved equal High-pressure plastic laminate with sealed, pressure wrapped laminate, .030 inch (.76 rom) in thickness, for exterior surfaces shall meet NEMA LD3-2000 VGL standards including thickness on solid wood doors. a. Exterior Color: I) Standard finish from casework manufacturer's standard colors . . 2. . Plastic Laminate Balancing Sheet: White high-pressure cabinet-liner, .020 inch (.051 rom) in thickness shall meet NEMA LD3-2000 CLS standards. Provide for balancing exterior surface laminates. Seal all joints. 4. Countertop High-Pressure Plastic Laminate: 3. . 12330 MANUFACTURED CASEWORK 40f9 . . Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 a. High-pressure plastic laminate, textured finish .050 inch (1.27 nun) thickness or .042 inch (1.07 nun) postforming grade as detailed. Countertop Colors: 1) Standard finish from casework manufacturer's standard colors Architect to select all colors from samples on actual substrate Heavy gauge neutral colored backing sheet for balanced construction. . b. c. 5. Pressure Fused Laminate: a. Melamine resin impregnated, 120 gram PSM minimum, thermofused to core under pressure. b. Comply with NEMA LD3-2000 VGL standards and NEMA LD3-2000 CLS standards. c. White pressure fused laminate for cabinet interiors behind door and drawers, interiors of all open cabinets, and underside of wall cabinets. d. Balanced at all concealed surfaces with same thermofused melamine. Unsurfaced coreboard or simple backers not allowed. . . B. WOOD MATERIALS 1. Provide materials that comply with requirements of AWl Woodworking . Standard for each type of woodwork and quality grade indicated: a. Hardboard: AHA AI35.4 b. Medium Density Fiberboard: ANSI A208.2 c. Softwood Plywood: PS-l . 2. Formaldehyde Emission Levels: Comply with formaldehyde emission requirements of each voluntary standard referenced below: a. Medium Density Fiberboard: NPA-9 b. Hardwood Plywood: HPMA-FE . 3. Softwood Lumber: PS 20; graded per AWl Premium quality standards; moisture content of 6 to 8 percent. 4. Hardwood Lumber: Graded per AWl Quality standards; moisture content of 6 to 8 percent. . 5. Hardwood Plywood and Face Veneers: HPVA HP-1. PS I grades per AWl Premium quality standards, with glue reconunended for application. C. Core Materials: Formaldehyde -free MDF or plywood. Solid wood for doors 1. Cabinet components shall be of the following minimum core thicknesses: a. 1/2 inch (12.7 mm): Cabinet backs, drawer body, and drawer bottoms. b. 3/4 inch (19.1 mm): Door and drawer face, base, wall, and tall cabinet tops and bottoms, cabinet sides, drawer spreaders, cabinet back rear hangstrips, structural dividers, exposed cabinet backs, and shelves in cabinets. c. I inch (25.4 mm): Product-specific work surfaces and library stack shelving unless stack fitted with vertical divider. . . 2. Edging Types: Provide continuous molded edges where possible. All others . 12330 MANUFACTURED CASEWORK 50f9 Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 . to be sealed. D. Hardware I Hinges: Concealed hinges of heavy gauge metal construction, 200,000 open/close cycle test, with hinge manufacturer's lifetime material replacement guarantee. 170 degree swing. Fully adjustable for clockwise, counter-clockwise, toe-in and out door alignment. Provide base plates to maintain 118 inch (3.2 mm) reveals between doors/drawers within the same cabinet, and between doors of adjoining cabinets. Doors shall be self-closing and fitted with silencer bumpers. 2. Pulls: Comply with ADA requirements. a. Wire design, LH-325 nylon, 4 inches (101.6 mm). b. Color: white. 3. Drawer Slides: a. Standard Drawers: self-closing design, epoxy powder coated White, with positive in-stop, out-stop, and out-keeper to maintain drawer in 80 percent open position. Captive nylon rollers, front and rear. Minimum dynamic (operational) load rating of 100 pounds (45 kg) at 50,000 cycles. b. File Drawers: Full extension, 3-part progressive opening slide, minimum 100 Ib (45 kg), zinc plated or epoxy coated at manufacturer's option. c. Provide top-mounted magnetic catch for base and wall cabinet door. Provide two at each tall cabinet door. Catch housing shall be molded in White. LH-340ADA. 4; Adjustable Shelf Supports: Shall be LH-354 (patented) twin pin design with anti tip-up shelf restraints for both 3/4 inch (19.1 mm) and I inch (25.4 mm) shelves. Design shall include keel to retard shelf slide-off, and slot for ability to mechanically attach shelf to clip. Load rating shall be minimum 300 Ib (136 kg) each support without failure. Cabinet interior sides shall be flush, without shelf system permanent projection. 5. Lucks: Shall be disc tumbler lock keyed alike and master keyed. Dull chrome finish. d. Hinged doors and drawers National Lock No. M4-7054. . . . . . . 2.5 CABINET CONSTRUCTION . A. Workmanship: 1. Exposed exterior cabinet surfaces shall be .030 inch (.76 mm) high- pressure laminate or foil. Laminate surfacelbalancing liner to core under controlled conditions by approved and regulated laminating methods to assure a premium lamination. Natural-setting hybrid P.V.A. Type III water resistant adhesives that cure through chemical reaction, containing no health or environmentally hazardous ingredients, shall be used. Contact" methods of laminating are not allowed. 2. Cabinet parts shall be accurately machined and bored for premium grade quality joinery construction utilizing automatic machinery to insure consistent sizing of modular components. End panels shall be doweled to . . 12330 MANUFACTURED CASEWORK 60f9 . . Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 . . . . . . . . . receive bottom and top. 3. Back panel shall be fully bound (dadoed) into, and recessed 7/8 inch (22.2 mm) from the back of cabinet sides, top, and bottom to insure rigidity and a fully closed cabinet. Cabinet back shall be mechanically fastened from rear of body for tight interior fit and sealed with full-perimeter high-strength hot-melt adhesive. 4. Drawer bottom shall be fully bound (dadoed)and glued into and recessed 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) up from the bottom of sides, back, and sub- front. Sides of drawer shall be doweled to receive drawer back and sub- front. 5. All cases shall be square, plumb, and true. 6. Provide removable back panels and closure panels for plumbing access at sink cabinets, and where required. 7. Provide custom cuts for equipment and sinks as necessary. B. Detailed Requirements For Cabinet Construction: I. Sub-Base: Cabinet sub-base shall be separate and continuous water resistant exterior grade plywood with concealed fastening to cabinet bottom. Provide a secure and level platform to which cabinets attach. No cabinet sides-to-floor will be allowed. Seal all surfaces in contact with concrete. 2. Structural Cabinet Body: a. Cabinets over 36 inches (914 mm) wide shall be furnished with a mechanically fastened, yet removable, vertical divider to reduce horizontal member/shelf deflection. Wall cabinets shall have a clear inside nominal depth of 12 inches (305 mm) unless detailed otherwise. b. Exterior exposed wall cabinet bottoms shall be Pressure Fused white laminate both sides. Assembly devices shall be concealed on bottom side of wall cabinets. 3. Cabinet Ends: a. Holes drilled for adjustable shelves 1-1/4 inches (32 mm) on center. b. Exposed exterior cabinet ends shall be laminated with high-pressure plastic laminate, balanced with high-pressure cabinet-liner interior surface. 4. Fixed And Adjustable Shelves: Thickness shall be 3/4 inch (19.1 mm). 5. Front Rail: Provide minimum 3/4 inch (19.1 mm) by 6 inches (152 mm) by full width cabinet body rails immediately behind all door/drawer and multiple drawer horizontal joints to maintain exact body dimensions, close off reveal, and be locator for lock strikes. 6. Drawers: a. Drawer fronts shall be applied to separate drawer body component sub- front. b. Drawer sides shall be doweled and glued to receive front and back, machine squared and held under pressure to set. c. Typical 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) drawer bottom, recessed, shall be fully bound (dadoed) into front, sides, and back. Routing, in drawer body for bottom, shall receive continuous glue. d. Reinforce drawer bottoms with 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) by 4 inches (101.6 mm) front-to-back intermediate underbody stiffeners, mechanically fastened. One at 24 inches (610 mm), two at 36 inches (914 mm), and over. . 12330 MANUFACTURED CASEWORK 70f9 Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 . e. Deep storage drawers shall be fitted with full width hood at back. 2.6 STEEL FABRICATIONS, ASSEMBLIES, AND SUPPORT DEVICES . A. Provide, of the size and configuration as detailed in the schedule, stainless steel counter tops with continuous 6" backspash, countertop and bullnose. Exposed welds shall be ground smooth. Restaurant grade PART THREE: EXECUTION . a) EXAMINATION A. Do not store or install casework in facility until concrete, masonry, drywall and plaster work is dry within limits acceptable to the casework manufacturer. B. Do not begin installation until substrates have been properly prepared. Walls and openings are plumb, straight and square. C. Concrete floors level within 1/8 inch (3 mm) level per 10 foot (3000 mm) run, non-accumulative, when tested with a straight edge in anyone direction. . 3.2 COORDINATION . A. VerifY site dimensions of cabinet locations in building prior to fabrication. B. Coordination with Mechanical, Plumbing and Electrical Contractors: Coordinate work of this Section with work of other Sections including but not limited to: 1. Water and gas service fittings, piping, electrical devices, and wiring. 2. Installation of fittings according to Shop Drawings and manufacturer's written instructions. 3. Setting bases and flanges of sink and countertop-mounted fittings in sealant recommended by manufacturer of sink or countertop material. 4. Anchorage of fittings, piping, and conduit to equipment, unless otherwise indicated. , j . . 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install casework in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Installation of casework shall be plumb, level, true and straight, with no distortions. Use concealed shims as required. Where casework or equipment butts against other finished work, scribe and cut for an accurate fit. Lubricate operating hardware as recommended by the manufacturer. . B. Install countertop and edge surfaces in one plane with no seams. 1. Provide required holes and cutouts for service fittings. 2. Seal unfinished edges and cutouts in plastic-laminate countertops with heavy coat of polyurethane varnish. 3. Carefully dress joints smooth, remove surface scratches, and clean entire surface. . . 3.4 PROTECTION 12330 MANUFACTURED CASEWORK 80f9 . . Southold Animal Shelter 1/31/07 . A. Inspect casework for damaged or soiled areas; remove, refinish, and touch-up as required. B. Protect installed products until completion of project. c. Touch-up, repair or replace damaged products before Substantial Completion. D. Adjust hardware as needed for functional requirements. E. Remove cartons, debris, sawdust, scraps and similar items and leave spaces clean, and casework ready for Owner's use. . END OF SECTION . . . . . . . . 12330 MANUFACTURED CASEWORK 90f9 . SECTION 13910 . FIRE PROTECTION BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Pipe, fittings, valves, and connections for sprinkler and standpipe and fire hose systems. . 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 13925 - Fire Suppression Sprinklers: Sprinkier systems design. 1.03 REFERENCES . A. ASTM A 53/A 53M - Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless. B. NFPA 13 - Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems; National Fire Protection Association. . C. UL (FPED) - Fire Protection Equipment Directory; Underwriters Laboratories Inc. D. UL 262 - Gate Valves for Fire-Protection Service; Underwriters Laboratories Inc. E. UL 312 - Check Valves for Fire-Protection Service; Underwriters Laboratories Inc. 1.04 SUBMITTALS . A. See Section 01300 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide manufacturers catalogue information. Indicate valve data and ratings. C. Shop Drawings: Indicate pipe materials used, jointing methods, supports, floor and wall penetration seals. Indicate installation, layout, weights, mounting and support details, and piping connections. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE . A. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with minimum ten years experience. B. Confonm to UL and FM requirements. . C. Valves: Bear UL label or marking. Provide manufacturer's name and pressure rating marked on valve body. D. Products Requiring Electrical Connection: Listed and classified as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION . A. Deliver and store valves in shipping containers, with labelling in place. B. Provide temporary protective coating on cast iron and steel valves. C. Provide temporary end caps and closures on piping and fittings. Maintain in place until installation. 1.07 EXTRA MATERIALS . A. See Section 01600 - Product Requirements, for additional provisions. PART2 PRODUCTS . Southold Animal Shelter, Southold, NY 01/19/2007 FiRE PROTECTION BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS . 2.01 GENERAL SYSTEM AND PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS A. Sprinkler Systems: Conform work to NFPA 13. B. Welding Materials and Procedures: Conform to ASME Code. 2.02 BURIED PIPING - Submit for Approval A. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M Schedule 40, black. 2.03 ABOVE GROUND PIPING - Submittor Approval 2.04 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS . . A. Hangers for Pipe Sizes 1/2 to 1-112 inch: Malleable iron, adjustable swivei, split ring. B. Hangers for Pipe Sizes 2 inches and Over: Carbon steel, adjustable, clevis. C. Floor Support: Cast iron adjustable pipe saddle, lock nut, nipple, floor flange, and concrete pier or steel support. 2.05 GATE VALVES . A. Up to and including 2 inches: 1. Bronze body, bronze trim, rising stem, handwheel, solid wedge or disc, threaded ends. B. Over 2 inches: 1. Iron body, bronze trim, rising stem pre-grooved for mounting tamper switch, handwheel, OS&Y, solid rubber covered bronze or cast iron wedge, flanged ends. . 2.06 CHECK VALVES A. Up to and including 2 inches: 1. Manufacturers: Submit for approval 2. Bronze body and swing disc, rubber seat, threaded ends. B. Over 2 inches: 1. Iron body, bronze trim, swing check with rubber disc, renewable disc and seat, flanged ends. ! J. C. 4 inches and Over: 1. Iron body, bronze disc, stainless steel spring, resilient seal, threaded, wafer, or flanged ends. . 2.07 DRAIN VALVES A. Ball Valve: 1. Manufacturers: Submit for Approval 2. Brass with cap and chain, 3/4 inch hose thread. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION . A. Ream pipe and tube ends. Remove burrs. Bevel plain end ferrous pipe. B. Remove scale and foreign material, from inside and outside, before assembly. C. Prepare piping connections to equipment with flanges or unions. . 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install sprinkler system and service main piping, hangers, and supports in accordance with NFPA 13. . Southold Animal Shelter, Southold, NY 01/19/2007 FIRE PROTECTION BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS . . . B. Route piping in orderly manner, plumb and parallel to building structure. Maintain gradient. C. Install piping to conserve building space, to not interfere with use of space and other work. D. Group piping whenever practical at common elevations. E. Sleeve pipes passing through partitions, walls, and floors. F. Install piping to allow for expansion and contraction without stressing pipe, joints, or connected equipment. G. Pipe Hangers and Supports: 1. Install hangers to provide minimum 1/2 inch space between finished covering and adjacent work. 2. Place hangers within 12 inches of each horizontal elbow. 3. Use hangers with 1-112 inch minimum vertical adjustment. Design hangers for pipe movement without disengagement of supported pipe. 4. Support vertical piping at every floor. Support riser piping independently of connected horizontal piping. 5. Where several pipes can be installed in parallel and at same elevation, provide multiple or trapeze hangers. 6. Prime coat and paint steel hangers and supports. Provide final painting according to color and paint specified by architect or owner. H. Slope piping and arrange systems to drain at low points. Use eccentric reducers to maintain top of pipe level. I. Prepare pipe, fittings, supports, and accessories for finish painting. Where pipe support members are welded to structural building framing, scrape, brush clean, and apply one coat of zinc rich primer to welding. Provide final painting according to color and paint specified by architect or owner. . . . . . J. Do not penetrate building structural members without WRITTEN permission. K. Provide sleeves when penetrating floors and walls. Seal pipe and sleeve penetrations to achieve fire resistance equivalent to fire separation required. L. When installing more than one piping system material, ensure system components are compatible and joined to ensure the integrity of the system. Provide necessary joining fittings. Ensure flanges, union, and couplings for servicing are consistently provided. M. Die cut threaded joints with full cut standard taper pipe threads with red lead and linseed oil or other non-toxic joint compound applied to male threads only. N. Install valves with stems upright or horizontal, not inverted. Remove protective coatings prior to installation. O. Provide gate valves for shut-off or isolating service. P. Provide drain valves at main shut-off valves, low points of piping and apparatus. . . END OF SECTION . . Southold Animal Shelter, Southold, NY 01/19/2007 FIRE PROTECTION BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS . SECTION 13925 FIRE SUPPRESSION SPRINKLERS . PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES . A. Wet-pipe sprinkler system. B. Dry-pipe sprinkler system. C. System design, installation, and certification. D. Fire department connections. 1.02 REFERENCES . A. NFPA 13 - Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems; National Fire Protection Association. . B. NFPA 13R - Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems in Residential Occupancies up to and Including Four Stories in Height; National Fire Protection Association. C. UL (FPED) - Fire Protection Equipment Directory; Underwriters Laboratories Inc. 1.03 SUBMITTALS . A. See Section 01300 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide data on sprinklers, valves, and specialties, including manufacturers catalog information. Submit performance ratings, rough-in details, weights, support requirements, and piping connections. C. Shop Drawings: 1. Submit preliminary layout of finished ceiling areas indicating only sprinkler locations coordinated with ceiling installation. 2. Indicate hydraulic calculations, detailed pipe layout, hangers and supports, sprinklers, components and accessories. Indicate system controls. 3. Submit shop drawings to authority having jurisdiction and Design Learned for approval. D. Follow Design Learned sprinkler drawings closely. Do not deviate from layout shown without WRITTEN approval from the engineer. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE . . A. Conform to UL requirements. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION A. Store products in shipping containers and maintain in place until installation. Provide temporary inlet and outlet caps. Maintain caps in place until installation. . 1.06 EXTRA MATERIALS . A. Provide extra sprinklers of type and size matching those installed, in quantity required by referenced NFPA design and installation standard. B. Provide suitable wrenches for each sprinkler type. C. Provide metal storage cabinet located adjacent to alarm valve. PART2 PRODUCTS . South old Animal Shelter, Southold, NY 01/19/2007 FIRE SUPPRESSION SPRINKLERS . 2.01 SPRINKLER SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS A. Sprinkler System: Provide coverage for entire building. B. Occupancy: Light hazard; comply with NFPA 13. C. Interface system with building control system. D. Provide fire department connections where indicated. . 2.02 SPRINKLERS A. Suspended Ceiling Type: Standard pendant type with matching push on escutcheon piate. B. Exposed Area Type: Standard upright type with guard. C. Sidewall Type: Standard horizontal sidewall type with matching push on escutcheon plate and guard. D. Dry Sprinklers: Standard upright type with matching push on escutcheon plate. 2.03 PIPING SPECIALTIES . . A. Wet Pipe Sprinkler Alarm Valve: Check type valve with divided seat ring, rubber faced clapper to automatically actuate water motor alarm and electric alarm, with pressure retard chamber and variable pressure trim; with test and drain valve. B. Dry Pipe Sprinkler Alarm Valve: Check type valve with divided seat ring, rubber faced clapper to automatically actuate water motor alarm and electric alarm, with accelerator; with test and drain valve. C. Water Flow Switch: Vane type switch for mounting horizontal or vertical, with two contacts; rated 10 amp at 125 volt AC and 2.5 amp at 24 volt DC. D. Residential Domestic Shut-Off Valve: NFPA 13R, bronze and stainless steel construction, with sprinkler check valve assembly and poppet assembly to divert water from domestic system. E. Fire Department Connections: 1. Type: Flush mounted wall type with brass finish. 2. Outlets: Two way with thread size to suit fire department hardware; threaded dust cap and chain of matching material and finish. 3. Drain: 3/4 inch automatic drip, outside. 4. Label: "Sprinkler - Fire Department Connection". 2.04 AIR COMPRESSOR . . . A. Compressor: Single unit, electric motor driven, motor, motor starter, safety valves, check valves, air maintenance device incorporating electric pressure switch and unloader valve. . PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with referenced NFPA design and installation standard. B. Install equipment in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Provide approved backfiow preventer assembly at sprinkler system water source connection. D. Locate fire department connection with sufficient clearance from walls, obstructions. or adjacent siamese connectors to allow full swing of fire department wrench handle. E. Place pipe runs to minimize obstruction to other work. . . Southold Animal Shelter, Southold, NY 01/19/2007 FIRE SUPPRESSION SPRINKLERS . . . F. Place piping in concealed spaces above finished ceilings. G. Center sprinklers in two directions in ceiling tile and provide piping offsets as required. H. Apply masking tape or paper cover to ensure concealed sprinklers, cover plates, and sprinkler escutcheons do not receive field paint finish. Remove after painting. Replace painted sprinklers. \. Install air compressor on vibration isolators. Refer to Section 15072. J. Flush entire piping system of foreign matter. K. Hydrostatically test entire system. L. Require test be witnessed by Fire Marshall. 3.02 INTERFACE WITH OTHER PRODUCTS . . A. Ensure required devices are installed and connected as required to fire alarm system. 3.03 SCHEDULES. See Drawings END OF SECTION . . . . . . . Southold Animal Shelter, Southold, NY 0111912007 FIRE SUPPRESSION SPRINKLERS . SECTION 15065 . MOTORS FOR MECHANICALEQUIPMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES . A. Single phase electric motors. B. Three phase electric motors. 1.02 REFERENCES A. NEMA MG 1 - Motors and Generators; National Electrical Manufacturers Association. B. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; National Fire Protection Association. . 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01300 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Conform to NFPA 70. . B. Products Requiring Electrical Connection: Listed and classified by Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. . 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect motors stored on site from weather and moisture by maintaining factory covers and suitable weather-proof covering. For extended outdoor storage, remove motors from equipment and store separately. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION AND REQUIREMENTS . A. Construction: 1. Open drip-proof type except where specifically noted otherwise. 2. Design for continuous operation in 40 degrees C environment. 3. Design for temperature rise in accordance with NEMA MG 1 limits for insulation class, service factor, and motor enclosure type. B. Visible Nameplate: Indicating motor horsepower, voltage, phase, cycles. RPM, full load amps, locked rotor amps, frame size, manufacturer's name and model number, service factor, power factor, efficiency. C. Wiring Terminations: 1. Provide tenminallugs to match branch circuit conductor quantities, sizes, and materials indicated. Enclose terminal lugs in terminal box sized to NFPA 70, threaded for conduit. 2. For fractional horsepower motors where connection is made directly, provide threaded conduit connection in end frame. . . PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION . A. Install in accordance with manufacture~s instructions. B. Install securely on firm foundation. Mount ball bearing motors with shaft in any position. C. Check line voltage and phase and ensure agreement with nameplate. . South old Animal Shelter, Southold, NY 01/19/2007 MOTORS FOR MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT Southold Animal Shelter, Southold, NY 01/19/2007 . END OF SECTION . . . . . . . . . MOTORS FOR MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT . . SECTION 15072 . VIBRATION ISOLATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Vibration isolators. . 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01300 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 VIBRATION ISOLATORS . . A. Open Spring Isolators: 1. Springs: Minimum horizontal stiffness equal to 75 percent vertical stiffness, with working deflection between 0.3 and 0.6 of maximum deflection. Color code springs for load carrying capacity. 2. Spring Mounts: Provide with leveling devices, minimum 0.25 inch thick neoprene sound pads, and zinc chromate plated hardware. 3. Sound Pads: Size for minimum deflection of 0.05 inch; meet requirements for neoprene pad isolators. 4. For Exterior and Humid Areas: Hot dipped galvanized housings and neoprene coated springs. B. Restrained Open Spring Isolators: 1. Springs: Minimum horizontal stiffness equal to 75 percent vertical stiffness, with working deflection between 0.3 and 0.6 of maximum deflection. Color code springs for load canrying capacity. 2. Spring Mounts: Provide with leveling devices, minimum 0.25 inch thick neoprene sound pads, and zinc chromate plated hardware. 3. Sound Pads: Size for minimum deflection of 0.05 inch; meet requirements for neoprene pad isolators. 4. Restraint: Provide heavy mounting frame and limit stops. 5. For Exterior and Humid Areas: Hot dipped galvanized housings and neoprene coated springs. C. Closed Spring Isolators: 1. Type: Closed spring mount with top and bottom housing separated with neoprene rubber stabilizers. 2. Springs: Minimum horizontal stiffness equal to 75 percent vertical stiffness, with working deflection between 0.3 and 0.6 of maximum deflection. Color code springs for load canrying capacity . 3. Housings: Incorporate neoprene isolation pad meeting requirements for neoprene pad isolators, and neoprene side stabilizers with minimum 0.25 inch clearance. 4. For Exterior and Humid Areas: Hot dipped galvanized housings and neoprene coated springs. D. Restrained Closed Spring Isolators: 1. Type: Closed spring mount with top and bottom housing separated with neoprene rubber stabilizers. 2. Springs: Minimum horizontal stiffness equal to 75 percent vertical stiffness, with working deflection between 0.3 and 0.6 of maximum deflection. Color code springs for load carrying capacity. . . . . . . Southold Animal Shelter, Southold, NY 01/19/2007 VIBRATION ISOLATION . 3. Housings: Incorporate neoprene isolation pad meeting requirements for neoprene pad isolators, and neoprene side stabilizers with minimum 0.25 inch clearance and limit stops. 4. For Exterior and Humid Areas: Hot dipped galvanized housings and neoprene coated springs. E. Neoprene Pad Isolators: 1. Rubber or neoprene waffle pads. 2. Configuration: Single layer. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTAllATION . . A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. END OF SECTION . . . . . . . Southold Animal Sheller, Southold, NY 01/19/2007 VIBRATION ISOLATION . . SECTION 15075 . MECHANICAL IDENTIFICATION PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES . A. Nameplates. B. Tags. C. Pipe Markers. 1.02 REFERENCES . A. ASME A 13.1 - Scheme for the Identification of Piping Systems; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 NAMEPLATES . A. Description; Laminated three-layer plastic with engraved letters. 1. Letter Color: White. 2. Letter Height 1/4 inch. 3. Background Color: Black. 2.02 TAGS . A. Plastic Tags: Laminated three-layer plastic with engraved black letters on light contrasting background color. Tag size minimum 1-112 inch diameter. B. Metal Tags: Brass with stamped letters; tag size minimum 1-112 inch diameter with smooth edges. 2.03 PIPE MARKERS A. Color: Conform to ASME A 13.1. B. Plastic Pipe Markers: Factory fabricated, flexible, semi- rigid plastic, preformed to fit around pipe or pipe covering; minimum information indicating flow direction arrow and identification of fluid being conveyed. C. Plastic Tape Pipe Markers: Flexible, vinyl film tape with pressure sensitive adhesive backing and printed markings. PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION . . A. Degrease and clean surfaces to receive adhesive for identification materials. . 3.02 INSTALLATION . A. Install plastic nameplates with corrosive-resistant mechanical fasteners, or adhesive. Apply with sufficient adhesive to ensure permanent adhesion and seal with clear lacquer. B. Install tags with corrosion resistant chain. C. Install plastic pipe markers in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. D. Install plastic tape pipe markers complete around pipe in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. . Southold Animal Shelter, Southold, NY 01/19/2007 MECHANICAL IDENTIFICATION . E. Identify air handling units, pumps, heat transfer equipment, tanks, and water treatment devices with plastic nameplates. Small devices, such as in-line pumps, may be identified with tags. F. Identify control panels and major control components outside panels with plastic nameplates. G. Identify thermostats relating to terminal boxes or valves with nameplates. H. Identify valves in main and branch piping with tags. I. Identify piping, concealed or exposed, with plastic pipe markers. Use tags on piping 3/4 inch diameter and smaller. Identify service, flow direction, and pressure. Install in clear view and align with axis of piping. Locate identification not to exceed 20 feet on straight runs including risers and drops, adjacent to each valve and Tee, at each side of penetration of structure or enclosure, and at each obstruction. J. Identify ductwork with plastic nameplates. Identify with air handling unit identification number and area served. Locate identification at air handling unit, at each side of penetration of structure or enclosure, and at each obstruction. . . . END OF SECTION . . . . . . Southold Animal Shelter, Southold, NY 01/19/2007 MECHANICAL IDENTIFICATION . . SECTION 15082 . PIPING INSULATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Piping insulation. . 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01300 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide product description, thermal characteristics, list of materials and thickness for each service, and locations. . 1.03 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION A. Accept materials on site, labeled with manufacturer's identification, product density, and thickness. . PART 2 PRODUCTS - ARMAFLEXAS SPECIFIED PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that piping has been tested before applying insulation materials. B. Verify that surfaces are clean and dry, with foreign material removed. . 3.02 INSTALLATION . A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. All hot and cold potable water piping without exception is to be insulated with Armaflex. Tape and seal all seams and joints. C. Exposed Piping: Locate insulation and cover seams in least visible locations. D. Insulated pipes conveying fluids below ambient temperature: Insulate entire system including fittings, valves, unions, flanges, strainers, flexible connections, pump bodies, and expansion joints. E. For hot piping conveying fluids 140 degrees F or less, do not insulate flanges and unions at equipment, but bevel and seal ends of insulation. F. Continue insulation through walls, sleeves, pipe hangers, and other pipe penetrations. Finish at supports, protrusions, and interruptions. At fire separations, refer to Section 07840. G. Pipe Exposed in Mechanical Equipment Rooms or Finished Spaces (less than 10 feet above finished floor): Finish with canvas jacket sized for finish painting. . . END OF SECTION . . Southold Animal Shelter, Southold, NY 01/1912007 PIPING INSULATION . SECTION 15086 . DUCT INSULATION PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES . A. Duct insulation. B. Duct Liner. C. insulation jackets. . 1.02 REFERENCES A. ASTM B 209 - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate. B. ASTM B 209M - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate (Metric). C. ASTM C 518 - Standard Test Method for Steady-State Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Heat Flow Meter Apparatus. D. ASTM C 553 - Specification for Mineral Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation for Commercial and Industrial Applications. E. ASTM C 612 - Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Block and Board Thermal Insulation. F. ASTM C 1071 - Standard Specification for Fibrous Glass Duct Lining Insulation (Thermal and Sound Absorbing Material). G. ASTM E 96/E 96M - Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials. H. SMACNA (DCS) - HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible; Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association. . . 1.03 SUBMITTALS . A. See Section 01300 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. . 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION A. Accept materials on site in original factory packaging, labelled with manufacturer's identification, including product density and thickness. B. Protect insulation from weather and construction traffic, dirt, water, chemical, and mechanical damage, by storing in original wrapping. 1.05 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Maintain ambient temperatures and conditions required by manufacturers of adhesives, mastics, and insulation cements. . B. Maintain temperature during and after installation for minimum period of 24 hours. . PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GLASS FIBER, FLEXIBLE A. Insulation: ASTM C 553; flexible, noncombustible blanket. 1. 'K'value: 0.36 at 75 degrees F, when tested in accordance with ASTM C 518. 2. Maximum Service Temperature: 450 degrees F. 3. Maximum Water Vapor Sorption: 5.0 percent by weight. . Southold Animal Shelter, Southold, NY 01/19/2007 DUCT INSULATION . B. Vapor Barrier Jacket: 1. Kraft paper with glass fiber yarn and bonded to aluminized film. 2. Moisture Vapor Permeability: 0.029 ng/Pa s m (0.02 perm inch), when tested in accordance with ASTM E 96/E 96M. 3. Secure with pressure sensitive tape. . 2.02 GLASS FIBER, RIGID A. Insulation: ASTM C 612; rigid, noncombustible blanket. 1. 'K'value: 0.24 at 75 degrees F, when tested in accordance with ASTM C 518. 2. Maximum service temperature: 450 degrees F. 3. Maximum Water Vapor Sorption: 5.0 percent. 4. Maximum Density: 8.0 Ib/cu ft. B. Vapor Barrier Jacket 1. Kraft paper with glass fiber yarn and bonded to aluminized film. 2. Moisture Vapor Permeability: 0.029 ng/Pa s m (0.02 perm inch), when tested in accordance with ASTM E 96/E 96M. 3. Secure with pressure sensitive tape. . . 2.03 JACKETS A. Canvas Jacket UL listed 6 ozisq yd plain weave cotton fabric treated with dilute fire retardant lagging adhesive. B. Aluminum Jacket: ASTM B 209 (ASTM B 209M). 1. Thickness: 0.016 inch sheet. 2. Finish: Smooth. 3. Joining: Longitudinal slip joints and 2 inch laps. 4. Fittings: 0.016 inch thick die shaped fitting covers with factory attached protective liner. 2.04 DUCT LINER . . A. Insulation: Incombustible glass fiber complying with ASTM C 1071; flexible blanket, rigid board, and preformed round liner board; impregnated surface and edges coated with poly vinyl acetate polymer, or acrylic polymer shown to be fungus and bacteria resistant by testing to ASTM G 21. 1. Apparent Thermal Conductivity: Maximum of 0.31 at 75 degrees F. 2. Service Temperature: Up to 250 degrees F. 3. Rated Velocity on Coated Air Side for Air Erosion: 5,000 fpm, minimum. B. Liner Fasteners: Galvanized steel, self-adhesive pad with integral head. . PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION . A. Verify that ducts have been tested before applying insulation materials. B. Verify that surfaces are clean, foreign material removed, and dry. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. . B. External Duct Insulation Application: 1. Secure insulation with vapor barrier with wires and seal jacket joints with vapor barrier adhesive or tape to match jacket. 2. Secure insulation without vapor barrier with staples, tape, or wires. 3. Install without sag on underside of duct. Use adhesive or mechanical fasteners where necessary to prevent sagging. Lift duct off trapeze hangers and insert spacers. 4. Seal vapor barrier penetrations by mechanical fasteners with vapor barrier adhesive. . Southold Animal Shelter, Southold, NY 01/19/2007 DUCT INSULATION . . . 5. Stop and point insulation around access doors and damper operators to allow operation without disturbing wrapping. C. Duct Liner Application: 1. Adhere insulation with adhesive for 100 percent coverage. 2. Secure insulation with mechanical liner fasteners. Referto SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible for spacing. 3. Seal and smooth joints. Seal and coat transverse joints. 4. Seal liner surface penetrations with adhesive. 5. Duct dimensions indicated are net inside dimensions required for air flow. Increase duct size to allow for insulation thickness. . END OF SECTION . . . . . . .. . Southold Animal Shelter, Southold, NY 01/19/2007 DUCT INSULATION . SECTION 15145 . PLUMBING PIPING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES . A. Pipe, pipe fittings, valves, and connections for piping systems. 1. Sanitary sewer. 2. Domestic water. 3. Gas. 1.02 REFERENCES . A. ASME 816.3 - Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers. 8. ASME 816.18 - Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ANSI 816.18). C. ASME 816.22 - Wrought Copper and Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers. D. ASME 831.1 - Power Piping; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ANSI/ASME 831.1). . E. ASME 831.9 - 8uilding Services Piping; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ANSI/ASME 831.9). F. ASTM A 53/A 53M - Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, 81ack and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless. G. ASTM A 234/A 234M - Standard Specification for Piping Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for Moderate and High Temperature Service. H. ASTM 832 - Standard Specification for Solder Metal. I. ASTM 8 42 - Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Pipe, Standard Sizes. J. ASTM 888 - Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Water Tube. K. ASTM 888M - Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Water Tube (Metric). L. ASTM D 2564 - Standard Specification for Solvent Cements for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Piping Systems. M. ASTM D 2665 - Standard Specification for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Drain, Waste, and Vent Pipe and Fittings. N. ASTM D 3034 - Standard Specification for Type PSM Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings. O. AWWA C1 05/A21.5 - Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile-Iron Pipe Systems; American Water Works Association (ANSI/AWWA C105/A21.5). P. CISPI 301 - Standard Specification for Hubless Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings for Sanitary and Storm Drain, Waste and Vent Piping Applications; Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute. Q. CIS PI 310 - Specification for Coupling for Use in Connection with Hubless Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings for Sanitary and Storm Drain, Waste, and Vent Piping Applications; Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute. R. NFPA 54 - National Fuel Gas Code; National Fire Protection Association. . . . . . . . South old Animal Shelter, Southold, NY 01/19/2007 PLUM81NG PIPING . 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. See. Section 01300 . Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide data on pipe materials, pipe fittings, valves, and accessories. Provide manufacturers catalog information. Indicate valve data and ratings. . 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work in accordance with State of New York, standards. 1.05 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS . A. Conform to applicable code for installation of backflow prevention devices. 8. Provide certificate of compliance from authority having jurisdiction indicating approval of installation of backflow prevention devices. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION A. Provide temporary end caps and closures on piping and fittings. Maintain in place until installation. 8. Protect piping systems from entry of foreign materials by temporary covers, completing sections of the work, and isolating parts of completed system. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SANITARYSEWER PIPING, BURIED WITHIN 5 FEET OF BUILDING A. Cast Iron Pipe: CISPI 301, hubless. 1. Fittings: Cast iron. 2. Joints: CISPI 310, neoprene gasket and stainless steel clamp and shield assemblies. 8. PVC Pipe: ASTM D 2665 or ASTM D 3034. 1. Fittings: PVC. 2. Joints: Solvent welded, with ASTM D 2564 solvent cement. . . . 2.02 SANITARY SEWER PIPING, ABOVE GRADE A. PVC Pipe: ASTM D 2665. 1. Fittings: PVC. 2. Joints: Solvent welded, with ASTM D 2564 solvent cement. 2.03 WATER PIPING, BURIED WITHIN 5 FEET OF BUILDING A. Copper Pipe: ASTM B 42, hard drawn. 1. Fittings: ASME 816.18: cast copper alloy or ASME 816.22 wrought copper and bronze. 2. Joints: ASTM 832, alloy Sn95 solder. 2.04 WATER PIPING, ABOVE GRADE A. Copper Tube: ASTM 888 (ASTM B 88M), Type L (8), Drawn (H). 1. Fittings: ASME 816.18, cast copper alloy or ASME 816.22, wrought copper and bronze. 2. Joints: ASTM 8 32, alloy Sn95 solder. 2.05 NATURAL GAS PIPING, BURIED WITHIN 5 FEET OF BUILDING A. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M Scheduie 40 black. 1. Fittings: ASTM A 234/A 234M, wrought steel welding type. 2. Joints: ASME 831.1, welded. 3. Jacket: AWWA Cl 05/A21.5 polyethylene jacket or double layer, half.lapped 10 mil polyethylene tape. . . . . South old Animal Shelter, Southold, NY 01/19/2007 PLUMBING PIPING . . . 2.06 NATURAL GAS PIPING, ABOVE GRADE A. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M Schedule 40 black. 1. Fittings: ASME B16.3, malleable iron, or ASTM A 234/A 234M, wrought steel welding type. 2. Joints: NFPA 54, threaded or welded to ASME B31.1. 2.07 FLANGES, UNIONS, AND COUPLINGS A. Unions for Pipe Sizes 3 inches and Under: Provide for all serviceable equipment 1. Ferrous pipe: Class 150 malleable iron threaded unions. 2. Copper tube and pipe: Class 150 bronze unions with soldered joints. B. Dielectric Connections: Union with galvanized or plated steel threaded end, copper solder end, water impervious isolation barrier. . 2.08 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS . . A. Plumbing Piping - Drain, Waste, and Vent: 1. Conform to ASME B31.9. 2. Hangers for Pipe Sizes 1/2 Inch to 1-1/2 Inches: Malleable iron, adjustable swivel, split ring. 3. Hangers for Pipe Sizes 2 Inches and Over: Carbon steel, adjustable, clevis. B. Plumbing Piping - Water: 1. Hangers for Pipe Sizes 1/2 Inch to 1-112 Inches: Malleable iron, adjustable swivel, split ring. 2. Hangers for Cold Pipe Sizes 2 Inches and Over: Carbon steel, adjustable, clevis. 2.09 GATE VALVES A. Manufacturers: Submit for approval.. . 2.10 BAll VALVES A. Manufacturers: Submit for approval. 2,11 SWING CHECK VALVES A. Manufacturers: Submit for approval. . 2.12 WATER PRESSURE REDUCING VALVES A. Manufacturers: Submit for approval PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION . A. Verify that excavations are to required grade, dry, and not over-excavated. 3,02 PREPARATION . A. Ream pipe and tube ends. Remove burrs. Bevel plain end ferrous pipe. B. Remove scale and dirt, on inside and outside, before assembly. C. Prepare piping connections to equipment with flanges or unions. 3.03 INSTALLATION . A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Provide non-conducting dielectric connections wherever jointing dissimilar metals. C. Route piping in orderly manner and maintain gradient. Route parallel and perpendicular to walls. D. Install piping to maintain headroom, conserve space, and not interfere with use of space. . Southold Animal Shelter, Southold, NY 01/19/2007 PLUMBING PIPING . E. Group piping whenever practical at common elevations. F. Provide clearance in hangers and from structure and other equipment for installation of insulation and access to valves and fittings. Refer to Section 15082. G. Provide access where valves and fittings are not exposed. H. Establish elevations of buried piping outside the building to ensure not less than 4 It of cover. I. Install vent piping penetrating roofed areas to maintain integrity of roof assembly. J. Provide support for utility meters in accordance with requirements of utility companies. K. Prepare exposed, unfinished pipe, fittings, supports, and accessories ready for finish painting. L. PVC Pipe: Make solvent-welded joints in accordance with ASTM D 2855. M. Sleeve pipes passing through partitions, walls and floors. N. Inserts: 1. Provide inserts for placement in concrete formwork. 2. Provide inserts for suspending hangers from reinforced concrete slabs and sides of reinforced concrete beams. 3. Provide hooked rod to concrete reinforcement section for inserts carrying pipe over 4 inches. 4. Where concrete slabs form finished ceiling, locate inserts flush with slab surface. O. Pipe Hangers and Supports: 1. Install in accordance with ASME B31.9. 2. Support horizontal piping as scheduled. 3. Install hangers to provide minimum 1/2 inch space between finished covering and adjacent work. 4. Place hangers within 12 inches of each horizontal elbow. 5. Use hangers with 1-112 inch minimum vertical adjustment. Design hangers for pipe movement without disengagement of supported pipe. 6. Support vertical piping at every floor. Support riser piping independently of connected horizontal piping. 7. Where several pipes can be installed in parallel and at same elevation, provide multiple or trapeze hangers. 8. Provide copper plated hangers and supports for copper piping. 9. Prime coat and finish paint exposed steel hangers and supports. 3.04 APPLICATION . . . . . . A. Install unions downstream of valves and at equipment or apparatus connections. B. Install gate valves for shut-off and to isolate equipment, part of systems, or vertical risers. C. Install globe valves for throttling, bypass, or manual flow control services. D. Provide plug valves in natural gas systems for shut-off service. E. Provide flow controls in water recirculating systems where indicated. . . 3.05 SERVICE CONNECTIONS A. Provide new water service complete with approved reduced pressure backfiow preventer and water meter with by-pass valves, pressure reducing valve, and sand strainer. 3.06 SCHEDULES A. Pipe Hanger Spacing: . South old Animal Shelter, Southold, NY 01/19/2007 PLUMBING PIPING . . . 1. Metal Piping: a. Pipe size: 1/2 inches to 1-1/4 inches: 1) Maximum hanger spacing: 6.5 ft. b. Pipe size: 1-1/2 inches to 2 inches: 1) Maximum hanger spacing: 10ft. 2. Plastic Piping: a. All Sizes: 1) Maximum hanger spacing: 6 ft. . END OF SECTION . . . . . . . . South old Animal Shelter, Southold, NY 01/19/2007 PLUMBING PIPING . SECTION 15146 . PLUMBING SPECIALTIES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES . A. Floor drains. B. Cleanouts. C. Hose bibs. D. Backflow preventers. E. Water hammer arrestors. F. Interceptors. 1.02 SUBMITTALS . A. See Section 01300 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide component sizes, rough-in requirements, service sizes, and finishes. . 1.03 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION A. Accept specialties on site in original factory packaging. Inspect for damage. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 DRAINS . A. Manufacturers: As specified. All floor drains in animal areas are to be acid and urine resistant. B. Area Drains: As specified. 2.02 CLEANOUTS . A. Manufacturers: Submit for approval 2.03 HOSE BIBBS A. Manufacturers: As specified. Submit indoor bibs for approval 2.04 WASHING MACHINE BOXES AND VALVES . A. Box Manufacturers: Submit for approval. B. Valve Manufacturers: Submit for approval. 2.05 BACKFLOWPREVENTERS . A. Manufacturers: Submit for approval. 2.06 WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS A. Manufacturers: As specified 2.07 HAIR INTERCEPTOR A. Manufacturers: As specified. . PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION . South old Animal Shelter, Southold, NY 01/19/2007 PLUMBING SPECIALTIES . A. Install In accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Extend cleanouts to finished floor or wall surface. Lubricate threaded cleanout plugs with mixture of graphite and linseed oil. Ensure clearance at cleanout for rodding of drainage system. C. Encase exterior cleanouts in concrete flush with grade. D. Install floor cleanouts at elevation to accommodate finished floor. E. Install approved potable water protection devices on plumbing lines where contamination of domestic water may occur; on boiler feed water lines, janitor rooms, fire sprinkler systems, premise isolation, irrigation systems, flush valves, interior and exterior hose bibs. F. Pipe relief from backflow preventer to nearest drain. G. Install water hammer arrestors complete with accessible isolation valve on hot and cold water supply piping to lavatories, and sinks.washing machine outlets. . . . END OF SECTION . . . . . . South old Animal Shelter, Southold, NY 01/19/2007 PLUMBING SPECIALTIES . . SECTION 15182 . HYDRONIC PIPING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES . A. Pipe and pipe fittings for: 1. Equipment drains and overflows. 1.02 REFERENCES . A. ASME B 16.3 - Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers. B. ASME B31.9 - Building Services Piping; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ANSI/ASME B31.9). C. ASTM A 53/A 53M - Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless. D. ASTM D 1785 - Standard Specification for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe, Schedules 40, 80, and 120. E. ASTM D 2241 - Standard Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Pressure-Rated Pipe (SDR Series). F. ASTM D 2466 - Standard Specification for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 40. G. ASTM D 2467 - Standard Specification for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80. H. ASTM D 2855 - Standard Practice for Making Solvent-Cemented Joints with Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Pipe and Fittings. 1.03 SUBMITTALS . . . A. See Section 01300 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. . PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 EQUIPMENT DRAINS AND OVERFLOWS A. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Schedule 40 galvanized. 1. Fittings: Galvanized cast iron, or ASME B 16.3 malleable iron. 2. Joints: Threaded, or grooved mechanical couplings. B. PVC Pipe: ASTM D 1785, Schedule 40, or ASTM D 2241, SDR 21 or 26. 1. Fittings: ASTM D 2466 or D2467, PVC. 2. Joints: Solvent welded. . 2.02 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Conform to ASME B31.9. B. Hangers for Pipe Sizes 1/2 to 1-1/2 Inch: Malleable iron, adjustable swivel, split ring. C. Wall Support for Pipe Sizes to 3 Inches: Cast iron hook. D. Hanger Rods: Mild steel threaded both ends, threaded one end, or continuous threaded. . PART 3 EXECUTION . Southold Animal Shelter, Southold, NY 01/19/2007 HYDRONIC PIPING . 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. PVC Pipe: Make solvent-welded joints in accordance with ASTM D 2855. C. Route piping in orderly manner, parallel to building structure, and maintain gradient. D. Install piping to conserve building space and to avoid interfere with use of space. E. Group piping whenever practical at common elevations. F. Slope piping and arrange to drain at low points. . . END OF SECTION . . . . . . . Southold Animal Shelter, Southold, NY 01/19/2007 HYDRONIC PIPING . . SECTION 15410 . PLUMBING FIXTURES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Water closets. . . B. Lavatories. C. Sinks. D. Service sinks. E. Drinking fountains. F. Bathtubs. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01300 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide catalog illustrations of fixtures, sizes, utility sizes, trim, and finishes. . 1.03 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION A. Accept fixtures on site in factory packaging. Inspect for damage. B. Protect installed fixtures from damage by securing areas and by leaving factory packaging in place to protect fixtures and prevent use. . PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FLUSH VALVE WATER CLOSETS 2.02 LAVATORIES A. Manufacturers: As specified . 2.03 SINKS A. Manufacturers: As specified B. Double Compartment Bowl: 2.04 GROOMING BATHTUBS . A. Manufacturers: Owner furnished, contractor installed. 2.05 DRINKING FOUNTAINS A. Manufacturers: . 2.06 WASH SINKS A. Manufacturers: As specified. 2.07 SERVICE SINKS A. Manufacturers: As specified. . PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that walls and floor finishes are prepared and ready for installation of fixtures. . South old Animal Shelter, Southold, NY 01/19/2007 PLUMBING FIXTURES . B. Verify that electric power is available and of the correct characteristics. C. Confirm that millwork is constructed with adequate provision for the installation of counter top lavatories and sinks. . 3.02 PREPARATION A. Rough-in fixture piping connections in accordance with minimum sizes indicated in fixture rough-in schedule for particular fixtures. 3.03 INSTALLATION . A. Install each fixture with trap, easily removable for servicing and cleaning. B. Install components level and plumb. C. Install and secure fixtures in place with wall supports and bolts. D. Seal fixtures to wall and fioor surfaces with sealant, color to match fixture. E. Solidly attach water closets to floor with lag screws. Lead flashing is not intended hold fixture in place. 3.04 INTERFACE WITH WORK OF OTHER SECTIONS . A. Review millwork shop drawings. Confirm location and size of fixtures and openings before rough-in and installation. . 3.05 ADJUSTING A. Adjust stops or valves for intended water flow rate to fixtures without splashing, noise. or overflow. 3.06 CLEANING AND PROTECTION . A. Clean plumbing fixtures and equipment. 3.07 SCHEDULES A. Fixture Heights: Install fixtures to heights above finished floor as indicated. B. Fixture Rough-In 1. Water Closet (Flush Valve Type): 2. Lavatory: a. Hot Water: 1/2 Inch. b. Cold Water: 1/2 Inch. c. Waste: 1-1/2 Inch. d. Vent: 1-1/4 Inch. 3. Sink: a. Hot Water: 1/2 Inch. b. Cold Water: 1/2 Inch. c. Waste: 1-1/2 Inch. d. Vent: 1-1/4 Inch. 4. Service Sink: a. Hot Water: 1/2 Inch. b. Cold Water: 1/2 Inch. c. Waste: 2 Inch. d. Vent: 1-1/2 Inch. 5. Water Cooler: a. Cold Water: 1/2 Inch. b. Waste: 1-1/4 Inch. . . . . South old Animal Shelter, Southold, NY 01/19/2007 PLUMBING FIXTURES . . . c. Vent: 1-114 Inch. 6. Bathtub: a. Hot Water: 1/2 Inch. b. Cold Water: 1/2 Inch. c. Waste: 1-112 Inch. d. Vent: 1-1/4 Inch. . . . . . . . . . Southold Animal Shelter, Southold, NY 01/19/2007 END OF SECTION PLUMBING FIXTURES . . DIVISION 15 PLUMBING FIXTURES PLUMBING FIXTURE 02 . . Model ESE202010 PLUMBING FIXTURE 03 . . . 1 2.314" a..,,; I [!]] '--- ,,,. PI~ETHO. J[[]J - I ,.. I ,. I ri101mrn.l-j-no2mm)-j LKC24S2BH 11l1.Btrated PLUMBING FIXTURE 04 . . . . Elkay Elite ESE202010 Elkay LKC2432BH Dual handle concealed mount mixing faucet. 4" blade handles. Tubular brass hi-arc traditional style swing spout with restricted fiow aerator finished in chrome plate. Removable cartridges. All operating parts are repiaceable from above deck. Requires 1/2" connections on 8" centers. Requires four faucet holes. Ship. Wt. 5 Ibs. Elkay ESE3322 Double sink, 8" D , i of6 . PLUMBING FIXTURE 10 . PLUMBING FIXTURE 12 American Standard MURROTM UNIVERSAL DESIGN WALL-HUNG LAVATORY o 0954.023 Faucet holes on 102mm (4") Ctrs . Extra right-hand hole 00954.021 Faucet holes on 102mm (4") Ctrs . Extra left-hand hole . . . PLUMBING FIXTURE 13 American Standard Heritage TWO-HANDLE CENTERSET LAVATORY FAUCET WITH GOOSENECK SPOUT 7400.000 Centerset Lavatory Gooseneck Spout. Less drain. Less pop-up hole. Less handles. w/172H Wrist Blades . . it> - .... H2" 1:12'Y' IEl . . . 20f6 . . PLUMBING FIXTURE 21 Model EDFP217C SMwn Elkay Double Water Fountain Model # edfp217C . . . PLUMBING FIXTURE 14 . . Elkay Service Floor Model Model # EFS3321C Model EFS3321C . PLUMBING FIXTURE 22 LustertoneO Deep Single Bowl Sink Models DLR and DLRQ Series . . Elkay Large Deep Single Bowl Sink Model 3 DLRSQ332210 . 3of6 . . PLUMBING FIXTURE 23 . Elkay ILGR4822L Double bowl sink with drip board . Model ILGR4B22R4 PLUMBING FIXTURE 25 J - /::< ..Qi ,J I I i ~., .-f American Standard 1662.601 Shower System Kit includes: . Colony Pressure Balance Valve wlstops 1371SS.240 . Fixed Handshower 1660.505 . Hose 8888.035 . Wall Supply 8888.037 . Standard Slide Bar 1660.225 . In-line Vacuum Breaker 1660.400 . . ..,; ,. . . . . . 40f6 . . , , , MOHM: $.Wm?if; ur.cGM~ PLUMBING FIXTURE 26 ".""Ii, ectrr~ 1Il~~ <<X.'B6l!' . U. I.I....~ ll'lJOM t.ltl*" . " ,- ~,~,"" '(<~~ Hobart Commercial Dishwasher F.8193 - LXiH . PLUMBING FIXTURE 27 . .. . MAYTAG COMMERCIAL CLOTHES WASHER MODEL # MRF35PN . . . . 50f6 . . PLUMBING FIXTURE # 28 . .. .. - MAYTAG COMMERCIAL CLOTHES DRYER MODEL # MDG50MNV . . . . . . . . 60f6 . . SECTION 15415 . RESTROOM PLUMBING FIXTURES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. T oHets. . B. Lavatories and faucets. . C. Fittings and trim. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 07900 - Joint Sealers. B. Section 15145 - Plumbing Piping. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01300 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. . PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS . A. Acceptable Manufacturer - Toilets, Urinals, Lavatories, and Faucets: American Standard, Inc; Tel: (800) 217-1929; Fax: (800) 233-1896. B. Acceptable Manufacturer - Flush Valves: Sloan Royal. C. Substitutions: See Section 01600 - Product Requirements. 2.02 TOILETS - GENERAL . A. Toilets: Vitreous china; comply with ASME A 112.19.2M for hydrauiic perfonmance, water surface area, trap seal depth, ballpass diameter, and dimensions; color white unless otherwise indicated; complete with flush valve and water control devices. B. Accessories: Unless otherwise indicated provide the following for each toilet as appiicable: 1. Seat: Manufacturer's standard or recommended open front seat, without cover; white. 2. Tank-type toilets: Chrome-plated supply and stops; size as indicated. 2.03 LAVATORIES - GENERAL A. Lavatories: Comply with ASMEA112.19.1M, ASME A112.19.2M, ASMEA112.19.4M as applicable for dimensions; color white unless otherwise indicated; complete with faucet, water supplies, and drain. . PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION . A. Verify that piping and wiring are installed and in the right location. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Install carriers and hangers for wall-mounted fixtures in walls before wall surface is completed. . 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install fixtures and fittings in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. B. Install fixtures plumb and level. . Southold Animal Shelter, Southold, NY 01/19/2007 RESTROOM PLUMBING FIXTURES . C. Install fixtures and fittings at heights required by ADA and applicable plumbing code. D. Anchor water closets to floor with screws or bolts. E. Install piping connections as specified in Section 15145. F. Seal fixtures to walls and floors with sealant. . 3.04 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Adjust water flow rates to comply with manufacturer's rating of the fixture. B. Clean fixtures of labels, dirt, and construction debris. . END OF SECTION . . . . . . . South old Animal Shelter, Southold, NY 01/19/2007 RESTROOM PLUMBING FIXTURES . . SECTION 15430 . PLUMBING EQUIPMENT PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Water Heaters. . B. Pumps. 1. Circulators. 1.02 SUBMITTALS . A. See Section 01300 - Administrative Requirements, for submittals procedures. B. Product Data: 1. Provide dimension drawings of water heaters indicating components and connections to other equipment and piping. C. Operation and Maintenance Data: Include operation, maintenance, and inspection data, replacement part numbers and availability, and service depot location and telephone number. . 1.03 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION A. Provide temporary inlet and outlet caps. Maintain caps in piace until installation. PART 2 PRODUCTS - AS SPECIFIED 2.01 WATER HEATER MANUFACTURERS . A. A.a. Smith Water Products Co; Model BTH-120: As specified. 2.02 IN.L1NE CIRCULATOR PUMPS . A. Manufacturers: As specified. B. Casing: Bronze, rated for 125 psig working pressure, with stainless steel rotor assembly. C. Impeller: Bronze. D. Shaft: Alloy steel with integral thrust collar and two oil lubricated bronze sleeve bearings. E. Seal: Carbon rotating against a stationary ceramic seat. F. Drive: Flexible coupling. . PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION . A. Install plumbing equipment in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, as required by code, and complying with conditions of certification, if any. B. Coordinate with plumbing piping and related fuel piping, gas venting, and electrical work to achieve operating system. C. Pumps: 1. Ensure pumps operate at specified system fiuid temperatures without vapor binding and cavitation, are non-overloading in parallel or individual operation, and operate within 25 percent of midpoint of published maximum efficiency curve. . 3.02 SCHEDULES . South old Animal Shelter, Southold, NY 01/19/2007 PLUMBING EQUIPMENT A. Water Heaters: See drawings South old Animal Shelter, Southold, NY 01/19/2007 . END OF SECTION . . . . . . . . . PLUMBING EQUIPMENT . . SECTION 15735 . PACKAGED ROOF TOP AIR CONDITIONING UNITS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES . A. Packaged roof top unit. B. Unit controls. C. Roof mounting curb and base. D. Maintenance service. 1.02 REFERENCES . A. NFPA 90A - Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilation Systems; National Fire Protection Association. 1.03 SUBMITTALS . A. See Section 01300 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide capacity and dimensions of manufactured products and assemblies required for this project. Indicate electrical service with electrical characteristics and connection requirements, and duct connections. C. Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate assembly, support details, connection requirements, and include start-up instructions. D. Operation and Maintenance Data: Include manufacturer's descriptive literature, operating instructions, installation instructions, maintenance and repair data, and parts listing. E. Warranty: Submit manufacture~s warranty and ensure forms have been filled out in Town of Southold, NY's name and registered with manufacturer. . . 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION A. Protect units from physical damage by storing off site until roof mounting curbs are in place, ready for immediate installation of units. 1.05 WARRANTY . A. See Section 01780 - Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements. B. Provide a five year warranty to include coverage for refrigeration compressors. 1.06 MAINTENANCE SERVICE A. Furnish service and maintenance of packaged roof top units for one year from Date of Substantial Completion. . 1.07 EXTRA MATERIALS ~ A. See Section 01600 - Product Requirements, for additional provisions. B. Provide one set of filters. . PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. As scheduled on drawings. . Southold Animal Shelter, Southold, NY 01/19/2007 PACKAGED ROOF TOP AIR CONDITIONING UNITS . B. Substitutions: See Section 01600 - Product Requirements. 2.02 AIR CONDITIONING UNITS A. General: Roof mounted units having gas burner and electric refrigeration. B. Disconnect Switch: Factory mount disconnect switch on equipment under provisions of Section 16155. 2.03 OPERATING CONTROLS . A. Provide low voltage, adjustable room thermostat to control burner operation, compressor and condenser fan, and supply fan to maintain temperature setting. 1. Include system selector switch (heat-olf-cool) and fan control switch (auto-on). 2. Locate thermostat in room as shown. . 2.04 OPERATING CONTROLS. SINGLE ZONE UNITS A. Electric solid state microcomputer based room thermostat, located as indicated in service area with remote sensor located as indicated. . B. Room thermostat shall incorporate: 1. Automatic switching from heating to cooling. 2. Short cycle protection. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION . A. Verify that roof is ready to receive work and opening dimensions are as illustrated by the manufacturer. B. Verify that proper power supply is available. 3.02 INSTALLATION . A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. PROVIDE AND INSTALL CONDENSATE DRAINS, FITTINGS, AND TERMINATIONS OUTSIDE FOR ALL SPLIT SYSTEM UNITS. . C. Mount units on factory built roof mounting curb providing watertight enclosure to protect ductwork and utility services. Install roof mounting curb level. 3.03 STARTING EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS A. Provide initial start-up and shut-down during first year of operation, including routine servicing and check-out. . END OF SECTION . . South old Animal Shelter, Southold, NY 01/19/2007 PACKAGED ROOF TOP AIR CONDITIONING UNITS . . SECTION 15810 . DUCTS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES . A. Metal ductwork. B. Nonmetal ductwork. C. Duct cleaning. 1.02 REFERENCES A. ASTM A 653/A 653M - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process. B. ASTM A 1008/A 1008M - Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet, Cold-Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High-Strength, Low Alloy, and High-Strength Low-Alloywith Improved Formability, Solution Hardened, and Bake Hardened. C. ASTM B 209 - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate. D. ASTM B 209M - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate (Metric). E. NFPA 90A - Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems; National Fire Protection Association. . . . F. SMACNA (DCS) - HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible; Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association. 1.03 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS . A. No variation of duct configuration or sizes permitted except by written permission. Size round ducts installed in place of rectangular ducts in accordance with ASHRAE table of equivalent rectangular and round ducts. 1.04 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Construct ductwork to NFPA 90A standards. . 1.05 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Do not install duct sealants when temperatures are less than those recommended by sealant manufacturers. B. Maintain temperatures within acceptable range during and after installation of duct sealants. . PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Galvanized Steel Ducts: Hot-dipped galvanized steel sheet, ASTM A 653/A 653M FS Type B, with G60/Z180 coating. B. Steel Ducts: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, Designation CS, cold-rolled commercial steel. . C. Aluminum Ducts: ASTM B 209 (ASTM B 209M); aluminum sheet, alloy 3003-H14. Aluminum Connectors and Bar Stock: Alloy 6061- T6 or of equivalent strength. D. Flexible Ducts: . . Southold Animal Shelter, Southold, NY 01/19/2007 DUCTS . 1. UL 181, Class 1, aluminum laminate and polyester film with latex adhesive supported by helically wound spring steel wire. a. Pressure Rating: 10 inches WG positive and 1.0 inches WG negative. b. Maximum Velocity: 4000 fpm. c. Temperature Range: -20 degrees F to 210 degrees F. E. Insulated Flexible Ducts: 1. UL 181, Class 1, aluminum laminate and polyester film with latex adhesive supported by helically wound spring steel wire; fiberglass insulation; polyethylene vapor barrier film. a. Pressure Rating: 10 inches WG positive and 1.0 inches WG negative. b. Maximum Velocity: 4000 fpm. c. Temperature Range: -20 degrees F to 210 degrees F. 2.02 DUCTWORK FABRICATION . . A. Fabricate and support in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible, and as indicated. Provide duct material, gages, reinforcing, and sealing for operating pressures indicated. . B. Construct T's, bends, and elbows with radius of not less than 1-1/2 times width of duct on centerline. Where not possible and where rectangular elbows must be used, provide air foil turning vanes. Where acoustical lining is indicated, provide turning vanes of perforated metal with glass fiber insulation. Incr~ase duct sizes gra~ually, not exceeding 15 de.g,ree" S,?iv,8~,' .,"" ,CJ!W, ,herever possible; maximum 30 degrees divergence upstream of equlpment.~.:lf$;degrees convergence downstream. ' . C. 2.03 DUCT MANUFACTURERS A. Metal-Fab, Inc: www.mtlfab.com. B. Lindab Inc.. C. Substitutions: See Section 01600 - Product Requirements. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Duct sizes indicated are inside clear dimensions. For lined ducts, maintain sizes inside lining. B. Install and seal metal and fiexible ducts in accordance with SMACNA HV AC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible. C. Locate ducts with sufficient space around equipment to allow normal operating and maintenance activities. D. Connect terminal units to supply ducts directly or with one foot maximum length of flexible duct. Do not use flexible duct to change direction. E. Connect diffusers or light troffer boots to low pressure ducts directly or with 5 feet maximum length of flexible duct held in place with strap or clamp. F. Connect flexible ducts to metal ducts with adhesive plus sheet metal screws. G. During construction provide temporary closures of metal or taped polyethylene on open ductwork to prevent construction dust from entering ductwork system. . . . . 3.02 CLEANING . A. Clean duct system and force air at high velocity through duct to remove accumulated dust. To Southold Animal Shelter, Southold, NY 01/19/2007 DUCTS . . obtain sufficient air, clean half the system at a time. Protect equipment which may be harmed by excessive dirt with temporary filters, or bypass during cleaning. . END OF SECTION . . . . . . . . . Southold Animal Shelter, Southold, NY 01/19/2007 DUCTS . SECTION 15820 . DUCT ACCESSORIES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES . A. Backdraft dampers. B. Fire dampers. C. Flexible duct connections. D. Volume control dampers. 1.02 REFERENCES . A. NFPA 90A - Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems; National Fire Protection Association. . B. SMACNA (DCS) - HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible; Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association. C. UL 555 - Standard for Fire Dampers; Underwriters Laboratories Inc.. 1.03 SUBMITTALS . A. See Section 01300 - Administrative Requirements. for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide for shop fabricated assemblies including volume control dampers. Include eiectrical characteristics and connection requirements. C. Shop Drawings: Indicate for shop fabricated assemblies including volume control dampers. D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Provide instructions for fire dampers. . 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect dampers from damage to operating linkages and blades. 1.05 EXTRA MATERIALS . A. See Section 01600 - Product Requirements, for additional provisions. B. Provide two of each size and type of fusible link. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 BACKDRAFTDAMPERS A. Gravity Backdraft Dampers, Size 18 x 18 inches or Smaller, Furnished with Air Moving Equipment: Air moving equipment manufacturer's standard construction. 2.02 FIRE DAMPERS . A. Fabricate in accordance with NFPA 90A and UL 555, and as indicated. B. Ceiling Dampers: Galvanized steel, 22 gage frame and 16 gage fiap, two layers 0.125 inch ceramic fiber on top side and one layer on bottom side for round fiaps, with locking clip. C. Horizontal Dampers: Galvanized steel, 22 gage frame, stainless steel closure spring, and lightweight, heat retardant non-asbestos fabric blanket. 2.03 FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTIONS . . Southold Animal Shelter, Southold, NY 0111912007 DUCT ACCESSORIES . A. Fabricate in accordance with SMACNA HV AC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible, and as indicated. B. Flexible Duct Connections: Fabric crimped into metal edging strip. . 2.04 VOLUME CONTROL DAMPERS A. Fabricate in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible, and as indicated. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION . A. Verify that electric power is available and of the correct characteristics. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install accessories in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, NFPA 90A, and follow SMACNA HV AC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible. Refer to Section 15810 for duct construction and pressure class. B. Provide backdraft dampers on exhaust fans or exhaust ducts nearest to outside and where indicated. C. Provide fire dampers at locations indicated, where ducts and outlets pass through fire rated components, and where required by authorities having jurisdiction. Install with required perimeter mounting angles, sleeves, breakaway duct connections, corrosion resistant springs, bearings, bushings and hinges. D. Demonstrate re-setting of fire dampers to Town of Southold, NY's representative. E. Provide balancing dampers at points on supply, retum, and exhaust systems where branches are taken from larger ducts as required for air balancing. Install minimum 2 duct widths from duct take-off. . . . END OF SECTION . . . . Southold Animal Shelter, Southold, NY 01/19/2007 DUCT ACCESSORIES . . SECTION 15835 . POWER VENTILATORS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Roof exhausters. . B. Wall exhausters. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01300 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. . PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. As scheduled on drawings. B. Substitutions: See Section 01600 - Product Requirements. 2.02 ROOF EXHAUSTERS . . A. Roof Curb: 8 inch high self-flashing of galvanized steel with continuously welded seams, built-in cant strips. B. Disconnect Switch: Factory wired, non-fusible, in housing for thermal overload protected motor. C. Backdraft Damper: Gravity actuated, aluminum multiple blade construction, felt edged with offset hinge pin, nylon bearings, blades linked. 2.03 WALL EXHAUSTERS . A. Disconnect Switch: Factory wired, non-fusible, in housing for thermal overload protected motor, and wall mounted multiple speed switch. B. Backdraft Damper: Gravity actuated, aluminum multiple blade construction, felt edged with offset hinge pin, nylon bearings, blades linked. PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. . . B. Secure roof exhausters with cadmium plated steel lag screws to roof curb. C. Extend ducts to roof exhausters into roof curb. Counterflash duct to roof opening. D. Provide sheaves required for final air balance. E. Install backdraft dampers on inlet to roof and wall exhausters. END OF SECTION . . Southold Animal Shelter, Southold, NY 01/19/2007 POWER VENTILATORS . SECTION 15850 . AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES . A. Diffusers. B. Registers/grilles. C. Roof hoods. . 1.02 REFERENCES A. SMACNA (DCS) - HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible; Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association. 1.03 SUBMITTALS . A. See Section 01300 - Administrative Requirements for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide data for equipment required for this project. Review outiets and inlets as to size, finish, and type of mounting prior to submission. Submit schedule of outlets and inlets showing type, size, location, application, and noise level. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS . A. Metalaire; as scheduled on drawings. B. Substitutions: See Section 01600 - Product Requirements. 2.02 ROOF HOODS A. Fabricate air inlet or exhaust hoods in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible. . PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION . A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Check location of outlets and inlets and make necessary adjustments in position to conform with architectural features, symmetry, and lighting arrangement. C. D. Install diffusers to ductwork with air tight connection. Provide balancing dampers on duct take-off to diffusers, and grilles and registers, despite whether dampers are specified as part of the diffuser. or grille and register assembly. . END OF SECTION . . South old Animal Shelter, Southold, NY 01/19/2007 AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS . SECTION 15950 . TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES . A. Testing, adjustment, and balancing of air systems. B. Measurement of final operating condition of HVAC systems. 1.02 REFERENCES . A. AABC MN-1 - AABC National Standards for Total System Balance; Associated Air Balance Council. B. ASHRAE Std 111 - Practices for Measurement, Testing, Adjusting and Balancing of Building Heating, Ventilation, Air-Conditioning, and Refrigeration Systems; American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers, Inc.. C. NEBB (TAB) - Procedural Standards for Testing Adjusting Balancing of Environmental Systems; National Environmental Balancing Bureau. . 1.03 SUBMITTALS . A. See Section 01300 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. TAB Plan: Submit a written plan indicating the testing, adjusting, and balancing standard to be followed and the specific approach for each system and component. 1. Submit to Design Learned, Inc.. 2. Include at least the following in the plan: a. List of all air flow, water flow, sound level, system capacity and efficiency measurements to be performed and a description of specific test procedures, parameters, formulas to be used. b. Copy of field checkout sheets and logs to be used, listing each piece of equipment to be tested, adjusted and balanced with the data cells to be gathered for each. c. Discussion of what notations and markings will be made on the duct and piping drawings during the process. d. Final test report forms to be used. e. Procedures for formal deficiency reports, including scope, frequency and distribution. C. Final Report: Indicate deficiencies in systems that would prevent proper testing, adjusting, and balancing of systems and equipment to achieve specified performance. 1. Revise TAB plan to reflect actual procedures and submit as part of final report. 2. Submit draft copies of report for review prior to final acceptance of Project. Provide final copies for Design Learned, Inc. and for inclusion in operating and maintenance manuals. 3. Include actual instrument list, with manufacturer name, serial number, and date of calibration. 4. Form of Test Reports: Where the TAB standard being followed recommends a report format use that; otherwise, follow ASHRAE Std 111. 5. Units of Measure: Report data in both I-P (inch-pound) and SI (metric) units. 6. Test Reports: Indicate data on AABC MN-1 forms, forms prepared following ASHRAE Std 111, or NEBB forms. Submit data in SI (metric) units. 7. Include the following on the title page of each report: a. Name of Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Agency. b. Address of Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Agency. c. Telephone number of Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Agency. d. Project name. . . . . . Southold Animal Shelter, Southold, NY 01/19/2007 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING . e. Project location. f. Project. g. Project altitude. h. Report date. D. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of flow measuring stations and balancing valves and rough setting. . 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE(movedto PART 3) A. Perform total system balance in accordance with AABC MN-1, ASHRAE Std 111, or NEBB Procedural Standards for Testing, Balancing and Adjusting of Environmental Systems. 1. Maintain one copy of each document on site. B. TAB Agency Qualifications: Company specializing in the testing, adjusting, and balancing of systems specified in this Section with minimum three years documented experience certified by AABC. 1.05 WARRANTY (moved to PART 3) A. Furnish AABC National Performance Guaranty for this project. PART2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS . . . A. Perform total system balance in accordance with one of the following: B. Begin work after completion of systems to be tested, adjusted, or balanced and complete work prior to Substantial Completion of the project. C. TAB Agency Qualifications: 1. Company specializing in the testing, adjusting, and balancing of systems specified in this section. . 3.02 EXAMINATION A. Verify that systems are complete and operable before commencing work. Ensure the following conditions: 1. Systems are started and operating in a safe and normal condition. 2. Temperature control systems are installed complete and operable. 3. Proper thermal overload protection is in place for electrical equipment. 4. Final filters are clean and in place. If required, install temporary media in addition to final filters. 5. Duct systems are ciean of debris. 6. Fans are rotating correctly. 7. Fire and volume dampers are in place and open. 8. Access doors are closed and duct end caps are in place. 9. Air outlets are installed and connected. 10. Duct system leakage is minimized. B. Submit field reports. Report defects and deficiencies noted during performance of services which prevent system balance. C. Beginning of work means acceptance of existing conditions. . . . 3.03 PREPARATION . A. Provide additional balancing devices as required. South old Animal Shelter, Southold, NY 01/19/2007 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING . . 3.04 INSTALLATION TOLERANCES . A. Air Handling Systems: Adjust to within plus or minus 5 percent of design for supply systems and plus or minus 10 percent of design for return and exhaust systems. B. Air Outlets and Inlets: Adjust total to within plus 10 percent and minus 5 percent of design to space. Adjust outlets and inlets in space to within plus or minus 10 percent of design. 3.05 RECORDING AND ADJUSTING . A. Ensure recorded data represents actual measured or observed conditions. B. Permanently mark settings of valves, dampers, and other adjustment devices allowing settings to be restored. Set and lock memory stops. C. After adjustment, take measurements to verify balance has not been disrupted or that such disruption has been rectified. D. Leave systems in proper working order, replacing belt guards, closing access doors, closing doors to electrical switch boxes, and restoring thermostats to specified settings. . 3.06 AIR SYSTEM PROCEDURE . A. Adjust air handling and distribution systems to provide required or design supply, return, and exhaust air quantities at site altitude. B. Make air quantity measurements in ducts by Pitot tube traverse of entire cross sectional area of duct. . C. Measure air quantities at air inlets and outlets. D. Adjust distribution system to obtain uniform space temperatures free from objectionable drafts and noise. . E. Use volume control devices to regulate air quantities only to extend that adjustments do not create objectionable air motion or sound levels. Effect volume control by duct internal devices such as dampers and splitters. F. Vary total system air quantities by adjustment of fan speeds. Provide drive changes required. Vary branch air quantities by damper regulation. G. Provide system schematic with required and actual air quantities recorded at each outlet or inlet. H. Adjust outside air automatic dampers, outside air, return air, and exhaust dampers for design conditions. FOLLOW FRESH AIR BALANCING REQUIREMENTS EXACTLY. . I. Measure temperature conditions across outside air, return air, and exhaust dampers to check leakage. J. Where modulating dampers are provided, take measurements and balance at extreme conditions. . END OF SECTION . . South old Animal Shelter, Southold, NY 01/19/2007 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING . SECTION 16060 . GROUNDING AND BONDING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES . A. Grounding and bonding components. B. Provide all components necessary to complete the grounding system(s) consisting of: 1. Rod electrodes. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS . A. Section 02590 - Site Grounding. 1.03 REFERENCES A. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; National Fire Protection Association. 1.04 SUBMITTALS . A. See Section 01300 - Administrative Requirements for submittals procedures. B. Product Data: Provide for grounding electrodes and connections. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE . A. Conform to requirements of NFPA 70. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ELECTRODES - Submit for approval A. Rod Electrodes: Copper. 1. Diameter: 3/4 inch. 2. Length: 8 feet. 2.02 CONNECTORS AND ACCESSORIES . A. Exothermic Connections: B. Grounding Electrode Conductor: Size to meet NFPA 70 requirements. . PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify existing conditions prior to beginning work. B. Verify that final backfill and compaction has been completed before driving rod electrodes. 3.02 INSTALLATION . A. Install ground electrodes at locations indicated. Install additional rod electrodes as required to achieve specified resistance to ground. B. Provide grounding electrode conductor and connect to reinforcing steel in foundation footing where indicated. Bond steel together. C. Provide bonding to meet requirements described in Quality Assurance. D. Equipment Grounding Conductor: Provide separate, insulated conductor within each feeder and branch circuit raceway. Terminate each end on suitable lug, bus. or bushing. . . South old Animal Shelter, Southold, NY 01/19/2007 GROUNDING AND BONDING South old Animal Shelter, Southold, NY 01/19/2007 . END OF SECTION . . . . . . . . . GROUNDING AND BONDING . . SECTION 16070 . HANGERS AND SUPPORTS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES . A. Conduit and equipment supports. B. Anchors and fasteners. 1.02 REFERENCES . A. NECA 1 - Standard Practices for Good Workmanship in Electrical Contracting; National Electrical Contractors Association. B. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; National Fire Protection Association. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE . A. Conform to requirements of NFPA 70. B. Products; Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS . A. Hangers, Supports, Anchors, and Fasteners - General; Corrosion-resistant materials of size and type adequate to carry the loads of equipment and conduit, including weight of wire in conduit. B. Supports: Fabricated of structural steel or formed steel members; galvanized. C. Anchors and Fasteners: 1. Do not use powder-actuated anchors, spring clips, or beam clamps. 2. Concrete Structural Elements: Use precast inserts, expansion anchors, or preset inserts. 3. Steel Structural Elements: Use welded fasteners or drilled and screwed fasteners. 4. Concrete Surfaces: Use seif-drilling anchors or expansion anchors. 5. Hollow Masonry, Plaster, and Gypsum Board Partitions: Use toggle bolts or hollow wall fasteners . . PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION . A. Install hangers and supports as required to adequately and securely support electrical system components, in a neat and workmanlike manner, as specified in NECA 1. 1. Do not fasten supports to pipes, ducts, mechanical equipment, or conduit. 2. Do not drill or cut structural members. B. Rigidly weld support members or use hexagon-head bolts to present neat appearance with adequate strength and rigidity. Use spring lock washers under all nuts. C. Install surface-mounted cabinets and panelboards with minimum of four anchors. D. In wet and damp locations use steel channel supports to stand cabinets and panelboards 1 inch off wall. . . E. Use sheet metal channel to bridge studs above and below cabinets and panelboards recessed in hollow partitions. . Southold Animal Shelter, Southold, NY 01/19/2007 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS South old Animal Shelter, Southold, NY 01/19/2007 . END OF SECTION . . . . . . . . . HANGERS AND SUPPORTS . . SECTION 16075 . ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES . A. Nameplates and labels. B. Wire and cable markers. C. Conduit markers. 1.02 REFERENCES A. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; National Fire Protection Association. . 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Conform to requirements of NFPA 70. B. Products: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. as suitable for purpose specified and shown. . PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 NAMEPLATES AND LABELS A. Nameplates: Engraved three-layer laminated plastic, black letters on white background. B. Locations: 1. Each electrical distribution and control equipment enclosure. C. Letter Size: 1. Use 1/8 inch letters for identifying individual equipment and loads. D. Labels: Embossed adhesive tape, with 3/16 inch white letters on black background. Use only for identification of individual wall switches and receptacles, control device stations, and . . 2.02 WIRE MARKERS . A. Description: Cloth type wire markers. B. Locations: Each conductor at panelboard gutters, pull boxes, outlet boxes, and junction boxes each .load connection. 2.03 CONDUIT MARKERS A. Location: Furnish markers for each conduit longer than 6 feet. B. Spacing: 20 feet on center. . 2.04 UNDERGROUND WARNING TAPE A. Description: 4 inch wide plastic tape, detectable type colored red with suitable warning legend describing buried electrical lines. . PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Degrease and clean surfaces to receive nameplates and labels. 3.02 INSTALLATION . Southold Animal Shelter, Southold, NY 01/19/2007 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION . A. Install nameplates and labels parallel to equipment lines. B. Secure nameplates to equipment front using screws. C. Secure nameplates to inside surface of door on panelboard that is recessed in finished locations. D. Identify underground conduits using underground warning tape. Install one tape per trench at 3 inches below finished grade. . END OF SECTION . . . . . . . . Southold Animal Shelter, Southold, NY 01/19/2007 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION . . SECTION 16123 . BUILDING WIRE AND CABLE PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Wire and cable for 600 volts and less. . B. Wiring connectors and connections. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 16075 - Electrical Identification. 1.03 REFERENCES . A. NECA 1 - Standard Practices for Good Workmanship in Electrical Contracting; National Electrical Contractors Association. B. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; National Fire Protection Association. 1.04 SUBMITTALS . A. See Section 01300 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of components and circuits. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE . A. Conform to requirements of NFPA 70. B. Products: Furnish products listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 WIRING REQUIREMENTS . A. Concealed Dry Interior Locations: Use only building wire in raceway or metal clad cable. B. Exposed Dry Interior Locations: Use only building wire in raceway or metal clad cable. C. Above Accessible Ceilings: Use only building wire in raceway or metal clad cabie. D. Wet or Damp Interior Locations: Use only metal clad cable. E. Exterior Locations: Use only metal clad cable. F. Underground Installations: Use only metal clad cable. G. Use conductor not smaller than 12 AWG for power and lighting circuits. H. Use 10 AWG conductors for 20 ampere, 120 volt branch circuits longer than 75 feet. I. Conductor sizes are based on copper unless indicated as aluminum or "AL". . . 2.02 BUILDING WIRE . A. Description: Single conductor insulated wire. B. Conductor: Copper. C. Insulation Voltage Rating: 600 volts. 2.03 SERVICE ENTRANCE CABLE . Southold Animal Shelter, Southold, NY 01/19/2007 BUILDING WIRE AND CABLE . A. Description: NFPA 70, Type SE. B. Conductor: Copper. C. Insulation Voltage Rating: 600 volts. D. Insulation: Type RH. 2.04 METAlCLADCABlE A. Description: NFPA 70, Type MC. B. Conductor: Copper. C. Insulation Voltage Rating: 600 volts. D. Insulation Temperature Rating: 60 degrees C. E. Insulation Material: Thermoplastic. F. Anmor Material: Steel. G. Anmor Design: Interlocked metal tape. 2.05 WIRING CONNECTORS . . . A. Spring Wire Connectors: . PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that interior of building has been protected from weather. S. Verify that mechanical work likely to damage wire and cable has been completed. C. Verify that raceway installation is complete and supported. 3.02 PREPARATION . A. Completely and thoroughly swab raceway before installing wire. 3.03 INSTALLATION . A. Install wire and cable securely, in a neat and workmanlike manner, as specified in NECA 1. B. Route wire and cable as required to meet project conditions. 1. Wire and cable routing indicated is approximate unless dimensioned. 2. Where wire and cable destination is indicated and routing is not shown, detenmine exact routing and lengths required. 3. Include wire and cable of lengths required to install connected devices within 10 It of location shown. C. Use wiring methods indicated. D. Pull all conductors into raceway at same time. E. Use suitable wire pulling lubricant for building wire 4 AWG and larger. F. Use suitable cable fittings and connectors. G. Neatly train and lace wiring inside boxes, equipment, and panelboards. H. Clean conductor surfaces before installing lugs and connectors. I. Make splices, taps, and tenminations to carry full ampacity of conductors with no perceptible temperature rise. . . . Southold Animal Shelter, Southold, NY 01/19/2007 BUILDING WIRE AND CABLE . . . J. Use split bolt connectors for copper conductor splices and taps, 6 AWG and larger. Tape uninsulated conductors and connector with electrical tape to 150 percent of insulation rating of conductor. K. Use insulated spring wire connectors with plastic caps for copper conductor splices and taps, 10 AWG and smaller. L. Identify and color code wire and cable under provisions of Section 16075. Identify each conductor with its circuit number or other designation indicated. . END OF SECTION . . . . . . . . Southold Animal Shelter, Southold, NY 01/19/2007 BUILDING WIRE AND CABLE . SECTION 16131 . CONDUIT PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES . A. Conduit, fittings and conduit bodies. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS . A. Section 16060 - Grounding and Bonding. B. Section 16070 - Hangers and Supports. C. Section 16075 - Electrical Identification. D. Section 16138 - Boxes. 1.03 REFERENCES . A. ANSI C80.1 - American National Standard for Electrical Rigid Steel Conduit (ERSC). B. ANSI C80.3 - American National Standard for Steel Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT). C. NECA 1 - Standard Practices for Good Workmanship in Electrical Contracting; National Electrical Contractors Association. D. NECA 101 - Standard for Installing Steel Conduit (Rigid, IMC, EMT); National Electrical Contractors Association. . E. NEMA FB 1 - Fittings, Cast Metal Boxes, and Conduit Bodies for Conduit, Electrical Metallic Tubing, and Cable; National Electrical Manufacturers Association. F. NEMA TC 2 - Electrical Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Tubing and Conduit; National Electrical Manufacturers Association. . G. NEMA TC 3 - PVC Fittings for Use with Rigid PVC Conduit and Tubing; National Electrical Manufacturers Association. H. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; National Fire Protection Association. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE . A. Conform to requirements of NFPA 70. B. Products: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. as suitable for purpose specified and shown. . . PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CONDUIT REQUIREMENTS A. Conduit Size: Comply with NFPA 70. 1. Minimum Size: 1/2 inch unless otherwise specified. B. Underground Installations: 1. More than Five Feet from Foundation Wall: Use rigid steel conduit. 2. Within Five Feet from Foundation Wall: Use rigid steel conduit. 3. In or Under Slab on Grade: Use rigid steel conduit or thickwall non-metallic conduit. 4. Minimum Size: 3/4 inch. C. Outdoor Locations Above Grade: Use rigid steel conduit. . . Southold Animal Shelter, South old, NY 01/19/2007 CONDUIT . D. Wet and Damp Locations: Use rigid steel conduit or thickwall nonmetallic conduit. E. Dry Locations: 1. Concealed: Use rigid steel conduit, electrical metallic tubing, or thickwall nonmetallic conduit. 2. Exposed: Use rigid steel conduit, electrical metallic tubing, or thickwall nonmetallic conduit. 2.02 METAL CONDUIT A. Rigid Steel Conduit: ANSI C80.1. B. Fittings and Conduit Bodies: NEMA FB 1; material to match conduit. 2.03 ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING (EMT) A. Description: ANSI C80.3; galvanized tubing. B. Fittings and Conduit Bodies: NEMA FB 1; steel or malleable iron compression type. 2.04 NONMETALLIC CONDUIT A. Description: NEMA TC 2; Schedule 40 PVC. B. Fittings and Conduit Bodies: NEMA TC 3. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION . . . . A. Conduit routing is shown on drawings in approximate locations unless dimensioned. Route as required to complete wiring system. 3.02 INSTAllATION A. Install conduit securely, in a neat and workmanlike manner, as specified in NECA 1. B. Install steel conduit as specified in NECA 101. C. Install nonmetallic conduit in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. D. Arrange supports to prevent misalignment during wiring installation. E. Support conduit using coated steel or malleable iron straps, lay-in adjustable hangers, clevis hangers, and split hangers. F. Group related conduits; support using conduit rack. Construct rack using steel channel; provide space on each for 25 percent additional conduits. G. Fasten conduit supports to building structure and surfaces under provisions of Section 16070. H. Do not support conduit with wire or perforated pipe straps. Remove wire used for temporary supports. I. Do not attach conduit to ceiling support wires. J. Arrange conduit to maintain headroom and present neat appearance. K. Route exposed conduit parallel and perpendicular to walls. L. Route conduit installed above accessible ceilings parallel and perpendicular to walls. M. Route conduit in and under slab from point-to-point. N. Maintain adequate clearance between conduit and piping. O. Cut conduit square using saw or pipecutter; de-burr cut ends. . . . . . Southold Animal Shelter, Southold, NY 01/19/2007 CONDUIT . . P. . Q. R. S. . T. U. V. . . . . . . . Bring conduit to shoulder of fittings; fasten securely. Install no more than equivalent of three 90 degree bends between boxes. Use conduit bodies to make sharp changes in direction, as around beams. Use hydraulic one shot bender to fabricate bends in metal conduit larger than 2 inch size. Avoid moisture traps; provide junction box with drain fitting at low points in conduit system. Provide suitable fittings to accommodate expansion and deflection where conduit crosses seismic. Provide suitable pull string in each empty conduit except sleeves and nipples. Use suitable caps to protect installed conduit against entrance of dirt and moisture. Ground and bond conduit under provisions of Section 16060. W. Identify conduit under provisions of Section 16075. END OF SECTION . Southold Animal Shelter, Southold, NY 01/19/2007 CONDUIT . SECTION 16138 . BOXES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES . A. Wall and ceiling outlet boxes. B. Pull and junction boxes. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 16139 - Cabinets and Enclosures. B. Section 16140 - Wiring Devices: Wall plates in finished areas. . 1.03 REFERENCES A. NECA 1 - Standard Practices for Good Workmanship in Electrical Contracting; National Electrical Contractors Association. . B. NEMA FB 1 - Fittings, Cast Metal Boxes, and Conduit Bodies for Conduit, Electrical Metallic Tubing, and Cable; National Electrical Manufacturers Association. C. NEMA OS 1 - Sheet Steel Outlet Boxes, Device Boxes, Covers, and Box Supports; National Electrical Manufacturers Association. D. NEMA 250 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum); National Electrical Manufacturers Association. . E. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; National Fire Protection Association. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations and mounting heights of outlet, pull, and junction boxes on project record documents. . 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE . A. Conform to requirements of NFPA 70. B. Products: Provide products listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 OUTLET BOXES A. Sheet Metal Outlet Boxes: NEMA OS 1, galvanized steel. B. Cast Boxes: NEMA FB 1, Type FD, aluminum. Provide gasketed cover by box manufacturer. Provide threaded hubs. . C. Wall Plates for Finished Areas: As specified in Section 16140. 2.02 PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES . A. Sheet Metal Boxes: NEMA OS 1, galvanized steel. B. Surface Mounted Cast Metal Box: NEMA 250, Type 4; flat-flanged, surface mounted junction box: 1. Material: Galvanized cast iron. 2. Cover: Furnish with ground flange, neoprene gasket, and stainless steel cover screws. . South old Animal Shelter, Southold, NY 01/19/2007 BOXES . PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install boxes securely, in a neat and workmanlike manner, as specified in NECA 1. B. Install in locations as shown on Drawings, and as required for splices, taps, wire pulling, equipment connections, and as required by NFPA 70. C. Coordinate installation of outlet boxes for equipment connected under Section 16155. D. Set wall mounted boxes at elevations to accommodate mounting heights indicated. E. Electrical boxes are shown on Drawings in approximate locations unless dimensioned. F. Orient boxes to accommodate wiring devices oriented as specified in Section 16140. G. Maintain headroom and present neat mechanical appearance. H. Install pull boxes and junction boxes above accessible ceilings and in unfinished areas only. I. Locate outlet boxes to allow luminaires positioned as shown on reflected ceiling plan. J. Align adjacent wall mounted outlet boxes for Switches, thermostats, and similar devices. K. Use flush mounting outlet box in finished areas. L. Do not install flush mounting box back-to-back in walls; provide minimum 6 inches separation. Provide minimum 24 inches separation in acoustic rated walls. M. Secure flush mounting box to interior wall and partition studs. Accurately position to allow for surface finish thickness. N. Install flush mounting box without damaging wall insulation or reducing its effectiveness. O. Use adjustable steel channel fasteners for hung ceiling outlet box. P. Do not fasten boxes to ceiling support wires. Q. Support boxes independently of conduit, except cast box that is connected to two rigid metal conduits both supported within 12 inches of box. . . . . . . R. Use gang box where more than one device is mounted together. Do not use sectional box. S. Large Pull Boxes: Use hinged enclosure in interior dry locations, surface-mounted cast metal box in other locations. 3.02 ADJUSTING A. Adjust flush-mounting outlets to make front flush with finished wall material. B. Install knockout closures in unused box openings. . 3.03 CLEANING A. Clean interior of boxes to remove dust, debris, and other material. B. Clean exposed surfaces and restore finish. . END OF SECTION . Southold Animal Shelter, Southold, NY 01/19/2007 BOXES . . SECTION 16139 . CABINETS AND ENCLOSURES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES . A. Hinged cover enclosures. B. Cabinets. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 16070 - Hangers and Supports. 1.03 REFERENCES . A. NECA 1 - Standard Practices for Good Workmanship in Electrical Contracting; National Electrical Contractors Association. B. NEMA 250 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volls Maximum); National Electrical Manufacturers Association. . C. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; National Fire Protection Association. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE . A. Conform to requirements of NFPA 70. B. Products: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories. Inc. as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. . PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 HINGED COVER ENCLOSURES A. Construction: NEMA 250, Type 1 steel enclosure. B. Covers: Continuous hinge. held closed by flush latch operable by screwdriver. C. Enciosure Finish: Manufacturer's standard enamel. 2.02 CABINETS . A. Boxes: Galvanized steel. B. Backboard: Provide 3/4 inch thick plywood backboard for mounting terminal blocks. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION . A. Install securely, in a neat and workmanlike manner, as specified in NECA 1. B. Install enclosures and boxes plumb. Anchor securely to wall and structural supports at each corner under the provisions of Section 16070. C. Install cabinet fronts plumb. 3.02 CLEANING . A. Clean electrical parts to remove conductive and harmful materials. B. Remove dirt and debris from enclosure. C. Clean finishes and touch up damage. . Southold Animal Shelter, Southold, NY 01/19/2007 CABINETS AND ENCLOSURES South old Animal Shelter, Southold, NY 01/19/2007 . END OF SECTION . . . . . . . . . CABINETS AND ENCLOSURES . . SECTION 16140 . WIRING DEVICES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES . A. Wall switches. B. Wall dimmers. C. Receptacles. D. Device plates and decorative box covers. . 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 16138 - Boxes. 1.03 REFERENCES . A. NECA 1 - Standard Practices for Good Workmanship in Electrical Contracting; National Electrical Contractors Association. B. NEMA WD 1 - General Color Requirements for Wiring Devices; National Electrical Manufacturers Association. C. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; National Fire Protection Association. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE . A. Conform to requirements of NFPA 70. B. Products: Provide products listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. as su~able for the purpose specified and indicated. . PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 WALL SWITCHES . A. Wall Switches: General Duty, AC only general-use snap switch, complying with NEMAWD 6 and WD 1. 1. Body and Handle: Ivory plastic with toggle handle. 2. Ratings: a. Voltage: 120 volts, AC. b. Current: 20 amperes. B. Switch Types: Single pole, doubie pole, and 3-way. 2.02 WALL DIMMERS . A. Wall Dimmers: Semiconductor dimmer for both incandescent and fluorescent lamps, Type as indicated on drawings, complying with NEMA WD 6 and WD 1. 1. Body and Handle: Ivory plastic with linear slide. 2. Voltage: 120 volts. 3. Power Rating: As indicated in schedule. B. Accessory Wall Switches: Match dimmer appearance. 2.03 RECEPTACLES A. Receptacles: General duty, complying with NEMA WD 6 and WD 1. 1. Device Body: Ivory plastic. . . Southold Animal Shelter, Southold, NY 01/19/2007 WIRING DEVICES . B. Duplex Convenience Receptacles. C. GFCI Receptacles: Convenience receptacle with integral ground fault circuit interrupter to meet regulatory requirements. . 2.04 TELEPHONE JACKS 2.05 WALL PLATES A. Decorative Cover Plates: Ivory, smooth plastic. B. Weatherproof Cover Plates: Gasketed cast metal with gasketed device cover. . PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that outlet boxes are installed at proper height. B. Verify that wall openings are neatly cut and will be completely covered by wall plates. C. Verify that branch circuit wiring installation is completed, tested, and ready for connection to wiring devices. . 3.02 PREPARATION A. Provide extension rings to bring outl.et boxes flush with finished surface. B. Clean debris from outlet boxes. . 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install securely, in a neat and workmanlike manner, as specified in NECA 1. B. Install devices plumb and level. C. Install switches with OFF position down. D. Install wall dimmers to achieve full rating specified and indicated after derating for ganging as instructed by manufacturer. E. Install receptacles with grounding pole on top. F. Connect wiring device grounding terminal to outlet box with bonding jumper. G. Install decorative plates on switch, receptacle, and blank outlets in finished areas. H. Connect wiring devices by wrapping conductor around screw terminal. . . 3.04 INTERFACE WITH OTHER PRODUCTS . A. Coordinate locations of outlet boxes provided under Section 16138 to obtain mounting heights specified. B. Install wall switch 48 inches above finished floor. C. Install convenience receptacle 18 inches above finished floor, unless otherwise indicated on these drawings. D. Install convenience receptacle 6 inches above counter. E. Install dimmer 48 inches above finished floor. F. Install telephone jack 18 inches above finished floor. 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL . . Southold Animal Shelter, Southold, NY 01/19/2007 WIRING DEVICES . . . A. Perform field inspection, testing, and adjusting in accordance with Section 01400. B. Inspect each wiring device for defects. C. Operate each wall switch with circuit energized and verify proper operation. D. Verify that each receptacle device is energized. E. Test each receptacle device for proper polarity. F. Test each GFCI receptacle device for proper operation. G. Verify that each telephone jack is properly connected and circuit is operational. . 3.06 ADJUSTING . A. Adjust devices and wall plates to be flush and level. 3.07 CLEANING A. Clean exposed surfaces to remove splatters and restore finish. END OF SECTION . . . . . . . South old Animal Shelter, Southold, NY 01/19/2007 WIRING DEVICES . SECTION 16155 . EQUIPMENT WIRING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Electrical connections to equipment. . 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 16131 - Conduit. B. Section 16123 - Building Wire and Cable. C. Section 16138 - Boxes. . D. Section 16140 - Wiring Devices. 1.03 REFERENCES A. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; National Fire Protection Association. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE . A. Conform to requirements of NFPA 70. B. Products: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. . PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS . A. Wiring Devices: As specified in Section 16140. B. Flexible Conduit: As specified in Section 16131. C. Wire and Cable: As specified in Section 16123. D. Boxes: As specified in Section 16138. PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that equipment is ready for electrical connection, wiring, and energization. . 3.02 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS . A. Make electrical connections in accordance with equipment manufacture~s instructions. B. Make conduit connections to equipment using fiexible conduit. Use liquidtight fiexible conduit with watertight connectors in damp or wet locations. C. Connect heat producing equipment using wire and cable with insulation suitable for temperatures encountered. . D. Provide receptacle outlet to accommodate connection with attachment plug. E. Provide cord and cap where field-supplied attachment plug is required. F. Install suitable strain-relief clamps and fittings for cord connections at outlet boxes and equipment connection boxes. G." Install disconnect switches, controllers, control stations, and control devices to complete . South old Animal Shelter, Southold, NY 01/19/2007 EQUIPMENT WIRING . equipment wiring requirements. H. Install terminal block jumpers to complete equipment wiring requirements. I. Install interconnecting conduit and wiring between devices and equipment to complete equipment wiring requirements. . END OF SECTION . . . . . . . . South old Animal Shelter, Southold, NY 01/19/2007 EQUIPMENT WIRING . . SECTION 16411 . ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKERS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Enclosed circuit breakers. . 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 16070 - Hangers and Supports. B. Section 16075 - Electrical Identification: Engraved nameplates. 1.03 REFERENCES . A. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; National Fire Protection Association. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE . A. Conform to requirements of NFPA 70. B. Products: Furnish products listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. as suitable for purpose specified and indicated. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS A. Molded Case Circuit Breakers: UL listed for the following service conditions: . 2.02 ACCESSORIES . A. Enclosures: 1. Fabricate enclosures from steel. 2. Finish: Manufacturer's standard enamel finish, gray color. B. Provide accessories as scheduled. . C. Handle Lock: Include provisions for sealing. D. Provide insulated grounding lug in each enclosure. E. Provide products suitable for use as service entrance equipment where so applied. PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION . A. Install enclosed circuit breakers where indicated, in accordance with manufacturers instructions. B. Install enclosed circuit breakers plumb. Provide supports in accordance with Section 16070. C. Provide engraved plastic nameplates under the provisions of Section 16075. 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL . A. Perform field inspection and testing in accordance with Section 01400. B. Inspect and test each circuit breaker. C. Inspect each circuit breaker visually. D. Perform several mechanical ON-OFF operations on each circuit breaker. . Southold Animal Shelter, Southold, NY 01/19/2007 ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKERS . E. Verify circuit continuity on each pole in closed position. F. Determine that circuit breaker will trip on overcurrent condition, with tripping time to NEMA AB 1 requirements. G. Include description of testing and results in test report. . 3.03 ADJUSTING A. Adjust trip settings so that circuit breakers coordinate with other overcurrent protective devices in circuil. . B. Adjust trip settings to provide adequate protection from overcurrent and fault currents. END OF SECTION . . .."., . . . . . Southold Animal Shelter, Southold, NY 01/19/2007 ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKERS . . SECTION 16412 . ENCLOSED SWITCHES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES . A. Fusible switches. B. Nonfusible switches. 1.02 REFERENCES . A. NEMA FU 1 - Low Voltage Cartridge Fuses; National Electrical Manufacturers Association. B. NEMA KS 1 - Enclosed and Miscellaneous Distribution Equipment Switches (600 Volts Maximum); National Electrical Manufacturers Association. C. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; National Fire Protection Association. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE . A. Conform to requirements of NFPA 70. B. Products: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 COMPONENTS . A. Fusible Switch Assemblies: NEMA KS 1, Type HD enclosed load interrupter knife switch. 1. Externally operable handle interlocked to prevent opening front cover with switch in ON position. 2. Handle lockable in OFF position. 3. Fuse clips: Designed to accommodate NEMA FU1, Class R fuses. B. Nonfusible Switch Assemblies: NEMA KS 1, Type HD enclosed load interrupter knife switch. 1. Externally operable handle interlocked to prevent opening front cover with switch in ON position. 2. Handle lockable in OFF position. C. Enclosures: NEMA KS 1. 1. Interior Dry Locations: Type 1. 2. Exterior Locations: Type 3R. . . PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. . B. Install fuses in fusible disconnect switches. C. Apply adhesive tag on inside door of each fused switch indicating NEMA fuse class and size installed. 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL . A. Perform field inspection in accordance with Section 01400. END OF SECTION . Southold Animal Shelter, South old, NY 01/19/2007 ENCLOSED SWITCHES . SECTION 16413 . ENCLOSED TRANSFER SWITCHES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Automatic Transfer Switch. . 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 16075 - Electrical Identification: Engraved nameplates. B. Section 16231 - Packaged Engine Generators: Testing requirements. 1.03 REFERENCES . A. NEMA ICS 10 - Industrial Control and Systems: AC Transfer Switch Equipment; National Electrical Manufacturers Association. B. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; National Fire Protection Association. 1.04 SUBMITTALS . A. See Section 01300 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE . A. Conform to requirements of NFPA 70. B. Products: Listed and classified by Underwriters laboratories, Inc. as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH . A. Description: NEMA ICS 10, automatic transfer switch suitable for use as service equipment. B. Configuration: Electrically operated, mechanically held transfer switch. 2.02 COMPONENTS A. Indicating Lights: Mount in cover of enclosure to indicate NORMAL SOURCE AVAILABLE. B. Test Switch: Mount in cover of enclosure to simulate failure of normal source. . C. Enclosure: ICS 10, Type 1, finished with manufacturer's standard gray enamel. 2.03 AUTOMATIC SEQUENCE OF OPERATION A. Initiate Time Delay to Start Alternate Source Engine Generator: Upon initiation by normal source monitor. . PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that surface is suitable for transfer switch installation. 3.02 INSTAllATION . A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Provide engraved plastic nameplates under the provisions of Section 16075. . Southold Animal Shelter, Southold, NY 01/19/2007 ENCLOSED TRANSFER SWITCHES . 3.03 MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICES A. Provide the services of the manufacturer's technical representative to check out transfer switch connections and operations and place in service. . 3.04 DEMONSTRATION A. Demonstrate operation of transfer switch in bypass, normal, and emergency modes. END OF SECTION . . . . . . . . South old Animal Shelter, Southold, NY 01/19/2007 ENCLOSED TRANSFER SWITCHES . . SECTION 16443 . PANELBOARDS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES . A. Power distribution panelboards. B. Load centers. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 16060 - Grounding and Bonding. B. Section 16075 - Electrical Identification. . 1.03 REFERENCES . A. NECA 1 - Standard Practices for Good Workmanship in Electrical Contracting; National Electrical Contractors Association. B. NEMA PB 1 - Panelboards; National Electrical Manufacturers Association. C. NEMA PB 1.1 - General Instructions for Proper Installation, Operation and Maintenance of Panelboards Rated 600 Volts or Less; National Electrical Manufacturers Association. D. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; National Fire Protection Association. 1.04 SUBMITTALS . A. See Section 01300 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Maintenance Data: Include spare parts listing; source and current prices of replacement parts and supplies; and recommended maintenance procedures and intervals. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE . A. Conform to requirements of NFPA 70. B. Products: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 POWER DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS A. Description: NEMA PB 1, circuit breaker type. B. Panelboard Bus: Copper, ratings as indicated. Provide copper ground bus in each panelboard. C. Minimum integrated short circuit rating: As indicated. D. Molded Case Circuit Breakers: With integral thermal and instantaneous magnetic trip in each pole; UL listed. For air conditioning equipment branch circuits provide circuit breakers UL listed as Type HACR. E. Molded Case Circuit Breakers with Current Limiters: With replaceable current limiting elements, in addition to integral thermal and instantaneous magnetic trip in each pole; UL listed. F. Enclosure: NEMAPB 1, Type 1, _ inches_inchescabinet box. G. Cabinet Front: Surface type, fastened with concealed trim clamps, hinged door with flush lock, metal directory frame, finished in manufacture~s standard gray enamel. . . . . South old Animal Shelter, Southold, NY 01/19/2007 PANELBOARDS . 2.02 LOAD CENTERS A. Description: Circuit breaker load center, with bus ratings as indicated. B. Minimum Integrated Short Circuit Rating: 10,000 amperes rms symmetrical. C. Molded Case Circuit Breakers: Plug-on type thermal magnetic trip circuit breakers, with common trip handle for all poles; UL listed. D. Enclosure: General Purpose. E. Box: Surface type with door, and pull ring and latch on door. Finish in manufacturer's standard gray enamel. . . PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install panelboards in accordance with NEMA PB 1.1 and NECA 1. B. Install panel boards plumb. Install recessed panelboards flush with wall flnishes. C. Height: 6 feet to top of panelboard; install panel boards taller than 6 feet with bottom no more than 4 inches above floor. D. Provide flller plates for unused spaces in panelboards. E. Provide typed or neatly handwritten circuit directory for each branch circuit panel board. Revise directory to reflect circuiting changes required to balance phase loads. F. Provide engraved plastic nameplates under the provisions of Section 16075. G. Provide spare conduits out of each recessed panelboard to an accessible location above ceiling. Identify each as SPARE. H. Ground and bond panelboard enclosure according to Section 16060. 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL . . . A. Perform fleld inspection and testing in accordance with Section 01400. 3.03 ADJUSTING . A. Measure steady state load currents at each panel board feeder; rearrange circuits in the panelboard to balance the' phase loads to within 20 percent of each other. Maintain proper phasing for multi-wire branch circuits. END OF SECTION . . . Southold Animal Shelter, Southold, NY 01/19/2007 PANELBOARDS . . SECTION 16510 . INTERIOR LUMINAIRES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Interior luminaires and accessories. . B. Emergency lighting units. C. Exit signs. D. Ballasts. . E. Fluorescent dimming ballasts and controls. F. Lamps. G. Luminaire accessories. 1.02 REFERENCES . A. ANSI C82.1 - American National Standard for Lamp Ballast - Line Frequency Fluorescent Lamp Ballast. B. NECAlIESNA 500 - Recommended Practice for Installing Indoor Commercial Lighting Systems; National Electrical Contractors Association. C. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; National Fire Protection Association. D. NFPA 101 - Code for Safety to Life from Fire in Buildings and Structures; National Fire Protection Association. . 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01300 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE . A. Conform to requirements of NFPA 70 and NFPA 101. B. Products: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. 1.05 EXTRA MATERIALS . A. See Section 01600 - Product Requirements, for additional provisions. B. Fumish two replacement lamps for each lamp type. C. Furnish two of each ballast type. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 LUMINAIRES . . A. Luminaire: Fluorescent <> type luminaire. 1. Mounting: Ceiling surface. 2. Ballast: Manufacturer's standard, matched to lamp characteristics, rated 120 volts. 3. Gasketing: Between enclosure and frame and between frame and luminaire housing. 4. Installation Conditions: Wet Location. S. Emergency Lighting Units: Self-contained incandescent emergency lighting unit. . South old Animal Shelter, Southold, NY 01/19/2007 INTERIOR LUMINAIRES . 1. Battery: 6 volt, pure-lead type, with 1.5 hour capacity. 2. Battery Charger: Dual-rate type, with sufficient capacity to recharge discharged battery to full charge within twelve hours. 3. Lamps: 5 watt minimum. 4. Remote Fixtures: Match lamps on unit. 5. Housing: White plastic. 6. Indicators: Lamps to indicate AC ON. 7. TEST switch: Transfers unit from external power supply to integral battery supply. 8. Electrical Connection: Conduit connection. 9. Input Voltage: 120 volts. 2.02 EXIT SIGNS . . A. Exit Signs: Exit sign fixture suitable for use as emergency lighting unit. 1. Housing: Extruded aluminum. 2. Face: Aluminum stencil face with red letters. 3. Directional Arrows: Universal type for field adjustment. 4. Mounting: As indicated. 5. Battery: 6 volt, nickel-cadmium type, with 2 hour minimum capacity. 6. Battery Charger: Dual-rate type, with sufficient capacity to recharge discharged battery to full charge within twelve hours. 7. Lamps: Manufacturer's standard. 8. Input Voltage: 120 volts. 2.03 BALLASTSAND CONTROL UNITS . . A. Fluorescent Ballasts: ANSI C82.1, high power factor type electromagnetic ballast, suitable for lamps specified. 1. Voltage: 120 volls. 2. Certify fluorescent ballast design and construction by Certified Ballast Manufacturers,lnc. 2.04 LAMPS . A. Lamp Types: As specified for each luminaire. B. Incandescent Lamps: C. Fluorescent Lamps: PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION . A. Install fixtures securely, in a neat and workmanlike manner, as specified in NECA 500 (commercial lighting). B. Install suspended luminaires and exit signs using pendants supported from swivel hangers. Provide pendant length required to suspend luminaire at indicated height. C. Support luminaires larger than 2 x 4 foot size independent of ceiling framing. D. Install surface mounted luminaires and exit signs plumb and adjust to align with building lines and with each other. Secure to prevent movement. E. Exposed Grid Ceilings: Support surface mounted luminaires in grid ceiling directly from building structure. . . F. Install wall mounted luminaires, emergency lighting units, and exit signs at height as scheduled. G. Install accessories furnished with each luminaire. . South old Animal Shelter, Southold, NY 01/19/2007 INTERIOR LUMINAIRES . . H. . Connect luminaires and exit signs to branch circuit outlets provided under Section 16138 using flexible conduit. . I. Make wiring connections to branch circuit using building wire with insulation suitable for temperature conditions within luminaire. J. Bond products and metal accessories to branch circuit equipment grounding conductor. K. Install specified lamps in each emergency lighting unit, exit sign, and luminaire. L. Interface with air handling accessories furnished and installed under Section 15840. . 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Operate each luminaire after installation and connection. Inspect for proper connection and operation. . 3.03 ADJUSTING A. Aim and adjust luminaires as indicated. B. Position exit sign directional arrows as indicated. 3.04 CLEANING . A. Clean electrical parts to remove conductive and deleterious materials. B. Remove dirt and debris from enclosures. C. Clean finishes and touch up damage. 3.05 DEMONSTRATION AND INSTRUCTIONS . A. Demonstrate luminaire operation for minimum of two hours. 3.06 PROTECTION A. Relamp luminaires that have failed lamps at Substantial Completion. 3.07 SCHEDULE. See Drawings . END OF SECTION . . . . Southold Animal Shelter, Southold, NY 01/19/2007 INTERIOR LUMINAIRES . SECTION 16520 . EXTERIOR LUMINAIRES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Exterior luminaires and accessories. . 1.02 REFERENCES A. NECAlIESNA 501 - Recommended Practice for Installing Exterior Lighting Systems. B. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; National Fire Protection Association. 1.03 SUBMITTALS . A. See Section 01300 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE . A. Conform to requirements of NFPA 70. B. Electrical Components: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. 1.05 EXTRA MATERIALS . A. See Section 01600 - Product Requirements, for additional provisions. B. Furnish two of each type and wattage lamp installed. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 LUMINAIRES A. Furnish products as indicated in Schedule included on the Drawings. 2.02 LAMPS . A. Lamp Types: As specified for each luminaire. PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION . A. Install fixtures securely, in a neat and workmanlike manner. as specified in NECA 501. B. Install lamps in each luminaire. C. Bond luminaires to branch circuit equipment grounding conductor. 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL . A. Operate each luminaire after installation and connection. Inspect for improper connections and operation. 3.03 CLEANING A. Clean electrical parts to remove conductive and deleterious materials. B. Remove dirt and debris from enclosure. . C. Clean finishes and touch up damage. 3.04 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK . Southold Animal Shelter, Southold, NY 01/1 9/2007 EXTERIOR LUMINAIRES A. Relamp luminaires which have failed iamps at Substantial Completion. 3.05 SCHEDULE - See Drawings END OF SECTION Southold Animal Shelter, South old, NY 01/19/2007 . . . . . . . . ... . . EXTERIOR LUMINAIRES . . SECTION 16721 . TELEPHONE SERVICE, PATHWAYS, AND WIRING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES . A. Design and installation of telecommunications cabling system complying with TIAlEIA 568. B. Telephone service entrance raceway. C. Equipment and terminal backboards. D. Telephone cabinets. E. Premises wiring and outlets. . 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 16131 - Conduit. B. Section 16140 - Wiring Devices: Telephone outlet jacks. 1.03 REFERENCES . A. TIAlEIA-569-A - Commercial Building Standard for Telecommunications Pathways and Spaces; Telecommunications Industry Association (ANSIITIAlEIA 569-A). B. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; National Fire Protection Association. 1.04 SUBMITTALS . A. See Section 01300 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations and sizes of pathways and outlets. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE . A. Perform Work in accordance with telephone utility's rules and regulations and NFPA 70. B. Products: Furnish products listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. as suitable for purpose specified and indicated. 1.06 MAINTENANCE SERVICE . A. Furnish service and maintenance of premises wiring for one year from Date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 TELEPHONE SERVICE AND PATHWAYS . A. Telephone Service Entrance Pathway: Rigid steel conduit from point of telephone utility connection at property line to building service terminal backboard. B. Backbone Pathway: Conform to TIAlEIA-569-A using conduit as indicated. 2.02 COMPONENTS A. Telephone Termination Backboards: Plywood. 1. Size: As indicated. . 2.03 TELEPHONE WIRE AND CABLE A. Premises Wiring: Complete from telephone equipment to each outlet, using wire and cable as . Southold Animal Shelter, Southold, NY 01/19/2007 TELEPHONE SERVICE, PATHWAYS, AND WIRING . specified. PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION . A. Install wire and cable in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and in accordance with TIAlEIA-568. B. Finish paint termination backboards with durable Black enamel prior to installation of telephone equipment. C. Support raceways, backboards, and cabinets under the provisions of Section 16070. D. Install termination backboards and cabinets plumb, and attach securely to building wall at each corner. Install cabinet trim plumb. E. Install pullwire in each empty telephone conduit over 10 feet in length or containing a bend. . . END OF SECTION . . . . . . Southold Animal Sheller, Southold, NY 01/19/2007 TELEPHONE SERVICE, PATHWAYS, AND WIRING . . SECTION 16781 . TELEVISION DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Television service entrance. . B. Cable and accessories. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 16131 - Conduit. B. Section 16138 - Boxes. . 1.03 REFERENCES A. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; National Fire Protection Association. 1.04 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION . A. Service entrance from local cable utility. B. Premises wiring for distribution of television signal, including individual outlets 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE . A. Conform to requirements of NFPA 70 and cable television utility company. B. Products: Furnish products listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. as suitable for purpose specified and indicated. . PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 RECEIVING COMPONENTS 2.02 AMPLIFIERS AND CONVERTERS 2.03 ACCESSORIES . A. Main Distribution Cable: B. Branch Distribution Cable: C. Television Lead Cable: D. Cabinet: Provide free-standing equipment rack with hinged door. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION . A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Provide proper grounding of television system components and wiring. 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL . A. Perform field inspection and testing in accordance with Section 01400. B. Measure signal level at each outlet. END OF SECTION . South old Animal Shelter, Southold, NY 01/19/2007 TELEVISION DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM . ..ID MIAMI-DADE COUNTY. FLORJDA METRO-DADE FLAGLER BUILDING . PRODUCT CONTROL NOTICE OF ACCEPTANCE Steelcraft Manufacturing Company 90]7 Blue Ash Road Cincinnati ,OH 45242 BUILDING CODE COMI'L1ANCE OFFICE METRO-DADE FLAGLER BUII.DINC; 140 WEST FLAGLER STREET. SUITE \(,11] MIAMI. FLORIDA ]31311-1563 (3115) 375-2901 FAX (J1I5) 375-29118 CONTRACTOllllCENSING SECTION (305) 375.2527 FAX (305) 375-2551\ . CONTIL\CTOII ENFOIlCEMENT IllvlSION (3(J5) 375-2966 FAX (305) 375-2YOt) Your application for Notice of Acceptance (NOA) of: Series B,CE,L,SL,(98/99 Rim Exit) Flush Outswing Commercial Steel Door - Impact under Chapter 8 of the Code of Miami-Dade County governing the use of Alternate Materials and Types of . Construction, and completely described herein, has been recommended for acceptance by the Miami-Dade County Building Code Compliance Office (BCCO) under the conditions specified herein. !'1!UIlIICT CONTlIOL 1l1\ISION (305) 375.2tJ02 FAX nOS) 372-()33Y This NOA shall not be valid after the expiration date stated below. BCCO reserveS the right to secure this product or material at any time from a jobsite or manufacturer's plant for quality control testing. If this . product or material fails to perform in-the approved manner, BCCO may revoke, modify, or suspend the use of such product or material immediately. BCCO reserves the right to revoke this approval, if it is determined by BeCO that this product or material fails to meet the requirements of the South Florida Building Code. ACCEPTANCE NO.: 01-1203.11 EXPIRES: 01114/2007 /2-1 ~ . The expense of such testing will be incurred by the manufacturer. Rau I Rodriguez Chief Product Control Division . THIS IS THE COVERSHEET, SEE ADDITIONAL PAGES FOR SPECIFIC AND GENERAL CONDITIONS BUILDING CODE & PRODUCT REVIEW COMMITTEE This application for Product Approval has been reviewed by the BCCO and approved by the Building . Code and Product Review Committee to be used in Miami-Dade County, Florida under the conditions set forth above. ~f~ Francisco J. Quilllana, R.A. Director Miami-Dade County Building Code Compliance Office . APPROVED: 01/24/2002 . . \\s04S000 I \pc2000\\templates\notice acceptance cover page.dot Internet muil address: postmaster@buildingcodeonline.colll . Homcpage: http://www.buildingcodeonline.com . Steelcraft Manufacturing Compoay ACCEPTANCE No.: 01-1203.1 APPROVED: January 24, 2002 . EXPIRES: January 14, 2007 NOTICE OF ACCEPTANCE: SPECIFIC CONDITIONS 1. SCOPE 1.1 This renews Notice of Acceptance (NOA) No. 98-0915.04, which was issued on January 14, 1999. It renews the approval of a commercial steel door, as described in Section 2 of this NOA, designed to comply with the South Florida Building Code (SFBC), 1994 Edition for Miami-Dade County, for the locations where the pressure requirements, as determined by SFBC Chapter 23, do not exceed the Design Pressure Rating values indicated in the approved drawings. 2. PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 2.1 The Series "B, CE, L, SL Door and F, MU frame" Flush Outswing Commercial Steel Door- wNon Duprin 98/99 Rim exit- Impact and its components shall be constructed in strict compliance with the following document: Drawing No 270-W, Sheets I through 11 of 11, titled "Dade county L16-4 8070 Pair Von Duprin Exit Hardware," prepared by manufacturer, dated 03/20/98 and revised on 11/26/01, bearing the Miami-Dade County Product Control renewal stamp with the NOA number and expiration date by the Miami-Dade County Product Control Division. This document shall hereinafter be referred to as the approved drawings. 3. LIMITATIONS 3.1 This approval applies to single unit applications of pair of doors and single door only, as shown in approved dmwings. 3.2 Unit shall be installed only at locations protected by a canopy or overhang such that the angle between the edge of canopy or overhang to sill is less than 45 degrees. Unless unit is installed in non-habitable areas where the unit and the area are designed to accept water infiltration. . . . . 4. INSTALLATION 4.1 The commercial steel doors and its components shall be installed in strict compliance with the approved drawings. 4.2 Hurricane protection system (shutters): the installation of this unit will not require a hurricane protection system. . 5. LABELING 5.1 Each unit shall bear a permanent label with the manufacturer's name or logo, city, state and following statement: "Miami-Dade County Product Control Approved". . 6. BUILDING PERMIT REQUIREMENTS 6.1 Application for building permit shall be accompanied by copies of the following: 6.1.1 This Notice of Acceptance 6.1.2 Duplicate copies of the approved drawings, as identified in Section 2 of this Notice of Acceptance, clearly marked to show the components selected for the proposed installation. 6.1.3 Any other documents required by the Building Official or the South Florida Building Code (SFBC) in order to properly evaluate the installation of this system. . ... Raul Ro riguez, Chief Product Control Division 2 - . Steelcraft Manufacturing Compnay ACCEPTANCE No.: 01-1203.11 . APPROVED: January 24, 2002 EXPIRES: January 14, 2007 NOTICE OF ACCEPTANCE: STANDARD CONDITIONS . . 1. Renewal of this Acceptance (approval) shall be considered after a renewal application has been filed and the original submitted documentation, including test supporting data, engineering documents, are no older than eight (8) years. 2. Any and all approved products shall be permanently labeled with the manufacturer's name, city, state, and the following statement: "Miami-Dade County Product Control Approved", or as specifically stated in the specific conditions of this Acceptance. 3. Renewals of Acceptance will not be considered if: a) There has been a change in the South Florida Building Code affecting the evaluation of this product and the product is not in compliance with the code changes; b) The product is no longer the same product (identical) as the one originally approved; c) Ifthe Acceptance holder has not complied with all the requirements of this acceptance, including the correct installation of the product; d) The engineer who originally prepared, signed and sealed the required documentation initially submitted is no longer practicing the engineering profession. 4. Any revision or change in the materials, use, and/or manufacture of the product or process shall automatically be cause for termination of this Acceptance, unless prior written approval has been requested (through the filing of a revision application with appropriate fee) and granted by this office. 5. Any of the following shall also be grounds for removal of this Acceptance: a) Unsatisfactory performance of this product or process. b) Misuse of this Acceptance as an endorsement of any product, for sales, advertising or any other purpose. 6. The Notice of Acceptance number preceded by the words Miami-Dade County, Florida, and followed by the expiration date may be displayed in advertising literature. If any portion of the Notice of Acceptance is displayed, then it shall be done in its entirety. 7. A copy of this Acceptance as well as approved drawings and other documents, where it applies, shall be provided to the user by the manufacturer or its distributors and shall be available for inspection at the job site at all time. The engineer need not reseal the copies. 8. Failure to comply with any section of this Acceptance shall be cause for termination and removal of Acceptance. 9. This Notice of Acceptance consists of pages 1,2 and this last page 3. END OF THIS ACCEPTANCE . . . . . - ... Raul Rodriguez, Chi f Product Control Division 3 r